MSC - Nastran 2014 DMAP Programmer's Guide PDF

MSC Nastran DMAP Programmers Guide
MSC Nastran 2014

DMAP Programmers Guide
Main Index
Corporate
Europe, Middle East, Africa
MSC Software Corporation

4675 MacArthur Court, Suite 900
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Telephone: (714) 540-8900
Toll Free Number: 1 855 672 7638
Email: americas.contact@mscsoftware.com
MSC Software GmbH

Am Moosfeld 13
81829 Munich, Germany
Telephone: (49) 89 431 98 70
Email: europe@mscsoftware.com
Japan
Asia-Pacific
MSC Software Japan Ltd.

Shinjuku First West 8F
23-7 Nishi Shinjuku
1-Chome, Shinjuku-Ku
Tokyo 160-0023, JAPAN
Telephone: (81) (3)-6911-1200
Email: MSCJ.Market@mscsoftware.com
MSC Software (S) Pte. Ltd.

100 Beach Road
#16-05 Shaw Tower
Singapore 189702
Telephone: 65-6272-0082
Email: APAC.Contact@mscsoftware.com
Worldwide Web
www.mscsoftware.com
Disclaimer
MSC Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained
in this document without prior notice.
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only,
and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC Software
Corporation assumes no liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting
from the use of any information contained herein.
User Documentation: Copyright 2014 MSC Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved.
This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC Software Corporation is
prohibited.
This software may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from MSC
Software suppliers. Additional terms and conditions and/or notices may apply for certain third party software. Such
additional third party software terms and conditions and/or notices may be set forth in documentation and/or at
http://www.mscsoftware.com/thirdpartysoftware (or successor website designated by MSC from time to time).
PCGLSS 7.0, Copyright 1992-2008, Computational Applications and System Integration Inc. All rights reserved.
PCGLSS 7.0 is licensed from Computational Applications and System Integration Inc. METIS is copyrighted by
the regents of the University of Minnesota. A copy of the METIS product documentation is included with this
installation. Please see A Fast and High Quality Multilevel Scheme for Partitioning Irregular Graphs. George
Karypis and Vipin Kumar. SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, Vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 359-392, 1999. MPICH2 is
developed by Argonne National Laboratory. Copyright + 2002 University of Chicago.
MSC, Dytran, Marc, MSC Nastran, Patran, the MSC Software corporate logo, OpenFSI, e-Xstream, Digimat, and
Simulating Reality are trademarks or registered trademarks of the MSC Software Corporation in the United States
and/or other countries.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Livermore
Software Technology Corporation. FLEXlm and FlexNet Publisher are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Flexera Software. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Revision 0. November 13, 2014
NA*V2014*Z*DMAP*Z*DC-PROG
Main Index
C O N T E N T S
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Preface
About This Book, x

List of MSC Nastran Books, xi
Technical Support, xii
1
Direct Matrix
Abstraction
Introduction, 2
The MSC Nastran DMAP Language, 3
Parameters, 4
Constant Parameters, 4
Variable Parameters, 6
Expressions and Operators, 8
Data Blocks, 12
Table Trailers, 12
Matrix Trailers, 12
Data Block Type and Status, 13
Instructions, 15
Modules, 15
Statements, 18
Output from a Previous Module Rule, 37
Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks, 38
Preface Modules and SOLution 100, 39
Processing of User Errors, 40
SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH, 41
WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43
2
Data Blocks
Introduction, 46
Matrix Data Blocks, 47
Main Index
Table Data Blocks, 49

IFP Tables, 49
IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits, 49
OFP Tables, 50
Table_code, 52
Table Descriptions, 65
Data Block Descriptions, 66
- BGPDT, 66
- BGPDT68, 68
- CASECC, 69
- CLAMA, 88
- CONTAB, 90
- CSTM, 91
- CSTM68, 93
- DBCOPT, 99
- DESTAB, 101
- DIT, 102
- DSCMCOL, 107
- DVPTAB, 116
- DYNAMIC, 117
- EGPSF, 133
- EGPSTR, 137
- ELDCT, 140
- EPT, 142
- EPT01, 179
- EQEXIN, 181
- ERROR, 183
- FOL, 184
- GEOM1, 185
- GEOM168, 198
- GEOM2, 201
- GEOM201, 246
- GEOM3, 255
- GEOM301, 270
- GEOM4, 271
3
Nastran Data
Definition Language
(NDDL)
Main Index
NDDL Summary, 574

Detailed Description of NDDL Statements, 575
- DATABLK, 576
- DEPEN, 585
- PARAM, 587
- PATH, 589
- QUAL, 590
- GEOM4705, 299
- GPDT68, 300
- GPL, 302
- HIS, 303
- KDICT, 304
- LAMA, 306
- MPT, 308
- OBJTAB, 324
- OEE, 325
- OEF, 330
- OES, 383
- OEFTG, 507
- OEFTGM, 512
- OGF, 515
- OGS, 520
- OPG, 526
- OPTPRM, 531
- OQG, 533
- OUG, 538
- R1MAP, 548
- R1TAB, 549
- RBSET, 556
- RESP12, 557
- SEMAP, 561
- SET, 565
- TOL, 566
- VIEWTB, 567
4
DMAP Modules and
Statements
DMAP Module and Statement List, 592

Matrix Modules, 592
Utility Modules, 593
Executive Modules and Statements, 593
Miscellaneous Modules and Statements, 594
DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary, 597
Matrix Modules, 597
Utility Modules, 598
Executive Modules and Statements, 599
Obsolete Modules and Statements, 600
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601
- ACMG, 601
- CYCLIC1, 676
- ADAMSMNF, 604
- CYCLIC2, 678
- ADAMSRBM, 607
- CYCLIC3, 680
- ADAPT, 608
- CYCLIC4, 682
- ADD, 611
- DBC, 686
- ADD5, 613
- DBDELETE, 693
- ADG, 615
- DBDICT, 695
- ADJMOD, 617
- DBEQUIV, 709
- ADR, 618
- SubDMAP DBFETCH, 712
- AELOOP, 620
- SubDMAP DBMGR, 714
- AEMODEL, 623
- DBSTATUS, 717
- AFPMP, 624
- SubDMAP DBSTORE, 718
- AIEMGA, 626
- DBVIEW, 720
- AMG, 628
- DCMP, 723
- AMP, 630
- DDR2, 727
- APD, 632
- DDRMM, 730
- APPEND, 634
- DECOMP, 733
- ASDR, 637
- DELETE, 738
- ASG, 639
- DIAGONAL, 739
- AXMDRV, 641
- DISDCMP, 741
- AXMPR1, 642
- DISFBS, 743
- AXMPR2, 643
- DISOFPM, 744
- BCDR, 644
- DISOFPS, 745
- BDRYINFO, 646
- DISOPT, 746
- BGCASO, 648
- DISPARM, 749
- BGP, 649
- DISUTIL, 750
- BMG, 651
- DIVERG, 754
- BNDSPC, 653
- DLT2SLT, 756
- CAMPREP, 655
- DMAPMSG, 757
- CASE, 657
- DMPCASE, 759
- CEAD, 662
- DMIIN, 760
- CMPZPR, 667
- DOMMRG, 761
- CMSENGY, 668
- DOMPRT, 765
- COPY, 671
- DOM10, 767
- CURV, 672
- DOM11, 770
- CURVPLOT, 674
- DOM12, 773
Main Index
- DOM6, 780
- DOM9, 782
- DOPFS, 785
- DOPR1, 787
- DOPR2, 791
- DOPR3, 793
- DOPR3X, 797
- DOPR4, 798
- DOPR5, 799
- DOPR6, 801
- DOPRAN, 803
- DPD, 804
- DRMH1, 807
- DRMH3, 809
- DRMS1, 811
- DSABO, 813
- DSAD, 815
- DSADJ, 822
- DSADX, 825
- DSAE, 827
- DSAF, 829
- DSAH, 831
- DSAJ, 835
- DSAL, 837
- DSAM, 841
- DSAN, 842
- DSAP, 843
- DSAPRT, 845
- DSAR, 846
- DSARLP, 848
- DSARME, 850
- DSARSN, 851
- DSAW, 853
- DSDVRG, 854
- DSFLTE, 855
- DSFLTF, 857
- DSGRDM, 858
- DSMA, 859
- DSPRM, 861
- DSTA, 864
- DSTAP2, 866
- DSVG1, 867
- DSVG1P, 870
- DSVG2, 872
- DSVG3, 874
- DSVGP4, 875
- DSVGP5, 877
- DTIIN, 879
- DUMMOD1, 880
- DUMMOD2, 881
- DUMMOD3, 882
- DUMMOD4, 883
Main Index
- DVIEWP, 884
- DYNCXPNT, 886
- EFFMASS, 887
- ELFDR, 889
- ELTPRT, 890
- EMA, 893
- EMAKFR, 895
- EMG, 896
- EQUIVX, 902
- ESTINDX, 904
- EXPORTLD, 905
- FA1, 906
- FA2, 908
- FBODYLD, 910
- FBS, 911
- FILE, 914
- FORTIO, 916
- FRLG, 918
- FRLGEN, 920
- FRQDRV, 922
- FRRD1, 923
- FRRD2, 926
- FTGCAS, 929
- FTGSOL, 931
- GENTRAN, 933
- GETCOL, 935
- GETFUNIT, 936
- GETMKL, 937
- GI, 938
- GIC2C, 940
- GKAM, 941
- GM4APD, 945
- GNFM, 946
- GP0, 948
- GP1, 950
- GP2, 952
- GP3, 954
- GP4, 956
- GP5, 961
- GPFDR, 963
- GPJAC, 967
- GPSP, 968
- GPSTR1, 972
- GPSTR2, 973
- GPSTRPBX, 975
- GPWG, 976
- GUST, 981
- GUSTLDW, 983
- GYROLD, 984
- IFP, 985
- IFP1, 988
- IFP3, 990
- IFP4, 992
- IFP5, 994
- IFP6, 996
- IFP7, 998
- IFP8, 999
- IFP9, 1000
- IFP10, 1002
- IFPINDX, 1003
- IFPBSH2, 1004
- IFT, 1005
- ILMP1, 1010
- ILMP2, 1011
- ILMPGPF, 1012
- INDXBULK, 1013
- INPUTT2, 1014
- INPUTT4, 1017
- INTERR, 1019
- ISHELL, 1021
- LAMX, 1023
- LANCZOS, 1028
- LCGEN, 1031
- LMATPRT, 1033
- M3DCONT1, 1034
- MACOFP, 1035
- MAKAEFA, 1037
- MAKAEFS, 1039
- MAKAEMON, 1040
- MAKCOMP, 1041
- MAKENEW, 1042
- MAKEOLD, 1044
- MAKETR, 1046
- MAKMON, 1048
- MASSCOMB, 1049
- MATGEN, 1050
- MATGPR, 1063
- MATMOD, 1068
- MATOFP, 1116
- MATPCH, 1120
- MATPRN, 1122
- MATPRT, 1123
- MATREDU, 1124
- MCE1, 1127
- MCE2, 1128
- MCFRAC, 1130
- MDATA, 1132
- MDCASE, 1134
- MDENZO, 1138
- MDISUTIL, 1143
- MDUSTMNF, 1144
- MERGE, 1145
- MERGEOFP, 1150
- MESSAGE, 1151
Main Index
- MGEN, 1153
- MKCNTRL, 1155
- MKCSTMA, 1156
- MKMNTIFP, 1157
- MKRBVEC, 1158
- MKSPLINE, 1160
- MODACC, 1162
- MODCASE, 1164
- MODENRGY, 1165
- MODEPF, 1167
- MODEPOUT, 1170
- MODEPT, 1173
- MODGDN, 1174
- MODGM2, 1175
- MODGM4, 1179
- MODQSET, 1181
- MODTRK, 1183
- MODTRL, 1185
- MODUG, 1187
- MODUSET, 1188
- MONVEC, 1191
- MONVEC3, 1192
- MPP, 1193
- MPPTRAN, 1195
- MPYAD, 1196
- MRGCOMP, 1202
- MRGCSTM, 1203
- MRGMON, 1204
- MSGHAN, 1205
- MSGSTRES, 1206
- MTRXIN, 1207
- NASSETS, 1213
- NDINTERP, 1214
- NEWUSET, 1215
- NLCOMB, 1216
- NLHARM, 1218
- NLICLOOP, 1220
- NLITER, 1221
- NLRSLOOP, 1227
- NLRSMAP, 1229
- NLSOLV, 1230
- NLTRD, 1244
- NLTRD2, 1248
- NLTRLG, 1253
- NORM, 1255
- NSMEPT, 1257
- OFP, 1258
- OPTGP0, 1261
- ORTHOG, 1263
- OUTADF, 1265
- OUTPRT, 1266
- OUTPUT2, 1269
- OUTPUT4, 1280
- PARAML, 1286
- PARTN, 1306
- PCOMB, 1311
- PCOPY, 1313
- PFCALC, 1314
- PFOFP, 1318
- PLOT, 1319
- PLTHBDY, 1321
- PLTSET, 1322
- PNCHGRP, 1324
- PNMKGRP, 1325
- PRESOL, 1327
- PROJVER, 1330
- PRTMSG, 1331
- PRTPARM, 1332
- PURGEX, 1334
- PVT, 1335
- RANDOM, 1337
- RBMG3, 1345
- RBMG4, 1347
- READ, 1348
- RESMOD, 1356
- RESTART, 1361
- RMDUPBLK, 1364
- RMG2, 1365
- ROTOR, 1367
- ROTRDR1, 1369
- ROTRDR2, 1371
- ROTRUTL, 1373
- RSPEC, 1382
- SCALAR, 1384
- SDP, 1386
- SDR1, 1388
- SDR2, 1392
- SDR3, 1398
- SDRCOMP, 1399
- SDRHT, 1401
- SDRNL, 1403
- SDRP, 1405
- SDRX, 1408
- SDRXD, 1410
- SDSA, 1412
- SDSB, 1414
- SDSC, 1416
- SECONVRT, 1417
- SEDR, 1418
- SEDRDR, 1420
- SEEFMBND, 1423
- SEEFMCLF, 1424
- SEEFMDMP, 1426
- SEEFMLST, 1427
Main Index
- SEEFMNOR, 1428
- SEEFMOUT, 1429
- SEEFMXIT, 1430
- SELA, 1431
- SEMA, 1433
- SEP1, 1435
- SEP1X, 1437
- SEP2, 1440
- SEP2CT, 1442
- SEP2DR, 1443
- SEP2X, 1447
- SEP3, 1449
- SEP4, 1451
- SEPLOT, 1453
- SEPR1, 1455
- SEQP, 1456
- SHPCAS, 1462
- SMA3, 1463
- SMPYAD, 1464
- SOLVE, 1466
- SOLVIT, 1468
- SSG1, 1474
- SSG2, 1478
- SSG3, 1481
- SSG4, 1484
- ST2DYN, 1486
- STATICS, 1487
- STDCON, 1489
- STRSORT, 1491
- TA1, 1493
- TA1M, 1496
- TABEDIT, 1498
- TABPRT, 1503
- TABPT, 1512
- TAFF, 1513
- TAHT, 1514
- TASNP1, 1516
- TASNP2, 1517
- TIMETEST, 1519
- TOLAPP, 1525
- TRD1, 1527
- TRD2, 1538
- TRLG, 1540
- TRMCHK, 1544
- TRMUTIL, 1546
- TRNSP, 1548
- TYPE, 1549
- UEIGL, 1553
- UGVADD, 1556
- UMERGE, 1557
- UMERGE1, 1560
- UPARTN, 1563
- UREDUC, 1566
- VDR, 1568
- VEC, 1570
- VECPLOT, 1573
- VIEW, 1578
Glossary
Data Block Glossary, 1591

Data Block Naming Conventions, 1672
Parameter Glossary, 1676
Parameter Naming Conventions, 1734
Main Index
- VIEWP, 1579
- WEIGHT, 1581
- XSORT, 1583
- XYPLOT, 1585
- XYTRAN, 1586
Main Index
Preface
Preface
Main Index
About This Book
List of MSC Nastran Books
Technical Support

About This Book
About This Book

The MSC Nastran 2014 DMAP Programmer's Guide is a replacement for and update of the former
Version 2013 DMAP Programmer's Guide. Contained in this Guide is the introduction to DMAP, syntax
and concepts, data block descriptions, and NDDL statement descriptions. The guide also contains
material that is more frequently referenced: the DMAP Module descriptions.
Main Index
Preface xi

Below is a list of some of the MSC Nastran documents. You may find any of these documents from
MSC.Software at http://simcompanion.mscsoftware.com/infocenter/index?page=home.
Installation and Release Guides
Installation and Operations Guide
Release Guide
Guides
Reference Books
Quick Reference Guide
Reference Manual
Users Guides
Getting Started
Linear Static Analysis
Dynamic Analysis
Embedded Fatigue
MSC Nastran Demonstration Problems
Thermal Analysis
Superelements
Design Sensitivity and Optimization
Implicit Nonlinear (SOL 600)
Explicit Nonlinear (SOL 700)
Aeroelastic Analysis
User Defined Services
Nastran Embedded Fatigue Users Guide
Non Linear User's Guide (SOL 400)
Main Index
xii

Technical Support
Technical Support
For technical support phone numbers and contact information, please visit:
http://www.mscsoftware.com/Contents/Services/Technical-Support/Contact-Technical-Support.aspx
Support Center (www.simcompanion.mscsoftware.com)

Support Online. The Support Center provides technical articles, frequently asked questions and
documentation from a single location.
Main Index
Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction

Main Index
Direct Matrix Abstraction
Introduction
The MSC Nastran DMAP Language
Data Blocks
Instructions
Output from a Previous Module Rule
Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks
Preface Modules and SOLution 100
Processing of User Errors
SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH
WHERE and CONVERT Clauses

Introduction
Introduction
MSC Nastran DMAP (Direct Matrix Abstraction Program) is a high-level language with its own
compiler and grammatical rules. This section provides a summary description of the MSC Nastran
DMAP language, rules, and syntax.
A DMAP program consists of a series of functional blocks called modules, each of which has a unique
name and a specific function. Modules are executed sequentially; branching and looping operations are
performed by DMAP control statements. Modules communicate through the MSC Nastran Executive
System (NES) via logical collections of data called data blocks and parameters.
Data blocks come in two distinct forms: matrices that obey the rules of matrix algebra, and tables
that represent a convenient collection of data items. Data blocks are given arbitrary names (mnemonic
names are recommended) and have header and trailer information defining their characteristics.
Parameters are scalar items used for specifying control, operation, or system characteristics. Modules can
use input parameters, output parameters, or both. Input parameters affect the internal operation of
the modules. Output parameters are used to control DMAP logic and/or to pass scalar information to
subsequent modules.
Data blocks and parameters can be written onto either scratch or permanent physical files. When the
normal MSC Nastran execution is completed, data blocks and parameters written to scratch files are
erased, and those written to the permanent physical file are available for future use. The NDDL (MSC
Nastran Data Definition Language) designates whether a data block is scratch or permanent. A detailed
description of the NDDL statements can be found in Nastran Data Definition Language (NDDL), 573.
MSC Nastran provides the user with a variety of prewritten solution sequences. These solution sequences
consist of a series of DMAP statements. MSC Nastran allows the user to modify prewritten solution
sequences or to write his or her own solution sequences using DMAP. The compilation, linkage, and
execution of a DMAP program is specified by executive control statements in the input file. The creation
of and access to databases is specified by file management statements also contained in the input file. File
management statements are described in the File Management Statements (Ch. 2) in the MSC Nastran
Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction 3


The basic components, or objects, of the DMAP language are:
Parameters
Scalar quantities used to control the flow of DMAP

execution and to communicate options and/or values
to modules or functions.
Data Blocks
Tables or matrices represented by a symbolic name.
Instructions Statements or modules that process parameters and/or

data blocks as input and/or output.
The basic syntax of the DMAP language is:
The DMAP language uses free-field input format and is case insensitive.
A physical entry consists of information in columns 1 through 72. Columns 73 through 80 can be
used for comments, but these columns do not appear in the printed listing and are not stored on
the database.
For the specification of modules or statements, a parent entry continues to a subsequent entry if it
terminates in a comma [ , ] or a slash [ / ], or if it is missing a right parenthesis [ ) ].

The dollar sign [ $ ] ends any DMAP instruction and causes all subsequent data to be treated as
commentary. The recommended convention is to terminate all DMAP instructions with a dollar
sign.
DMAP symbolic names are used to identify variable parameters, data blocks, DBVIEW view-
names, subDMAPs, or LABEL statements. A symbolic name is composed of alphanumeric

characters 1 to 8 characters in length. The following characters are allowed: A through Z, and 0
through 9. The first character must be a character from A through Z.
Main Index

Parameters
Parameters
Parameters can be either constants, variables, or expressions and can represent one of several types:
Type
Description
Example(s)
Integer
whole number
10 or -4
Real
decimal number that is a whole number and a

27000. or 2.7E5 or
decimal point, with an optional decimal fraction. 2.7D5
Complex
a pair of real numbers representing the real and

imaginary parts of a complex quantity
(1.1,2.3) or
(1.D0,3.5D1)
Logical
represents either TRUE or FALSE
TRUE or FALSE
Character
a string of 1 to 80 characters
'GEORGE'
Also, the real and complex types are either single or double precision. The following table indicates the
storage units required as a function of data type. One storage unit is the basic word size on a computer.
Typically, a word is 32 bits long on a short-word computer and 64 bits on a long-word computer.
Type
No. of words
Integer
Real single precision
Real double precision
Complex single precision
Complex double precision
Logical
1
1 to 20
Character
The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways:
Constant
Inherent in its specification or construction
Explicit
On a TYPE statement for variable parameters
Implicit
In a modules parameter list for variable parameters
Constant Parameters
A constant represents a fixed value and is a number (integer, real, or complex), logical, or character
string.
Main Index

Parameters
Integer Constants
An integer constant is a whole number with no decimal point. Its form is
snn
where:
s
= a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)
nn
= a string of digits (0 through 9)
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign must be used to indicate a negative integer constant.
The absolute value of an integer constant cannot be greater than
2
31
1 = 214748367.
Real Constants
A real constant is a whole number with a decimal point that can be followed by a decimal fraction and/or
a decimal exponent. The complete form is:
snn.ddEsee
for single precision
snn.ddDsee
for double precision
where:
s
= a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)
nn, dd, ee
= strings of digits (0 through 9)
E or D
= that snn.dd is multiplied by ee raised to the power of 10. E indicates single precision,
and D indicates double precision.
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign (-) indicates a negative real constant or negative
exponent. D is required to specify double precision. E is optional if no exponent is required and the
constant is single precision. However, if either E or D is specified, then an integer must follow, even if
the exponent is 0.
Only the leftmost 14 digits in nn.dd are used by MSC Nastran. Leading zeros are ignored in counting the
leftmost 14 digits.
Complex Constants
A complex constant is a pair of real constants separated by a comma and enclosed in parentheses. The
first real constant represents the real part of the complex number, and the second real constant represents
the imaginary part.
Main Index

Parameters
Logical Constants
A logical constant is specified as TRUE or FALSE.
Character Constants
A character constant is a string of 1 through 80 characters that may have embedded blanks. A character
constant must also be enclosed by right hand single quotation marks.
Variable Parameters
A variable parameter is represented by a symbolic name, and its value may change during the DMAP
execution. The name of a variable parameter does not have to be unique with respect to symbolic names
for modules, data blocks, subDMAPs, or LABELs. The name of a variable parameter cannot be NOT,
AND, XOR, OR, or EQV.
Variable parameters can have their attributes (type, authorization, and default) set explicitly with a TYPE
DMAP statement or implicitly by a module. (Variable parameters that are saved on the database must
also be designated as NDDL parameters in the TYPE DMAP statement). Variable parameters that are not
specified with a TYPE DMAP statement use the attributes from the DMAP instruction where the
parameter first appears.
All variable parameters that are used as input to a DMAP instruction must be initialized on a TYPE
statement or previously defined in one or more of the following:
Assignment (=) statement output
DMAP module output with "S,N" prefix
CALL statement output with "S," prefix
SUBDMAP statement parameter list
If one or more of the above is not satisfied, then User Fatal Message 439 will be issued during DMAP
compilation.
Value of a Variable Parameter
During a DMAP execution or when restarting a DMAP from the database, the value of a variable
parameter is determined by the first applicable value on the following sequential list:
1. Value from the most recently executed assignment DMAP statement or the most recently
executed save function (S,N prefix. See DMAP Modules and Statements, 591).
2. Value from the PARAM Bulk Data entry, if the parameter NAME has the Y authorization.
3. Value saved on the database, if the parameter NAME is listed with an NDDL TYPE DMAP
statement and the run is a restart.
4. Value from the NAME=v, if present in a non-NDDL parameter TYPE instruction. This value is
determined at DMAP compile time from the TYPE instruction (regardless of its location in
DMAP) that contains the statement.
Main Index

Parameters
5. Default value from the NDDL, if the NDDL keyword is specified on the TYPE DMAP statement.
Parameters listed in the NDDL always have a default value of zero, blank, or FALSE, unless a
value is explicitly given in the PARAM NDDL statement.
Determining the current value of a variable parameter is also summarized in the following table.
TYPEd and NDDL
TYPEd and Not NDDL
Not TYPEd
Last executed assignment statement or module output with "S,N," prefix or CALL statement output
with "S," prefix. The qualifier values for NDDL parameters cannot change.
Bulk Data PARAM entry override, if parameter is type Y and has not been previously reassigned in an
assignment (=) statement (unless the PVT module has been executed to reset the Bulk Data and Case
Control PARAM entries).
Value on the data base
name=v
from its first occurrence in a
TYPE statement
NDDL default value
TYPE statement default
Will cause UFM 439
Predefined Variable Parameters

The program predefines the value of some variable parameters. It is not necessary to type these
parameters with a TYPE DMAP statement, nor is it possible to change their type. We do not recommend
changing these parameter values. The predefined variable parameters are:
NAME
VALUE
TYPE
ALWAYS
-1
Integer
NEVER
+1
Integer
TRUE
TRUE
Logical
FALSE
FALSE
*Logical
NOGO
Integer
Initial values for variable parameters can be specified using the PARAM Bulk Data entry or the PARAM
Case Control command.
Parameter values from the Bulk Data Section are brought into the DMAP sequence via the IFP module.
Parameter values from case control are brought into the DMAP sequence via the PVT module. The PVT
module reads the case control PARAM commands and resolves parameter values specified in both the
Case Control and Bulk Data Sections.
Recommended Parameter Type Specification
Follow these recommendations to produce a more readable DMAP sequence where all Y parameters and
parameters with non-MPL defaults are specified on TYPE statements.
Main Index

Parameters
If the parameter's value is to be specified in the Case Control or Bulk Data Section, then type the
parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence:

TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name $
If the parameter's default value is defined on the NDDL PARAM statement and you wish to use
the NDDL default value, then type the parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence:
TYPE PARM,NDDL,type,Y,param_name $
If the desired default value differs from the MPL default, then specify the parameter and the
default value on a TYPE statement:
TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name=default_value $
Specify in module instructions, as needed, "/param_name/" or "/S,N,param_name/"
Do not use the following obsolete parameter prefix specifications in module instructions:
/V,Y,param_name/
/S,Y,param_name/
/V,N,param_name/
/C,Y,param_name/
/C,N,param_name/
For example, the following sequence is recommended for setting the TYPE of ALPHA:
TYPE PARM,,CS,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,ALPHAX $
.
.
.
ALPHAX=ALPHA $
IF( FLAG ) ALPHAX=CMPLX(BETA,GAMMA) $
.
.
.
ADD
A,B/C/ALPHAX $
and the following is not recommended:

IF( FLAG ) PARAMR //'COMPLEX'//BETA/GAMMA/S,Y,ALPHA $
.
.
.
ADD
A,B/C/V,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $
Expressions and Operators

An expression represents a single value and consists of one or more constant and/or variable parameters
separated by operators. Expressions are classified as arithmetic, relational, logical, or character.
Arithmetic expressions produce numerical values; relational and logical expressions produce logical
values. An expression can contain intrinsic functions. An expression is specified:
Main Index

Parameters
In the right hand side of an assignment (=) statement

As arguments for intrinsic functions
As logical expressions in control statements:
DO WHILE, IF, IF-THEN, ELSE IF-THEN

As logical expressions in the WHERE clause of DBVIEW, DBEQUIV, and DBDELETE
statements
Arithmetic Operators
The allowable arithmetic operations are shown in the table below in the order of execution precedence.
Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are performed
first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the parentheses.
Operator
Operation
Sample
Expressions
Interpreted As
X-Y
X(-Y)
-,+
Negative or Positive
immediately preceded
by exponentiation
**
Exponentiation
-X**Y
-(X**Y)
-,+
Negative or Positive
-X - Y
(-X) - Y
*,/
Multiplication or Division
X*Y+Z
(X*Y)+Z
+,-
Addition or Subtraction
X+Y
X+Y
In general, mixed mode expressions are not supported. For example, to compute A=B*C, where A and
B are complex, but C is real, it is necessary to convert C to a complex number: A=B*CMPLX (C), where
CMPLX is described under Intrinsic Functions in this section.
Character Operator
The only character operation is concatenation. Its form is shown below.
Operator
&
Operation
Concatenation
Sample Expressions
ABC & DE = ABCDE
Relational Operators
Relational operators are used to compare two expressions. The result of the comparison is a logical
TRUE or FALSE. When arithmetic and relational operators are combined in one expression, the
arithmetic operations are performed first. The table below shows the allowable relational operators.
Main Index
10

Parameters
Operator
=
Relation Tested
Expression
X=Y
Equality
<>,><
Inequality
X<>Y, X><Y
<
Less than
X<Y
>
Greater than
X>Y
<
Less than or equal
X<Y
>
Greater than or equal
X>Y
Logical Operators
Logical operators perform tests on multiple relations or Boolean operations. A logical operator returns a
result that is either TRUE or FALSE. The outcome of a logical operation is determined as shown in the
table below. These outcomes are listed in order of precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order
of precedence.
Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained
within the parentheses.
Operator
NOT
X AND Y
X OR Y
X XOR Y
Main Index
Output
TRUE
n/a
FALSE
FALSE
n/a
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE

Parameters
Operator
X EQV Y
Main Index
Output
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
12

Data Blocks
Data Blocks
A data block is a table or matrix represented by a symbolic name. All data blocks are comprised of
records. Each record can contain a variable number of words.
The first record ("Record 0") is called the header record, of which the first two words (when
concatenated) form the name of the data block. The third and subsequent words are not usually used.
The subsequent records are sometimes called "data records." For tables the data record can contain a
mixture of any type of data; i.e, real, integer, complex, character, etc. For matrices the data record
corresponds to the nonzero values in the column of the matrix; e.g., record 3 corresponds to the nonzero
values in column 3.
The last record is called the trailer record and contains summary information about the table or matrix.
More detailed descriptions of a data blocks records are appear in Data Blocks, 45.
Table Trailers
In tables, the trailer record contains six words. The contents vary among the tables and are described in
Data Blocks, 45 at the end of the tables description. Table trailers are printed when DIAG 15 is specified
in the Executive Control or DIAGON(15) is specified in the DMAP sequence.
Matrix Trailers
In matrices the characteristics of a matrix are described in a twelve-word matrix trailer. Matrix trailers
are printed when DIAG 8 is present in the Executive Control Section DIAGON(8) or is specified in the
DMAP sequence. The contents of a matrix trailer are as follows:
Word
Main Index
Contents
Number of columns in matrix
Number of rows in matrix
Form of the matrix (square, rectangular, etc.)
Type of matrix (real, complex, etc.)
Largest number of nonzero words among all columns
Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000
Size in blocks
Maximum string length over all strings
Number of strings
10
Average bandwidth
11
Maximum bandwidth
12
Number of null columns

Data Blocks
Form is defined as one of the following:
Form
Meaning
Square
Rectangular
Diagonal
Lower triangular factor
Upper triangular factor
Symmetric
Identity
Pseudoidentity
10
Cholesky factor
11
Trapezoidal factor
13
Sparse lower triangular factor
15
Sparse upper triangular factor
Type is defined as one of the following:
Type
Meaning
Real, single precision
Real, double precision
Complex, single precision
Complex, double precision
Data Block Type and Status

The data block type depends on whether the data block is stored on a permanent or scratch DBset and
whether its name appears on a TYPE DB statement. A DBset is a physical file that is a subdivision of the
database; see Chapter 12 of the MSC Nastran Reference Manual.
There are three types of DMAP data blocks:
Permanent NDDL
Main Index
Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to a permanent

DBset through the NDDL
14

Data Blocks
Scratch NDDL
Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to the

SCRATCH DBset through the NDDL
Local
Not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and automatically

assigned to the SCRATCH DBset
At any point during a DMAP execution a data block is in one of the three following states:
Generated
The data block has been created.
Not generated
The data block has been deleted or is not yet created.
Empty
The data block has been created but has no data (or purged). In
other words, the name of the data block is stored on a permanent
DBset without any associated data.
Permanent blocks can have all states: generated, not generated, and empty. Empty data blocks are created
when a module is executed, but no data is actually generated for the data block. For example, the ADD
module has two inputs; if both inputs do not exist (not generated), then the output is empty or purged.
Empty data blocks are required to support automatic restarts. A permanent data block can be explicitly
purged with the PURGEX statement. Permanent data blocks can be deleted from the database with the
DELETE statement.
Scratch data blocks can have only two states: generated and not generated. These data blocks can be
deleted with the DELETE or PURGEX statements.
Main Index

Instructions
Instructions
A DMAP instruction can be classified as either a module or a statement. A module is similar to a "macro"
function and, in general, processes data blocks as input and/or output. A module may also have
parameters as input and/or output. A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that does not
operate on data blocks.
Modules
A module instruction has the following form: the name of the module followed by a comma [,] and a list
of input data block names separated by commas, a slash [/], a list of output data block names separated
by commas, a slash, and a list of parameter (variable names or constants) separated by slashes:
module_name ,
input_data_block_list /
output_data_block_list /
parameter_list $
The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate the module instruction. The modules are described in Detailed
Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601. Most modules have a prescribed number of inputs,
outputs, and parameters, which are defined in the Module Property List (MPL). The MPL is an internal
MSC Nastran table that prescribes the exact format of all modules--the number of input and output data
block lists and the number, type, and default of the parameters in the parameter list. The MPL can be
listed by specifying DIAG 31 in the Executive Control Section. The position of the data block and
parameter names is critical to the proper execution of the module.
Below is an example using the MPYAD module, which performs the following matrix operation:
[D] = SIGNAB*[A][B] + SIGNC*[C]
or
[D] = SIGNAB*[A]T[B] + SIGNC*[C]
where [A], [B], [C] and [D] represent matrices, and SIGNAB and SIGNC represent the sign to be applied
to the product and additive matrices, respectively.
The format of the MPYAD module is:
MPYAD , A , B , C / D / T / SIGNAB / SIGNC / PREC / FORM $
where A, B, and C, represent the input data block names, D represents the output data block name, and
T, SIGNAB, SIGNC, PREC, and FORM represent the parameter names.
The MPL listing for the MPYAD and PARAML modules appears below:
Main Index
16

Instructions
Listing 1-1 Module Properties List

M O D U L E
P R O P E R T I E S L I S T
- - - - - - - P A R A M E T E R S - - - - - - - MPLID NWDS WD1 MOD-NAME TYP IN OUT SCR TOT
ID TYP P
DEFAULT (IF ANY)
W1-W2 FLG
104
17 1594 MPYAD
1
3 1
1
5
1. INT 1601
0
2. INT 1603
1
3. INT 1605
1
4. INT 1607
0
5. INT 1609
0
116
78 1854
PARAML
1 1
2
1. BCD 1861
2. INT 1862
3. INT 1864
-- NO DEFAULT -1
1
The MPL listing contains useful information under the following column headers:
Header
Description
MOD-NAME
Module name
IN
Number of input data blocks
OUT
Number of output data blocks
ID
Parameter position
TYP
type of parameter:
INT - integer
RSP - real single precision
RDP - real double precision
CSP - complex single precision
CDP - complex double precision
BCD - character
LOG - logical
DEFAULT
Default value of parameter
The other column headers are less important to the DMAP programmer.
Some or all data blocks and parameters can be left unspecified (or purged), according to the module
description in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601. If a parameter is
unspecified, then the default value is assumed and obtained from the MPL. For example,
MPYAD
Main Index
A , B , / D $
1
2
3
4
5
1- 2
3
4

Instructions
According to the MPYAD module description, if C is unspecified, then only the matrix multiplication of
A and B is performed. Also, by default, T=0 and therefore A is not transposed. SIGNAB and SIGNC
parameters are defaulted to 1 resulting in:
[D] = [A][B]
However, if no default is defined in the MPL, then a constant or variable parameter must be specified for
the first parameter. For example,
-- NO DEFAULT -on the PARAML module indicates there is no default value for the first parameter.
The first comma after the module name can be omitted as long as the first input data block name is
specified. For example, the ELTPRT module has the following format:
ELTPRT
ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,UNUSED4,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,CASECC/
VELEM/PROUT/S,N,ERROR $
To obtain a printout of the elements connected to each grid point, only GPECT and BGPDTS need to be
specified; however, a comma must also be specified after the module name:
ELTPRT ,
,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
In addition, trailing commas can be left unspecified:
ELTPRT ,
,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
Parameters can be specified on a module as:

Input only
Input and output
Output only
Each module has its own rules for parameter specification, as described in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP
Modules and Statements, 601. If a parameter is specified as input, then either a constant or variable can
be specified. Note that character strings or variables specified for parameters are limited to eight
characters in length.
For example, the first parameter of the ADD module specifies a scalar multiplier of 1+2i on the first input
matrix:
ADD
A , B / C / (1.,2.) $
or ALPHA:
Main Index
18

Instructions
ADD
A , B / C / ALPHA $
If a parameter is to be used as both input and output, or output only, then a variable name must be
specified and preceded by S, N,. For example, on the PARAML module, the fourth parameter, TERM, is
an output parameter:
PARAML
A // 'DMI' / 4 / 7 / S, N, TERM $
TERM is the value of matrix A at column 4 and row 7, which will be returned by the PARAM module
for later use in the DMAP program. If the S,N prefix is omitted, then TERM is assumed to be input only,
no fatal message is issued, and the TERM value is incorrect.
Statements
A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that typically does not produce output data blocks
from input data blocks or parameters. Another distinction is that a statement has no definition in the MPL
(Module Property List). The different types of statements are:
Assignment (=)
Function
Control
Declarative
Data Base Function
Assignment Statement
The assignment statement evaluates an expression and assigns the resulting value to a variable parameter.
This statement has the following form:
v = e $
where v is a variable parameter name, and e is an expression. The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate
the statement. Assignment statements are arithmetic, logical, or character, depending on the type of the
variable parameter. The type of the variable and the expression must be the same. In other words, no
mixed mode specification is allowed.
Type conversions can be performed with the INT, REAL, CMPLX, ITOL, and LTOI DMAP functions.
For character assignment statements, if the length of the expression does not match the size of the
variable, the expression is adjusted as follows:
If the expression is shorter than the variable, the expression is padded with enough blanks on the
right before the assignment takes place to make the sizes equal.
If the expression is longer than the variable, characters on the right are truncated to make the
sizes the same.
Main Index

Instructions
Function Statement
Functions can only appear within an arithmetic or logical expression; they cannot be referenced within
module or CALL statements. Execution of the function causes the evaluation of the function and returns
a value to the referencing expression. Some functions, however, may appear as a DMAP statement
without appearing in an arithmetic or logical expression. These functions are DIAGON, DIAGOFF,
NOOP, PUTSYS, PUTDIAG, RDIAGOFF, and RDIAGON.
The type of the value returned from a function is dependent on the type of the argument(s) supplied, in
addition to the functional operation. In general, the precision (single, double) and form (integer, real,
complex) of the result returned by the function carries at least as much information as the arguments
supplied. For example, ACOS(X) is typed as follows:
ACOS(X)
RS
RS
RS
RD
RD
CS
CS
CD
CD
Returned values for character functions can be processor dependent.

The following table shows the complete function library. The abbreviations in the far right column
signify types:
Main Index
Abbreviation
Type
Integer
R, RS, or RD
Real
C, CS, or CD
Complex
Character
Logical
20

Instructions
Format
ABS ( x )
Definition
absolute value
Result
x
if x is I or R
a +b x,
2
ACOS ( x )
arccosine
if x = a + ib
where
1 x 1 , if x is I or R
cos ( x )
Argument Type
to Result Type
I to I
R and C to R
I and R to C
C to C
The result is computed in radians.

ACOSH ( x )
hyperbolic arccosine
cosh (x)
x1
I and R to R
C to C
For real and integer arguments, values less than 1 result in errors.
ANDL ( x, y )
numeric AND
TRUE if x < 0 and y < 0

FALSE otherwise
ASIN ( x )
arcsin
where
sin ( x )
I, R, and C to L
I and R to R
C to C

ASINH ( x )
hyperbolic sine
ATAN ( x )
arctangent
sinh (x)
I and R to R
C to C
tan (x)
I and R to R
C to C

ATAN2 ( x1, x2 )
arctangent of quotient
tan (x1 x2)
I and R to R
C to C
Main Index

Instructions
Format
Definition
Result
Argument Type
to Result Type
If both arguments are zero, then the result is zero.

If x1 and x2 are real and:
x1 = 0
and x2 > 0 , then the result is 0.
x1 = 0
and x2 < 0 , then the result is .
x1 > 0
and x2 = 0 , then the result is 2 .
x1 < 0
and x2 = 0 , then the result is 2 .
If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and:

a = b = 0
and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0.
a = b = 0
and ( sign of c ) ( sign of d ) , then the result is .
(sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is 2 .

( sign of a ) ( sign of b )
ATANH ( x )
ATANH2 (x1,x2)
and c = d = 0 , then the result is 2 .
hyperbolic arctangent
where
tanh ( x )
hyperbolic arctangent
of quotient
tanh ( x1 x2 )
I and R to R
C to C
I and R to R
C to C
For real arguments, the following must be true: x1 > x2 and x2 0 .

If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and:
a = b = 0
and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0.
a = b = 0
and ( sign of c ) ( sign of d ) , then the result is .
(sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is 2 .

( sign of a ) ( sign of b )
CHAR ( x )
and c = d = 0 , then the result is 2 .
character value
See note below.
I to A
The function takes the processor collating sequence equivalent (e.g.,

ASCII or EBCDIC) of a character and converts it to the character value.
The integer value must be within the range 1 to n 1 , where
n = 2
Main Index
( number of bits per character )
CLEN ( c )
character length
CLOCK( )
CPU time in sec. since

job started
.
Character string length in A to I
multiples of 4
I
22

Instructions
Format
CMPLX ( a, b )
CMPLX ( x )
Definition
convert to complex
Result
a + ib
x, if complex
x + i0 , otherwise
Argument Type
to Result Type
See below
For real arguments if one value is specified, the result is (value, 0). The
precision of the complex number is dependent on the precision of the
argument; i.e., integer and real single values create complex single
results, and real double values create complex double results.
For complex arguments only one value can be specified. The result is
the value and type of the argument.
Integer, real single, and real double values are allowed with two
arguments only. The results are complex double if either or both
arguments are real double. The results are complex single if neither
argument is real double.
CONCAT1(a1,a2)
full word concatenation
a1 & a2
A to A
CONCAT2(a1,a2)
concatenation
a1 & a2
A to A
Any trailing blanks of a1 are compressed to a single blank before a2 is

concatenated.
CONCAT3(a1,a2)
concatenation
a1 & a2
A to A
The result is argument 1, with trailing blanks removed and argument 2

concatenated together.
CONJG ( x )
COS ( x )
complex
conjugate
a ib
cosine
cos ( x )
is conjugate to
C to C
a + ib
I,R to R, C to C
The angle must be in radians.

COSH ( x )
hyperbolic cosine
cosh ( x )
I,R to R, C to C
The angle must be in radians.

DBLE ( x )
convert to
double precision
I to RD, R to RD
C to CD
Integer and real single values are converted to real double values.
Real double values are not changed.
Complex single values are converted to complex double values.
Complex double values are not changed.
Main Index
DIAGOFF(x1,..)
turn off DIAG
TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65

FALSE otherwise
I to L
DIAGON(x1,..)
turn on DIAG
TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65

FALSE otherwise
I to L

Instructions
Format
DIM (x1,x2)
Definition
positive difference
Result
x1 - MIN(x1,x2)
Argument Type
to Result Type
I to I, R to R
C not allowed
Mixed arguments are allowed, but function result depends solely on

type of first argument. The second argument is converted to the type
of the first argument prior to application of the function.
DLABLANK ( x )
remove all blanks

(collapse string)
AB = DLABLANK(A
B)
A to A
DLXBLANK ( x )
replace multiple blanks

with blank (compress
string)
AB = DLXBLANK(A
B)
A to A
DPROD(x1,x2)
double product
x1 x2
I to RD, R to RD
C to CD
Mixed arguments are allowed. The result is complex double, if either

or both arguments are complex single. If neither argument is complex
single, the result is real double.
EQVL (x,y)
numeric equivalence
I,R,C to L
The result is TRUE if both arguments are negative, zero, or positive,

FALSE otherwise.
EXP ( x )
exponential
GETDIAG ( x )
get DIAG cell
I,R to R, C to C
I to I
Function returns the value of DIAG cell x , where x = 1 or 2. Please see

PUTDIAG, GETDIAG, 30.
GETSYS (x,y)
get value of SYSTEM

cell y
I to I
The value extracted has the same type (I, RS, RD ...) as x .
The value x must be a variable parameter.
In order to obtain the value for later use in the DMAP, specify
x = GETSYS(x,y). Please see PUTSYS, GETSYS, 30.
ICHAR ( x )
return integer value
ASCII code
A to I
The function returns the ASCII code of the character argument.

Integer returned I < 2 ( number of bits per character ) .
Main Index
24

Instructions
Format
IMAG ( x )
Definition
imaginary part
Result
b,
for x = a + ib
Argument Type
to Result Type
I,R,C to R
For integer arguments, the result is zero. Results are single precision
real.
For real arguments, the result is zero. Resultant precision is the same
as the argument.
For complex numbers, the result is the imaginary component, with
precision equal to that of the argument.
IMPL (x,y)
numeric implication
I,R,C to L
The result is FALSE if the first argument is negative and the second is
positive or zero. The result is true otherwise.
INDEX (a1,a2)
start position of a2 in
2 = INDEX(ABC,B)
A to I
a1
The result is zero if the second string is not found in the first string.
INDEXSTR
(a1,a2, x1, x2)
A,I to I
start position of a2
from x1 to x2 in a1
Arguments 1 and 2 must be character strings.
Arguments 3 and 4 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring

subscripts, both arguments are converted to integers and checked for
range of 1 to 80.
If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the
upper string subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80.
The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring
subscript.
The result is zero if the second string is not found in the substring of
the first string.
INT ( x )
type to I
largest integer in abs ( x )

with sign of x
I,R,C to I
For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component.
Main Index
ITOL ( x )
type to L
TRUE, if x < 0
FALSE, if x 0
I,R to L
LEQ (a1,a2)
lexical
equality
TRUE, if a1 = a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
LGE (a1,a2)
lexical greater
than or equal to
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE, if a1 < a2
A to L

Instructions
Format
Definition
Result
Argument Type
to Result Type
LGT (a1,a2)
lexical greater
than
TRUE, if a1 > a2
FALSE, if a1 a2
A to L
LLE (a1,a2)
lexical less
than or equal
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
LLT (a1,a2)
lexical less
than
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
LNE (a1,a2)
lexical not
equal to
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
Both arguments must be character strings. For arguments of the same

length, the results are TRUE if the strings satisfy the lexical
comparison, and FALSE otherwise.
For strings of different lengths, the shorter string is padded with
blanks on the right to the same size. The strings are then compared as
equal length strings.
LOG ( x )
natural logarithm
log e( x )
I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in
errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOG10 ( x )
Common logarithm
log 10( x )
I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in
errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOGX (x1,x2)
base x logarithm
log 1( x2 )
I,R to R C to C
The first argument is the base of the logarithm.

The second argument is the number for which the logarithm must be
determined.
If the first argument is negative or 0, natural logarithms are assumed.
If the first argument is 1, common logarithms are assumed. If the first
argument is positive and not equal to 1, this value is used as the
logarithm base.
LTOI ( x )
type to I
MCGETSYS (x,y)
MODCOM get
-1, if x is TRUE
+1, if x is FALSE
L to I
I output
The value of y ranges from 1 to 10.

Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in
operation to GETSYS (x,70 + y) .
MCPUTSYS (x,y)
Main Index
MODCOM put
I output
26

Instructions
Format
Definition
Result
Argument Type
to Result Type
The value of y ranges from 1 to 10.

Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in
operation to PUTSYS (x,70 + y) .
MAX( x1 , x2 ,...)
choosing the largest

argument
max(x1,x2,...)
I to I, R to R
The argument list must have at least two arguments and can have up
to the system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types are not
allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least
one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real
double if at least one argument is real double.
MIN(x1,x2,...)
choosing the smallest
min(x1,x2,...)
I to I, R to R
The argument list must have at least two arguments and may have up
to the system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types not
allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least
one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real
double if at least one argument is real double.
MOD(x1,x2)
remainder
( x1 x2 ) INT(x1 x2)
I to I, R to R
The results are integer only if both arguments are integer, real single if
at least one argument is real single and neither argument is real
double, and real double if at least one argument is real double.
x2
NEQVL(X,Y)
must not be equal to 0.
numeric
nonequivalence
I,R,C to L
The result is TRUE if the signs of the arguments are different, FALSE
otherwise.
NINT ( x )
type to I with Round-off INT ( x + 0.5 ) , if x 0

INT ( x 0.5 ) , if x < 0
I,R,C to I
For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component.

NOOP()
Main Index
no-operation
returns TRUE
logical output
no input

Instructions
Format
NORMAL ( x )
Definition
normalize
Result
2
a +b
Argument Type
to Result Type
C to R
if x = a + ib
NOTL ( x )
numeric not
FALSE if x < 0
TRUE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMEQ (x1,x2)
equality
TRUE, if x1 = x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMGE (x1,x2)
greater than or
equal to
TRUE if x1 x2
FALSE, if x1 < x2
I,R,C to L
NUMGT(x1,x2)
greater than
TRUE, if x1 > x2
FALSE, if x1 x2
I,R,C to L
NUMLE(x1,x2)
less than or equal to
TRUE if x1 x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMLT(x1,x2)
less than
TRUE, if x1 < x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMNE(x1,x2)
not equal to
TRUE, if x1 x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
ORL(x1,x2)
numeric or
TRUE, if x1 <0 or x2 < 0

FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
PI(x)
multiples of pi
I,R to R, C to C
Complex arguments of (a,b) form return a, b results.

PRECISON()
current analysis
precision
integer output
The function returns the currently requested precision: 1, single

precision, 2, double precision.
PUTDIAG(x,y)
put x into DlAG cell y
I to I
The function deposits the value x into DIAG cell y, where y = 1 or 2.

Please see PUTDIAG, GETDIAG, 30.
PUTSYS(x,y)
modify system cell
put x into system cell y
I to I
The function deposits the value x into system cell y.

PUTSYS returns the value x on completion.
In order to reset the value for later use in the DMAP, specify PUTSYS
(0,126); for example, to set system cell 126 to zero.
Please see PUTSYS, GETSYS, 30.
Main Index
28

Instructions
Format
RAND(x)
Definition
random number
generator
Result
x = seed if x>0
Use last RAND(x) as
seed if x=0. If x<0
use wall clock as seed.
Argument Type
to Result Type
I,R to R
Result precision determined by argument precision. Real double

arguments return real double results. Integer and real single
arguments return real single results.
If the argument is greater than 0, calculate new random seed value,
based on this value, before generating random number. Provides
reproducible random sequence.
If the argument equals 0, generate new random number from last
random number generated.
If the argument is less than 0, calculate new random seed value, based
on this value and current wall clock time, before generating random
number. Provides nonreproducible random sequence.
RDIAGON(x,y)
turns on DIAG
over range x to y
TRUE if x>0, and y<65

FALSE otherwise
I to L
The function turns on the DIAGs within the range x,y.

The value of TRUE is returned if the operation was successful.
REAL(x)
Type to R
real(x)
a, if x=a+ib
I,R to R, C to R
Integer, real single, and complex single arguments return real single
values.
Real double and complex double arguments return real double values.
Complex arguments return the real component.
RTIMTOGO()
remaining CPU time
returns R
Returns the CPU time remaining to the nearest hundredth of a second.

Time remaining is found by subtracting the current CPU time from the
value on the TIME execution control statement.
SETCORE(x)
set core
Initialize all words in

memory to the value x
I,RS,L
SIGN(x1,x2)
transfer of sign
x1 , if x2 0
x1 , if x2 < 0
I to I, R to R
Resultant type determined by first argument.

SIN(x)
sine
sin(x)
The angles are given in radians.
Main Index
I,R to R, C to C

Instructions
Format
SINH(x)
Definition
hyperbolic sine
Result
sinh(x)
Argument Type
to Result Type
I,R to R, C to C
The angles are given in radians.

SNGL(x)
convert to single
SPROD(x1,x2)
single prec product
I,R to RS, C to
CS
x1 x2
RD to RS, CD to
CS
The results are real single if both arguments are real double and
complex single if at least one of the arguments is complex double.
SQRT(x)
square root
I,R to R, C to C
If the value of integer or real arguments is less than 0, then an error

results.
For complex arguments the principal square root is returned. That is,
the first component is always greater than or equal to 0.
SUBSTRIN
(A,x1,x2)
substring
SUBSTRIN
( ABC , 2, 3 ) BC
x1,x2 may be I, R
or C
Return substring of first argument with length of ABS(x2-x1)+1.

Arguments 2 and 3 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring
subscripts, both arguments are converted to integers and checked for
range of 1 to 80. If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed
to 1. If the upper string subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80.
The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring
subscript.
TAN(x)
tangent
tan(x)
I,R to R, C to C
TANH(x)
hyperbolic tangent
tanh(x)
I,R to R, C to C
TIMETOGO()
remaining CPU Time
returns I
Returns the remaining CPU time in integer seconds. Time remaining is

found by subtracting the current CPU time from the value on the
TIME executive control statement.
WLEN(x)
VPS word length
Returns VPS word length

of argument
A,I,R,C,L to I
Returns VPS word length of argument. Constant for all types, except
character data that ranges from 1-20.
XORL(x1,x2)
Main Index
numeric exclusive OR
TRUE, if x1 or x2 <0
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
30

Instructions
PUTDIAG, GETDIAG
In the PUTDIAG and GETDIAG examples below, DVALUE is an integer whose 32 bits from left to right
represent 32 DIAG values.
DVALUE=GETDIAG(DWORD) $
PUTDIAG(DVALUE,DWORD) $
DWORD=1 represents the 1st through 32nd DIAG settings and DWORD=2, the 33rd through 64th
DIAG settings. GETDIAG and PUTDIAG are best used in pairs. For example, to turn on DIAG 8
temporarily and then restore the original DIAG 8 setting, the following sequence may be used:
TYPE PARM,,I,,DIAG32 $
DIAG32=GETDIAG(1) $
DIAGON(8) $ DIAG 8 WILL BE ON HERE REGARDLESS OF SETTING IN
$ EXEC. CONTROL
.
.
.
PUTDIAG(DIAG32,1) $ RESTORE DIAGs TO THEIR ORIGINAL VALUE
PUTSYS, GETSYS
System cell values may be set and recovered via the PUTSYS and GETSYS DMAP functions. See
nastran Command and NASTRAN Statement (Ch. 1) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a
description of various system cells. System cells 253 through 262 are reserved for the DMAP writer. This
permits the DMAP writer to pass parameter values in via the NASTRAN statement or between
subDMAPs.
For example,
NASTRAN SYSTEM(253)=4
SOL MYDMAP
COMPILE MYDMAP
SUBDMAP MYDMAP $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NP $
.
.
.
IF ( GETSYS(NP,253)<>4 ) THEN $
.
.
.
ENDIF $
Control Statement
The MSC Nastran DMAP language contains control statements that perform conditional branching and
looping similar to those found in the FORTRAN programming language.
The control statements are:
Main Index

Instructions
Conditional Execution
IF
Unconditional Branching
JUMP and LABEL
Conditional Branching
IF( )THEN, ELSE IF( )THEN, ELSE, and

ENDIF
Looping
DO WHILE and ENDDO
Calling SubDMAP Operations
SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN
Suspension
HALT
Termination
EXIT and END
Conditional Execution -- IF Statement
The IF statement conditionally executes a single DMAP instruction:

IF ( logical expression ) instruction $
In other words, if the logical expression is true, then the instruction is executed. Instruction is any DMAP
module or statement, except a control statement or the FILE, DBVIEW, TYPE and SUBDMAP
statements. Examples include:
IF ( NOGOA=-1 ) ADD GOAT,GOAQ/GOA $
IF ( ERRFLAG<0 ) CALL ERROR //S,GO/ERROR $
IF ( A AND B ) X=2*Y $
Unconditional Branching -- JUMP and LABEL Statements
The JUMP and LABEL statements are analogous to the GO TO and CONTINUE statements in
FORTRAN, except the LABEL statement cannot appear above the JUMP statement. For example,
JUMP n $
.
.
.
LABEL n $
where n is character string, up to eight alphanumeric characters in length, and the first character must be
alphabetic.
JUMP and LABEL can be used to jump out of a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block, but JUMP and
LABEL cannot be used to jump into a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block.
JUMP can appear on an IF statement; however, in this case we recommend an
IF( )THEN statement.
Main Index
32

Instructions
Conditional Branching -- IF ( ) THEN Statement
The IF ( ) THEN operation has the following form:

1.
IF(expression)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE
ENDIF $
2.
IF(expression)THEN $
.
DMAP executed if expression is TRUE
ELSE $
.
DMAP executed if expression is FALSE
ENDIF $
3.
IF(expression 1)THEN $
.
DMAP executed if expression 1 is TRUE
ELSE IF(expression 2)THEN $

. DMAP executed if expression 1 is FALSE and expression 2 is
TRUE
ELSE IF(expression n)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression n-1 are
FALSE and expression
n is TRUE
ELSE $
. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression n are
FALSE
ENDIF $
The expressions in the above examples are relational and/or logical operations that result in a logical
output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational operators are discussed under Expressions
and Operators, 8.
Looping -- DO WHILE ( ) Statement
DO WHILE(expression) $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index

Instructions
The expression in the above example is a relational and/or logical operation that results in a logical output
of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational and logical operators are discussed under
Expressions and Operators, 8. There is no limit to the allowable number of DO WHILE statements.
Scratch NDDL and local blocks (see page 13), which are first referenced and created inside a DO
WHILE loop, are automatically deleted at the end of the loop (see page 38). The FILE statement with
the APPEND or SAVE keyword may be specified to override the automatic deletion in order to "save" a
scratch data block for subsequent passes through the DO WHILE loop. See the APPEND and FILE
statement descriptions in DMAP Modules and Statements, 591 for examples.
Calling SubDMAP Operations -- SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN Statements
The CALL and SUBDMAP statements allow for the definition of DMAP subprograms called
subDMAPs. The RETURN statement can be used in a subDMAP to return to the calling subDMAP.
The SUBDMAP statement denotes the beginning of a DMAP subprogram, either a main subDMAP or a
called subDMAP. A main subDMAP can be invoked with the SOL Executive Control statement and
cannot have any arguments. A called subDMAP may or may not have arguments and is invoked by a
CALL statement in another subDMAP, defined as the calling subDMAP.
The form of the SUBDMAP and CALL statements are:
SUBDMAP
subDMAP-name
CALL
subDMAP-name
[I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
P1/P2/P3/... $]
[I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
[S,]P1/[S,]P2/[S,]P3/...] $
where subDMAP-name is the name of a subDMAP. The arguments Ii, Oi, and Pi are the list of input data
block names, output data block names, and variable parameter names or constant parameters. The
specification of arguments is optional. If arguments are specified, the CALL and SUBDMAP statements
must agree in order, in number, and, for parameters only, in type.
The linker checks for correspondence of the arguments. The linker also checks for consistent parameter
authorization if NASTRAN SYSTEM(147)=1. In addition, a view-name defined by the DBVIEW
statement cannot be specified in the argument list.
If an argument list is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, no argument can be left unspecified. Also,
all parameter arguments must be variable parameter names. Any data block argument on the CALL
statement can be left unspecified. Inside the called subDMAP, the data block argument is treated as
purged. All parameters must be specified on the CALL statement, but the parameters can be either a
variable parameter name or a constant value. Also on the CALL statement, parameter values, such as
qualifiers or local parameters (which are computed in the called subDMAP), can be returned to calling
subDMAP by preceding the parameter name with "S,". This method is called the save option. The save
option is not required for parameters specified on TYPE PARM,NDDL statements in the called
subDMAP.
The RETURN statement can be specified anywhere in the subDMAP. This statement terminates
execution of the current subDMAP and resumes execution of the calling subDMAP. If the RETURN
Main Index
34

Instructions
statement is not specified in the subDMAP, all DMAP execution is terminated at the END statement
(discussed in the next section).
Below is an example using the SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN statements. The main subDMAP is
called MAIN and contains two calls to subDMAP TEST. In the first CALL to subDMAP TEST, the
second input and output data blocks are marked as ",," and are not generated. The value of Q1 is returned
as computed in TEST. In both CALL statements, the value of P2 is returned from TEST. Although Q3
may have changed in subDMAP TEST, Q3s value is not returned to MAIN. In the second call a constant
value of 0 is specified for P1.
SUBDMAP MAIN $ Main SUBDMAP
TYPE PARM,,I,N,Q1=5 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,P1,P2,P3,Q3 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,,C/D,,F/P1/S,P2/S,Q1 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,B,C/I,J,K/0/S,P2/Q3 $
.
.
.
END $
SUBDMAP TEST X,Y,Z/L,M,N/A1/A2/A3 $
TYPE PARM,,I,Y,A3 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,A1,A2 $
.
.
.
RETURN $
END $
The following should also be noted:
The data block names specified on the SUBDMAP statement argument list are called local
names and will not appear in any diagnostic output. Diagnostic output, such as data base
directory print or DIAGs 8 and 15, only indicate the top-level name. The top-level name is the
name of the data block in the highest CALL statement in which it appears. In the example above
the local names are X, Y, Z, etc., and the top-level names are A, B,C, etc.
All input data blocks specified on a CALL statement must have been previously defined by
output from a module in the calling subDMAP or from a previously specified CALL statement,
or specified on TYPE DB statements. See the TYPE, 1549 statement.
Recursive subDMAP calls are allowed; i.e., a subDMAP can call itself either directly or
indirectly.
The last parameter in the argument list must not be followed by a slash (/).
In a restart, if a CALL statement has no output data blocks or saved parameters ("S,") then the
CALL statement will be skipped; e.g.,
Main Index

Instructions
CALL MYDMAP A,B//PAR1 $

There are several ways to avoid this behavior; (1) specify "S," in front of PAR1, (2) specify a
dummy output data block or parameter; or (3) precede the CALL with PUTSYS(1,109) $
Suspension -- HALT statement
The HALT statement defines a breakpoint in the DMAP sequence. DMAP execution will stop when the
breakpoint is reached.
Example
sol prtmat
compile prtmat list
subdmap prtmat $
$
type db, zuzr01 $
$
halt $
matprn zuzr01 // $
$
end $
diag 8
cent
begin bulk
end data
DMAP execution will be stopped when the HALT statement is reached. Now the client program will
place data block ZUZR01 into the database. Subsequently, DMAP execution is resumed, and the
MATPRN module will print data block ZUZR01.
Termination -- EXIT and END statements
Both EXIT and END statements terminate the DMAP execution. However, the EXIT statement can be
specified at any time in a subDMAP, and the END statement can be specified only once and must appear
at the end of a subDMAP.
The following example demonstrates the use of both statements:
SUBDMAP AAA $
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
IF(ERROR)EXIT$
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
END $
If ERROR is true, the EXIT statement is used to terminate the subDMAP. The END statement is required
and must be the last statement in the subDMAP.
Main Index
36

Instructions
Declarative Statement
The declarative statements are TYPE, DBVIEW, and FILE. See DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4)
for a description and Output from a Previous Module Rule, 37 and Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data
Blocks, 38 for related discussion.
Data Base Function Statement
The data base function statements are DBEQUIV and DBDELETE. See DMAP Modules and Statements
(Ch. 4) for a description.
Main Index


If a data block has already been specified as output by a previous module and is specified as output from
another module, User Fatal Message 1126 is issued during execution. This principle is called the output
from a previous module or output twice rule. This rule is waived if any of the following is true:
The data block is specified on a FILE statement with the APPEND or OVRWRT keyword.
The data block is TYPEd (specified on a TYPE DB statement), and its current qualifier values
are different from the qualifier values given at the time of the previous module execution.
The data block is specified as output on a CALL statement and TYPEd.
Main Index
38


Scratch NDDL and local data blocks are stored on the SCRATCH DBset (page 13). A DBset is a physical
file that is a subdivision of the database; see Interface With Other Programs (Ch. 12) in the MSC Nastran
Reference Manual. To minimize the size of the SCRATCH DBset, module scratch files are automatically
deleted upon completion of the module and DMAP scratch data blocks are automatically deleted after
the DMAP instruction in which they are used last. The location of this DMAP instruction is called the
last-time-used (LTU). An LTU is assigned to every data block. When the LTU of an Scratch NDDL data
block is reached, the data block is deleted if the current qualifier values match. If the data blocks LTU
is skipped, then the entire family is deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values.
Special rules apply for data blocks specified in the following situations:
For a scratch data block specified before a loop and last used inside the loop, the LTU is
extended to the bottom of the loop (e.g, ENDDO), meaning that the data block is deleted when
the loop is exited. If the data block is Scratch NDDL, the entire family is deleted, regardless of
the current qualifier values.
For a local data block created inside a DMAP loop and last used after the loop, the data block is
deleted after the next execution of the top of the loop, e.g., DO WHILE, even though the data
blocks LTU is located after the loop (i.e., when the loop is exited). Thus, the last generated data
block can be used after the loop exits.
For a scratch data block created and last used inside a DMAP loop, the FILE statement with the
SAVE keyword extends the data blocks original LTU to the bottom of the loop; otherwise, the
data block is deleted at the original LTU within the loop.
For a Scratch NDDL data block used in a DBVIEW statement, the data block is deleted at the
LTU of the view name or the data block name, whichever is last.
DlAG 57 prints the LTU information of all data blocks and a message indicating when they are deleted.
Main Index


The preface modules IFP1, XSORT, IFPi, DTIIN, and DMIIN generate data blocks related to the Case
Control, Bulk Data, and DMI or DTI entries. These modules are specified at the beginning of all MSC
Nastran Solution Sequences.
SOLution 100 is also provided for the DMAP writer who wishes to execute his/her DMAP sequences
without having to specify the Preface modules IFP1, XSORT, and IFPi. The DMAP writer needs to insert
the following DMAP statements in the Executive Control of the input data:
1.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
2.
If matrices or tables are to be input with DMI or DTI Bulk Data entries, the DMIIN or DTIIN
modules must be specified by the DMAP writer. For example, the following DMAP statements
generate matrices A, B, C, D, and E and tables TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE:
DMIINDMI,DMINDX/A,B,C,D,E,,,,,/ $
DTIINDIT,DTINDX/TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,,,,,/ $
Data block names A, B, C, D, E, TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE can now be referenced in subsequent
DMAP statements.
Main Index
3.
The DMAP writers DMAP sequence can now be inserted.
4.
TYPE statements that reference data blocks or parameters defined in the NDDL of the structured
solution sequences (SOLutions 101 through 200) can also be inserted.
40


Modules used in Phase I of the superelement SOLution sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) include an
option to continue processing after fatal errors are discovered and printed in the output file. The module
completes processing as best it can and then sets a special integer parameter named NOGO to -1. The
output files may be purged or incomplete. If no errors are discovered, NOGO is set to 0. The DMAP
writer can choose to branch to the end of a loop or take other actions when error conditions are
discovered. This option is selected by setting SYSTEM cell 82 to 1. Users who insert alters into Phase l
should be aware of this option.
An example of this option, based on the method used in SOLs 101 through 200, is:
PUTSYS(1,82) $ALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS
.
.
.
GP2
GEOM2S,EQEXINS,,GEOM2A,EPTA/ECTS,ECTAS $
IF ( NOGO = -1 ) THEN $
CALL ERRPH1 //SUBDMAP/0/-1/DUMMY $ LOOPER
RETURN $ CONTINUE TO NEXT SE ALTHOUGH
ENDIF $ ERROR FOUND IN CURRENT SE
.
.
.
PUTSYS (0,82) $ DISALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS
The GEOM2S file contains element connectivity data. If the GP2 module detects errors in this data, it
will set NOGO to -1.
Modules that presently have this option include:
DCMP
MGEN
DECOMP
MTRXIN
DYCNTRL
SEDR
EMG
SELA
GP2
SEMA
GP3
SSG1
GP4
TA1
LCGEN
Main Index


The DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH module capabilities prior to Version 66 have been replaced
by subDMAPs, as described below.
CALL
CALL
CALL
DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $
The complete descriptions can be found in DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4) under subDMAPs
DBFETCH, DBMGR, and DBSTORE.
Prior to Version 66, data blocks could be stored, fetched, and manipulated from the database via the
DMAP modules DBSTORE, DBFETCH and DBMGR. In Version 66, these modules were removed in
favor of a more robust and automatic capability. To help users store data blocks that are not already
defined in the NDDL, a set of subDMAPs are available that emulate most of the capabilities in those
modules. The subDMAPs and their capabilities are:
CALL DBSTORE
store data blocks on the database
CALL DBFETCH
retrieve data blocks from the database
CALL DBMGR
perform various functions related to data blocks stored using CALL

DBSTORE
DIAG 47 can be specified in the Executive Control Section to print diagnostics related to these
operations.
These subDMAPs are stored in the delivery database and do not have to be compiled by the user if they
are being used in any MSC Nastran solution sequences. For example:
SOL 101
DIAG 47
COMPILE
SEDRCVR
ALTER AFTER ELEMENT STRESS
CALL
DBSTORE OES1,,,,//0/SEID/
CEND
/0 $
These subDMAPs are also used in a users solution sequence.

SOL MYDMAP
COMPILE MYDMAP
SUBDMAP MYDMAP $
.
.
.
CALL DBSTORE A,,,,//0/1/
.
.
.
END $
CEND
Main Index
/0 $
42

A listing of these subDMAPs and the subDMAPs that they call (DBSTOR and FNAME) can be obtained
with the following input file:
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
CEND
Main Index
DBFETCH REF LIST

DBSTORE REF LIST
DBFTCH REF LIST
DBSTOR REF LIST
FNAME REF LIST
DBMGR REF LIST


The WHERE clause is used in the selection of items (data blocks and parameters) on the DBDICT,
DBDELETE, DBEQUIV, and DBVIEW DMAP statements. The CONVERT clause modifies qualifier
values of items selected by the WHERE clause on the DBEQUIV DMAP statements.
The WHERE and CONVERT clauses specify values for PROJECT, VERSION, qualifiers, and DBSET.
PROJECT specifies the project-identification numberthat is originally defined on the PROJECT FMS
statement at the time the project is created. VERSION specifies the desired version-identification
numberunder the project-ID. Qualifiers are used to uniquely identify items on the database with the same
name. For example, data block KAA has SEID as one of its qualifiers, which is the superelement ID. An
item may have more than one qualifier and the collection of all qualifiers assigned to an item is called a
path. All data blocks and parameters with qualifiers are defined in the NDDL Sequence ( see Nastran
Data Definition Language (NDDL), 573). Data blocks and parameters are defined on the DATABLK and
PARAM NDDL statements. The DATABLK and PARAM statements specify the name of the data block,
parameter, and also its pathname. The pathnames are defined on the PATH NDDL statement, which lists
the qualifiers assigned to the path. Qualifiers are defined on the QUAL NDDL statement. DBSET
specifies the desired DBset. The DBset of an item is specified after the LOCATION keyword on the
DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statement.
The format of the WHERE clause is:
WHERE
(where-expr)
where-expr is a logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION,
and DBSET. If the result of the logical expression is TRUE for an item on the database then the item is
selected. For example, WHERE(VERSlON=4 AND SElD<>2 AND SElD>0) selects all items under
version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2.
A simple where-expr is a comparison using the following relational operators =,><<, >, or utortu. For
example, SElD>0 means if SEID is greater than zero, then the logical expression is true. Several simple
where-exprs may be joined into one where-expr by the following logical operators: AND, OR, XOR, and
EQV. The NOT operator may be used to negate a where where-expr. For example, NOT(SEID>0) is the
same as SEID>0. Arithmetic operations and DMAP functions may also be specified in the where-expr
(see Expressions and Operators, 8).
If a qualifier in a where-expr is not a qualifier in the path of a specified item, then the where-expr is set
to FALSE. If the where-expr does not contain a specification for all qualifiers in the path of an item, then
the unspecified qualifiers will be wildcarded (i.e., quali=*, all values will be selected). The default values
of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET are described under the statement in which the
WHERE clause is specified.
If where-expr is to be used on a DBVIEW statement to define an output data block from a module, then
the following restrictions apply:
The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";", for example, WHERE
(SEID=10; PEID=20).
Main Index
44

Only one data block can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported for
output data blocks).

PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION where-expr modifier "WILDCARD" and the use of
qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the where-expr.

Examples of the WHERE clause are:
1. Select all items in the database for all superelements except 10 and 30 from Version 1.
WHERE (VERSION=1 AND SEID>0 AND NOT(SEID=10 OR SEID=30))
2. Select all entries in database on DBSET=DBALL from all projects and versions.
WHERE(PROJECT=PROJECT AND VERSlON>0 AND DBSET=DBALL)
The CONVERT clause modifies project- and version-ID, DBset-name (see INIT (p. 91) in the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement), and qualifier values of items selected by the WHERE clause
on the DBEQUIV statements. It contains one or more assignment statements separated by semicolons.
The format of CONVERT clause is:
CONVERT(PROJECT=project-expr; VERSION=version-expr; ,
DBSET=DBset-expr;quali=qual-expri[;...])
The PROJECT and VERSION statements modify the project-identification number(see PROJ (p. 96) in
the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement) and version-ID. The DBSET statement modifies the
DBset-name. The value of quali will be replaced by qual-expri for selected items that have quali in their
path. qual-expri is any valid expression (see Expressions and Operators, 8 containing constants or any
qualifier name defined in the path of the item. If qual-expri contains names of qualifiers not in the path
of the selected item, then a fatal message is issued. If project-expr and/or version-expr produces a projector version-identification numberthat does not exist, then one will be created. Also, all version-lDs less
than version-expr that do not exist will be created; but they will be empty.
Examples of the CONVERT clause are:
1. Set qualifiers SEID, PEID, and SPC to constants 10, 20, 102 respectively.
CONVERT(SEID=10;PEID=20;SPC=102)
If more than one value of a qualifier is found for an item by the WHERE clause, then each value
is processed in qual-expri to define the new qualifier value for each of the selected items. In the
example below, if the original values of PEID were 1, 2, and 3, then the new values for the SElD
qualifier will be 2, 4, and 6.
2. Set all values of qualifier SElD to be twice the value of the PEID qualifier.
CONVERT(SElD=2*PElD)
Main Index
Chapter 2: Data Blocks

Main Index
Data Blocks
Introduction
Matrix Data Blocks
Table Data Blocks
Table Descriptions
Data Block Descriptions
46

Introduction
Introduction
Data block descriptions are provided for all matrices and tables that are currently processed by the
OUTPUT2 and DBC modules in the MSC Nastran solution sequences with PARAM,POST.
Main Index
Chapter 2: Data Blocks 47

Matrix Data Blocks
Matrix Data Blocks

The rows and columns of most matrices correspond to degree-of-freedom sets which are defined in the
USET table. Matrices are usually named according to __rc where r and c are the names of the degree-offreedom sets for the row and column, respectively. For example, the rows and columns of KFS
correspond to the f-set and the s-set.
The rows and columns corresponding to degree-of-freedom sets are ordered according to an ascending
internal point identification number sequence. This is the same as the external (user-assigned) grid point
identification number sequence unless resequencing is requested (PARAM,OLDSEQ,>-1).
Some matrices are also named with pseudo-degree-of-freedom set names.
w -- The set omitted after auto-omit (a-set combines x-set and w-set)
x -- The set retained after auto-omit (complement of w-set)
J -- Superelement interior degrees-of-freedom; for example, KJJ and PJ
H -- Modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, PHDH, MHH, PHF and UHF
In some matrices, the columns correspond to subcases, normal modes, time steps, or forcing frequencies.
These matrices are usually related to loads and solutions and named __r__ where r is the name of the
degree-of-freedom set. For example, PG is static loads applied to the g-set and PHA is the a-set
eigenvector matrix. In frequency and transient response, a "F" or "T" may also be added to the name. For
example, UDF and UDT are the solution matrices at the d-set for frequency and transient response.
Analysis Type
Columns correspond to ascending
Linear Statics
Subcase identification number
Nonlinear Statics
Loop identification number
Normal or Complex Eigenvalues
Mode number
Frequency Response
Subcase identification numberand forcing frequency value
Transient Response
Time step value
In transient response analysis, the columns of the solution matrix U_T correspond to "time step triplets".
The first column in the triplet represents displacement, then velocity and acceleration. The triplet is then
repeated for each time step. For example, if there are 10 time steps, then U_T will have 30 columns. If
multiple TSTEP command subcases are requested, then there will be a separate solution matrix for each
subcase. The columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, and SPCForce matrices; P_T, QM_T, and Q_T,
correspond to time step and, using the example above, they will each have 10 columns.
In frequency response analysis, the columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, SPCForce, and solution
matrices (P_F, QM_F, Q_F, and U_F), correspond to forcing frequency. If multiple dynamic load
(DLOAD) subcases are requested with NFREQ number of forcing frequencies, the first NFREQ columns
represent the first DLOAD subcase and NFREQ frequencies, the second NFREQ columns the second
subcase, etc. For example, if an analysis is performed with four forcing frequencies and three DLOAD
subcases, then the solution matrix will have 12 columns in which the first four columns correspond to all
forcing frequencies in the first subcase. If multiple FREQUENCY command subcases are requested, then
Main Index
48

Matrix Data Blocks
there will be a separate solution matrix for each subcase. For a description of matrix trailers, see Data
Blocks, 12.
Main Index

Table Data Blocks
Table Data Blocks

This section discusses common attributes across several tables:
IFP tables
OFP tables
Element types
See Table Descriptions, 65.
IFP Tables
The IFP module processes the Bulk Data Section and creates data blocks that contain images of each Bulk
Data entry. Then the modules IFP2 through IFP9, MODEPT, MODGM2, GP0, SEQP, and MODGM4
create pseudo-images based on the presence of elements used in hydroelastic, axisymmetric, laminated
composite, composite beam, acoustic, hyperelastic, beam library and p-version analyses. For example,
the IFP6 module converts PCOMP and MAT8 images to MAT2 and PSHELL pseudo-images. All of the
tables produced by these modules are also called "IFP Tables". In an IFP Table, there is one record written
for each image type present in, or derived from, the Bulk Data Section and that record contains all of the
images for that type. If the image type is not present, then no record is written.
IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits

The first three words in all IFP Tables uniquely identify or label the contents of the record and are called
"header words". The second header word indicates a bit position, called a "trailer bit", in the table trailer.
The trailer bit indicates the presence of a record type in the data block; i.e., if the record is present in the
table, then the bit is turned on in the trailer.
There are a total of 176 trailer bits. The first 96 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 1 through 16,
numbered from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer word 1. The second 80 trailer
bits correspond to bit positions 17 through 32, numbered from the right, in each trailer word and
beginning with trailer word 1. The table below shows that correspondence between a trailer bit and its
word and bit location in the trailer.
Location in Trailer
Main Index
Trailer Bit
Word
Position
1 -- 16
16 -- 1
17 -- 32
16 -- 1
33 -- 48
16 -- 1
49 -- 64
16 -- 1
65 -- 80
16 -- 1
81 -- 96
16 -- 1
50

Table Data Blocks
Location in Trailer
Trailer Bit
Word
Position
97 -- 112
32 -- 17
113 -- 128
32 -- 17
129 -- 144
32 -- 17
145 -- 160
32 -- 17
161 -- 176
32 -- 17
For example, the GRID record in the GEOM1 data block is assigned to trailer bit 45 that corresponds to
the 4th bit position, numbered from the right, in trailer word 3. Based on the trailer bit, the following
FORTRAN statements may be used to determine the corresponding trailer word and bit position:
WORD = MOD(TBIT-1,96)/16 + 1
BIT = 16*(1+TBIT/97) -- MOD(TBIT-1,16)
where TBIT = trailer bit from second word of header record
WORD = trailer word
BIT = trailer word bit position numbered from the right
and all variables are defined as integers.
OFP Tables
Header Record
The header record of all OFP tables contains codes that indicate how the output should be labeled,
formatted, and printed.
Word
Name
Contains
approach_code
Analysis type and output device type(s)
table_code
Header, labeling, and sort types
format_code
Data types (real or complex)
11
stress_code
Stress/strain, von Mises/max. shear, strain-curvature/strain-fiber flags
12
jflag
Acoustic element output flag
13
iacflg
Acoustic displacement (pressure) output request flag:

2 = Yes and 0 = No
Main Index
14
q4cstr
CQUAD4 corner output stress option
21
metrik
Electromagnetic units code (1 thru 6 or 10, default=10)

Table Data Blocks
Word
Name
Contains
22
emssol
Electromagnetic static solution code

(0=CF+MAG,1=CF,2=ELEC,3=MAGN)
23
thermal
Thermal (heat transfer) element or scaled response spectra output:

Bit
Description
Thermal
Scaled response spectra ABS
Scaled response spectra SRSS
Scaled response spectra NRL
Scaled response spectra NRLO
Approach_Code
Approach_code indicates analysis type and device type(s).
1. Analysis type is equal to approach_code/10 indicates:
Type
Description
Statics
Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)
Differential stiffness 0 (obsolete)
Differential stiffness 1 (obsolete)
Frequency
Transient
Pre-buckling
Post-buckling
Complex eigenvalues
10
Nonlinear statics
11
Geometric nonlinear statics
2. Device type(s) are extracted from the bit pattern equal to MOD(approach_code,10). The bits
numbered from the right are:
Bit
1
Main Index
Description
Print
52

Table Data Blocks
Bit
Description
Plot
Punch
Therefore, MOD(approach_code,10) can be one of the following values:

Value
Device Type(s)
None
Print
Plot
Print and plot
Punch
Print and punch
Plot and punch
Print, plot, and punch
Examples:
Approach_code
Description
61
Print transient response results
15
Print and punch statics results
106
Plot and punch nonlinear statics results
Table_code
Table_code indicates basic table content (displacements, stresses, etc.), data format (Real or complex),
and sort type (SORT1 or SORT2).
1. MOD(table_code,1000) indicates table content; e.g., displacements, stresses, etc.
Type
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OUG
Displacement vector
OPG
Load vector
OQG
SPCforce vector
OEF
Element force (or flux)
OES
Element stress(or strain)

Table Data Blocks
Type
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
LAMA
OUG
Eigenvector
none
Grid point singularity table (obsolete)
OEIGS
10
OUG
Velocity vector
11
OUG
Acceleration vector
12
OPG
Nonlinear force vector
13
OGPWG
14
OUG
Eigenvector (solution set)
15
OUG
Displacement vector (solution set)
16
OUG
Velocity vector (solution set)
17
OUG
Acceleration vector (solution set)
18
OEE
Element strain energy
19
OGF
Grid point force balance
20
OES
Stresses at grid points (from the CURV module)
21
OES
Strain/curvature at grid points
22
OELOF1
Element internal forces and moments
23
OELOP1
Summation of element oriented forces on adjacent elements
24
OEP
Element pressures
25
OEF
Composite failure indices
26
OGS
Grid point stresses (surface)
27
OGS
Grid point stresses (volume -- direct)
28
OGS
Grid point stresses (volume -- principal)
29
OGS
Element stress discontinuities (surface)
30
OGS
Element stress discontinuities (volume -- direct)
31
OGS
Element stress discontinuities (volume -- principal)
32
OGS
Grid point stress discontinuities (surface)
33
OGS
Grid point stress discontinuities (volume -- direct)
34
OGS
Grid point stress discontinuities (volume -- principal)
35
OGS
Grid point stresses (plane strain)
36
OEE
Element kinetic energy
37
OEE
Element energy loss
Eigenvalue summary
Eigenvalue analysis summary
Grid point weight generator
54

Table Data Blocks
Type
Chapter 2
Name
Description
38
OMM
MAXMIN summary
39
OQG
MPC forces
40
OGPKE
Grip point kinetic energy
2. Data format, sort type and random type is extracted from the bit pattern equal to table_code/1000.
Bits numbered from the right are:
Bit
Description
Complex (on) flag
SORT2 (on) flag
Random (on) flag
Therefore, table_code/1000 can be one of the following values:

Value
Sort Type
Random ?
SORT1
Real
No
SORT1
Complex
No
SORT2
Real
No
SORT2
Complex
No
SORT1
Real
Yes
SORT2
Real
Yes
table_code
Main Index
Data Format
Description
Real force in SORT1
Real stress/strain in SORT1
1005
Complex stress/strain in SORT1
2010
Real velocities in SORT2
3005
Complex stress/strain in SORT2
5003
Random SPCforces in SORT2

Table Data Blocks
Foremat_code
Format_code is somewhat redundant and may conflict with table_code. In regards to real or complex,
table_code/1000 always overrides format_code and if table_code indicates complex data, then
format_code is used to distinguish between real/imaginary and magnitude/phase output.
Value
Data Format
Real
Real/imaginary
Magnitude/phase
Stress_code
In the OES data block description, word 11 (stress_code) of the header record determines the following:
Octahedral (or maximum shear) or Hencky-von Mises
Stress or strain
If the strain is curvature or fibre
If the strain or stress is in the material coordinate system
Stress_code is a bit pattern and the bits numbered from the right are:
Bit
Main Index
Description
Hencky von Mises (on) flag
Strain (on) flag
Strain/curvature (on) flag
Same as bit 2
Material coordinate system (on) flag
56

Table Data Blocks
Therefore, stress_code can be one of the following values:
Main Index
Value
On bits
Coordinate
System
00000
Element
00001
Stress von Mises
10
01010
Strain curvature maximum shear or octahedral
11
01011
Strain curvature von Mises
14
01110
Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral
15
01111
Strain fiber von Mises
16
10000
17
10001
Stress von Mises
26
11010
Strain curvature maximum shear or octahedral
27
11011
Strain curvature von Mises
30
11110
Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral
31
11111
Strain fiber von Mises
Material
Description
Stress maximum shear or octahedral
Stress maximum shear or octahedral

Table Data Blocks
Element Type
Some tables reference an element type number; for example, EST, KDICT, OES, and EGPSF. The
element type numbers are unique across all tables but do not necessarily appear in all tables. Some
element types are pseudo-elements for data recovery purposes only; e.g., see types 85 through 98, 100,
144, and 201 through 223.
Type
Name
00
Grid
01
ROD
Rod
02
BEAM
Beam
03
TUBE
Tube
04
SHEAR
Shear panel
05
FORMON12
FORCEi/MOMENTi follower stiffness
06
FORCE
Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA1)
07
PLOAD4
PLOAD4 follower stiffness
08
PLOADX1
PLOADX1 follower stiffness
09
PLOAD/PLOAD2
PLOAD/PLOAD2 follower stiffness
10
CONROD
Rod with properties
11
ELAS1
Scalar spring
12
ELAS2
Scalar spring with properties
13
ELAS3
Scalar spring to scalar points only
14
ELAS4
Scalar spring to scalar points only with properties
15
AEROT3
16
AEROBEAM
17
TRIAX
Harmonic triangular
18
QUADX
Harmonic quadrilateral
19
Main Index
Description
Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1)
20
DAMP1
Scalar damper
21
DAMP2
Scalar damper with properties
22
DAMP3
Scalar damper to scalar points only
23
DAMP4
Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties
24
VISC
Viscous damper
25
MASS1
Scalar mass
26
MASS2
Scalar mass with properties
58

Table Data Blocks
Type
Name
27
MASS3
Scalar mass to scalar points only
28
MASS4
Scalar mass to scalar points only with properties
29
CONM1
Concentrated mass -- general form
30
CONM2
Concentrated mass -- rigid body form
31
PLOTEL
Plot
32
Unused
33
QUAD4
Quadrilateral plate
34
BAR
Simple beam (see also Type=100)
35
CONEAX
Axisymmetric shell
36
Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)
37
Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)
38
GAP
Gap
39
TETRA
Tetrahedral
40
BUSH1D
Rod type spring and damper
41
Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1)
42
Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2)
43
FLUID2
Fluid with 2 points
44
FLUID3
Fluid with 3 points
45
FLUID4
Fluid with 4 points
46
FLMASS
47
AXIF2
Fluid with 2 points
48
AXIF3
Fluid with 3 points
49
AXIF4
Fluid with 4 points
50
SLOT3
Three-point slot
51
SLOT4
Four-point slot
52
HBDY
Heat transfer plot for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
53
TRIAX6
Axisymmetric triangular
54
Main Index
Description
Unused (Pre-V69 TRIM6)
55
DUM3
Three-point dummy
56
DUM4
Four-point dummy
57
DUM5
Five-point dummy
58
DUM6
Six-point dummy
59
DUM7
Seven-point dummy

Table Data Blocks
Type
Name
60
DUM8
Eight-point dummy (also two-dimensional crack tip CRAC2D)
61
DUM9
Nine-point dummy (also three-dimensional crack tip CRAC3D)
62
Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1)
63
IFQUAD
Quadrilateral interface cohesive
64
QUAD8
Curved quadrilateral shell
65
IFHEX
Hexahedral interface cohesive
66
IFPENT
Pentahedral interface cohesive
67
HEXA
Six-sided solid
68
PENTA
Five-sided solid
69
BEND
Curved beam or pipe
70
TRIAR
Triangular plate with no membrane-bending coupling
71
Main Index
Description
Unused
72
AEROQ4
73
IFQDX
Axisymmetric interface cohesive
74
TRIA3
Triangular plate
75
TRIA6
Curved triangular shell
76
HEXPR
Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid
77
PENPR
Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid
78
TETPR
Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid
79
Unused
80
Unused
81
Unused
82
QUADR
Quadrilateral plate with no membrane-bending coupling
83
HACAB
Acoustic absorber
84
HACBR
Acoustic barrier
85
TETRANL
Nonlinear data recovery four-sided solid
86
GAPNL
Nonlinear data recovery gap
87
TUBENL
Nonlinear data recovery tube
88
TRIA3NL
Nonlinear data recovery triangular plate
89
RODNL
Nonlinear data recovery rod
90
QUAD4NL
Nonlinear data recovery quadrilateral plate
91
PENTANL
Nonlinear data recovery five-sided solid
92
CONRODNL
Nonlinear data recovery rod with properties
60

Table Data Blocks
Type
Name
93
HEXANL
Nonlinear data recovery six-sided solid
94
BEAMNL
Nonlinear data recovery beam
95
QUAD4LC
Composite data recovery quadrilateral plate
96
QUAD8LC
Composite data recovery curved quadrilateral shell
97
TRIA3LC
Composite data recovery triangular shell
98
TRIA6LC
Composite data recovery curved triangular shell
99
Main Index
Description
Unused
100
BARS
Simple beam with intermediate station data recovery
101
AABSF
Acoustic absorber with frequency dependence
102
BUSH
Generalized spring and damper
103
QUADP
p-version quadrilateral shell
104
TRIAP
p-version triangular shell
105
BEAMP
p-version beam
106
DAMP5
Heat transfer scalar damper with material property
107
CHBDYE
Heat transfer geometric surface -- element form
108
CHBDYG
Heat transfer geometric surface -- grid form
109
CHBDYP
Heat transfer geometric surface -- property form
110
CONV
Heat transfer boundary with free convection
111
CONVM
Heat transfer boundary with forced convection
112
QBDY3
Heat transfer boundary heat flux load for a surface
113
QVECT
Heat transfer thermal vector flux load
114
QVOL
Heat transfer volume heat addition
115
RADBC
Heat transfer space radiation
116
SLIF1D
Slideline contact
117
WELDC
Weld (Formats ELEMID and GRID with MSET=off)
118
WELDP
Weld (Formats ELPAT and PARTPAT)
119
SEAM
Seam (future development)
120
GENEL
General element
121
DMIG
Direct matrix input g-set
122
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic DIEL)
123
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAE)
124
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic IND)
125
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINE)

Table Data Blocks
Type
126
Main Index
Name
FASTP
Description
Shell patch fastener
127
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUAD)
128
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUADX)
129
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RELUC)
130
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RES )
131
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTETRAE)
132
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTRIA)
133
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAX)
134
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOB)
135
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOB)
136
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOB)
137
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAOB)
138
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEX )
139
QUAD4FD
Hyperelastic 4-noded quadrilateral shell
140
HEXA8FD
Hyperelastic 8-noded solid
141
HEXAP
p-version six-sided solid
142
PENTAP
p-version five-sided solid
143
TETRAP
p-version four-sided solid
144
QUAD144
Quadrilateral plate with data recovery for corner stresses
145
VUHEXA
p-version six-sided solid display
146
VUPENTA
p-version five-sided solid display
147
VUTETRA
p-version four-sided solid display
148
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAM)
149
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic PENTAM)
150
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TETRAM)
151
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADM)
152
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAM)
153
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADXM)
154
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAXM)
155
RADINT
156
BUSH2D
2D spring and damper
157
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPW)
158
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOBM)
62

Table Data Blocks
Type
Description
159
SEAMP
Shell patch seam
160
PENTA6FD
Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded
161
TETRA4FD
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded
162
TRIA3FD
Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded
163
HEXAFD
Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded
164
QUADFD
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded
165
PENTAFD
Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded
166
TETRAFD
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded
167
TRIAFD
Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded
168
TRIAX3FD
Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded
169
TRIAXFD
Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded
170
QUADX4FD
Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded
171
QUADXFD
Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 9-noded
172
QUADRNL
Nonlinear QUADR
173
TRIARNL
Nonlinear TRIAR
174
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOBM)
175
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOBM)
176
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADWGM)
177
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAWGM)
178
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIB )
179
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIB )
180
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEIB )
181
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIB )
182
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIBM)
183
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIBM)
184
Main Index
Name
BEAM3
Three-noded beam
185
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIBM)
186
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADPWM)
187
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAPWM)
188
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPWM)
189
VUQUAD
p-version quadrilateral shell display
190
VUTRIA
p-version triangular shell display
191
VUBEAM
p-version beam display

Table Data Blocks
Type
192
Main Index
Name
CVINT
Description
Curve interface
193
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADFR)
194
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAFR)
195
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEFR)
196
Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXFR)
197
SFINT
Surface interface
198
CNVPEL
199
VUHBDY
p-version HBDY display
200
WELD
Weld (Formats ALIGN, ELEMID, and GRIDID with MSET=on)
201
QUAD4FD
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear data recovery

Gauss/grid
202
HEXA8FD
Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded nonlinear data recovery

Gauss/grid
203
SLIF1D
Slideline contact
204
PENTA6FD
Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid
205
TETRA4FD
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear format Gauss
206
TRIA3FD
Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Gauss
207
HEXAFD
Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format Gauss
208
QUADFD
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Gauss
209
PENTAFD
Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format Gauss
210
TETRAFD
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format Grid
211
TRIAFD
Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid
212
TRIAX3FD
Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded nonlinear format

Gauss
213
TRIAXFD

Gauss/Grid
214
QUADX4FD
Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear

format Gauss/Grid
215
QUADXFD

format Gauss
216
TETRA4FD
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear format Grid
217
TRIA3FD
Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Grid
218
HEXAFD
Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format Grid
219
QUADFD
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Grid
64

Table Data Blocks
Type
Main Index
Name
Description
220
PENTAFD
Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format Grid
221
TETRAFD
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format Gauss
222
TRIAX3FD

Grid
223
QUADXFD

format Grid
224
ELAS1
Nonlinear ELAS1
225
ELAS3
Nonlinear ELAS3
226
BUSH
Nonlinear BUSH
227
RBAR
Rigid bar
228
RBE1
Rigid body form 1
229
RBE3
Rigid body form 3
230
RJOINT
Rigid joint
231
RROD
Rigid pin element
232
QUADRLC
Composite QUADR
233
TRIARLC
Composite TRIAR
234
Unused
Unused
235
QUADR
Quadrilateral plate for center punch
236
TRIAR
Triangular plate for center punch
237
TRIAR
Triangular plate for center output
238
BAR
Screened stresses for bar with ABCS
239
BEAM
Screened stresses for beam with ABCS
240
BAR
Nonlinear bar
241
AXISYM
Axisymmetric shell

Table Descriptions
Table Descriptions
Table descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the generic name of the data block. A data block
description may encompass descriptions of several data blocks from different modules; for example, the
OES data block description describes data blocks OES1, OES2, OESNL, OSTR1, and OES1C, which are
output by the SDR2, SDR3, SDRNL, and SDRCOMP modules. The generic name of a data block also
appears in the Data Block Glossary, 1591 at the end of DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4).
Main Index
66
BGPDT

BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic
coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- DATA
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
Coordinate system identification number
SIL
Internal (scalar) identification number
EXTID
External (user) identification number
DOF_TYPE
Degree of freedom/point type
PSC
Permanent set constraint
BGID
Boundary grid identification number of

-EXTID
XCOORD
RX
x in basic coordinate system
YCOORD
RX
y in basic coordinate system
ZCOORD
RX
z in basic coordinate system
Words 1 through 9 repeat until End of Record

Record 2 -- XIDMAP
Word
1
2
Name
Type
EXTID
External identification number
INTID
Internal identification number
Main Index
Description
BGPDT 67
Record 3 -- BIDMAP
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
BGID
Boundary (system) identification number
INTID

Record 4 -- NORMAL
Word
Name
Type
Description
XNORM
RX
X normal in aerodynamic system
YNORM
RX
Y normal in aerodynamic system
ZNORM
RX
Z normal in aerodynamic system

Record 5 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
WORD2
Number of boundary points
WORD3
Number of degrees-of-freedom
WORD4
Precision of the real values; i.e., type=RX
WORD5
Number of scalar points
WORD6
Maximum external identification number
Notes:
Number of grid points and scalar points
1. For partitioned superelements the locations are in the superelements basic

coordinate system. In other words, each partitioned superelement has its own basic
coordinate system.
2. Scaler points are identified by CID=-1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = ZCOORD = 0.
3. If WORD2, number of boundary grids, is zero, then record BIDMAP does not exist
and XIDMAP will be used.
Main Index
68
BGPDT68
Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
BGPDT68
Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic
coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- DATA
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
XCOORD
RS
x in basic coordinate system
YCOORD
RS
y in basic coordinate system
ZCOORD
RS
z in basic coordinate system

Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
1
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Note:
Main Index
Name
Type
I
none
Description
Number of grid and scalar points
Not used
1. Scaler points are identified by CID = -1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = ZCOORD =

0.
CASECC 69
Case Control information
CASECC
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat
Word
Type
Description
SID
MPCSET
Multipoint constraint set (MPC)
SPCSET
Single point constraint set (SPC)
ESLSET
External static load set (LOAD)
REESET
Real eigenvalue extraction set

(METHOD(STRUCTURE))
ELDSET
Element deformation set (DEFORM)
THLDSET
Thermal load set (TEMP(LOAD))
THMATSET
Thermal material set TEMP(MAT or INIT)
TIC
Transient initial conditions (IC)
10
NONPTSET
Nonlinear load output set (NLLOAD)
11
NONMEDIA
Nonlinear load output media (NLLOAD)
NONFMT
Nonlinear load output format (NLLOAD)
13
DYMLDSET
Dynamic load set (DLOAD)
14
FEQRESET
Frequency response set (FREQUENCY)
15
TFSET
Transfer function set (TFL)
16
SYMFLG
Symmetry flag (SYMSEQ and SUBSEQ)
17
LDSPTSET
Load output set (OLOAD)
18
LDSMEDIA
Load output media (OLOAD)
19
LDSFMT
Load output format (OLOAD)
20
DPLPTSET
Displacement, temperature, or pressure output

set (DISP,THERM,PRES)
21
DPLMEDIA

media (DISP,THERM,PRES)
12
Main Index
Name
70
CASECC
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
22
DPLFMT

format (DISP,THERM,PRES)
23
STSPTSET
Stress output set (STRESS)
24
STSMEDIA
Stress output media (STRESS)
25
STSFMT
Stress output format (STRESS)
26
FCEPTSET
Force (or flux) output set (FORCE or FLUX)
27
FCEMEDIA
Force (or flux) output media (FORCE or FLUX)
28
FCEFMT
Force (or flux) output format (FORCE or FLUX)
29
ACCPTSET
Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output set

(ACCEL or HDOT)
30
ACCMEDIA
Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output media

(ACCE, HDOT)
31
ACCFMT
Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output format

(ACCE, HDOT)
32
VELPTSET
Velocity (or enthalpy) output set (VELOCITY or

ENTHALPY)
33
VELMEDIA
Velocity (or enthalpy) output media

(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)
34
VELFMT
Velocity (or enthalpy) output format

(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)
35
FOCPTSET
Forces of single-point constraint output set

(SPCFORCE)
36
FOCMEDIA
Forces of single-point constraint output media

(SPCFORCE)
37
FOCFMT
Forces of single-point constraint output format

(SPCFORCE)
38
TSTEPTRN
Time step set for transient analysis (TSTEP)
39
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title character string (TITLE)
71
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE)
103
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
LABEL character string (LABEL)
135
STPLTFLG
Model plot flag: set to 1 if OUTPUT(PLOT) is

specified
136
AXSYMSET
Axisymmetric set (AXISYMMETRIC)
137
NOHARMON
Number of harmonics to output (HARMONICS)
138
TSTRV
Need definition
CASECC 71
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
139
K2PP(2)
CHAR4
Name of direct input (p-set) stiffness matrix

(K2PP)
141
M2PP(2)
CHAR4
Name of direct input (p-set) mass matrix (M2PP)
143
B2PP(2)
CHAR4
Name of direct input (p-set) damping matrix

(B2PP)
145
OUTRESPV
Output frequencies or times (OFREQ or OTIME)
146
SEDR
Data recovery superelement list (SEDR)
147
FLDBNDY
Fluid boundary element selection (MFLUID)
148
CEESET
Complex eigenvalue extraction set (CMETHOD)
149
DAMPTBL
Structural damping table set

(SDAMP(STRUCT)
150
DYNRED
Dynamic reduction selection (DYNRED)
151
SSDSET
Solution set displacements output set (SDISP)
152
SSDMEDIA
Solution set displacements output media

(SDISP)
153
SSDFMT
Solution set displacements output format

(SDISP)
154
SSVSET
Solution set velocities output set (SVELO)
155
SSVMEDIA
Solution set velocities output media (SVELO)
156
SSVFMT
Solution set velocities output format (SVELO)
157
SSASET
Solution set accelerations output set (SACCE)
158
SSAMEDIA
Solution set accelerations output media

(SACCE)
159
SSAFMT
Solution set accelerations output format

(SACCE)
160
NONLINLD
Nonlinear load set in transient problems

(NONLINEAR)
161
PARTIT
Partitioning set (PARTN)
162
CYCLIC
Symmetry option in cyclic symmetry (DSYM)
163
RANDOM
Random analysis set (RANDOM)
164
NONPARAM
Nonlinear static analysis control parameters

(NLPARM)
165
FLUTTER
Flutter set (FMETHOD)
166
LCC
Number of words in this record up to LSEM
167
GPFSET
Grid point force output set (GPFORCE)
72
CASECC
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
168
GPFMEDIA
Grid point force output media (GPFORCE)
169
GPFFMT
Grid point force output format (GPFORCE)
170
ESESET
Strain energy output set (ESE)
171
ESEMEDIA
Strain energy output media (ESE)
172
ESEFMT
Strain energy output format (ESE)
173
ARFPTSET
Aerodynamic force output set (AEROF)
174
ARFMEDIA
Aerodynamic force output media (AEROF)
175
ARFFMT
Aerodynamic force output format (AEROF)
176
SEID
Superelement identification number(SUPER)
177
LCN
Load column number (SUPER)
178
GUST
Gust load selection (GUST)
179
SEFINAL
Final superelement identification

number(SEFINAL)
180
SEMG
Generate matrices (K,M,B,K4) for superelement

set or identification number(SEMG)
181
SEKR
Reduce stiffness matrix (K) for superelement set

or identification number (SEKR)
182
SELG
Generate static loads for superelement set or

identification number (SELG)
183
SELR
Reduce static loads for superelement set or

identification number (SELR)
184
SEEX
Superelement set or identification number to be

excluded (SEEXCLUDE)
185
K2GG(2)
CHAR4
Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness matrix

(K2GG)
187
M2GG(2)
CHAR4

(M2GG)
189
B2GG(2)
CHAR4

(B2GG)
191
SVSET
Solution eigenvector output set (SVECTOR)
192
SVMEDIA
Solution eigenvector output media (SVECTOR)
193
SVFMT
Solution eigenvectors output format

(SVECTOR)
194
FLUPTSET
Fluid pressure output set (MPRES)
195
FLUMEDIA
Fluid pressure output media (MPRES)
CASECC 73
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
196
FLUFMT
Fluid pressure output format (MPRES)
197
HOUT(3)
Cyclic symmetry harmonic output (HOUTPUT)
200
NOUT(3)
Cyclic symmetry physical output (NOUTPUT)
203
P2G(2)
CHAR4
Name of direct input (g-set) static loads matrix

(P2G)
205
LOADSET
Sequence of static loads sets (LOADSET)
206
SEMR
Generate matrices (M,B,K4) for superelement

set or identification number (SEMG)
207
VONMISES
von Mises fiber (STRESS)
208
SECMDFLG
Superelement command existence flag
209
GPSPTSET
Grid point stress output set (GPSTRESS)
210
GPSMEDIA
Grid point stress output media (GPSTRESS)
211
GPSFMT
Grid point stress output format (GPSTRESS)
212
STFSET
Grid point stress field output set (STRFIELD)
213
STFMEDIA
Grid point stress field output media (STRFIELD
214
STFFMT
Grid point stress field output format

(STRFIELD)
215
CLOAD
Superelement static load combination set

(CLOAD)
216
SET2ID
Old design sensitivity contraint and variable set

(SET2)
217
DSAPRT
Old design sensitivity analysis print option

(SENSITY)
218
DSASTORE
Old design sensitivity analysis store option

(SENSITY)
219
DSAOUTPT
Old design sensitivity analysis OUTPUT4 option

(SENSITY)
220
STNSET
Strain output set (STRAIN)
221
STNMEDIA
Strain output media (STRAIN)
222
STNFMT
Strain output format (STRAIN)
223
APRESS
Aerodynamic pressure output set

(APRESSURE)
224
TRIM
Aerostatic trim variable constrain set (TRIM)
225
MODLIST
Output modes list set (OMODES)
74
CASECC
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
226
REESETF
Real eigenvalue extraction set for fluid

(METHOD(FLUID))
227
ESDPTSET
Element stress discontinuity output set

(ELSDCON)
228
ESDMEDIA
Element stress discontinuity output media

(ELSDCON)
229
ESDFMT
Element stress discontinuity output format

(ELSDCON)
230
GSDPTSET
Grid point stress discontinuity output set

(GPSDCON)
231
GSDMEDIA
Grid point stress discontinuity output media

(GPSDCON)
232
GSDFMT
Grid point stress discontinuity output format

(GPSDCON)
233
SEDV
Generate pseudo-loads for superelement set or

identification number (SEDV)
234
SERE
Generate responses for superelement set or

identification number (SERESP)
235
SERS
Restart processing for superelement set or

identification number (SERS)
236
CNTSET
Slideline contact output set (BOUTPUT)
237
CNTMEDIA
Slideline contact output media (BOUTPUT)
238
CNTFMT
Slideline contact output format (BOUTPUT)
239
DIVERG
Aerostatic divergence control parameter set

(DIVERG)
240
OUTRCV
p-element output control parameters (OUTRCV)
241
STATSUBP
Static subcase identification number for pre-load

(STATSUB(PRELOAD))
242
UNDEF(2 )
none
244
DFT1
RS
Displacement Filter T1 component or TM

magnitude**2
245
DFT2
RS
Displacement Filter T2 component
246
ADAPT
p-element adaptivity control parameter set

(ADAPT)
247
DESOBJ
Design objective set (DESOBJ)
248
DESSUB
Design constraint set for current subcase

(DESSUB)
242
CASECC 75
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
249
SUBSPAN
Design constraint span set (DRSPAN)
250
DESGLB
Design constraint set for all subcases (DESGLB)
251
ANALYSIS
CHAR4
252
GPQSTRS
CQUAD4 grid point corner stress option

(STRESS)
253
GPQFORC
CQUAD4 grid point corner force option

(STRESS)
254
GPQSTRN
CQUAD4 grid point corner strain option

(STRESS)
255
SUPORT1
Supported degree-of-freedom set (SUPORT1)
256
STATSUBB
Static subcase identification number for buckling

(STATSUB(BUCKLE))
257
BCID
Boundary condition identification number (BC)
258
AUXMODEL
Auxiliary model identification number

(AUXMODEL)
259
ADACT
p-element adaptivity active subcase flag

(ADACT)
260
DATSET
p-element output set (DATAREC)
261
DATMEDIA
p-element output media (DATAREC)
262
DATFMT
p-element output format (DATAREC)
263
VUGSET
View-grid and element output set (VUGRID)
264
VUGMEDIA
View-grid and element output media (VUGRID)
265
VUGFMT
View-grid and element output format (VUGRID)
266
MPCFSET
Forces of multipoint constraint output set

(MPCFORCE)
267
MPCMEDIA
Forces of multipoint constraint output media

(MPCFORCE)
268
MPCFFMT
Forces of multipoint constraint output format

(MPCFORCE)
269
REUESET
Real unsymmetric eigenvalue extraction set

(UMETHOD)
270
DAMPTBLF
Structural damping table set for the fluid

(SDAMP(FLUID)
271
ITERMETH
Iterative solver control parameters (SMETHOD)
272
NLSSET
Nonlinear stress output set (NLSTRESS)
273
NLSMEDIA
Nonlinear stress output media (NLSTRESS)
Type of analysis (ANALYSIS)
76
CASECC
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
274
NLSFMT
Nonlinear stress output format (NLSTRESS)
275
MODTRKID
Mode tracking control parameter set

(MODTRAK)
276
DSAFORM
Design sensitivity output format: 1 = yes, 2 = no

(DSAPRT)
277
DSAEXPO
Design sensitivity output export: 1 = no, 2 = yes

(DSAPRT)
278
DSABEGIN
Design sensitivity output start iteration

(DSAPRT)
279
DSAINTVL
Design sensitivity output interval (DSAPRT)
280
DSAFINAL
Design sensitivity output final iteration

(DSAPRT)
281
DSASETID
Design sensitivity output set (DSAPRT)
282
SORTFLG
Overall SORT1/SORT2 flag: 1 means SORT1

and 2 means SORT2.
283
RANDBIT
Random analysis request bit pattern

(DISP,VELO,etc.)
284
AECONFIG(2)
286
AESYMXY
Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xy plane
287
AESYMXZ
Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xz plane
288
UNDEF
none
Not used
289
UNDEF
none
Not used
290
UNDEF
none
Not used
291
GPEPTSET
Grid point strain output set (GPSTRAIN)
292
GPEMEDIA
Grid point strain output media (GPSTRAIN)
293
GPEFMT
Grid point strain output format (GPSTRAIN)
294
TEMPMAT
Thermal material set TEMP(MAT)
295
AECSSSET
Aerodynamic control surface schedule

(CSSCHD)
296
EKEPTSET
Element kinetic energy output set (EKE)
297
EKEMEDIA
Element kinetic energy media (EKE)
298
EKEFMT
Element kinetic energy format (EKE)
299
EKETHRSH
RS
300
EDEPTSET
Element damping energy output set (EDE)
301
EDEMEDIA
Element damping energy media (EDE)
CHAR4
Aerodynamic configuration name
Element kinetic energy threshold (EKE)
CASECC 77
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
302
EDEFMT
Element damping energy format (EDE)
303
EDETHRSH
RS
Element damping energy threshold (EDE)
304
DFT3
RS
Displacement Filter T3 component
305
DFR1
RS
Displacement Filter R1 component or RM

magnitude**2
306
DFR2
RS
Displacement Filter R2 component
307
DFR3
RS
Displacement Filter R3 component
308
K42GG (2)
CHAR4
Name of direct input (g-set) structural element

damping matrix (K42GG)
310
A2GG (2)
CHAR4
Name of direct input (g-set) area matrix (A2GG)
312
NK42GG
Internal set identification number for K42GG
313
NA2GG
Internal set identification number for A2GG
314
EFFMASET
Modal effective mass output set (MEFFMASS)
315
EFFMAGID
Modal effective mass GID (MEFFMASS)
316
EFFMATHR
RS
317
EQUILMED
EQUILIBRIUM print/punch bit pattern
318
EQUILGRD
EQUILIBRIUM grid point identification number
319
RCRSET
RCROSS output set
320
RCRFMT
RCROSS format
321
AEUXREF
AEUXREF
322
GCHK
Ground check flag (GROUNDCHECK)
323
GCHKOUT
Ground check output (GROUNDCHECK)
324
GCHKSET
Ground check set (GROUNDCHECK)
325
GCHKGID
Ground check GID (GROUNDCHECK)
326
GCHKTHR
RS
Ground check THRESH (GROUNDCHECK)
327
GCHKRTHR
RS
Ground check RTHRESH (GROUNDCHECK)
328
GCHKDREC
Ground check data recovery

(GROUNDCHECK)
329
ASPCMED
Output media request (AUTOSPC)
330
ASPCEPS
RS
331
ASPCPRT
EPS value for printing (AUTOSPC)
332
ASPCPCH
Punch Set identification number (AUTOSPC)
333
UNDEF
none
Not used
334
UNDEF
none
Not used
Modal effective mass threshold (MEFFMASS)
EPS value for fixup (AUTOSPC)
78
CASECC
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
335
NK2PP
Internal set identification number for K2PP
336
NM2PP
Internal set identification number for M2PP
337
NB2PP
Internal set identification number for B2PP
338
NK2GG
339
NM2GG
Internal set identification number for M2GG
340
NB2GG
Internal set identification number for B2GG
341
NP2G
Internal set identification number for P2G
342
GEODSET
Geometry check DISP set identification number

(GEOMCHECK)
343
GEODMXMN
Geometry check DISP max/min

(GEOMCHECK)
344
GEODOCID
Geometry check DISP max/min output

coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)
345
GEODNUMB
Geometry check number of DISP max/min

output (GEOMCHECK)
346
GEOLSET
Geometry check OLOAD set identification

number (GEOMCHECK)
347
GEOLMXMN
Geometry check OLOAD max/min

(GEOMCHECK)
348
GEOLOCID
Geometry check OLOAD max/min output

349
GEOLNUMB
Geometry check number of OLOAD max/min

output (GEOMCHECK)
350
GEOSSET
Geometry check SPCF set identification number

(GEOMCHECK)
351
GEOSMXMN
Geometry check SPCF max/min

(GEOMCHECK)
352
GEOSOCID
Geometry check SPCF max/min output

353
GEOSNUMB
Geometry check number of SPCF max/min

output (GEOMCHECK)
354
GEOMSET
Geometry check MPCF set identification number

(GEOMCHECK)
355
GEOMMXMN
Geometry check MPCF max/min

(GEOMCHECK)
356
GEOMOCID
Geometry checkMPCF max/min output

CASECC 79
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
357
GEOMNUMB
Geometry check No. of MPCF max/min output

(GEOMCHECK)
358
GEOASET
Geometry check ACCE Set identification

number (GEOMCHECK)
359
GEOAMXMN
Geometry check ACCE max/min

(GEOMCHECK)
360
GEOAOCID
Geometry check ACCE max/min output

361
GEOANUMB
Geometry check number of ACCE max/min

output (GEOMCHECK)
362
GEOVSET
Geometry check VELO set identification number

(GEOMCHECK)
363
GEOVMXMN
Geometry check VELO max/min

(GEOMCHECK)
364
GEOVOCID
Geometry check VELO max/min output

365
GEOVNUMB
Geometry check number of VELO max/min

output (GEOMCHECK)
366
NTFL
Internal set identification number for TFL
367
UNDEF
368
GPKESET
Grid point kinetic energy output set (GPKE)
369
GPKEMEDI
Grid point kinetic energy media (GPKE)
370
GPKEFMT
Grid point kinetic energy format (GPKE)
371
UNDEF
none
372
WCHK
Weight check flag (WEIGHTCHECK)
373
WCHKOUT
Weight check output (WEIGHTCHECK)
374
WCHKSET
Weight check set identification number

(WEIGHTCHECK)
375
WCHKGID
Weight check GID (WEIGHTCHECK)
376
WCHKCGI
Weight check CGI (WEIGHTCHECK)
377
WCHKWM
Weight check weight/mass units

(WEIGHTCHECK)
378
EXSEOUT
External superelement output items

(EXTSEOUT)
379
EXSEMED
External superelement output media

(EXTSEOUT)
none
Not used
Not used
80
CASECC
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
380
EXSEUNIT
External superelement unit (EXTSEOUT)
381
EXSERES1
External superelement reserved (EXTSEOUT)
382
EXSERES2
External superelement reserved (EXTSEOUT)
383
FK2PP
Internal set identification number for K2PP

factors
384
FM2PP
Internal set identification number for M2PP

factors
385
FB2PP
Internal set identification number for B2PP

factors
386
FK2GG

factors
387
FM2GG
Internal set identification number for M2GG

factors
388
FB2GG
Internal set identification number for B2GG

factors
389
TICTYPE
CHAR4
390
FK42GG

factors
391
FA2GG
Internal set identification number for A2GG

factors
392
NLTYPE
Type of the nonlinear analysis
393
STEPID
STEP identification number for nonlinear

analysis
394
NSMID
Set identification number for the nonstructural

mass
395
ROUTDISP
Random output of DISPLACEMENT request
396
ROUTVELO
Random output of VELOCITY request
397
ROUTACCE
Random output of ACCELERATION request
398
ROUTLOAD
Random output of OLOAD request
399
ROUTSPCF
Random output of SPCFORCES request
400
ROUTSTRS
Random output of STRESS request
401
ROUTFORC
Random output of FORCE request
402
ROUTSTRN
Random output of STRAIN request
403
ROUTMSCF
Random output of MPCFORCES request
404
MDLSSET
Modal strain energy output set
TIC type (physical, static, modal)
CASECC 81
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
405
MDLSMEDIA
Modal strain energy output media
406
MDLSFMT
Modal strain energy output format
407
MDLSESRT
Modal strain energy output option
408
MDLSTHRE
RS
409
MDLSTFVL
Modal strain energy output option
410
MDLKSET
Modal kinetic energy output set (410)
411
MDLKMEDIA
Modal kinetic energy output media
412
MDLKFMT
Modal kinetic energy output format
413
MDLKESRT
CHAR4
414
MDLKTHRE
RS
415
MDLKTFVL
416
UNDEF
none
Not used
417
UNDEF
none
Not used
418
UNDEF
none
Not used
419
UNDEF
none
Not used
420
UNDEF
none
Not used
421
SEEFMNO
422
SEEFMHV
CHAR4
423
SEEFMDLF
Damping loss factor identification number
424
SEEFMBND
Frequency bands identification number
425
SEEFMSDP
Damping identification number
426
UNDEF
427
ESETHRSH
RS
428
POSTUNIT
POST fortran unit number
429
POSTOPT1
POST control bit pattern word 1
430
POSTOPT2
POST control bit pattern word 2 (430)
431
TICDIFF
432
none
Modal strain energy output option THRESH
Modal kinetic energy output option ESORT

Modal Kinetic energy output option THRSESH
Modal Kinetic energy output option
TIME/FREQ
Energy flow modeling Case Control set

identification number
Damping options
Not used
ESE threshold value
CHAR4
Initial condition (TIC) differential stiffness flag
DSAESEID
EID set for ESE processing in design sensitivity
433
MXMNGSET
MAXMIN grid set selection
434
MXMNGMDA
MAXMIN grid output media
435
MXMNGFMT
MAXMIN grid output format
82
CASECC
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
436
MXMNESET
MAXMIN element set selection
437
MXMNEMDA
MAXMIN element output media
438
MXMNEFMT
MAXMIN element output format
439
MCFRSET
Modal contribution fraction set identification

number
440
MCFRSOLN
Modal contribution fraction solution flag (440)
441
MCFRFILT
RS
442
MCFROPT
Modal contribution fraction options bit pattern
443
ELSUMID
Element summary output set identification

number (ELSUM)
444
ELSUMOPT
Element summary output options bit pattern

(ELSUM)
445
ELSUMDUM
Element summary dummy placeholder

-- REQUIRED (ELSUM)
446
RGYRO
RGYRO set identification number
447
CMSESET
Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) set

448
CMSEMDIA
Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) media
449
CMSEOPTS
Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) bit

pattern
450
CMSETHRE
RS
Component modal energy (CMSENRGY)

threshold (450)
451
CMSETOPN
Component modal energy (CMSENRGY)

number of top values
452
GPRSORT
Global ply result, sorted with global ply

identification numbers
453
MASSSET
Mass Combination set for aerodynamics
454
UNDEF
none
Not used
455
UNDEF
none
Not used
456
POSTO2NM(2)
458
RANDVAR
Random variable selection for stochastics

(RANDVAR)
459
RSVCRQTS
RESVEC Case Control request for system modes
460
RSVCOPTS
RESVEC options for system modes (460)
461
RSVCSTBS
RESVEC STATSUB set identification number

for system modes
CHAR4
Modal contribution fraction filter
POST op2 logical file name
CASECC 83
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
462
RSVCRQTC
RESVEC Case Control request for component

modes
463
RSVCOPTC
RESVEC options for component modes
464
RSVCSTBC
RESVEC STATSUB set identification number

for component modes
465
DESVAR
Design variable selection for optimization

(DESVAR)
466
BCONTACT
BCONTACT set identification number number
467
BCONTACT
CHAR4
468
MODSELS1
MODESELECT flag for the structure (468)
469
MODSELS2
MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for the

structure
470
MODSELS3
MODESELECT HMODENM for the structure
471
MODSELS4
RS
MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the structure
472
MODSELS5
RS
MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the structure
473
MODSELS6
RS
MODESELECT T3FR for the structure
474
MODSELS7
RS
MODESELECT R1FR for the structure
475
MODSELS8
RS
476
MODSELS9
RS
477
UNDEF
478
MODSELF1
MODESELECT flag for the fluid (478)
479
MODSELF2
MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for the fluid
480
MODSELF3
MODESELECT HMODENM for the fluid
481
MODSELF4
RS
MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the fluid
482
MODSELF5
RS
MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the fluid
483
MODSELF6
RS
MODESELECT T3FR for the fluid
484
MODSELF7
RS
MODESELECT R1FR for the fluid
485
MODSELF8
RS
486
MODSELF9
RS
487
UNDEF
488
FTNURN
Fortran (TOCASE) logical unit reference number

(488)
489
SUFNAM1
Suffix file name(1) (489)
490
SUFNAM2
Suffix file name(2) (490)
none
none
BCONTACT other options
Not used
Not used
84
CASECC
Word
Name
Type
Description
491
ENVELOP1
CHAR4
ENVELOPE ID(1) (491)
492
ENVELOP2
CHAR4
ENVELOPE ID(2) (492)
493
GPFLXSET
grid point heat flux output set (493)
494
GPFLXMED
grid point heat flux output media selection (494)
495
UNDEF(105)
none
600
LSEM(C)
601
COEF
I
RS
Not used
Number of symmetry subcase coefficients from
item SYMFLG
Symmetry subcase coefficients (SUBSEQ or
SYMSEQ)
Word 601 repeats LSEM times

602
SETID
Set identification number
603
SETLEN(C)
Length of this set
604
SETMEM
Set member identification number
Word 604 repeats SETLEN times

Words 602 through 604 repeat NSETS times
CHAR4
605
PARA
606
PARLEN(C)
Length of this parameter value specification
607
CHTYPE(C)
Character type flag: 3 means character, 2

otherwise
608
PARAM(2)
CHAR4
Hard-coded to "PARA" and "M "
610
PNAME(2)
CHAR4
Name of parameter
PARLEN =8
612
Length
INTEGER
Integer value
Real-double parameter value
PARLEN =9
612
TYPE
613
REAL
RD
PARLEN =10
Real type -- hard-coded to -4

Real-double value
Complex-single parameter value
612
RTYPE
613
REAL
RS
614
ITYPE
615
IMAG
RS
PARLEN =12
Main Index
Hard-coded to "PARA"
Real part type -- hard-coded to -2

Real part value
Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -2
Imaginary part value
Complex-double parameter value
612
RTYPE
613
REAL
RD
Real part type -- hard-coded to -4

Real part value
CASECC 85
Word
Name
Type
614
ITYPE
615
IMAG
RD
Description
Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -4
Imaginary part value
End PARLEN
Words 605 through max repeat until NANQ occurs
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
Number of records
WORD2
Number of records
WORD3
Maximum record length
WORD4
Plot flag
UNDEF(2)
none
Not used
86
CASECC
Notes:
1. Possible values for output media (___MEDIA) are:

1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
and their sums; e.g., 3 indicates print and plot.

2. Possible values for SORT1 output format (___FMT) are:
1 = real
2 = real/imaginary
3 = magnitude/phase
For SORT2, the same values are negative.

3. Possible values for SYMFLG are:
0 = no symmetry
-1 = REPCASE and
N = number of SYMSEQ or SUBSEQ coefficients
4. Possible values for DSAPRT are:

1 = Print (default)
0 = No print
5. Possible values for DSASTORE are:

1 = Store on data base and
0 = Don't store on data base (default)
6. Possible values for DSAOUTPT are:

1 = Store via OUTPUT2 and
0 = Don't store via OUTPUT2 (default)
7. Possible values for AXSYMSET are:

1 = Sine
2 = Cosine or fluid
8. Possible values for the SECMDFLG are:

0 = at least one of SEMG, SEKR, SEMR, SELG, SELR or SEALL is specified
-1 = none are specified
Main Index
CASECC 87
Notes:
9. DSAFINAL=-1 means the last iteration.

10. DSASETID=-1 means the all design sensitivities.
11. RANDBIT contains bit pairs for the selection of PSDF and ATOC beginning with
left handed bits 1 and 2 for DISP and continuing with VELO, ACCE, OLOAD,
SPCF, STRESS, FORCE, STRAIN, and MPCF Case Control commands for bits 3
through 18. The bit pair value of "00" means none, "01" means ATOC, "10" means
PSDF, and "11" means RALL.
12. Possible values for AESYMXY and AESYMXZ are:
2 = antisymmetric
3 = asymmetric
4 = antisymmetric
Main Index
88
CLAMA
Complex eigenvalue summary table
CLAMA
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Data block name
Record 1 -- OFPID
Word
Name
RECID(2)
UNDEF(7 )
Type
I
none
I
Description
Constants 90 and 1006
Not used
10
SIX
11
UNDEF(40 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
83
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
none
Constant 6
Not used
Record 2 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.
Word
Name
Type
Description
Mode number
Extraction order
MODE
ORDER
REIGEN
RS
Eigenvalue -- real part
IEIGEN
RS
Eigenvalue -- imaginary part
FREQ
RS
Frequency: ABS(IEIGEN)/(2*Pi)
DAMP
RS
Damping Coefficient:
(-2*REIGEN)/ABS(IEIGEN)
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(3 )
Type
I
none
Description
1006
Not used
CLAMA 89
Word
Main Index
Name
SIX
UNDEF
Type
I
none
Description
Constant 6
Not used
90
CONTAB
Design constraint table
CONTAB
Design constraint table
Contains a record for each design constraint. Records are sorted by the internal constraint identification
number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat -- Repeated for each design constraint

Word
Name
Type
Description
IDCID
Internal design constraint identification number
DCID
DCONSTR Bulk Data entry identification number
IRID
Internal response identification number
RTYPE
Response type
TYPE
Type of response (1 or 2)
LUFLAG
Bound type (1=lower,2=upper)
BOUND
RS
REGION
Internal region identification number
SCID
Bound value
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of records; i.e., design constraints
Not used
CSTM 91
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
CSTM
The transformation is from global to basic.

Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
TYPE
Type of system
IINDEX
Index into INTDATA record
RINDEX
Index into REALDATA record
Record 2 -- REALDATA
Word
1
Name
Type
RX
REALDATA
Description
Real data
Record 3 -- INTDATA
Word
1
Name
Type
I
INTDATA
Description
Integer data
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
WORD1
Number of grid points + number of scalar points
WORD2
Number of coordinate systems
WORD3
Type of systems present -- see Note 1
WORD4
Precision of REALDATA record -- 1 or 2
WORD5
Length of REALDATA record
WORD6
Length of INTDATA record
5
6
Main Index
Name
92
CSTM
Notes:
1. Coordinate system type as specified in IDENT:TYPE and by bit numbers numbered

right to left in TRAILER:WORD3:
1 = rectangular
2 = cylindrical
3 = spherical
4 = convective -- defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
5 = convective -- defined on a GMSURF
6 = convective -- defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
7 = convective -- defined on a FEFACE
8 = general -- sequence of rotational angles on CORD3G entry
2. REALDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPEs 1, 2, and 3 and contains real data
similar to CSTM68.
3. INTDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPEs 4 through 8 and contains GMCURV,
etc. Identification numbers similar to CSTM68. XYZi data found in CSTM68 are
converted to grid entry indices into BGPDT.
Main Index
CSTM68 93
CSTM68
(Pre-Version 69)
The transformation is from global to basic.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Description
CID
CIDTYPE
Coordinate system type
CIDTYPE =0
Unknown
TR1
RS
Translation in direction 1
TR2
RS
TR3
RS
R11
RS
Direction cosine in 1-1
R12
RS
R13
RS
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =1
Main Index
Type
Rectanglar
TR1
RS
TR2
RS
TR3
RS
R11
RS
R12
RS
R13
RS
94
CSTM68
Word
Name
Description
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =2
Cylindrical
TR1
RS
TR2
RS
TR3
RS
R11
RS
R12
RS
R13
RS
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =3
Spherical
TR1
RS
TR2
RS
TR3
RS
R11
RS
R12
RS
R13
RS
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =4
Main Index
Type
Convective defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
CSTM68 95
Word
Name
none
Description
UNDEF(2 )
CURVID
GMCURV identification number
SURFID
GMSURF identification number
CURCID
Coordinate System where GMCURV is defined
SURCID
Coordinate System where GMSURF is defined
UNDEF(6 )
CIDTYPE =5
none
Reserved
Reserved
Convective defined on a GMSURF

none
UNDEF(2 )
SURFID
GMSURF identification number
SURCID
Coordinate System where GMSURF is defined
UNDEF(8 )
CIDTYPE =6
3
none
Reserved
Reserved
Convective defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair

RECINDX
RECINDX =1
Record index number
Index 1
RECTOTAL
Total number of records ( = 8 )
EDGEID
FEEDGE identification number
FACEID
FEFACE identification number
GP(4)
Grid identification numbers of 4 FEEDGE grids
11
GFACE(4)
Grid identification numbers of first 4 of 12

FEFACE grids
RECINDX =2
Index 2
RECTOTAL
GFACE(8)
Grid identification number of next 8 of 12

FEFACE grids
13
UNDEF(2 )
none
RECINDX =3
Reserved
Index 3
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 1
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =4
4
Main Index
Type
Reserved
Index 4
RECTOTAL
96
CSTM68
Word
Name
Type
Description
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 1
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =5
Reserved
Index 5
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =6
Reserved
Index 6
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =7
Reserved
Index 7
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =8
Reserved
Index 8
RECTOTAL
XYZ(3)
UNDEF(7 )
I
RS
none

Reserved
End RECINDX
CIDTYPE =7
3
Convective defined on a FEFACE

RECINDX
RECINDX =1
Main Index
Record index number
Index 1
RECTOTAL
FACEID
FEFACE identification number
CSTM68 97
Word
6
Name
GFACE(9)
RECINDX =2
Description
Grid identification numbers of first 9 of 12
FEFACE grids
Index 2
RECTOTAL
GFACE(3)
Grid identification numbers of next 3 of 12

FEFACE grids
XYZ1(3)
RS
11
XYZ2(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =3
Reserved
Index 3
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =4
Reserved
Index 4
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =5
Reserved
Index 5
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =6
Reserved
Index 6
RECTOTAL
XYZ(3)
UNDEF(7 )
End RECINDX
End CIDTYPE
Main Index
Type
I
RS
none
Total no of records. Should be 6

Reserved
98
CSTM68
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
Number of grid and scalar points
WORD2
Number of coordinate systems
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
1. Coordinate system type:

1 = rectangular
2 = cylindrical
3 = spherical
4 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
5 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMSURF
6 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
7 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEFACE
Main Index
DBCOPT 99
Design optimization history table for postprocessing
DBCOPT Design optimization history table for postprocessing

Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- EXACT
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
RS
REAL
Objective function values, exact from analysis
Word 1 repeats until End of Record

Record 2 -- APPRX
Word
1
Name
REAL
Type
Description
RS
Objective function values, optimal w.r.t approximation

Record 3 -- MAXIM
Word
1
Name
Type
RS
REAL
Description
Objective function values, maximum values of
constraints

Record 4 -- DVIDS
Word
1
Name
Type
I
INTGR
Description
Design variable identification number

Record 5 -- INITV
Word
1
Name
REAL
Main Index
Type
RS
Description
Design variable values, 1st cycle ?
100
DBCOPT
Design optimization history table for postprocessing
Record 6 Record 6 -- COL17

Word
1
Name
Type
Description
RS
REAL
Design variable value, Nth cycle ?

Record 7 -- DVLABEL
Word
Name
Type
Description
IDVID
Internal design variable identification number
DVID
External design variable identification number
LABEL1
CHAR4
First part of design variable
LABEL2
CHAR4
Second part of design variable
Record 8 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
NFEA
Number of finite element analyses
NAOP
Number of optimization cycles with respect to

approximate model
NDV
Number of design variables
NCC
Convergence criterion
UNDEF(2 )
Notes:
none
Not used
1. Convergence criterion:
1 = Hard convergence
2 = Soft convergence
3 = Compromise
4 = Maximum design cycles reached
Main Index
DESTAB 101
Design variable attributes
DESTAB
Design variable attributes
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat
Word
Name
IDVID
DVID
Type
Description
Internal design variable identification number
External design variable identification number
LABEL1
CHAR4
LABEL2
CHAR4
VMIN
RS
Lower bound
VMAX
RS
Upper bound
DELX
RS
Move limit for a design cycle
First part of design variable

Second part of design variable
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
NDV
NDVI
Number of independent design variables
NDVD
Number of dependent design variables
UNDEF(3 )
Note:
Main Index
Name
none
Not used
1. Independent design variables are given first in ascending IDVID followed by

dependent design variables in ascending IDVID order.
102
DIT
Direct input tables
DIT
Direct input tables
Contains images of TABLEij, TABDMP1 and GUST Bulk Data entries.

Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- GUST(1005,10,174)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Gust load identification number
DLOAD
TLOADi or RLOADi identification number
WG
RS
Scale factor
X0
RS
Streamwise location of the gust reference point
RS
Velocity of vehicle
Record 2 -- TABDMP1(15,21,162)
Word
Name
ID
UNDEF(7 )
9
10
Type
none
Description
Table identification number
Not used
RS
Natural frequency
RS
Damping
Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs

Record 3 -- TABLE3D(4000,40,460)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
X0
RS
X offset of the independent variable
Y0
RS
Y offset of the independent variable
Z0
RS
Z offset of the independent variable
F0
RS
Offset of the dependent variable
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
DIT 103
Direct input tables
Word
Name
Type
Description
XI
RS
X independent variable
10
YI
RS
Y independent variable
11
ZI
RS
Z independent variable
12
FI
RS
Dependent variable

Record 4 -- TABLED1(1105,11,133)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
CODEX
Type of interpolation for the x-axis
CODEY
Type of interpolation for the y-axis
UNDEF(5 )
RS
X tabular value
10
RS
Y tabular value
none
Not used

Record 5 -- TABLED2(1205,12,134)
Word
Name
Type
ID
X1
RS
UNDEF(6 )
9
10
Description
X-axis shift
none
Not used
RS
X value
RS
Y value

Record 6 -- TABLED3(1305,13,140)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
X1
RS
X-axis shift
X2
RS
X-axis normalization
UNDEF(5 )
none
Not used
RS
X value
104
DIT
Direct input tables
Word
10
Name
Type
RS
Description
Y value

Record 7 -- TABLED4(1405,14,141)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
X1
RS
X-axis shift
X2
RS
X-axis normalization
X3
RS
X value when x is less than X3
X4
RS
X value when x is greater than X4
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
RS

Record 8 -- TABLEDR(4201,42,648)
Word
Name
TIB
VALUE
TBID
Type
I
RS
I
Description
Table rate identification number
Value related to the following TABLED1
TABLED1 identification number

Record 9 -- TABLEM1(105,1,93)
Same as record TABLED1 description (page 103).
Main Index
DIT 105
Direct input tables
Record 13 -- TABLES1(3105,31,97)
Word
Name
Type
I
ID
UNDEF(7 )
9
10
Description
none
Not used
RS
X value
RS
Y value

Record 13 -- TABLEST(1905,19,178)
Word
Name
Type
I
ID
UNDEF(7 )
TI
10
TIDI
Description
none
RS
I
Not used
Temperature
TABLES1 Bulk Data entry identification number

Record 14 -- TABRND1(55,25,191)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
CODEX
Type of interpolation for the x-axis
CODEY
Type of interpolation for the y-axis
UNDEF(5 )
RS
Frequency
10
RS
Power spectral density
none
Not used

Record 15 -- TABRNDG(56,26,303)
Power spectral density for gust loads in aeroelastic analysis.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
TYPE
Power spectral density type
LU
RS
Scale of turbulence divided by velocity
106
DIT
Direct input tables
Word
Name
Type
RS
WG
UNDEF(4 )
none
Description
Root-mean-square gust velocity
Not used

Record 16 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Description
WORD1
Record presence trailer word 1
WORD2
Record presence trailer word 2
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
1. Type of interpolation (CODEX and CODEY):

0 = linear
1 = log
Main Index
Type
DSCMCOL 107
Design sensitivity parameters
DSCMCOL
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- TYPE1 -- Type 1 Responses

Word
Name
Description
IRID
RID
External response identification number
RTYPE
Response Type
3
RTYPE =1
4
9
Weight
UNDEF(5 )
SEID
RTYPE =2
4
9
4
5
none
I
UNDEF(5 )
SEID
none
I
MODE
UNDEF
none
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =4
UNDEF
none
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
Superelement identification number
Mode number
Not used
Not used
Normal modes
MODE
Buckling
Not used
Volume
RTYPE =3
SEID
RTYPE =5
Main Index
Type
Mode number
Not used
Static or modal displacement
GRID
Grid identification number
COMP
Displacement component number
108
DSCMCOL
Word
Name
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =6
Description
Not used
Static or modal stress
EID
Element identification number
COMP
Stress component number
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =7
Not used
Static or modal strain
EID
COMP
Strain component number
SUBCASE
VIEWID
View element identification number
UNDEF
none
SEID
RTYPE =8
Not used
Static or modal force
EID
COMP
Force component number
SUBCASE
VIEWID
View element identification number
UNDEF
none
SEID
RTYPE =9
Not used
Composite failure
EID
COMP
Failure component number
SUBCASE
UNDEF
PLY
Ply number
SEID
RTYPE =10
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
Composite stress
EID
COMP
DSCMCOL 109
Word
Name
Description
SUBCASE
UNDEF
PLY
Ply number
SEID
RTYPE =11
none

Not used
Composite strain
EID
COMP
Strain component number
SUBCASE
UNDEF
PLY
Ply number
SEID
RTYPE =13
none
Not used
Static SPC Force
GRID
COMP
SPC Force component number
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =14
Not used
Strain Energy
EID
COMP
Strain Energy component number
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =15
Not used
Complex eigenvalue
CMODE
UNDEF
none
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =16
Main Index
Type
Complex mode number

Not used
Not used
Acoustic Pressure
GRID
COMP
Acoustic pressure component number
SUBCASE
110
DSCMCOL
Word
Name
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =18
RS
none
I
Description
Frequency
Not used
Grid point force
EID
COMP
Grid point force component number
SUBCASE
UNDEF
none
MODE
Mode number for normal nodes analysis
SEID
RTYPE =40
Not used
Frequency response displacement
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =41
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Frequency response velocity
GRID
COMP
Velocity component number
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =42
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Frequency response acceleration
GRID
COMP
Acceleration component number
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =43
4
Main Index
Type
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Frequency response SPC Force

GRID
DSCMCOL 111
Word
Name
Description
COMP
SPC Force component number
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =44
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Frequency response stress
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =45
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Frequency response force
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =46
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
PSD displacement
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
RANDPS identification number
SEID
RTYPE =47
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
PSD velocity
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
none
Not used
112
DSCMCOL
Word
Name
RTYPE =48
Description
PSD acceleration
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
RTYPE =49
none
Not used
RMS displacement
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
RTYPE =50
none
Not used
RMS velocity
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
RTYPE =51
none
Not used
RMS acceleration
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
FREQ
RS
SEID
RTYPE =60
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
Frequency
Transient response displacement
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
RS
Time
DSCMCOL 113
Word
Name
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =61
none
I
Description
Not used
Transient response velocity
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =62
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Transient response acceleration
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =63
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Transient response SPC Force
GRID
COMP
SPC force component number
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =64
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Transient response stress
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =65
Main Index
Type
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Transient response force
EID
COMP
114
DSCMCOL
Word
Name
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =81
I
RS
none
I
Description
Time
Not used
Aeroelastic divergence
I
SUBCASE
UNDEF
ROOT
MACH
RS
UNDEF
none
SEID
RTYPE =82
none
Root
Mach number
Not used
Aeroelastic trim
SUBCASE
UNDEF
XID
UNDEF(2 )
SEID
RTYPE =83
I
none

Not used
I
none
I
Not used
Aeroelastic stability derivative
SUBCASE
RU
R/U
COMP
Component number
UNDEF
none
XID
SEID
RTYPE =84
Not used
Aeroelastic flutter damping
SUBCASE
MODE
Mode number
DENSITY
RS
Density
MACH
RS
Mach number
VEL
RS
Velocity
SEID
End RTYPE
Main Index
Type
DSCMCOL 115
Record 2 -- TYPE2 -- Type 2 Responses

Word
Name
Type
Description
IRID
RID
SUBCASE
DFLAG
Dynamic response flag (See Note )
FREQTIME
SEID
RS
I
Frequency or time step

Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
NR1
Number of Type 1 responses
NR2
Number of Type 2 responses
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
1. Record 1 contains NR1 * 9 words.

2. Record 2 contains NR2 * 6 words.
3. If the subcase identification number on record 2 is SPAN, the response spans
subcases (not currently supported).
4. The DFLG attribute identifies the dynamic response type.
5. 1 -- Response is not dynamic. FREQ/TIME not required.
6. 2 -- Response is dynamic. FREQ/TIME required.
7. ? -- Response is dynamic and spans frequency or time steps FREQ/TIME not
defined.
8. If the superlement identification number attribute on record 2 is SPAN, the
response spans superelements (not currently supported).
Main Index
116
DVPTAB
Designed property table
DVPTAB
Designed property table
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- Repeat
By ascending internal property identification number order. Type one properties are first and type two
follow.
Word
Name
Type
Description
IPID
Internal property identification number
DVTYP
DVPRELi Bulk Data entry identification number
EPPNT
Property type (1 or 2)
PTYP1
CHAR4
First word of the property type
PTYP2
CHAR4
Second word of the property type
PID
Property identification number
FID
Property field position
PMIN
RS
Minimum property value
PMAX
RS
Maximum property value
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
Number of designed properties (number of records
in table
NPROP
NENT1
Number of designed properties from DVPREL1

Bulk Data entries
NENT2
Number of DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries
Note:
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
1. There are as many records as there are designed properties. (NPROP = NENT1 +
NENT2).
DYNAMIC 117
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
DYNAMIC
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- ACSRCE(5307,53,379)
Power versus frequency for a simple acoustic source.
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Load set identification number
DAREA
DAREA Bulk Data entry identification number
DPHASE
DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification number
DELAY
DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number
TC
TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for

C(f)
RHO
RS
Density of the fluid
RS
Bulk modulus of the fluid
RS
Time delay
PH
RS
Phase lead
Record 2 -- DAREA(27,17,182)
Scale factor for dynamic loads.
Word
Name
Type
SID
Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number
Component number
RS
Record 3 -- DELAY(37,18,183)
Main Index
Description
Scale factor
118
DYNAMIC
Time delay parameter for dynamic loads.

Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Component number
RS
Time delay
Record 4 -- DLOAD(57,5,123)
Linear combination of dynamic loads.
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
RS
Overall scale factor
SI
RS
Scale factor i
LI
Load set identification number i

Record 5 -- DPHASE(77,19,184)
Phase lead parameter in dynamic loading.
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Component number
TH
RS
Phase lead
Record 6 -- DYNRED(4807,48,306)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
FMAX
RS
NIRV
Number of initial random vectors
NIT
Number of iterations
IDIR
Starting point to generate initial random vectors

Highest frequency of interest
DYNAMIC 119
Word
Name
NQDES
UNDEF(2 )
Type
Description
Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom
none
Not used
Record 7 -- EIGB(107,1,86)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
METHOD(2)
L1
RS
Lower bound of eigenvalue range of interest
L2
RS
Upper bound of eigenvalue range of interest
NEP
Estimate of number of roots in positive range
NDP
Desired number of positive roots
NDN
Desired number of negative roots
UNDEF
10
NORM(2)
12
Grid or scalar point identification number
13
Component number
14
UNDEF(5 )
CHAR4
none
CHAR4
none

Method of eigenvalue extraction
Not used
Method for normalizing eigenvectors
Not used
Record 8 -- EIGC(207,2,87)
Word
Name
Description
SID
METHOD(2)
CHAR4
NORM(2)
CHAR4
Component number
RS
ND1
Number of desired eigenvectors
10
CONTFLG
Continuation flag
CONTFLG =0
Main Index
Type
Convergence criterion
With continuation
11
AAJ
RS
Location of A on real axis
12
WAJ
RS
Location of A on imaginary axis
13
ABJ
RS
Location of B on real axis
120
DYNAMIC
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
WBJ
RS
Location of B on imaginary axis
15
LJ
RS
Width of search region
16
NEJ
Number of estimated roots
17
NDJ
Words 11 through 17 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occ

CONTFLG =-1
Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Record 9 -- EIGP(257,4,158)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ALPHA
RS
Location of pole on real axis
OMEGA
RS
Location of pole on imaginary axis
Multiplicity of complex root at pole
Record 10 -- EIGR(307,3,85)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
METHOD(2)
F1
RS
Lower bound of frequency range of interest
F2
RS
Upper bound of frequency range of interest
NE
Number of estimated roots
ND
Number of desired roots
UNDEF(2 )
10
NORM(2)
12
13
Component number
14
UNDEF(5 )
CHAR4
none
CHAR4
none

Not used
Not used
DYNAMIC 121
Record 11 -- EIGRL(308,8,348)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
V1
RS
Lower bound of frequency range of interest
V2
RS
Upper bound of frequency range of interest
ND
MSGLVL
Diagnostic level
MAXSET
Number of vectors in block or set
SHFSCL
RS
FLAG1
LOGI
FLAG2
LOGI
10
NORM(2)
CHAR4
12
ALPH
RS
13
NUMS
14
FI
RS
Estimate of first flexible mode

V1 specification flag -- set to 1 if V1 is specified
V2 specification flag -- set to 1 if V2 is specified
Constant for quadratic frequency segment
distribution
Number of frequency segments
Frequency at the upper boundary of the
i-th segment
Word 14 repeats NUMS times

Record 12 -- EPOINT(707,7,124)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
ID
Description
Extra point identification number
Record 13 -- FREQ(1307,13,126)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
SID
RS
Description
Frequency

Record 14 -- FREQ1(1007,10,125)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
F1
Type
I
RS
Description
First frequency
122
DYNAMIC
Word
Name
Type
RS
DF
NDF
Description
Frequency increment
Number of frequency increments
Record 15 -- FREQ2(1107,11,166)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
F1
RS
First frequency
F2
RS
Last frequency
NF
Number of logarithmic intervals
Record 16 -- FREQ3(1407,14,39)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
F1
RS
Lower bound of modal frequency range
F2
RS
Upper bound of modal frequency range
TYPE
NEF
BIAS
RS
CHAR4
Type of interpolation: LINE or LOG

Number of frequencies
Clustering bias parameter
Record 17 -- FREQ4(1507,15,40)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
F1
RS
F2
RS
FSPD
RS
Frequency spread
NFM
Number of evenly spaced frequencies per spread
Record 18 -- FREQ5(1607,16,41)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
F1
Type
I
RS
Description
DYNAMIC 123
Word
Name
Type
Description
F2
RS
FRI
RS
Fractions of natural frequencies

Record 19 -- NLRSFD(3807,38,505)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
GA
Inner grid identification number
GB
Outer grid identification number
PLANE(2)
BDIA
RS
Inner journal diameter
BLEN
RS
Damper length
BCLR
RS
Damper radial clearance
SOLN(2)
11
VISCO
RS
Lubricant viscosity
12
PVAPCO
RS
Lubricant vapor pressure
13
NPORT
14
PRES1
RS
Boundary pressure for port 1
15
THETA1
RS
Angular position for port 1
16
PRES2
RS
Boundary pressure for port 2
17
THETA2
RS
Angular position for port 2
18
NPNT
Number of finite diff points
19
OFFSET1
RS
Offset in the SFD direction 1
20
OFFSET2
RS
Offset in the SFD direction 2
CHAR4
CHAR4
Radial gap orientation plan
Solution option
Number of lubication ports
Record 20 -- NOLIN1(3107,31,127)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of I
CI
Component number for GI.
RS
GJ
Scale factor
Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of J
124
DYNAMIC
Word
Name
Type
Description
CJ
Component number for GJ
Identification number of a TABLEDi Bulk Data entry.
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 21 -- NOLIN2(3207,32,128)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
CI
RS
GJ
CJ
GK
Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of K
CK
Component number for GK
Scale factor
Record 22 -- NOLIN3(3307,33,129)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
CI
RS
GJ
CJ
RS
UNDEF
none
Scale factor
Exponent of the forcing function

Not used
Record 23 -- NOLIN4(3407,34,130)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
CI
RS
Scale factor
DYNAMIC 125
Word
Name
Type
Description
GJ
CJ
RS
UNDEF
none
Exponent of the forcing function

Not used
Record 24 -- RANDPS(2107,21,195)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Subcase identification number of the excited set
Subcase identification number of the applied load set
RS
X component
RS
Y component
TID
Identification number of a TABRNDi entry that defines

G(F)
Record 25 -- RANDT1(2207,22,196)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Number of time lag intervals
TO
RS
Starting time lag
TMAX
RS
Maximum time lag
Record 26 -- RLOAD1(5107,51,131)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DPHASE
RS
DELAY
RS
TC

C(f)
TD

D(f)
126
DYNAMIC
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
TYPE
Nature of the dynamic excitation
RS
Time delay
PH
RS
Phase lead
Record 27 -- RLOAD2(5207,52,132)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DPHASE
DELAY
TB

B(f)
TP

Phi(f)
TYPE
RS
Time delay
PH
RS
Phase lead
Record 28 -- RGYRO(10701,107,117)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ATYPE(2)
CHAR4
REFROT
UNIT(2)
CHAR4
SPDLOW
RS
Lower limit of speed range
SPDHGH
RS
Upper limit of speed range
SPEED
RS
Specific speed
RGYRO identification number

ASYNC/SYNC flag
Reference rotor identification number
RPM/FREQ flag for speed input
Record 29 -- ROTORG(10801,108,242)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
RID
Rotor identification number
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
DYNAMIC 127
Word
Name
THRUFLAG=1
No
ID
Type
I
Description

THRUFLAG=2
THRUFLAG
ID1
First grid identification number
ID2
Second grid identification number
BY
Grid increment
MINUS1
End entry
End THRUFLAG
Record 30 -- RSPINR(10901,109,260)
Word
Name
Type
Description
RID
GRIDA
Grid A for rotation direction vector
GRIDB
Grid B for rotation direction vector
GR
RS
Rotor damping coefficient
UNIT(2)
CHAR4
SPEED
RS
List of rotor speeds

Record 31 -- RSPINT(11001,110,310)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
RID
GRIDA
Grid A for rotation direction vector
GRIDB
Grid B for rotation direction vector
GR
UNIT(2)
TABLEID
RS
CHAR4
I
Rotor damping coefficient

Table identification number for speed history
128
DYNAMIC
Record 32 -- SEQEP(5707,57,135)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
ID
Extra point identification number
SEQID
Sequenced identification number
Record 33 -- TF(6207,62,136)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
GD
CD
Component number for point GD
B0
RS
Transfer function coefficient
B1
RS
B2
RS
GI
CI
Component number for point GI
A0I
RS
10
A1I
RS
11
A2I
RS
Words 7 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occurs

Record 34 -- TIC(6607,66,137)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Component number for point GD
U0
RS
Initial displacement
V0
RS
Initial velocity
Record 35 -- TIC(11601,116,655)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID of a set of loads
Number of grid points at the center of rotation
DYNAMIC 129
Word
Name
Type
Description
UNDEF
none
SCALE
RS
Scale
XVEL
RS
X-component of initial translational velocity
YVEL
RS
Y-component of initial translational velocity
ZVEL
RS
Z-component of initial translational velocity
XROT
RS
X-component of initial rotational velocity
YROT
RS
Y-component of initial rotational velocity
10
ZROT
RS
Z-component of initial rotational velocity
11
THRUFLA
G
THRUFLAG=0
12
Not used
Thru range flag
No
GI

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
12
G1
Starting Grid identification number
13
G2
Ending Grid identification number
14
GINC
Increment of Grid identification number
End THRUFLAG
Words 11 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 36 -- TIC3(11601,116,655)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID of a set of loads
Number of grid points at the center of rotation
UNDEF
none
SCALE
RS
Scale
XVEL
RS
X-component of initial translational velocity
YVEL
RS
Y-component of initial translational velocity
ZVEL
RS
Z-component of initial translational velocity
XROT
RS
X-component of initial rotational velocity
YROT
RS
Y-component of initial rotational velocity
10
ZROT
RS
Z-component of initial rotational velocity
Not used
130
DYNAMIC
Word
11
Name
Type
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
12
Description
Thru range flag
No
GI

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
12
G1
Starting Grid identification number
13
G2
Ending Grid identification number
14
GINC
Increment of Grid identification number
End THRUFLAG
Record 37 -- TLOAD1(7107,71,138)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DELAY
TYPE
TID
Identification number of TABLEDi entry that gives

F(t)
U0
RS
Initial displacement factor for enforced motion
V0
RS
Initial velocity factor for enforced motion
RS
Time delay
Record 38 -- TLOAD2(7207,72,139)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DELAY
TYPE
T1
RS
Time constant 1
T2
RS
Time constant 2
RS
Frequency
DYNAMIC 131
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
Phase angle
RS
Exponential coefficient
10
RS
Growth coefficient
11
U0
RS
Initial displacement factor for enforced motion
12
V0
RS
Initial velocity factor for enforced motion
13
RS
Time delay
Record 39 -- TSTEP(8307,83,142)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Number of time steps of value DTi
DT
RS
NO
Time increment
Skip factor for output
Words 2 through 4 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs

Record 40 -- UNBALNC(11101,111,368)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
MASS
Mass versus time
MASS =1
3
TABLED1
MTABLE
MASS =2
Constant
MASS
RS
GRID
X1
RS
T1 direction for orientation vector
X2
RS
X3
RS
ROFFSET
3
End MASS
ROFFSET =1
9
ROFFSET =2
Main Index
TABLED1
ROFFTAB
Constant
Grid for imbalance application
ROFFSET versus time
132
DYNAMIC
Word
9
Name
ROFFSET
Type
Description
RS
End ROFFSET
10
THETA
11
ZOFFSET
ZOFFSET =1
12
Initial angular position
ZOFFSET versus time
TABLED1
ZOFFTAB
ZOFFSET =2
12
RS
Constant
ZOFFSET
RS
End ZOFFSET
13
TON
RS
Start time for imbalance
14
TOFF
RS
Stop time for imbalance
15
CFLAG(2)
CHAR4
Correction flag
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
EGPSF 133
Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
EGPSF
Contains surface and volume data and element stress factors for each grid point in that surface or volume.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
Entity Type: 2=surface and 3=volume. See Note 1.
SRFTYP(C)
Record 2 -- DATA
Word
Name
SRFTYP =2
Description
Surface definition
SURFID
Surface identification number
NKEYS(C)
Number of keywords in surface data
SURFID
SETID
FIBRE
Fibre code for surfaces
OCID
Output coordinated system identification number
AXIS
Axis code
NORMAL
Normal code
METH
Method of calculation
10
TOL
RS
11
MSG
Branch message flag
12
BREAK
Break flag
13
ECID
Element coordinate system usage flag
14
UNDEF(7 )
none
21
UWMREF
Reference message flag
22
GPELREC
Record number of GPEL
23
NELS(C)
Number of elements in surface
Main Index
Type
Tolerance
Not used
134
EGPSF
Word
24
Name
Type
EID
Description
Element identification numbers in surface
Word 24 repeats NELS times

25
NG(C)
Number of grid points in surface
26
GRID
Grid point identification number (internal)
27
REFID
Reference element identification number
28
NE(C)
No. of elements contributing to stress at this grid
29
ELTYPE
Element type
30
ELID
31
THETA
32
FLAG
33
FACTOR
RS
Angle stress point flag
Angle stress point flag
RS
Stress Factor
Words 29 through 33 repeat NE times

Words 26 through 33 repeat NG times
SRFTYP =3
Volume definition
VOLID
volume identification number
NKEYS(C)
Number of keywords in volume data
VOLIDN
Negative of volume identification number
SETID
STRESS
Stress code
UNDEF(7 )
13
ECID
14
UNDEF(8 )
none
22
GPELREC
Record number of GPEL
23
NELS(C)
Number of elements in volume
24
EID
Element identification numbers in volume
none
I
Not used
Not used
Word 24 repeats NELS times
Main Index
25
NG(C)
Number of grid points in volume
26
GRID
Grid point identification number (internal)
27
REFID
Reference element identification number
28
NE(C)
No. of elements contributing to stress at this grid
29
ELTYPE
Element type
30
ELID
31
TOE(9)
RS
Element stress output 3x3 trans. matrix
EGPSF 135
Word
Name
Type
I
40
FLAG
41
FACTOR
RS
Description
10*connectivity+identity flag. See Note 2.
Factor to apply to stress
Words 29 through 41 repeat NE times

Words 26 through 41 repeat NG times
SRFTYP =-1
End of Data
End SRFTYP
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
NSV
UNDEF(5 )
Notes:
Type
none
Description
Number of surfaces and volumes
Not used
1. Records IDENT and DATA are repeated for each surface and volume.
2. In FLAG for volumes, connectivity refers to grid point position on connection entry
and identity flag will be 1 if TOE is an identity matrix.
3. Possible values for items in RECORD=DATA are
FIBRE
Fibre code for surfaces

0 All (Z1,Z2,MID) (default)
1 Z1 only
2 Z2 only
3 Z1 and Z2
4 MID only
5 Z1 and MID
6 Z2 and MID
7 All
STRESS
Stress code for volumes

2 Principal
1 Direct
0 Both
OCID
Main Index
Output coordinate system identification number
136
EGPSF
0 Basic system (default)

>0 User defined coordinate system
AXIS
Axis code (surfaces only)

0 X axis (default)
1 Y axis
2 Z axis
NORMAL
Normal code (surfaces only)

0 Radius
1 X axis
2 Y axis
3 Z axis
-1 -X axis
-2 -Y axis
-3 -Z axis
10 Radius vector normal
METH
Method of calculation (surfaces only)

0 Topological (default)
1 Geometric
MSG
Branch message flag (surfaces only)

0 No message (default)
1 Issue messages
BREAK
Break flag (surfaces only)

0 No break
1 Break
ECID

0 Not used
-1 Used
Notes:
Main Index
4. GPELREC is nonzero if warning messages concerning the reference normal or

reference axis have been issued.
EGPSTR 137
Element grid point stress table
EGPSTR
Provides grid point stress data for postprocessing.

Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat
See EGPSF, 133 for a description of surface and volume definition data.
Word
Name
SUBVEC
TSEIG
Type
I
RS
Description
Subcase or vector identification number
Eigenvalue or time step value
TYPE(C)
SVID
Surface/volume identification number
NE(C)
Number of elements
EID
Element identification numbers
NS(C)
Number of words of in surface or volume data
DATA
Surface/volume definition data (See note above)
NG(C)
Number of grid points
10
GRID
Grid point identification number
11
ELID
Surface/volume type
Word 6 repeats NE times

7
8
Word 8 repeats NS times

9
TYPE =2
Main Index
Surface stresses
CHAR4
12
FIBRE
13
SX
RS
Normal x
14
SY
RS
Normal y
15
TXY
RS
Shear xy
16
RS
Shear angle
17
SMAJ
RS
Major principal
18
SMIN
RS
Minor principal
Fibre name
138
EGPSTR
Word
Name
Type
Description
19
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
20
HVM
RS
Hencky/Von Mises
Words 12 through 20 repeat NF times

TYPE =3
Volume stresses
12
SX
RS
Normal x
13
SY
RS
Normal y
14
SZ
RS
Normal z
15
TXY
RS
Shear xy
16
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
17
TZX
RS
Shear zx
18
MP
RS
Mean pressure
19
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
20
SA
RS
Principal stresses in a-direction
21
SB
RS
Principal stresses in b-direction
22
SC
RS
Principal stresses in c-direction
23
LXA
RS
x-a direction cosine
24
LXB
RS
x-b direction cosine
25
LXC
RS
x-c direction cosine
26
LYA
RS
y-a direction cosine
27
LYB
RS
y-b direction cosine
28
LYC
RS
y-c direction cosine
29
LZA
RS
z-a direction cosine
30
LZB
RS
z-b direction cosine
31
LZC
RS
z-c direction cosine
End TYPE
Words 10 through max repeat NG times
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
Type
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Not used
EGPSTR 139
Notes:
1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses are

being processed.
2. SUBVEC and TSEIG may have the following values:
3. The element identification number is 0 unless more than one grid stress was output
for a given grid point. In that case the element identification number defines the
connected element for the given grid point stress.
Main Index
140
ELDCT
Element stress discontinuity table
ELDCT
Similar in format to EGPSTR, 137.

Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat
See EGPSF, 133 for a description of surface and volume definition data.
Word
Name
SUBVEC
TSEIG
Type
I
RS
Description
Subcase or vector identification number
Eigenvalue or time step value
TYPE(C)
SVID
Surface/volume identification number
NS(C)
Number of words of in surface or volume data
DATA
Surface/volume definition data (See note above)
NE(C)
Number of elements
EID
TYPE
Element type
Surface/volume type
Word 6 repeats NS times

7
8
9
TYPE =2
Main Index
Surface stress discontinuities

CHAR4
10
FIBRE
11
SX
RS
Normal x
12
SY
RS
Normal y
13
TXY
RS
Shear xy
14
RS
Shear angle
15
SMAJ
RS
Major principal
16
SMIN
RS
Minor principal
17
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
18
HVM
RS
Hencky/Von Mises
19
ERR
RS
Error estimate
Fibre name
ELDCT 141
Word
Name
Type
Description
Words 10 through 19 repeat NF times

TYPE =3
Volume stresse discontinuities
10
SX
RS
Normal x
11
SY
RS
Normal y
12
SZ
RS
Normal z
13
TXY
RS
Shear xy
14
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
15
TZX
RS
Shear zx
16
MP
RS
Mean pressure
17
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
18
SA
RS
Principal stresses in a-direction
19
SB
RS
Principal stresses in b-direction
20
SC
RS
Principal stresses in c-direction
21
ERRN
RS
Error estimate for normal stress
22
ERRP
RS
Error estimate for principal stress
End TYPE
Words 8 through max repeat NE times
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Notes:
Name
Type
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Not used
1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses are

being processed:
If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1
If strain/curvature and FIBRE <> 4 then NF=2
If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1
If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3
Main Index
142
EPT
Element property table
EPT
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
I
SID
PROP
CHAR4
TYPE
CHAR4
ORIGIN
ORIGIN =0
Description
Set of property or elements

Entry origin
NSM Bulk Data entry

I
ID
VALUE
RS
Property or element identification number

Nonstructural mass value

ORIGIN =2
NSML Bulk Data entry

I
ID
VALUE
RS


End ORIGIN
Record 1 -- HGSUPPR(13901,139,654)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
HID
PROP(2)
PID
HGTYPE
Hourglass control type
HGCMEM
RS
Membrane damping coefficient
HGCWRP
RS
Warping damping coefficient
HGCTWS
RS
Twisting damping coefficient
HGCSOL
RS
Soilid damping coefficient
10
IBQ
11
Q1
RS
Quadratic bulk viscosity
12
Q2
RS
Linear bulk viscosity
CHAR4
Hourglass suppression identification number

Property type
Bulk viscosity type
EPT 143
Record 2 -- NSM(3201,32,55)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
SID
PROP
ID
VALUE
Description
CHAR4
RS

Record 3 -- NSM1(3301,33,56)
Word
Name
Type
I
SID
PROP
CHAR4
TYPE
CHAR4
ORIGIN
ORIGIN =0
5
6

Entry origin
NSM Bulk Data entry

RS
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
7
Description

Specification option
By IDs
I
ID

SPECOPT =2
7
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4

SPECOPT =3
Thru range
ID
THRU(2)
10
ID
I
CHAR4
I

SPECOPT =4
Main Index
Thru range with by
ID
THRU(2)
I
CHAR4
144
EPT
Word
Name
10
ID
11
BY(2)
13
Type
Description
I
CHAR4
I

End SPECOPT
ORIGIN =2
NSML Bulk Data entry
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
7
RS
I

By IDs
I
ID

SPECOPT =2
7
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4

SPECOPT =3
Thru range
ID
THRU(2)
10
ID
I
CHAR4
I

SPECOPT =4
Thru range with by
ID
THRU(2)
10
ID
11
BY(2)
13
I
CHAR4
I
CHAR4
I

End SPECOPT
End ORIGIN
Main Index
EPT 145
Record 4 -- NSML1(3601,36,62)
Word
1
Name
SID
PROP
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
5
Type
CHAR4
RS
I
Description
Lumped nonstructural mass value
By IDs
I
ID

SPECOPT =2
5
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4
Keyword ALL

SPECOPT =3
Thru range
ID1
THRU(2)
ID2
I
CHAR4
I
Starting identification number

Keyword THRU
Ending identification number

SPECOPT =4
Thru range with by
ID1
THRU(2)
ID2
9
11
BY(2)
N
I
CHAR4
I
CHAR4
I
Starting identification number

Keyword THRU
Ending identification number
Keyword BY
Increment

End SPECOPT
Main Index
146
EPT
Record 5 -- NSMADD(3401,34,57)
Word
Name
Type
SID
ID
Description

Record 6 R -- NSML(3501,35,58)
Word
Name
SID
PROP
ID
VALUE
Type
Description
CHAR4
RS

Record 7 -- NSML1(3601,36,62)
Word
Name
SID
PROP
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
5
Type
I
CHAR4
RS
I
Description
By identification numbers
I
ID

SPECOPT =2
5
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4

SPECOPT =3
Thru range
ID
THRU(2)
ID
I
CHAR4
I

SPECOPT =4
5
Main Index
Thru range
ID
EPT 147
Word
Name
THRU(2)
ID
BY(2)
11
Type
Description
CHAR4
I
CHAR4
I

End SPECOPT
Record 8 -- PAABSF(1502,15,36) -- Acoustic absorber element with frequency
dependence
Defines the properties of a frequency-dependent acoustic absorber.
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TZREID
TABLEDi entry identification number for resistance
TZMID
TABLEDi entry identification number for reactance
RS
Impedance scale factor
RS
Area factor when only 1 or 2 grid points are specified
RS
Equivalent structural damping
RS
Equivalent stiffness
RHOC
RS
Constant used for absorption coefficient
Record 9 -- PACABS(8300,83,382) -- Acoustic absorber element

Defines the properties of the acoustic absorber element.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
SYNTH
Request the calculation of B, K, and M
TID1
TABLEDi entry identification number for resistance
TID2
TABLEDi entry identification number for reactance
TID3
TABLEDi entry identification number for weighting

function
TESTAR
RS
Area of the test specimen
CUTFR
RS
Cutoff frequency for tables referenced above
148
EPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
Equivalent structural damping values
RS
Equivalent structural stiffness
10
RS
Equivalent mass
Record 10 -- PACBAR(8500,85,384) -- Acoustic barrier element

Word
Name
Type
I
Description
PID
MBACK
RS
Mass per unit area of the backing material
MSEPTM
RS
Mass per unit area of the septum material
FRESON
RS
Resonant frequency of the sandwich construction
KRESON
RS
Resonant stiffness of the sandwich construction
Record 11 -- PBAR(52,20,181) -- Simple beam element

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
Material identification number
RS
Area
I1
RS
Area moment of inertia in plane 1
I2
RS
RS
Torsional constant
NSM
RS
Nonstructural mass per unit length
FE
RS
C1
RS
Stress recovery location at point C in element y-axis
10
C2
RS
Stress recovery location at point C in element z-axis
11
D1
RS
Stress recovery location at point D in element y-axis
12
D2
RS
Stress recovery location at point D in element z-axis
13
E1
RS
Stress recovery location at point E in element y-axis
14
E2
RS
Stress recovery location at point E in element z-axis
15
F1
RS
Stress recovery location at point F in element y-axis
16
F2
RS
Stress recovery location at point F in element z-axis
17
K1
RS
Area factor for shear in plane 1
EPT 149
Word
Name
Type
Description
18
K2
RS
19
I12
RS
Area product of inertia for plane 1 and 2
Record 12 -- PBARL(9102,91,52)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
GROUP(2)
CHAR4
Cross-section group name
TYPE(2)
CHAR4
Cross section type
VALUE
RS
Cross-section dimensions and NSM

Record 13 -- PBCOMP(5403,55,349)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Area
I1
RS
I2
RS
I12
RS
RS
Torsional constant
NSM
RS
K1
RS
10
K2
RS
11
M1
RS
Location center of gravity of nonstructural mass

along y-axis
12
M2
RS
Location center of gravity of nonstructural mass

along y-axis
13
N1
RS
Location neutral axis along elements

y-axis
14
N2
RS
Location neutral axis along elements

y-axis
15
NSECT(C)
Number of lumped areas
150
EPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
NSECT =0
16
RS
Lumped area location along elements

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Words 16 through 20 repeat 4 times

NSECT =1
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
Fraction of the total area for the lumped area
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used
Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times

NSECT =2
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =3
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

NSECT =4
Main Index

Not used
EPT 151
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =5
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =6
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =7
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
Main Index

Not used
152
EPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
NSECT =8
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =9
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =10
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =11
Main Index
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used
EPT 153
Word
Name
Type
Description

NSECT =12
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =13
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =14
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =15
Main Index
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
154
EPT
Word
20
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

NSECT =16
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =17
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =18
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

NSECT =19
Main Index
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
EPT 155
Word
Name
19
MID
20
UNDEF
Type
I
none
Description
Not used

NSECT =20
16
RS

y-axis
17
RS

z-axis
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none

Not used

End NSECT
Record 14 -- PBEAM(5402,54,262)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
NSEGS
Number of segments (or intermediate stations)
CCF
Constant cross-section flag: 1=yes and 0=no
RS
SO
RS
Stress output request
XXB
RS
Distance ratio from end A
RS
Area
I1
RS
10
I2
RS
11
I12
RS
12
RS
Torsional constant
13
NSM
RS
14
C1
RS
15
C2
RS
16
D1
RS
17
D2
RS
156
EPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
18
E1
RS
19
E2
RS
20
F1
RS
21
F2
RS
Main Index
22
K1
RS
23
K2
RS
24
S1
RS
Shear relief coefficient due to taper for plane 1
25
S2
RS
Shear relief coefficient due to taper for plane 1
26
NSIA
RS
Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per unit length

at end A
27
NSIB
RS
Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per unit length

at end B
28
CWA
RS
Warping coefficient for end A
29
CWB
RS
Warping coefficient for end B
30
M1A
RS
Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end A along

y-axis
31
M2A
RS
Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end A along

z-axis
32
M1B
RS
Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end B along

y-axis
33
M2B
RS
Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end B along

z-axis
34
N1A
RS
Location of neutral axis at end A along elements yaxis
35
N2A
RS
Location of neutral axis at end A along elements zaxis
36
N1B
RS
Location of neutral axis at end B along elements yaxis
37
N2B
RS
Location of neutral axis at end B along elements zaxis
EPT 157
Record 15 -- PBEAML(9202,92,53)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
GROUP(2)
CHAR4
Cross-section group name
TYPE(2)
CHAR4
Cross section type
VALUE
RS
Cross section values for XXB, SO, NSM, and

dimensions
Word 7 repeats until (-1) occurs

Record 16 -- PBEND(2502,25,248)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Area
I1
RS
I2
RS
RS
Torsional constant
FSI
RM
RS
Mean cross-sectional radius of the curved pipe
RS
Wall thickness of the curved pipe
10
RS
Internal pressure
11
RB
RS
Bend radius of the line of centroids
12
THETAB
RS
Arc angle of element
13
C1
RS
14
C2
RS
15
D1
RS
16
D2
RS
17
E1
RS
18
E2
RS
19
F1
RS
20
F2
RS
21
K1
RS
flexibility and stress intensification factors
158
EPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
K2
RS
23
NSM
RS
24
RC
RS
Radial offset of the geometric centroid
25
ZC
RS
Offset of the geometric centroid
26
DELTAN
Radial offset of the neutral axis from the geometric

centroid
Record 17 -- PBMSECT(13301,133,509)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
FORM(C)
Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and 3=CP
RECLEN
Record Length
NUMSTAT(C)
Number of stations - variable from 1 to 11
STATID
1-9 for intermediate, -1 for 'A', -2 for B, 0 for none
SRECL
Station RECord Length
SO
RS
Stress output request
XXB
RS
Distance ratio from end A
10
NSM
RS
Non-structural mass per unit length
11
OUTP
ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of OUTer

Perimeter
12
OUTG
ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer Perimeter
FORM =1
GS
13
PTNUMINP
Position of NUMINP in record
14
PTNUMING
Position of NUMING in record
15
NUMINP(C)
Number of Point INner Perimeters defined
16
INPEXTID
INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number
17
INP
ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner

Perimeter
Words 16 through 17 repeat NUMINP times
Main Index
18
NUMING(C)
Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters defined
19
INGEXTID
20
ING
ID of GMCURV defining part of INner Perimeter
EPT 159
Word
Name
Type
Description
Words 19 through 20 repeat NUMING times

FORM =
CP and OP
13
PTNUMBRP
Position of NUMBRP in record
14
PTNUMBRG
Position of NUMBRG in record
15
PTNUMHEI
Position of NUMHEI in record
16
PTNUMWID
Position of NUMWID in record
17
PTNUMLEN
Position of NUMLEN in record
18
PTNUMTHI
Position of NUMTHI in record
19
NUMBRP(C)
Number of BRanch Profile defined
20
EXTBRPID
External BRanch Profile identification number
21
BRP
ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch
Words 20 through 21 repeat NUMBRP times

22
NUMBRG(C)
Number of BRanch GMCURV defined
23
EXTBRGID
External BRanch GMCURV identification number
24
BRG
ID of GMCURV specifying branch
Words 23 through 24 repeat NUMBRG times

25
NUMHEI(C)
Number of heights/vertical dimensions
26
EXTHGTID
External Height identification number
27
HGPTID1
Height - identification number of point1
28
HGPTID2
29
NUMWID(C)
Number of widths/horizontal dimensions
30
EXTWIDID
External Width identification number
31
WDPTID1
Width - identification number of point1
32
WDPTID2
Words 30 through 32 repeat NUMWID times

33
NUMLEN(C)
Number of lengths/slant dimensions
34
EXTLENID
External Length identification number
35
LNPTID1
Length - identification number of point1
36
LNPTID2
Words 34 through 36 repeat NUMLEN times
Main Index
37
NUMTHI(C)
Number of specified thicknesses
38
EXTTHKID
External Thickness identification number
39
THICKNES
RS
Thickness of the segment
160
EPT
Word
40
Name
Type
I
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
Description
GMCURV
41
THGMID
42
UNDEF
SPECOPT =2
I
none
ID of GMCURV
Not used
Point identification number
41
THPTID1
Thickness - identification number of point1
42
THPTID2
SPECOPT =0
41
Other
none
UNDEF(2 )
Not used
End SPECOPT
Words 38 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
43
OHEIGHT
RS
Overall Station Height
44
OWIDTH
RS
Overall Station Width
Words 6 through max repeat NUMSTAT times

Record 18 -- PBRSECT(13201,132,513)
Word
Name
Description
PID
MID
FORM(C)
Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and 3=CP
RECLEN
Record Length
NSM
RS
OUTP
ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of OUTer

Perimeter
OUTG
ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer Perimeter
FORM =1
Main Index
Type
Non-structural mass per unit length
GS
PTNUMINP
Position of NUMINP in record
PTNUMING
Position of NUMING in record
10
NUMINP(C)
Number of Point INner Perimeters defined
11
INPEXTID
12
INP
ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner

Perimeter
EPT 161
Word
Name
Type
Description
Words 11 through 12 repeat NUMINP times

13
NUMING(C)
Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters defined
14
INGEXTID
15
ING
ID of GMCURV defining part of INner Perimeter
Words 14 through 15 repeat NUMING times

FORM =
CP and OP
PTNUMBRP
Position of NUMBRP in record
PTNUMBRG
Position of NUMBRG in record
10
PTNUMHEI
Position of NUMHEI in record
11
PTNUMWID
Position of NUMWID in record
12
PTNUMLEN
Position of NUMLEN in record
13
PTNUMTHI
Position of NUMTHI in record
14
NUMBRP(C)
Number of BRanch Profile defined
15
EXTBRPID
External BRanch profile identification number
16
BRP
ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch
Words 15 through 16 repeat NUMBRP times

17
NUMBRG(C)
Number of BRanch GMCURV defined
18
EXTBRGID
External BRanch GMCURV identification number
19
BRG
ID of GMCURV specifying branch
Words 18 through 19 repeat NUMBRG times

20
NUMHEI(C)
Number of heights/vertical dimensions
21
EXTHGTID
External Height identification number
22
HGPTID1
23
HGPTID2
Words 21 through 23 repeat NUMHEI times

24
NUMWID(C)
Number of widths/horizontal dimensions
25
EXTWIDID
External width identification number
26
WDPTID1
27
WDPTID2
Words 25 through 27 repeat NUMWID times
Main Index
28
NUMLEN(C)
Number of lengths/slant dimensions
29
EXTLENID
External length identification number
30
LNPTID1
162
EPT
Word
31
Name
Type
Description
LNPTID2
Words 29 through 31 repeat NUMLEN times

32
NUMTHI(C)
Number of specified thicknesses
33
EXTTHKID
External Thickness identification number
34
THICKNES
RS
35
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
Thickness of the segment
GMCURV
36
THGMID
37
UNDEF
SPECOPT =2
Identification number of GMCURV
none
Not used
36
THPTID1
37
THPTID2

Other
SPECOPT =0
36
none
UNDEF(2 )
Not used
End SPECOPT
Words 33 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
38
OHEIGHT
RS
Overall Heighth
39
OWIDTH
RS
Overall Width
Record 19 -- PBUSH(1402,14,37)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
K(6)
RS
Nominal stiffness values
B(6)
RS
Nominal damping coefficients
14
GE(6)
RS
Nominal structural damping constants
20
SA
RS
Stress recovery coefficient in the translational

component
21
ST
RS
Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational component
22
EA
RS
Strain recovery coefficient in the translational

component
23
ET
RS
Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational component
24
RS
Lumped mass value
EPT 163
Record 20 -- PBUSH1D(3101,31,219)
Word
1
Main Index
Name
PID
Type
I
Description
RS
RS
Viscous Damping
RS
Mass
ALPHA
RS
Temperature coefficient
SA
RS
Stress recovery coefficient
EA
RS
Strain recovery coefficient
Stiffness
TYPEA
CVT
RS
Coefficient of translation velocity tension
10
CVC
RS
Coefficient of translation velocity compression
11
EXPVT
RS
Exponent of velocity tension
12
EXPVC
RS
Exponent of velocity compression
13
IDTSU
TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number

for scale factor vs displacement
14
IDTCU
DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor

vs displacement
15
IDTSUD
DEQATN entry identification number for derivative

tension
16
IDCSUD
DEQATN entry identification number for derivative

compression
17
TYPES
Spring data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
18
IDTS

for tension compression
19
IDCS
DEQATN entry identification number for

compression
20
IDTDU

vs displacement
21
IDCDU
DEQATN entry identification number for force vs

displacement
22
TYPED
Damper data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
23
IDTD

24
IDTD

compression
Shock data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
164
EPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
25
IDTDV

versus velocity
26
IDCDV
DEQATN entry identification number for force

versus velocity
27
TYPEG
General data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
28
IDTG

29
IDCG

compression
30
IDTDU

versus displacement
31
IDCDU
DEQATN entry identification number for force

versus displacement
32
IDTDV

versus velocity
33
IDCDV
DEQATN entry identification number for force vs

velocity
34
TYPEF
Fuse data type: 0=Null, 1=Table
35
IDTF
TABLEDi entry identification number for tension
36
IDCF
TABLEDi entry identification number for

compression
37
UT
RS
Ultimate tension
38
UC
RS
Ultimate compression
Record 21 -- PBUSHT(702,7,38)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
TKID(6)
TABLEDi entry identification numbers for stiffness
TBID(6)
TABLEDi entry identification numbers for viscous

damping
14
TGEID(6)
TABLEDi entry identification number for structural

damping
20
TKNID(6)
TABLEDi entry identification numbers for force

versus deflection
EPT 165
Record 22 -- PCOMP(2706,27,287)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
N(C)
Number of plies
Z0
RS
Distance from the reference plane to the bottom

surface
NSM
RS
Nonstructural mass per unit area
SB
RS
Allowable shear stress of the bonding material
FT
TREF
RS
Reference temperature
GE
RS
Damping coefficient
MID
10
RS
Thicknesses of the ply
11
THETA
RS
Orientation angle of the longitudinal direction of the

ply
12
SOUT
Failure theory
Stress or strain output request of the ply
Words 9 through 12 repeat N times

Record 23 -- PCOMPA(13100,131,547)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
PID
FORM(2)
CHAR4
SHFACT
RS
REF
CHAR4
Reference surface, TOP, MID or BOT
STRDEF(2)
CHAR4
Definition in stress-strain output
DT1D
CHAR4
Time step skip for one-dimensional failure, YES or NO
STRNOUT
CHAR4
Strain output option, YES or NO
10
CLT
11
SPINCOR
I
CHAR4

Element formulation, similar to PSHELL1
Shear correction factor
Option to use Classical Lamination Theory

Spin correction, YES or NO
166
EPT
Record 24 -- PCONEAX(152,19,147)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID1
Material identification number for membrane
T1
MID2
RS
I
Membrane thickness
Material identification number for bending
RS
MID3
T2
RS
Transverse shear thickness
NSM
RS
Z1
RS
Fiber distance 1 from the middle surface for stress

recovery
10
Z2
RS
Fiber distance 2 from the middle surface for stress

recovery
11
PHI
RS
Azimuthal angle for stress recovery
Moment of inertia per unit width

Material identification number for transverse shear
Word 11 repeats 14 times

Record 25 -- PCONV(11001,110,411)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
FORM
Type of formula used for free convection
EXPF
RS
FTYPE
Formula type for various tabular functions
TID
ID of a TABLEHT entry
UNDEF(2 )
CHLEN
RS
10
GIDIN
11
CE
Coordinate system for defining the flow direction
12
E(3)
RS
Vector components of flow direction
none
Free convection exponent
Not used
Characteristic length
ID of the referenced inlet point
EPT 167
Record 26 -- PCONVM(2902,29,420)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
FORM
Type of formula used for free convection
FLAG
Flag for mass flow convection
COEF
RS
Constant coefficient used for forced convection
EXPR
RS
Reynolds number convection exponent
EXPPI
RS
Prandtl number convection exponent into the working

fluid
EXPPO
RS
Prandtl number convection exponent out of the

working fluid
Record 27 -- PDAMP(202,2,45)
Word
Name
PID
Type
I
Description
RS
Force per unit velocity
Record 28 -- PDAMPT(1202,12,33)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
PID
TBID
TABLEDi entry identification number for viscous

damping
Record 29 -- PDAMP5(8702,87,412)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Damping multiplier
168
EPT
Record 30 -- PDUM1(6102,61,116)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

Record 31 -- PDUM2(6202,62,117)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

Record 32 -- PDUM3(6302,63,118)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

Record 33 -- PDUM4(6402,64,159)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

Record 34 -- PDUM5(6502,65,160)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

Record 35 -- PDUM6(6602,66,161
)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Main Index
Type
none
Description
Not used
EPT 169
Record 36 -- PDUM7(6702,67,163)
Word
1
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used

Record 37 -- PDUM8(6802,68,164)
Word
1
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used

Record 38 -- PDUM9(6902,69,165)
Word
1
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used

Record 39 -- PELAS(302,3,46)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
RS
Elastic property value
GE
RS
Damping coefficient
RS
Stress coefficient
Record 40 - PFAST(13501,135,510)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
PID
MID
RS
Description
Material property identification number
Diameter of the fastener
CONNBEH
CONNTYPE
Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 2=bolt)
EXTCON
External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on)
CONDTYPE
Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)
Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR, 10=RF/R,

11=RR)
170
EPT
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
Minimum length of spot weld
10
MAXLEN
RS
Maximum length of spot weld
11
GMCHK
Perform geometry check
12
SPCGS
SPC the master grid GS
13
CMASS
RS
Concentrated mass
14
GE
RS
Structureal Damping
15
UNDEF(3 )
18
MCID
Element stiffness coordinate system
19
MFLAG
Defined the coordinate system type
20
KT(3)
RS
Stiffness values in direction 1
23
KR(3)
RS
Rotation stiffness values in direction 1
none
Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=T-seam)
Not used
Record 41 -- PELAST(1302,13,34)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TKID
TABLEDi entry identification number for stiffness
TGEID

damping
TKNID
TABLEDi entry identification number for force versus

deflection
Type
Description
Record 42 -- PGAP(2102,21,121)
Word
Main Index
Name
PID
UO
RS
Initial gap opening
FO
RS
Preload
KA
RS
Axial stiffness for the closed gap
KB
RS
Axial stiffness for the open gap
KT
RS
Transverse stiffness when the gap is closed
MU1
RS
Coefficient of static friction
MU2
RS
Coefficient of kinetic friction
EPT 171
Word
Name
Type
Description
TMAX
RS
Maximum allowable penetration
10
MAR
RS
Maximum allowable adjustment ratio
11
TRMIN
RS
Fraction of TMAX for the lower bound of penetration
Record 43 -- PHBDY(2802,28,236)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
AF
RS
Area factor of the surface
D1
RS
Diameter 1 associated with the surface
D2
RS
Diameter 1 associated with the surface
Record 44 -- PINTC(12001,120,480)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TOL
RS
Tolerance between interface elements and

subdomain boundaries
DSCALE
RS
Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier functions
UNDEF(5 )
none
Not used
Record 45 -- PINTS(12101,121,484)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TOL
RS
Tolerance between interface elements and

subdomain boundaries
DSCALE
RS
Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier functions
UNDEF(5 )
none
Not used
Record 46 -- PLPLANE(4606,46,375)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
CID
172
EPT
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
STR
UNDEF(7 )
none
Description
Location of stress and strain output
Not used
Record 47 -- PLSOLID(4706,47,376)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
STR
CHAR4
UNDEF(4 )
none
Location of stress and strain output

Not used
Record 48 -- PMASS(402,4,44)
Word
Name
PID
Type
I
RS
Description
Mass
Record 49 -- PROD(902,9,29)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Area
RS
Torsional constant
RS
Coefficient to determine torsional stress
NSM
RS
Record 50 -- PSHEAR(1002,10,42)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Thickness o
NSM
RS
Nonstructural mass per unit area.
EPT 173
Word
Name
Type
Description
F1
RS
Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 1-2 and 34
F2
RS
Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 2-3 and 14
Record 51 -- PSHELL(2302,23,283)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID1
Material identification number for the membrane
MID2
BK
MID3
TS
RS
Transverse shear thickness ratio
NSM
RS
Z1
RS
Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation
10
Z2
RS
Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation
11
MID4
RS
Default membrane thickness for Ti on the connection

entry
Material identification number for bending
RS
Bending moment of inertia ratio
Material identification number for transverse shear
Material identification number for membrane-bending

coupling
Record 52 -- PSOLID(2402,24,281)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
CORDM
Material coordinate system identification number
IN
Integration network
STRESS
Location selection for stress output
ISOP
Integration scheme
FCTN
CHAR4
Fluid element flag
174
EPT
Record 53 -- PSOLIDL(7602,76,370)
Word
Name
Type
PID
FT
TREF
RS
GE
RS
NSM
RS
NLAY
MID
T1
RS
THETA
RS
10
SOUT
Description

Record 54 -- PTRIA6(6202,62,117)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
REAL(4)
RS
Record 55 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)
Word
Name
Name
PID
MID
ELFORM
Element formulation
SHRF
RS
NIP(C)
PROPT
RS
Printout option
QR
RS
Quadrature rule
ICOMP
B
Word 9 repeats NIP times
Type
Description
Word
Main Index
Type
Description
I
RS
Shear factor
Number of through shell thickness integration points
Flag for layered composite material mode

Material angle at i-th integration point
EPT 175
Record 56 -- PTUBE(1602,16,30)
This record is slightly unstructured: OD2 is only written out if heat transfer.
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
OD
RS
Outside diameter of tube
RS
Thickness of tube
NSM
RS
OD2
RS
Heat transfer only: Outside diameter of tube
Record 57 -- PSET(10301,103,399)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
p-value set identification number
POLY1
Polynomial order in 1 direction of the CID system
POLY2
POLY3
CID
TYPE
TYPEID
CHAR4
I
Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID"

SET identification number or element identification
number with this p-value specification.

Record 58 -- PVAL(10201,102,400)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
p-value set identification number
POLY1
POLY2
POLY3
CID
TYPE
CHAR4
Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID"
176
EPT
Word
7
Name
TYPEID
Type
Description
SET identification number or element identification

number with this p-value specification.

Record 59 -- PVISC(1802,18,31)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
CE
RS
Viscous damping for extension
CR
RS
Viscous damping for rotation
Record 60 -- PWELD(11801,118,560)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
CONNBEH

11=RR)
CONNTYPE
EXTCON
CONDTYPE
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
10
MAXLEN
RS
11
GMCHK
12
SPCGS
13
CMASS
RS
14
UNDEF(1)
RS
NONE
Diameter of the spot weld
Concentrated mass
Not used
Record 61 -- PWSEAM(13701,137,638)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
EPT 177
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
Width of spot weld
RS
thickness of seam
CONNBEH

11=RR)
CONNTYPE
EXTCON
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
10
MAXLEN
RS
11
GMCHK
12
SPCGS
13
CMASS
RS
14
CONDTYPE
Concentrated mass
Record 62 -- VIEW(2606,26,289)
Word
Name
Type
Description
IVIEW
View identification number
ICAVITY
Cavity identification number
SHADE
Shadowing flag for the face of CHBDYi element
NB
Subelement mesh size in the beta direction
NG
Subelement mesh size in the gamma direction
DISLIN
RS
Displacement of a surface perpendicular to the

surface
Record 63 -- VIEW3D(3002,30,415)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ICAVITY
Radiant cavity identification number
GITB
Gaussian integration order for third-body shadowing
GIPS
Gaussian integration order for self-shadowing
CIER
Discretization level
ETOL
RS
Error estimate
ZTOL
RS
Zero tolerance
178
EPT
Word
Name
WTOL
RADCHK
Type
RS
I
Description
Warpage tolerance
Radiation exchange diagnostic output level
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
EPT01 179
Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
EPT01
Note:
EPT01 is identical in format and content to EPT except for the following records.
Record 0 PBUSH(1402,14,37)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
K(6)
RS
Nominal stiffness values
B(6)
RS
Nominal damping coefficient
14
GE1
RS
Nominal structural damping constant
15
SA
RS
Stress recovery coefficient in the translational

component
16
ST
RS
Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational component
17
EA
RS
Strain recovery coefficient in the translational

component
18
ET
RS
Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational component
Record 1 PBUSHT(702,7,38)
Word
Type
Description
PID
TKID(6)
TABLEDi entry identification numbers for stiffness
TBID(6)
TABLEDi entry identification numbers for viscous

damping
14
TGEID

damping
15
TKNID(6)
TABLEDi entry identification numbers for force

versus deflection
1
2
Main Index
Name
180
EPT01
Record 2 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
ELFORM
Element formulation
SHRF
RS
Shear factor
NIP(C)
Number of through shell thickness integration

points
PROPT
RS
Printout option
QR
RS
Quadrature rule
ICOMP
Flag for layered composite material mode
RS
Material angle at i-th integration point
Word 9 repeats NIP times

Record 3 - PWSEAM(13701,137,638)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Width of spot weld
RS
thickness of seam
CONNBEH

11=RR)
CONNTYPE
EXTCON
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
10
MAXLEN
RS
11
GMCHK
12
SPCGS
13
CMASS
RS
14
CONDTYPE
Concentrated mass
EQEXIN 181
Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
EQEXIN
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- EXT2INT
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and internal numbers in external sort.
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
External grid or scalar identification number
INTID
Record 2 -- EXT2SIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar numbers and coded SIL numbers in external sort.
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
TENXSIL
10*SIL number + code (see note)
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
NGS
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Total number of grid scalar points
Not used
182
EQEXIN
Note:
1. In TENXSIL, SIL number (scalar index value) is the degree-of-freedom counter

and in this context represents the first degree-of-freedom of the grid or scalar point.
Code represents the type of point:
1 for grid point

2 for scalar point
3 for extra point
For example, if there are three grid points in the model, then the three SIL numbers are 1, 7, and
13 and the TENXSIL numbers are 11, 71, and 131.
Main Index
ERROR 183
Table of p-element error tolerances
ERROR
Table of p-element error tolerances
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- ERROR
Word
Name
Type
I
EID
ERRMAX
RS
Description
Accumulated Maximum error for all subcases
Polynomial order in x,y,z directions

Calculated error for current subcase
P(3)
ERRCAS
RS
WHYCAS
Why an element is excluded from error analysis
WHYALL
Accumulation over all subcases of previous item

Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
NWERRN
Used by OFPVUI subroutine
ERRPRN
Accumulates error print requests
PVALDV
Accumulates PVAL card print/punch requests.
ILOOP
To check with current ILOOP for new adaptivity

loop
PVALID
To be used as old PVAL identification number.

Updated only when SEID=0
UNDEF
none
Note:
Main Index
Name
Not used
1. WHYCAS is composed of bits for internal use only. Bits include values for
ERRTOL,SIGTOL,EPSTOL,ERRGRD,ERRELM.
184
FOL
Frequency response frequency output list
FOL
Frequency response frequency output list
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
Name
NAME(2)
FREQ
Type
CHAR4
RS
Description
Data block name
Frequency

Record 1 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
WORD1
WORD2
Frequency set record number
WORD3
Number of loads
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(3 )
none
Number of frequencies
Not used
GEOM1 185
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
GEOM1
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- CORD1C(1701,17,6)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
TWO
Constant 2
ONE
Constant 1
G1
Grid point 1 identification number
G2
G3
Record 2 -- CORD1R(1801,18,5)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
ONE1
Constant 1
ONE2
Constant 1
G1
G2
G3
Record 3 -- CORD1S(1901,19,7)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
CID
THREE
Constant 3
ONE
Constant 1
G1
186
GEOM1
Word
Name
Type
Description
G2
G3
Record 4 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
TWO1
Constant 2
TWO2
Constant 2
RID
Reference coordinate system identification number
A1
RX
Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID
A2
RX
A3
RX
B1
RX
Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID
B2
RX
10
B3
RX
11
C1
RX
Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID
12
C2
RX
13
C3
RX
Record 5 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
CID
ONE
Constant 1
TWO
Constant 2
RID
A1
RX
A2
RX
A3
RX
B1
RX
B2
RX
10
B3
RX
11
C1
RX
GEOM1 187
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
C2
RX
13
C3
RX
Record 6 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
SIXTY5
Constant 65 or 3?
EIGHT
Constant 8 or 2?
RID
A1
RX
A2
RX
A3
RX
B1
RX
B2
RX
10
B3
RX
11
C1
RX
12
C2
RX
13
C3
RX
Record 7 -- CORD3R(14301,143,651)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
Unique coordinate system identification number
N1
First grid point identification number
N2
Second grid point identification number
N3
Third grid point identification number
Record 8 -- CSUPER(2301,23,304)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SSID
Coded identification number for secondary

superelement
PSID
Primary superelement identification number
188
GEOM1
Word
3
Name
Type
I
Description
Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton numbers

Record 9 -- CSUPEXT(5501,55,297)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Grid or scalar point identification numbers in the

downstream superelement

Record 10 -- EXTRN(1627,16,463)
Word
Name
Type
Description
GID
Grid point identification numbers to connect external

SE
Component numbers

Record 11 -- FEEDGE(6101,61,388)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EDGEID
Edge identification number
GRID1
Identification number of end GRID 1
GRID2
CID
GEOMIN
CHAR4
GEOMID1
Identification number of a POINT or GMCURV

entry
GEOMID2
Identification number of a POINT or GMCURV

entry
Type of referencing entry: "GMCURV" or "POINT"
GEOM1 189
Record 12 -- GMCURV(6601,66,392)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
CURVID
Curve identification number
CHAR4
GROUP(2)
CIDIN
Coordinate system identification number for the

geometry
CIDBC
Coordinate system identification number for the

constraints
DATA
CHAR4
Group of curves/surfaces to which this curve

belongs
Geometry evaluator specific data

Record 13 -- FEFACE(6201,62,389)
Word
Name
Type
Description
FACEID
Face identification number
GRID1
GRID2
GRID3
GRID4
CIDBC
Coordinate system identification number for

the constraints
SURFID(2)
Alternate method used to specify the geometry
Record 14 -- POINT(6001,60,377)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
CID
X1
RX
Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CID
X2
RX
X3
RX

190
GEOM1
Record 15 -- GMSURF(10101,101,394)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
ID
Description
Surface Identification number
CHAR4
Group of curves/surfaces to which this curve

belongs
GROUP(2)
CIDIN

the geometry
CIDBC

the constraints
DATA
CHAR4
Geometry evaluator specific data

Record 16 -- GMCORD(6401,64,402)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
ENTITY
ID1
Entity identification number 1
ID2
Entity identification number 2
CHAR4

Bulk Data entry used to define the coordinate
system
Record 17 -- GRID(4501,45,1)
Word
Type
Description
ID
CP
Location coordinate system identification

number
X1
RX
Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP
X2
RX
X3
RX
CD
Degree-of-freedom coordinate system

PS
Permanent single-point constraints
SEID
Main Index
Name
GEOM1 191
Record 18 -- SEBNDRY(1527,15,466)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEIDA
Superelement A identification number
SEIDB
Superelement B identification number
Boundary grid point identification number in

SEIDA

Record 19 -- SEBULK(1427,14,465)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
TYPE
Superelement type
RSEID
Reference superelement identification number
METHOD
Boundary point search method: 1=automatic

or 2=manual
TOL
RS
LOC
Coincident location check option: yes=1 or

no=2
MEDIA
Media format of boundary data of external SE
UNIT
FORTRAN unit number of OP2 and OP4

input of external SE
Location tolerance
Record 20 -- SECONCT(427,4,453)
Word
Name
Type
SEIDA
SEIDB
Superelement B identification number
TOL
RS
LOC
UNDEF(4 )
GA
Grid point identification number in SEIDA
10
GB
Grid point identification number in SEIDB
none
Main Index
Description
Location tolerance
Coincident location check option: yes=1 or
no=2
Not used
192
GEOM1
Record 21 -- SEELT(7902,79,302)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SEID
EID

Record 22 -- SEEXCLD(527,72,454)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEIDA
SEIDB
Superelement B identification number or -1

for all
GA
Grid point identification number in SEIDA

Record 23 -- SELABEL(1027,10,459)
Word
Name
SEID
LABEL(14)
Type
I
CHAR4
Description
Label associated with superelement SEID
Record 24 -- SELOC(827,8,457)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEID
GA1
Grid point 1 identification number in SEID
GA2
GA3
GB1
Grid point 1 identification number in the main

Bulk Data
GB2

Bulk Data
GB3

Bulk Data
GEOM1 193
Record 25 -- SEMPLN(927,9,458)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SEID
MIRRTYPE
Mirror type
MIRRTYPE=1
Plane
G1

Bulk Data
G2

Bulk Data
G3

Bulk Data
UNDEF(2 )
MIRRTYPE=2
none
Not Defined
Normal
I
Grid point identification number in the main

Bulk Data
CID
N1
RS
Normal component in direction 1 of CID
N2
RS
N3
RS
End MIRRTYPE
Record 26 -- SENQSET(1327,13,464)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
NQSET
Number of internally generated scalar points
Type
Description
Record 27 -- SEQGP(5301,53,4)
Word
Main Index
Name
ID
SEQID

Sequenced identification number
194
GEOM1
Record 28 -- SEQSEP(5401,54,305)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SSID
Secondary superelement identification

number
PSID
Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton

numbers

Record 29 -- SESET(5601,56,296)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID

Record 30 -- SETREE(1227,12,462)
Word
Name
Type
SEID
SEUPI
Description
Upstream superelement identification number

Record 31 -- SNORM(5678,71,475)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
GID
CID
N1
RS
N2
RS
N3
RS
GEOM1 195
Record 32 -- CSUPER1(5701,57,323)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
PSID
TYPE
,{
VIEW
,{
DIROPT
,{
DIRTOL
RS
,{
GEOMTOL
RS
,{
CARDID
,{
MODEL
,{
10
SOLID
,{
11
DBSET
,{
12
COPY
,{
13
DELETE
,{
14
GRIDLIST
,{
15
XX
xx
XX =0
xx
16
,{
17
,{

XX =-1
yy
End XX
Record 33 -- SUPUP(5801,58,324)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEUP1
,{
PSID
SEDOWN1
,{
SEUP2
,{
196
GEOM1
Word
Name
Type
Description
PSID
SEDOWN2
,{
Record 34 -- SWLDPRM(14101,141,403)
Word
1
Name
PARMID(C)
PARMID =1
2
PARMID =2
PARMID =3
RS
RS
Maximum number of times GS is moved
1
GSMOVE
PARMID =4
2
Stop the run after the connectivities of are generated

CHKRUN
PARMID =5
2
Spot weld parameter internal identification

number
Tolerance to accept the projected point

PROJTOL
Description
Maximum angle between normal vectors

GSPROJ
Type
I
Print diagnostic output for CWELD elements
PRTSW
SAVSW
PARMID =6
2
PARMID =7
2
Maximum number of times the diameter D is reduced

NREDIA
End PARMID
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
GEOM1 197
Notes:
1. CSUPER1 and CSUPUP records are only recognized by IFP module and will be
removed eventually.
2. ADUMi records are not written. Rather, the contents are coded and stored in words
45 thru 54 of the system cell common block.
3. There is no record for the GRDSET entry. Rather, the GRID record is modified
accordingly.
4. When GEOM1 is an alias for GEOM1VU, view grids are appended to the GRID
record. The starting view grid identification number is controlled by system cell
180.
On the SEBULK entry, the allowable values for superelement type are 1=PRIMARY
2=COLLECTOR 3=IDENTICAL 4=REPEATED 5=EXTERNAL 6=MIRROR.
Main Index
198
GEOM168
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68
GEOM168
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran

Version 68
GEOM168 is identical in format and content to GEOM1 except for the following records.
Record 0 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
CID
TWO1
Constant 2
TWO2
Constant 2
RID
Reference coordinate system identification

number
A1
RS
A2
RS
A3
RS
B1
RS
B2
RS
10
B3
RS
11
C1
RS
12
C2
RS
13
C3
RS
GEOM168 199
Record 1 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
ONE
Constant 1
TWO
Constant 2
RID

number
A1
RS
A2
RS
A3
RS
B1
RS
B2
RS
10
B3
RS
11
C1
RS
12
C2
RS
13
C3
RS
Record 2 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)
Word
Type
Description
CID
SIXTY5
Constant 65
EIGHT
Constant 8
RID

number
A1
RS
A2
RS
A3
RS
B1
RS
B2
RS
10
B3
RS
11
C1
RS
C2
RS
13
C3
RS
CID
12
Main Index
Name
200
GEOM168
Record 3 -- GRID(4501,45,1)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
CP

number
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
CD

PS
SEID
Record 4 -- POINT(6001,60,377)
Word
Type
Description
ID
CID
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
Main Index
Name
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
GEOM2 also contains information on scalar points. ECT is identical in format to GEOM2 except all grid
and scalar point external identification numbers are replaced by internal numbers. Also, ECT does not
contain SPOINT records.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 2 -- AEROQ4(2002,20,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
Box identification number
COMPID
Component number in AECOMP
COMPTYPE(2)
G(4)
CHAR4
Component type: SLBD (slender body)
Grid identification numbers in AEGRID

defining perimeter
Record 3 -- AEROT3(1801,18,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
COMPID
component number in AECOMP
COMPTYPE(2)
G(3)
CHAR4

defining perimeter
Record 4 -- BEAMAERO(1701,17,0)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
COMPID
component number in AECOMP
COMPTYPE(2)
G(2)
CHAR4

defining perimeter
202
GEOM2
Record 5 -- CAABSF(2708,27,59)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
G3
G4
Record 6 -- CAXIF2(2108,21,224)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
GRIDF point 1 identification number
IDF2
RHO
RS
Fluid density in mass units
RS
Fluid bulk modulus
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 7 -- CAXIF3(2208,22,225)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
IFD3
RHO
RS
RS
Fluid bulk modulus
UNDEF
1
2
none
Not used
Record 8 -- CAXIF4(2308,23,226)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
GEOM2 203
Word
Name
Type
Description
IDF2
IFD3
IDF4
RHO
RS
RS
Fluid bulk modulus
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 9 -- CBAR(2408,24,180)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
Grid point identification number at end A
GB
Grid point identification number at end B
F=0*
XYZ option -- basic coordinate system
X1
RS
T1 component of orientation vector from GA
X2
RS
X3
RS
FE
F=1*
Orientation vector flag (encoded)
XYZ option -- global coordinate system
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
FE
F=2*
Grid option
GO
UNDEF(2 )
FE
I
none
Grid point identification number at end of

orientation vector
Not used
*F = FE bit-wise AND with 3

End F
Main Index
PA
Pin flags for end A
10
PB
Pin flags for end B
11
W1A
RS
T1 component of offset vector from GA
204
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
W2A
RS
13
W3A
RS
14
W1B
RS
T1 component of offset vector from GB
15
W2B
RS
16
W3B
RS

Record 10 -- CBARAO(4001,40,275)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
SCALE
Scale of Xi values
X1
RS
1st intermediate station for data recovery
X2
RS
2nd intermediate station for data recovery
X3
RS
3rd intermediate station for data recovery
X4
RS
4th intermediate station for data recovery
X5
RS
X6
RS
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 11 -- CBEAM(5408,54,261)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
GA
Grid point end A identification number
GB
SA
Scalar or grid point identification number at

end A for warping
SB

end B for warping
F=0*
7
Main Index
Type
XYZ option -- basic coordinate system

X1
RS
T1 component of orientation vector from

GA
GEOM2 205
Word
Name
Type
Description
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
10
FE
F=1*
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
10
FE
F=2*
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
10
FE
none

orientation vector
Not used

End F
11
PA
Pin flags for end A
12
PB
Pin flags for end B
13
W1A
RS
14
W2A
RS
15
W3A
RS
16
W1B
RS
17
W2B
RS
18
W3B
RS
Record 12 -- CBEAMP(11401,114,9016)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)
Internal indices of grid points
206
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
Description
SA

end A for warping
SB

end B for warping
F =0
X1
RS

GA
10
X2
RS

GA
11
X3
RS

GA
12
F =1
Orientation vector flag
X1
RS

GA
10
X2
RS

GA
11
X3
RS

GA
12
F =2
Orientation vector flag = 1
Grid option
GO
10
UNDEF(2 )
12
I
none
I

orientation vector
Not used
End F
Main Index
13
BIT
RS
14
PA
Pin flags for end A
15
PB
Pin flags for end B
16
W1A
RS
17
W2A
RS
18
W3A
RS
19
W1B
RS
20
W2B
RS
Built In Twist
GEOM2 207
Word
Name
Type
RS
21
W3B
22
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
Not used
Record 13 -- CBEND(4601,46,298)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
F =0
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =1
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =2
Grid option
GO
UNDEF(2 )
I
none
I

orientation vector
Not used
End F
Main Index
UNDEF(4 )
13
GEOM
none
I
Not used
Element geometry option
208
GEOM2
Record 14 -- CBUSH(2608,26,60)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
F =-1
Use Element CID below for orientation
UNDEF(3 )
F =0
none
I
Not used
Orientation vector flag = -1
XYZ option -- Basic coordinate system -- SECONVRT

module
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =1
XYZ option
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =2
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
CID
Element coordinate system identification
10
11
OCID
none

orientation vector
Not used
End F
Main Index
RS
I
Location of spring damper

Coordinate system for spring offset
GEOM2 209
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
S1
RS
T1 component of spring-damper offset in

the OCID system
13
S2
RS

the OCID system
14
S3
RS

the OCID system
Record 15 -- CBUSH1D(5608,56,218)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(2)
Grid point identification numbers
CID
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Record 16 -- CCONE(2315,23,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
RINGA
Ringa + 1000000 * n
RINGB
Ringb + 100000 * n
Record 17 -- CDAMP1(201,2,69)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
C1
Component number at grid point 1
C2
210
GEOM2
Record 18 -- CDAMP2(301,3,70)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
EID
RS
Description
G1
G2
C1
C2
Value of the scalar damper
Record 19 -- CDAMP3(401,4,71)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
Scalar point 1 identification number
S2
Record 20 -- CDAMP4(501,5,72)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
S1
S2

Value of the scalar damper
Record 21 -- CDAMP5(10608,106,404)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
S2
GEOM2 211
Record 22 -- CDUM2(6208,62,108)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
none
UNDEF
Not used

Record 23 -- CDUM3(6308,63,109)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
none
UNDEF
Not used

Record 24 -- CDUM4(6408,64,110)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
none
UNDEF
Not used

Record 25 -- CDUM5(6508,65,111)
Word
1
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used

Record 26 -- CDUM6(6608,66,112)
Word
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used

Record 27 -- CDUM7(6708,67,113)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Main Index
Description
Not used
212
GEOM2
Record 28 -- CDUM8(6808,68,114)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

Record 29 -- CDUM9(6908,69,115)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used

Record 30 -- CELAS1(601,6,73)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
C1
C2
Record 31 -- CELAS2(701,7,74)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
G1
G2
C1
C2
GE
RS
Damping coefficient
RS
Stress coefficient

Stiffness of the scalar spring
GEOM2 213
Record 32 -- CELAS3(801,8,75)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
S2
Record 33 -- CELAS4(901,9,76)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
S1
S2

Stiffness of the scalar spring
Record 34 -- CFAST(9801,98,506)
Word
Name
EID
PID
GS
Spot weld master node identification

numberGS
FORMAT(C)
Connection format (0=gridid)
GA
ID of GA
GB
ID of GB
TYPE
Types of upper and lower elements for

FORM="GRIDID"
CID
GUPPER(8)
Grid IDs of the upper shell
9
FORMAT =0
17
GLOWER(8)
ALIGN (not used)

GLOWER(8)
FORMAT =2
17
GRIDID of GBI
FORMAT =1
17
Description
Main Index
Type
ELEMID (not used)

GLOWER(8)
214
GEOM2
Word
Name
FORMAT =9
Type
Description
ELPAT for xyz
17
XYZ(3)
20
UNDEF(5 )
RS
none
FORMAT =10
Not used
PARTPAT for xyz
17
XYZ(3)
20
UNDEF(5 )
RS
none
Not used
End FORMAT
RS
25
TAVG
26
UNDEF(2 )
28
TMIN
none
RS
Average shell thickness

Not used
Minimum shell thickness
Record 35 -- CFASTP(9301,93,607)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GS

number GS
FORMAT
Connection format (0=gridid)
GA
ID of GA
GB
ID of GB
NMAP
CID
GUPPER(16)
Grid IDs of the upper shell
25
GLOWER(16)
Grid IDs of the lower shell
41
TAVG
RS
Average shell thickness
42
TMIN
RS
Minimum shell thickness
43
XYZS(3)
RS
Coordinates of grid identification number

GS in basic
46
XYZA(3)
RS
Coordinates of grid identification

numberGA in basic
49
XYZB(3)
RS
Coordinates of grid identification number

GB in basic
RS
Map of the shell element pairs
GEOM2 215
Word
Name
Type
Description
52
NSEQ(24)
Node sequence table of upper and lower

shell
76
GIDA(4)
Grid IDS of EIDA where GA is located
80
GIDB(3)
Grid IDS of EIDB where GB is located
Record 36 -- CFLUID2(8515,85,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
RINGFL point 1 identification number
IDF2
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
Bulk modulus
HARMINDX
Harmonic index
Record 37 -- CFLUID3(8615,86,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
IDF3
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
Bulk modulus
HARMINDX
Harmonic index
Record 38 -- CFLUID4(8715,87,0)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
IDF3
IDF4
RHO
RS
Mass density
216
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
RS
HARMINDX
Description
Bulk modulus
Harmonic index
Record 39 -- CINT(7701,77,8881)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
PTELC
Pointer to element identification number
NSEG
Number of segments
PTSGR
Pointer to segment displacements
NBOUND
Number of boundaries
BID
Boundary identification number
NEDGE
Number of edges
PTBND
Pointer to boundary identification number
10
PTBGR
Pointer to boundary grid displacements
11
PTBED
Pointer to boundary edge displacements
12
PTBGL
Pointer to boundary grid Lagrange

Multipliers
13
PTBEL
Pointer to boundary edge Lagrange

Multipliers

14
none
UNDEF(2 )
Not used
Record 40 -- CGAP(1908,19,104)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
RS

GA
F =0
5
Main Index
Type
Z
X1
GEOM2 217
Word
Name
Type
Description
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =1
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =2
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
CID
Element coordinate system identification

number
none

orientation vector
Not used
End F
9
Record 41 -- CHACAB(8100,81,381)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(20)
Grid point identification numbers of

connection points
Record 42 -- CHACBR(8200,82,383)
Word
1
Main Index
Name
EID
Type
I
Description
218
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
G(20)

connection points
Record 43 -- CHBDYE(8308,83,405)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
EID2
Heat conduction element identification

number
SIDE
Consistent element side identification

number
IVIEWF
VIEW entry identification number for the

front face
IVIEWB

back face
RADMIDF
RADM entry identification number for front

face
RADMIDB
RADM entry identification number for back

face
Type
Description
Record 44 -- CHBDYG(10808,108,406)
Word
Main Index
Name
EID
UNDEF
TYPE
Surface type
IVIEWF

front face
IVIEWB

back face
RADMIDF

face
RADMIDB

face
none

Not used
GEOM2 219
Word
Name
UNDEF
G(8)
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
connection points
Record 45 -- CHBDYP(10908,109,407)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
TYPE
Surface type
IVIEWF

front face
IVIEWB

back face
G1
G2
GO

orientation vector
RADMIDF

face
10
RADMIDB

face
11
DISLIN
12
CE
Coordinate system for defining orientation

vector
13
E1
RS
T1 components of the orientation vector in

the CE system
14
E2
RS

the CE system
15
E3
RS

the CE system
220
GEOM2
Record 46 -- CHEXA(7308,73,253)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(20)

connection points
Record 47 -- CHEXA20F(16300,163,9999)
Same as record CHEXA description.
Record 48 -- CHEXAFD(14000,140,9990)
Record 49 -- CHEXAL(7908,79,369)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
MID
G(20)

connection points
23
THETA
RS
Material property orientation angle
Record 50 -- CHEXP(12001,120,9011)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
G(8)

connection points
11
E1(24)
35
F(6)
41
B1
42
E2(24)
Record 51 -- CHEXPR(7409,74,9991)
Main Index
Type
GEOM2 221
Record 52 -- CMASS1(1001,10,65)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
C1
C2
Record 53 -- CMASS2(1101,11,66)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
G1
G2
C1
C2

Scalar mass value
Record 54 -- CMASS3(1201,12,67)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
S2
1
2
Record 55 -- CMASS4(1301,13,68)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
S1
S2

Scalar mass value
222
GEOM2
Record 56 -- CMFREE(2508,25,0)
Word
Name
Type
EID
S2
RS
Description
Record 57 -- CONM1(1401,14,63)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
M1(1)
RS
Mass matrix term M11
M2(2)
RS
Mass matrix terms M21 through M22
M3(3)
RS
10
M4(4)
RS
14
M5(5)
RS
19
M6(6)
RS
Record 58 -- CONM2(1501,15,64)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
RS
Mass
X1
RS
T1 offset from the grid point to the center of

gravity
X2
RS

gravity
X3
RS

gravity
I1(1)
RS
Mass moments of inertia term I11
GEOM2 223
Word
Name
Type
Description
I2(2)
RS
Mass moments of inertia term I21 through

I22
11
I3(3)
RS
Mass moments of inertia term I31 through

I33
Record 59 -- CONROD(1601,16,47)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
G1
G2
MID
RS
Area
RS
Torsional constant
RS
Coefficient for torsional stress
NSM
RS
Record 60 -- CONV(12701,127,408)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PCONID
Convection property identification number
FLMND
Point for film convection fluid property

temperature
CNTRLND
Control point for free convection boundary

condition
TA
Ambient points used for convection
RS
Weighting factors of ambient points

6
WT

Record 61 -- CONVM(8908,89,422)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PCONID
Convection property identification number
224
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
Description
FLMND
Point for film convection fluid property

temperature
CNTMDOT
Control point used for controlling mass

flow.
TA

Record 62 -- CPENP(12101,121,9012)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
E1(18)
27
F(5)
32
B1
33
E2(14)
Record 63 -- CPENTA(4108,41,280)
Word
Name
Type
EID
PID
G(15)

connection points
Record 64 -- CPENPR(7509,75,9992)
Same as record CPENTA description.
Record 65 -- CPENT15F(16500,165,9999)
Record 66 -- CPENT6FD(16000,160,9999)
Main Index
Description
GEOM2 225
Record 67 -- CQDX4FD(17000,170,9999)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(9)

connection points
Record 68 -- CQDX9FD(17100,171,9999)
Same as record CQDX4FD description.
Record 69 -- CQUAD(9108,91,507)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(9)

connection points
Record 70 -- CQUAD4(2958,51,177)
Word
Name
Type
EID
PID
G(4)

connection points
THETA
RS
Material property orientation angle or coded

{ 512.0 ( CID + 1 ) } coordinate system
ZOFFS
RS
Offset from the surface of grid points

reference plane
UNDEF
none
10
TFLAG
11
T(4)
RS
Record 71 -- CQUAD4FD(13900,139,9989)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Main Index
Description
Not used
Relative thickness flag
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
226
GEOM2
Record 72 -- CQUAD8(4701,47,326)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)

connection points
11
T(4)
RS

points
15
THETA
RS
Material property orientation angle or

coordinate system identification number
16
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
17
TFLAG
Record 73 -- CQUAD9FD(16400,164,9999)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(9)

connection points
Record 74 -- CQUADP(11101,111,9014)
Word
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(17)
Internal indices of connection points
Main Index
Name
none
20
UNDEF(7 )
27
INORM
28
THETA
RS

29
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
30
UNDEF
none
Not used
Flag for normals
Not used
GEOM2 227
Word
Name
31
TFLAG
32
T(4)
Type
I
RS
Description
points
Record 75 -- CQUADR(8009,80,367)
Same as record CQUAD4 description.
Record 76 -- CQUADX(9008,90,508)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Record 77 -- CRBAR(14700,147,6662)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
Grid point A identification number
GB
Grid point B identification number
LMID1
Lagrange multiplier identification number
NDOFS
Number of DOF for Lagrange multiplier
CNA
Component numbers of independent DOFs

at end A
CNB

at end B
CMA
Component numbers of dependent DOFs at

end A
CMB

end B
10
ALPHA
RS
Thermal expansion cofficient
Record 78 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
Number of words for the element
ELTYPE
Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT

4-RTRPLT1
228
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
Description
GN
Grid point identification number for

independent DOFs
CN

6
GM

dependent DOFs
CM
Component numbers of dependent DOFs

8
ALPHA
RS
UNDEF
none

Not used

10
LMID
11
NDOF
Number of DOF for each Lagrange

multiplier identification number

Record 79 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
REFG
Reference grid point identification number
REFC
Component numbers at the reference grid

point
WT1
RS
Component numbers
Weighting factor for components of motion

at G

8
GM

dependent DOFs
CM
Component numbers of dependent DOFs

10
Main Index
ALPHA
RS
GEOM2 229
Word
Name
Type
Description

11
LMID1
12
NDOFS

Record 80 -- CRJOINT(11000,110,6667)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
LMID1
NDOFS
CB

end B
Type
Description
Record 81 -- CROD(3001,30,48)
Word
Name
EID
PID
G(2)

connection points
Record 82 -- CRROD(12600,126,6661)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
LMID1
CMA

end A
230
GEOM2
Word
Name
CMB
ALPHA
Type
Description

end B
RS
Record 83 -- CSEAM(13801,138,570)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
Property ID
NSIL
Number of non zero sils
PRJTOL
RS
Projection tolerance
AVGTHK
RS
Half the ave thick of shell A and B
GS
Starting grid id
GE
Ending grid id
PCID
Coor. sys. id for the projection direction,-1

element
IECT(32)
sill numbers of upper and lower patches
41
XYZS(3)
RS
Coord of GS
44
XYZE(3)
RS
Coord of GE
47
T1S(3)
RS
T1S vector of the element tangent coord.

sys.
50
T1E(3)
RS
T1E vector of the element tangent coord.

sys.
53
T2S(3)
RS
T2S vector of the element tangent coord.

sys.
56
T2E(3)
RS
T2E vector of the element tangent coord.

sys.
59
NSEQ(24)
Node sequence table of the upper and lower

shells
GEOM2 231
Record 84 -- CSHEAR(3101,31,61)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)

connection points
Record 85 -- CSLOT3(4408,44,227)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDS(3)
GRIDS identification numbers
RHO
RS
RS
Fluid bulk modulus
Number of slots in circumferential direction
HARMINDX
Harmonic index
Record 86 R -- CSLOT4(4508,45,228)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDS(4)
RHO
RS
RS
Fluid bulk modulus
Number of slots in circumferential direction
HARMINDX
Harmonic index

GRIDS identification numbers
Record 87 -- CTETP(12201,122,9013)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)

connection points
E1(12)
19
F(4)
232
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
23
B1
24
E2(4)
Description
Record 88 -- CTETRA(5508,55,217)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(10)

connection points
Record 89 -- CTETPR(7609,76,9993)
Same as record CTETRA description.
Record 90 -- CTETR10F(16600,166,9999)
Record 91 -- CTETR4FD(16100,161,9999)
Record 92 -- CTQUAD(14801,148,643)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)

connection points
Record 93 -- CTTRIA(14901,149,644)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
GEOM2 233
Record 94 -- CTRIA3(5959,59,282)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)

connection points
THETA
RS

ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
UNDEF(2 )
10
TFLAG
11
none
I
RS
T(3)
Not used
points
Record 95 -- CTRIA3FD(16200,162,9999)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
Record 96 -- CTRIA6(4801,48,327)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
THETA
RS

10
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
11
T(3)
RS

points
14
TFLAG
234
GEOM2
Record 97 -- CTRIA6FD(16700,167,9999)
Same as record CTRIA3FD description.
Record 98 -- CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(11)
14
UNDEF(3 )
17
THETA
RS

18
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
19
UNDEF(2 )
21
TFLAG
22
T(3)
none
none
I
RS
Not used
Not used
points
Record 99 -- CTRIAR(9200,92,385)
Same as record CTRIA3 description.
Record 100 -- CTRIAX(10108,101,512)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 101 -- CTRIAX6(6108,61,107)

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
MID
GEOM2 235
Word
Name
G(6)
THETA
10
UNDEF(2 )
Type
Description

connection points
RS
Material property orientation angle
none
Not used
Record 102 -- CTRIX3FD(16800,168,9978)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)

connection points
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Record 103 -- CTRIX6FD(16900,169,9977)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
Record 104 -- CTUBE(3701,37,49)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(2)

connection points
Record 105 -- CVISC(3901,39,50)

Word
1
Main Index
Name
EID
Type
I
Description
236
GEOM2
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
G(2)

connection points
Record 106 -- CWELD(11701,117,559)

Same as Record CFAST description.
Record 107 -- CWELDC(13501,135,564)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GS

number GS
FORMAT(C)
Connection format (0=GRIDID)
GA
Identification number of GA
GB
Identification number of GB
TYPE

FORM="GRIDID"
CID
GUPPER(8)
Grid identification numbers of the upper

shell
17
GLOWER(8)
Grid identification numbers of the lower

shell
25
UNDEF
none
26
RID1
27
RID2
Not used
R
R
Record 108 -- CWELDG(13601,136,562)

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
Shell element identification number
PID
GS

number GS
GEOM2 237
Word
Name
Description
FORMAT(C)
Connection format (3=TRIA3, 4=QUAD4,

6=TRIA6, 8=QUAD8)
GA
Identification number of GA
GB
Identification number of GB
TYPE

FORM="GRIDID"
CID
FORMAT =3
TRIA3
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
Property identification number of PSHELL
11
GIDSH(3)
Grid Iidentification numbers of element
14
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
15
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
16
UNDEF(3 )
19
T(3)
22
UNDEF(3 )
FORMAT =4
none
RS
Not used
Membrane thickness
none
QUAD4
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
11
GIDSH(4)
Grid identification numbers of element
15
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
16
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
17
UNDEF(2 )
19
T(4)
23
UNDEF(2 )
FORMAT =6
Main Index
Type
none
RS
none
Not used
Membrane thickness
Not used
TRIA6
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
11
GIDSH(6)
17
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
18
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
19
T(3)
RS
Membrane thickness
22
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
238
GEOM2
Word
Name
FORMAT =8
Type
Description
QUAD8
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
11
GIDSH(8)
19
T(4)
RS
Membrane thickness
23
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
24
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
End FORMAT
25
EID2
CWELD or RBAR element identification

number
26
RID1
27
RID2
Record 109 -- CWSEAM(14600,146,630)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
NG
Number of grid points-not used
LTYPE(C)
1=gridid,2=pointid,3=xyz
UNDEF
PIDA
Pshell identification numbers of shell A
PIDB
Pshell identification numbers of shell B
PCID
Coordinate system identification numbers

for the projection direction,-1 element
LTYPE =1
9
none
Not used
Grid Ids defining the seam axis

GI
Grid identification numberss defining the

seam axis

LTYPE =2
9
Point identification numbers defining the seam axis (not

implemented)
PI
Point identification numbers

LTYPE =3
Main Index
XYZ option for locating seam axis
GEOM2 239
Word
Name
Type
Description
X1
RS
X- location of seam axis
10
Y1
RS
Y- location of seam axis
11
Z1
RS
Z- location of seam axis

End LTYPE
Record 110 -- GENEL(4301,43,28)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
UI
Independent grid point identification

number
CI
Component number

4
M(C)
Number of rows and columns in K or Z and

rows in S
UD
Dependent grid point identification number
CD
Component number

7
N(C)
Number of columns in S
1 means Z, 2 means K
KZIJ
RS
Lower triangular terms of the K or Z matrix.

See Notes.
Word 9 repeats MM times

10
NZERO(C)
NZERO =1
11
Actually " 0"

SIJ
Word 11 repeats M times

Word 11 repeats N times
NZERO =0
End NZERO
Main Index
RS
Terms of the S matrix
240
GEOM2
Word
12
Name
Type
UNDEF
none
Description
Not used

Record 111 -- GMBNDC(3201,32,478)
Word
Name
Type
Description
BID
GRIDI
Initial grid identification number for

boundary
GRIDF
Final grid identification number for

boundary
ENTITY(2)
EID
CHAR4
I
Entity type for defining boundary

Entity identification numbers for boundary
of subdomain

Record 112 -- GMBNDS(12901,129,482)
Word
Name
Type
Description
BID
GRIDC(4)
Corner grid 1
ENTITY(2)
CHAR4
EID
Entity type for defining boundary
Entity identification numbers for boundary

of subdomain
Type
Description

Record 113 -- GMINTC(3301,33,479)
Word
Main Index
Name
EID
PID
IBOUND(6)
UNDEF(42 )
none
Not used
GEOM2 241
Record 114 -- GMINTS(13001,130,483)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
IBOUND(4)
UNDEF(44 )
none
Not used
Record 115 -- PLOTEL(5201,52,11)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
G(2)

connection points
Record 116 -- RADBC(12801,128,417)

Word
1
Name
Type
I
EID
RS
FAMB
CNTRLND
NODAMB
Description
Radiation view factor between the face and
the ambient point
Control point for radiation boundary
condition
Record 117 -- RADINT(15501,155,634)

Word
Name
EID
FAMB
CNTRLND
UNDEF
TA
Main Index
Type
I
RS
I
none
I
Description
Radiation view factor between the face and
the ambient point
Control point for radiation boundary
condition
Not used
242
GEOM2
Word
6
Name
Type
RS
WT
Description
Weighting factors of ambient points

Record 118 -- SINT(7801,78,8883)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
PTELE
Pointer to element identification number
NSEG
Number of segments
STSC
Stride for segment displacement data
PTSC
Pointer to segment displacements
NBOUND
Number of boundaries
BID
NFACE
Number of faces
10
STBC
Stride for boundary displacement data
11
NSEG
Number of segments
12
STLC1
Stride for Boundary Lagrange Multiplier

data
13
PTBND
Pointer to boundary identification number
14
PTBC
Pointer to boundary displacements
15
PTLC
Pointer to boundary Lagrange Multipliers

16
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Record 119 -- SPOINT(5551,49,105)

Word
1
Name
Type
I
ID
Description
Scalar point identification number
Record 120 -- VUBEAM(11601,116,9942)

Word
1
Main Index
Name
EID
Type
I
Description
GEOM2 243
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
G(2)

connection points
Record 121 -- VUHEXA(12301,123,145)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)

connection points
Record 122 -- VUQUAD4(11201,112,9940)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)

connection points
Record 123 -- VUPENTA(12401,124,146)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
Record 124 -- VUTETRA(12501,125,147)

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)

connection points
244
GEOM2
Record 125 -- VUTRIA3(11501,115,9941)

Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)

connection points
Record 126 -- WELDP(13701,137,569)

Same as record CFASTP.
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
GEOM2 245
Notes:
1. Records appear in ascending internal element identification number.

2. When the ECT is an alias for the GEOM2VU block the third word of the header
record in:
VUHEXA becomes 9921
VUPENTA becomes 9922
VUTETRA becomes 9923
For each of the above, the grid identification number is then a VIEW grid
identification number The beginning value of the VIEW grids is controlled by
system cell 182.
3. Internal indices are:
CQUADP: (NGRIDS + 2*NEDGES +4*NFACES + 1 Bubble Point)
CTRIAP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES+NFACES + 1BODY(for bubble)
CBEAMP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES)
4. For the BEAMAERO, Q4AERO, and T3AERO records the component types are
general labels for components:
SLBD are Slender Body Types and are "BEAM-LIKE" elements appearing
only in the BEAMAERO Record.
The remaining components types can be QUAD or TRIA connections denoting

various element types.
INBD are interference body panels.
LS are lifting surface panels.
WAKE are wake boxes.
MFLO are flow-through surfaces like inlets (mass-flow).
5. In GENEL record, MM=((M*(M+1)/2)-1).
Main Index
246
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity for MSC.Nastran Version 2001.
Note:
Record 6 -- CBAR(2408,24,180)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
Grid point end B identification number
F =0
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =1
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
F =2
Grid option
GO
UNDEF(2 )
End F
Main Index
Type
I
none
I

orientation vector
Not used
GEOM201 247
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PA
Pin flags for end A
10
PB
Pin flags for end B
11
W1A
RS
12
W2A
RS
13
W3A
RS
14
W1B
RS
15
W2B
RS
16
W3B
RS
248
GEOM201
Record 8 CBEAM(5408,54,261)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
Grid point end B identification number
SA
Scalar or grid point end A identification

number for warping
SB
Scalar or grid point end B identification

number for warping
F =0
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
10
F =1
X1
RS

GA
X2
RS

GA
X3
RS

GA
10
F =2
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
10
11
PA
Pin flags for end A
12
PB
Pin flags for end B
13
W1A
RS
14
W2A
RS
none

orientation vector
Not used
End F
Main Index
GEOM201 249
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
15
W3A
RS
16
W1B
RS
17
W2B
RS
18
W3B
RS
250
GEOM201
Record 65 CQUAD4(2958,51,177)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)

connection points
THETA
RS

ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
UNDEF(2 )
11
T(4)
none
RS
Not used
points
Record 67 CQUAD8(4701,47,326)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)

connection points
11
T(4)
RS

points
15
THETA
RS

16
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
Record 69 CQUADP(11101,111,9014)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(17)
Internal indices of connection points
20
UNDEF(7 )
27
INORM
none
I
Not used
Flag for normals
GEOM201 251
Word
Name
Type
Description
28
THETA
RS

29
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
30
UNDEF(2 )
32
T(4)
none
RS
Not used
points
Record 73 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
ELTYPE
Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT

4-RTRPLT1
GN

independent degrees-of-freedom
CN
Component numbers of independent

degrees-of-freedom

6
GM

dependent degrees-of-freedom
CM
Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom

8
ALPHA
RS
UNDEF
none

Not used

10
LMID
11
NDOF
Number of DOF for each Lagrange

multiplier identification number
Main Index
252
GEOM201
Record 74 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
REFG
REFC

point
WT1
RS
Component numbers

at G

8
GM

CM

10
ALPHA
RS

11
LMID1
12
NDOFS
Number of degrees-of-freedom for

Lagrange multiplier
Main Index
GEOM201 253
Record 81 CTRIA3(5959,59,282)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)

connection points
THETA
RS

coordinate system identification numbers
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
UNDEF(3 )
11
T(3)
none
RS
Not used
points
Record 83 CTRIA6(4801,48,327)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)

connection points
THETA
RS

10
ZOFFS
RS

reference plane
11
T(3)
RS

points
Record 85 CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(11)
14
UNDEF(3 )
17
THETA
none
RS
Not used
254
GEOM201
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
18
UNDEF
none
19
ZOFFS
RS
20
UNDEF(2 )
22
T(3)
none
RS
Description
Not used
reference plane
Not used
points
GEOM3 255
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
GEOM3
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- ACCEL(11302,113,600)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
N(3)
RS
DIR
CHAR4
LOC
RS
Location along direction DIR measured in

CID
VAL
RS
Load scale factor associated with location

LOC
SID
Components of acceleration vector

measured in CID
Component direction of acceleration
variation

Record 3 -- ACCEL1(11402,114,601)
Word
Name
Description
SID
CID
RS
Acceleration vector scale factor
N(3)
RS
Components of acceleration vector

measured in CID
GIDL
Main Index
Type
Grid point identification number list, may

include "THRU" and "BY"
256
GEOM3
Record 4 -- FORCE(4201,42,18)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SID
4
5
RS
Scale factor
N(3)
RS
Components of a vector coordinate system

defined by CID
Type
Description
Record 5 -- FORCE1(4001,40,20)
Word
Name
SID
RS
G(2)
Scale factor
Record 6 -- FORCE2(4101,41,22)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
G(4)
Scale factor
Record 7 -- GMLOAD(6309,63,391)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
N1
RS
Component 1 of a vector coordinate system

defined by CID
N2
RS

defined by CID
N3
RS

defined by CID
GEOM3 257
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
Description
ENTITY
ENTID
Entity identification number
METHTYP
Method
METHTYP =1
TABLE3D
TABLID
10
UNDEF(8 )
METHTYP =2
EQTNID
10
UNDEF(8 )
METHTYP =3
FIELD(9)
FIELD(9)
I
none
DEQATN identification number

Not used
RS
Load magnitude data
RS
Load magnitude data
QUAD
FIELD(9)
METHTYP =6
RS
Load magnitude data
CUBIC
FIELD(9)
RS
MTABLID
10
UNDEF(8)
none
MEQTNID
10
UNDEF(8)
none
Not used
LINEAR
METHTYP =5
9
none
TABLE3D identification number
CONSTANT
METHTYP =4
9
DEQATN
Entity type that is being loaded
Load magnitude data
METHTYP=11
Not used
METHTYP=12
METHTYP=13
9
MCONST(9)
RS
MLINEAR(9)
RS
MQUAD(9)
RS
MCUBIC(9)
RS
METHTYP=14
9
METHTYP=15
9
METHTYP=16
9
End METHTYP
Main Index
Not used
258
GEOM3
Record 8 -- GRAV(4401,44,26)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
RS
Acceleration vector scale factor
N(3)
RS

defined by CID
MB
Bulk Data Section with CID definition:

-1=main, 0=partitioned
Record 9 -- LOAD(4551,61,84)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
Overall scale factor
SI
RS
Scale factor on LI
LI

Record 10 -- LOADCYH(3709,37,331)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
SID
Description
RS
HID
Harmonic index
HTYPE
Harmonic type
SI
RS
LI
Scale factor
Scale factor on LI

Record 11 -- LOADCYN(3809,38,332)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
SEGID
Type
I
RS
I
Description
Scale factor
Segment identification number
GEOM3 259
Word
Name
Type
I
SEGTYPE
SI
RS
LI
Description
Segment type
Scale factor on LI

Record 12 -- LOADCYT(3909,39,333)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
TABLEID
TABLEDi identification number
LOADSET
METHOD
Method of interpolation

Record 13 -- LSEQ(3609,36,188)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DAREA set identification number
LID
TID
Temperature set identification number
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 14 -- MOMENT(4801,48,19)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
RS
Moment scale factor
N(3)
RS

defined by CID
260
GEOM3
Record 15 -- MOMENT1(4601,46,21)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
G(2)
Moment scale factor

Record 16 -- MOMENT2(4701,47,23)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
G(4)
Moment scale factor

Record 17 -- PLOAD(5101,51,24)
Word
Name
SID
Type
I
RS
I
G(4)
Description
Pressure
Record 18 -- PLOAD1(6909,69,198)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
TYPE
Load type
SCALE
Scale factor for X1 and X2
X1
RS
Distance to position 1 along the element

axis from end A
P1
RS
Pressure at position 1
X2
RS
Distance to position 2 along the element

axis from end A
P2
RS
Pressure at position 2
GEOM3 261
Record 19 -- PLOAD2(6802,68,199)
Word
1
Name
SID
EID
Type
Description
RS
I
Pressure
Record 20 -- PLOAD3(7109,71,255)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
EID
G(2)
RS

Pressure
Record 21 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
P(4)
RS
G1
Grid point identification number at a corner

of the face
G34
Grid point identification number at a

diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner
CID
10
N(3)
RS
13
SDRL(2)
CHAR4
Load set on element SURF or LINE
15
LDIR(2)
CHAR4
Load direction

Pressures

defined by CID
262
GEOM3
Record 22 -- PLOADX(7001,70,278)
This record is obsolete.
Word
Name
Type
SID
P(2)
RS
G(3)
Description
Pressure
Record 23 -- PLOADX1(7309,73,351)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PA
RS
Surface traction at grid point GA
PB
RS
Surface traction at grid point GB
G(2)
SID
Corner grid point identification numbers
RS
THETA
Angle between surface traction and inward

normal
Record 24 -- PRESAX(5215,52,154)
Word
Name
Type
I
SID
RID(2)
PHI1
UNDEF
RS
Description
Pressure
Ring identification numbers
RS
Azimuthal angles in degrees
none
Not used
Record 25 -- QBDY1(4509,45,239)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
SID
Q0
RS
EID
Description
Heat flux into element
GEOM3 263
Record 26 -- QBDY2(4909,49,240)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
Q0(8)
RS
Heat flux at the i-th grid point on the

referenced CHBDYj
Record 27 -- QBDY3(2109,21,414)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Q0
RS
CNTRLND
Control point for thermal flux load
EID

Thermal heat flux load, or load multiplier
Record 28 -- QHBDY(4309,43,233)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
FLAG
Q0
RS
Magnitude of thermal flux into face
AF
RS
Area factor
G(8)

Face type
Record 29 -- QVECT(2209,22,241)
Word
Name
Description
SID
Q0
RS
Magnitude of thermal flux vector into face
TSOUR
RS
Temperature of the radiant source
CE
FLAG
Main Index
Type
RS

for thermal vector flux
Vector component of flux in coordinate
system CE
264
GEOM3
Word
Name
Type
Description
CNTRLND
Control point
EID
Record 30 -- QVOL(2309,23,416)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
QVOL
CNTRLND
Control point used for controlling heat

generation
EID
RS

Power input per unit volume produced by a
conduction element
Record 31 -- RFORCE(5509,55,190)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
RS
Scale factor of the angular velocity
R(3)
RS
Rectangular components of rotation vector
METHOD
Method used to compute centrifugal forces
RACC
10
MB
RS
Scale factor of the angular acceleration
Bulk Data Section with CID definition:

-1=main, 0=partitioned
Record 32 -- SLOAD(5401,54,25)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
Scalar or grid point identification number
RS
Scale factor
GEOM3 265
Record 33 -- TEMP(5701,57,27)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
Temperature
Record 34 -- TEMPD(5641,65,98)
Word
Name
SID
Type
I
Description
RS
Temperature
Record 35 -- TEMPEST(11109,111,424)
Word
Name
SID
TEMP
Type
RS
Temperature
EID
Description
Record 36 -- TEMPF(6209,62,390)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
FTEMP
FTABID
1
2
Record 37 -- TEMPIC(11209,112,425)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
TEMP
EID
Type
I
RS
I
Description
Temperature
266
GEOM3
Record 38 -- TEMPP1(8109,81,201)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
RS
Temperature at the elements reference

plane
TPRIME
RS
Effective linear thermal gradient
TS(2)
RS
Temperatures for stress calculation
Record 39 -- TEMPP2(8209,82,202)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
RS
S,{
MX
RS
S,{
MY
RS
S,{
MXY
RS
S,{
T(2)
RS
S,{

Record 40 -- TEMPP3(8309,83,203)
Word
Name
Description
SID
EID
RS
S,{
RS
S,{
Main Index
Type

GEOM3 267
Record 41 -- TEMPRB(8409,84,204)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
TA
RS
Temperature at end A on the neutral axis
TB
RS
Temperature at end B on the neutral axis
TP1A
RS
Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on

end A
TP1B
RS

end B
TP2A
RS

end A
TP2B
RS

end B
TS(8)
RS
Temperatures for stress calculation
Record 42 -- PFACE(6409,64,9032)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.
Word
Name
Description
SID
FACEID
CID
N(3)
RS
EQTNID
TABLID
FIELD(9)
RS
18
G(4)
22
GNIDA
Side i grid-n A identification number
23
GNIDB
Side i grid-n B identification number
24
PSEL
Computed p value
MAXNDF
Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom

or stride
25
Main Index
Type

defined by CID
See GMLOAD record
268
GEOM3
Word
Name
Type
Description
26
FACFID
Grid-n identification number for the face
27
NDOF
Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face
28
LDISTFG
Load distribution flag
29
UNDEF(2 )
31
CIDF
Coordinate system identification number of

the face
32
NDOFF(4)
NDOF flags
none
Not used
Record 43 -- PEDGE(6609,66,9031)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EDGEID
CID
N(3)
RS
EQTNID
TABLID
FIELD(4)
RS
13
G(2)
15
F1ID
Grid-n 1 identification number
16
F2ID
17
PSEL
Computed p value
18
MAXNDF

or stride
19
INTFL
1 or 2
20
UNDEF(13 )
33
CIDE
none
I

defined by CID
See GMLOAD record
Not used
the edge
GEOM3 269
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
270
GEOM301
GEOM301
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for MSC.Nastran Version 2001.
Note:
Record 18 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
P(4)
RS
G1
Grid point identification number at a corner

of the face
G34
Grid point identification number at a

diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner
CID
10
N(3)
RS
Pressures

defined by CID
GEOM4 271
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element
connectivity.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- ASET(5561,76,215)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 3 -- ASET1(5571,77,216)
Word
Name
Type
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1
First grid or scalar point identification

number
ID2
Second grid or scalar point identification

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 4 -- BNDGRID(10200,102,473)
Word
1
Main Index
Name
GPI
Type
I
Description
Shape boundary grid point identification
number
272
GEOM4
Record 5 -- BSET(110,1,311)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 6 -- BSET1(210,2,312)
Word
Name
Type
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 7 -- CSET(310,3,313)
Word
Name
Type
ID
Description
Component numbers
Record 8 -- CSET1(410,4,314)
Word
Name
Type
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Main Index
Description
Yes
GEOM4 273
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 9 -- CYAX(1510,15,328)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
Grid point identification number on the axis

of symmetry

Record 10 -- CYJOIN(5210,52,257)
Word
Name
Type
SIDE
C(2)
CHAR4
ID
Description
Side identification number: 1 or 2
Coordinate system type on symetry
booundary

Record 11 -- CYSUP(1610,16,329)
Word
Name
Type
Description
GID
Component numbers
Record 12 -- CYSYM(1710,17,330)
Word
Main Index
Name
NSEG
STYPE(2)
Type
I
CHAR4
Description
Number of segments
Symmetry type
274
GEOM4
Record 13 -- EGENDT(8801,88,9022)
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
SPCID
SPC set identification number
EDGEID
Component numbers
DISTFLG
Distribution flag
DISFUN
Distribution function (DEQATN)
DISTAB
Distribution table (TABLE3D)
FIELD(4)
RS
See GMBC record

ELTYPE
Element type
13
EID
14
EORD
Edge order
15
EDGEID
16
FACEID
17
CURVID
Curve identification number
18
SURFID
19
G(2)
21
MIDG
22
POINT(2)
Point identification numbers
F1ID
25
F2ID
26
NDOF
I,{
27
CIDE

for the edge
28
MAXNDFE
Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom,

or stride, for the edge
29
MAXNDFB
Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom,

or stride, for the body
30
PUSER
p-level specified by user
31
PSEL
p-level selected by program
32
BODYFID
Grid-n identification number for the body
33
NDOFB
Number of degrees-of-freedom for the body
12
24
Main Index
GEOM4 275
Word
Name
Type
Description
34
F1ID
35
CID
36
RS
S,{
37
RS
S,{
38
RS
S,{

Record 14 -- FCENDT(9001,90,9024)
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
SID
FACEID
Component numbers
DISTFLG
Distribution flag
DISFUN
Distribution function (DEQATN)
DISTAB
Distribution table (TABLE3D)
FIELD(9)
RS
See GMBC record

17
F1ID
18
F2ID
19
NDOF
20
MAXNDF

or stride
21
CIDE

the edge
Main Index
22
FACFID
23
NDOF
24
MAXNDFF

for the face
25
CIDF

for the face
26
ELTYPE
Element type
276
GEOM4
Word
Name
Type
Description
27
EID
28
EORD
Edge order
29
FACEID
30
SURFID
31
G(4)
35
CIDF

for the face
36
MAXNDIF
37
UNDEF
38
PUSER(4)
p-level specified by user
42
PSEL(4)
p-level selected by program
46
FACFID
47
NDOF
48
F1ID
49
CID
50
RS
51
RS
52
RS
none
Not used

Record 15 -- GMBC(8001,80,395)
Word
Name
Description
LID
SPCID
SPC set identification number
Component number
ENTITY
ENTID
METHOD
Method of data specification
METHOD =1
7
TABLID
UNDEF(8 )
CHAR4
TABLE3D
METHOD =2
Main Index
Type
I
none

Not used
DEQATN
EQTNID
GEOM4 277
Word
8
Name
Type
none
UNDEF(8 )
METHOD =3
7
METHOD =4
RS
METHOD =5
RS
Enforced displacement data
QUAD
RS
FIELD(9)
METHOD =6
7
LINEAR
FIELD(9)
Not used
CONSTANT
FIELD(9)
Description
CUBIC
RS
Type
Description
FIELD(9)
End METHOD
Record 16 -- GMSPC(7801,78,393)
Word
Name
ID
Component number
ENTITY
ENTID
CHAR4
I

Record 17 -- MPC(4901,49,17)
Word
Name
Type
SID
Component number
RX
GI
CI
Component number
AI
RX
Main Index
Description
Coefficient
Coefficient
278
GEOM4
Record 18 -- MPCADD(4891,60,83)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SID

Record 19 -- OMIT(5001,50,15)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 20 -- OMIT1(4951,63,92)
Word
Name
Type
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 21 -- QSET(510,5,315)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
GEOM4 279
Record 22 -- QSET1(610,6,316)
Word
1
2
Name
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
3
Type
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 23 -- RBAR(6601,66,292)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
CNA

degrees-of-freedom at end A
CNB

degrees-of-freedom at end B
CMA
Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end A
CMB
Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end B
ALPHA
RS
Thermal expansion coefficient
Record 24 -- RBE1(6801,68,294)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GN

280
GEOM4
Word
3
Name
Type
I
CN
Description
degrees-of-freedom

4
GM

CM

6
ALPHA
RS
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 25 -- RBE2(6901,69,295)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GN

CM
GM


5
ALPHA
RS
Record 26 -- RBE3(7101,71,187)
Word
Name
Description
EID
REFG
REFC

point
WT1
RS
Component numbers
Main Index
Type

at G
GEOM4 281
Word
Name
Type
Description

7
GM

CM

9
ALPHA
RS
Thermal expansion coefficent
Record 27 -- RBJOINT(14201,142,652)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
ID
TYPE(2)
NI(6)
Grid identification number of the rigid body

nodes
10
ID_STIF
ID of a RBJSTIF entry for joint stiffness
RPS
RS Relative penalty stiffness
12
DAMP
RS
Damping scale factor on default damping

value
13
PARM
RS
Parameter depending on the joint type
14
LCID
TABLED1 identification number to define

the load curve for MOTOR joints
15
MOTTYPE
Flag for MOTOR joints
16
R1
17
RAID
18
LST
19
CIDFAIL
20
TFAIL
RS
Time for joint failure
21
COUPL
RS
Coupling between the force and moment

failure criteria
22
NXXFAIL
RS
Axial force resultant at failure
23
NYYFAIL
RS
Shear force (yy) resultant at failure
24
NZZFAIL
RS
Shear force (zz) resultant at failure
CHAR4
RS
RBJOINT Identification number

Type of RBJOINT
Radius for GEARS and PULLY joints

Rigid body or accelerometer identification
number
Coordinate identification number for
resultants in failure criteria
282
GEOM4
Word
Name
Type
Description
25
MXXFAIL
RS
Torsional moment resultant at failure
26
MYYFAIL
RS
Bending moment (yy) resultant at failure
27
MZZFAIL
RS
Bending moment (zz) resultant at failure
Record 28 -- -- RBJSTIF(14301,143,653)
Word
Name
Description
ID
RBJSTIF Identification number
IGTF(C)
1=GENERAL, 2=TRANSL, 3=FLEXTOR
IGTF =1
GENERAL
CHAR4
GENERAL
CIDA
Coordinate identification number for rigid

body A
CIDB

body B
LCIDPH
TABLED1 identification number for PHImoment versus rotation
LCIDT
TABLED1 identification number for

THETA-moment versus rotation
LCIDPS
TABLED1 identification number for PSImoment versus rotation
DLCIDPH
10
DLCIDT
11
DLCIDPS
12
ESPH
13
FMPHTYP
CHAR4
14
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
15
RS
GENE: Generalized joint stiffness
Elastic stiffness for PHI-rotation

Type of friction moment limit
INTEGER
I
FMPH
SPECOPT =2
Main Index
Type
REAL
RS
Limit on the frictional moment
RS
Elastic stiffness for THETA-rotation
15
FMPH
End
SPECOPT
16
EST
17
FMTTYPE
CHAR4
18
SPECOPT

GEOM4 283
Word
Name
SPECOPT =1
19
Type
Description
INTEGER
I
FMT
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FMT
RS
20
ESPS
RS
Elastic stiffness for PSI-rotation
21
FMPSTYPE
22
SPECOPT
19
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
23
CHAR4
I

INTEGER
I
FMPS
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FMPS
RS
24
NSAPH
RS
Stop angle for negative PHI-rotation
25
PSAPH
RS
Stop angle for positive PHI-rotation
26
NSAT
RS
Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation
27
PSAT
RS
Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation
28
NSAPS
RS
Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation
29
PSAPS
RS
Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation
23
End SPECOPT
IGTF =2
Main Index
TRANSL
CHAR4
TRANSL
CIDA

body A
CIDB

body B
LCIDX
TABLED1ID for X-force versus Xtranslational displacement
LCIDY
TABLED1 identification number for Yforce versus Y-translational displacement
LCIDZ
TABLED1 identification number for Zforce versus Z-translational displacement
DLCIDX
10
DLCIDY
11
DLCIDZ
TRAN: Translational joint stiffness
284
GEOM4
Word
Name
Type
RS
12
ESX
13
FFXTYPE
CHAR4
14
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
15
Description
Elastic stiffness for X-translational
Type of friction force limit
INTEGER
I
FFX
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FFX
RS
Limit on the frictional force
16
ESY
RS
Elastic stiffness for Y-translational
17
FFYTYPE
CHAR4
18
SPECOPT
15
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
19

INTEGER
I
FFY
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FFY
RS
20
ESZ
RS
Elastic stiffness for Z-translational
21
FFZTYPE
CHAR4
22
SPECOPT
19
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
23

INTEGER
I
FFZ
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FFZ
RS
24
NSDX
RS
Stop displacement for negative Xtranslation
25
PSDX
RS
Stop displacement for positive X-translation
26
NSDY
RS
Stop displacement for negative Ytranslation
27
PSDY
RS
Stop displacement for negative Ytranslation
28
NSDZ
RS
Stop displacement for negative Ztranslation
23
End SPECOPT
Main Index
GEOM4 285
Word
29
Name
PSDZ
IGTF =3
Type
RS
Description
Stop displacement for negative Ztranslation
FLEXTOR
FLEXTOR
CHAR4
CIDA

body A
CIDB

body B
LCIDAL

ALPHA-moment versus rotation
LCIDG
TABLED1 identification number for scale

factor versus GAMA-rotation
LCIDBT

BETA-torsion moment versus twist
DLCIDAL
10
DLCIDG
11
DLCIDBT
12
ESAL
13
FFALTYP
CHAR4
14
SPECOPT
RS
TABLED1 identification number for scale

factor versus GAMA-rotation rate
Elastic stiffness for ALPHA-rotation
INTEGER
SPECOPT =1
15
FLEX: Flexion-Torsion joint stiffness
FMAL

REAL
SPECOPT =2
FMAL
RS
16
ESBT
RS
Elastic stiffness for BETA-rotation
17
FMBTTYP
CHAR4
18
SPECOPT
15
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
19
INTEGER
I
FMBT
SPECOPT =2
19
REAL
FMBT
RS
SAAL
RS
Stop angle for ALPHA-rotation
End SPECOPT
20
Main Index
286
GEOM4
Word
Name
Type
Description
1NSABT
RS
Stop angle for negative BETA-rotation
22
PSABT
RS
Stop angle for positive BETA-rotation
End IGTF
Record 29 -- RELEASE(1310,13,247)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 30 -- RPNOM(14101,141,640)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GS
Search grid may be zero or blank
TYPE
1=general search, 2=property,

3=superelement
IDA
Pshell identification number or

superelement identification number
IDB
Pshell identification number or

superelement identification number may be
blank. Then search IDA only.
ICN
RS
I
Search radius
Integer 0,1,2,12,etc. Default 123456
GEOM4 287
Word
Name
Type
Description
ALPHA
RS
Coefficient of thermal expansion
XS
RX
X- Start location of seam axis if gs=0 use

xyz
10
YS
RX
Y- Start location of seam axis
11
ZS
RX
Z- Start location of seam axis
Record 31 -- RROD(6501,65,291)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
CMA
Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end A
CMB
Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end B
ALPHA
RS
Record 32 -- RSPLINE(7001,70,186
)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
DBYL
G1
G2
C2
Components to be constrained
RS
Ratio of the diameter to the sum of the

segments lengths

Record 33 -- RSSCON(7201,72,398)
Word
Name
Description
EID
TYPE(C)
Type of connectivity
TYPE =0
3
Main Index
Type
GRID style 1
GRID1
Grid identification number 1
288
GEOM4
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRID2
GRID3
UNDEF(3 )
TYPE =01
none
Not used
GRID style 2
GRID1
GRID2
GRID3
GRID4
GRID5
GRID6
TYPE =02
Edge style
EDGE1
Edge identification number 1
EDGE2
EDGE3
UNDEF(3 )
TYPE =03
none
Not used
Element style
ELID1
Element identification number 1
ELID2
Element identification number 2
UNDEF(4 )
TYPE =04
none
Not used
CINTERF
CBID
SBID
CBPID
UNDEF(3)
none
Not used
End TYPE
Record 34 -- RTRPLT(6701,67,293)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
GC
Grid point C identification number
GEOM4 289
Word
Name
Type
Description
CNA
Component numbers for independent

degrees-of-freedom at vertex A
CNB

degrees-of-freedom at vertex B
CNC

degrees-of-freedom at vertex C
UNDEF
CMA
Component numbers for dependent

degrees-of-freedom at vertex A
10
CMB

degrees-of-freedom at vertex B
11
CMC

degrees-of-freedom at vertex C
12
ALPHA
none
Not used
RS
Record 35 -- RWELD(11901,119,561)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
Grid identification number of GA
TYPE
Type of shell element
GI(8)
Grid identification numbers of shell element
12
GS
Grid identification number of GS
Record 36 -- SEBSET(710,7,317)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 37 -- SEBSET1(810,8,318)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
290
GEOM4
Word
3
Name
Type
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
4
Description
Thru range flag
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 38 -- SECSET(910,9,319)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 39 -- SECSET1(1010,10,320)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Main Index
GEOM4 291
Record 40 -- SEQSET(1110,11,321)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 41 -- SEQSET1(1210,12,322)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 42 -- SESUP(1410,14,325)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 43 -- SEUSET(1810,18,334)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEID
SNAME
Set name
ID
Component numbers
292
GEOM4
Record 44 -- SEUSET1(1910,19,335)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
SNAME
Set name
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
5
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 45 -- SPC(5501,55,16)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
UNDEF
none
Not used
RX
Enforced displacement
Record 46 -- SPC1(5481,58,12)
Word
Name
Type
SID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Main Index
Description
Yes
GEOM4 293
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 47 -- SPCADD(5491,59,13)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID

Record 48 -- SPCD(5110,51,256)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
UNDEF
none
Not used
RX
Record 49 -- SPCDE(8701,87,9021)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
RS
EDGEID
SID
294
GEOM4
Record 50 -- SPCDF(8901,89,9023)
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
RS
FACEID
SID
Record 51 -- SPCDG(9701,97,9030)
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
METHOD
Method
SID
RS
I
Record 52 -- SPCE(9301,93,9027)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
1
2
EDGID
Record 53 -- SPCEB(9101,91,9025)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
GEOM4 295
Word
Name
Type
RS
EDGEID
Description
Record 54 -- SPCF(9401,94,9028)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
FACEID
Record 55 -- SPCFB(9201,92,9026)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
LOADID
Record 56 -- SPCGB(9601,96,9029)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
METHOD
I,{
SID
RS
I
296
GEOM4
Record 57 -- SPCGRID(8601,86,9031)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
Record 58 -- SPCOFF(6110,61,343)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 59 -- SPCOFF1(6210,62,344)
Word
1
2
Name
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag
THRUFLAG=0
3
Type
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
Yes
ID1

number
ID2

number
End THRUFLAG
Record 60 -- SUPORT(5601,56,14)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
GEOM4 297
Record 61 -- SUPORT1(10100,101,472)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers

Record 62 -- TEMPBC(11309,113,426)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
TYPE
Type of temperature boundary condition:

STAT or TRAN
TEMP
RS
GID
Temperature
Record 63 -- USET(2010,20,193)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SNAME
Set name
ID
Component numbers
Record 64 -- USET1(2110,21,194)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SNAME
Set name
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
Thru range flag

number
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID

THRUFLAG=1
4
Main Index
Yes
ID1
298
GEOM4
Word
5
Name
Type
I
ID2
Description
number
End THRUFLAG
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
GEOM4705 299
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for MSC.Nastran Version 70.5
GEOM4705
Note:
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for

MSC.Nastran Version 70.5
Record 16 -- MPC(4901,49,17)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Component number
RS
GI
CI
Component number
AI
RS
Coefficient
Coefficient

Record 41 - SPC(5501,55,16)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
Record 44 - SPCD(5110,51,256)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
Load Set identification number
ID
Component numbers
RS
300
GPDT68
Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
GPDT68
Contains a list of all grid points and scalar points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z
locations in the location coordinate system along with a location and displacement coordinate system
identification number, and constraint information.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- POINT
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
Internal grid point identification number
CP

number
X1
RS

(X, R or Rho)
X2
RS

(Y, Theta or Theta)
X3
RS

(Z, Phi or Phi)
CD

PS
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of grid points and scalar points
Not used
GPDT68 301
Note:
1. Scalar points are identified by CP=-1 and words X1 through PS are zero.
2. See the description of the GRID (p. 2131) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide Bulk Data entry constraint code, PS.
3. For fluid grid points CD=-1.
Main Index
302
GPL
Grid point list
GPL
Grid point list
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- GRID
Contains a list of external grid and scalar identification numbers in internal sort.
Word
1
Name
GRIDID
Type
Description
Record 3 -- GRIDSIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and sequence numbers in internal sort.
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
SEQNO
Sequence number = 1000 * external

Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Note:
Main Index
Name
NGS
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Total number of grid and scalar points
Not used
1. SEQNO, sequence number, may be overridden by the SEQGP Bulk Data entry.
HIS 303
Table of design iteration history
HIS
Contains a compilation of information from the convergence checks.

Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Repeat
Word
Name
Type
Description
DSITER
Design iteration number
CVTYP
Convergence type: 1=soft or 2=hard
CVPROV
Convergence result: 0=no, 1=soft, or 2=hard
OBJ1
RS
Initial objective value
OBJO
RS
Final objective value
GMAX
RS
Maximum constraint value
IRMAX
XVAL
RS
Row of the maximum constraint value

Design variable value

Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Notes:
Name
NDV
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Not used
1. For soft convergence, the final objective and constraint values are those obtained
from DOM9.
2. For hard convergence, they are obtained from a re-analysis.
3. The design variable values are identical for soft and hard convergence and are
repeated for consistency.
Main Index
304
KDICT
Element stiffness dictionary table
KDICT
Each record defines an element in terms of its connection data and address pointers into the
corresponding element matrix in the KELM data block.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Repeat
Repeats for each element type.
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE
Element type
NUMWDS
Number of words per entry
NUMGRID(C)
Number of defined grid points
DOFPERG
Degrees of freedom (or maximum possible)

per grid point
FORM(C)
Form of element matrix
EID
NACTIVEG
Number of active grid points
GE
9
10
Material damping constant
ADDRESS1
GINO address of matrix
ADDRESS2
GINO address of matrix
FORM =3
11
RS
Lower left triangle in global coord. system

SIL
SIL values of connected grid points
Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times

FORM =4
11
Lower left triangle and transformation matrices

SIL

E11
RX
Element to basic transformation
E21
RX
14
E31
RX
15
E12
RX
12
13
Main Index
KDICT 305
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
E22
RX
17
E32
RX
18
E13
RX
19
E23
RX
20
E33
RX
FORM =5
11
Lower left triangle in basic coordinate system

I
SIL

FORM =6
11
Lower matrix in global coordinate system

SIL

End FORM
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
PREC
Precision of element matrices (1 or 2)
MAXROW
Maximum number of rows in an element

matrix
MAXGRID
Maximum number of grid points in a

FORM=4 record
UNDEF(3 )
none
Notes:
Not used
1. FORM=3 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate
system.
2. FORM=4 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the element coordinate
system transformation matrix is also contained in each element dictionary.
3. FORM=5 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the basic coordinate
system.
4. FORM=6 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate
system and the number of degrees-of-freedom is variable.
5. SIL=0 indicates inactive degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
306
LAMA
Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
LAMA
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Data block name
Record 2 -- OFPID -- OFP Header Record

Word
Name
RECID(2)
UNDEF(7 )
Type
Description
Constants 21 and 6
none
Not used
10
SEVEN
11
RESFLG
Residual vector augmentation flag
12
FLDFLG
Fluid modes flag
none
Constant 7
13
UNDEF(38 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
83
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
115
Not used
Record 3 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.
Word
Type
Description
MODE
ORDER
EIGEN
RS
Eigenvalue
OMEGA
RS
Square root of eigenvalue
FREQ
RS
Frequency
MASS
RS
Generalized mass
STIFF
RS
Generalized stiffness
Main Index
Name
Mode number
Extraction order
LAMA 307
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Main Index
Name
Type
NMODES
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Number of modes
Not used
308
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
MPT
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- CREEP(1003,10,245)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
T0
RS
EXP
RS
Temperature-dependent term in the creep

rate expression
FORM
Form of the input data: "CRLAW" or

"TABLE"
TIDKP
TABLES1 identification number which

defines creep model parameter Kp
TIDCP

defines creep model parameter Cp
TIDCS

defines creep model parameter Cs
THRESH
9
10
RS
TYPE
AG(7)
RS
Threshold limit for creep process

Empirical creep law identification number
Coefficients of the empirical creep law
Record 3 -- MAT1(103,1,77)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
RS
Youngs modulus
RS
Shear modulus
NU
RS
Poissons ratio
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
TREF
RS
MPT 309
Word
Name
Type
Description
GE
RS
Structural element damping coefficient
ST
RS
Stress limit for tension
10
SC
RS
Stress limit for compression
11
SS
RS
Stress limit for shear
12
MCSID
Material coordinate system identification

number
Record 4 -- MAT2(203,2,78)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
GIJ(6)
RS
Material property matrix
RHO
RS
Mass density
AJ(3)
RS
Thermal expansion coefficients
12
TREF
RS
13
GE
RS
14
ST
RS
Stress limit for tension
15
SC
RS
Stress limit for compression
16
SS
RS
Stress limit for shear
17
MCSID
Material coordinate system identification

number
Record 5 -- MAT3(1403,14,122)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
EX
RS
Youngs modulus in the x direction
ETH
RS
Youngs modulus in the theta direction
EZ
RS
Youngs modulus in the z direction
NUXTH
RS
Poissons ratios in x-theta direction
NUTHZ
RS
Poissons ratios in theta-z direction
NUZX
RS
Poissons ratios in z-x direction
RHO
RS
Mass density
GZX
RS
Shear modulus in the z-x direction
310
MPT
Word
Name
Type
none
Description
10
UNDEF
11
AX
RS
Thermal expansion coefficient in the x

direction
12
ATH
RS
Thermal expansion coefficient in the theta

direction
13
AZ
RS
Thermal expansion coefficient in the z

direction
14
TREF
RS
15
GE
RS
16
UNDEF
none
Not used
Not used
Record 6 -- MAT4(2103,21,234)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
RS
Thermal conductivity
CP
RS
Heat capacity per unit mass at constant

pressure
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
Free convection heat transfer coefficient
MU
RS
Dynamic viscosity
HGEN
RS
Heat generation capability used with QVOL

entries
REFENTH
RS
Reference enthalpy
TCH
RS
Lower temperature limit for phase change

region
10
TDELTA
RS
Total temperature change range
11
QLAT
RS
Latent heat of fusion per unit mass
Record 7 -- MAT5(2203,22,235)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
KIJ(6)
RS
Thermal conductivity matrix
CP
RS
Heat capacity per unit mass
MPT 311
Word
Name
Type
Description
RHO
RS
Mass density
10
HGEN
RS
Heat generation capability used with QVOL

entries
Record 8 -- MAT8(2503,25,288)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
E1
RS
Modulus of elasticity in longitudinal

direction
E2
RS
Modulus of elasticity in lateral direction
NU12
RS
Poissons ratio
G12
RS
In-plane shear modulus
G1Z
RS
Transverse shear modulus for shear in 1-Z

plane
G2Z
RS
Transverse shear modulus for shear in 2-Z

plane
RHO
RS
Mass density
A1
RS
Thermal expansion coefficient in

longitudinal direction
10
A2
RS
Thermal expansion coefficient in lateral

direction
11
TREF
RS
Reference temperature for the calculation of

thermal loads
12
XT
RS
Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in

tension
13
XC
RS
Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in

compression
14
YT
RS
Allowable lateral stress or strain in tension
15
YC
RS
Allowable lateral stress or strain in

compression
16
RS
Allowable stress or strain for in-plane shear
17
GE
RS
Structural damping coefficient
18
F12
RS
Interaction term in the tensor polynomial

theory of Tsai-Wu
19
STRN
RS
For the maximum strain theory only
312
MPT
Record 9 -- MAT9(2603,26,300)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
G(21)
RS
Material property matrix
23
RHO
RS
Mass density
24
A(6)
RS
Thermal expansion coefficients
30
TREF
RS
Reference temperature for the calculation of

thermal loads
31
GE
RS
32
UNDEF(4 )
none
Not used
Record 10 -- MAT10(2801,28,365)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
BULK
RS
Bulk modulus
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
Speed of sound
GE
RS
Record 11 -- MAT11(2903,29,371)
This record is not currently used.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
MID
E1
RS
E2
RS
E3
RS
V12
RS
V23
RS
V31
RS
G12
RS
R23
RS
10
G31
RS
Description
MPT 313
Word
Name
Type
11
RHO
RS
12
A(3)
RS
15
XT
RS
16
XC
RS
17
YT
RS
18
YC
RS
19
ZT
RS
20
ZC
RS
21
S12
RS
22
S23
RS
23
S31
RS
Description
Record 12 -- MATHP(4506,45,374)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
A10
RS
Material constant related to distortional

deformation
A01
RS

deformation
D1
RS
Material constant related to volumetric

deformation
RHO
RS
Mass density
ALPHA
RS
Coefficient of volumetric thermal

expansion
TREF
RS
GE
RS
Structural damping element coefficient
SF
Not used
10
NA
Order of the distortional strain energy

polynomial function
11
ND
Order of the volumetric strain energy

polynomial function
12
KP
RS
Not used
13
A20
RS

deformation
314
MPT
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
14
A11
RS

deformation
15
A02
RS

deformation
16
D2
RS

deformation
17
A30
RS

deformation
18
A21
RS

deformation
19
A12
RS

deformation
20
A03
RS

deformation
21
D3
RS

deformation
22
A40
RS

deformation
23
A31
RS

deformation
24
A22
RS

deformation
25
A13
RS

deformation
26
A04
RS

deformation
27
D4
RS

deformation
28
A50
RS

deformation
29
A41
RS

deformation
30
A32
RS

deformation
31
A23
RS

deformation
32
A14
RS

deformation
MPT 315
Word
Name
Type
Description
33
A05
RS

deformation
34
D5
RS

deformation
35
CONTFLG
CONTFLG =1
Continuation flag
With continuation
36
TAB1
TABLES1 identification number that

defines tension/compression
37
TAB2

defines equibiaxial tension
38
TAB3

defines simple shear
39
TAB4

defines pure shear
40
UNDEF(3 )
43
TAB5
none
I
CONTFLG =0
Not used
defines volumetric compression
Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Record 13 -- MATS1(503,5,90)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID
TABLES1 or TABLEST entry identification

number
TYPE
Type of material nonlinearity
YF
Yield function criterion
HR
Hardening rule
LIMIT1
RS
Initial yield point
LIMIT2
RS
Internal friction angle
UNDEF(3 )
RS
none
Work hardening slope
Not used
316
MPT
Record 14 -- MATT1(703,7,91)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID(10)
TABLEMi entry identification numbers
12
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 15 -- MATT2(803,8,102)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID(15)
TABLEMi entry identification numbers
17
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 16 -- MATT3(1503,15,189)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID(15)
entry identification numbers
Record 17 -- MATT4(2303,23,237)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
TK
TABLEMi identification number for

thermal conductivity
TCP
TABLEMi identification number for heat

capacity per unit mass
UNDEF
TH
TABLEMi identification number for free

convection heat transfer coefficient
TMU

dynamic viscosity
THGEN

generation with QVOL entries
none
Not used
MPT 317
Record 18 -- MATT5(2403,24,238)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
TK(6)
TABLEMi identification numbers for

thermal conductivity
TCP

capacity per unit mass
UNDEF
none
THGEN
10
Not used
generation with QVOL entries
Record 19 -- MATT8(903,9,336)
This record is not currently used.
Word
Name
Type
MID
R(16)
Description
Record 20 -- MATT9(2703,27,301)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
TG(21)

material property matrix
23
TRHO
TABLEMi identification number for mass

density
24
TA(6)

thermal expansion coefficients
30
UNDEF
31
TGE
32
UNDEF(4 )
none
I
none
Not used
structural damping coefficient
Not used
318
MPT
Record 21 -- -- MBOLT(12600,126,646)
Word
1
Name
ID
Type
I
GRIDC
V(3)
UNDEF(3 )
Element identification number of the bolt

I
RS
GRIDS
10
GID
Description
none
CHAR4
I
Control grid ID where forces or

displacements are applied
Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic
coordinates
Not used
GRID, indicating starting of grid
Identification numbers of grid points at the
bolt intersection

11
ELEMS
12
EID
CHAR4
I
ELEM, indicating starting of element

Element identification numbers at the bolt
intersection

Record 22 -- MBOLTUS(12800,128,650)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
Element identification number of the bolt
GRIDC
Control grid identification number where

forces or displacements are applied
V(3)
UNDEF(3 )
TOP
CHAR4
10
GTID

TOP of bolt intersection
CHAR4
BOTT, indicating starting of BOTTOM grid

RS
none
Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic

coordinates
Not used
TOP, indicating starting of TOP grid

11
Main Index
BOTTOM
MPT 319
Word
12
Name
GBID
Type
Description

BOTTOM of bolt intersection

Record 23 -- -- MSTACK(12700,127,649)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID1
Starting element identification number
ID2
Ending element identification number
IDIR
Stacking direction
Record 24 -- NLAUTO(12200,122,434) - SOL 600 only

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
ID
TINIT
RS
Initial time step
TFINAL
RS
Total time period
RSMALL
RS
Smallest ratio between steps
RBIG
RS
Largest ratio between steps
TSMIN
RS
Minimum time step
TSMAX
RS
Maximum time step
NSMAX
Maximum number of steps allowed
NRECYC
Desired number of cycles per increment
10
IENHAN
Enter 1 to acivate the enhanced scheme
11
IDAMP
Enter 1 to use artificial damping for static
12
NSTATE
Number SOF states for PSOT file
13
NCUT
Maximum number of times to cut down

time step
14
LIMTAR
15
IFINISH
16
FTEMP
RS
Finish temp, use with IFINISH, enter only if

IEHAN is 1
17
SFACT
RS
Identification number referenced by a

TSTEP case control entry
320
MPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
18
IFLAG
Not presently used in Nastran-Marc

interface
19
IDTAB
Table identification number scaling

damping factor
20
DAMP
RS
21
IDMPFLG
Flag for reaching instances in time from

load tables
22
ISTATED
If =1, put states reached by IDMPFLG on

the post files
23
IPHYS
24
I313
Flag corresponding to Mar field 13
25
CRITERIA
Choose criteria from 1 thru 10
26
SETID
27
Y1
RS
28
X1
RS
29
Y2
RS
30
X2
RS
31
Y3
RS
32
X3
RS
33
Y4
RS
34
X4
RS
Damping factor for artificial damping
Time for which y1 adjustment is applied

Record 25 -- RADBND(9002,90,410)
Word
Name
Description
NUMBER
PLANCK2
RS
Plancks second radiation constant
LAMBDA
RS
Highest wavelength of the i-th wave band
Main Index
Type
Number of radiation wave bands
MPT 321
Record 26 -- RADM(8802,88,413)
Word
Name
Type
Description
NUMBER(C)
Number of emissivities including

absorptivity
MID
EMISI
RS
Surface emissivity at wavelength

LAMBDAi
Word 3 repeats NUMBER times

Record 27 -- RADMT(8902,89,423)
Word
Name
Type
Description
NUMBER(C)
Number of emissivities
MID
TEMISI
TABLEMi identification number for surface

emissivity
Word 3 repeats NUMBER times

Record 28 -- NLPARM(3003,30,286)
Word
Type
Description
SID
NINC
Number of increments
DT
RS
Incremental time interval for creep analysis
KMETHOD
KSTEP
Number of iterations before the stiffness

update
MAXITER
Limit on number of iterations for each load

increment
CONV
Flags to select convergence criteria
INTOUT
Intermediate output flag
EPSU
RS
Error tolerance for displacement U criterion
EPSP
RS
Error tolerance for displacement P criterion
EPSW
RS
Error tolerance for displacement W criterion
10
11
Main Index
Name
Method for controlling stiffness updates
322
MPT
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
MAXDIV
Limit on probable divergence conditions
13
MAXQN
Maximum number of quasi-Newton

correction vectors
14
MAXLS
Maximum number of line searches
15
FSTRESS
RS
Fraction of effective stress
16
LSTOL
RS
Line search tolerance
17
MAXBIS
18
MAXR
RS
Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length

increment
19
RTOLB
RS
Maximum value of incremental rotation
Maximum number of bisections
Record 29 -- NLPCI(3104,32,350)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
TYPE
MINALR
RS
Minimum allowable arc-length adjustment

ratio
MAXALR
RS
Maximum allowable arc-length adjustment

ratio
SCALE
RS
Scale factor (w) for controlling the loading

contribution
UNDEF
none
DESITER
Desired number of iterations for

convergence
MXINC
Maximum number of controlled increment

steps
Type
Description
CHAR4

Constraint type
Not used
Record 30 -- TSTEPNL(3103,31,337)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
NDT
Number of time steps of value DT
DT
RS
NO
Time step interval for output
METHOD
Method for dynamic matrix update
Time increment
MPT 323
Word
Name
Type
Description
KSTEP
Time step interval or number of converged

bisections
MAXITER
Limit on number of iterations
CONV
Flags to select convergence criteria
EPSU
RS
Error tolerance for displacement U criterion
10
EPSP
RS
Error tolerance for displacement P criterion
11
EPSW
RS
Error tolerance for displacement W criterion
12
MAXDIV
Limit on probable divergence conditions
13
MAXQN
Maximum number of quasi-Newton

correction vectors
14
MAXLS
Maximum number of line searches
15
FSTRESS
RS
16
MAXBIS
Maximum number of bisections
17
ADJUST
Time step skip factor for automatic time step

adjustment
18
MSTEP
Number of steps to obtain the dominant

period response
19
RB
RS
Define bounds for maintaining the same

time step
20
MAXR
RS
Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length

increment
21
UTOL
RS
Tolerance on displacement or temperature

increment
22
RTOLB
RS
Maximum value of incremental rotation
Fraction of effective stress
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
324
OBJTAB
Design objective table
OBJTAB
OBJTAB is defined for a given analysis type and superelement and contains objective attributes with
retained response identification numbers.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
Description
IRID
Response identification number
RTYPE1
Type of response: 1 or 2
RTYPE2
Type of response: 1 or 2
MINMAX
Minimum/maximum flag: -1=minimum and

1=maximum
SEID
SID
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(6 )
Type
none
Description
Not used
OEE 325
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
OEE
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Block Name
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE(C)
Device code + 10*approach code

(For additional information, please
see OFP Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
18 for strain, 36 for kinetic, and 37

for energy loss
ETOTAL
RS
Total strain energy of all elements

in subcase/mode
SUBCASE
Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
5
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =01
5
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =08
Main Index
See word 8
Differential Stiffness
UNDEF
none
See word 8
RS
Frequency
RS
Time Step
Frequency
FREQ
Transient
TIME
ACODE,4 =07
5
none
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =06
5
Mode Number
ACODE,4 =05
5
See word 8
MODE
ACODE,4 =04
5
none
Real Eigenvalues
ACODE,4 =03
5
Not defined
Statics
ACODE,4 =02
5
none
Buckling 0 ( Pre buckling )

UNDEF
none
Buckling 1 ( Post buckling )
See word 8
326
OEE
Word
5
Name
MODE
ACODE,4 =09
5
MODE
LOADFAC
Mode Number
RS
Load factor
Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) )

UNDEF
ACODE,4 =12
5
Mode Number
Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 )
ACODE,4 =11
5
Description
Complex Eigenvalues
ACODE,4 =10
5
Type
none
See word 8
CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 )

TIME
RS
Time Step
End ACODE,4
Main Index
CHAR4
ELNAME(2)
LOADSET
Load set or zero
FCODE
Format code
10
NUMWDE(C)
Number of words per entry in

DATA record
11
CVALRES
12
ESUBT
RS
Subtotal of Strain Energy in the Set

13
SETID
Set identification number Number
14
EIGENR
RS
Natural eigenvalue -- real part
15
EIGENI
RS
Natural eigenvalue
-- imaginary part
16
FREQ
RS
Natural frequency
17
UNDEF
18
ETOTPOS
RS
Total positive energy
19
ETOTNEG
RS
Total negative energy
20
UNDEF(31 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
Element type name
none
none
OEE 327
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
Type
Description
TCODE,1 =1
Sort 1
NUMWIDE=04
Standard element identification number
EKEY
NUMWIDE =05
1
DMIG matrix name

DMIGNAME(2)
CHAR4
DMIG matrix name
End NUMWIDE
TCODE,1 =02
Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT
ACODE,4 =0
1
UNDEF
none
Not defined
ACODE,4 =01
1
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FQTS
RS
EKEY
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
1
ACODE,4 =07
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
ACODE,4 =11
1
Main Index
Frequency or Time step
328
OEE
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE,4 =12
1
EKEY
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
2
ENERGY
RS
Element Energy or Subtotal

after all elements
PCT
RS
Percent of Total Energy
DEN
RS
Element Energy Density, or '-1'

after all elements
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(4 )
WORD6
Type
I
none
I
Description
Number of element types output
Not used
ORed value of the device code
extracted from ACODE across all
IDENT records
OEE 329
Notes:
1. Records are repeated for each element type having at least one element requested
for output. They are also repeated for each subcase.
2. Device code:
1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
5 = print and punch, etc.
3. Approach code:
1 = statics
2 = reigen
3=ds0
4 = ds1
5 = freq
6 = tran
7 = bkl0
8 = bkl1
9 = ceigen
10 = pla
4. Nonexistent element energy densities are flagged by integer '-1' in the field.
Main Index
330
OEF
Table of element forces
OEF
Also contains composite failure indices and a analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2
formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
Data block name
Not used
Record 2 -- DATA
Record 3 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)
Device code + 10*Approach code (For

additional information, please see OFP
Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
Table code
ELTYPE(C)
Element type
SUBCASE
Subcase or random identification number
TCODE,1 =1
SORT1 format
Statics
ACODE,4 =01
5
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =02
I
none

Not used
MODE
EIGN
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =03
Main Index
Type
I
RS
Mode number
Eigenvalue
none
Differential Stiffness 0
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
I
none

Not used
OEF 331
Word
Name
ACODE,4 =04
Type
Description
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =05
I
none

Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
Pre-buckling
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =08
I
none

Not used
Post-buckling
LOADID
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =09
I
RS
none

Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue -- real part
EIGI
RS
Eigenvalue -- imaginary part
ACODE,4 =10
Mode number
Nonlinear Statics
LOADSTEP
RS
Load step
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =11
Geometric Nonlinear Statics
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
I
none

Not used
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02
SORT2 format
I
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
none
DLOADID

Not used
End TCODE,1
8
Main Index
Dynamic load set identification or random

code number
332
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
FCODE(C)
Format code
10
NUMWDE(C)
Number of words per entry
11
OCODE
12
UNDEF(11 )
23
THERMAL(C)
24
UNDEF(27 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
83
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
none
I
none
Not used
=1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
Not used
Record 4 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE,1 =1
1
EID
SORT2 Format
ACODE,4 =01
Statics
LOADID
ACODE,4 =02
1
MODE
LOADID
LOADID
FREQ
TIME
ACODE,4 =09
RS
Frequency
RS
Time step
Pre-buckling
LOADID
ACODE,4 =08
1
Transient
ACODE,4 =07
1
Mode number
Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
Description
SORT1 Format
TCODE,1 =02
1
Main Index
Type
Post-buckling
LOADID
Complex Eigenvalues
OEF 333
Word
1
Name
MODE
ACODE,4 =10
1
Description
Mode number
Nonlinear Statics
LOADSTEP
ACODE,4 =11
1
Type
RS
Load step
Geometric Nonlinear Statics

LOADID
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
THERMAL =1
Thermal data
NUMWDE =10
2-D and 3-D elements
NAME(2)
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
10
ZED
NUMWDE =8
Element type
zero
(CHBDY) thermal 107,108,109
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
NUMWDE =2
2
Element name
Convection elements
FTOTAL
NUMWDE =9
Main Index
CHAR4
RS
Total
1-D elements; e.g., CBEAM, CBEND, CTUBE

CHAR4
NAME(2)
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
Element type
334
OEF
Word
9
Name
ZFLUX
NUMWDE =58
Type
RS
Description
z flux or '1'
VUHEXA 145 Thermal
PARENT
Parent C
VUGRID
VU grid identification number
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'

NUMWDE =44
VUPENTA 146 Thermal
PARENT
Parent identification number
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'

NUMWDE =30
VUTETRA 147 Thermal
PARENT
Parent identification number
VUGRID
VU Grid identification number
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'

NUMWDE =34
2
Main Index
PARENT
VUQUAD 189 Thermal

I
Parent p-element identification number
OEF 335
Word
Name
Type
Description
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
10
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
11
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
12
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
13
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
Not used
VU Grid identification number

NUMWDE =27
VUTRIA 190 Thermal
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
10
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
11
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
12
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
13
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
Not used

NUMWDE =18
Main Index
VUBEAM 191 Thermal
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
Flat/curved etc.
336
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
10
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
11
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'

End NUMWDE
THERMAL =00
Non-thermal element output
ELTYPE =01
Rod element (CROD)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Real or random response
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
AFR
RS
Axial Force -- real/magnitude part
AFI
RS
Axial Force -- imaginary/phase part
TRQR
RS
Torque -- real/magnitude part
TRQI
RS
Torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =02
Beam element (CBEAM)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
GRID
SD
RS
Station Distance divided by element's length
BM1
RS
Bending moment plane 1
BM2
RS
TS1
RS
Shear Plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear Plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TTRQ
RS
Total Torque
10
WTRQ
RS
Warping Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station Distance divided by element's length
BM1R
RS
Bending moment plane 1 -- real/magnitude

part
OEF 337
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM2R
RS

part
TS1R
RS
Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
Axial force -- real/magnitude part
TTRQR
RS
Total torque -- real/magnitude part
10
WTRQR
RS
Warping torque -- real/magnitude part
11
BM1I
RS
Bending moment plane 1 -imaginary/phase part
12
BM2I
RS
13
TS1I
RS
Shear plane 1 -- imaginary/phase part
14
TS2I
RS
15
AFI
RS
Axial force -- imaginary/phase part
16
TTRQI
RS
Total torque -- imaginary/phase part
17
WTRQI
RS
Warping torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
Words 2 through max repeat 011 times
ELTYPE =03
Tube element (CTUBE)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
2
AFR
RS
AFI
RS
TRQR
RS
TEQI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =04
Shear panel element (CSHEAR)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F41
RS
Force 4 to 1
F21
RS
Force 2 to 1
F12
RS
Force 1 to 2
F32
RS
Force 3 to 2
338
OEF
Word
Name
Description
F23
RS
Force 2 to 3
F43
RS
Force 4 to 3
F34
RS
Force 3 to 4
F14
RS
Force 1 to 4
10
KF1
RS
Kick Force on 1
11
S12
RS
Shear 1 2
12
KF2
RS
Kick Force on 2
13
S23
RS
Shear 2 3
14
KF3
RS
Kick Force on 3
15
S34
RS
Shear 3 4
16
KF4
RS
Kick Force on 4
17
S41
RS
Shear 4 1
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Type
F41R
RS
Force 4 to 1 -- real/magnitude part
F21R
RS
F12R
RS
F32R
RS
F23R
RS
F43R
RS
F34R
RS
F14R
RS
10
F41I
RS
Force 4 to 1 -- imaginary/phase part
11
F21I
RS
12
F12I
RS
13
F32I
RS
14
F23I
RS
15
F43I
RS
16
F34I
RS
17
F14I
RS
18
KF1R
RS
Kick Force on 1 -- real/magnitude part
19
S12R
RS
Shear 1 2 -- real/magnitude part
20
KF2R
RS
21
S23R
RS
OEF 339
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
KF3R
RS
23
S34R
RS
24
KF4R
RS
25
S41R
RS
26
KF1I
RS
Kick Force on 1 -- imaginary/phase part
27
S12I
RS
Shear 1 2 -- imaginary/phase part
28
KF2I
RS
29
S23I
RS
30
KF3I
RS
31
S34I
RS
32
KF4I
RS
33
S41I
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =05
2
FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower
stiffness)
UNDEF
ELTYPE =06
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness)

UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =10
Rod element connection and property (CONROD)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
PLOADX1 (follower stiffness)
ELTYPE =09
2
none
PLOAD4 (follower stiffness)
ELTYPE =08
2
Not used
Unused
ELTYPE =07
2
none
AFR
RS
AFI
RS
TRQR
RS
TRQI
RS
340
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =11
Scalar spring element (CELAS1)
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
FR
RS
Force -- real/magnitude part
FI
RS
Force -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =12
Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
FR
RS
FI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =13
Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
FR
RS
FI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =14
Scalar spring element to scalar pts. only with prop. (CELAS4)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
FR
RS
FI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =15
2
AEROT3
UNDEF
ELTYPE =16
2
Main Index
none
Not used
AEROBEAM
UNDEF
none
Not used
OEF 341
Word
Name
ELTYPE =17
2
UNDEF
none
Not used

UNDEF
ELTYPE =19
2
Description
Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2)
ELTYPE =18
2
Type
none
Not used

UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =20
Scalar damper (CDAMP1 and see Note 2.)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
FR
RS
Force
FI
RS
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =21
Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2 and see Note 2.)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
FR
RS
Force
FI
RS
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =22
Scalar damper to scalar pts. only (CDAMP3 and see Note 2.)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
FR
RS
Force
FI
RS
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =23
Scalar damper to scalar pts. only with prop. (CDAMP4; see

Note 2.)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
2
Main Index
RS
Force
FR
RS
Force
342
OEF
Word
3
Name
FI
Type
RS
Description
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =24
Viscous damper (CVISC)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AF
RS
Axial force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
AFR
RS
AFI
RS
TRQR
RS
TRQI
RS
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25
2
Scalar mass (CMASS1)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =26
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
Dummy plot element (PLOTEL)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =32
2
Not used
Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form (CONM2)
ELTYPE =31
2
none
Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1)
ELTYPE =30
2
Not used
Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties (CMASS4)
ELTYPE =29
2
none
Scalar mass to scalar pts. only (CMASS3)
ELTYPE =28
2
Not used
Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2)
ELTYPE =27
2
none
none
Not used
Unused
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =33
Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
MX
RS
Membrane in x
MY
RS
Membrane in y
OEF 343
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXY
RS
Membrane in xy
BMX
RS
Bending in x
BMY
RS
Bending in y
BMXY
RS
Bending in xy
TX
RS
Transverse Shear in x
TY
RS
Transverse Shear in y
TCODE,7 =1
MXR
RS
Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part
MYR
RS
Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part
MXYR
RS
Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part
BMXR
RS
Bending in x -- real/magnitude part
BMYR
RS
Bending in y -- real/magnitude part
BMXYR
RS
Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part
TXR
RS
Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude part
TYR
RS
Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude part
10
MXI
RS
Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part
11
MYI
RS
Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part
12
MXYI
RS
Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase part
13
BMXI
RS
Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part
14
BMYI
RS
Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part
15
BMXYI
RS
Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part
16
TXI
RS
Transverse Shear in x -- imaginary/phase

part
17
TYI
RS
Transverse Shear in y -- imaginary/phase

part
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =34
Simple beam element (CBAR and see also ELTYPE=100)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
BM1A
RS
Bending moment at end A plane 1
BM2A
RS
Bending moment at end A plane 2
BM1B
RS
Bending moment at end B plane 1
BM2B
RS
Bending moment at end B plane 2
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
344
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
BM1AR
RS
Bending moment at end A plane 1 -- real

part
BM2AR
RS
Bending moment at end A plane 2 -- real

part
BM1BR
RS
Bending moment at end B plane 1 -- real

part
BM2BR
RS
Bending moment at end B plane 2 -- real

part
TS1R
RS
Shear plane 1 -- real part
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
Axial force -- real part
TRQR
RS
Torque -- real part
10
BM1AI
RS
Bending moment at end A plane 1 -imaginary part
11
BM2AI
RS
Bending moment at end A plane 2 -imaginary part
12
BM1BI
RS
Bending moment at end B plane 1 -imaginary part
13
BM2BI
RS
Bending moment at end B plane 2 -imaginary part
14
TS1I
RS
Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
Axial Force -- imaginary part
17
TRQI
RS
Torque -- imaginary part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =35
Main Index
Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)
HOPA
RS
Harmonic or point angle
BMU
RS
Bending moment u
BMV
RS
Bendingmoment v
TM
RS
Twisting moment
SU
RS
Shear u
OEF 345
Word
7
Name
Description
Shear v

none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =37
2
RS
SV
ELTYPE =36
2
Type
Not used

none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =38
Gap element (CGAP)
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FX
RS
Compression force in x
SFY
RS
Shear force in y
SFZ
RS
Shear force in z
RS
Axial displacement in u
RS
Shear displacement in v
RS
Shear displacement in w
SV
RS
Slip displacement in v
SW
RS
Slip displacement in w
TCODE,7 =1
FX
RS
Compression force in x
SFY
RS
Shear force in y
SFZ
RS
Shear force in z
RS
Axial displacement in u
RS
Shear displacement in v
RS
Shear displacement in w
SV
RS
Slip displacement in v
SW
RS
Slip displacement in w
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =39
Main Index
Acoustics -- Tetra (?)
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
346
OEF
Word
Name
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
ELTYPE =40
Description
Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)
FE
RS
Element Force
UE
RS
Axial displacement
VE
RS
Axial velocity*
AS
RS
Axial stress*
AE
RS
Axial strain*
EP
RS
Plastic strain*
FAIL
ELTYPE =41
2
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =50
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
Fluid element with 3 points (CAXIF3)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =49
2
none
ELTYPE =48
2
Not used
Cflmass
ELTYPE =47
2
none
Fluid element with 4 points (CFLUID4)
ELTYPE =46
2
Not used
ELTYPE =45
2
none
ELTYPE =44
2
Failed element flag
unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2)
ELTYPE =43
2
ELTYPE =42
Main Index
Type
none
Not used

UNDEF
none
Not used
Three-point slot element (CSLOT3)
OEF 347
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =51
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =54
2
Not used
Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
ELTYPE =53
2
none
Description
Four-point slot element (CSLOT4)
ELTYPE =52
2
Type
none
Not used
Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6)

UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =55
Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
FR(9)
RS
User defined -- real/magnitude
11
FI(9)
RS
User defined -- magnitude/phase
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56
Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57
Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58
Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
F(9)
RS
User defined
348
OEF
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59
Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60
Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or CDUM8)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =61
Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or CDUM9)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =62
2

UNDEF
ELTYPE =63
2
Not used

UNDEF
ELTYPE =64
Main Index
none
none
Not used
Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
Character string "CEN/"

Number of active grids or corner grid
OEF 349
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Description
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
Membrane force in xy
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
Bending moment in xy
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
MXR
RS
Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part
MYR
RS
Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part
MXYR
RS
Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude

part
BMXR
RS
Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part
BMYR
RS
Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part
BMXYR
RS
Bending moment in xy -- real/magnitude

part
10
TXR
RS
Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part
11
TYR
RS
Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part
12
MXI
RS
Membrane force in x -- imaginary/phase

part
13
MYI
RS
Membrane force in y -- imaginary/phase

part
14
MXYI
RS
Membrane force in xy -- imaginary/phase

part
15
BMXI
RS
Bending moment in x -- imaginary/phase

part
16
BMYI
RS
Bending moment in y -- imaginary/phase

part
17
BMXYI
RS
Bending moment in xy -- imaginary/phase

part
18
TXI
RS
Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part
19
TYI
RS
Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Type
350
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description

ELTYPE =65
2
Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =66
2
Not used

UNDEF
ELTYPE =67
none
Not used
Acoustics in HEXA
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
ELTYPE =68
Main Index
none
Acoustics in PENTA
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
OEF 351
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE =69
Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND -- see note.)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
GRID
BM1
RS
BM2
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
GRID
BM1R
RS

part
BM2R
RS

part
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
BM1I
RS
Bending moment plane 1 -imagnitude/phase part
10
BM2I
RS
11
TS1I
RS
12
TS2I
RS
13
AFI
RS
14
TRQI
RS
Grid point identification number -real/magnitude part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =70
Main Index
Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)
TERM
CHAR4
GRID

352
OEF
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Description
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS

part
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS

part
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS

part
13
MYI
RS

part
14
MXYI
RS

part
15
BMXI
RS

part
16
BMYI
RS

part
17
BMXYI
RS

part
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Type
OEF 353
Word
Name
Type
Description

ELTYPE =71
2
Unused
UNDEF
ELTYPE =72
2
UNDEF
none
Not used
Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)

UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =74
Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
MX
RS
Membrane in x
MY
RS
Membrane in y
MXY
RS
Membrane in xy
BMX
RS
Bending in x
BMY
RS
Bending in y
BMXY
RS
Bending in xy
TX
RS
Transverse Shear in x
TY
RS
Transverse Shear in y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
AEROQ4
ELTYPE =73
2
none
MXR
RS
Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part
MYR
RS
Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part
MXYR
RS
Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part
BMXR
RS
Bending in x -- real/magnitude part
BMYR
RS
Bending in y -- real/magnitude part
BMXYR
RS
Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part
TXR
RS
Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude part
TYR
RS
Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude part
10
MXI
RS
Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part
11
MYI
RS
Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part
12
MXYI
RS
Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase part
13
BMXI
RS
Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part
14
BMYI
RS
Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part
15
BMXYI
RS
Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part
354
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
TXI
RS
Transverse Shear in x -- imaginary/phase

part
17
TYI
RS
Transverse Shear in y -- imaginary/phase

part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =75
Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
TCODE,7 =0 or 2

MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS

part
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS

part
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS

part
13
MYI
RS

part
14
MXYI
RS

part
OEF 355
Word
Name
Type
Description
15
BMXI
RS

part
16
BMYI
RS

part
17
BMXYI
RS

part
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =76
Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element

(CHEXA)
ELNAME(2)
AXR
RS
Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
Velocity in x -- real/magnitude part
VYR
RS
Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part
VZR
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
11
AXI
RS
Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part
12
AYI
RS
13
AZI
RS
14
VXI
RS
Velocity in x -- imaginary/phase part
15
VYI
RS
Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part
16
VXI
RS
ELTYPE =77
2
Element name: "HEXPR"
Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid element

(CPENTA)
ELNAME(2)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
CHAR4
CHAR4
Element name: "PENPR"
AX
RS
Acceleration in x
AY
RS
Acceleration in x
AZ
RS
Acceleration in x
VX
RS
Velocity in x
356
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
VY
RS
Velocity in y
VZ
RS
Velocity in y
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
TCODE,7 =1
Complex
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VZR
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
11
AXI
RS
12
AYI
RS
13
AZI
RS
14
VXI
RS
15
VYI
RS
16
VXI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =78
2
Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid element

(CTETRA)
ELNAME(2)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
CHAR4
Element name: "TETPR"
AX
RS
Acceleration in x
AY
RS
Acceleration in x
AZ
RS
Acceleration in x
VX
RS
Velocity in x
VY
RS
Velocity in y
VZ
RS
Velocity in y
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
OEF 357
Word
Name
Type
Description
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VZR
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
11
AXI
RS
12
AYI
RS
13
AZI
RS
14
VXI
RS
15
VYI
RS
16
VXI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =79
2
Unused
UNDEF
ELTYPE =80
2
UNDEF
none
Not used
Unused
UNDEF
ELTYPE =82
none
Not used
Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Number of active grids (4) or corner grid
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
Unused
ELTYPE =81
2
none
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
358
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXYR
RS

part
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS

part
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS

part
13
MYI
RS

part
14
MXYI
RS

part
15
BMXI
RS

part
16
BMYI
RS

part
17
BMXYI
RS

part
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =83
2
Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =84
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =88
Main Index
Not used
none
Not used
Nonlinear GAP
UNDEF
ELTYPE =87
2
none
Nonlinear TETRA
ELTYPE =86
2
Not used
Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR)
ELTYPE =85
2
none
none
Not used
Nonlinear TUBE
UNDEF
none
Nonlinear TRIA3
Not used
OEF 359
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =89
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
none
UNDEF
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Acoustics in HEXA
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
ELTYPE =94
2
Not used
Nonlinear CONROD
ELTYPE =93
Nonlinear BEAM
UNDEF
ELTYPE =95
Main Index
none
Nonlinear PENTA
ELTYPE =92
2
Not used
Nonlinear QUAD4
ELTYPE =91
2
none
Description
Nonlinear ROD
ELTYPE =90
2
Type
none
Not used
Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)

CHAR4
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
Failure index for direct stresses
FM
RS
Failure mode for maximum strain theory
FB
RS
Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or

-1
FMAX
RS
Maximum of FP and FB or -1.
Theory
Lamina number
360
OEF
Word
9
Name
FFLAG
ELTYPE =96
CHAR4
Description
Failure flag
Composite curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)

CHAR4
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS

-1
FMAX
RS
Maximum of FP and FB or -1
FFLAG
CHAR4
ELTYPE =97
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
Composite triangular shell element (CTRIA3)

CHAR4
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS

-1
FMAX
RS
FFLAG
CHAR4
ELTYPE =98
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
Composite curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)

CHAR4
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS

-1
FMAX
RS
FFLAG
ELTYPE =99
2
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
Unused
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =100
Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with CBARAO or

PLOAD1)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
Type
SD
RS
Station distance divided by length
OEF 361
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM1
RS
BM2
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
SD
RS
Station distance divided by length
BM1R
RS

part
BM2R
RS

part
TP1R
RS
TP2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
BM1I
RS
10
BM2I
RS
11
TS1I
RS
12
TS2I
RS
13
AFI
RS
14
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =101
Main Index
Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence (CAABSF)
IMPEDR
RS
Impedance -- real/magnitude part
IMPEDI
RS
Impedance -- imaginary/phase part
ABSORB
RS
Absorption coefficient
ELTYPE =102
Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
FX
RS
Force x
FY
RS
Force y
FZ
RS
Force z
362
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
MX
RS
Moment x
MY
RS
Moment y
MZ
RS
Moment z
TCODE,7 =1
FXR
RS
Force x -- real/magnitude part
FYR
RS
Force y -- real/magnitude part
FZR
RS
Force z -- real/magnitude part
MXR
RS
Moment x -- real/magnitude part
MYR
RS
Moment y -- real/magnitude part
MZR
RS
Moment z -- real/magnitude part
FXI
RS
Force x -- imaginary/phase part
FYI
RS
Force y -- imaginary/phase part
10
FZI
RS
Force z -- imaginary/phase part
11
MXI
RS
Moment x -- imaginary/phase part
12
MYI
RS
Moment y -- imaginary/phase part
13
MZI
RS
Moment z -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103
2
Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =104
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used
Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =107
none
Not used
Heat transfer boundary condition element -- (CHBDYE)
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
ELTYPE =108
Main Index
none
Beam p-element (BEAMP)
ELTYPE =106
2
Not used
Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP)
ELTYPE =105
2
none
Element name
Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG)
OEF 363
Word
Name
Description
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
ELTYPE =109
Element name
Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP)
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
ELTYPE =110
2
CONVHFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
CONVCOEF
RS
CONVHFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
CONVCOEF
RS
ELTYPE =112
UNDEF
UNDEF
Forced convection heat flow

Control node
Forced convection heat transfer coefficient
none
Not used
none
Not used
QVOL
UNDEF
ELTYPE =115
none
Not used
Space radiation specification (RADBC)
BNDRDFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
UNDEF
ELTYPE =116
2
Free convection heat transfer coefficient
QVECT
ELTYPE =114
2
Control node
QBDY3
ELTYPE =113
2
Free convection heat flow
Heat boundary element forced convection (CONVM)
Element name
Heat boundary element free convection (CONV)
ELTYPE =111
Main Index
Type
none
Boundary radiation heat flow

Control node
Not used
Slideline contact (SLIF1D)?

UNDEF
none
Not used
364
OEF
Word
Name
Type
ELTYPE =117
WELDC
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
BM1A
RS
Bending moment end A plane 1
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
Bending moment end B plane 1
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
BM1AR
RS
Bending moment end A plane 1 -- real part
BM2AR
RS
BM1BR
RS
Bending moment end B plane 1 -- real part
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
Torque -- real part
10
BM1AI
RS
Bending moment end A plane 1 -imaginary part
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS
Bending moment end B plane 1 -- imaginary

part
13
BM2BI
RS

part
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Description
ELTYPE =118
WELDP
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
OEF 365
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
Torque -- real part
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS

part
13
BM2BI
RS

part
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
TCODE,7 = 0 or 2
Real or Random responses
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =119
SEAM
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
366
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
Torque -- real part
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS

part
13
BM2BI
RS

part
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Real or random responses
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =126
Fastener element (CFAST
TCODE,7 =1
FXR
RS
Force x - real/mag. part
FYR
RS
Force y - real/mag. part
FZR
RS
Force z - real/mag. part
MXR
RS
Moment x - real/mag. part
OEF 367
Word
Name
Type
Description
MYR
RS
Moment y - real/mag. part
MZR
RS
Moment z - real/mag. part
FXI
RS
Force x - imag./phase part
FYI
RS
Force y - imag./phase part
10
FZI
RS
Force z - imag./phase part
11
MXI
RS
Moment x - imag./phase part
12
MYI
RS
Moment y - imag./phase part
13
MZI
RS
Moment z - imag./phase part
TCODE,7 = 0,2
FX
RS
Force x
FY
RS
Force y
FZ
RS
Force z
MX
RS
Moment x
MY
RS
Moment y
MZ
RS
Moment z
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =127
2
CQUAD
UNDEF
ELTYPE =128
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =135
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
CTRIAX
UNDEF
ELTYPE =134
2
Not used
CTRIA
ELTYPE =133
2
none
TETRAE -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =132
2
Not used
RES -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =131
2
none
RELUC -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =130
2
Not used
CQUADX
ELTYPE =129
2
none
none
Not used
LINEOB -- EMAS?
UNDEF
none
Not used
LINXOB -- EMAS?
368
OEF
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =136
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =144
none
Not used
Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses (QUAD144)
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Number of active grids (4) or corner grid
MX
RS
Membrane x
MY
RS
Membrane y
MXY
RS
Membrane xy
BMX
RS
Bending x
BMY
RS
Bending y
BMXY
RS
Bending xy
10
TX
RS
Shear x
11
TY
RS
Shear y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
none
Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP)
ELTYPE =143
2
Not used
Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP)
ELTYPE =142
2
none
HEXA8FD
ELTYPE =141
2
Not used
Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
ELTYPE =140
2
none
LINEX -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =139
2
Not used
TRIAOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =138
2
none
Description
QUADOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =137
2
Type
MXR
RS
Membrane x -- real/magnitude part
MYR
RS
Membrane y -- real/magnitude part
OEF 369
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXYR
RS
Membrane xy -- real/magnitude part
BMXR
RS
Bending x -- real/magnitude part
BMYR
RS
Bending y -- real/magnitude part
BMXYR
RS
Bending xy -- real/magnitude part
10
TXR
RS
Shear x -- real/magnitude part
11
TYR
RS
Shear y -- real/magnitude part
12
MXI
RS
Membrane x -- imaginary/phase part
13
MYI
RS
Membrane y -- imaginary/phase part
14
MXYI
RS
Membrane xy -- imaginary/phase part
15
BMXI
RS
Bending x -- imaginary/phase part
16
BMYI
RS
Bending y -- imaginary/phase part
17
BMXYI
RS
Bending xy -- imaginary/phase part
18
TXI
RS
Shear x -- imaginary/phase part
19
TYI
RS
Shear y -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =145
2
Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =146
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =153
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
QUADM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =152
2
Not used
TETRAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =151
2
none
PENTAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =150
2
Not used
HEXAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =149
2
none
Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA)
ELTYPE =148
2
Not used
Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA)
ELTYPE =147
2
none
none
Not used
TRIAM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
none
Not used
QUADXM -- EMAS?
370
OEF
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =154
2
none
UNDEF
RADINT
BNDRDFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
UNDEF
ELTYPE =156
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
TRIAFD
UNDEF
ELTYPE =168
2
Not used
TETRAFD
ELTYPE =167
2
none
PENTAFD
ELTYPE =166
2
Not used
QUADFD
ELTYPE =165
2
none
HEXAFD
ELTYPE =164
2
Not used
Triangular finite deformation shell element (TRIA3FD)
ELTYPE =163
2
none
Five-sided finite deformation solid element (TETRA4FD)
ELTYPE =162
2
Not used
Five-sided finite deformation solid element (PENTA6FD)
ELTYPE =161
2
none
TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =160
2
Not used
QUADOBM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =159
2
Control node
LINEPW -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =158
2
none
Boundary radiation heat flow
TRIAPW -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =157
2
Not used
none
Description
TRIAXM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =155
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
TRIAX3FD
UNDEF
none
Not used
OEF 371
Word
Name
ELTYPE =169
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =187
Main Index
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
LINXIBM -- EMAS
UNDEF
ELTYPE =186
2
none
LINEIBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =185
2
Not used
TRIAIBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =184
2
none
QUADIBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =183
2
Not used
LINXIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =182
2
none
LINEIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =181
2
Not used
TRIAIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =180
2
none
QUADIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =179
2
Not used
TRIAWGM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =178
2
none
QUADWGM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =177
2
Not used
LINXOBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =176
2
none
LINEOBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =175
2
Not used
QUADXFD
ELTYPE =174
2
none
QUADX4FD
ELTYPE =171
2
Description
TRIAXFD
ELTYPE =170
2
Type
none
Not used
QUADPWM -- EMAS
UNDEF
none
Not used
TRIAPWM -- EMAS
372
OEF
Word
2
Name
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =188
2
Type
Description
Not used
LINEPWM -- EMAS
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =189
Not used
Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
TCODE,7 =0
Not used
Real
VUID
MFX
RS
Membrane force x
MFY
RS
Membrane force y
10
MFXY
RS
Membrane force xy
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMX
RS
Bending moment x
15
BMY
RS
Bending moment y
16
BMXY
RS
Bending moment xy
17
SYZ
RS
Shear yz
18
SZX
RS
Shear zx
19
UNDEF
none
Not used
VU-grid identification number

identification number for corner
none

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
VUID
MFXR
RS
membrane force x real/magnitude
MFYR
RS
membrane force y real/magnitude
10
MFXYR
RS
membrane force xy real/magnitude
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMXR
RS
bending moment x real/magnitude
15
BMYR
RS
bending moment y real/magnitude
16
BMXYR
RS
bending moment xy real/magnitude
17
SYZR
RS
Shear yz real/magnitude
none
VU-grid identification number for corner
Not used
OEF 373
Word
Name
Type
RS
Description
18
SZXR
19
UNDEF
20
MFXI
RS
membrane force x imaginary/phase
21
MFYI
RS
membrane force y imaginary/phase
22
MFXYI
RS
membrane force xy imaginary/phase
23
UNDEF(3 )
26
BMXI
RS
bending moment x imaginary/phase
27
BMYI
RS
bending moment y imaginary/phase
28
BMXYI
RS
bending moment xy imaginary/phase
29
SYZI
RS
Shear yz imaginary/phase
30
SZXI
RS
Shear zx imaginary/phase
31
UNDEF
none
none
none
Shear zx real/magnitude
Not used
Not used
Not used

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =190
Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
TCODE,7 =0
Main Index
Not used
Real
VUID
MFX
RS
membrane force x
MFY
RS
membrane force y
10
MFXY
RS
membrane force xy
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMX
RS
bending moment x
15
BMY
RS
bending moment y
16
BMXY
RS
bending moment xy
17
SYZ
RS
Shear yz
18
SZX
RS
Shear zx
19
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
VU grid identification number for this

corner
Not used
374
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description

TCODE,7 =1
VUID
MFXR
RS
membrane force x real/magnitude
MFYR
RS
membrane force y real/magnitude
10
MFXYR
RS
membrane force xy real/magnitude
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMXR
RS
bending moment x real/magnitude
15
BMYR
RS
16
BMXYR
RS
bending moment xy real/magnitude
17
SYZR
RS
Shear yz real/magnitude
18
SZXR
RS
Shear zx real/magnitude
19
UNDEF
20
MFXI
RS
membrane force x imaginary/phase
21
MFYI
RS
membrane force y imaginary/phase
22
MFXYI
RS
membrane force xy imaginary/phase
23
UNDEF(3 )
26
BMXI
RS
bending moment x imaginary/phase
27
BMYI
RS
28
BMXYI
RS
bending moment xy imaginary/phase
29
SYZI
RS
Shear yz imaginary/phase
30
SZXI
RS
Shear zx imaginary/phase
31
UNDEF
none
none
none
none
VU grid identification number this corner
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =191
Beam view element (VUBEAM)
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
TCODE,7 =0
5
Main Index
Flat/curved etc.
Real
VUGRID
VU grid identification number for output

grid
OEF 375
Word
Name
Type
Description
POSIT
RS
x/L position of VU grid identification

number
FORCEX
RS
Force x
SHEARY
RS
Shear force y
SHEARZ
RS
shear force z
10
TORSION
RS
torsional moment x
11
BENDY
RS
bending moment y
12
BENDZ
RS
bending moment z
TCODE,7 =1
I
VUGRID
POSIT
RS

number
FORCEXR
RS
Force x real/magnitude
SHEARYR
RS
Shear force y real/magnitude
SHEARZR
RS
shear force z real/magnitude
10
TORSINR
RS
torsional moment x real/magnitude
11
BENDYR
RS
12
BENDZR
RS
bending moment z real/magnitude
13
FORCEXI
RS
Force x imaginary/phase
14
SHEARYI
RS
Shear force y imaginary/phase
15
SHEARZI
RS
shear force z imaginary/phase
16
TORSINI
RS
torsional moment x imaginary/phase
17
BENDYI
RS
18
BENDZI
RS
bending moment z imaginary/phase

grid
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =192
2
CVINT
UNDEF
ELTYPE =193
2
ELTYPE =195
Main Index
Not used
QUADFR -- EMAS
UNDEF
ELTYPE =194
2
none
none
Not used
TRIAFR -- EMAS
UNDEF
none
Not used
LINEFR -- EMAS
376
OEF
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =196
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
VUHBDY
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =200
CWELD
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
none
CNVPEL
ELTYPE =199
2
Not used
GMINTS
ELTYPE =198
2
none
Description
LINXFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =197
2
Type
Real / Imaginary
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
Torque -- real part
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS

part
OEF 377
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
BM2BI
RS

part
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =202
2
Nonlinear hyperelastic HEXA4FD

UNDEF
ELTYPE =203
2
none
Not used
Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? See also ELTYPE=116

UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =204
2
ELTYPE =205
2
ELTYPE =206
2
Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format (TRIA3FD)

Gauss
UNDEF
ELTYPE =207
2
none
Not used
Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format

(HEXAFD) Gauss
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =208
2
ELTYPE =209
2
ELTYPE =210
2
ELTYPE =211
2
ELTYPE =212
2
ELTYPE =213
2
ELTYPE =214
Main Index
378
OEF
Word
2
Name
Type
Description
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =215
2
ELTYPE =216
2
ELTYPE =217
2

Grid
UNDEF
ELTYPE =218
2
none
Not used

(HEXAFD) Grid
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =219
2
ELTYPE =220
2
ELTYPE =221
2
ELTYPE =222
2
ELTYPE =223
2
ELTYPE =224
2
Nonlinear ELAS1
UNDEF
ELTYPE =225
2
UNDEF
none
Not used
Nonlinear BUSH
UNDEF
ELTYPE =232
Main Index
Not used
Nonlinear ELAS3
ELTYPE =226
2
none
none
Not used
Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR

CHAR4
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS

-1
Theory
Lamina number
OEF 379
Word
Name
FMAX
RS
FFLAG
CHAR4
ELTYPE =233
Main Index
Type
Description
Failure flag
Composite triangular shell element (CTRIAR)
THEORY(2)
CHAR4
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS

-1
FMAX
RS
FFLAG
CHAR4
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
ELTYPE =235
Quadrilateral plate element for center punch (CQUADR)
TCODE,7 =1
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS

part
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
Bending moment in xy -- real/ magnitude

part
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
MXI
RS
Membrane force in x -- magnitude/ phase

part
10
MYI
RS
Membrane force in y -- magnitude/ phase

part
11
MXYI
RS
Membrane force in xy -- imaginary/ phase

part
12
BMXI
RS
Bending moment in x -- imaginary/ phase

part
13
BMYI
RS
Bending moment in y -- imaginary/ phase

part
380
OEF
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
BMXYI
RS
Bending moment in xy -- imaginary/ phase

part
15
TXI
RS
16
TYI
RS
TCODE,7 =
Word
Name
Type
Description
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
TX
RS
Shear force in x
TY
RS
Shear force in y
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =236
Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)
TCODE,7 =1
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS

part
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
Bending moment in xy -- real/ magnitude

part
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
MXI
RS
Membrane force in x -- magnitude/-phase

part
10
MYI
RS
Membrane force in y -- magnitude/ phase

part
11
MXYI
RS
Membrane force in xy -- magnitude/ phase

part
12
BMXI
RS
Bending moment in x -- magnitude/ phase

part
OEF 381
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
BMYI
RS
Bending moment in y -- imaginary/ phase

part
14
BMXYI
RS
Bending moment in xy - imaginary/ phase

part
15
TXI
RS
16
TYI
RS
TCODE,7 =
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
TX
RS
Shear force in x
TY
RS
Shear force in y
End TCODE,7
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
Record 5 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
UNDEF(5 )
WORD6
Note:
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
ORed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
1. The RECORD=IDENT and DATA pair is repeated for each subcase.

2. For CDAMPi and CVISC elements, force output is only available in frequency
response.
3. For composite elements, ELTYPEs 95 through 98, OEF contains composite failure
indices and the DATA record is repeated for each ply as well as each element. Also,
EID=-1, then OFP module prints a blank line.
Main Index
382
OEF
Main Index
Ch. 4: Data BlocksMSC Nastran DMAP Programmer
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
Data block name
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)
Device code + 10*approach code (For

Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
Table code
ELTYPE(C)
Element type
SUBCASE
Load set number
TCODE,1 =1
Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01
Statics
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =02
Not used
Real eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE,4 =03
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
Mode number
Differential stiffness
ACODE,4 =04
Main Index
Type
Load set number

Not used
LSDVMN
Load set number
384
OES
Word
6
Name
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =05
Type
none
Description
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
Buckling phase 0 (pre-buckling)
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =08
Buckling phase 1 (post-buckling)
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
Eigenvalue (imaginary)
ACODE,4 =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
Old geometric nonlinear statics
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =12
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time step?
Not used
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
End TCODE,1
Main Index
Sort 2
Load set, mode number, time step, etc.
Not used
OES 385
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADSET
Load set number or zero or random code

FCODE
Format code
10
NUMWDE(C)
Number of words per entry in DATA

record
11
SCODE(C)
Stress/strain code
12
UNDEF(11 )
23
THERMAL(C)
24
UNDEF(27 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
none
I
none
Not used
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
SORTCODE=1
1
Type
Sort 1 -- SortCode=((TCODE/1000)+2)/2
I
EKEY
TCODE,1 =02
Sort 2
ACODE/10=01
Analysis type
Description
Device code + 10*point identification
number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FREQ
RS
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
Main Index
Frequency
386
OES
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
TIME
RS
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FQTS
RS
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
Time step
ACODE,4 =07
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
ACODE,4 =11
1
ACODE,4 =12
1
End ACODE,4
End ACODE/10
THERMAL =1
Main Index
Thermal data
SIDEID
Side identification number
HBDYID
Hbdy identification number
CNVCEF
RS
Convection coefficient or '-1'
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FCONV
RS
Convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
THERMAL =00
ELTYPE =00
Grid -- OES1G table

I
MATID
NX1
RS
Normal in x at d1
NY1
RS
Normal in y at d1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at d1
OES 387
Word
Name
Type
Description
SA1
RS
Theta (shear angle) at d1
MJRP1
RS
Major principal at d1
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal at d1
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at d1
10
PCODE
11
NX2
RS
Normal in x at d2
12
NY2
RS
Normal in y at d2
13
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at d2
14
SA2
RS
Theta (shear angle) at d2
15
MJRP2
RS
Major principal at d2
16
MNRP2
RS
Minor principal at d2
17
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at d2
10*interpolation points + projection code
ELTYPE =01
Rod element (CROD)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AE
RS
Axial strain
MSA
RS
Axial safety margin*
TE
RS
Torsional strain
MST
RS
Torsional safety margin*
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
AER
RS
Axial strain
AEI
RS
Axial strain
TER
RS
Torsional strain
TEI
RS
Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AE
RS
Axial strain
TE
RS
Torsional strain
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AS
RS
Axial stress
MSA
RS
TS
RS
Torsional stress
388
OES
Word
5
Name
Type
RS
MST
TCODE,7 =1
Description
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial stress
ASI
RS
Axial stress
TSR
RS
Torsional stress
TSI
RS
Torsional stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TS
RS
Torsional stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =02
Beam element (CBEAM)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station distance/length
EXC
RS
Long. Strain at point C
EXD
RS
Long. Strain at point D
EXE
RS
Long. Strain at point E
EXF
RS
Long. Strain at point F
EMAX
RS
Maximum stress
EMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MST
RS
Margin of safety in tension
11
MSC
RS
Margin of safety in compression
External grid point identification number

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
SD
RS
ERCR
RS
EXDR
RS
EXER
RS
EXFR
RS
EXCI
RS
OES 389
Word
Name
Type
Description
EXDI
RS
10
EXEI
RS
11
EXFI
RS
Long. Strain at Point F

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
GRID
SD
RS
EXC
RS
EXD
RS
EXE
RS
EXF
RS

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
SD
RS
SXC
RS
Long. Stress at point C
SXD
RS
Long. Stress at point D
SXE
RS
Long. Stress at point E
SXF
RS
Long. Stress at point F
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MST
RS
11
MSC
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
SD
RS
SRCR
RS
SXDR
RS
SXER
RS
SXFR
RS
390
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
SXCI
RS
SXDI
RS
10
SXEI
RS
11
SXFI
RS

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
GRID
SD
RS
SXC
RS
SXD
RS
SXE
RS
SXF
RS

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =03
Tube element (CTUBE)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AE
RS
Axial strain
MSA
RS
TE
RS
Torsional strain
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
AER
RS
Axial strain
AEI
RS
Axial strain
TER
RS
Torsional strain
TEI
RS
Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AE
RS
Axial strain
TE
RS
Torsional strain
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
OES 391
Word
Name
Type
Description
AS
RS
Axial stress
MSA
RS
TS
RS
Torsional stress
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial stress
ASI
RS
Axial stress
TSR
RS
Torsional stress
TSI
RS
Torsional stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TS
RS
Torsional stress
ETMAXI
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVGR
RS
Average shear
ETAVGI
RS
Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =04
Shear panel element (CSHEAR)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
ETMAX
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVG
RS
Average shear
MS
RS
Safety margin*
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ETMAXR
RS
Maximum shear
ETMAXI
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVGR
RS
Average shear
ETAVGI
RS
Average shear
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
ETMAX
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVG
RS
Average shear
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Stress
392
OES
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0
Type
Description
Real
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
TAVG
RS
Average shear
MS
RS
Safety margin*
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TMAXR
RS
Maximum shear
TMAXI
RS
Maximum shear
TAVGR
RS
Average shear
TAVGI
RS
Average shear
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
TAVG
RS
Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =05
2
FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower
stiffness)
ELTYPE =06
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
PLOADX1 (follower stiffness)

none
UNDEF
Not used
PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness)

none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =10
Rod element connection and property (CONROD)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AE
RS
Axial strain
MSA
RS
TE
RS
Torsional strain
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
PLOAD4 (follower stiffness)
ELTYPE =09
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =08
2
Not used
Unused
ELTYPE =07
2
none
UNDEF
Real / Imaginary
OES 393
Word
Name
Type
Description
AER
RS
Axial strain
AEI
RS
Axial strain
TER
RS
Torsional strain
TEI
RS
Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AE
RS
Axial strain
TE
RS
Torsional strain
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AS
RS
Axial stress
MSA
RS
TS
RS
Torsional stress
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial stress
ASI
RS
Axial stress
TSR
RS
Torsional stress
TSI
RS
Torsional stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TS
RS
Torsional stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =11
Scalar spring element (CELAS1)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain or random response
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Real
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ER
RS
EI
RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Stress
394
OES
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
2
Type
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Description
Stress
Real / Imaginary
SR
RS
Stress
SI
RS
Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =12
Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ER
RS
EI
RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Stress
Real/Imaginary
SR
RS
Stress
SI
RS
Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =13
Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ER
RS
EI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
OES 395
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
Stress
SR
RS
Stress
SI
RS
Stress
2
TCODE,7 =1
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =14
2
Scalar spring element to scalar points only with properties

(CELAS4)
ELTYPE =15
2
Not used
unused (pre-V69 QUAD1 Same as TRIA1)

none
UNDEF
Not used
Scalar damper (CDAMP1)

none
UNDEF
Not used
Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2)

none
UNDEF
Not used
Scalar damper to scalar points only (CDAMP3)

none
UNDEF
Not used
Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties

(CDAMP4)
none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =24
Viscous damper (CVISC)
TCODE,7 =0
Real
UNDEF
TCODE,7 =1
2
Main Index
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =23
2
Not used
unused (pre-V69 QUAD2 Same as TRIA1)
ELTYPE =22
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =21
2
Not used
unused (pre-V69 TRIA2 Same as TRIA1)
ELTYPE =20
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =19
2
Not used
AEROBEAM
ELTYPE =18
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =17
2
Not used
AEROT3
ELTYPE =16
2
none
UNDEF
none
Not used
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial Stress
396
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
ASI
RS
Axial Stress
TAUR
RS
Torque
TAUI
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TAU
RS
Torque
UNDEF
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25
2
Scalar mass (CMASS1)
ELTYPE =26
2
Main Index
none
UNDEF
Not used
Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1)

none
UNDEF
Not used
Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form (CONM2)

none
UNDEF
Not used
Dummy plot element (PLOTEL)

none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =32
2
Not used
Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties (CMASS4)
ELTYPE =31
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =30
2
Not used
Scalar mass to scalar points only (CMASS3)
ELTYPE =29
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =28
2
Not used
Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2)
ELTYPE =27
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
Unused
none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =33
Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EA1
RS
Theta (shear angle) at Z1
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
OES 397
Word
Name
Description
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
EMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
EA2
RS
15
EMJRP2
RS
16
EMNRP2
RS
17
EMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
EXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
EXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Type
Random Responses
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
398
OES
Word
9
Name
Type
TXY2
Description
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
SA1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
SMNRP1
RS
SMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
SA2
RS
15
SMJRP2
RS
16
SMNRP2
RS
17
SMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
OES 399
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =34
Simple beam element (CBAR; see also ELTYPE=100)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
EX1A
RS
SA1
EX2A
RS
SA2
EX3A
RS
SA3
EX4A
RS
SA4
AE
RS
Axial
EBMAXA
RS
SA maximum
EBMINA
RS
SA minimum
MST
RS
Safety margin in tension*
10
EXIB
RS
SB1
11
EX2B
RS
SB2
12
EX3B
RS
SB3
13
EX4B
RS
SB4
14
EBMAXB
RS
SB maximum
15
EBMINB
RS
SB minimum
16
MSC
RS
Safety margin in comp*
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
EX1AR
RS
SA1
EX2AR
RS
SA2
EX3AR
RS
SA3
EX4AR
RS
SA4
AER
RS
Axial
EX1AI
RS
SA1
EX2AI
RS
SA2
EX3AI
RS
SA3
10
EX4AI
RS
SA4
11
AEI
RS
Axial
400
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
EX1BR
RS
SB1
13
EX2BR
RS
SB2
14
EX3BR
RS
SB3
15
EX4BR
RS
SB4
16
EX1BI
RS
SB1
17
EX2BI
RS
SB2
18
EX3BI
RS
SB3
19
EX4BI
RS
SB4
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
EX1A
RS
SA1
EX2A
RS
SA2
EX3A
RS
SA3
EX4A
RS
SA4
AE
RS
Axial
EX1B
RS
SB1
EX2B
RS
SB2
EX3B
RS
SB3
10
EX4B
RS
SB4
13
SX2BR
RS
SB2
14
SX3BR
RS
SB3
15
SX4BR
RS
SB4
16
SX1BI
RS
SB1
17
SX2BI
RS
SB2
18
SX3BI
RS
SB3
19
SX4BI
RS
SB4
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
SX1A
RS
SA1
SX2A
RS
SA2
SX3A
RS
SA3
SX4A
RS
SA4
AS
RS
Axial
OES 401
Word
Name
Description
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
MST
RS
Safety margin in tension
10
SXIB
RS
SB1
11
SX2B
RS
SB2
12
SX3B
RS
SB3
13
SX4B
RS
SB4
14
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
15
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
16
MSC
RS
Safety margin in comp*
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
SX1AR
RS
SA1
SX2AR
RS
SA2
SX3AR
RS
SA3
SX4AR
RS
SA4
ASR
RS
Axial
SX1AI
RS
SA1
SX2AI
RS
SA2
SX3AI
RS
SA3
10
SX4AI
RS
SA4
11
ASI
RS
Axial
12
SX1BR
RS
SB1
13
SX2BR
RS
SB2
14
SX3BR
RS
SB3
15
SX4BR
RS
SB4
16
SX1BI
RS
SB1
17
SX2BI
RS
SB2
18
SX3BI
RS
SB3
19
SX4BI
RS
SB4
TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Type
Random responses
SX1A
RS
SA1
SX2A
RS
SA2
SX3A
RS
SA3
402
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
SX4A
SA4
AS
RS
Axial
SX1B
RS
SB1
SX2B
RS
SB2
SX3B
RS
SB3
10
SX4B
RS
SB4
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =35
Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
HOPA
RS
FD1
RS
Z1=Fibre distance
EU1
RS
Normal in u at z1
EV1
RS
Normal in v at z1
ET1
RS
Shear in uv at z1
A1
RS
Theta (shear angle) at z1
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at z1
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at z1
10
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at z1
11
FD2
RS
Z2=Fibre sistance
12
EU2
RS
Normal in u at z2
13
EV2
RS
Normal in v at z2
14
ET2
RS
Shear in uv at z2
15
A2
RS
16
EMJRP2
RS
17
EMNRP2
RS
18
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at z2
TCODE,7 =1
2
Real / Imaginary
none
UNDEF
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Not used
OES 403
Word
Name
Type
Description
HOPA
RS
FD1
RS
Z1=Fibre distance
SU1
RS
Normal in u at z1
SV1
RS
Normal in v at z1
ST1
RS
Shear in uv at z1
A1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
SMNRP1
RS
10
STMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at z1
11
FD2
RS
Z2=Fibre distance
12
SU2
RS
Normal in u at z2
13
SV2
RS
Normal in v at z2
14
ST2
RS
Shear in uv at z2
15
A2
RS
16
SMJRP2
RS
17
SMNRP2
RS
18
STMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at z2
TCODE,7 =1
2
Real / Imaginary
UNDEF
TCODE,7 =2
2
none
Not used
Random Responses
UNDEF
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =36
2

UNDEF
ELTYPE =37
2
Not used

UNDEF
ELTYPE =38
Main Index
none
none
Not used
Gap element (CGAP)
FX
RS
SFY
RS
SFZ
RS
RS
RS
404
OES
Word
Name
Type
RS
SV
RS
SW
RS
ELTYPE =39
Tetra
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
Coordinate Type (BCD)
NODEF
Number of Active Points
GRID
External grid identification number

(0=center)
EX
RS
Normal in x
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
EP1
RS
First principal stress
P1X
RS
First principal x cosine
10
P2X
RS
Second principal x cosine
11
P3X
RS
Third principal x cosine
12
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
13
EOCT
RS
Octahedral shear stress
14
EY
RS
Normal in y
15
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
EP2
RS
Second principal stress
17
P1Y
RS
First principal y cosine
18
P2Y
RS
Second principal y cosine
19
P3Y
RS
Third principal y cosine
20
EZ
RS
Normal in z
21
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
EP3
RS
Third principal stress
23
P1Z
RS
First principal z cosine
24
P2Z
RS
Second principal z cosine
25
P3Z
RS
Third principal z cosine

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Description
Real / Imaginary
Stress Coordinate System
OES 405
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
Stress coordinate system
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
Number of active points
GRID

(0=center)
EXR
RS
Normal in x
EYR
RS
Normal in y
EZR
RS
Normal in z
ETXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
EXI
RS
Normal in x
13
EYI
RS
Normal in y
14
EZI
RS
Normal in z
15
ETXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
ETYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
ETZXI
RS
Shear in zx
Coordinate system type (BCD)

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
EX
RS
Normal in x
EY
RS
Normal in y
EZ
RS
Normal in z
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Stress

406
OES
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0
Type
Description
Real
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
Coordinate type (BCD)
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
SX
RS
Normal in x
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
P1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
PR
RS
Mean pressure
13
OCT
RS
14
SY
RS
Normal in y
15
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
P2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
SZ
RS
Normal in z
21
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
P3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
CID

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
Number of Active Points
GRID

(0=center)
Stress Coordinate System

Coordinate System Type (BCD)
OES 407
Word
Name
Type
Description
SXR
RS
Normal in x
SYR
RS
Normal in y
SZR
RS
Normal in z
TXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
SXI
RS
Normal in x
13
SYI
RS
Normal in y
14
SZI
RS
Normal in z
15
TXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
TYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
TZXI
RS
Shear in zx

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
SX
RS
Normal in x
SY
RS
Normal in y
SZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZX
RS
Shear in zx

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =40
Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FE
RS
Element force
UE
RS
Axial displacement
VE
RS
Axial velocity*
AS
RS
Axial stress*
408
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
AE
RS
Axial strain*
EP
RS
Plastic strain*
FAIL
TCODE,7 =1
Failed element flag
Real / Imaginary
FER
RS
Element force
UER
RS
Axial displacement
ASR
RS
Axial stress*
AER
RS
Axial strain*
FEI
RS
Element force
UEI
RS
Axial displacement
ASI
RS
Axial stress*
AEI
RS
Axial strain*
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
FE
RS
Element force
UE
RS
Axial displacement
AS
RS
Axial stress*
AE
RS
Axial strain*
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMRPJ2
RS
18
EMNRP2
RS
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =41
2

UNDEF
ELTYPE =42
2
ELTYPE =43
Main Index
none
Not used

UNDEF
none
Not used
OES 409
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =44
2
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used

UNDEF
ELTYPE =46
2
none
Description
ELTYPE =45
2
Type
none
Not used
Cflmass
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =47
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RA
RS
Radial axis
AA
RS
Axial axis
TE
RS
Tangential edge
CE
RS
Circumferential edge
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
RAR
RS
Radial axis
AAR
RS
Axial axis
TER
RS
Tangential edge
CER
RS
RAI
RS
Radial axis
AAI
RS
Axial axis
TEI
RS
Tangential edge
CEI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =48
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
CC
RS
Circumferential centroid
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1
RS
Circumferential edge 1
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2
RS
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
410
OES
Word
10
Name
CE3
TCODE,7 =1
Type
RS
Description
Real / Imaginary
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
CCR
RS
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1R
RS
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2R
RS
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
10
CE3R
RS
11
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
12
CCI
RS
13
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
14
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
15
CE1I
RS
16
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
17
CE2I
RS
18
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
19
CE3I
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =49
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
CC
RS
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1
RS
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2
RS
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
10
CE3
RS
11
TE4
RS
Tangential edge 4
OES 411
Word
12
Name
CE4
TCODE,7 =1
Type
RS
Description
Real / Imaginary
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
CCR
RS
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1R
RS
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2R
RS
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
10
CE3R
RS
11
TE4R
RS
Tangential edge 4
12
CE4R
RS
13
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
14
CCI
RS
15
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
16
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
17
CE1I
RS
18
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
19
CE2I
RS
20
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
21
CE3I
RS
22
TE4I
RS
Tangential edge 4
23
CE4I
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =50
Three-point slot element (CSLOT3)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
412
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
ACI
RS
Axial centroid
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
10
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
11
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =51
Four-point slot element (CSLOT4)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
TE4
RS
Tangential edge 4
TCODE,7 =1
2
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
TE4R
RS
Tangential edge 4
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
ACI
RS
Axial centroid
10
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
11
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
12
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
13
TE4I
RS
Tangential edge 4
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
OES 413
Word
Name
ELTYPE =52
2
Type
Description
Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP

none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =53
Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2

I
LOC
RS
RS
Radial stress
AZS
RS
Azimuthal stress
AS
RS
Axial stress
SS
RS
Shear stress
MAXP
RS
Maximum principal
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
OCTS
RS
Octahedral
Location code

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
LOC
RSR
RS
Radial stress ?
RSI
RS
Radial stress ?
AZSR
RS
Azimuthal stress ?
AZSI
RS
Azimuthal stress ?
ASR
RS
Axial stress ?
ASI
RS
Axial Stress ?
SSR
RS
Shear stress ?
10
SSI
RS
Shear stress ?
Location code ?

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =54
2
Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6)

Not used
ELTYPE =55
Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)
TCODE,7 =0
Real
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
none
UNDEF
RS
User defined
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
414
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56
Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57
Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58
Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59
Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60
Main Index
Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or CDUM8)
RS
X coordinate
RS
Y coordinate
SX
RS
Normal X
OES 415
Word
Name
Description
SY
RS
Normal Y
TXY
RS
Shear XY
KI
RS
Stress intensity factor KI
KII
RS
Stress intensity factor KII
S8
RS
10
S9
RS
ELTYPE =61
Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or CDUM9)
RS
Normal X
RS
Normal Y
RS
Normal Z
TXY
RS
Shear XY
TYZ
RS
Shear YZ
TZX
RS
Shear ZX
KI
RS
Stress intensity factor KI
KII
RS
Stress intensity factor KII
10
KIII
RS
Stress intensity factor KIII
ELTYPE =62
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =63
Main Index
Type
Not used

none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =64
Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
10
EMNRP1
RS
"CEN"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
416
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMRPJ2
RS
18
EMNRP2
RS
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"

TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
"CENTER"
OES 417
Word
Name
Type
Description
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
10
SMNRP1
RS
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
SMJRP2
RS
18
SMNRP2
RS
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
"CEN"
418
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Number active grids identification numbers


TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index

OES 419
Word
Name
ELTYPE =65
2
none
UNDEF
Not used

none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =67
Hexa
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
Not used
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
EX
RS
Normal in x
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
EP1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
13
EOCT
RS
14
EY
RS
Normal in y
15
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
EP2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
EZ
RS
Normal in z
21
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
EP3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
Main Index
Description
ELTYPE =66
2
Type

Coordinate type
420
OES
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
Real / Imaginary
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
EXR
RS
Normal in x
EYR
RS
Normal in y
EZR
RS
Normal in z
ETXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
EXI
RS
Normal in x
13
EYI
RS
Normal in y
14
EZI
RS
Normal in z
15
ETXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
ETYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
ETZXI
RS
Shear in zx
CID

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
EX
RS
Normal in x
EY
RS
Normal in y
EZ
RS
Normal in z
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID

End TCODE,7
Main Index
OES 421
Word
Name
Type
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
Description
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
SX
RS
Normal in x
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
P1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
PR
RS
Mean pressure
13
OCT
RS
14
SY
RS
Normal in y
15
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
P2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
SZ
RS
Normal in z
21
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
P3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS

Coordinate type

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
CID
3
4
422
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRID
SXR
RS
Normal in x
SYR
RS
Normal in y
SZR
RS
Normal in z
TXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
SXI
RS
Normal in x
13
SYI
RS
Normal in y
14
SZI
RS
Normal in z
15
TXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
TYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
TZXI
RS
Shear in zx

(0=center)

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
SX
RS
Normal in x
SY
RS
Normal in y
SZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =68
Penta
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
OES 423
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
EX
RS
Normal in x
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
EP1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
13
EOCT
RS
14
EY
RS
Normal in y
15
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
EP2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
EZ
RS
Normal in z
21
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
EP3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
Coordinate Type

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
EXR
RS
CID
Normal in x
424
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
EYR
RS
Normal in y
EZR
RS
Normal in z
ETXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
EXI
RS
Normal in x
13
EYI
RS
Normal in y
14
EZI
RS
Normal in z
15
ETXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
ETYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
ETZXI
RS
Shear in zx

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
EX
RS
Normal in x
EY
RS
Normal in y
EZ
RS
Normal in z
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID

End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
Coordinate type (BCD)
NODEF
CID
3
4
OES 425
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
GRID

(0=center)
SX
RS
Normal in x
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
P1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
PR
RS
Mean pressure
13
OCT
RS
14
SY
RS
Normal in y
15
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
P2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
SZ
RS
Normal in z
21
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
P3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
SXR
RS
Normal in x
SYR
RS
Normal in y
SZR
RS
Normal in z
TXYR
RS
Shear in xy

426
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
10
TYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
SXI
RS
Normal in x
13
SYI
RS
Normal in y
14
SZI
RS
Normal in z
15
TXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
TYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
TZXI
RS
Shear in zx

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID

(0=center)
SX
RS
Normal in x
SY
RS
Normal in y
SZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =69
Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
CA
RS
Circumferential angle
EC
RS
ED
RS
EE
RS
EF
RS
OES 427
Word
Name
Type
Description
EMAX
RS
Maximum strain
EMIN
RS
Minimum strain
10
MST
RS
11
MSC
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
CA
RS
ECR
RS
EDR
RS
EER
RS
EFR
RS
ECI
RS
Long. Strain at Point C
EDI
RS
10
EEI
RS
11
EFI
RS

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
GRID
CA
RS
EC
RS
ED
RS
EE
RS
EF
RS

End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
CA
RS
SC
RS
SD
RS
SE
RS
428
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
SF
RS
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MST
RS
11
MSC
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
CA
RS
SCR
RS
SDR
RS
SER
RS
SFR
RS
SCI
RS
SDI
RS
Long. stress at point D
10
SEI
RS
11
SFI
RS

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
I
GRID
CA
RS
SC
RS
SD
RS
SE
RS
SF
RS
External Grid Point identification number

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =70
Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Main Index
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
OES 429
Word
Name
Type
Description

GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
10
EMNRP1
RS
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMJRP2
RS
18
EMNRP2
RS
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
"CENTER"
430
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"

End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
10
MNRP1
RS
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
"CEN"
OES 431
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
MJRP2
RS
18
MNRP2
RS
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2


TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1

432
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =71
2
Unused
ELTYPE =72
2
Main Index
Not used
AEROQ4
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =73
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)

none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =74
Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EA1
RS
Theta ( shear angle ) at Z1
EMJRP1
RS
EMNRP1
RS
EMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
EA2
RS
15
EMJRP2
RS
16
EMNRP2
RS
17
EMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
OES 433
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
EXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
EXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
EXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
SA1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
434
OES
Word
Name
Description
SMNRP1
RS
SMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
SA2
RS
15
SMJRP2
RS
16
SMNRP2
RS
17
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Type
Random Responses
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre Distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre Distance
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
OES 435
Word
9
Name
Type
RS
TXY2
Description
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =75
Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
10
EMNRP1
RS
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMJRP2
RS
18
EMNRP2
RS
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
"CEN"

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
"CENTER"
436
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"

End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
"CEN"
OES 437
Word
Name
Type
Description
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
10
SMNRP1
RS
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
SMJRP2
RS
18
SMNRP2
RS
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

438
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =76
2
Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element

(CHEXA)
ELTYPE =77
2
Not used
Undef
none
UNDEF
Not used
Undef
none
UNDEF
Not used
Undef
none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =82
Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Main Index
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =81
2
Not used
Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid element

(CTETRA)
ELTYPE =80
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =79
2
Not used
Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid element

(CPENTA)
ELTYPE =78
2
none
UNDEF
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
OES 439
Word
Name
Type
Description

GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
10
EMNRP1
RS
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMJRP2
RS
18
EMNRP2
RS
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
"CENTER"
440
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"

End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
10
MNRP1
RS
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
"CEN"
OES 441
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
MJRP2
RS
18
MNRP2
RS
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2


TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1

442
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =83
2
Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =84
2
Not used
Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =85
none
Not used
TETRA -- Nonlinear
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
Number of active GRID points
GRID
Grid / Gauss
SX
RS
Stress in x
SY
RS
Stress in y
SZ
RS
Stress in z
SXY
RS
Stress in xy
SYZ
RS
Stress in yz
10
SZX
RS
Stress in zx
11
SE
RS
Equivalent stress
12
EPS
RS
Effective plastic strain
13
ECS
RS
Effective creep strain
14
EX
RS
Strain in x
15
EY
RS
Strain in y
16
EZ
RS
Strain in z
17
EXY
RS
Strain in xy
18
EYZ
RS
Strain in yz
19
EZX
RS
Strain in zx
Main Index
none
OES 443
Word
Name
ELTYPE =86
Type
Description
GAP -- Nonlinear
CPX
RS
Comp x
SHY
RS
Shear in y
SHZ
RS
Shear in z
AU
RS
Axial in u
SHV
RS
Shear in v
SHW
RS
Shear in w
SLV
RS
Slip in v
SLP
RS
Slip in w
10
FORM1
CHAR4
no definition
11
FORM2
CHAR4
no definition
ELTYPE =87
Nonlinear tube element (CTUBE)
AS
RS
Axial Stress
SE
RS
Equivalent Stress
TE
RS
Total Strain
EPS
RS
Effective Plastic strain
ECS
RS
Effective Creep strain
LTS
RS
Linear torsional stress
ELTYPE =88
TRIA3 -- Nonlinear (Same as QUAD4)
NUMWDE =13
2
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1
ECS1
RS
Effective creep strain at Z1
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
444
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
TXY1
RS
ES
RS
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
13
ETXY1
RS
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
18
TXY2
RS
19
ES
RS
20
EPS2
RS
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
25
ETXY2
RS
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =89
2
AS
RS
Axial Stress
SE
RS
Equivalent Stress
TE
RS
Total Strain
EPS
RS
ECS
RS
LTS
RS
ELTYPE =90
Main Index
Nonlinear rod element (CROD)
QUAD4 -- Nonlinear
OES 445
Word
Name
Type
Description
NUMWDE =13
2
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
ES
RS
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
TXY1
RS
ES
RS
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
13
ETXY1
RS
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
18
TXY2
RS
19
ES
RS
20
EPS2
RS
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
446
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
25
ETXY2
RS
Not used
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =91
Nonlinear five-sided solid element (CPENTA)
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
Number of active GRID points
GRID
Extermal Grid identification number; 0 =

Center
SX
RS
Stress in x
SY
RS
Stress in y
SZ
RS
Stress in z
SXY
RS
Stress in xy
SYZ
RS
Stress in yz
10
SZX
RS
Stress in zx
11
SE
RS
Equivalent stress
12
EPS
RS
Equivalent plastic strain
13
ECS
RS
14
EX
RS
Strain in x
15
EY
RS
Strain in y
16
EZ
RS
Strain in z
17
EXY
RS
Strain in xy
18
EYZ
RS
Strain in yz
19
EZX
RS
Strain in zx
Grid or Gauss

ELTYPE =92
Main Index
Nonlinear rod element connection and property (CONROD)
AS
RS
Axial Stress
SE
RS
Equivalent Stress
TE
RS
Total Strain
EPS
RS
ECS
RS
OES 447
Word
7
Name
LTS
ELTYPE =93
Type
RS
Description
Nonlinear six-sided solid element (CHEXA)
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
Extermal Grid identification number; 0 =

Center
SX
RS
Stress in x
SY
RS
Stress in y
SZ
RS
Stress in z
SXY
RS
Stress in xy
SYZ
RS
Stress in yz
10
SZX
RS
Stress in zx
11
SE
RS
Equivalent stress
12
EPS
RS
Equivalent plastic strain
13
ECS
RS
14
EX
RS
Strain in x
15
EY
RS
Strain in y
16
EZ
RS
Strain in z
17
EXY
RS
Strain in xy
18
EYZ
RS
Strain in yz
19
EZX
RS
Strain in zx
Grid or Gauss

ELTYPE =94
Main Index
Nonlinear beam element (CBEAM)
GRIDA
LOCCA
CHAR4
NSXCA
RS
Long. Stress at point C at end A
NSECA
RS
Equivalent Stress at end A
TECA
RS
Total Strain at end A
EPECA
RS
Effective Plastic strain at end A
ECECA
RS
Effective Creep strain at end A
LOCDA
CHAR4
10
NSXDA
RS
External Grid point identification number at

end A
'C' at end A
'D' at end A
Long. Stress at point D at end A
448
OES
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
11
NSEDA
RS
12
TEDA
RS
13
EPEDA
RS
14
ECEDA
RS
15
LOCEA
CHAR4
16
NSXEA
RS
Long. Stress at point E at end A
17
NSEEA
RS
18
TEEA
RS
19
EPEEA
RS
20
ECEEA
RS
21
LOCFA
CHAR4
22
NSXFA
RS
Long. Stress at point F at end A
23
NSEFA
RS
24
TEFA
RS
25
EPEFA
RS
26
ECEFA
RS
27
GRIDB
28
LOCCB
CHAR4
29
NSXCB
RS
Long. Stress at point C at end B
30
NSECB
RS
Equivalent Stress at end B
31
TECB
RS
Total Strain at end B
32
EPECB
RS
Effective Plastic strain at end B
33
ECECB
RS
Effective Creep strain at end B
34
LOCDB
CHAR4
35
NSXDB
RS
Long. Stress at point D at end B
36
NSEDB
RS
37
TEDB
RS
38
EPEDB
RS
39
ECEDB
RS
40
LOCEB
CHAR4
41
NSXEB
RS
Long. Stress at point E at end B
42
NSEEB
RS
'E' at end A
'F at end A
External Grid point identification number at

end B
'C' at end B
'D' at end B
'E' at end B
OES 449
Word
Name
Description
43
TEEB
RS
44
EPEEB
RS
45
ECEEB
RS
46
LOCFB
CHAR4
47
NSXFB
RS
Long. Stress at point F at end B
48
NSEFB
RS
49
TEFB
RS
50
EPEFB
RS
51
ECEFB
RS
'F' at end B
ELTYPE =95
QUAD4 composite
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
von Mises or Maximum shear
SCODE,6 =01
Lamina Number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
End SCODE,6
Main Index
Type
Lamina Number
450
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE =96
QUAD8 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Lamina Number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
Lamina Number
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =97
TRIA3 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
Lamina Number
OES 451
Word
Name
Type
Description
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
Lamina Number
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =98
TRIA6 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Lamina Number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
Lamina Number
452
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =99
2
Undef
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =100
Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with CBARAO or

PLOAD1)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
SD
RS
% along bar for output
EXC
RS
Strain at point c
EXD
RS
Strain at point d
EXE
RS
Strain at point e
EXF
RS
Strain at point f
AE
RS
Axial strain
EMAX
RS
Maximum strain
EMIN
RS
Minimum strain
10
MS
RS
Margin of Safety
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
Real / Imaginary
SD
RS
EXCR
RS
Strain at point c
EXDR
RS
Strain at point d
EXER
RS
Strain at point e
EXFR
RS
Strain at point f
AER
RS
Axial strain
EMAXR
RS
Maximum strain
EMINR
RS
Minimum strain
10
EXCI
RS
Strain at point c
11
EXDI
RS
Strain at point d
12
EXEI
RS
Strain at point e
OES 453
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
EXFI
RS
Strain at point f
14
AEI
RS
Axial strain
15
EMAXI
RS
Maximum strain
16
EMINI
RS
Minimum strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
SD
RS
EXC
RS
Strain at point c
EXD
RS
Strain at point d
EXE
RS
Strain at point e
EXF
RS
Strain at point f
AE
RS
Axial strain
EMAX
RS
Maximum strain
EMIN
RS
Minimum strain
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
SD
RS
SXC
RS
Stress at point c
SXD
RS
Stress at point d
SXE
RS
Stress at point e
SXF
RS
Stress at point f
AS
RS
Axial stress
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MS
RS
Margin of Safety
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
SD
RS
SXCR
RS
Stress at point c
SXDR
RS
Stress at point d
SXER
RS
Stress at point e
SXFR
RS
Stress at point f
ASR
RS
Axial stress
SMAXR
RS
Maximum stress
454
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
SMINR
RS
Minimum stress
10
SXCI
RS
Stress at point c
11
SXDI
RS
Stress at point d
12
SXEI
RS
Stress at point e
13
SXFI
RS
Stress at point f
14
ASI
RS
Axial stress
15
SMAXI
RS
Maximum stress
16
SMINI
RS
Minimum stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
SD
RS
SXC
RS
Stress at point c
SXD
RS
Stress at point d
SXE
RS
Stress at point e
SXF
RS
Stress at point f
AS
RS
Axial stress
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =101
Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence (CAABSF)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
IMPED
RS
Impedance
ABSORB
RS
Absorption Coefficient
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
IMPEDR
RS
Impedance
IMPEDI
RS
Impedance
ABSORB
RS
Absorption Coefficient
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =102
Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TX
RS
Translation x
TY
RS
Translation y
TZ
RS
Translation z
OES 455
Word
Name
Type
Description
RX
RS
Rotation x
RY
RS
Rotation y
RZ
RS
Rotation z
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TXR
RS
Translation x R
TYR
RS
Translation y R
TZR
RS
Translation z R
RXR
RS
Rotation x R
RYR
RS
Rotation y R
RZR
RS
Rotation z R
TXI
RS
Translation x I
TYI
RS
Translation y I
10
TZI
RS
Translation z I
11
RXI
RS
Rotation x I
12
RYI
RS
Rotation y I
13
RZI
RS
Rotation z I
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103
2
Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =104
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP)

UNDEF
ELTYPE =110
2
Not used
Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG)
ELTYPE =109
2
none
Heat transfer boundary condition element -- (CHBDYE)
ELTYPE =108
2
Not used
Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5)
ELTYPE =107
2
none
Beam p-element (BEAMP)
ELTYPE =106
2
Not used
Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP)
ELTYPE =105
2
none
none
Not used
CONV
UNDEF
none
Not used
456
OES
Word
Name
ELTYPE =111
2
Not used
QVECT
none
UNDEF
Not used
QVOL
none
UNDEF
Not used
Radbc
none
UNDEF
Not used
Slideline contact (SLIF1D)?

none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =117
Not used
WELDC
AS
RS
Axial
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =118
WELDP
AS
RS
Axial
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =119
Main Index
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =116
2
Not used
QBDY3
ELTYPE =115
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =114
2
Not used
RADBC
ELTYPE =113
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =112
2
Description
CONVM
ELTYPE =115
2
Type
SEAM
AS
RS
Axial
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
OES 457
Word
Name
Type
Description
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =126
fastener element (CFAST)
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
Translation y R
TZR
RS
Translation z R
RXR
RS
Rotation x R
RYR
RS
Rotation y R
RZR
RS
Rotation z R
TXI
RS
Translation x I
TYI
RS
Translation y I
10
TZI
RS
Translation z I
11
RXI
RS
Rotation x I
12
RYI
RS
Rotation y I
13
RZI
RS
Rotation z I
TCODE,7 =0,2
Real or Random Responses
TX
RS
Translation x
TY
RS
Translation y
TZ
RS
Translation z
RX
RS
Rotation x
RY
RS
Rotation y
RZ
RS
Rotation z
End TCODE,7
Main Index
THERMAL =00
ELTYPE =127
CQUAD
ELTYPE =128
CQUADX
ELTYPE =129
RELUC -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =130
RES -- EMAS?
458
OES
Word
Name
Type
ELTYPE =131
TETRAE -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =132
CTRIA
ELTYPE =133
CTRIAX
ELTYPE =134
LINEOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =135
LINXOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =136
QUADOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =137
TRIAOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =138
LINEX -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =139
Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
Description
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS

ELTYPE =140
Main Index
Hyperelastic 8-noded hexahedron element linear format

(HEXAFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
OES 459
Word
Name
Type
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description

ELTYPE =141
2
Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP)
ELTYPE =142
2
Main Index
Not used
Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP)

none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =143
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP)

none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =144
Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses (QUAD144)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
A1
RS
Shear angle at z1
EMJRP1
RS
10
EMNRP1
RS
11
ETMAX1
RS
von Mises or max shear at z1
12
FD2
RS
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z2
16
A2
RS
Shear angle at z2
460
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
17
EMJRP2
RS
18
EMNRP2
RS
19
ETMRP2
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at z1
11
FD2
RS
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at z1
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at z1

TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
FD2
RS
EX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z1
OES 461
Word
Name
Type
Description

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
A1
RS
Shear angle at z1
MJRP1
RS
10
MNRP1
RS
11
TMAX1
RS
12
FD2
RS
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z2
16
A2
RS
Shear angle at z2
17
MJRP2
RS
18
MNRP2
RS
19
TMAX2
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at z1
462
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
11
FD2
RS
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at z2

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
FD2
RS
SX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z2

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =145
2
Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA)

PARENTID
NUMWDE =98
Main Index
Len=2+ 12 * No. of points
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
10
PRIN01
RS
OES 463
Word
Name
Type
11
PRIN02
RS
12
PRIN03
RS
13
MEAN
RS
14
VONOROCT
RS
Description

NUMWDE =58
Len= 2 + 7 * No. of points
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS

NUMWDE =106
Len= 2 + 13 * No. of points

I
GRIDID
XNORMR
RS
YNORMR
RS
ZNORMR
RS
TXYR
RS
TYZR
RS
TZXR
RS
10
XNORMI
RS
11
YNORMI
RS
12
ZNORMI
RS
13
TXYI
RS
14
TYZI
RS
15
TZXI
RS

End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =146
2
Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA)

PARENTID
NUMWDE =74
Main Index
464
OES
Word
Name
Type
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
10
PRIN01
RS
11
PRIN02
RS
12
PRIN03
RS
13
MEAN
RS
14
VONOROCT
RS

NUMWDE =44
3
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS

NUMWDE =80
Main Index
2 + 6*13
I
GRIDID
XNORMR
RS
YNORMR
RS
ZNORMR
RS
TXYR
RS
TYZR
RS
TZXR
RS
10
XNORMI
RS
11
YNORMI
RS
12
ZNORMI
RS
Description
OES 465
Word
Name
Type
13
TXYI
RS
14
TYZI
RS
15
TZXI
RS
Description

End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =147
2
Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA)

PARENTID
NUMWDE =50
3
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
10
PRIN01
RS
11
PRIN02
RS
12
PRIN03
RS
13
MEAN
RS
14
VONOROCT
RS

NUMWDE =30
3
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS

NUMWDE =54
Main Index
GRIDID
XNORMR
2 + 4*13
I
RS
466
OES
Word
Name
Type
YNORMR
RS
ZNORMR
RS
TXYR
RS
TYZR
RS
TZXR
RS
10
XNORMI
RS
11
YNORMI
RS
12
ZNORMI
RS
13
TXYI
RS
14
TYZI
RS
15
TZXI
RS
Description

End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =148
2
HEXAM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =149
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
TRIAPW -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =157
2
Not used
QUADPW -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =156
2
none
TRIAXM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =155
2
Not used
QUADXM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =154
2
none
TRIAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =153
2
Not used
QUADM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =152
2
none
TETRAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =151
2
Not used
PENTAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =150
2
none
none
Not used
LINEPW -- EMAS?
UNDEF
none
Not used
OES 467
Word
Name
ELTYPE =158
2
Description
QUADOBM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =159
2
Type
none
Not used
TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =160
none
Not used
Hyperelastic 5-sided 6-noded solid element (PENTAFD)

linear form?
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS

ELTYPE =161
Main Index
Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node TETR

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
468
OES
Word
Name
Type
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description

ELTYPE =162
Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (strain)

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS

ELTYPE =163
Main Index
Linear form for hyperelastic 20 node HEX

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
OES 469
Word
Name
Type
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description

ELTYPE =164
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded element (QUADFD)

Linear?
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS

ELTYPE =165
Main Index
Hyperelastic 5-sided 15-noded solid element (PENTAFD)

Linear?
TYPE
ID
CHAR4
I
470
OES
Word
Name
Type
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description

ELTYPE =166
Main Index
Linear form for hyperelastic 10 node TET

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
OES 471
Word
Name
Type
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description

ELTYPE =167
Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (plane strain)

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS

ELTYPE =168
Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (axisymm)

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS

ELTYPE =169
Main Index
Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (axisymm)
TYPE
ID
CHAR4
I
472
OES
Word
Name
Type
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
Description

ELTYPE =170
Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node QUAD (axisymm)

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS

ELTYPE =171
Linear form for hyperelastic 9 node QUAD (axisymm)

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS

ELTYPE =172
Quadr -- Nonlinear
NUMWDE =13
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
OES 473
Word
Name
Type
Description
TXY1
RS
ES
RS
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
ES
RS
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z2
18
TXY2
RS
19
ES
RS
20
EPS2
RS
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z2
25
ETXY2
RS
474
OES
Word
Name
ELTYPE =173
Type
Description
Triar -- Nonlinear (Sameas Quadr )
NUMWDE =13
2
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
ES
RS
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
ES
RS
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z2
18
TXY2
RS
19
ES
RS
OES 475
Word
Name
Type
Description
20
EPS2
RS
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z2
25
ETXY2
RS
End NUMWDE
TCODE,7 =2
7
Random Responses
UNDEF
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
angle
ITYPE
strcur =0, Fibre=1

Real
TCODE,7 =0
Main Index
flat/curved etc.
VUID

corner
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1
RS
Normal x at Z1
11
NY1
RS
Normal y at Z1
12
TXY1
RS
Shear xy at Z1
13
ANGLE1
RS
Shear angle at Z1 or n/a
14
MJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1 or n/a
15
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1 or n/a
16
MAXSV1
RS
vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a
17
NX2
RS
Normal x at Z2
18
NY2
RS
Normal y at Z2
19
TXY2
RS
Shear xy at Z2
20
ANGLE2
RS
21
MJRP2
RS
476
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
MNRP2
RS
23
MAXSV2
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1R
RS
Normal x rm at Z1
11
NX1I
RS
Normal x ip at Z1
12
NY1R
RS
Normal y rm at Z1
13
NY1I
RS
Normal y ip at Z1
14
TXY1R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z1
15
TXY1I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z1
16
NZ1R
RS
Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
17
NZ1I
RS
Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
18
TYZ1R
RS
Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
19
TYZ1I
RS
Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
20
TZX1R
RS
Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
21
TZX1I
RS
Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
22
NX2R
RS
Normal x rm at Z2
23
NX2I
RS
Normal x ip at Z2
24
NY2R
RS
Normal y rm at Z2
25
NY2I
RS
Normal y ip at Z2
26
TXY2R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z2
27
TXY2I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z2
28
NZ1R
RS
29
NZ1I
RS
30
TYZ1R
RS
31
TYZ1I
RS
32
TZX1R
RS
33
TZX1I
RS
Main Index

corner
OES 477
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE =189
Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PARENT
COORD
CID coordinate system identification

number
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE
ITYPE strcur =0, Fibre=1
TCODE,7 =0
ICORD flat/curved etc.
Real
VUID

corner
NONE(2)
Nothing
10
MSX
RS
membrane stain x
11
MSY
RS
membrane strain y
12
MXY
RS
membrane strain xy
13
NONE(3)
RS
Nothing
16
BCX
RS
bending curvature x
17
BCY
RS
bending curvature y
18
BCXY
RS
bending curvature xy
19
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
20
TZX
RS
Shear zx
21
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
VUID
UNDEF(2 )
10
MSXR
RS
membrane strain x RM
11
MSYR
RS
membrane strain y RM
12
MXYR
RS
membrane strain xy RM
13
UNDEF(3 )
16
BCXR
RS
bending curvature x RM
17
BCYR
RS
bending curvature y RM
18
BCXYR
RS
bending curvature xy RM
none
none

Not used
Not used
478
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
19
TYZR
RS
Shear yz RM
20
TZXR
RS
Shear zx RM
21
UNDEF
22
MSXI
RS
membrane strain x IP
23
MSYI
RS
membrane strain y IP
24
MXYI
RS
membrane strain xy IP
25
UNDEF(3 )
28
BCXI
RS
bending curvature x IP
29
BCYI
RS
bending curvature y IP
30
BCXYI
RS
bending curvature xy IP
31
TYZI
RS
Shear yz IP
32
TZXI
RS
Shear zx IP
33
UNDEF
none
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
PARENT
COORD

number
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE

corner
TCODE,7 =0
Main Index
Real
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1
RS
Normal x at Z1
11
NY1
RS
Normal y at Z1
12
TXY1
RS
Shear xy at Z1
13
ANGLE1
RS
14
MJRP1
RS
15
MNRP1
RS
OES 479
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
MAXSV1
RS
17
NX2
RS
Normal x at Z2
18
NY2
RS
Normal y at Z2
19
TXY2
RS
Shear xy at Z2
20
ANGLE2
RS
21
MJRP2
RS
22
MNRP2
RS
23
MAXSV2
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1R
RS
Normal x rm at Z1
11
NX1I
RS
Normal x ip at Z1
12
NY1R
RS
Normal y rm at Z1
13
NY1I
RS
Normal y ip at Z1
14
TXY1R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z1
15
TXY1I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z1
16
NZ1R
RS
17
NZ1I
RS
18
TYZ1R
RS
19
TYZ1I
RS
20
TZX1R
RS
21
TZX1I
RS
22
NX2R
RS
Normal x rm at Z2
23
NX2I
RS
Normal x ip at Z2
24
NY2R
RS
Normal y rm at Z2
25
NY2I
RS
Normal y ip at Z2
26
TXY2R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z2
27
TXY2I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z2
28
NZ1R
RS

corner
480
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
29
NZ1I
RS
30
TYZ1R
RS
31
TYZ1I
RS
32
TZX1R
RS
33
TZX1I
RS

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =190
Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PARENT
COORD

number
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE
Real
TCODE,7 =0
7
VUID

corner
NONE(2)
Nothing
10
MSX
RS
membrane stain x
11
MSY
RS
membrane strain y
12
MXY
RS
membrane strain xy
13
NONE(3)
RS
Nothing
16
BCX
RS
bending curvature x
17
BCY
RS
bending curvature y
18
BCXY
RS
bending curvature xy
19
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
20
TZX
RS
Shear zx
21
NONE(3)
RS
Nothing

TCODE,7 =1
7
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
VUID
OES 481
Word
Name
Type
none
Description
UNDEF(2 )
10
MSXR
RS
membrane strain x RM
11
MSYR
RS
membrane strain y RM
12
MXYR
RS
membrane strain xy RM
13
UNDEF(3 )
16
BCXR
RS
bending curvature x RM
17
BCYR
RS
bending curvature y RM
18
BCXYR
RS
bending curvature xy RM
19
TYZR
RS
Shear yz RM
20
TZXR
RS
Shear zx RM
21
UNDEF
22
MSXI
RS
membrane strain x IP
23
MSYI
RS
membrane strain y IP
24
MXYI
RS
membrane strain xy IP
25
UNDEF(3 )
28
BCXI
RS
bending curvature x IP
29
BCYI
RS
bending curvature y IP
30
BCXYI
RS
bending curvature xy IP
31
TYZI
RS
Shear yz IP
32
TZXI
RS
Shear zx IP
33
UNDEF
none
none
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
PARENT
COORD

number
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE

corner
TCODE,7 =0
7
Main Index
Real
VUID
482
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1
RS
Normal x at Z1
11
NY1
RS
Normal y at Z1
12
TXY1
RS
Shear xy at Z1
13
ANGLE1
RS
14
MJRP1
RS
15
MNRP1
RS
16
MAXSV1
RS
17
NX2
RS
Normal x at Z2
18
NY2
RS
Normal y at Z2
19
TXY2
RS
Shear xy at Z2
20
ANGLE2
RS
21
MJRP2
RS
22
MNRP2
RS
23
MAXSV2
RS

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1R
RS
Normal x rm at Z1
11
NX1I
RS
Normal x ip at Z1
12
NY1R
RS
Normal y rm at Z1
13
NY1I
RS
Normal y ip at Z1
14
TXY1R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z1
15
TXY1I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z1
16
NZ1R
RS
17
NZ1I
RS
18
TYZ1R
RS
19
TYZ1I
RS
20
TZX1R
RS

corner
OES 483
Word
Name
Type
Description
21
TZX1I
RS
22
NX2R
RS
Normal x rm at Z2
23
NX2I
RS
Normal x ip at Z2
24
NY2R
RS
Normal y rm at Z2
25
NY2I
RS
Normal y ip at Z2
26
TXY2R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z2
27
TXY2I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z2
28
NZ1R
RS
29
NZ1I
RS
30
TYZ1R
RS
31
TYZ1I
RS
32
TZX1R
RS
33
TZX1I
RS

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =191
Beam view element (VUBEAM)
PARENT
COORD

number
ICORD
CHAR4
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
VUGRID
POSIT
RS

number
POS(3)
RS
Y,Z,W coordinate of output point
10
NX
RS
Normal x
11
TXY
RS
Shear xy
12
TZX
RS
Shear zx

grid

13
MAXLONG
RS
Max longitudinal
14
MINLONG
RS
Min longitudinal
Main Index
484
OES
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
Real / Imaginary
I
VUGRID
POSIT
RS

number
POS(3)
RS
Y,Z,W coordinate of output point
10
NXR
RS
Normal x RM
11
NXI
RS
Normal x IP
12
TXYR
RS
Shear xy RM
13
TXYI
RS
Shear xy IP
14
TZXR
RS
Shear zx RM
15
TZXI
RS
Shear zx IP

grid

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =192
2
CVINT
UNDEF
ELTYPE =193
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
VUHBDY
UNDEF
ELTYPE =200
2
none
CNVPEL
ELTYPE =199
2
Not used
GMINTS
ELTYPE =198
2
none
LINXFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =197
2
Not used
LINEFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =196
2
none
TRIAFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =195
2
Not used
QUADFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =194
2
none
none
Not used
WELD
AS
RS
Axial
OES 485
Word
Name
Type
Description
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =201
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded, nonlinear format

(QUAD4FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID

ELTYPE =202
Main Index
Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded, nonlinear format

(HEXA8FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
GAUS
486
OES
Word
Name
Type
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description

ELTYPE =203
Slideline contact (SLIF1D)
REGIONID
Contact region identification number
MGRID1
Master grid 1
MGRID2
Master grid 2
SCOORD
RS
Surface coordinate
RS
Normal force
RS
Shear force
SIGMA
RS
Normal stress
TAU
RS
Shear stress
10
NGAP
RS
Normal gap
11
SLIP
RS
Slip
12
SLIPRAT
RS
Slip ratio
13
SLIPCODE(2)
CHAR4
Slip code
ELTYPE =204
Main Index
Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded, nonlinear format

(PENTA6FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
GAUS
OES 487
Word
Name
Type
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description

ELTYPE =205
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded, nonlinear format

(TETRA4FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GAUS

ELTYPE =206
Main Index
Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded, nonlinear format (TRIA3FD)

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
GAUS
488
OES
Word
Name
Type
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description

ELTYPE =207
Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded, nonlinear format

(HEXAFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GAUS

ELTYPE =208
Main Index
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded, nonlinear format

(QUADFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
GAUS
OES 489
Word
Name
Type
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description

ELTYPE =209
Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format

(PENTAFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GAUS

ELTYPE =210
Main Index
Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format

(TETRAFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
GAUS
490
OES
Word
Name
Type
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description

ELTYPE =211
Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded, nonlinear format (TRIAFD)

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID

ELTYPE =212
Main Index
Hyperelastic axi. triangular 3-noded nonlinear format

(TRIAX3FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
GAUS
OES 491
Word
Name
Type
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description

ELTYPE =213

(TRIAXFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GAUS

ELTYPE =214
Main Index
Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear

format(QUADX4FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
GAUS
492
OES
Word
Name
Type
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description

ELTYPE =215
Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format

(QUADXFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GAUS

ELTYPE =216
Main Index

(TETRA4FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
GRID
OES 493
Word
Name
Type
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description

ELTYPE =217

CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID

ELTYPE =218
Main Index

(HEXAFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
GRID
494
OES
Word
Name
Type
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description

ELTYPE =219
Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format

(QUADFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID

ELTYPE =220
Main Index
Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format

(PENTAFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
GRID
OES 495
Word
Name
Type
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description

ELTYPE =221

(TETRAFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GRID

ELTYPE =222
Main Index

(TRIAX3FD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
GRID
496
OES
Word
Name
Type
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description

ELTYPE =223
Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format

(QUADXFD)
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID

ELTYPE =224
Nonlinear ELAS1
RS
Force
RS
Stress
ELTYPE =225
Nonlinear ELAS3
RS
Force
RS
Stress
ELTYPE =226
Main Index
Nonlinear BUSH
FX
RS
Force X
FY
RS
Force Y
FZ
RS
Force Z
OES 497
Word
Name
Description
STX
RS
Stress translational X
STY
RS
Stress translational Y
STZ
RS
Stress translational Z
ETX
RS
Strain rotational X
ETY
RS
Strain rotational Y
10
ETZ
RS
Strain rotational Z
11
MX
RS
Moment X
12
MY
RS
Moment Y
13
MZ
RS
Moment Z
14
SRX
RS
Stress rotational X
15
SRY
RS
Stress rotational Y
16
SRZ
RS
Stress rotational Z
17
ERX
RS
Strain rotational X
18
ERY
RS
Strain rotational Y
19
ERZ
RS
Strain rotational Z
ELTYPE =232
Quadr composite (Same as Quad4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Type
Lamina number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
Lamina number
498
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =233
Triar composite (Same as Quad4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Lamina number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
Lamina number
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =235
Quadrilateral plate element for center punch (CQUADR)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
OES 499
Word
Name
Type
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1
EMJRP1
RS
Major Principal at Z1
EMNRP1
RS
Minor Principal at Z1
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
10
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
EMJRP2
RS
15
EMNRP2
RS
16
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Description
Stress
500
OES
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0
Description
Real
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
MNRP1
RS
TMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
10
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
MJRP2
RS
15
MNRP2
RS
16
TMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Type
OES 501
Word
Name
Type
Description
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =236
Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
EMNRP1
RS
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
10
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
EMJRP2
RS
15
EMNRP2
RS
16
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
502
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Word
Name
Type
Description
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
MNRP1
RS
TMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
10
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
MJRP2
RS
15
MNRP2
RS
16
TMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
OES 503
Word
Name
Type
Description
11
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =237
Triangular plate element for corner output (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
GRID
Number active grids ID or grid ID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
EMNRP1
RS
10
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
A2
RS
16
EMJRP2
RS
17
EMNRP2
RS
18
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
"CENTER"
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
504
OES
Word
Name
Type
Description
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
FD2
RS
11
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
Word
Name
Type
Description
TERM
CHAR4
"CENTER"
GRID
FD1
RS
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
10
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
OES 505
Word
Name
Type
Description
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
MNRP1
RS
10
TMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
11
FD2
RS
12
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
A2
RS
16
MJRP2
RS
17
MNRP2
RS
18
TMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
FD2
RS
11
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Main Index
506
OES
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =2
Type
Description
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
10
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
UNDEF(5)
none
Not used
WORD6

Notes:
1. For CBEAM (2) Item codes are given for end A. Addition of the quantity (K-1) 10
to the item code points to the same information for other stations, where K is the
station number. K=11 for end B and 2-10 for intermediate stations.
2. For CTRIA6 (53) The stresses are repeated for each of the stress points within each
element. For CHEX8 there are 9 stress points for each element. For CHEX20 there
are 9 plus (the number of nondeleted mid-side nodes) stress points for each element.
3. For QUAD8 (64) For corner grids, real , add 17I to items 3 through 19, where I =
1,2,3,4 (87 total words). For corner grids, real/imaginary add 15I to items 3 through
19, where I = 1,2,3,4 (77 total words).
Main Index
OEFTG 507
Fatigue Primary Output Data Block
OEFTG
For all analysis types. This data block is only ever SORT1 formatted (the SORT1/SORT2 option on the
FATIGUE case control is for printed output in f06 file only).
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
1-2
NAME(2)
3-7
WORD
Type
CHAR4
I
Description
Data block name
No definition
Record 2 -- IDENT RECORD

Word
Name
Type
I
Device_code + 10*Approach_code (12)
Table_code ( = 73 for fatigue )
Element_type
Fatigue Identification number (FID)
Fatigue Event Identification number

(FVID) = 100000000 for the TOTAL
summation.
0 (for ELEM) or
No. of corner nodes (for NODE)
NAME(2)
Undefined
Analysis method 1 (SN stress analysis),

2 (EN stress analysis), 3(EN strain analysis)
Format_code
10
Number of words per entry ( ELEMENT ) in

DATA Record
11
Stress/Strain Code(word8 + 10*word6)
12
Nang (number of angles for Spotwelds)
13-30
31
Main Index
Description
Undefined
I
Flag, 1 for user defined event, -1 blank
32-45
CHAR4
User defined event name
46-50
CHAR4
EQNAME of time loading events
51-82
CHAR4
Title
508
OEFTG
Word
Name
Type
Description
83-114
CHAR4
Subtitle
115-146
CHAR4
Label
Record 3 -- DATA RECORD (for standard S-N and -N analysis)

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
Device_code + 10*Element Id
0 ( for ELEM ) or Node Id ( for NODE )
0 ( for solids ), 2 ( for bottom layer of shells)
Life
LOG10(Life)
Life in equivalent units
LOG10(Life in equivalent units)
Damage
LOG10(Damage)
10
Maximum stress for SN

Maximum strain for EN
11
Minimum stress for SN

Minimum strain for EN
12
Factor of Safety (FOS) = -1 if not requested
13
Critical plane angle = -1 if not applicable
14
1 ( for top layer of shells)
15
Life
16
LOG10(Life)
17
18
19
Damage
20
LOG10(Damage)
21

22

23
OEFTG 509
Word
Name
Type
R
24
Description
Words 2-13 repeated for each corner node of
each solid element or element center of
shear panel for option 'NODE' (CHEXA,
CPENTA, CTETRA, CSHEAR)
each shell element for option 'NODE'
(CQUAD4, CQUADR, CQUAD8,
CTRIA3, CTRIAR, CTRIA6)
Records 2and 3 repeated for each element
type for each FATIGUE Event and
FATIGUE ID.
Element types supported: ( names followed by corresponding element type numbers )

ELEM option
(Element Center)
Main Index
Element Type
Number
NODE option
(Corner Nodes)
Element Type Number
CSHEAR
04
CSHEAR
04 (only element center)
CQUAD4
33
CQUAD4
144 (4 corner nodes)
CTETRA
39
CTETRA
CQUAD8
64
CQUAD8
CHEXA
67
CHEXA
CPENTA
68
CPENTA
CTRIAR
70
CTRIAR
CTRIA3
74
CTRIA3
74 (only element center)
CTRIA6
75
CTRIA6
CQUADR
82
CQUADR
510
OEFTG
Record 3 -- DATA RECORD (for fatigue analysis of spot welds)

Word
Name
Type
Description
GridID-EndA
Angle
Life
LOG10(Life)
Damage
LOG10(Damage)
10
Maximum Force
11
Maximum stress
12
Minimum stress
13

Words 3-13 repeat at ENDA for each angle
and then the word 2-(12 x NANG +1) repeat
for the nugget followed by a final repeat for
ENDB.

Element Type
Number
ELEM options
CBAR
34
CBEAM
CHEXA
2067
CWELD
117 (cweldc)
CWELD
118 (cweldp)
CWELD
200
Record 3 -- DATA RECORD (for fatigue analysis of seam welds)

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
0 Node Id ( for NODE )
OEFTG 511
Word
Name
Type
Description
10x seam location type
Life
LOG10(Life)
Damage
LOG10(Damage)
10

11

12
13
23
24

CHEXA.

ELEM option
(Element Center)
Main Index
Element Type
Number
CQUAD4
2144
CQUAD8
2064
CTRIAR
2070
CTRIA6
2075
CQUADR
2082
512
OEFTGM
Biaxial/Multiaxial Fatigue Output Data Block
OEFTGM
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
1-2
NAME(2)
3-7
WORD
Type
CHAR4
I
Description
Data block name
No definition
Record 2 -- IDENT RECORD

Word
Name
Type
I
Device_code + 10*Approach_code (12)
Table_code ( = 74 for fatigue assessment)
Element_type
Fatigue Identification number (FID)
Fatigue Event Identification number

(FVID) = 100000000 for the TOTAL
summation.
0 (for ELEM) or
No. of corner nodes (for NODE)
Assessment method (1=simple, 2= standard,

3=auto
Analysis method 1 (SN stress analysis),

2 (EN stress analysis), 3(EN strain analysis)
Format_code
10
Number of words per entry ( ELEMENT ) in

DATA Record
11
Stress/Strain Code(word8 +
10*word6+/voxword)
NAME(2)
MMTHD
12-30
31
Main Index
Description
Undefined
BCD
Flag, 1 for user defined event, -1 bleat
32-45
CHAR4
User defined event name
46-50
CHAR4
EQNAME of time loading events
51-82
CHAR4
Title
83-114
CHAR4
Subtitle
115-146
CHAR4
Label
OEFTGM 513
Record 3 -- DATA RECORD (For Standard S-N and -N analysis)

Word
Name
Type
Description
Device Code + 10*Element id
Grid ID
2 for bottom layer
Mean biaxiality ratio
Nonproportionality ratio for MMTHD=2 or

3, Standard Deviation of Biaxiality Ratio for
MMTHD = 1
Range of angle for MMTHD=1, dominant

stress direction for MMTHD=2 or 3
Most popular angle for MMTHD=1, Plane

angle for MMTHD=3, undefined for
MMTHD=2
Biaxialty Gate for MMTHD=1,undefined

for MMTHD=2,3
Words 2-8 repeat for the top layer=2. Then
words 2-14 repeat for the remaining nodes
for corner elements

ELEM option
(Element Center)
Main Index
Element Type
Number
NODE option
(Corner Nodes)
Element Type Number
CQUAD4
33
CQUAD4
144
CQUAD8
64
CQUAD8
1064
CTRIA6
75
CTRIA6
1075
CQUADR
82
CQUADR
1082
CTRIAR
70
CTRIAR
1070
CTRIA3
74
514
OEFTGM
Record 3 -- DATA RECORD (for fatigue analysis of seam welds)

Word
Name
Type
Description
Device Code + 10*Element id
Grid ID
10*Location +Type
Mean biaxiality ratio
Nonproportionality ratio for MMTHD=2 or

3, Standard Deviation of Biaxiality Ratio for
MMTHD = 1
Range of angle for MMTHD=1, dominant

stress direction for MMTHD=2 or 3
Most popular angle for MMTHD=1, Plane

angle for MMTHD=3, undefined for
MMTHD=2
Biaxialty Gate for MMTHD=1,undefined

for MMTHD=2,3
SLCTY
Words 2-8 repeat for the remaining nodes

ELEM option
(Corner)
Main Index
Element Type
Number
CQUAD4
2144
CQUAD8
2064
CTRIA6
2075
CQUADR
2082
CTRIAR
2070
OGF 515
Table of grid point forces
OGF
Table of grid point forces.

Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Block name
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE(C)

Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
Table code; always 19
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
I
Not used
Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
5
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =01
5
UNDEF
MODE
UNDEF
UNDEF
FREQ
ACODE,4 =08
Main Index
none
See word 8
none
See word 8
RS
Frequency
Transient
TIME
ACODE,4 =07
5
Mode Number
Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
5
ACODE,4 =05
5
See word 8
ACODE,4 =04
5
none
Real Eigenvalues
ACODE,4 =03
5
Not defined
Statics
ACODE,4 =02
5
none
RS
Time step
Buckling 0 ( Pre-buckling )
UNDEF
none
See word 8
Buckling 1 ( Post buckling )
516
OGF
Word
5
Name
Type
I
MODE
ACODE,4 =09
5
ACODE,4 =10
Mode number
Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 )

RS
LOADFAC
ACODE,4 =11
5
Mode number
Complex Eigenvalues
MODE
Description
Load factor
Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) )

none
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =12
See word 8

TIME
RS
Time step
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
LOADSET
Load set or zero
FCODE
Format Code
10
NUMWDE(C)
Number of words per entry in DATA record
11
UNDEF(2 )
13
SETID
14
EIGENR
RS
Natural eigenvalue -- real part
15
EIGENI
RS
Natural eigenvalue -- imaginary part
16
FREQ
RS
Natural frequency
17
UNDEF(34 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
5
End ACODE,4
none
I
none
Not used
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE,1 =1
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE,1 =02
Device code + 10* point identification

number
ACODE,4 =0
1
ACODE,4 =01
Main Index
UNDEF
none
Not defined
OGF 517
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
EKEY

number
EKEY
Device code + 10* Point identification

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FQTS
RS
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
1
ACODE,4 =07
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
Frequency or Time step
ACODE,4 =11
1
ACODE,4 =12
1
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
Main Index
518
OGF
Word
Name
EID
ELNAME(2)
NUMWDE =10
Description
Element identification number if element
force; otherwise zero
CHAR4
real
F1
RS
Force in displacement coordinate system

direction 1
F2
RS

direction 2
F3
RS

direction 3
M1
RS
Moment in displacement coordinate system

direction 1
M2
RS

direction 2
10
M3
RS

direction 3
NUMWDE =16
complex
F1R
RS
F2R
RS
F3R
RS
M1R
RS
M2R
RS
10
M3R
RS
11
F1I
RS
12
F2I
RS
13
F3I
RS
14
M1I
RS
15
M2I
RS
16
M3I
RS
End NUMWDE
Main Index
Type
OGF 519
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
UNDEF
none
WORD2
UNDEF(3)
WORD6
Notes:
none
Not used
Number of identification number/data
records
Not used
1. Records repeat for each subcase having any output requests.

2. Device code:
1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
5 = print, and punch, etc.
3. Approach code:
1 = statics
2 = reigen
3 = ds0
4 = ds1
5 = freq
6 = bkl0
7 = bkl1
8 = ceigen
9 = pla
Main Index
Description
520
OGS
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
OGS
SORT1, SORT2, and real formats only.

Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
NAME(2)
WORD
Type
CHAR4
I
Description
Data block name
Month, day, year, 0, 1

Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE(C)

Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
Table type code
ID
Surface or volume identification number
SUBCASE
Subcase or mode identification number
Load set number
ACODE =01
Statics
LSDVMN
UNDEF
ACODE =02
none
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
MODE
EIGN
ACODE =06
I
RS
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Transient
TIME
UNDEF
ACODE =10
RS
Time step
none
Not used
Nonlinear Statics
RS
Load step
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
LOADSTEP
6
End ACODE
7
Main Index
OGS 521
Word
Name
Type
Description
REFID

number
FCODE
Format code
10
NUMWDE
11
SCODE
Stress/strain code
12
OCOORD
Output coordinate system code
13
AXIS
Axis specification code
14
NORMAL
Normal specification code
15
UNDEF(36 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
none
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE =26
Description
Surface
EKEY
10*grid point identification number +

device code
ID
FIBRE
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
RS
Angle
MJRP
RS
Major principal
MNRP
RS
Minor principal
10
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
11
HVM
RS
Hency-von Mises
TCODE =27
Main Index
Type
CHAR4
Fibre
Volume with direct

I
EKEY
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y

Device Code
522
OGS
Word
Name
Description
NZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
PR
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises or Octahedral
TCODE =28
Volume with principal

I
EKEY
LXA
RS
Direction cosine from x to a
LXB
RS
Direction cosine from x to b
LXC
RS
Direction cosine from x to c
LYA
RS
Direction cosine from y to a
LYB
RS
Direction cosine from y to b
LYC
RS
Direction cosine from y to c
LZA
RS
Direction cosine from z to a
LZB
RS
Direction cosine from z to b
10
LZC
RS
Direction cosine from z to c
11
SA
RS
Principal in a
12
SB
RS
Principal in b
13
SC
RS
Principal in c
14
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
15
EHVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises or octahedral
TCODE =29
Main Index
Type

device code
Element discontinuities for surface

I
EKEY
ELTYPE(2)
CHAR4
Element type
FIBRE
CHAR4
Fibre
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
MJPR
RS
Major principal
MNPR
RS
Minor principal

Device code
OGS 523
Word
Name
Description
10
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
11
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
12
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =30
Element discontinuities for volumes with direct
EKEY
ELTYPE(2)
10*Element identification number + Device

code
CHAR4
Element type
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NZ
RS
Normal in z
SXY
RS
Shear in xy
SYZ
RS
Shear in yz
SZX
RS
Shear in zx
10
PR
RS
Mean pressure
11
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
12
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =31
Element discontinuities for volumes with principal
EKEY
ELTYPE(2)
10*element identification number + Device

code
CHAR4
Element type
SA
RS
Principal in a
SB
RS
Principal in b
SC
RS
Principal in c
MP
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =32
Main Index
Type
Grid point discontinuities for surface
EKEY
FIBRE
CHAR4
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NXY
RS
Shear in xy
MJPR
RS
Major principal

Device code
Fibre
524
OGS
Word
Name
Description
MNPR
RS
Minor principal
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
10
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =33
Grid point discontinuities for volumes with direct

I
EKEY
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
PR
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
10
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =34

device Code
Grid point discontinuities for volumes with principal

I
EKEY
SA
RS
Principal in a
SB
RS
Principal in b
SC
RS
Principal in c
PR
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =35
Main Index
Type

device Code
Grid point stresses for surfaces with plane strain

I
EKEY
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NZ
RS
Normal in z (always -1)
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
PR
RS
Mean pressure (always -1)
10*grid point identification number and

grid code
OGS 525
Word
Name
Type
Description
End TCODE,2
End TABLE
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Notes:
Name
Type
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Not used
1. Records repeat for each surface or volume.

2. Record 2 is the same format for stress (SCODE=0) or strain (SCODE=1).
3. Format Code 1 implies real.
4. Output coordinate system code
1 = Surface or CID for 3D
2 = Element
3 = Basic (3D only)
5. Axis specification code (for surfaces only)
1 = X Axis
2 = Y Axis
3 = Z Axis
6. Normal Specification code (for surfaces only )
1 = Radius vector
2 = X Axis
3 = Y Axis
4 = Z Axis
5 = -X Axis
6 = -Y Axis
7 = -Z Axis
8 = -Radius vector
Main Index
526
OPG
Table of applied loads
OPG
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
Description
Data block name
I
none
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)

Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
Table code
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
TCODE =1
Sort 1
ACODE =01
Statics
Not used
Load set number
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =02
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE =03
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
Mode number
ACODE =04
Main Index
Type
Load set number

Not used
LSDVMN
Load set number
OPG 527
Word
6
Name
Type
none
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =05
Description
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =08
Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling)
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
ACODE =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =12
CONTRAN ? (May appear as ACODE=6)
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time
Not used
End ACODE
TCODE =02
Sort 2
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
Load set, Mode Number

Not used
End TCODE
8
Main Index
RCODE
Random code
528
OPG
Word
Name
Type
Description
FCODE(C)
Format Code
10
NUMWDE
11
UNDEF(12 )
none
23
THERMAL
24
UNDEF(27 )
none
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
Not used
1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE =1
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE =02

number
ACODE =01
1
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
EKEY
ACODE =02
1
ACODE =03
1
ACODE =04
1
ACODE =05
1
ACODE =06
1
ACODE =07
1
Main Index

number
OPG 529
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE =08
1
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FQTS
RS
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
TYPE
Point type: G for grid and S for scalar
ACODE =09
1
ACODE =10
1
ACODE =11
1
ACODE =12
1
End ACODE
End TCODE
2
FCODE =0 or 2
F1
RS
Applied force in direction 1
F2
RS
F3
RS
M1
RS
Applied moment in direction 1
M2
RS
M3
RS
FCODE =1
Main Index
Real/Imaginary
F1R
RS
Applied force in direction 1 --real
F2R
RS
Applied force in direction 2 -- real
F3R
RS
Applied force in direction 3 -- real
M1R
RS
Applied moment in direction 1 -- real
M2R
RS
M3R
RS
F1I
RS
Applied force in direction 1 -- imaginary
10
F2I
RS
11
F3I
RS
530
OPG
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
M1I
RS
Applied moment in direction 1 -- imaginary
13
M2I
RS
14
M3I
RS
End FCODE
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(5 )
WORD6
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
OPTPRM 531
Table of optimization parameters
OPTPRM
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Data block name
Record 2 -- PARAMS
Word
Type
Description
APRCOD
Approach code
IPRINT
Print parameter
DESMAX
Maximum design cycles
METHOD
Optimization method
DELP
RS
Allowed property change
DPMIN
RS
Minimum DELP
PTOL
RS
Property tolerance
CONV1
RS
Relative objective convergence criterion
CONV2
RS
Absolute objective convergence criterion
10
GMAX
RS
Maximum allowed constraint violation
11
DELX
RS
Allowed design variable change
DLXMIN
RS
Minimum DELX
13
DELB
RS
Finite difference step
14
GSCAL
RS
Constraint scale factor
15
CONVDV
RS
Relative design variable convergence

criterion
16
CONVPR
RS
Absolute design variable convergence

criterion
17
P1
DOM print parameter
18
P2
DOM print parameter
19
CT
RS
Active constraint threshold
20
CTMIN
RS
Violated constraint threshold
DABOBJ
RS
DOT absolute objective convergence

criterion
12
21
Main Index
Name
532
OPTPRM
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
DELOBJ
RS
DOT relative objective convergence

criterion
23
DOBJ1
RS
1-D search absolute objective limit
24
DOBJ2
RS
1-D search relative objective limit
25
DX1
RS
1-D search absolute DV limit
26
DX2
RS
1-D search relative DV limit
27
ISCAL
Scaling flag
28
ITMAX
Maximum DOT MFD iterations
29
ITRMOP
DOT convergence MFD criterion
30
IWRITE
File for optimizer print
31
IGMAX
Active constraint counter
32
JTMAX
Maximum DOT SLP iterations
33
ITRMST
DOT convergence SLP criterion
34
JPRINT
SLP print code
35
IPRNT1
Scale factor print
36
IPRNT2
1-D search print
37
JWRITE
File for iteration history print
38
STPSCL
RS
Scale factor for shape step size
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(6 )
Type
none
Description
Not used
OQG 533
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
OQG
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
Description
Data block name
none
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)

Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
Table Code (3 for SPCForces or 39 for

MPCForces)
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
TCODE =1
Sort 1
ACODE =01
Statics
Not used
Subcase or random identification

number
Load set number
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =02
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE =03
Mode number
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =04
Main Index
Type
Load set number

Not used
534
OQG
Word
Name
Type
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =05
Description
Load set number
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =08
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
ACODE =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =12
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time
Not used
End ACODE
TCODE =02
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
End TCODE
Main Index
Sort 2
Load set, mode number
Not used
OQG 535
Word
Name
Type
Description
RCODE
Random code
FCODE(C)
Format Code
10
NUMWDE
Number of words per entry in DATA

record
11
UNDEF
none
Not used
12
UNDEF(11 )
none
Not used
23
THERMAL
24
UNDEF(27 )
none
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE =1
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE =02

number
ACODE =01
1
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
ACODE =02
1
ACODE =03
1
ACODE =04
1
ACODE =05
1
ACODE =06
1
Main Index
536
OQG
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE =07
1
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FQTS
RS
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
TYPE
Point type: 1 for grid and 2 for scalar
ACODE =08
1
ACODE =09
1
ACODE =10
1
ACODE =11
1
ACODE =12
1
End ACODE
End TCODE
2
FCODE =0 or 2
QF1
RS
Constraint force in direction 1
QF2
RS
QF3
RS
QM1
RS
Constraint moment in direction 1
QM2
RS
QM3
RS
FCODE =1
Main Index
Real/Imaginary
QF1R
RS
Constraint force in direction 1 -- real
QF2R
RS
QF3R
RS
QM1R
RS
Constraint moment in direction 1 -- real
QM2R
RS
QM3R
RS
OQG 537
Word
Name
Type
Description
QF1I
RS
Constraint force in direction 1 -- imaginary
10
QF2I
RS
11
QF3I
RS
12
QM1I
RS
Constraint moment in direction 1 -imaginary
13
QM2I
RS
14
QM3I
RS
End FCODE
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PB
Number of giga-word blocks used
RW
Words used in current process block
UNDEF(3 )
WORD6
none
I
Not used
538
OUG
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
OUG
Also, temperatures for heat transfer and sound pressure levels for acoustic analyses. For all analysis types
(real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
Data block name
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)

Tables, 50)
TCODE(C)
Table code
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
TCODE,1 =1
Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01
Statics
Not used
Subcase or Random identification number
Load set number
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =02
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE,4 =03
Mode number
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =04
Main Index
Type
Load set number

Not used
OUG 539
Word
Name
Type
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =05
Description
Load set number
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =07
RS
Time Step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =08
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
ACODE,4 =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =12
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time
Not used
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
End TCODE,1
Main Index
Sort 2
Load set, mode number
Not used
540
OUG
Word
Name
Type
Description
RCODE
Random code
FCODE
Format Code
10
NUMWDE
11
UNDEF(2 )
none
13
ACFLAG(C)
14
UNDEF(9 )
none
23
THERMAL
24
UNDEF(27 )
none
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
Not used
Acoustic presure flag
1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE,1 =01
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE,1 =02

number
ACODE,4 =01
1
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
1
Main Index
OUG 541
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE,4 =07
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
EKEY

number
FQTS
RS
EKEY
Word
Name
Type
EKEY

number
TYPE
Point type: G for grid and S for scalar
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
ACODE,4 =11
1

number
ACODE,4 =12
Description
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
2
TABLCODE=01
Displacement -- TablCode=MOD(TCODE,1000)
TCODE,2 =01
ACFLAG =0
Real
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
DT1
RS
DT2
RS
DT3
RS
DR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2
RS
DR3
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/ Imaginary
DT1R
RS
DT2R
RS
542
OUG
Word
Name
Type
Description
DT3R
RS
DR1R
RS
DR2R
RS
DR3R
RS
DT1I
RS
Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
ACFLAG =2
Acoustic Pressure
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
Sound pressure level
PRMS
RS
RMS Sound pressure level
DB
RS
Sound pressure level in dB
DBA
RS
Sound pressure level in dBA
UNDEF(2 )
TCODE,7 =1
none
Not used
Real/ Imaginary
PR
RS
Sound pressure level
PRMSR
RS
RMS Sound pressure level
DBR
RS
Sound pressure level in dB
DBAR
RS
Sound pressure level in dBA
PI
RS
Sound pressure level -- imaginary
PRMSI
RS
RMS Sound pressure level -- imaginary
DBI
RS
Sound pressure level in dB -- imaginary
10
DBAI
RS
Sound pressure level in dBA -- imaginary
11
UNDEF(4 )
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
End ACFLAG
TCODE,2 =07
Eigenvector Displacement
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
DT1
RS
OUG 543
Word
Name
Type
Description
DT2
RS
DT3
RS
DR1
RS
DR2
RS
DR3
RS
Real/ Imaginary
TCODE,7 =1
3
DT1R
RS
DT2R
RS
DT3R
RS
DR1R
RS
DR2R
RS
DR3R
RS
DT1I
RS
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =10
Velocity
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
VT1
RS
VT2
RS
VT3
RS
VR1
RS
VR2
RS
VR3
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/ Imaginary
VT1R
RS
VT2R
RS
VT3R
RS
VR1R
RS
VR2R
RS
544
OUG
Word
Name
Type
Description
VR3R
RS
VT1I
RS
10
VT2I
RS
11
VT3I
RS
12
VR1I
RS
13
VR2I
RS
14
VR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =11
Acceleration
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AT1
RS
AT2
RS
AT3
RS
AR1
RS
AR2
RS
AR3
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
AT1R
RS
AT2R
RS
AT3R
RS
AR1R
RS
AR2R
RS
AR3R
RS
AT1I
RS
10
AT2I
RS
11
AT3I
RS
12
AR1I
RS
13
AR2I
RS
14
AR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =14
Eigenvector Displacement (Solution Set)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
DT1
RS
OUG 545
Word
Name
Type
Description
DT2
RS
DT3
RS
DR1
RS
DR2
RS
DR3
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
DT1R
RS
DT2R
RS
DT3R
RS
DR1R
RS
DR2R
RS
DR3R
RS
DT1I
RS
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =15
Displacement (Solution Set)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
DT1
RS
DT2
RS
DT3
RS
DR1
RS
DR2
RS
DR3
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/ Imaginary
DT1R
RS
DT2R
RS
DT3R
RS
DR1R
RS
DR2R
RS
546
OUG
Word
Name
Type
Description
DR3R
RS
DT1I
RS
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =16
Velocity (Solution Set)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
VT1
RS
VT2
RS
VT3
RS
VR1
RS
VR2
RS
VR3
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
VT1R
RS
VT2R
RS
VT3R
RS
VR1R
RS
VR2R
RS
VR3R
RS
VT1I
RS
10
VT2I
RS
11
VT3I
RS
12
VR1I
RS
13
VR2I
RS
14
VR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =17
Acceleration (Solution Set)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
AT1
RS
OUG 547
Word
Name
Type
Description
AT2
RS
AT3
RS
AR1
RS
AR2
RS
AR3
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
AT1R
RS
AT2R
RS
AT3R
RS
AR1R
RS
AR2R
RS
AR3R
RS
AT1I
RS
10
AT2I
RS
11
AT3I
RS
12
AR1I
RS
13
AR2I
RS
14
AR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
End TCODE,2
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(5 )
WORD6
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
548
R1MAP
Table of mapping from original first level
R1MAP
(Direct) Retained Responses

Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- RESPONSE
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
IRID

Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of responses
Not used
R1TAB 549
Table of type one response attributes
R1TAB
Table of type one response attributes.

Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Repeat
Word
Name
Description
IRID
RID
TYPE(C)
Response type
LABEL(2)
REGION
Region identifier
SCID
TYPE =1
CHAR4
Label
Weight
UNDEF(2 )
10
SEID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =2
none
I
none
Not used
Superelement identification number or ALL
Not used
Volume
UNDEF(2 )
10
SEID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =3
none
I
none
Not used
Superelement identification number or ALL
Not used
Lama
MODE
Mode number
APRX
Approximation code
10
UNDEF(3 )
TYPE =4
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
Eign
MODE
Mode number
APRX
Approximation code
10
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
550
R1TAB
Word
Name
TYPE =5
Description
Disp
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =6
I
none
Displacement component
Not used
Not used
Stress
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =7
I
none
Stress item code

Not used
Property entry identification number
Not used
Strain
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =8
I
none
Strain item code

Not used
Not used
Force
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =9
I
none
Force item code

Not used
Not used
CFAILURE
ICODE
Failure criterion item code
PLY
Lamina number
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =10
none
Not used
CSTRESS
ICODE
Stress item code
PLY
Lamina number
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =11
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
CSTRAIN
ICODE
Strain item code
PLY
Lamina number
R1TAB 551
Word
10
Name
PID
TYPE =40
8
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =41

Not used
Frequency
none
FRVELO
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =42
none
Velocity component
Not used
Frequency
Not used
FRACCL
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =43
none
Acceleration component
Not used
Frequency
Not used
FRSPCF
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =44
none
SPCForce component
Not used
Frequency
Not used
FRSTRE
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
FREQ
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =45
8
Description
FRDISP
12
Main Index
Type
I
RS
none
Stress item code

Not used
Frequency
Not used
FRFORC
ICODE
Force item code
552
R1TAB
Word
Name
UNDEF
10
PID
11
FREQ
12
UNDEF
TYPE =46
none
I
RS
none
Description
Not used
Frequency
Not used
PSDDISP
COMP
PSD Displacement component
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF
TYPE =47
none
Frequency
Not used
PSDVELO
COMP
PSD velocity component
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF
TYPE =48
none
Frequency
Not used
PSDACCL
COMP
PSD acceleration component
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF
TYPE =49
none
Frequency
Not used
RMSDISP
COMP
RMS Displacement component
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
SORTFLAG
12
UNDEF
TYPE =50
Main Index
Type
RS
none
flag for internal sorting

Not used
RMSVELO
COMP
RMS Velocity component
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
SORTFLAG
RS
R1TAB 553
Word
12
Name
UNDEF
TYPE =51
none
Description
Not used
RMSACCL
COMP
RMS acceleration component
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
SORTFLAG
12
UNDEF
none
Not used
11
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
TYPE =60
RS
TDISP
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =61
none
Time step
Not used
TVELO
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =62
none
Velocity component
Time step
Not used
TACCL
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =63
none
Acceleration component
Time step
Not used
TSPCF
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =64
Main Index
Type
none
SPCForce component
Time step
Not used
TSTRE
ICODE
FREQ
RS
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
I
none
Stress item code

Time step
Not used
554
R1TAB
Word
Name
TYPE =65
Type
Description
TFORCE
ICODE
FREQ
RS
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =81
I
none
Force item code

Time step
Not used
DIVERG
ROOT
UNDEF(2 )
11
MACH
12
DIVERG
TYPE =82
I
none
RS
Root number
Not used
Mach number
DIVERG identification number
AESTAT or AESURF identification number
TRIM
XID
UNDEF(3 )
12
TRIM
TYPE =83
none
I
Not used
TRIM identification number
SABDER
XID
AESTAT or AESURF identification number
COMP
Component
10
RESFLG
Restraint flag
11
UNDEF
none
12
TRIM
TYPE =84
Not used
TRIM identification number
FLUTTER
MODE
Mode number
MACH
RS
Mach numbers
10
VELOC
RS
Velocity
11
DENSITY
RS
Density
12
FLUTTER
Flutter identification number
End TYPE
Main Index
13
UNDEF
none
14
TYFLG
Flag to indicate how response is referenced
15
SEID
Superelement identificaiton number
Not used
R1TAB 555
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
NR1
UNDEF(5 )
Notes:
Type
I
none
Description
Number of type one responses (number of
records in table)
Not used
1. Table is in IRID order and is the order in which responses are to be generated.
2. TYFLG currently has no meaning. The intent was to use this attribute to identify
responses that should always be retained in DSAD. However, this option is not
currently supported.
Main Index
556
RBSET
Table of Rigid Element IDs
RBSET
Table of Rigid Element IDs
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Rigid Element ID list

Word
1
Name
Type
Description
ID
Rigid Element ID

Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
Number of IDs in the list
WORD2
5 for RBEin; 6 for RBEex
UNDEF(4)
Note:
NONE
Not used
1. The list includes sorted IDs with un-expanded 'THRU' ranges.

2. The end ID of a 'THRU' range is negative.
Main Index
RESP12 557
Table of second level (synthetic) responses
RESP12
Table of second level (synthetic) responses.

Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Repeat -- For each Type 2 response

Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
IR2ID
R2ID
LABEL(2)
EQID
Equation identification number
REG
Region identification number
METH
Method flag for BETA/MATCH responses
C1
RS
Constant to scale beta response
C2
RS
Constant to scale distance responses
10
C3
RS
Constant to shift lower bound
11
ND(C)
12
NC(C)
Number of constants from constant table

(Data block DTB)
13
NR(C)
Number of type one responses
14
NCORD(C)
Number of coordinates
15
NPROP1(C)
Number of type one properties
16
NCONP1(C)
Number of type one connectivity properties
17
NMATP1(C)
Number of type one material properties
18
NPROP2(C)
Number of type two properties
19
NCONP2(C)
Number of type two connectivity properties
20
NMATP2(C)
Number of type two material properties
21
NRR2(C)
Number of referenced type two responses
22
ARGDSP
Number of discrepancy on arguments
CHAR4
Label
558
RESP12
Word
Name
Type
Description
23
NCEQ(C)
Number of constants from equation table

(Data block DEQATN)
24
IDV
Internal design variable identification

number
Word 24 repeats ND times

25
CVLT1
RS
Table constant
Word 25 repeats NC times

26
IR1ID
Type one response identification number
Word 26 repeats NR times

27
NODE
Node number
28
DIR
Direction
Type one property identification number
Type one connectivity property

Type one material property identification

number
Type two property identification number
Type two connectivity property

Type two material property identification

number
Type two response identification number
Words 27 through 28 repeat NCORD times

29
PROP1ID
Word 29 repeats NPROP1 times

30
CONP1ID
Word 30 repeats NCONP1 times

31
MATP1ID
Word 31 repeats NMATP1 times

32
PROP2ID
Word 32 repeats NPROP2 times

33
CONP2ID
Word 33 repeats NCONP2 times

34
MATP2ID
Word 34 repeats NMATP2 times

35
IR2ID
Word 35 repeats NRR2 times

36
CVLQ
RS
Equation constant
Word 36 repeats NCEQ times
Main Index
37
RC
Record count
38
ARGS
Number of arguments
RESP12 559
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
39
OSCAR
40
DEQA
41
RECNUM
Record number
42
BIT
DEQATN identification number number

bitwise-or-ed with bit 32
43
TLC(C)
Temporary VPS location count
44
TEMPVPS
Temporary VPS locations

Instruction word count
CHAR4
Oscar type; always 13

"DEQA"
Word 44 repeats TLC times

45
IC(C)
46
INST
CHAR4
Instruction character word
47
INSTI(3)
Instruction integer words
Temporary VPS value section
Words 46 through 49 repeat IC/4 times

50
DATATYP
DATATYP =1
51
Integer input
I
INT
DATATYP =2
51
Real input
REAL
DATATYP =3
51
Integer
RS
Real
Character input
CHARS(2)
CHAR4
Character
End DATATYP
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
NRP2
Number of records (type 2 responses) in the

table
MAXL
Maximum record length
MAXEQ
Maximum value of EQPOS -- 1 for all the

records
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
560
RESP12
Notes:
1. EQPOS = 12 + ND + NC + NR + 2*NCORD + NPROP + NCEQ 1.NCC is equal

to 2*NCRD.
2. Pointer FRT1 is equal to ND+NCT+12, pointer FRCD is equal to FRT1+NCEQ,
pointer FRCEQ is equal to FRCD + 2 * NCRD, pointer EQPOS is equal to FRCEQ
+ NCEQ.
Main Index
SEMAP 561
Superelement Definition Table (Map)
SEMAP
Provides geometry and connection information for a problem formulated in

terms of superelements.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- DEFINE
Repeated for each superelement according to process order.

Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Super element identification number
INTIDX
Internal index of superelement
ORDER
Processing order
SEDN
Downstream superelement identification

number
SEDWNIDX
Internal index of downstream superelement
PEID
Primary superelement identification

number
TYPEBIT
Superelement type bit map (See note 3)
NODNCNCT
Number of downstream connections
BITINFO
On bits correspond to connected

downstream SEs
Word 9 repeats LENTRY-1 times

Words 8 through 9 repeat NBRSE times
10
NLBL
Number of SELABEL entries
11
NWLBL(C)
Number of words in label
12
SEID
Super element identification number
13
LABELI
Word 13 repeats NWLBL times

Words 10 through 13 repeat NLBL times
Main Index
CHAR4
Four characters in the label
562
SEMAP
Record 3 -- MAP
Repeated for each superelement according to process order and contains

LENTRY words per grid point.
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
GRIDBIT
Grid point bit map
Word 2 repeats LENTRY-1 times

Record 4 -- INFO
Repeated for each superelement according to process order.

Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
BITNO
Bit number for superelement
NG(C)
Number of exterior grid points
NE(C)
Number of elements NE=NBR of

simple+genel+rigid
PEID
Primary superelement identification

number
SEBITS
Superelement type bit map (See note 3)
SEDWN
Downstream superelement identification

number
BITDWN
Bit number of downstream superelement
EXTGRD
Sorted list of exterior (boundary) grid point

Sorted list of element identification

numbers
List of primary superelement exterior grids
Word 9 repeats NG times

10
ELIDS
Word 10 repeats NE times

11
PGRID
Main Index
SEMAP 563
Record 5 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
NBRSE
Number of superelements including residual (NBRSE+1)
NBRGP
Total number of grid and scalar points in structure
NBRSCL
Number of scalar points
LENTRY
Number of words per entry in RECORD=MAP
NBRSEC
Number of secondary superelements
NWDDEF
Number of words per entry in RECORD=DEFINE
Notes:
Name
1. SEID=0 implies residual.

2. This table is UNSTRUCTURED. The reason is that each of the records repeat for
each superelement.
The low order (right to left) 10 bits in TYPEBIT are set as follows:
Bit Position:
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
------------------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 . . . . . . . . .
. 1 . . . . . . . .
. . 1 . . . . . . .
. . . 1 . . . . . .
. . . . 1 . . . . .
. . . . . 1 . . . .
. . . . . . 1 . . .
. . . . . . . 1 . .
. . . . . . . . 1 .
. . . . . . . . . 1
Meaning
------Primary
Partitioned
Reflect Z
Reflect Y
Reflect X
Repeated
Collector
External
Mirror
Identical
Apply mapping transform
3. The BITINFO in ENTRY=DWNCNCT indicates the downstream

superelement(s?).
Bit Number
0
Downstream superelement is:

the residual structure
1 through NBRSE-1 the superelement(s) corresponding to the INTIDX-th bit(s)
Notes:
Main Index
4. In ENTRY=GRIDMAP, bits are numbered left to right beginning with zero and
span LENTRY-1 words.
564
SEMAP
Bit number
Meaning
grid is connected to the residual structure
1 through NBRSE-1
grid is connected to the superelement(s) corresponding to the

INTIDX-th bit(s)
NBRSE
grid is a scalar point
NBRSE+1
grid is an incongruent boundary point
MAXBIT-IDBITS through MAXBIT internal superelement index (INTIDX) to which grid is interior
Notes:
5. where MAXBIT = NBPW*(LENTRY-1)-1, NBPW is the number of bits per word,

and "incongruent" indicates inconsistent coordinate systems on the boundary point.
6. In RECORD=INFO The primary superelement exterior grids points are sorted in
the order of the secondary exterior grid points. Only if SEQSEP is specified.
7. SELABEL is created by SEP1X only.
8. LENTRY is computed from IDBITS:
a. IDBITS is the minimum number of bits required to represent NBRSE.
ln ( max ( NBRSE,1 ) )
IDBITS = int -------------------------------------------------- + 1.01
ln 2
where ln is the natural logarithm and int is the integer function.

b. LENTRY is number of words in the grid point map.
+ IDBITS + 1- + 2
LENTRY = int NBRSE
-----------------------------------------------------
NBPW
c. For example, if NBRSE=50 and NBPW=32, then IDBITS=6 and LENTRY=3.

9. The structure of RECORD=MAP is the same for SEP1 and SEP1X, but the content
is different. For SEP1X, GRIDID in RECORD=MAP identifies only boundary grid
points and GRIDBIT delineates to which superelement the point connects. For
SEP1 the bits are not really clear in meaning. However some rules tend to indicate
when the exterior grid becomes interior.
10. RECORD=INFO is the same between both systems, although modules SEP1X and
SEP2X do not use ENTRY=ELIDS.
11. ENTRY=PGRID only exists for secondary superelements with resequencing, i.e.,
bit 1 is on in TYPE, and list the relative primary grid points in same order as
ENTRY=EXTGRD.
Main Index
SET 565
Table of combined sets
SET
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- (*)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
TYPE
Set type
SETORIG
Origin of set
SETLEN
Length of set
SETMEM
Set members
Word 5 repeats SETLEN times

Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
Number of sets
WORD2
Number of members in largest set
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
1. TYPE: 0=unknown, 1=grid, 2=element, 3=grid pairs

2. SETORIG: 1=Case Control section, 2=plot section, 3=SET1 Bulk Data entries,
4=MSGMESH input.
Main Index
566
TOL
Transient response time step output list
TOL
Transient response time step output list
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
NAME(2)
TIME
Type
CHAR4
RS
Description
Data block name
Time step

Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of time steps
Not used
VIEWTB 567
View information table
VIEWTB
Contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- BEAMP(10500,105,14)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
Coordinate system identification number from CID field
NX
View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID
Mininum VUHEXA identification number

for this element
MAXEID
Maximum VUHEXA identification number

for this element
MINGID
Minimum Grid identification number for

this element
10
MAXGID
Maximum Grid identification number for

this element
11
G(2)
Corner Grid identification numbers
13
ICORD
CHAR4
14
UNDEF
none
CHAR4
Method - 'DIRE' means direct
Not used
568
VIEWTB
Record 3 -- HEXAP(14100,141,18)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
Coordinate system identification number -from CID field
NX
View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field
NY
NZ
MTH
CHAR4
Method -- DIRE means direct
MINEID
MAXEID

for this element
MINGID
Minimum grid identification number for

this element
10
MAXGID
Maximum grid identification number for

this element
11
G(8)
Corner grid identification numbers

for this element
Record 4 -- PENTAP(14200,142,16)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID
Mininum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER for this element
MAXEID
Maximum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER for this element
MINGID

this element
CHAR4
VIEWTB 569
Word
Name
Type
Description
10
MAXGID

this element
11
G(6)
Record 5 -- QUADP(10300,103,16)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID

for this element
MAXEID

for this element
MINGID

this element
10
MAXGID

this element
11
G(4)
15
ICORD
CHAR4
16
THETA
RS
CHAR4
Rotation of convective system - from

THETA field
Record 6 -- TETRAP(14300,143,14)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
570
VIEWTB
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
Description
MTH
MINEID
Mininum VUTETRA identification number

for this element
MAXEID
Maximum VUTETRA identification

number for this element
MINGID

this element
10
MAXGID

this element
11
G(4)
Corner grid identification numbers
Record 7 -- TRIAP(10400,104,15)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID

for this element
MAXEID

for this element
MINGID

this element
10
MAXGID

this element
11
G(3)
14
ICORD
CHAR4
15
THETA
RS
CHAR4
Rotation of convective system - from

THETA field
VIEWTB 571
Record 8 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Notes:
Name
UNDEF(6 )
Type
none
Description
Not used
1. For each of the 3 word headers: The first number is element type * 100; the second
number is element type; and the third number is the number of words per element.
2. Items indicated as from field XXX refer to the OUTRCV Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
572
VIEWTB
Main Index
Chapter 3: Nastran Data Definition Language (NDDL)

Main Index
Nastran Data Definition

Language (NDDL)
NDDL Summary
Detailed Description of NDDL Statements
574

NDDL Summary
NDDL Summary
The NDDL (MSC Nastran Data Definition Language) has several purposes:
1. The NDDL describes the hierarchical data structure of the MSC Nastran database.
2. The NDDL provides the mechanism, in conjunction with the TYPE DMAP statement, for
determining which MSC Nastran generated data blocks or parameters or both will be stored on
the database.
3. The NDDL provides the schema necessary for representing the data block data structure.
4. The NDDL and its associated query language provides the means for selecting from the
hierarchical database structure specific data blocks in the form of flat tables, thus admitting them
to relational database manipulation.
5. The NDDL provides the necessary data dependencies for automatic modified restarts.
Descriptions of NDDL Statements
Main Index
DATABLK
Define a data blocks name, path, and location and describe its contents.
DEPEN
Define a data block, parameter, or virtual parameter to be dependent upon other

data block(s), parameter(s) or virtual parameter(s).
PARAM
Define a parameters name, type, path, location, and default value.
PATH
List the QUALifiers to be used in accessing the data block or parameter via the
NDDL.
QUAL
Define a qualifiers name, type and default value
Chapter 3: Nastran Data Definition Language (NDDL) 575


Syntactical Descriptions
In the descriptions of the NDDL statements, the following notations are used:
1. Slashes, colons, and parentheses must be specified as shown.
2. Uppercase letters are keywords and must be specified as shown.
3. Lowercase letters represent variables, the permissible values of which are indicated in the
descriptive text.
4. Shaded words indicate the default.
5. One or more items in square brackets [] are optional. If the describers are stacked vertically, then
only one may be specified.
6. One or more items in braces {} must be specified. If the describers are stacked vertically, then
only one may be specified.
Main Index
576
DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
DATABLK
A data block is a collection of matrix columns or table records and may be broken down into the
following entities:
1. Record (or column) is a group of items and/or entries.
2. Entry is a group of items and/or entries within a record.
3. Item is a single scalar quantity; such as an integer, real number, complex number, character string,
or logical.
Format:
DATABLK,db_name,PATH=pathname,LOCATION=loc_param,
MATRIX
UNSTRUCTURED
TYPE = TABLE [ ( style ) ] SAMEAS,sname EOF
db_description
KDICT
KELM
where:
style
= the db_description has special rules. Only TABLE(OFP) and TABLE(CASE)

are allowed.
SAMEAS
db_description
= the db_description on another DATABLK, sname statement.

= one or more record descriptions providing a word-by-word description of each
record in which each word (or item) is assigned a name and type.
RECORD
(*)
,
= rec_name [ ( h1 [ ,h2 [ ,h3 ] ] ) ]
rec_description
SAMEAS, srec_name
, EOR
where:
RECORD(*)
= rec_description defines all records. It can only be specified once following

RECORD=HEADER.
RECORD
= rec_name[(h1[,h2[,h3]]] assigns a name to the record and may optionally indicate

that the record begins with one to three integers called header words. This format
may be specified more than once. Only a few data blocks have this type of record;
such as IFP module output data blocks.
Main Index
DATABLK 577
rec_description contains one or more of the following record components that may be repeated and in
any order:
item_component defines a single item.
entry_component defines a description of one or more record components and may be repeated
in the record.
either_component defines a description of one or more record components and is conditional
upon the value of another item anywhere in the record.

item_component has one of the following forms:
rep_count
item_name
, item_type,
C
UNDEF,
rep_count,
where:
rep_count
C
= the number of times the item is repeated. The default is zero.

= item_name is referenced by BACK in an either_component or COUNT in an
entry_component. For items referenced by BACK, item_type can only be I, PC4, or
PC5. For items referenced by COUNT, item_type must be I.
item_type is:
Item Type
Description
Integer
RS
Real-single precision
RD
Real-double precision
RX
Real machine precision
CS
Complex-single precision
CD
Complex-double precision
CX
Complex machine precision
CHARi
Character (i = length)
LOGICAL
Logical
PC4
Packed character string (four characters in length)
PC5
Packed character string (five characters in length)
UNDEF indicates a dummy item that is one machine-word in length.
entry_component has the following form:
Main Index
578
DATABLK
ENTRY[=entry-name],
rec_component
,
SAMEAS, sentry_name
COUNT
=
item_name
ENDENTRY,
EOR
WITH ,
( end_value1,end_value2, )
where:
rec_component
= partial record description or item_component.
sentry_name
= the name of another entry_component to be duplicated on this entry.
ENDENTRY
= required and terminates the entry_components.
COUNT
n
item_name
= the number of times the entry occurs in the record.

= constant integer value for the number of occurrences.
= the name of an item in the record whose value will specify the number of
occurrences. (item_name can only be typed as an integer; i.e., item_type is I).
end_valuei
= numeric value(s) that identifies the end of repeating ENTRY... ENDENTRY

grouping.
EOR
= no more rec_components follow in the record and another RECORD or EOF

must follow.
either_component has the following form:
Main Index
DATABLK 579
AHEAD
( item_name [ ,func_code ] ) = item_val1,

BACK
EITHER,
rec_component1,
[ OR , item_val2,
rec_component2,]
OR , item_valn,
[ rec_component]
[OR,
rec_component(n+1)]
ENDEITH,
where:
AHEAD or BACK
OR
= an item defined elsewhere in the record.

= the beginning of an optional description of the item=item_valn.
The last OR component does not have to be followed by an item_val.
ENDEITH
= required and terminates the either_component.
Keywords:
Main Index
TYPE
Defines the class or characteristics of information it contains.
TABLE
A collection of records.
TABLE (CASE)
Special style of table for Case Control tables.
TABLE (OFP)
Special style of table that are suitable for input to the OFP module.
MATRIX
A M by N dimensional array of related items obeying the rules of matrix

algebra.
UNSTRUCTURED
The data block has no description. db_description, and SAMEAS will be

ignored.
EOR
End of record description.
EOF
End of the data block description.
580
DATABLK
Variables:
db_name
Data block name; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for datablock-names:
A through Z and 0 through 9.
pathname
Name of the path, which is also referenced on a PATH statement.
loc_param
Variable character parameter name with a value that is the DBset name. See
the PARAM NDDL statement and the INlT FMS statement.
rec_name
Record name. Optional. Name syntax is same as db_name.
entry_name
Entry name. Optional. Name syntax is same as db_name.
item_name
Item name.
item_vali
Item value. If AHEAD or BACK is used then the type of item_vali must match
the item_type assigned to item_name. If item_type is PC4 or PC5, then
item_vali must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
func_code
Function code. Optional. Specifies the function to perform on the value of

item_name, before comparing to item_val.
Func_code
Operation
if (item_name / 1000) = 2, 3, or 5 then set to 2; else then set

to 1
mod( item_name, 100 )
mod( item_name, 1000 ) / 100
item_name / 10
mod( item_name, 10 )
if iand(item_name,8) 0 then set to 0; else then set to 1
if (item_name/1000) = 0 or 2 then set to 0; else 4 or 5 then set

to 2; else then set to 1
rightmost 16 bits of item_name
>65535
iand(item_name,iand(func_code,65535))
Remarks:
1. In general, the data block completely describes all possible records of a data block. At any given
instance, some or even all of the records that comprise the description may not physically exist in any
given data block.
2. For UNDEF items, DEPENdencies are not checked and for transfer of data between machine types
they are considered integer zero.
Main Index
DATABLK 581
Examples:
1. The simplest DATABLK statement might be of the form:

DATABLK,INDATA,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN,EOF
A more complex specification of a DATABLK statement is of the form:
DATABLK,GEOM4S,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,SAMEAS,
GEOM4,EOF
In the above statement, SAMEAS,GEOM4 specifies that GEOM4S has the same data block
description specified under the DATABLK,GEOM4 statement.
2. Consider the following:
DATABLK ,EQEXIN,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR,
RECORD=EXT2INT,
GRIDID,I,INTERNAL,I,
EOR,
RECORD=EXT2SIL,
GRIDID,I,TENXSIL,I,EOR,EOF
The NAME(2) above represents a two word item with each word four characters in length. The
RECORD=EXT2INT gives this particular record the record-name EXT2INT. In the record named
EXT2INT there are two integer items called GRIDID and INTERNAL. These two groups are repeated
until the EOR is encountered.
A simple ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping is:
RECORD=MAT9(2603,26,300),
MID,I,
ENTRY=GEES,
G(21),RS,
ENDENTRY,
RHO,RS,...,
EOR,
In the above example it was found convenient to group the Gs into an ENTRY-ENDENTRY group
called GEES. The group contains 21 entries. The group items can be accessed as a whole group or as
individual members. Also note the (2603,26,300) entry. Internally, for many records, MSC Nastran
sees not the record name e.g., MAT9, but rather the describer e.g.,(2603,26,300).
Another example of an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is as follows:
RECORD=CYJOIN(5210,52,257),
SIDE,I,C,I,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
EOR,
In this example the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group in the CYJOIN record consists of an indefinite
number of G1 data-items. When the value -1 (which is physically part of the record) is encountered,
repetition of the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group will stop. Another similar example is of the form:
Main Index
582
DATABLK
RECORD=MPC(4901,49,17),
SID,I,...,
ENTRY,
G1,I,C1,I,A1,RS,
ENDENTRY,WITH,(-1,-1,-1),EOR,
In the above MPC record, the group G1, C1, A1, repeats until -1 -1 -1 is encountered in the record. A
complex example of ENTRY ... ENDENTRY groups is shown next.
RECORD=RBE3(7101,71,187),
EID,I,REFGRID,I,REFC,I,
ENTRY,
WT1,RS,C1,I,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-2,
ENTRY,
GM1,I,CM1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-3,
EOR,
In this example, an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is shown nested within another ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group. If an ENTRY .. ENDENTRY group appears in another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY
group, it must be entirely contained in the particular group. The outer ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group
of this example uses the ElTHER,OR clause to select the ENDENTRY statement. In this particular
example, the inner ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated by -1. The outer ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group is terminated when a -2 is encountered. If a -2 is encountered, another ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group terminating with -3 is executed. If -3 is encountered the outer loop terminates. The
record is continuously repeated in this fashion until the EOR is encountered.
The next example uses EITHER,OR clauses to select one of several possible table formats including
an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping.
RECORD=RELEASE(1310,13,247),
SEID,I,C,I,
EITHER,0,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
OR,1,
G1,I,G2,I,
OR,-1
ENDEITH,
EOR,
The RELEASE record represents three possible forms of the Bulk Data entry RELEASE. The ENTRY
... ENDENTRY group represents an open-ended list of grid point identifiers terminated by -1. The first
OR represents a THRU option while the second OR represents a ALL option.
Another use of the SAMEAS clause is as follows:
,...,
ENTRY=SOLDSP,SAMEAS,NONLIN,ENDENTRY,
Main Index
DATABLK 583
This statement says that SOLDSP entry has an identical group structure to an ENTRY=NONLIN
grouping, which is in the same data block and comes physically before the SOLDSP entry.
The COUNT = n is shown in the next example:
,...,
RECORD=PBEAM,(5402,54,262)
PID,I,MID,I,N,I,CCF,I,X,I,
ENTRY=SECTIONS,
S0,I,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,
C1 ,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=11,
K1,RS, ... , N2B,RS,
EOR, ...
The STATIONS entry is to be repeated 10 times in addition to the entry explicitly described. Thus
there are 11 such entries.
The next example shows the use of COUNT = item-id and WITH,EOR
,...,
UNUSED(67),I,
LSEM(C),I,
ENTRY,
COEF,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSEM,
ENTRY=SETS,
SETID,I,
LSET(C),I,
ENTRY,
SET,I,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSET,
ENDENTRY,WITH,EOR,EOF
The number of data items in COEFF is LSEM.
The entry SETS represents an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, which ends when an EOR is reached.
SET contains LSET data items for each repetition through the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group.
The next example shows a use of UNDEF, length.
RECORD=CCONE(2315,23,0),
EID,I,PID,I,
UNDEF,18,
EOR,
Here UNDEF,18 says that the next 18 items in the table are undefined. Neither, the item-name or
data-type are defined.
The next example shows the use of AHEAD(item-name).
RECORD=CBAR(2408,24,180),
EID,I,PID,I,GA,I,GB,I,
EITHER,AHEAD(F)=1,
X1 ,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,F,I
Main Index
584
DATABLK
OR,2,
GO,I,UNDEF,2,F,I,
ENDEITH, ...
In the example above, AHEAD(F) says read F, which is required to be integer (I) or packed character
(PC4 or PC5), to determine the appropriate description.N
In the following example, packed characters are used in an either component:
EITHER,OPT1
X1,RS,Y1,RS,Z1,RS,
OR,OPT2
I1,I,I2,I,I3,I,
OR,OPT3,
R1,RS,I2,I,R3,RS,
ENDEITH, ...
Main Index
DEPEN 585
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
DEPEN
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter on another data block, parameter, or virtual
parameter.
Format:
DEPEN
Meaning:
dep_db_name ( DB )
dep_param_name ( P )
dep_virtual_name ( VP )
indep_db_namei ( DB )
indep_param_namei ( DB ) [ : desc_loc ] [ , ]
indep_virtual_namei ( VP )
dep_* is dependent upon indep_*. In other words, if any or all of indep_* changes,
or is also marked for deletion. The RESTART module detects changes and marks
dep_* for deletion.
Variables:
dep_*
Dependent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by DB, P, or VP,

respectively.
indep_*
Independent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by DB, P, or VP,

respectively.
desc_loc
Description locator of the independent record, entry, or item and the format is
[ record_name ] [ : [ entry_name ] ] [ : [ item_name ] ]
Remarks:
1. des_loc is specified in order to isolate the independent data. In other words, the dependency is limited
to a specific record, entry, and/or item. For example,
DEPEN A/B $ delete A if any item in B changes
DEPEN A/B:C $ delete A only if record C changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D $ delete A only if entry D of record C
changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D:E $ delete A only if item E in entry D
of record C changes
2. If record_name, entry_name or item_name is not defined in the DATABLK description, then leave
these fields blank but specify the colon.
Examples:
1. EPTS example:
Main Index
586
DEPEN
DEPEN EPTS
TYPE=TABLE
SAMEAS,EPT,EOF
PATH=PEIDI
LOCATION=IFPX,
DATABLK EPT TYPE=TABLE

PATH=IFPI
LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=PBAR(52,20,181)
PID,I,MID,I,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,FE,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS
,D2,RS,E1,TS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,K1,RS,K2,RS,I12,RS,EOR,
RECORD=PBEAM(5402,54,262),
PID,I,MID,I,NI,CCF,I,X,RS,
ENTRY=SECTIONS,
SO,RS,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,
J,RS,NSM,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,
E2,RS,F1,RS,R2,RS,ENDENTRY,COUNT=11,
K1,TS,K2,RS,S1,RS,S2,RS,NSIA,RS,NSIB,RS,CWA,RS,
CWB,RS,M1A,RS,M2A,RS,M1B,RS,M2B,RS,
N1A,RS,N1B,RS,N2A,RS,N2B,RS,EOR,
DEPEN EPTSK(VP)/EPTS:PBAR::PID,EPTS:PBAR::MID,
EPTS:PBAR::A,
.
.
.
EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:A,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I1,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS
:I2,
2. GEOM1S example:
DATABLK GEOM1S TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEID LOCATION=IFPX,
SAMEAS,GEOM1,EOF
DATABLK GEOM1 TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFP LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR,
.
.
RECORD=GRID(4501,45,1),
ID,I,CP,I,X1,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,CD,I,PS,I,SEID,I,EOR,
.
.
RECORD=SEQGP(5301,53,4),
ID,I,SEQID,I,EOR,
.
.
EOF
DEPEN NODES(VP)/GEOM1S:GRID::ID,GEOM1S:GRID::CP,
GEOM1S:GRID:::X1,GEOM1S:GRID::X2,GEOM1S:GRID::X3,
GEOM1S:GRID::CD $
DEPEN GPLS / NODES(VP,SNODES(VP) $
DEPEN LUSETS(P) /GPLS,GEOM1S:SEQGP $
PARA
Main Index
PARAM 587
Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
PARAM
Defines parameters that require a path and/or dbset location.

Format:
PARAM
parameter-name[=default-value]
TYPE=data-type,
PATH=path-name
LOCATION=dbset-name $
Variables:
parameter-name
The name of the parameter; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first

character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for
parameter-names A through Z and 0 through 9. Any other characters are
invalid.
default-value
The explicit default value of the parameter. If no default value is given,

CHARi defaults to a blank and all others default to zero.
data-type
The data type. Possible data types are as follows:
Description
Integer
data-type
I
RS
RD
CS

Character
Logical
CD
CHARi, where i = 1 through 80
LOGICAL
path-name
The logical name of the hierarchical structure. Refer to the PATH statement.
dbset-name
The variable character parameter name with a value that corresponds to a

DBset name. Its default value must be defined on another PARAM NDDL
statement and cannot be blank.
Remarks:
1. The TYPE DMAP statement may not override the default set with this statement. Any default value
set with the TYPE DMAP statement is ignored.
Main Index
588
PARAM
2. DBset-name parameters in LOCATION must be assigned to MASTER.

3. Character values must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
Examples:
PARAM,POST=0,TYPE=I,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,WTMASS=1.0,TYPE=RS,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,CM1=(1.0,0.0),TYPE=CS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,MESH=NO,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,DBUP=DBALL,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
PARAM,DBDN=DBALL,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
Main Index
PATH 589
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL statements
PATH
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL

statements
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statements.
Format:
PATH
pathname
qual-name1, qual-name2, ...
Variables:
path-name
Name of the path; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for path-names: A through Z and
0 through 9. The path-name may be referenced on one or more DATABLK and/or
PARAM statements with PATH=path-name.
qual-namei
A list of qualifiers that are defined on QUAL NDDL statements.
Example:
The path DMSL specifies qualifiers MODEL, SEID, and LID.

PATH DMSL
Main Index
MODEL,SEID,LID $
590
QUAL
Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement
QUAL
Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement
Defines qualifiers that are referenced on the PATH NDDL statement.

Format:
QUAL(qtype)
qual-name1=default-value1
qual-name2=default-value2,...
Variables:
qtype
Type of qualifier.
Description
Integer
qtype
I
RS
RD
CS
CD
Character
Logical
CHARi, where i=1,80

LOGICAL
qual-namei
Name of the qualifier referenced on a PATH NDDL statement.
default-valuei
Default value of the qualifier. Character values must be enclosed in single

quotation marks.
Remarks:
1. qual-namei may be referenced on one or more PATH NDDL statements.

2. The TYPE,PARM,NDDL DMAP statement must be used to declare the qualifier in the
subDMAP.
3. Qualifiers may be modified in the subDMAP in the same manner as variable parameters.
Example:
The following statement defines integer qualifiers MODEL, SEID, SOLID, and BASE and their defaults.
QUAL(I) MODEL=0,SEID=0,SOLID=0,BASE=1
Main Index
Chapter 4: DMAP Modules and Statements

Main Index
DMAP Modules and Statements
DMAP Module and Statement List
DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements
592


Descriptions of the most common and easy-to-use DMAP modules and statements are contained in
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601, arranged alphabetically. Conditional
statements IF, IF ( ) THEN, ELSE, ELSE IF ( ) THEN, ENDIF, DO WHILE, ENDDO, JUMP, and
LABEL are described in Control Statement, 30. The Assignment (=) statement is described in
Assignment Statement, 18, and the Function statements are described in Function Statement, 19.
Descriptions for all other modules are contained in the MSC.Nastran Programmers Manual.
Matrix Modules
Main Index
ADD
MERGE
SOLVE
ADD5
MPYAD
SOLVIT
CEAD
NORM
TRNSP
DCMP
PARTN
UMERGE
DECOMP
READ
UMERGE1
DIAGONAL
RESMOD
UPARTN
FBS
SMPYAD
Chapter 4: DMAP Modules and Statements 593

Utility Modules
APPEND
LAMX
PARAML
COPY
MATGEN
PRTPARM
DBC
MATGPR
PVT
DBDICT
MATMOD
RESTART
DMIIN
MATOFP
RMDUPBLK
DRMS1
MATPCH
SCALAR
DTIIN
MATPRN
SEQP
ELTPRT
MATPRT
TABEDIT
IFP
MODTRL
TABPRT
IFP1, . . . IFP10
MTRXIN
TABPT
IFPBSH2
OFP
VEC
INPUTT2
OUTPUT2
VECPLOT
INPUTT4
OUTPUT4
XSORT
Executive Modules and Statements

DBVIEW
DELETE
EQUIVX
FILE
MESSAGE
PURGEX
Main Index
594

Miscellaneous Modules and Statements
Main Index

Main Index
ACMG
CURV
DOPR3X
DSFLTF
ADAMSMNF
CURVPLOT
DOPR4
DSGRDM
ADAMSRBM
CYCLIC1
DOPR5
DSMA
ADAPT
CYCLIC2
DOPR6
DSPRM
ADG
CYCLIC3
DOPRAN
DSTA
ADJMOD
CYCLIC4
DPD
DSTAP2
ADR
DBDELETE
DRMH1
DSVG1
AELOOP
DBEQUIV
DRMH3
DSVG1P
AEMODEL
DBSTATUS
DRMT1
DSVG2
AFPMP
DDR2
DSABO
DSVG3
AIEMGA
DDRMM
DSAD
DSVGP4
AMG
DISDCMP
DSADJ
DSVGP5
AMP
DISFBS
DSADX
DUMMOD1-4
APD
DISOFPM
DSAE
DVIEWP
ASDR
DISOFPS
DSAF
DYNCXPNT
ASG
DISOPT
DSAH
EFFMAS
AXMDRV
DISPARM
DSAJ
ELFDR
AXMPR1
DISUTIL
DSAL
EMA
AXMPR2
DIVERG
DSAM
EMAKFR
BDRYINFO
DLT2SLT
DSAN
EMG
BCDR
DMPCASE
DSAP
ESTINDX
BGCASO
DOM10
DSAPRT
EXPORTLD
BGICA
DOM11
DSAR
FA1
BGP
DOM12
DSARLP
FA2
BMG
DOM6
DSARME
FBODYLD
BNDSPC
DOM9
DSARMG
FORTIO
CAMPREP
DOPFS
DSARSN
FRLG
CASE
DOPR1
DSAW
FRLGEN
CMPZPR
DOPR2
DSDVRG
FRQDRV
CMSENGY
DOPR3
DSFLTE
FRRD1FRRD2
596

Main Index
GENTRAN
MCE1
OPTGP0
SEMA
GETCOL
MCEMCFRACT
ORTHOG
SEP1
GETMKL
MDATA
OUTPRT
SEP1X
GI
MDBNZO
PCOMB
SEP2
GIC2C
MDCASE
PFCALC
SEP2CT
GKAM
MDISUTIL
PLOT
SEP2DR
GNFM
MGEN
PLTHBDY
SEP2X
GP0
MKCNTRL
PLTSET
SEP3
GP1
MKCSTMA
PLTMSG
PROJVER
GP2
MKRBVEC
PNCHGRP
RANDOM
GP3
MKSPLINE
PNMKGRP
SHPCAS
GP4
MODACC
PRESOL
SMA3
GP5
MODCASE
PROJVER
SSG1
GPFDR
MODENRGY
RANDOM
SSG2
GPJAC
MODEPF
RBMG3
SSG3
GPSP
MODEPOUT
RBMG4
SSG4
GPSTR1
MODGDN
RMG2
STATICS
GPSTR2
MODGM4
ROTOR
ST2DYN
GPSTRPBX
MODQSET
ROTRD1
STDCON
GPWG
MODTRK
ROTRD2
STRSORT
GUST
MODUSET
ROTRUTL
TA1
GUSTLDW
MONVEC
RSPEC
TAFF
GYROLD
MONVEC3
SCE1
TAHT
IFPINDX
MPP
SDP
TASNP1
IFT
MPPTRAN
SDR1
TASNP2
ILMP1
MRGCOMP
SDR2
TOLAPP
ILMP2
MRGMON
SDR3
TRD1
ILMPGPF
MRGCSTM
SDRCOMP
TRD2
INDXBULK
MSGHAN
SDRHT
TRLG
INTERR
MSGSTRES
SDRNL
UEIGL
ISHELL
NASSETS
SDRP
UGVADD
LANCZOS
NDINTERP
SDRX
UREDUC
LCGEN
NEWUSET
SDRXD
VDR
LMATPRT
NLCOMB
SDSA
VIEW
MACOFP
NLHARM
SDSB
VIEWP
MAKAEFA
NLICLOOP
SDSC
WEIGHT
MAKAEFS
NLITER
SECONVRT
XYPLOT
MAKAEMON
NLRSLOOP
SEDR
XYTRAN
MAKCOMP
NLRSMAP
SEDRDR
MAKENEW
NLSOLV
SEEFMBND
MAKEOLD
NLTRD
SEEFMCLF
MAKMON
NLTRD2
SEEFMDMP
MASSCOMB
NLTRLG
SEEFMLST
MATGEN
NSMEPT
SEEFMNON
MATREDU
OFPINDX
SEEFMOUT


Following is a summary description of the modules described in detail in the next subsection and a listing
of obsolete modules.
Matrix Modules
Module
ADD
[ X] = [ A] [B ]
ADD5
[ X] = [ A] + [ B] + [ C] + [ D ] + [ E]
CEAD
Solves for p and { } in ( [ M ]p + [ B ] p + [ K ] ) { } = { 0 }
DECOMP,DCM
P
[A] [L][U]
DIAGONAL
[ A ] a P or [ A ] a P
ii
ij
FBS
[ X ] = ( [ L ] [ U ] ) [ B ]
MERGE
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
MPYAD
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] or [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ]
NORM
[ X ] = [ A ] normalized to 1.0 maximum in each column
PARTN
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
READ,
LANCZOS
Solves for and { } in ( [ K ] [ M ] ) { } = { 0 }
SMPYAD
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] [ F ] or [ A ] [ B ] [ A ]
SOLVE,
SOLVIT
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] or [ A ]
TRNSP
[X] = [A]
UMERGE
Main Index
Basic Operation
PHIA
{ PHIF } ---------------
PHIO
598

Module
UMERGE1
UPARTN
Basic Operation
[ K ii ]
[ K ii ]
K jj K jl
K lj K ll
K jj K jl
K lj K ll
or K jl K jj K jl
Pj
or { P i } -----
Pl
Utility Modules
Module
Main Index
Basic Function
APPEND
Concatenates two data blocks.
COPY
Copies a data block.
DBC
Converts data blocks for model generation and results processing.
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables with optional user-selectable format.
DMIIN
Converts DMI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.
DRMS1
Recovers data by mode superposition.
DTIIN
Converts DTI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.
ELTPRT
Prints element summary information.
IFP1
Reads in the Case Control Section.
IFP, IFP3
through IFP9
Converts the output from the XSORT module into several tables.
INPUTT2
Reads data blocks from FORTRAN-readable files.
INPUTT4
Reads matrices from FORTRAN-readable files.
LAMX
Edits or generates real or complex eigenvalue summary table.
MATGEN
Generates special matrices, such as identities, etc.
MATGPR
Prints matrices with grid point and component identification.
MATMOD
Transforms a collection of input matrices into output matrices.
MATPCH
Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
MATPRN
Prints general matrix data blocks (10 items per line).
MATPRT
Prints matrix data blocks (6 items per line).
MERGEOFP
Merges linear and nonlinear stress data blocks from SDR2.
MESSAGE
Prints user defined messages.
MODACC
Partitions solution vectors based on the OTIME or OFREQ Case Control

command.

Module
Basic Function
MODTRL
Modifies data block trailer data.
MTRXlN
Converts DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.
OFP
Provides user-oriented self-explanatory formats for data blocks prepared by other

functional modules (e.g., READ, CEAD, SDR2, etc.).
OUTPUT2
Writes tables or matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.
OUTPUT4
Writes matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.
PARAML
Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.
PRTPARM
Prints parameter values and DMAP error messages.
PVT
Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data PARAM entries.
RESTART
Compares two data blocks and/or invokes dependencies defined in the NDDL.
SCALAR
Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.
SEQP
Generates a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices.
TABEDlT
Edits tables.
TABPRT
Prints selected table data blocks using user-oriented formats.
TABPT
Prints table data blocks.
TIMETEST
Computes timing data.
VEC
Generates partitioning vector.
VECPLOT
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of vectors.
XSORT
Reads in the Bulk Data Section.
Executive Modules and Statements

Module or Statement
Main Index
Basic Function
DBVIEW
Creates a virtual data block from an NDDL data block.
DELETE
Deletes a data block(s) from the database.
EQUIVX
Assigns another name to a data block.
FILE
Defines special data block characteristics to DMAP compiler.
PURGEX
Flags a data block as empty on the database.
TYPE
Identifies NDDL data blocks and parameters.
600

Obsolete Modules and Statements

The following modules are obsolete and are not described in this guide. They are either no longer
available or not recommended:
DMAP Module or Statement
Main Index
Alternate Method or Modules
COND
IF and IF ( ) THEN statement
DBDIR
DBDICT statement
DYNCTRL
None
DYNREDU
None
EQUIV
EQUIVX module
INREL
SubDMAP SEMR3
PARAM
Function and assignment statements
PARAMR
Function and assignment statements
PURGE
PURGEX module
RBMG2
DECOMP
REIGL
READ module
REPT
DO WHILE statement
SCE1
UPARTN
SETVAL
Assignment statement
SMP2
UPARTN, MPYAD, SMPYAD
TASN
TASNP2
ACMG 601
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and

Statements
The following descriptions of commonly used DMAP modules are in alphabetical order.
ACMG
Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
Computes the coupling matrix for fluid/structure interface at all points or only points on a given structural
panel.
ACMG
PANSLT,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,ECT,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXIN,EDT/
AGG
/
APART
LUSET/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH/
PNLPTV $
Input Data Blocks:
PANSLT
Panel static load table.
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table.
CSTM
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.
SIL
Scalar index list.
ECT
Element connectivity table.
EQACST
Equivalence between internal fluid grid points and internal structural grid points
which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.
NORTAB
Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which lie
within the acoustic face.
EQEXIN
Equivalence between external grid/scalar and internal identification numbers.
EDT
Element deformation table. Contains SET1 entries.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
AGG
Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural panel.
APART
Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when PNLPTV=TRUE.
602
ACMG
Parameters:
LUSET
Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set.
MPNFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.
NUMPAN
Input-integer-default=1. Number of panels.
PANAME
Output-character-default='NASTPANL'. Name of the panel whose coupling matrix

is created.
IPANEL
Input-integer-default=1. Number of records to skip to get the required data in the

PANSLT table.
MATCH
Input-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.
PNLPTV
Matching mesh
Nonmatching mesh
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE,

then generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition the g-set
size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix.
Remarks:
1. MPNFLG, NUMPAN, and MATCH are computed by the GP5 module, whereas the IPANEL
parameter is incremented in DMAP.
2. PANSLT, BGPDT, and SIL cannot be purged if fluid structure interaction is to be considered.
CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point references a coordinate system other than basic.
Example:
Compute global coupling matrices for all points:

GP5
ACMG
Main Index
ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB/
S,N,MPNFLG//S,N,MATCH/NASOUT $
PANSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXINS/
AGG/LUSETS/////MATCH $
ACMG 603
Compute coupling matrices for all structural panels:

GP5
ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
MPNSLT,EQACST,MNRTAB/
MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH $
IPANEL=1 $
DO WHILE ( IPANEL<=NUMPAN ) $
ACMG
MPNSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,MNRTAB,EQEXINS/
ABE/LUSETS/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH $
IPANEL=IPANEL+1 $
ENDDO $ IPANEL<=NUMPAN
Main Index
604
ADAMSMNF
Generate files for MSC.Adams
ADAMSMNF Generate files for MSC.Adams

Generate modal neutral files using the MSC.Adams/FLEX MNF toolkit.
Format:
ADAMSMNF
UNITS,BGPDT,GEOM2,GEOM4,CMBXPHG,MABXWGG,MXWAA,KXWAA,
PXA,GPSETS,ELSET,OGS1,OGSTR1,OGPWGBW,CASECC,PCDB/
BAAEA,OGS1P,OGTR1P/
M9I/
QUALNAM/SEID/NOSE/LUSET/NOASET/MNFOUT/OUTGS1/
OUTGSTR1/MINVAR/PSETID/CCSET/PRECOL/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
UNITS
Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.
BGPDT
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom

membership and rigid element connectivity.
CMBXPHG
Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate system and and
row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence.
MABXWGG
Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic coordinate
system, row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence, and divided by
WTMASS.
MXWAA
Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number
sequence and divided by WTMASS.
KXWAA
Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number
PXA
Matrix of modally reduced static loads.
GPSETS
Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets.
ELSET
Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(PLOT) Section of Case Control.
OGS1
Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format.
OGSTR1
Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
OGPWGBW
Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate system divided
by WTMASS.
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images.
PCDB
Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.
ADAMSMNF 605
BAAEA
Modal damping matrix.
OGS1P
Table of grid point stresses due to preload.
OGSTR1P
Table of grid point strains due to preload.
Output Data Blocks:
M9I
Table of the nine mass invariants.
Parameters:
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='
qualified by SEID.
SEID
Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.
NOSE
Input-integer-default=0. Number of superelements extracted from trailer of SEMAP.
LUSET
Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set.
NOASET
Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
MNFOUT
Input-character-default='MNF'. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass

invariants, M9I:
'MNF'
Modal neutral file only
'NINEMAI'
M9I only
'BOTH'
Modal neutral file and M9I
OUTGS1
Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGS to modal neutral file.
OUTGSTR1
Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal neutral file.
MINVAR
Input-character-default='FULL'. Type of coupling for output of nine mass

invariants, M9I:
PSETID
CONSTANT'
1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
'PARTIAL'
All except 5 and 9
'FULL'
All
'NONE'
None
Input-integer-default=-1. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET

record. If GPSET or ELSET is not found then it is set identification number defined
in CASECC which specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in
turn DEFINE a set of nodes and elements to MSC.Adams:
-1
Main Index
'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting data blocks
All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.
606
ADAMSMNF
None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and
elements will be output.
>0
All grids and element plot sets present in SET=PSETID.
CCSET
Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number which specifies a

set of grids to be used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option. (Reserved for
possible future implementation.)
PRECOL
Input-integer-default=-1. Column number of preload vector in PXA. If

PRECOL<=0, then there is no preload.
WTMASS
Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.
Remarks:
1. The invariants can be output to the MNF file only if MINVAR<>'NONE'.
Main Index
ADAMSRBM 607
Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results
ADAMSRBM
Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results
Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results.

Format:
ADAMSRBM
RBH,UGX,CSTM,BGPDT/URGB/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
RBH
Large motion matrix computed by MSC.ADAMS. RBH contains six rows: the
first 3 rows are large translations and the next 3 rows are Euler angles.
UGX
Solution matrix in g-set from frequency or transient response analysis.
CSTM
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
UGRB
UGX matrix updated with large motion (RBH).
Parameters:
APP
Main Index
Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type.

'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
608
ADAPT
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
ADAPT
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values and generates a new set of
p-values for next adaptivity loop.
Format:
ADAPT
CASECC,EPT,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPT,ETT,
CSTM,PVAL0,ERROR0,PELSET,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,
GEOM4,BGPDT,GPSNT,EPSSE,LAMA,GLERR/
PVAL1,ERROR1,GLERR1/
ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/
S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,ADPTEXIT/DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
Case Control table.
EPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.
EDT
Element deformation table. Contains ADAPT Bulk Data entries.
EST
Element summary table.
ELEMVOL
Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value dependencies of
each p-element grid, edge, face and body.
VIEWTB
View information table, contains the relationship between each

p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.
UG
Displacement matrix in g-set.
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.
ETT
Element temperature table.
CSTM
PVAL0
p-value table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement or adaptivity

loop.
ERROR0
Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement or

adaptivity loop.
PELSET
p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.
DEQATN
Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.
DEQIND
Index table to DEQATN data block.
DIT
Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.
OINT
p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.
ADAPT 609
GEOM4

BGPDT
GPSNT
Grid point shell normal table.
EPSSE
Table of epsilon and external work.
LAMA
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.
GLERR
Table of global error estimates from previous iteration.
Output Data Blocks:
PVAL1
p-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.
ERROR1
Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.
GLERR1
Table of global error estimates for current iteration.
Parameters:
ALTSHAPE
Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full
Product Space set.
APP
Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'STATICS' or 'REIGEN'.
ADPTIND
Input-integer-no default. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
SEID
Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.
PVALNEW
Output-integer-no default. New p-value set identification number.
ADPTEXIT
Output-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.
DESITER
Input-integer-no default. Design optimization iteration number.
DESMAX
Input-integer-no default. Design optimization maximum allowed iteration number.
CNVFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag.
Remarks:
1. If superelements are present then CASECC must contain only the residual structure. EPT, EST,
UG, MPT, CSTM, GEOM4, BGPDT, and GPSNT apply to the current superelement only. See
Example.
2. If DATAREC Case Control command and OUTPUT Bulk Data entries are specified, then
ADAPT will also print or punch out the p-value and error tables for specified p-element
identification numbers at desired adaptivity loops.
Main Index
610
ADAPT
Example:
Set up ADAPT module for superelement analysis.

EQUIVX
CASESX/CASE0/-1 $ CAPTURE R.S. CASE CONTROL

$ FOR ALL SUPERELEMENTS
EQUIVX
PVAL /PVALN/-1 $ COPY NDDL, WITH CURRENT VALUE
EQUIVX
ERROR/ERRORN/-1 $ OF PVALID QUALIFIER, TO SCRATCH.
DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $
IF ( RSONLY ) THEN $
SEID = 0 $
PEID = 0 $
LPFLG=-1 $ EXIT LOOP AFTER THIS PASS
ELSE $
SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LPFLG/
S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/
S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/'ALL'//-1 $
ENDIF $
CALL SETQ CASESX//SEID/PEID/S,MTEMP/S,K2GG/S,M2GG/S,B2GG/S,MPC/
S,SPC/S,LOAD/S,DEFORM/S,TEMPLD/S,P2G/S,DYRD/S,METH/
S,MFLUID $
ADAPT
CASE0,EPTS,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPTS,ETT,CSTMS,
PVALN,ERRORN,PELSETS,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,GEOM4S,
BGPDTS,GPSNTS/
PVAL1,ERROR1/
ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,FINISH/
DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $
EQUIVX
PVAL1/PVALN/ALWAYS
$ ..."ACCUMULATE" UPDATED PVALS
EQUIVX
ERROR1/ERRORN/ALWAYS $
AND ERRORS ACROSS ALL S.E.'S
DELETE
/UG,,,, $
IF ( ADPTEXIT )
ADPTEXIT = FINISH $
ENDDO $ LPFLG >= 0
Main Index
ADD 611
Matrix add
ADD
Computes
Matrix add
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] where and are scalar multipliers
( can be the +, *, or overwrite operators ) .

Format:
ADD
A,B/X/ALPHA/BETA/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
Any matrix (real or complex).
Output Data Block:
Matrix
Parameters:
ALPHA
Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is , the scalar multiplier

for [ A ] .
BETA

for [ B ] .
IOPT
Input-integer-default = 0. This chooses the operator in x ij = A ij B ij .
IOPT
Main Index
Operation
+ , add
* , multiply
, divide
= A ij if B ij =
= B ij if B ij
if A ij or B ij = 0, then X ij = 0
612
ADD
Matrix add
Remarks:
1. [ A ] and/or [ B ] may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will be
assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique. X may not be purged.
2. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [ X ] is the maximum of the types of
[ A ] , [ B ] , , and . The size of [ X ] is the size of [ A ] if [ A ] is present. Otherwise, it is the size
of [ B ] .
3. If A and B are not the same size, then the size of X will be the size of A. For example,
or
1 2 5 +
8 10 5
78 =
3 4 6
3 4 6
1 2 5 =
7 8 +
8 10
3 4 6
4. If ALPHA or BETA are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then
they may alternately be specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See examples.
5. For exponentiation of each element in a matrix, see DIAGONAL, 739 module.
Examples:
1. Add KDD to MDD:

ADD
KDD,MDD/DDD $
2. Multiply MAA by 5.0:
ADD
or
MAA,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
ADD
MAA,/MAA5/5.0 $
3. Overwrite terms of [ A ] with terms of:
ADD
Main Index
A,B/X///3 $
ADD5 613
Matrix add
ADD5
Matrix add
To compute [ X ] = [ A ] + [ B ] + [ C ] + [ D ] + [ E ] , where , , , , and are scalar multipliers.

Format:
ADD5
A,B,C,D,E/
X/
ALPHA/BETA/GAMMA/DELTA/EPSLN/
ALPHAD/BETAD/GAMMAD/DELTAD/EPSLND $
Input Data Blocks:
A,B,C,D,E
Must be distinct matrices. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
Matrix
Parameters:
Main Index
ALPHA

for [ A ] .
BETA

for [ B ] .
GAMMA

for [ D ] .
DELTA

for [ D ] .
EPSLN
Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is , the scalar multiplier for

[E] .
ALPHAD
Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar

multiplier for [ A ] .
BETAD

multiplier for [ B ] .
GAMMAD

multiplier for [ C ] .
614
ADD5
Matrix add
DELTAD

multiplier for [ C ] .
EPSLND

multiplier for [ E ] .
Remarks:
1. Any of the matrices may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will
be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique.
2. The type (complex or real) of [ X ] is maximum of the types of A, B, C, D, and E. If the imaginary
parts of any parameter are nonzero, then X will be complex. The precision of [ X ] is double for
short-word machines and single for long-word machines ADD5 is more efficient than ADD for
sparse matrices.
3. If the input matrices are incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 ATTEMPT TO ADD
INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES is issued.
4. If any of the scalar multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g.,
(5.,0.), then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See Example 2 below.
5. If any of the scalar single precision multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part
is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See Example
2. This alternate specification is not allowed for the double precision multipliers and constant
double precision values must be entered in full: e.g., (2.0D0, 0.0D0).
6. If ALPHAD, BETAD, GAMMAD, DELTAD, or EPSLND is non-zero then the corresponding
single precision parameter will be ignored.
Examples:
1. Compute
IOMEGA=CMPLX(0.,OMEGA)
OMEGSQ=IOMEGA**2
ADD5
MDD,BDD,KDD,,/DDD/OMEGSQ/IOMEGA $
2. Multiply [MAA] by 5.0
ADD5
or
MAA,,,,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
ADD5
MAA,,,,/MAA5/5.0 $
3. Scale A by a large number. The largest element in A is 1.0.
TYPE PARM,,CD,,SCALER=(1.D40,0.0D0) $
ADD5
A,,,,/ASCALED//////SCALER $
4. Change the type of the real double precision matrix A to complex.
ADD5
A,,,,/ACD//(1.,1.) $
Although the value of the second parameter does not appear in the output, it changes the type from
real double precision (type 2) to complex double precision.
Main Index
ADG 615
Calculates the downwash matrix
ADG
Calculates the downwash matrix that specifies the downwash for each of the aerodynamic extra points.
It also forms the matrices required in the generation of stability derivative information and in the
specification of the aerodynamic trim equations, as well as the hinge moments data matrix.
Format:
ADG
AECTRL,CSTMA,AERO,AECOMP,W2GJ,ACPT/
UXVBRL,WJVBRL,ADBINDX/
NJ/NK/SYMXZ/GOTTRM $
Input Data Blocks:
AECTRL
Table of aeroelastic model controls.
CSTMA
Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for

g-set and ks-set grid points.
AERO
Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.
AECOMP
Aerodynamic component definition table.
W2GJ
Matrix of aerodynamic intercepts. Usually input via DMI Bulk Data entries.
ACPT
Aerodynamic connection and property table.
Output Data Blocks:
UXVBRL
Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL has NX rows
and NV columns.
WJVBRL
Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-points due to the
linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and linear control surfaces.
ADBINDX
Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of the NV instances
created).
Parameters:
Main Index
NJ
Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic boxes (j-points).
NK
Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic degrees of freedom (k-points).
SYMXZ
Input-integer-no default. x-z symmetry flag.
GOTTRM
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if trim subcases are to be run.
616
ADG
Remarks:
1. NK, and NJ are computed by the APD module.

2. If ACPT is not purged then the DJX matrix is built using ACPT and AECOMP.
Main Index
ADJMOD 617
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads
ADJMOD
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB from DSAD (or DOPR3) for supporting the adjoint load method when
superelements are present.
Format:
ADJMOD
DRDUTB,DRDUG,ADRDUTB/
DRDUTBM,DRDUGM/
S,N,AADJCOL/COLADJ/TCOLADJ/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
DRDUTB
Table of adjoint load attributes.
DRDUG
Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.
ADRDUTB
Output Data Blocks:
DRDUTBM
Modified table of adjoint load attributes.
DRDUGM
Modified matrix of adjoint loads.
Parameters:
Main Index
AADJCOL
Input/output-integer-no default. On input, summation of columns in DRDUG for

all previously processed superelements. On output, summation of columns in
DRDUG including current superelement.
COLADJ
Input-integer-no default. Number of columns of DRDUG for the current

superelement.
TCOLADJ
Input-integer-no default. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all

superelements.
APP
Input-character-no default. Analysis type.

'STATICS'
Statics
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
618
ADR
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
ADR
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces per frequency for each aerodynamic point based on the AEROF
Format:
ADR
UH,CASECC,QKHL,OL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/APP/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ $
Input Data Blocks:
UH
Complex modal displacements matrix -- h-set.
CASECC
Case Control table.
QKHL
Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.
OL
Complex eigenvalue summary table for flutter analysis or frequency response

output list for aeroelastic analysis.
AEBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added
(ks-set in AEUSET).
AEUSET
Aerodynamic USET table.
Output Data Block:
PKF
Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.
Parameters:
Main Index
BOV
Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.
MACH
Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
APP
Input-character-no default. Analysis type:

'FREQRESP'
Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER'
Flutter
AECONFIG
Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY
Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
SYMXZ
Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.
ADR 619
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
Examples:
1. ADR in flutter analysis:

DBVIEW AEUSET=USET
( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
ADR
FPHH,CASEYY,QKHL,FLAMA,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/'FLUTTER' $
2. ADR in aeroelastic analysis:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET
( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
ADR
AUHF,CASES,QKHL,FOL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/'FREQRESP' $
Main Index
620
AELOOP
Aerodynamic loop driver
AELOOP
Extracts a single record of Case Control and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic
matrices or the solution of aerostatic and divergence analyses.
Format:
AELOOP
CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CASEA,CCPOS1/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ/
CRTPOS/S,N,RCONFIG/MASSETID/S,N,AESOLN $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Case Control table.
EDT
Element Deformation Table. Contains all of the entries for related to aerostatic and
aeroelastic analysis.
CCPOS
Table of Case Control record locations.
Output Data Blocks:
CASEA
A single record (subcase) of CASECC.
CCPOS1
Parameters:
Main Index
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.
LPFLG
Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another case control

record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number.
MFLG
Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach

number to process in the current subcase.
Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase.
MACH
Output-real-no default. Mach number.
Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
AEQRATIO
Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio.
AECONFIG
Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY
Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
AELOOP 621
SYMXZ
Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.
CRTPOS
Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag.

>0 Create CCPOS1
<0 Do not create CCPOS1
RCONFIG
Output-character-no default. Configuration name for rigid aero.
MASSETID
Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET CaseControl

command.
AESOLN
Output-character-default='
'. Aerodynamic solution name extracted from
CASECC at word positions 454 and 455.
Remarks:
AELOOP performs slightly different functions depending on whether it is used in a divergence or trim
analysis. In both cases, AELOOP skips to the NSKIP-th subcase in CASECC and copies the subcase to
CASEA. CASEA is then interrogated for a a TRIM or a DIVERG Case Control command.
1. If it is TRIM, then the NSKIP parameter is incremented by one and the MACH and Q values are
read from the requested TRIM Bulk Data entry image in EDT.
2. If it is DIVERG, then MFLG is checked for any remaining MACH numbers in the subcase. If any
are found, then MFLG is incremented by one and the MFLG-th MACH number is read from the
requested DIVERG Bulk Data entry image in EDT. If the current MACH number is the last
MACH number, MFLG is set to 0 and NSKIP is incremented by one.
In both cases, if NSKIP is greater than the total number of records in CASECC, then LPFLG is
set to -1.
Examples:
1. Set up for aerostatic analysis.

DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $
AELOOP
CASECC,EDT,/
CASEA,/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AEFC/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC//
S,N,AESOLN $
NSKIP = NSKIP + 1 $
ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0
Main Index
622
AELOOP
2. Set up for divergence analysis.

DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ Loop on number of subcases
MFLG = 1 $
DO WHILE ( MFLG>0 ) $ Loop on Mach number
AELOOP
CASECC,EDT/
CASEA/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,csFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACHNO/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC//S,N,AESOLN
ENDDO $ MFLG>0
ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0
Main Index
AEMODEL 623
Aerodynamic model loop driver
AEMODEL
Aerodynamic model loop driver
Drives the aerodynamic model loop and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic tables.
Format:
AEMODEL
CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CCPOS1
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXZ/CRTPOS $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1
entries.
CCPOS
Output Data Blocks:
CCPOS1
Parameters:
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.
LPFLG
Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another case control

record to process. Set to -1 for the last aerodynamic subcase.
AECONFIG
Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY
Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
SYMXZ
Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.
CRTPOS
Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag.

>0 Create CCPOS1
<=0 Do not create CCPOS1
Main Index
624
AFPMP
Field point mesh data recovery
AFPMP
Computes acoustic results in a field point mesh.

Format:
AFPMP
CASECC
SILD
UPF
OUGFP1
AFPMID
, ACIECT , EPT
, MPT
, BGPDT
,
, EDT
, BGPDTFP , ECTFP
, FOL
,
/
, OVGFP1 , OAPWR2 /
/S,N,NOUG1/S,N,NOVG1/S,N,NOAPWR2/S,N,NOSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Case Control command selections
ACIECT
Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements
EPT
MPT
Material property table
BGPDT
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set
EDT
Element Deformation Table: contains ACIFPRM entry
BGPDTFP
Basic grid point definition table of field point mesh
ECTFP
Element connectivity table of field point mesh
FOL
Frequency output list
UPF
Displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
Output Data Blocks:
OUGFP1
Field point results in SORT1 format
OVGFP1
Field point velocities in SORT1 format
OAPWR2
Acoustic power through field point mesh in SORT2 format
Parameters:
Main Index
AFPMID
Input-integer-no default. Acoustic field point mesh identification number.
NOUGFP1
Output-integer-default=-1. OUGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if OUGFP1 is

generated; -1 otherwise.
AFPMP 625
Main Index
NOVGFP1
Output-integer-default=-1. OVGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if OVGFP1 is

NOAPWR2
Output-integer-default=-1. OAPWR2 generation flag. Set to +1 if OAPWR2 is

NOSORT2
Output-integer-default=-1. SORT2 flag. Set to +1 if SORT2 output is requested; -1

otherwise.
626
AIEMGA
Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
AIEMGA
Generates acoustic conjugate infinite element stiffness, mass and damping

matrices and assembles them into system matrices for the p-set.
Format:
AIEMGA
GEOM2,EPT,MPT,IFEXPNT,EDT,BGPDT,EQDYN,SILD,DIT/
KAIPP,MAIPP,BAIPP,ACIECT/
LUSETD/NOUE/S,N,NOKAIPP/S,N,NOMAIPP/S,N,NOBAIPP/
UNUSED6 $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM2
EPT
MPT
IFEXPNT
Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-structure grid
points
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry
BGPDT
EQDYN
Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point

identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data).
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
KAIPP
Acoustic infinite stiffness matrix in the p-set
MAIPP
Acoustic infinite mass matrix in the p-set
BAIPP
Acoustic infinite damping matrix in the p-set
ACIECT
Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements
AIEMGA 627
Parameters:
LUSETD

p-set.
NOUE
Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra

points
NOKAIPP
Input/output-integer-default=-1. KAIPP generation flag.

On input:
-1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
On output:
-1: Matrix was generated.

0: Matrix was not generated.
NOMAIPP
Input/output-integer-default=-1. MAIPP generation flag.

On input:
-1: Generate.
0: Do not generate.
On output:

NOBAIPP
.Input/output-integer-default=-1. BAIPP generation flag.

On input:
-1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
On output:

UNUSED6
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank..
628
AMG
Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
AMG
Generates a list of aerodynamic influence matrices (AJJT) and the transformation matrices needed to
convert these to the aerodynamic grid points (SKJ, D1JK, D2JK).
Format:
AMG
MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/SYMXZ/SYMXY/REFC/S,N,MACH0/MACHNO/
KBAR/APP/SUPAERO $
Input Data Blocks:
MKLIST
Aerodynamic matrix generation table.
ACPT
Output Data Blocks:
AJJT
Aerodynamic influence matrix.
SKJ
Integration matrix list.
D1JK
Real part of downwash matrix.
D2JK
Imaginary part of downwash matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
NK
Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in k-set.
NJ
Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in j-set.
SYMXZ
Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.
SYMXY
REFC
Input-real-no default.
MACH0
Input/output-real-default=-1.0. Previously processed Mach number.
MACHNO
KBAR
Input-real-default = 0.0. Reduced frequency.
AMG 629
APP
SUPAERO
'FREQRESP'
Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER'
Flutter
'. Analysis type:
Input-character-default='ZONA'. Method selection for supersonic aerodynamics. An

alternate method is 'CPM'.
Remarks:
1. ACPT may be purged.

2. D2JK is not used in aerostatic analysis.
Examples:
1. Set up AMG for aerostatic analysis:

AMG
,,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JX/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/0.0/'STATICS' $
2. Set up AMG for aeroelastic or flutter analysis:

AMG
Main Index
MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ1,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/KBAR $
630
AMP
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
AMP
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices.

Format:
AMP
AJJT,WSKJF,D1JK,D2JK,GDKI,GPIK,GPKH,D1JE,D2JE,
MKLIST,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QHH,QKH,QHJ/
NUMHDOF/NOUE/GUSTAERO/MACH/KBAR $
Input Data Blocks:
AJJT
Aerodynamic influence matrix.
WSKJF
Weighted integration matrix.
D1JK
Real part of downwash matrix.
D2JK
Imaginary part of downwash matrix.
GDKI
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to h-set.
GPIK
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set.
GPKH
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set.
D1JE
Imaginary part of downwash matrix due to extra points.
D2JE
MKLIST
Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.
LAJJT
Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.
UAJJT
Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.
Output Data Blocks:
QHH
Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set.
QKH
Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set.
QHJ
Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set.
Parameters:
Main Index
NUMHDOF
Input-integer-no default. The number of modes.
NOUE
Input-integer-no default. The number of extra points.
GUSTAERO
Input-integer-default=0. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.
AMP 631
MACH
KBAR
Input-real-default=0.0. Reduced frequency.
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
3. AMP requires the combination of matrices:
The aerodynamic matrices for aerodynamic cells, produced by the Aerodynamic Matrix
Generator (AMG) module.
The interpolation from the structure to the aerodynamic cells, produced by the Geometry
Interpolator (GI) module.
The downwash matrix due to extra points, may be supplied by the user via INPUTT4. These extra
points are used for control systems and other special effects.
4. If NOUE<0 then D1JE and D2JE may be purged.
5. QKH, relating aerodynamic pressures to modal coordinates, is required for use in a data reduction
module. The matrix of generalized forces, QHH, may be purged if only data reduction is desired.
Main Index
632
APD
Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
APD
Generate boxes, grid points, connectivity, degree-of-freedom sets, coordinate systems and control
information for aerodynamic analysis.
Format:
APD
EDT,CSTM/
AEECT*,AEBGPDT*,AEUSET*,AECOMP,AERO,
ACPT,CSTMA,AMSPLINE,MPJN2O/
S,N,NK/S,N,NJ/S,N,BOV/AERTYP/S,N,BOXIDF $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics.
CSTM
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
AEECT*
Two aerodynamic element connection tables (ECT) based on MODLTYPE

qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See
Example.
AEBGPDT*
Two aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) with the degrees of
freedom added and based on MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'
and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.
AEUSET*
Aerodynamic USET table defining ks-set based on MODLTYPE qualifier:

MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.
AECOMP
AERO
Control information for control of aerodynamic matrix generation and flutter

analysis.
ACPT
CSTMA
Aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and ks-set grid
points.
AMSPLINE
Table of aerodynamic splines for display.
MPJN2O
Mapping matrix to map j-set data from neworder to old order.
APD 633
Parameters:
NK
Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the k displacement set.
NJ
Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the j displacement set.
BOV
Output-integer-default=0.0. Value calculated by REFC/(2.*VELOCITY).
AERTYP
Input-character-default='DYNAMICS'. Analysis type:

'STATICS'
Aerostatic
'DYNAMICS' Flutter and aeroelastic

'STADYN'
BOXIDF
All aerodynamic analysis types
Output-integer-no default. Box corner point identification flag.

0
Points have unique identification numbers starting with the aerodynamic

component identification number.
-1
Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an overlap if they

were started with the aerodynamic component identification numbers. No
display of the corner points is possible.
Remarks:
1. AEECT*, AEBGPDT*, and AEUSET* are output family data blocks based on qualifiers AEID
and MODLTYPE. AEID is not currently being used and is always 0.
MODLTYPE
Model
DOF set
STRUCTUR
structural
p-set
AEROSTRC
aero-structural
ks-set
AEROMESH
plotting
n/a
2. BGPDT, ECT, and USET0 where MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' are output by GP1, GP2, and
GP4, respectively.
Main Index
634
APPEND
Concatenate two data blocks
APPEND
Produces the union of either two input data blocks or an input and an output data block. Depending on
parameter input, APPEND will perform the following types of unions:
[OUT] = IN1 IN2

[OUT] = OUT IN1
(4-1)
(4-2)
Format:
APPEND
IN1,IN2/OUT/IOPT/NULL1/NULL2/
REAL/REALD/CMPX/CMPXD/CHAR1/CHAR2 $
Input Data Blocks:
IN1,IN2
A pair of data blocks contributing to OUT (matrices or tables).
Output Data Block:
OUT
Output data block. This data block may have been created previously. See IOPT > 2.
Parameters:
IOPT
Main Index
Input-integer-default = 1. IOPT selects the method of appending.

1
Append columns (or records) of IN2 to IN1 as shown in Equation

(4-1).
Append columns (or records) of IN1 to OUT as shown in Equation

(4-1) IN2 is ignored.
10
Write NULL2 in the next record of OUT.
11
Write REAL in the next record of OUT.
12
Write REALD in the next record of OUT.
13
Write CMPX in the next record of OUT.
14
Write CMPXD in the next record of OUT.
15
Write CHAR in the next record of OUT.
16
Write NULL2 followed by REAL in the next record of OUT.
APPEND 635
17
Write NULL2 followed by REALD in the next record of OUT.
18
Write NULL2 followed by CMPX in the next record of OUT.
19
Write NULL2 followed by CMPXD in the next record of OUT.
20
Write NULL2 followed by CHAR in the next record of OUT.
NULL1
Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records assumed

for IN1 if IN1 is purged. In other words, IN2 will be appended to a data block
with NULL1 number of records or columns. Used only if IOPT = 1.
NULL2
Input-integer-default = 0. For IOPT = 1, the number of null columns or

records to append onto IN1 if IN2 is purged. For lOPT = 10, integer value in
the next record.
REAL
Input-real-default=0.0. Real value in the next record.
REALD
Input-real double precision-default=0.D0. Real double precision value in the

next record.
CMPX
Input-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value in the next record.
CMPXD
Input-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Complex doubleprecision value in the next record.
CHAR1
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the next record.
CHAR2
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the same record

as CHAR1 and following CHAR1.
Remarks:
1. Under IOPT = 2, the output matrix data block is also used as an input and must be declared
APPEND in a FILE DMAP statement.
2. If the inputs are matrices then both inputs must be of the same type.
3. Either IN1 or IN2 may be purged. For IOPT = 2, IN2 must be purged.
4. In matrix appends, string formatted records are copied from one matrix data block to another.
5. In table appends, the header record is skipped on the appended file and all remaining records.
Also, the trailer of OUT will be set to that of IN2 (IOPT = 1) or IN1 (IOPT = 2).
6. It is recommended that the OUT data block be a scratch data block. In other words, it should not
be saved on a permanent DBset.
7. For values of IOPT -16, -17, -18, -19, or -2
the order in which the parameters are written is reversed. For example, IOPT=-20 causes CHAR
to be written first, then NULL2.
8. If NULL1 > 0, then a type code value is written in the word immediately preceding the word(s)
containing the value of the parameter. The type codes are: 0:INT, 1:REAL, 2:REALD, 3:CMPX,
4:CMPXD and 8:CHAR.
9. For IOPT > 10, trailer word 1 will contain a count of the number of data records on the file and
word 2 will contain the value of the NULL1 parameter.
Main Index
636
APPEND
Examples:
1. Generate a matrix [ U ] whose five columns are a vector
{ U s } multiplied by the column number.
DIAG 8
SOL X
COMPILE X
SUBDMAP X
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CF $
TYPE PARM,,RS,N,FACTOR $
FILE
U=APPEND $
MATGEN
,/US/5/1/7 $
DO WHILE
( FACTOR < 5. ) S
FACTOR=FACTOR+1.
CF=CMPLX(FACTOR,0.) $
ADD5
US,,,,/UI/CF $
APPEND
UI,/U/2 $
ENDDO $
MATPRN
U/ $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2. Create a matrix B by appending five null columns to matrix A.
APPEND
A,/B/1//5 $
3. Create a table with a one word record that contains the integer value 1001.
APPEND
Main Index
,,/OUT1/10//1001 $
ASDR 637
Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
ASDR
Prints the aerodynamic extra point displacements and the aerodynamic pressures and forces as requested
in Case Control.
Format:
ASDR
CASEA,UXDAT,AECTRL,FFAJ,ACPT,PAK,AEUSET,AEBGPDT,
AECOMP,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,
MPAERP,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,AERO,CSTMA//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/IUNITSOL $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASEA
A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.
UXDAT
Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels,

type, status, position and hinge moments.
AECTRL
FFAJ
Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.
ACPT
PAK
Matrix of aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.
AEUSET
AEBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added
(ksa-set in AEUSET).
AECOMP
MONITOR
Structural monitor point table.
MPSR
Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial

loads and static applied loads).
MPSER
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads
and static applied loads).
MPSIR
Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim.
MPSRP
Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPSERP
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPAERP
Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static
applied loads.
AEMONPT
Aerodynamic monitor point table
MPAR
Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.
638
ASDR
MPAER
Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.
AERO
CSTMA

g-set + ks-set grid points.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
MACH
Input-real-no default. Mach number.
Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
IUNITSOL
Input-integer-default=0. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If

IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.
ASG 639
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
ASG
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements.

Format:
ASG
CASEA,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPAERV,MPSERV,MPSIR,AEDBUXV,
MPSERP,MPAERP,AECTRL,EDT,PRBDOFS,DIT,AEDBINDX/
UX,UXDAT,UXDIFV/SYMXZ/ISENS $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEA
AEMONPT
Aerodynamic monitor point table.
MONITOR
MPAERV
Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPSERV
Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSIR
AEDBUXV
Matrix of vehicle states.
MPSERP
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPAERP
Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static
applied loads.
AECTRL
Table of aerodynamic model's control definition.
EDT
PRBDOFS
Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive." Active
URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-offreedom.
DIT
AEDBINDX
Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
UX
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements.
UXDAT

type, status, position and hinge moments.
UXDIFV
Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF.
640
ASG
Parameter:
SYMXZ
ISENS
Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed.
Remarks:
1. TR, KRZX, DIT, ERHM, and UXDAT may be purged if ISENS=1.

2. ASG solves the following equation for UX:
ZZX
PZ
=
IP UX
Y
AEL
O
where the number of rows in the UX vector is equal to the number of aerodynamic extra points.
The ZZX and PZ vectors have as many rows as there are r-set degrees of freedom. The IP matrix
is a pseudo identity matrix with as many rows as there are constrained extra points specified on
the TRIM Bulk Data entry. The IP matrix has ones in the row and columns corresponding to the
constrained variable and zeros located elsewhere. The Y vector contains the magnitudes of the
trim variable constraints. The AEL matrix contains the constraint relations (if any) specified by
AELINK Bulk Data entries. It has as many rows as there are AELINK constraints. It is required
that the sum of the number of supported degrees of freedom plus the number of TRIM constraints
and number of AELINK constraints equal the number of aerodynamic extra points.
Main Index
AXMDRV 641
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing
AXMDRV
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing.

Format:
AXMDRV
AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
Input Data Blocks:
AMLIST
List of auxiliary model identification numbers.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
AUXMID
Output-integer-default=0. Auxiliary model identification number.
AUXMFL
Output-logical-default=TRUE. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Set to FALSE

when processing the last auxiliary model.
Remarks:
AXMDRV is intended to be called in a DMAP loop. Each time through the loop AXMDRV outputs the
current auxiliary model identification number defined in AMLIST. AUXMFL is TRUE except for the
last call when AUXMFL is set to FALSE, i.e., for the last auxiliary model.
Example:
AUXMID=-1 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( AUXMFL ) $
IF ( AUXMID=-1 ) THEN $
AUXMID=0 $
ELSE $
AXMDRV
AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
642
AXMPR1
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections
AXMPR1
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections.

Format:
AXMPR1
CASECC*,BULK*/
AMLIST/
S,N,AMLFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC*
Family of auxiliary model Case Control Sections.
BULK*
Family of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections.
Output Data Blocks:
AMLIST
Parameters:
AMLFLG
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated.
Remarks:
1. All auxiliary model identification numbers that are specified on the AUXCASE command in the
Case Control Section (258th word in CASECC*) are written to the AMLIST table.
2. AXMPR1 checks for the following preliminary errors:
Verify the AUXCAS Case Control command specifies a unique and existing
BULK file.
Verify that each Bulk Data Section is identified with a unique auxiliary model number.
Example:
This is how AXMPR1 is used in subDMAP IFPL. CASEXX and IBULK are generated from IFP1 and
XSORT.
DBVIEW CASEXXAF = CASEXX (WHERE AUXMID>0) $
DBVIEW BULKAF
= IBULK
(WHERE AUXMID>0) $
AXMPR1
CASEXXAF,BULKAF/AMLIST $
Main Index
AXMPR2 643
Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model
AXMPR2
Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model
Merges the geometry of the primary model and an auxiliary model and create a Case Control table with
PARTN command specifying auxiliary model grid points.
Format:
AXMPR2
GEOM1,GEOM1A/
GEOM1C,CASEVEC/
AUXMID $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the primary
model.
GEOM1A
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the auxiliary
model identified by AUXMID.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1C
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged from GEOM1 and
GEOM1A.
CASEVEC
Case Control table with the PARTN command referencing all of auxiliary model's
grid identification numbers.
Parameter:
AUXMID
Auxiliary model identification number.
Remark:
AXMPR2 merges the primary model geometry (GRID and COORDi Bulk Data entry images) in
GEOM1 with the auxiliary model in GEOM1A. AXMPR2 also writes the grid identification numbers
from all of the auxiliary model grid points in GEOM1A to CASEVEC as a set referenced by the PARTN
command.
Main Index
644
BCDR
Drives a boundary condition loop
BCDR
Drives a DMAP loop based on the boundary condition Case Control commands SPC and MPC.
Format:
BCDR
CASECC//
SEID/SOLAPP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/
S,N,MPC/S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ/S,N,STATSUB/
S,N,BC/BCLABL $
Input Data Block:
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.
Output Data Block:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
SOLAPP
Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type. Currently not used.
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC corresponding to

the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
NLOADS
Output-integer-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect

to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary
condition.
BCFLAG
Output-logical-no default. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.
SPC
Output-integer-default=0. SPC Case Control command set identification number

specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
MPC
Output-integer-default=0. MPC Case Control command set identification number

specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SUPORT
Output-integer-default=0. SUPORT Case Control command set identification

number specified in the 255-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LOAD
Output-integer-default=0. LOAD Case Control command set identification number

specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LSEQ
Output-integer-default=0. LOADSET Case Control command set identification

BCDR 645
STATSUB
Output-integer-default=0. STATSUB Case Control command set identification

BC
Output-integer-default=0. BC Case Control command set identification number

specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
BCLBL
Input-integer-default=0. f06 file page header control.

-2 Clear LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE.
-1 Clear LABEL.
0
Initialize LABEL without page eject.
Initialize LABEL with page eject.
Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE with page eject.
Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE without page eject.
Example:
Here is an excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0:

BCFLAG=TRUE $
NSKIP=0 $
DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $
BCDR
CASES//SEID/' '/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/S,N,MPC/
S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ//S,N,BC $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
646
BDRYINFO
Generates geometry and connectivity information
BDRYINFO
Generate the geometry and connectivity information for an external superelement definition based on the
ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data entries and requested by the EXTSEOUT Case Control command.
Format:
BDRYINFO
CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,BGPDT,USET,BULK,BULKINDX/
GEOM1EX,GEOM2EX,GEOM4EX,CASEEX/
MTRXFLAG/DMIGSFIX $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.
GEOM2
BGPDT
USET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
BULK
Table of all Bulk Data entries.
BULKINDX
Table of BULK indices.
Output Data Block:
Main Index
GEOM1EX
GEOM1 table containing records which define an external superelement.

Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN, and GRID Bulk Data records.
GEOM2EX

Specifically, it contains PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data records.
GEOM4EX

Specifically, it contains ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data records.
CASEEX
Table of Case Control modified to include displacement output requests for all
boundary points and all points connected to PLOTEL elements.
BDRYINFO 647
Parameters:
MTRXFLAG
Input-integer-no default. Bit pattern indicating existence of boundary

matrices. Used by EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only.
Boundary Matrix
Stiffness
Mass
Viscous damping
Structural damping
Static loads
Acoustic coupling
DMIGSFIX
Main Index
Bit Position from Right

1
2
3
4
5
6
Input-character-no default. DMIG matrix name suffix. Used by

EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only.
648
BGCASO
Updates Case Control table for contact
BGCASO
Updates Case Control table for contact
Updates Case Control table for contact region data recovery operations.
Format:
BGCASO
CONTACT,BTOPO,CASECC,XYCDB/
CASECCBO/
S,N,NEWCASE/S,N,NBSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
CONTACT
Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions.
CASECC
BTOPO
Contact regions topological information table.
XYCDB
Table of x-y plotting command.
Output Data Block:
CASECCBO
Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations.
Parameters:
Main Index
NEWCASE
Output-integer-no default. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is

generated.
NBSORT2
Output-integer-default=0. Contact region output sort format flag.

1
if SORT2 format is requested for printing
if x-y plotting is requested.
BGP 649
Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
BGP
Processes the geometry for the boundary contact regions. Updates the penalty values for slideline
elements in the contact regions topological information table and creates a new boundary grid point
element connection table.
Format:
BGP
CSTM,SIL,KGGT/
BTOPO,BGPECT/
ADPCON/ISKIP $
Input Data Blocks:
CSTM
SIL
Scalar index list.
KGGT
Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear and differential
matrices).
Output Data Block:
BTOPO
Contact regions topological information table.
BGPECT
Boundary grid point element connection table.
Parameters:
ADPCON
Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update

penalty values if positive.
ISKIP
Input-integer-default=0. Counter to update penalty values; updates on first pass and

no update later.
Remarks:
1. CSTM may be purged.

2. BTOPO is both input and output. See example.
Example:
Excerpt of BGP for a nonlinear loop in SOL 106.

FILE
BGP
Main Index
BTOPSTF=APPEND/BTOPCNV=APPEND $
CSTMS,SILS,KGGT/BTOPSTF,BGPECT/ADPCONx/ISKIP $
650
BGP
COPY
Main Index
BTOPSTF/BTOPCNV/-1/1 $
BMG 651
Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
BMG
Generates boundary matrices (in DMIG format) for hydroelastic analysis.

Format:
BMG
MATPOOL,BGPDT,CSTM/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
Input Data Blocks:
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary data.
BGPDT
CSTM
Output Data Block:
BDPOOL
Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format.
Parameters:
NOKBFL
Output-integer-no default. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1

otherwise.
NOABFL
Output-integer-no default. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1

otherwise.
MFACT
Output-complex-no default. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix.
Remark:
MTRXIN must always be used in conjunction with module BMG to produce the matrices. See example.
Example:
Generate hydroelastic boundary matrices.

BMG
Main Index
MATPOOL,BGPDTS,CSTMS/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
ABFL = NOTL(NOABFL) $
IF ( ABFL OR NOTL(NOKBFL)
) MTRXIN
,,BDPOOL,EQDYN,,/
ABFL,KBFL,/
652
BMG
LUSETD/NOABFL/NOKBFL/0 $
Main Index
BNDSPC 653
Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
BNDSPC
Processes constraints and enforced displacements applied on superelement boundaries.

Format:
BNDSPC
SEMAP,USET,BGPDT,YS,YSD/
USET1,YS1/
SEID/NLOADS $
Input Data Blocks:
SEMAP
Superelement map table.
USET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table.
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.
YS
Matrix of enforced displacements.
YSD
Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream superelements.
Output Data Blocks:
USET1
USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements.
YS1
YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream superelements.
Parameters:
SEID
Integer-input-default=0. Superelement identification number.
NLOADS
Integer-input-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to

the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
Remarks:
1. BNDSPC will perform one of three possible operations, depending on the coordinate system
alignment at the boundary:
a. Allow the SPC to be applied in the current superelement.
b. Move the constraint to a downstream superelement.
c. Issue a fatal error due to incompatible coordinate systems.
2. YS cannot be purged.
Main Index
654
BNDSPC
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0 with BNDSPC in a superelement and boundary condition loop.
DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $
.
.
.
BCFLAG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $
.
.
.
BNDSPC
EMAP,USET0,BGPDTS,YSB,YSD/
USET01,YSB1/
SEID/NLOADS $
EQUIVX
USET01/USET0/-1 $
EQUIVX
YSB1/YSB/-1 $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ BCFLAG
ENDDO $ LPFLG
Main Index
CAMPREP 655
Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
CAMPREP
Creates a list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping.

Format:
CAMPREP
CASECC,DYNAMIC,EDOM/
CAMPDD/
S,N,CAMPPARM/S,N,CAMPTYPE/S,N,CAMPID/
S,N,CAMPFID/S,N,CAMPNAME/S,N,NCAMPVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Table of Case Control selections.
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics.
EDOM
Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced by RSPINR
records in DYNAMIC.
Output Data Blocks:
CAMPDD
Table values from DDVAL Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:
CAMPPARM
CAMPTYPE
CAMPID
CAMPFID
Main Index
Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop parameter.

1
Speed
Element property
Element material
Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop type.

FREQ/RPM
Speed
PBAR/PELAS
Element property
MAT1/MAT2
Element material
Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification number.

PID
Element property
MID
Element material
Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification number.
656
CAMPREP
CAMPNAME
NCAMPVAL
Main Index
Speed
>0
Word position in EPT for "property" or MPT for "material"
Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop name.

Blank
Speed
'T' or 'A'
Property
'E' or 'RHO'
Material
Output-integer-default=0. Number of values on the DDVAL entry.
CASE 657
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
CASE
Assembles the appropriate subcases (records) of Case Control for the current loop based on various Case
Control commands.
Format:
CASE
PSDL
CASECC, MPT /
PVT
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP/S,N,LINC/GMAFLG/S,N,MSCHG/
S,N,TESTNEG/S,N,IMETHOD/CASCOM1/CASCOM2/CASCOM3/
CASCOM4/CASCOM5/CASCOM6/CASCOM7/CASCOM8/CASCOM9/
CASCOM10/S,N,CASEID/S,N,ORIGDT/PARCOM1/PARCOM2/
PARCOM3/PARCOM4/PARCOM5/PARCOM6/PARCOM7/PARCOM8/
PARCOM9/PARCOM10 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
PSDL
Power spectral density list. Required only when APP='FREQ'.
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images for TSTEPNL, NLPARM, and NLPCI. Required
only when APP='NONL'.
PVT
Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entries. PVT is only
needed when APP='COMM' and the PARAMi parameters are specified.
Output Data Block:
CASEXX
Main Index
Subset of CASECC for current loop.
658
CASE
Parameters:
APP

'CEIG'
Complex eigenvalue.
'FREQ'
Frequency response.
'TRAN'
Transient response.
'NONL'
Nonlinear static or transient.
'SLIC'
Slice a contiguous subset of CASECC records into CASEXX; i.e.,

NOLOOP number of records starting with the NSKIP-th record.
'COMM' Extract a slice of contiguous subset records, beginning at the NSKIPth record, with the same Case Control command set identification
numbers for command names specified in CASCOMi.
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear transient

loop identification number.
Input:
<0
Skip one record on CASECC.
>0
Number of records to skip on CASECC to reach the current subset of

CASECC.
Output:
NOLOOP
-1
No more cases.
>0
and APP<>'NONL': Indicates the number of records to skip on CASECC

to reach the next subset of CASECC.
>0
and APP='NONL': Indicates there are more CASECC records to process

and NSKIP must be incremented in the DMAP.
Output-integer-default=-1. Looping test flag.

-1
1
Main Index
No DMAP looping is required.

DMAP looping is required.
LINC
Output-integer-default=0. Number of load increments for this subcase. Used in

nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
GMAFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Test control flag for changes in the set identification

numbers specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL
commands. Used only when APP='FREQ' or 'CEIG'.
0
Do not ignore changes (default).
Ignore changes.
CASE 659
MSCHG
Output-integer-default=0. Boundary condition change flag. Used in nonlinear

static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
-1
1
TESTNEG
If MPC or SPC commands are different.
Output-integer-default=-2. Load increment method flag. Used in nonlinear

static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
-2
1
IMETHOD
If MPC and SPC Case Control commands for this subcase are the same
as those in the immediately preceding subcase.
Standard.
Controlled increment.
Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag.

Input:
Nonlinear static analysis (default).
0
<>0 Nonlinear transient analysis.
Output (nonlinear transient only):
-1
2
Auto or TSTEP method (NLTRD module).

ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).
CASCOMi
APP='COMM'.
'. Case Control command names. See
CASEID
Input/output-integer-default=0. Subcase identification number.
ORIGDT
Input/output-real-default=0. Original delta-t for SOL 400.
PARCOMi
Input-character-default=' '. Names of user PARAMeters to be processed

under the APP=COMM option along with the CASCOMi names.
Remarks:
The method of operation depends upon APP and IMETHOD.

APP='CEIG': Complex eigenvalue analysis.
CASE
CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto
CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is
set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1.
If the next record was read successfully and GMAFLG=0, then the set identification numbers specified
for the K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, and SDAMPING Case Control commands are compared with the
previous subcase. If they all agree, this record is copied onto CASEXX and the process is nskiped. If they
do not agree, NSKIP is incremented by 1 and NOLOOP is set to 1 and module is exited.
Main Index
660
CASE
APP='FREQ': Frequency response.

CASE
CASECC,PSDL/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
Processing is the same as complex eigenvalue analysis, except that the set identification numbers
specified for the FREQUENCY Case Control command is also compared. If the RANDOM command is
specified then the selected set is read from PSDL and a list of subcase identification numbers referenced
by the RANDPS Bulk Data entry images is made. If some subcases referenced by RANDPS Bulk Data
entry images have not been output on CASEXX, CASE terminates with User Fatal Message 3033.
APP='TRAN': Linear transient response.
CASE
CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto
CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is
set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0: Nonlinear static analysis.
CASE
CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//S,N,LINC//S,N,MSCHG/S,N,TESTNEG $
The first NSKIP records on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto CASEXX.
MSCHG is set to indicate whether the MPC or SPC set identification numbers have changed since the
previous subcase. NINC is set equal to the value in the NINC field on the selected NLPARM Bulk Data
entry image. If there is an associated NLPCI Bulk Data entry image, the controlled increment method is
being used, and the TESTNEG parameter is set to indicate this. TEMPERATURE(INITIAL) and
TEMPERATURE(LOAD) commands are checked for proper specification.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD<>0: Nonlinear transient response.
CASE
CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//////S,N,IMETHOD $
IMETHOD is set according to the METHOD field of the selected TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry image in
MPT. NSKIP is set to the loop identification number.
Main Index
CASE 661
Examples:
1.
Extract the load and subcase identification numbers and a parameter value from each subcase.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NSKIP $
TYPE PARM,,I,Y,MYPRM $
NSKIP=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( NSKIP>=0 ) $
CASE
CASECC,/CASE1/TRAN/S,N,NSKIP $
PVT
PVT,CASE1/ $
PARAML
CASE1//DTI/1/1//S,N,SUBID $
PARAML
CASE1//DTI/1/4//S,N,ILOAD $
MESSAGE // SUBID=/SUBID/ MYPRM=/MYPRM/
ILOAD=/ILOAD $
ENDDO $
CEND
SUBCASE 101
PARAM,MYPRM,1
LOAD=111
SUBCASE 102
PARAM,MYPRM,-6
LOAD=222
SUBCASE 103
PARAM,MYPRM,4
LOAD=333
SUBCASE 104
PARAM,MYPRM,22
LOAD=444
SUBCASE 105
PARAM,MYPRM,-3
LOAD=555
SUBCASE 106
PARAM,MYPRM,77
LOAD=666
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2.
Extract Case Control records 10, 11, and 12.

CASECASECC,/CASE10/'SLIC'/10/3 $
3.
Extract Case Control records with the same MPC, SPC, and SUPORT set identification
numbers beginning at the NSKIP-th record.
CASECASECC,/CASEBC/'COMM'/S,N,NSKIP/
//////'MPC'/'SPC'/'SUPO' $
Main Index
662
CEAD
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
CEAD
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value

decomposition
Given that [ M ] , [ B ] and [ K ] are mass, damping, and stiffness, solve the equation:
2
( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) { } = 0
(4-3)
or
T
{ L } ( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) = { 0 } (Lanczo
(4-4)
for the eigenvalues p and the associated right eigenvectors { } or left eigenvectors { L } .
Given a non-null rectangular matrix K , real or complex, it can be decomposed by the equation:
T
[U][S ][V ] = K
where U and V are square matrices of orthogonal functions, and S has non-zero terms along the diagonal
of its left-most partition.
Format:
CEAD
KXX,BXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,VDXC,VDXR/
CPHX,CLAMA,OCEIG,LCPHX,CLAMMAT/
S,N,NEIGV/UNUSED2/SID/METH/EPS/ND1/ALPHAJ/OMEGAJ/
MAXBLK/IBLK/KSTEP/NDJ $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
KXX
Stiffness matrix. Usually KHH or KDD. If METH=SVD then KXX may be a nonnull real or complex rectangular matrix. See Remark 9.
BXX
Viscous damping matrix. Usually BHH or BDD.
MXX
Mass matrix. Usually MHH or MDD.
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.
CASECC
VDXC
Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns in KDD, BDD,
and MDD.
VDXR
Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in KDD, BDD, and
MDD.
CEAD 663
Output Data Blocks:
CPHX
Complex eigenvector matrix. Usually CPHH or CPHD. If METH=SVD then

CPHX is V. See Remark 9.
CLAMA
Complex eigenvalue summary table.
OCEIG
Complex eigenvalue extraction report.
LCPHX
Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix (Lanczos only). Usually LCPHH or

LCPHD. If METH=SVD then CPHX is U. See Remark 9.
CLAMMAT
Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. See Remark 8. If

METH=SVD then CPHX is S. See Remark 9.
Parameters:
NEIGV
Output-integer-no default. NEIGV indicates the number of eigenvalues found. If

none were found, NEIGV is set to -1.
UNUSED2
Input-integer-default=1. Unused.
SID
Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number.

If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the CMETHOD
command in CASECC and used to select the EIGC entry in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then the CMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGC entry is
selected by this parameter value. Applicable for all methods.
If SID<0, then both the CMETHOD command and all EIGC entries are ignored
and the subsequent parameter values (E, ND1, etc.) will be used to control the
eigenvalue extraction. Applicable for single vector Lanczos, block Lanczos, QZ
Hessenberg, QR Hessenberg, and SVD (Singular Value Decomposition).
METH
Main Index
Input-character-default='CLAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the method of

eigenvalue extraction.
CLAN
Complex Lanczos (block or single vector).
HESS
QZ Hessenberg or QR Hessenberg.
SVD
Singular Value Decomposition. See Remark 9.
EPS
Input-real-default=1.E-5. Used only when SID<0.
ND1
Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors. Used only when

SID<0. If METH=SVD, then
>0
<0
Full SVD is computed.
=0
All singular values are computed, but no singular vectors are computed.
The "economy" SVD is computed.
664
CEAD
ALPHAJ
Input-real-default=0.0. Real part of shift point for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos

method. Used only when SID<0.
OMEGAJ
Input-real-default=0.0. Imaginary part of shift point for

pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.
MAXBLK
Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum block size. Used only when SID<0.
IBLK
Input-real-default=0.0. Initial block size. Used only when SID<0.
KSTEP
Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency of solve. Used only when SID<0.
NDJ
Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors at desired shift point

for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.
Method:
Complex eigenvalues and the associated eigenvectors are calculated in CEAD (Complex Eigenvalue
Analysis -- Displacement) using the inverse power method, the determinant method, the Hessenberg
method, or the Lanczos method, as requested by the user on the EIGC Bulk Data entry. For direct
complex eigenvalue analysis and if PARAM,ASING = 0 (default) then null rows and columns are
d ] , [ M d ] , and [ B d ] .
discarded from [ K dd ] , [ M dd ] , and [ B dd ] to form [ K xx
xx
xx
In the case of a direct formulation CEAD extracts the eigenvalues from the following equation.
d p2 + B d p + K d ]{ u d } = 0
[ M xx
xx
xx
x
(4-5)
{ u xd } is then augmented with null rows to form { u d } .
In the case of a modal formulation the following equation is used:
[ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = 0
(4-6)
CEAD also normalizes the eigenvectors according to one of the following user requests:
Unit magnitude of a selected coordinate (POINT).
Unit magnitude of the largest component (MAX).
as specified on the EIGC Bulk Data entry.

Remarks:
1. Eigenvalues are extracted by the Inverse Power, Determinant, Hessenberg, or Lanczos method.
2. At least one of KXX, BXX, and MXX must be present.
3. No output data block can be purged except for LCPHX and CLAMMAT. LCPHX can be purged
for methods other than Lanczos. CLAMMAT may be purged for all.
4. CLAMA and OCEIG are suitable for printing by the OFP module.
5. For the Hessenberg method, spill logic may be requested with SYSTEM(108)=1 on the
NASTRAN statement. This allows for no limits on problem size.
Main Index
CEAD 665
6. For the Hessenberg method, the mass matrix must be nonsingular.

7. The UEIGL module is recommended for real unsymmetric eigensolutions.
8. CLAMMAT contains the diagonal matrix of eigenvalues, with dimensions compatible with
CPHX and/or LCPHX so that
2
[ KDD ] [ CPHX ] + [ BDD ] [ CPHX ] [ CLAMMAT ] + [ MDD ] [ CPHX ] [ CLAMMAT ] = 0
and
T
T
2
T
[ LCPHX ] [ KDD ] + [ CLAMMAT ] [ LCPHX ] [ BDD ] + [ CLAMMAT ] [ LCPHX ] [ KDD ] = 0
For development purposes, when block Lanczos is selected and system cell 108 is set to 2048, the
fifth output slot will contain the cross orthogonality matrix
T
[Y] [X]
which should be identity. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods Users Guide for the
definition of Y and X.
9. CEAD may be used to perform singular value decomposition.
T
V is the transpose of the complex conjugate of V . The terms of S are always positive or zero
(non-negative), and real. The terms of S are sorted in descending order (largest first). The single
matrix eigenproblem can be regarded as a special case of the SVD problem. For the case of K
real, symmetric, and positive semi-definite U = V , and S is the matrix of roots of
[ K *I ]* = 0
The roots and vectors are sequenced inversely from the MSC Nastran convention. Singular Value
Decomposition is a standard mathematical technique with well-defined properties. Both U and
V may be purged and CEAD will execute faster if they are are purged. The input matrix K must
fit into memory because there is no spill capability. The singular value decomposition uses the
format shown in the Example 2. Although S is real by definition, it is returned as a complex
matrix with 0.0 imaginary parts. The other outputs are also complex in form, although they are
sometimes real in content.
Example:
1. The following DMAP sequence extracts eigenvalues and eigenvectors and prints the results.
CEAD
K,B,M,DYNAMIC,CASECC,,/VEC,CLAMA,OCEIGS,/
S,N,NFOUND $
OFP
CLAMA,OCEIGS// $
IF
(NFOUND>-1) MATPRN VEC// $
2. Assume that a rectangular matrix A is provided. Find the matrices of its singular value
decomposition, and test to see that these matrices satisfy the equation
A U*S*V' = 0
Main Index
666
CEAD
CEAD
MATMOD
TRNSP
MATPRN
SMPYAD
ADD
NORM
MESSAGE
Main Index
A,,,,,,/V,CLAMA,OCEIGS,U,S/
S,N,NFOUND//-1/SVD//1 $ 1 MEANS COMPLETE SET OF VECTORS
V,,,,,/VBAR,/10 $ COMPLEX CONJUGATE
VBAR/VT $
U,S,V// $
U,S,VT,,,/ABAR/3 $
A,ABAR/ERROR//-1.0 $
ERROR/SCRERR///S,N,MAXERROR $
//LARGEST ERROR IN SVD IS /MAXERROR $
CMPZPR 667
Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
CMPZPR
Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
Generates the equivalent PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry images based upon data on PCOMP and
MAT8 Bulk Data entry images. Functionally equivalent to IFP6.
Format:
CMPZPR
EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC/
S,N,NOCOMP $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in particular,

PSHELL and PCOMP entries.
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in particular, MAT2
and MAT8 entries.
DIT
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP
Bulk Data entry.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTC
Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL records.
MPTC
Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.
Parameter:
NOCOMP
Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data entry records

are found.
Remarks:
1. CMPZPR is functionally equivalent to module IFP6.

2. For each PCOMP entry (with PID<100000000) in EPT, an equivalent PSHELL entry image with
associated MAT2 images is generated. The newly generated images are then merged with the
existing PSHELL and MAT2 entries and written to the output datablocks EPTC and MPTC,,
respectively. If any duplicates are found in EPT and MPT, then they are simply overwritten.
Furthermore, any entries which may have been internally generated (i.e., with PID or
MID>100000000) are also stripped off.
Main Index
668
CMSENGY
Compute component modal energies
CMSENGY
Compute component modal strain and kinetic energies with respect to normal modes and forced response
analysis.
Format:
CMSENGY
CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
Format for computing the results in a given superelement:
CMSENGY
CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE $
Format for printing accumulated results for all superelements:
CMSENGY
CASECC,,,,,,ITSTNQ,ITOTLQ/,///-1 $
Format for enquiring the CMSENERGY Case Control requests:
CMSENGY
CASECC,,,,,,,/,/
SEID/NOUP/-2//CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
OL
Real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency
response frequency output list. Must be consistent with APP.
USET
BGPDT
CMLAMA
Component modal eigenvalue summary table.
SYSE
Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual structure a-set.
CMSENGY 669
CMSQE
Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.
CMSTQE
Output Data Blocks:
CMSEQ
Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.
CMSTEQ
Parameters:
SEID
Input-integer-default=0. Superelement indentification number.
NOUP
Input-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no

superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.
CMEOUT
Input-integer-default=0. Module processing flag.

Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request.
-1
Print/punch accumulated results.
Compute results tables for the current superelement.
UNUSED
Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
CMERTYPE
Input-integer-default=-1. Type of response of input matrices.
CMETYPE
CMSEREQ
CMKEREQ
CMDEREQ
Main Index
-2
Free vibrations
Modal frequency
Modal transient
Input-integer-default=-1. Type of energy of input matrices.

1
Strain energy
Kinetic energy
Damping energy
Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal strain energy request flag.

-1
No
Yes
Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal kinetic energy request flag.

-1
No
Yes
Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal damping energy request flag.

-1
No
Yes
670
CMSENGY
CMFVEREQ
CMFREREQ
Main Index
Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal free vibration energy request flag.

-1
No
Yes
Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal forced response energy request

flag.
-1
No
Yes
COPY 671
Explicit data block copy
COPY
Explicit data block copy
Copies data blocks.

Format:
COPY
DBI/DBO/PARM/BLOCK $
Input Data Block:
DBI
The data block to be copied.
Output Data Block:
DBO
A copy of DBI.
Parameters:
PARM
Input-integer-default=-1 (PARM < 0 - the data block is copied. PARM > 0 -- no

action is taken.).
BLOCK
Input-integer-default=1.
BLOCK < 0 -- Block sensitive copy is used.
BLOCK > 0 -- Standard copy is used.
Remarks:
1. If BLOCK < 0 and the block size between DBI and DBO is different, then a fatal error will be
issued.
2. This module is preferred over the copy options in MATMOD option 13 and TABEDIT.
Example:
To copy data block KELM:

COPY
Main Index
KELM/KELMX/ALWAYS/-1 $
672
CURV
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
CURV
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) to the element's material coordinate system and/or
interpolate the stresses (or strains) to element's connecting grid points. Applies to CQUAD4 and CTRIA3
elements and non-corner stresses only.
Format:
CURV
OES1,MPT,CSTM,EST,BGPDT/
OES1M,OES1G/
OUTOPT/OG/NINTPTS $
Input Data Blocks:
OES1
Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format.
MPT
CSTM
EST
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
OES1M
Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's material coordinate
system defined on the MAT1 entry.
OES1G
Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated from the
centroidal stress table, OES1M.
Parameters:
OUTOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Output option:

<0
Use the element output option found on OES1.
Print
Plot
Punch
The above values may be added together to select two or more forms of output. For
example, OUTOPT=6 requests both plot and punch output.
Main Index
CURV 673
OG
Input-integer-default=0. Grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid point

stresses or strains are computed.
NINPTPS
Input-integer-default=0. Approximate number of surrounding independent element

interpolation points to be considered when interpolating at a grid point for a given
material coordinate system.
Remarks:
1. CURV computes the CTRIA3 and CQUAD4 element stress and/or strain output in a material
coordinate system (normal output is in the element or basic coordinate system) and/or to
interpolate the stresses (or strains) to its connecting grid points.
2. For further details see also CURV (p. 733) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
674
CURVPLOT
Converts grid point output tables
CURVPLOT Converts grid point output tables

Converts grid point output tables; i.e, related to applied loads, SPCforces, displacements, stresses and
strains in SORT1 format, to tables suitable for x-y plotting where the abscissa is grid point locations and
the ordinate is the grid point output quantity.
Format:
CURVPLOT
EQEXIN,BGPDT,EDT,XYCDB,OPG1,OQG1,OUG1,OES1G,OSTR1G/
OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2GX,OSTR2GX/
DOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
EQEXIN
Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.
BGPDT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, and the iterative solver; and in particular, SET1 entries.
XYCDB
Table of x-y plotting commands.
OPG1
Table of applied loads in SORT1 format.
OQG1
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format.
OUG1
Table of displacements in SORT1 format.
OES1G
OSTR1G
Output Data Blocks:
OPG2X
OQG2X
OUG2X
OES2GX
OSTR2GX
Parameter:
DOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa.

0
Main Index
Proportional with respect to total distance.
CURVPLOT 675
Converts grid point output tables
Proportional with respect to x distance only.
Proportional with respect to y distance only.
Proportional with respect to z distance only.
Equally.
Remarks:
1. If EDT or XYCDB is purged, then CURVPLOT exits without warning.

2. EQEXIN and BGPDT cannot be purged.
3. Any of OPG1, OQG1, OUGV1, OES1G or OSTR1G and any of their corresponding outputs may
be purged.
4. OES1G and OSTR1G are computed by CURV.
5. The grid points used on the abscissa are specified on SET1 entries in EDT.
6. The output data blocks cannot be printed with OFP.
7. CURVPLOT is only applicable to static and normal modes analysis.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR.

CURVPLOT EQEXINS,BGPDTS,EDT,XYCDBDR,OPG1,OQG1,OUGV1,OES1G,/
OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/DOPT $
XYTRAN
XYCDBDR,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/XYPLTS/'SET1'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $
IF ( NOXYP>=0 ) XYPLOT
XYPLTS/ $
Main Index
676
CYCLIC1
Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
CYCLIC1
Generates transformation matrices and modifies Case Control and static loads for cyclic symmetry
analysis.
Format:
CYCLIC1
CASECC,GEOM3,GEOM4,DIT,FRL/
KVAL,GEOM3N,CASEFR,HARM,FORE,CASEBK,BACK/
S,N,NSEG/S,N,CTYPE/APP/S,N,NOGEOM3/S,N,NFREQ/
S,N,TOTALK $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads.
GEOM4

DIT
FRL
Frequency response list.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
KVAL
Table of harmonic indices for analysis.
GEOM3N
Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis.
CASEFR
Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution in cyclic
symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set identification number.
HARM
Table of harmonic indices.
FORE
Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components.
CASEBK
Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every column in BACK.
Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.
BACK
Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required in static and

pre-buckling analysis only.
CYCLIC1 677
Parameters:
NSEG
Output-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM

Bulk Data entry.
CTYPE
Output-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk

Data entry.
APP
'ROT'
Rotational
'AXI'
Axisymmetric
'DIH'
Dihedral

'STATICS'
Statics
'MODES'
Normal modes
'BUCKLNG1'
Pre-buckling (statics)
'BUCKLNG2'
Buckling
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
NOGEOM3
Output-integer-no default. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created,

otherwise set to -1.
NFREQ
Output-integer-no default. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis.
TOTALK
Output-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics.
Remark:
CYCLIC1 generates equivalent GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data entry images in harmonic components.
Main Index
678
CYCLIC2
Processes degrees-of-freedom
CYCLIC2
Processes degrees-of-freedom that are to be constrained between segments for cyclic symmetry
problems.
Format:
CYCLIC2
GEOM4,EQEXIN,USET/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM4

EQEXIN
USET
Output Data Block:
CYCD
Table of constraints in harmonic components.
Parameters:
NSEG
Input-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk

Data entry.
CTYPE
Input-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk

Data entry.
'ROT'
Rotational
'AXI'
axisymmetric
'DIH'
Dihedral
Remarks:
1. CYCLIC2 is a preprocessor for the CYCLIC3 and CYCLIC4 modules is specified before the
harmonic index loop in DMAP.
2. CYCLIC2 processes CYJOIN, CYAX, and CYSUP Bulk Data entry images in GEOM4 and
identifies the constraints between the degrees-of-freedom in the analysis set for the cosine
(symmetric) and sine (antisymmetric) models.
3. CYCLIC2 can also accommodate the p-set:
Main Index
CYCLIC2 679
CYCLIC2
GEOM4,EQDYN,USETD/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
where EQDYN and USETD are output by DPD.
Main Index
680
CYCLIC3
Forms cyclic matrices
CYCLIC3
Forms transformation matrices between cyclic components and solution set. Form partitioning vector for
supported degrees-of-freedom. Perform transformation of structural matrices in cyclic components to the
solution set.
Format:
CYCLIC3
CYCD,KVAL,KAA,MAA,BAA,K4AA/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $
Input Data Blocks:
CYCD
Table of constraints in harmonic components.
KVAL
Table of harmonic indices for analysis.
KAA
Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.
MAA
Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.
BAA
Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
K4AA
Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
KKK
Stiffness matrix in cyclic components.
MKK
Mass matrix in cyclic components.
BKK
Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components.
K4KK
Structural damping matrix in cyclic components.
GC
Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and solution set

components.
GS
Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and solution set

components.
PVEC
Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on CYSUP Bulk

Data entry.
Parameters:
Main Index
HINDEX
Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.
NSEG
Input-integer-no default. Number of segments.
CYCLIC3 681
NOKVAL
Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX is not in the analysis set
of harmonic identification numbers.
KGTH
Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in

analysis set) have been processed.
REACT
Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if no support degrees-offreedom; +1 if support

degrees of freedom exist; for k>2, it will always have value of -1.
Remarks:
1. For buckling analysis, then the negative of the differential stiffness, -KDAA, may be specified in
place of MAA.
ADD
CYCLIC3
KDAA,/KDAAM/-1. $
CYCD,TKVAL,KAA,KDAAM,,/
KKK,MKK,,,GC,GS,PVEC/
2. CYCLIC3 can also accommodate the p-set:
CYCLIC3
CYCD,KVAL,KDD,MDD,BDD,K4DD/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
3. PVEC is formed in normal modes and static analysis if support degrees-of-freedom are specified
on the CYCSUP Bulk Data entry. PVEC is used to partition the solution set (cyclic degrees-offreedom) into l-set and r-set degrees-offreedom for the zero-th and first harmonics. PVEC will
have rows equal to the number of columns in the GC matrix.
Main Index
682
CYCLIC4
Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
CYCLIC4
Transforms the cyclic components of load vectors associated with a particular harmonic into solution set
load vectors in the forward path. In the backward path, the solution set displacement vectors will be
transformed into cyclic components associated with the particular harmonic and appended to previous
harmonic solutions.
Format:
PAC
CYCLIC4
HARM,GC,GS, PHK ,LAMA,CASEBK,BACK/

UK
PK
PHX ,LAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
UX
PATH/HINDEX/APP/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
HARM
GC
Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and solution set

components.
GS
Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and solution set

components.
PAC
Static loads matrix in harmonic components.
PHK
Eigenvectors in solution set components.
UK
Solution vector in solution set components.
LAMA
Eigenvalue summary table for current harmonic. Required for normal modes
analysis only (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK
Case Control Data Block for output requests. Required for normal modes analysis
only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
BACK
Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required for

normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CYCLIC4 683
Output Data Blocks:
PK
Load vector matrix in solution set components.
UX
Solution vector matrix in cyclic components.
PHX
Eigenvector matrix in cyclic components.
LAMA1
Appended eigenvalue summary table for all harmonics. Required for normal modes
analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK1
Case Control table for data recovery requests for all harmonics. Required for normal
modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
BACK1
Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components for all

harmonics. Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and
PATH='BACK').
Parameters:
PATH
Input-character-no default. Direction of cyclic transformation:

'FORE'
Forward (analysis)
'BACK'
Backward (data recovery)
HINDEX
Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.
APP

'STAT'
Statics
'REIG'
Normal modes
'BUCK' Buckling
'FREQ'
Frequency response
NFREQ
Input/output-integer-no default. The number of passes through CYCLIC4.

NFREQ is incremented by one on each execution of CYCLIC4.
TOTALK
Input-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics. If TOTALK>0, then

CASEBK1 and BACK1 will be created. Required for normal modes analysis
only.
Examples:
1. Static analysis:
FILE
UX=APPEND $
PARAML
KVAL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NKVAL $ NUMBER OF ANALYSIS
HARMONICS
PARAML
KVAL//'DTI'/1/NKVAL//S,N,KMAX $ LAST ANALYSIS HARMONIC
INDEX
PARAML
KVAL//'IMATCH'/1/S,N,HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,PA,,,/
Main Index
684
CYCLIC4
PK,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,UK,,,/
UX,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD
UX,BACK,/ULC $
2. Frequency response analysis:
FILE
UXVF=APPEND $
HINDEX=0 $ QUALIFIER
DO WHILE ( DONE>=0 ) $
IF ( DONE>=0 ) THEN $
IF ( NOKVAL>=0 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,PXF,,,/
PKF,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,UKVF,,,/
UXVF,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ
ENDIF $ NOKVAL>=0
HINDEX=HINDEX+1
ENDIF $ DONE>=0
ENDDO $ DONE>=0
MPYAD
UXVF,BACKF,/UDVF $
3. Normal modes or buckling analysis:
FILE
CYPHX=APPEND,SAVE/CYLAMA1=APPEND,SAVE/
CASEBK1=SAVE/BACK1=SAVE,OVRWRT $
PARAML
KVALM//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,TOTALK $
PARAML
KVALM//'DTI'/1/TOTALK//S,N,KMAX $
PARAML
KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
HINDEX=0 $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
IF ( KVAL=-1 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4
HARM,GC,GS,CYPHA,CYLAMA,CASEBK,BACK/
CYPHX,CYLAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
'BACK'/HINDEX/APPCYC4/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
ENDIF $ KVAL=-1
HINDEX=HINDEX+1 $
PARAML
KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
Main Index
CYCLIC4 685
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD
CYPHX,BACK1,/CYPHA1 $
Main Index
686
DBC
Database converter for model generation and results processing
DBC
Converts data blocks to a form usable by MSC.Access and MSC.Patran.

Format:
DBC
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10,DB11,
DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15,DB16,DB17,DB18,DB19,DB20//
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/
P15/P16/P17/P18/P19/P20/SEID/DBCPATH/
S,N,CP/APP/CYCLIC/GEOMU/LOADU/
POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/OVRWRT/DESITER/////
ADPTINDX/LUSET $
Input Data Block:
DBi
Data blocks for postprocessing.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
Pi
Character-input-default is blank. The generic name of the corresponding data block;

e.g., P3 corresponds to DB3, etc. (See table below for generic name.)
SEID
Integer-input-default=0. The current superelement identification number. If SEID=-1,

then the current SEID is assumed to be the qualifier value in the path of parameter
DBCPATH.
DBCPATH
Dummy variable parameter to allow the passing of qualifiers from the MSC Nastran
database to the DBC database. SEID must be -1.
CP
Integer-input/output-default=0. Control parameter. If set to other than zero an error has

occurred in the module and further attempts to execute module will cause a module
return without module execution.
APP
Character-input-default is blank. Allowable values of approach code:

'STATICS' or
blank
Statics
'TRANRESP'
Linear/nonlinear transient response
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
'REIG'
Normal modes
NLST
Nonlinear statics
DBC 687
BKL1
Buckling
BKL0
Statics in a buckling solution
CEIGEN
Complex modes
AERO
Aerodynamics
CYCLIC
Integer-input-default is 0. If CYCLIC=-1, then data will be interpreted as cyclic

analysis.
GEOMU
Integer-input-default=40; the geometric information will output to this FORTRAN

unit.
LOADU
Integer-input-default=-1 (LOADU = GEOMU). If LOADU>0 then, the static load

information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.
POSTU
Integer-input-default=-1 (POSTU = GEOMU). If POSTU>0, then, the data recovery

information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.
DBCDIAG
Integer-input-default=0. Controls the printing of certain diagnostics during the

conversion. If several diagnostics are desired, then the sum of the following values is
required. For example, DBCDIA=3 requests the printing of grid relation and element
connection record diagnostics.
Value
Main Index
Diagnostic Output
No diagnostics will be printed.
Grid relation record.
Element connection record.
Internal module begin message.
Internal module statistics.
16
Internal module CPU time and begin message in performance

summary table.
32
DBC database dictionary entries.
64
Messages for null NASTRAN logical file connections.
128
Suppress diagnostics when geometry updates occur.
256
Save the grid point stress surface and volume factors.
512
Do not save the grid point stress surface and volume subcase data.
PROGRAM
Character-input-default=XL. If PROGRAM =XL, then the DBC database will be

suitable for processing in MSC.Patran. If PROGRAM =GRASP, then the DBC
database will be suitable for processing in MSC.Access.
OVRWRT
Character-input-default=YES. DBC data base overwrite flag. If OVRWRT =YES

and the DBC database was created in a prior run, then data blocks pre-existing on the
DBC database will be overwritten in the current run when the qualifier values are
identical.
DESITER
Integer-input-default=0. Design optimization loop identification number.
688
DBC
ADPTINDX
Integer-input-default=0. When ADPTINDX is not equal to zero, the data base object
attribute will be qualified by the value of this parameter, which denotes intermediate
p-element results exist.
LUSET
Integer-input-default=0. NDOF denotes size of the model (number of degrees of

freedom), which will be saved for p-element iterations indexed by the ADPTINDX
values and used to correlate the size of the model to the p-element iteration index.
Remarks:
1. Data block name table:

Generic
Name
(P1-P20)
Main Index
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
BEPT
AEBGPDT
---
Aerostructural basic grid point definition

table
BGPDT
BGPDT
GEOMU
CASECC
CASECC
POSTU
Table of Case Control command images
CONTAB
CONTAB
POSTU
Table of design constraint attributes
CONTROL
AECTRL
POSTU
Table of aerodynamic model's control

definition
CSTM
CSTM
GEOMU
Table of coordinate system transformation

matrices
CVAL
CVAL
POSTU
Matrix of design constraint values
DBCOPT
DBCOPT
POSTU
Design optimization history table for
DESTAB
DESTAB
POSTU
Table of design variable attributes
DIT
DIT
GEOMU/
POSTU
Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images
DSCM2
DSCM2
POSTU
Normalized design sensitivity coefficient

matrix
DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC
GEOMU
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to

dynamics
ECT
GEOM2
GEOMU
Element connectivity table
ELDCT
ELDCT
POSTU
Table of element stress discontinuities
EMAP
SEMAP
GEOMU
Superelement map table
EPT
EPT
GEOMU

element properties
EQEXIN
EQEXIN
GEOMU
Equivalence between external and internal

point identification numbers
DBC 689
Generic
Name
(P1-P20)
Main Index
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
EST
EST
GEOMU
Element summary table
FRM
---
POSTU
Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic

forces
FURM
---
POSTU
Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained elastic

forces
GEOM1
GEOM1
GEOMU

geometry
GEOM3
GEOM3
LOADU

static and thermal loads
GEOM4
GEOM4
GEOMU/
LOADU

constraints, degree-of-freedom membership
and rigid element connectivity
GPDCT
GPDCT
POSTU
Table of grid point stress discontinuities
GPDT
GPDT
GEOMU
Grid point definition table
GPECT
GPECT
POSTU
Grid point element connection table
GPL
GPL
GEOMU/
POSTU
External grid/scalar point identification

number list
GPS
EGPSTR
POSTU
Table of grid point stresses or strains for

post-processing
HIS
HIS
POSTU
IRM
---
POSTU
Matrix of aerodynamic restrained inertia

forces
IURM
---
POSTU
Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained inertia

forces
LAMA
LAMA/
CLAMA
POSTU
Real or complex eigenvalue summary table
MATPOOL
MATPOOL
POSTU
Table of DMIG Bulk Data entries
MPT
MPT
GEOMU

material properties
OAG
OAG
POSTU
Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2

format
OBJTAB
OBJTAB
POSTU
OEDE
ONRGY1
POSTU
Table of element energy losses
OEF
OEF
POSTU
Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2

format
690
DBC
Generic
Name
(P1-P20)
Main Index
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
OEKE
ONRGY1
POSTU
Table of element kinetic energies
OES
OES
POSTU
Table of element stresses or strains in

SORT1 or SORT2 format
OESC
OES1C
POSTU
Table of composite element stresses or

strains in SORT1 format
OESE
ONRGY1
POSTU
Table of element strain energies and energy

densities
OESNL
OESNL1
POSTU
Table of nonlinear element stresses in

SORT1 format
OGPF
OGPFB1
POSTU
OGPKE
OGPKE1
POSTU
Table of grid point kinetic energies
OL
OL
POSTU
Transient or frequency response output list
OMM
OMM
POSTU
Table of MAXMIN results
OMPCF
OQMG
POSTU
Table of MPCforces in SORT1 or SORT2

format
OPG
OPG
POSTU
Table of applied loads in SORT1 or SORT2

format
OQG
OQG
POSTU
Table of single or multipoint forces-ofconstraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format
OUG
OUG
POSTU
Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2

format
OVG
OVG
POSTU
Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2

format
PERROR
ERROR1
POSTU
Error-estimate table updated for current

superelement or adaptivity loop
R1MAPR
R1MAPR
POSTU

(direct) retained responses
R1TAB
R1TAB
POSTU
Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk

Data entry) attributes
R1VAL
R1VAL
POSTU
Matrix of initial values of the retained first

level (direct) responses
R2MAPR
R2MAPR
POSTU
Table of mapping from original second level

(synthetic) retained responses
R2VAL
R2VAL
POSTU
Matrix of initial values of the retained

second level (synthetic) responses
DBC 691
Generic
Name
(P1-P20)
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
RESP12
RESP12
POSTU
RM
---
POSTU
Matrix of aerodynamic rigid forces
SCSTM
SCSTM
GEOMU
Table of global transformation matrices for

partitioned superelements
SETS
SET
GEOMU
SVF
EGPSF
POSTU
Table of element to grid point interpolation

factors
UG
---
POSTU
Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic

displacements
UUG
---
POSTU
Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained elastic

displacements
VIEWTB
VIEWTB
GEOMU/
POSTU
View information table, contains the

relationship between each p-element and its
view-elements and view-grids
2. DBCPATH is a parameter defined on a statement in the NASTRAN NDDL; i.e.,

PARAM,DBCPATH = 0,PATH = DBCQUAL
PATH DBCQUAL QUAL1,QUAL2,QUAL3,etc.
where QUALi selects the QUALifier values associated with the PATH of the input data blocks
from NASTRAN to be written along with the input data blocks on the DBC database. In other
words, the intersection of the PATH DBCQUAL and the PATH of the input data blocks will form
the set of QUALifiers to be written to the DBC database and associated with the input data blocks.
Also, the PROJECT and VERSION will be written. It is recommended that the input data blocks
all have the same PATH.
If it is not NDDL, then only the PROJECT and VERSION will be associated with the input data
blocks on the DBC database.
3. Generic data blocks: ECT, GEOM1, and EQEXIN, must exist on POSTU (when PROGRAM
=XL) or GEOMU (when PROGRAM =GRASP) prior to the conversion of the following data
blocks: OUG, OES, OEF, OPG, OQG, and GPS.
4. If PROGRAM =XL then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written to one of three
databases (FORTRAN units): GEOMU, LOADU, and POSTU.
Main Index
GEOMU
BGPDT, CSTM, ECT, EMAP, EPT, GPDT, MPT, and SETS
LOADU
GEOM3 and GEOM4
POSTU
CASECC, GPS, EQEXIN, GEOM1, GPL, LAMA, OEF, OES, OESNL, OGPF,
OESE, OPG, OQG, OUG, OESC, DBCOPT, GPDCT, and ELDCT
692
DBC
5. If PROGRAM =GRASP then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written only to
the database: GEOMU.
6. Generic data blocks ECT, BGPDT, GPL, and GPDT should be specified simultaneously on the
same DBC statement.
7. Generic names OES and OESC must be specified in separate DBC modules and may appear only
once per DBC module.
Examples:
The following examples illustrate how the module might be implemented in a superelement solution
sequence. The following TYPE statements are used to establish authorization and defaults for user
parameters that control the module.
TYPE
PARM,,I,Y,DBCDIAG=0,GEOMUNIT,LOADUNIT,POSTUNIT $
TYPE
PARM,,CHAR8,Y,PROGRAM=XL $
1. After generation of IFP module output data blocks.
DBC
CSTM,EPT,MPT,GEOM4,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//
CSTM/EPT/MPT/GEOM4/CASECC/
//////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/ $
2. Inside superelement generation loop. Data required for undeformed plotting of geometry and
loads.
DBC
BGPDTS,GPLS,GPDTS,ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,
GEOM3S,GEOM4S,,,,,,,,,,,//BGPDT/GPL/
GPDT/ECT/GEOM1/EQEXIN/GEOM3/
GEOM4/////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//
GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
3. Inside superelement data recovery loop.
Grid point stresses:
DBC
GPLS,EGPSTR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//GPL/GPS/
/////////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP/GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM $
Forces, stresses, displacements, etc.
Note:
ECTS, GEOM1S, and EQEXINS are repeated here in case the above call was not executed,
as in a data recovery restart.
DBC
Main Index
OPG1,OUGV1,OEF1X,OES1X,OQG1,ONRGY1,OGPFB1,
ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,,,,,,,,,//OPG/OUG/
OEF/OES/OQG/OESE/OGPF/ECT/
GEOM1/EQEXIN//////////SEID//S,N,CP/
APP//GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
DBDELETE 693
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBDELETE
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters. An optional WHERE clause may be specified for a more
selective deletion.
Format:
DATABLK =
DBDELETE
*
( datablk list )
*
PARAM =
( param list )
[ WHERE ( where expr ) ] $
Describers:
DATABLK
Delete data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data blocks

separated by commas.
PARAM
Delete parameters. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated by commas.
where-expr
Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described in Table
2 under the DBDICT, 695 statement. If where-expr is true then the named items will
be deleted. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID<>2 AND SEID>0)
selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See
WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further description. The default for
VERSION and PROJECT is the current version and project. See also Remark 1.
Remarks:
1. The where-expr has the following rules:

If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then none
of that data block or parameter will be deleted. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for
KGG, then the following DBDELETE statement will not delete any KGG:
DBDELETE DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10)$
If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter), then
the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA,
then the following DBDICT statements are equivalent:
SPC=10 $
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA $
or
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) $
The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not already specified
in where-expr. For example to delete all KAA where SPC=10 and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.:
Main Index
694
DBDELETE
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) $

Note:
WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJECT,
VERSION, CDATE, etc.
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified
on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data
block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.
Main Index
DBDICT 695
Prints database directory tables
DBDICT
Prints the following database directory tables:

Data blocks described by an NDDL DATABLK statement.
Parameters described by an NDDL PARAM statement.
All unique paths (KEYs) and their qualifiers values.
Qualifiers and their current values.
Data blocks not described by an NDDL DATABLK statement.
Parameters not described by an NDDL PARAM statement.
Project and version information.
Basic Format:
The basic format of DBDICT specifies which tables to print and prints all items (data blocks and
parameters) found in the directory. Also, the attributes (colnames) to be printed and the print format are
predefined. Note that more than one table may be specified on the same DBDICT statement.
DBDICT
[DATABLK PARAM PROJVERS QUALCURR QUALIFIERS]
Examples:
DBDICT
DBDICT PARAM PROJVERS
Full Format:
The full format permits the selection of items by name and/or by the WHERE describer. The full format
also permits the attributes to be printed using the SELECT describer. In addition, the print format can be
Main Index
696
DBDICT
specified with the SORT, FORMAT, and LABEL describers. Note that the full format only allows the
specification of a single table on a DBDICT statement.
DATABLK
DATABLK ( LOCAL )
( datablk-list )
PARAM
*
DBDICT
=
PARAM ( LOCAL )
( param-list )
WHERE(where-expr),
PROJVERS
QUALCURR
QUALIFIERS
SELECT(colname[- col-label]. . . ),
FORMAT
(FWIDTH = w [.d]
i,
LWIDTH = k
DWIDTH = w [.d]
COLSPACE = c
AWIDTH = a
IWIDTH =
VALUE = w,
colname = col-width, . . .),
SORT colname = A , ,
RIGHT
LABEL page - title CENTER
LEFT
Describers:
Main Index
DATABLK
Print the data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data blocks
separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the non-NDDL-defined data
blocks are printed.
PARAM
Print the parameter table. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated by

commas. If LOCAL is specified, the non-NDDL-defined parameters are
printed.
PROJVERS
Print the project-version table.
DBDICT 697
Main Index
QUALIFIERS
Print the qualifier table.
QUALCURR
Print the current values of the qualifiers. SORT is ignored.
where-expr
Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described

below. For example, WHERE(VERSION = 4 AND SEID <>2 AND SEID>0)
selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2.
See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further description. The default
for VERSION is the current version and PROJECT is the current project. The
default for qual is * which is all qualifier values found on the database. See
Remark 12.
SELECT
Specifies a list of column names to be printed. The order of the specified

colnames will be printed from left to right. If colname is not specified then all
columns will be printed.
colname
Column name. Colname specifies a particular attribute of the database item;

such as, data block name (NAME), creation date (CDATE), number of blocks
(SIZE), or qualifier name (SEID, SPC, etc.). The allowable colnames are given
in the Remarks.
col-label
The label to printed above the column identified by colname. The default for
col-label is the colname. col-label may not be specified for colnames:
QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER.
FWIDTH = w.d.
Specifies the default width for single precision real numbers in real and
complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d >0, Default = 12.5).
DWIDTH = w.d.
Specifies the default width for double precision real numbers in real and
complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d>0, Default = 17.10).
AWIDTH = a
Specifies the default width for character string qualifiers. Character strings are
printed with enclosing single quotation marks, even if the string is blank.
(Integer>0, Default = 8).
IWIDTH = i
Specifies the default width for integer qualifiers. (Integer>0, see Remarks for
defaults).
LWIDTH = k
Specifies the default width for logical qualifiers. Logical values are printed as
either T for TRUE or F for FALSE. (Integer> 0, Default = 1).
COLSPACE = c
Specifies the default number of spaces between columns. (Integer>0; see

Remarks for defaults).
VALUE = w
Specifies the default width for parameter values. The values are printed as
character strings with left justification. Integer > 0, Default = 40.
col-width
The print width of the data under colname or qual-name. For real numbers,
specify w.d where w is the width of the field and d is the number of digits in the
mantissa. For integers and character strings, specify w where w is the width of
the field. col-width may not be specified for colnames: QUALSET,
QUALALL, and TRAILER.
698
DBDICT
SORT
Specifies how the rows are sorted. The sort based on ASCII sequence and is
performed in order according to each colname specified in the list. A D
following the colname causes the sort to be in descending order. An A
following the colname causes the sort to be in ascending order. Colnames
QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER may not be specified under SORT.
Each colname specified in SORT must be separated by commas.
page-title
A title to be printed on each page of the directory output.
RIGHT, CENTER, Print justification of the page title.

LEFT
Remarks:
1. DBDICT prints seven different tables according to a default or user-defined format. The tables
are:
Describer
Description
Default Page-Title
See
Remark
DATABLK
Data blocks described by a

NDDL DATABLK statement.
NDDL DATABLOCKS
PARAM
Parameters described by a
NDDL PARAM statement.
NDDL PARAMETERS
QUALCURR
Current Qualifiers and their

values.
CURRENT QUALIFIERS
QUALIFIERS
Qualifiers and their values for

each key number.
QUALIFIERS
DATABLK
(LOCAL)
Data blocks not described by a

NDDL DATABLK statement.
LOCAL DATABLOCKS
PARAM(LOCAL)
Parameters not described by a

NDDL PARAM statement.
LOCAL PARAMETERS
PROJVERS
Project-Version.
PROJECT-VERSION
If DBDICT is specified without any describers then the NDDL Data Blocks Table will be printed.
See Remark 2.
In an FMS statement, DATABLK(LOCAL) and PARAM(LOCAL) produce no output, and
QUALCURR produces the default values specified on the NDDL QUAL statement.
The defaults and allowable colnames for SELECT, FORMAT, SORT, and LABEL depend on the
table. The defaults are described in the following remarks and tables.
2. The default print of the NDDL Data Blocks Table is obtained by:
DBDICT
or
Main Index
DBDICT 699
DBDICT DATABLK
and is equivalent to:
DBDICT DATABLK ,
SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=PROJ,VERSION=VERS,CDATE,
CTIME,
SIZE,KEY,PURGED=PU,EQUIVD=EQ,
POINTER=FILE,QUALSET) ,
FORMAT(NAME=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,SIZE=5,
KEY=4 ,PURGED=4,EQUIVD=4,POINTER=8,
IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1) ,
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A) ,
LABEL(NDDL DATABLOCKS CENTER)
and looks like:
* * * *
D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T
* * * *
EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER

20
MODULE NAME = DBDICT
, SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER
16
NDDL DATABLOCKS
NAME
DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME SIZE KEY PU EQ
FILE SEID PEID
LOAD
SPC
MPC METH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------AGG
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72340
0
326
1
0 132484
0
0
AXIC
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72336
0
315
1
0
65764
BGPDTS MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72338
1
324
0
2 131332
0
BGPDTX MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72338
1
324
0
1 131332
0
BJJ
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72341
0
332
1
0 132612
0
BULK
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72336
2
315
0
0
65700
CASECC MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72336
1
316
0
2
67428
Figure 4-1
DBDICT PARAM Example
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the
FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-1
Column
name
Main Index
Default
column
width
DBDICT DATABLK Colnames

Default
column label
Description
PROJECT
40
PROJECT NAME
Project name defined by PROJECT

statement
PROJNO
PROJ NO
Project number associated with

PROJECT
VERSION
VERSION
Version number
CDATE
CDATE
Creation Date
CTIME
CTIME
Creation Time
700
DBDICT
Table 4-1
Column
name
Default
column
width
Default
column label
Description
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
DATABASE
DATABASE
MASTER DBset name
DBSET
DBSET
DBset name
RDATE
RDATE
Revision Date
RTIME
RTIME
Revision Time
SIZE
SIZE
Number of blocks
qualifier name
Qualifier name
qual-name
Main Index
DBDICT DATABLK Colnames (continued)
See Note
KEY
KEY
Key number
TRLi
TRLi
i-th word in the trailer
TRAILER
TRLi
All 10 trailer words
EXTNAME
EXTNAME
Extended name
EQUIVD
EQ
Equivalenced flag
PURGED
PU
Purged flag
EQFLAG
EF
Scratch equivalenced flag
SCRFLAG
SF
Scratch DBSET flag
POINTER
POINTER
Directory pointer
DBENTRY
DBENTRY
Database entry pointer
FEQCHAIN
FEQCHAIN
Forward equivalence chain
BEQCHAIN
BEQCHAIN
Backward equivalence chain
DBDIR20
DBDIR(20)
Directory word 20
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
Predefined subset of all qualifiers
DBDICT 701
Note:
Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, AWIDTH=8, and
FWIDTH=12.
3. The default print of the NDDL parameter table is obtained by:

DBDICT PARAM
DBDICT PARAM,
SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=PROJ,VERSION=VERS,CDATE,CT
IME,
KEY,VALUE,QUALSET),
FORMAT(NAME=8,DATABASE=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,
KEY=4,VALUE=40,IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1),
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A),
LABEL(NDDL PARAMETERS CENTER)
and looks like:
* * * *
D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T

* * * *
21
, SUBDMAP SEKRRS
, OSCAR RECORD NUMBER
17
NDDL PARAMETERS
NAME
DATABASE DBSET
PROJ VERS
CDATE
CTIME
KEY VALUE SEID
PEID
LOAD
SPC
MPC
METH
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ACOUSTIC MASTER
MASTER
1
1
930805 72338 323 0
0
0
ALTRED MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72338 319 NO
BCHNG
MASTER
MASTER
1
1
930805 72337 325 FALSE
0
DBALLX MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72336 318 DBALL
-1
-1
EPSBIG MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72339 323 1.000000E+12
0
0
ERROR
MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72338 319 -1
FIXEDB
MASTER
MASTER
1
1
930805 72338 323 0
0
0
Figure 4-2
Main Index
DBDICT PARAM Example
702
DBDICT
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in
the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-2
Column
name
DBDICT PARAM Colnames
Default
column
width
Default
column
label
Description
PROJECT
40
PROJECT NAME

statement
PROJNO
PROJ
Project number associated with

PROJECT
VERSION
VERS
Version number
CDATE
CDATE
Creation Date
CTIME
CTIME
Creation Time
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
DATABASE
DATABASE
MASTER DBset name
DBSET
DBSET
DBset name
RDATE
RDATE
Revision Date
RTIME
RTIME
Revision Time
POINTER
POINTER
Directory pointer
VALUE
40
VALUE
Parameter value
KEY
KEY
Key number
qual-name
See Note
qualifier name
Qualifier name
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
Predefined subset of all qualifiers
Note:
Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, AWIDTH=8, IWIDTH=5,

LWIDTH=1, and FWIDTH=12.5.
4. The default print of the Qualifier Table is obtained by:

DBDICT QUALIFIERS
DBDICT QUALIFIERS ,
SELECT(KEY QUALALL) ,
FORMAT(DWIDTH=17.10 AWIDTH=8 IWIDTH=5 LWIDTH=1 ,
FWIDTH=12.5 COLSPACE=2) SORT(KEY=A) ,
LABEL(QUALIFIERS CENTER )
Main Index
DBDICT 703
and looks like:

* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T * * * *
22

18
QUALIFIERS
KEY APRCH B2GG
B2PP
BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ
FSCOUP GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ
ISA ISOLAPP K2GG
K2PP
LOAD
M2GG
M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL
MPC MTEMP NCASE
NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV
OPERASYS P2G
PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN
SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB
SUBDMAP
SUBMODEL SUPORT
TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME
ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------335
F
0
0
0
0
0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------336
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
Figure 4-3
DBDICT QUALIFIERS Example
QUALALL selects all qualifiers to be printed. The qualifiers will be printed in alphabetic order.
QUALSET selects the only the qualifiers SEID, PEID, SPC, MPC, LOAD, and METH to be
printed.
Table 4-4 gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the
FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. QUALALL and QUALSET may not be specified in
the FORMAT or SORT describers. The qualifier names and values are not printed one per row,
but rather from left to right as one logical line that is allowed to wrap after 132 columns.
Column
name
Default
column width
Default column label
Description
KEY
KEY
Key number
qual-name
See Note
qualifier name
Qualifier name
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
Predefined subset of all

qualifiers
Note:
Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, and

FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL statement in the
NDDL sequence.
5. The default print of the current qualifier values table is obtained by:
DBDICT QUALCURR
DBDICT QUALCURR SELECT(QUALALL),
Main Index
704
DBDICT
FORMAT(AWIDTH=8,IWIDTH=5,LWIDTH=1,COLSPACE=2),
LABEL=(CURRENT QUALIFIERS CENTER)
and looks like:
* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T * * * *
24

20
CURRENT QUALIFIERS
B2GG
B2PP
BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH
FREQ FSCOUP
GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG
K2PP
LOAD M2GG
M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV OPERASYS
P2G
PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID
SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP
SUBMODEL SUPORT
TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME
ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0
0
0
0
F
0
0
F
0
0
0
0
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1

300
0
0
0
0
0
100
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
APRCH
Figure 4-4
DBDICT QUALCURR Example
the SELECT describers.
Table 4-3
Column
name
DBDICT QUALCURR Colnames.
Default
column
width
Default
column
label
Description
qual-name
See Note
qualifier name
Qualifier name
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
Pre-defined subset of all qualifiers
Note:
Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, and

FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL statement in the
NDDL sequence.
The default print of the local data block table is obtained by:
DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL)
DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL),
SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,SIZE=BLOCKS,PURGED=PU,
EQUIVD=EQ,POINTER,TRL1,TRL2,TRL3,TRL4,
TRL5,TRL6,TRL7),
FORMAT(NAME=8,SUBDMAP=8,IWIDTH=8,COLSPACE=2),
SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(LOCAL DATABLOCKS CENTER)
Main Index
DBDICT 705
and looks like:

* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T * * * *
23
19
LOCAL DATABLOCKS
NAME
SUBDMAP
BLOCKS
PU
EQ
POINTER
TRL1
TRL2
TRL3
TRL4
TRL5
TRL6
TRL7
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CASEW
PHASE1DR
1
0
0
131780
201
4
0
308
0
0
0
Figure 4-5
DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Example
TRLi specifies the data block trailer word i where

block trailer words.
1 i 10 . TRAILER selects all 10 data
Table 4-4
DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Colnames

Default
column
width
Column
name
Default
column
label
Description
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
SUBDMAP
SUBDMAP
SubDMAP name
SIZE
BLOCKS
Number of blocks
EQUIVD
EQ
Equivalenced flag
PURGED
PU
Scratch flag
POINTER
POINTER
Directory pointer
TRLi
TRLi
i-th word in the trailer
TRAILER
TRLi
All 10 trailer words
EXTNAME
EXTNAME
Extended name
6. The default print of the local parameter table is obtained by:

DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL)
DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,VALUE),
FORMAT(COLSPACE=4,VALUE=40,AWIDTH=8),
SORT(NAME=A) LABEL( LOCAL PARAMETERS CENTER)
Main Index
706
DBDICT
and looks like:

Listing 4-1
* * * *
D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T
* * * *

24
20
LOCAL PARAMETERS
NAME
SUBDMAP
VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------AERO
SESTATIC
FALSE
AERO
PHASE1DR
FALSE
ALTRED
SESTATIC
NO
ALTRED
PHASE1DR
NO
ALTSHAPE
SESTATIC
0
ALWAYS
PHASE1DR
-1
ALWAYS
PHASE1C
-1
ALWAYS
SEKRRS
-1
ALWAYS
SESTATIC
-1
APP
PHASE1DR
STATICS
APP
PHASE1C
STATICS
APP
SESTATIC
STATICS
APRCH
SESTATIC
ASING
PHASE1DR
0
ASING
SEKRRS
0
ASING
PHASE1C
0
ASING
SESTATIC
0
Figure 4-6
DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Example.
Table 4-5
DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Colnames.

Default
column
width
Column
name
Default
column
label
Description
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
SUBDMAP
SUBDMAP
SubDMAP name
VALUE
40
VALUE
Parameter name
7. The default print of Project Version Table is obtained by:

DBDICT PROJVERS
DBDICT PROJVERS ,
SELECT(PROJECT=PROJECT NAME,PROJNO,
VERSION ,DELFLG=DELETED ,
CDATE=CREATION DATE CTIME=CREATION
TIME) ,
FORMAT(PROJECT=40,PROJ=10,VERS=10,DELFLG=7,
COLSPACE=1 ,CDATE=13,CTIME=13) ,
LABEL(PROJECT-VERSION,CENTER)
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A)
Main Index
DBDICT 707
and looks like:

* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T * * * *
19
MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER
15
PROJECT-VERSION
PROJECT NAME
PROJ NO.
VERSION DELETED CREATION DATE CREATION TIME
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LEFT FENDER
1
1
930805
72319
Figure 4-7
DBDICT PROJVERS Example
Table 4-6
Default
column
width
Column
name
DBDICT PROJVERS Colnames

Default
column
label
Description
PROJECT
40
PROJECT NAME

statement
PROJNO
10
PROJ NO
Project number associated with PROJECT
VERSION
10
VERSION
Version number
DELFLG
DELETED
Flag indicating whether this project/version

has been deleted by the RESTART NOKEEP
or DBCLEAN statements
CDATE
13
CREATION DATE
Creation Date
CTIME
13
CREATION TIME
Creation Time
CDATE is printed as YYMMDD where YY, MM, and DD are the year, month, and date,
respectively. CTIME is HHMMSS where HH, MM, and SS are the hour, minute, and second,
respectively.
8. If a parameter or qualifier value is defined to be a character string, then the value will be printed
with enclosing single quotation marks. Blank strings will also be printed with single quotation
marks.
9. If a given qualifier is not in the path of a given data block or parameter, then blank spaces will be
printed.
10. A line will wrap if additional columns need to be printed and not enough space is available on the
output (which is assumed to be 132). The first column of each additional line is to be indented by
the width of the first column printed for the entry.
Main Index
708
DBDICT
a. If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then
no directory information will be printed for that data block or parameter. For example, given
that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBDICT statement will produce no
output:
DBDICT DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) $
b. If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter)
then the qualifier is wildcarded. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the
following DBDICT statements are equivalent:
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA $
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SEID = *) $
Examples:
1. Print the Project Version Table with a title.

DBDICT
PROJVERS SORT(PROJNO,VERSION),
LABEL(PROJECT VERSION TABLE LEFT) $
2. Print a directory of all data blocks qualified with PEID = 10 or SEID = 10. Print columns for the
NAME and DBSET, and the qualifiers SPC, MPC, and LOAD.
DBDICT
Main Index
DATABLK SELECT(NAME,SPC,MPC,LOAD,DBSET,SIZE,
SEID,PEID) ,
SORT(NAME,SIZE=D) WHERE( SEID=10 OR PEID=10) $
DBEQUIV 709
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBEQUIV
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters based upon a qualifiers in a CONVERT
clause. An optional WHERE and may be specified for a more selective equivalence.
Format:
DATABLK =
DBEQUIV
PARAM =
*
(datablk-list)
*
(param-list)
[ WHERE (where-expr) ] ,
CONVERT (convert-expr) [ OVRWRT
RESTART ] $
Describers:
Main Index
datablk-list
Specifies a list of data blocks separated by commas. The default is *, which

selects all data blocks. The equivalenced data block may be renamed by
specifying a slash after the old name followed by the new name. For example,
if KLL is to be renamed to KLL1, then DATABLK=(KLL/KLL1) is specified.
param-list
Specifies a list of parameters separated by commas. The default is *, which

selected all parameters. The equivalenced parameter may be renamed by
specifying a slash after the old name followed by the new name. For example,
if LUSETS is to be renamed to LUSET, then PARAM=(LUSETS/LUSET) is
specified.
where-expr
Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described in

Table 4-2 under the DBDICT statement. If where-expr is true then the named
items will be equivalenced. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND
SEID<>2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of
SEID greater than 0 except 2. See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a
further description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current
version and project. See Remark 1 for more information.
710
DBEQUIV
convert-expr
Modifies the values for PROJECT, VERSION, DBSET, and qualifiers selected
by the where-expr. The format of convert-expr is:
PROJECT=project-expr;VERSION=version-expr;
DBSET=DBsetname;quali=qual-expri[;...]
For example, CONVERT (SEID=100+SEID; SPC=102).
See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further discussion on WHERE
and CONVERT clauses. The default action for VERSION and PROJECT is to
convert to the current version-identification number and current projectidentification number. But if either PROJECT or VERSION is specified in the
convert-expr, then both must be specified.
OVRWRT
NOOVRWRT
RESTART
By default (i.e., NOOVRWRT), duplicate data blocks or parameters on the

created by DBEQUIV will cause a fatal message. A duplicate means that a data
block or parameter has not only the same name but also the same qualifier
values, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET as the primary data block or
parameter. If OVRWRT is specified, then the primary data block is overwritten.
By default, data blocks and parameters created by DBEQUIV cannot be output
again in a subsequent DMAP module. If RESTART is specified then the
selected data blocks and parameters may be overwritten once.
Remarks:

If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then none
of that data block or parameter will be equivalenced. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier
for KGG, then the following DBEQUIV statement will not equivalence any KGG:
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter), then
the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA,
then the following DBEQUIV statements are equivalent:
SPC=10 $
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA CONVERT(SPC=20) $
or
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not already specified
in where-expr. For example to equivalence all KAA where SPC=10 and regardless of MPC,
SEID, etc.:
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
Note:
Main Index
WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJNO,
VERSION, CDATE, etc.
DBEQUIV 711
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified
on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data
block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.
Main Index
712
SubDMAP DBFETCH
Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBFETCH
Retrieves user-specified data blocks on the database previously stored with

CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/

FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi
Data blocks to be fetched. See Remark 3.
Parameters:
Q1
Integer-input-no default. First qualifier.
Q2
Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier.
FLAG
Integer-input-no default. Name flag: 0 means fetch DBi with name DBi. 1
means drop the first character of DBi before searching the directory.
SUCCESS
Integer-output-no default. SUCCESS = -1 means all data blocks were

successfully retrieved. SUCCESS = 0 means otherwise.
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired.
2. DBi is equivalenced to the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi,
ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0.
3. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored
on the database is the name which appears on the highest CALL statement that contains DBi.
DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
4. If call DBFETCH is being used to obtain data blocks created in a previous run, then the
RESTART or DBLOCATE FMS statement must be specified. If DBLOCATE is used then
DATABLK = * or DATABLK = (ZUZR11) must be specified on the DBLOCATE statement.
Example:
Fetch data block named A (name flag = 1 drops the character E) and assign local name as EA.
Main Index
SubDMAP DBFETCH 713

CALL DBFETCH /EA,,,,/1/1/1/0/S,EXIST $
Main Index
714
SubDMAP DBMGR
Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBMGR
Performs functions on items stored on the database with this subDMAP and CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
1. Directory print
Print the contents of the database directory.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//2/0/0/0/0/0/
/
/
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
None.
2. Data block deletion
Deletes up to five data block(s) previously stored with CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//5/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
Parameters:
Q1
Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of DBi.
Q2
Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of DBi.
DBi
Character-input-no default. Names of data blocks to be deleted.
3. Data block equivalence

Assign up to four alias names to one to four data blocks.
Main Index
SubDMAP DBMGR 715

Format:
CALL DBMGR
//7/QP1/QP2/QS1/QS2/0/
DBP/DBS1/DBS2/DBS3/DBS4 $
Parameters:
QP1
Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of primary data block (DBP).
QP2
Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of primary data block (DBP).
QS1
Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi).
QS2
Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi).

DBP Character-input-no default. Primary data block name.
DBSi
Character-input-no default. Secondary data block names to be equivalenced to

DBP.
4. Data block rename

Rename and/or modify the qualifier values of a data block previously stored with CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//9/QO1/QO2/QN1/QN2/0/
DBOLD/DBNEW/
/
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
QO1
Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of previously stored data block

(DBOLD).
QO2
Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of previously stored data block

(DBOLD).
QN1
Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of new name of data block (DBNEW).
QN2
Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of new name of data block

(DBNEW).
DBOLD
Character-input-no default. Name of the previously stored data block.
DBNEW
Character-input-no default. New name of the previously stored data block.
716
SubDMAP DBMGR
5. Store character string

Store up to five character strings with qualifiers.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//10/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/STR1/STR2/STR3/STR4/STR5 $
Parameters:
Q1
Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of STRi.
Q2
Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of STRi.
STRi
Character-input-no default. Strings up to 8 characters in length.
6. Test for presence of a data block or a character string

Test for the presence of a data block previously stored by CALL DBSTORE or a character string
previously stored by CALL DBMGR (OPT=10).
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//11/Q1/Q2/0/S,PRES1/S,PRES2/
DB1/DB2/
/
$
Parameters:
Q1
Q2
PRESi
Integer-output-no default. 0 means DBi not present. -1 means DBi present.
DBi
Character-input-no default. Character strings or the names of data blocks.
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused
integer parameters can be set to 0 and unused character parameters to ' ' (a string with 5 blanks).
2. If data blocks exist when storing, renaming or equivalencing, then they are overwritten.
3. If CALL DBMGR is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101
through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified immediately preceding CALL DBMGR
and PUTSYS(0, 109) should be specified immediately following CALL DBMGR.
Main Index
DBSTATUS 717
Checks status of up to ten data blocks
DBSTATUS
Checks status of up to ten data blocks
Checks the status of up to ten data blocks.

Format:
DBSTATUS
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10//
S,N,NODB1/S,N,NODB2/S,N,NODB3/S,N,NODB4/S,N,NODB5/
S,N,NODB6/S,N,NODB7/S,N,NODB8/S,N,NODB9/S,N,NODB10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi
Any data block (matrix or table).
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
NODBi
Output-integer-default=-1. Status of the DBi-th data block:

-1
Not generated
Empty
Generated
10
Offline and empty
11
Offline and generated
Remarks:
1. Trailing commas in the input data block list may be omitted without warning. For example the
following statement:
DBSTATUS KAA,,,,,,,,,//S,N,NOKAA $
may be shortened to:
DBSTATUS KAA//S,N,NOKAA $
2. DBSTATUS is similar to PARAML DB//'PRES' with expanded capability for empty and offline
data blocks; i.e., PARAML returns -1 for empty data blocks and fatally terminates for offline data
blocks.
Main Index
718
SubDMAP DBSTORE
Stores data blocks on the database
SubDMAP DBSTORE
Stores user-specified data blocks on the database. Data blocks can only be retrieved by CALL
DBFETCH.
Format:
CALL DBSTORE
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi
Data blocks to be stored. See Remark 5.
Parameters:
Q1
Q2
DBSET
Character-input-no default. The dbset-name to store DBi. The dbset-name must

be padded with blanks to 5 characters in length; e.g., 'DBDN '.
COND
Integer-input-no default. Conditional store flag. COND = 0 means store and

COND 0 means do not store.
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused
integer parameters can be set to 0. If DBSET is blank; i.e, ' ' (a string with 5 blanks), then DBi
will be stored on DBset DBALL.
2. DBi is stored under the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi,
ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0 on DBset = DBSET.
3. DBSET should not be SCRATCH or refer to a scratch dbset.
4. If CALL DBSTORE is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101
through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified just before CALL DBSTORE and
PUTSYS(0, 109) just after. See Example 1.
5. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored
on the database is the name which appears on the highest CALL statement that contains DBi.
DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
Examples:
1. Store data block B on dbset DB100:
Main Index
SubDMAP DBSTORE 719

PUTSYS(1, 109) $ deactivate restart skipping

CALL DBSTORE B,,,,//2/2/DB100/0 $
PUTSYS(0, 109) $ activate restart skipping
2. The following example computes five variations on a basic matrix ( K + i M ] [ X ] = [ B ] ,
where K, B, and M are input via DMI Bulk Data entries and ( i , i = 1,5) are input via
DTI,LAMLST entries. In the first loop, the matrix KPLM is formed and decomposed and its
factors, L and U, stored. In the second loop, the factors are fetched and, along with B, input to the
FBS module to solve for X.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,LOOPCNT=1,SING=0 $
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,BX $ BLANK STRING
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,LAMC $
DMIIN
DMI,DMINDX/K,M,B,,,,,,, $
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/LAMLST,,,,,,,,, $
MATPRN
K,M,B/ $
DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5 AND SING>-1) $
PARAML LAMLST//DTI/1/LOOPCNT/S,N,LAMBDA $
LAMC=CMPLX(LAMBDA) $
ADD K,M/KPLM//LAMC $
DECOMP
KPLM/L,U/-1/////S,N,SING $
IF (SING>-1) THEN $
CALL DBSTORE L,U,,,//0/LOOPCNT/BX/0 $
LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $
ENDIF $
ENDDO $
$
IF (SING>-1) THEN $
CALL DBMGR //2/0/0/0/0/0/BX/BX/BX/BX/BX $
LOOPCNT=1 $
DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5) $
CALL DBFETCH /FL,FU,,,/0/LOOPCNT/1/0/0 $
FBS
FL,FU,B/X $
MESSAGE // LOOPCNT=/LOOPCNT $
MATPRN
X/ $
LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $
ENDDO $
ENDIF $
CEND
TITLE=SOLVE FOR FIVE X
BEGIN BULK
DMI,K,.....
DMI,B,.....
DMI,M,.....
DTI,LAMLST,.....
ENDDATA
Main Index
720
DBVIEW
Creates virtual datalock
DBVIEW
Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data blocks.
Format:
DBVIEW view-name = data-block
WHERE (where-expr)
(WHERE where-expr)
Describers:
view-name
Name of the view; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for view-names: A through Z
and 0 through 9.
data-block
Name of a data block.
where-expr
A logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, PROJECT,

PROJNO, VERSION, and DBSET. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND
SEID< >2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of
SEID greater than 0 except 2. See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 and
Remark 6. Be aware that certain restrictions apply to the where-expr when the
viewname will be used to specify an output data block on a module (see Remark
8).
Remarks:
1. DBVIEW is a nonexecutable statement defined only at compilation. It is not affected by IF ( )

THEN or DO WHILE blocks. Where-expr, however, is evaluated dynamically for the current
values of data-block qualifiers at the module where view-name is specified for input.
2. DBVIEW must be specified prior to the first occurrence of the use of the view-name. It may only
be specified as an input data block to a DMAP module.
3. If the data-block is not generated or if no data blocks satisfy the where-expr, then the view-name
will be considered as not generated. Also, if the where-expr contains a qualifier that is not in
the path of the data-block then the view-name is not generated.
4. view-name is recognized only in the current subDMAP.
5. A view-name that results in more than one data block is also called a family. If a family is
specified as input to a module that does not use families, then the first data block stored will be
the one that is used.
6. The values assigned to qualifiers not specified in the where-expr are taken from current values.
AND WILDCARD may be specified in the where-expr to indicate that unspecified qualifiers
do not have to match their current values to satisfy the DBVIEW statement.
Main Index
DBVIEW 721
7. A comma may be used in place of the spaces shown under Format to continue the DBVIEW
statement on more than one line. For example,
DBVIEW UGX=UG,
(WHERE SEID=10 AND,
SPC=20,
AND VERSION=5) $
8. 8. If the view-name in the subDMAP is used for an output datablock on a module then the
following restrictions apply:
a. The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";". For example,
WHERE(SEID)=10; PEID=20).
Note:
Any view-name specified by a DBVIEW statement using the ";" separator can also be used
for input datablocks (in this case, any ";" in the Where Expr will be interpreted as the boolean
"and" operator).
b. Only one datablock can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported
for output datablocks).
c. PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION,Where Expr modifier "WILDCARD", and the use of
qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the Where Expr.
Examples:
1. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of KAA data blocks called KAA10 for
the path qualifier (see the PATH NDDL-Statement) SEID = 10 and for the current values of the
remaining KAA path qualifiers.
DBVIEW KAA10 = KAA (WHERE SEID=10) $
2. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of the data block BULK, which is stored
under the version referenced on the RESTART FMS statement and gives it the virtual name
BULKR to differentiate it from the current data block BULK.
PROJVER //RESTART/S,N,RESPROJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXISTS $
DBVIEW BULKR = BULK (WHERE VERSION=RESVER AND
PROJNO=RESPROJ) $
3. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name for the datablock KAA. The view-name
will be used as an output datablock to a DMAP module. The path qualifiers for this output
datablock will be assigned SEID=20 and SEID=10 and the remaining KAA path qualifiers will
be set to the current values.
DBVIEW KAA20 = KAA WHERE (SEID=20 ; PEID=10) $
4. The following DMAP sequence creates view-names for three input datablocks and four output
datablocks, using the same data block "XYZ".
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
Main Index
IN1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $

IN2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+1 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
IN3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+2 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
OUT1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=1 ; SERIES7=JJ) $
OUT2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES 5=2 ; SERIES7=JJ+1) $
722
DBVIEW
DBVIEW OUT3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=3 ; SERIES7=JJ+2) $

DBVIEW OUT4=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=4 ; SERIES7=JJ+3) $
JJ=0 $
DO WHILE (JJ<1000) $
PARTN IN1,IN2,IN3/OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4 $
MATPRN OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4// $
JJ=JJ+1 $
ENDDO $
Main Index
DCMP 723
Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
DCMP
Decompose a square matrix [ A ] into upper and lower triangular factors [ U ] and [ L ] and diagonal matrix
[ D ] . DCMP is identical to DECOMP, but also provides extended diagnostics.
[ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ]
[A] = [L][D][L]
for symmetric [ A ]
Format:
DCMP
DUSET,SIL,EQEXIN,A,PARTVEC,EQMAP/
LD U LSEQ
,
,
/
LAO AAP LSCM
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/BAILOUT/MAXRATIO/SETNAME/F1/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/
S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,ERR/LMTROWS $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
SIL
Scalar index list.
EQEXIN
Equivalence between external and internal numbers.
A square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).
PARTVEC
Partitioning vector specified when A is a partition of SETNAME. Its rowsize is

indicated by SETNAME. A is the zero-th partition from PARTVEC.
EQMAP
Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
LD
Nonstandard lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky
Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
Upper triangular factor or high ratios matrix. If A is unsymmetric then U is the

nonstandard upper triangular factor of [A] or the Cholesky factor. If A is
symmetric and the value of system cell 166 includes the value of 8 then U
contains the contains the "high ratio terms of the factor diagonal ratios". See
Remark 4.
724
DCMP
LSEQ
Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.
LAO
Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3.
AAP
Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format when KSYM=3.
LSCM
Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning of A.
Parameters:
KSYM
CHOLSKY
Input/output-integer-default=1.
Use symmetric decomposition (default).
0
1
3
Use unsymmetric decomposition.

Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be reset to 0 or 1
consistent with actual decomposition type.
Use symmetric partial decomposition.
Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM=1 or KSYM=-1 and [A] is symmetric then:
1
0
Use Cholesky decomposition.

Use standard decomposition (default).
If KSYM=3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom in the

o-set.
Main Index
BAILOUT
Input-integer-default=0. If BAILOUT>0, then the module exits with error

message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds MAXRATIO. If BAILOUT<-1, then
the module continues with warning message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds
MAXRATIO.
MAXRATIO
Input-real-default=1.E5. See the BAILOUT and ERR parameters.
SETNAME
Input-character-default=H. One or two letters indicating the set membership

of [A].
F1
Input-real-default=0.0. Tolerance for suppressing numbers of small magnitude.

Matrix elements with magnitudes less than F1 will be set to zero.
DECOMP
Input-integer-default=-1. See DECOMP, 733 module.
DEBUG
THRESH
MINDIAG
Output-real double precision-default=0.0D0. See DECOMP, 733 module.
DET
Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). See DECOMP, 733 module.
POWER
Output-integer-default=0. See DECOMP, 733 module.
SING
DCMP 725
NBRCHG
ERR
Output-integer-default=-1. If BAILOUT=-1, this parameter always remains at

zero. If BAILOUT=0 and the factor to diagonal ratio is greater than
MAXRATIO, ERR is reset to -1.
LMTROWS
Input-integer-default=0. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A

matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP
module.
Remarks:
1. This module performs all of the functions of the DECOMP module and responds to the same
system cells. However the DCMP module default for KSYM is 1 instead of -1, which is the
default for DECOMP. All Remarks given for the DECOMP module also apply to the DCMP
module.
2. If given unsymmetric matrices (Form 1"), the mechanism diagnostics are not provided. The
module is then functionally equivalent to the DECOMP module.
3. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most
efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as
SETNAME.
4. If A is symmetric then U contains the "MATRIX/FACTOR DIAGONAL RATIO values printed
under UWM 4698. The mathematical definition of U is
Diag(A) = Ad, a vector.
Diag(T) = Dd, a vector.
In some circumstances T is not a diagonal matrix. The high ratio test being defined here has no
validity in the regions where there are off-diagonal terms (2 by 2 pivots), so those rows are
ignored in this testing. The ratio is defined as
Vi = Adi/Ddi
Regions where the model is approaching singularity have small Ddi terms. They are divided into
Adi to non-dimensionalize them, and checked against a quality parameter value named
MAXRATIO. The default value for MAXRATIO is 1.E7, but the user is allowed to change its
value. Terms less than MAXRATIO are set to zero in Vi. If any terms remain, the matrix is
identified as singular, and various warning and fatal messages may appear, depending on the
context in which the DCMP module is being called.
This vector may be used to better identify singularities and provide other actions when they are
being approached. This feature is used in normal modes analysis, where points with high ratios
are automatically constrained to ground, to make the eigensolution more stable.
5. The sparse symmetric decomposition method may be used to decompose only a certain partition
specified by a partitioning vector (PARTVEC input data block for DCMP). In this case the
following decomposition is obtained:
Main Index
726
DCMP
A =
A oo A oa
A ao A aa
L oo
T LT
L oo
ao
D oo
L ao I
A aa
where
T
A aa = A aa L ao D oo L ao
The results of
L oo, D oo, L ao are written to LD and A aa to LSCM.
Example:
Inspect the numerical conditioning of the

m
M aa
matrix. If the matrix is poorly conditioned, diagnostics will be produced.
DCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,MMAA,/LAA,UAA,/////A $
DIAGONAL LAA/DLAA $
MATPRN DLAA/$
Main Index
DDR2 727
Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
DDR2
Improves accuracy of modal transient or frequency response displacements by computing displacements

due to mode acceleration.
Format:
DDR2
USETD,UD,PD,KDD,BDD,MDD,OL,UNUSED,LLL,DM/
UD1,UE,PD1/
APP/NOUE/UNUSED1/UNUSED2 $
Input Data Blocks:
USETD
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.
UD
Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency response.

Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.
PD
Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.
KDD
Stiffness matrix for the d-set.
BDD
Damping matrix for the d-set.
MDD
Mass matrix for the d-set.
OL
Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.
LLL
Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set.
DM
Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.
Output Data Blocks:
UD1
Improved solution matrix for the d-set.
UE
Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points).
PD1
Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the

a-set.
Parameters:
APP
NOUE
Main Index

'TRAN'
Transient response
'FREQ'
Frequency response
Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points.
728
DDR2
UNUSED1
Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.
UNUSED2
Remarks:
1. The solution matrix, UD1, may be used to also improve the data recovery output; such as, stress,
strain, etc.
2. USETD, UD, PD, MDD, OL, and LLL may not be purged.
3. DM may not be purged if support degrees-of-freedom exist.
4. For transient analysis, the velocities and accelerations (every second and third column in UD) are
unchanged in UD1.
5. DDR2 uses a static approximation for the effect of the higher modes.
Method:
The equivalent load vector is computed:

a
2
2
{ P d } = { P d } { K dd } { u d } [ B dd ] { u d } [ M dd ] { ud }
(4-7)
For a transient analysis problem { u d } , { u d } , and { ud } are given explicitly. For frequency response
analysis,
{ u d } = i { u d }
2
{ ud } = { u d }
(4-8)
(4-9)
where is the forcing frequency and { u d } is the complex response vector. comes from PPF. The
a
vector { P d } is the sum of applied loads and inertia loads due to the motion of the system approximated
by its lower modes. The static solution using these loads will provide a better answer for displacements.
If extra points are present, then:
a
a
{ Pd }
Pa
------
Pe
(4-10)
ua
{ u d } -----
ue
Main Index
(4-11)
DDR2 729
{ u e } is placed in data block UEVF. Subroutines CALCV and SSG2A perform this calculation. If
supports are present, then:
Pl
a
{ P l } -----
Pr
(4-12)
ul
{ u a } -----
Pr
(4-13)
Solve for { u a } :
a
[ L ll ] [ L ll ] { u l } = { P l }
(4-14)
This is accomplished in subroutine FBSDRV. If supports are present, then:

a
a
{ ua }
{ ul } + [ D ] { ur }
= ---------------------------------------
ur
(4-15)
otherwise,
a
{ ua } = { ul }
Subroutine SDR1B performs this calculation. If extra points are present, then:
a
a
{ ud }
Note:
Main Index
ua
-----
ue
(4-16)
If the problem type is transient, { u d } must be merged with { u d } and { ud } .
730
DDRMM
Performs matrix method data recovery
DDRMM
Computes data recovery items (stress, displacements, forces, strains, forces) directly from the modal
solution in frequency response, transient response, or scaled response spectra analysis using the matrix
method.
Format:
DDRMM
CASECC,UH,OL,IUG,IQG,IES,IEF,XYCDB/
OUG,OQG,OES,OEF,UNUSED5,OVG,OAG/
OPTION/NOCOMP/PEXIST/ACOUSTIC/ACOUT/PREFDB/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EST
UH
Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-freedom). Modal displacements

only in frequency response. Modal displacements, velocities, and accelerations
in transient response.
OL
IUG
Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2

format.
IQG
Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal displacement in

SORT1 or SORT2 format.
IES
Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement in SORT1

or SORT2 format. For strains, NOCOMP must be set to 3.
IEF
Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2

format.
XYCDB
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OQG
Table of single point forces of constraint SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OES
Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
UNUSED5
Unused and may be purged.
DDRMM 731
OVG
Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OAG
Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Parameters:
OPTION
Input-character-default=' '. Response summation method for scaled response spectra

analysis only. Possible values are:
'ABS'
Absolute
'SRSS'
Square root of the sum of the squares
'NRL'
Naval Research Laboratory (new)
'NRLO'
Naval Research Laboratory (old)
NOCOMP
Input-integer-default=0. Set to 3 if IES is element strains.
ACOUSTIC
Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag.
PEXIST
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.
ACOUT
No fluid elements exist.
Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists.
Fluid/structure coupling exists.
Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural

analysis.
'RMS'
Root-mean-square
'PEAK'
Peak
PREFDB
Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or

dBA.
SEID
DVAFLAG
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will be output in

separate data blocks.
-1
Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUG.
Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVG and OAG.
Method:
A matrix of modal solution data is formed from each of the modal SDR solution data blocks input to the
module. These data matrices and the matrix solution vectors are multiplied to form an output matrix.
If the modal solutions input to the modal are SORT1, the equation is
1
[ Output Matrix ] = [ Data Matrix ] [ Solution Matrix ]

If the modal solutions input to the module are SORT2, the equation is
Main Index
(4-17)
732
DDRMM
[ Output Matrix ] = [ Solution Matrix ] [ Data Matrix ]
(4-18)
The output matrix formed for each modal input data block is converted to output data block format for
processing by the module OFP.
In (4-17) and (4-18), the solution matrix contains one solution vector (column) of size h (= number of
eigenvalues used) for each time or frequency step. Thus,
[ Solution Matrix ] is of size Rows Columns

where:
Rows
= Number of eigenvalues
Columns
= Number of time or frequency steps
In the above, the data matrix, if the modal data input is SORT1, contains one column vector for each
eigenvalue used. Each column contains all modal output component results for all elements or points
requested. If the modal data input is SORT2, the data matrix will be the transpose of that for SORT1 input
data, due to the data input processing requirements. Thus,
1
[ Data Matrix ] is of size Rows Columns

where:
Rows
= components of all points or elements requested.
Columns
= number of time or frequency steps being output.

2
1 T
1 T
[ Output Matrix ] = [ Output Matrix ] [ Output Matrix ] = [ Output Matrix ]

Remarks:
1. If UD is a real matrix and OL is purged, then a scaled response spectra analysis is assumed.
2. OUG, OQG, OES, and OEF are suitable for printing or punching by the OFP module.
3. SDR2 is used to compute IUG, IQG, IES, and IEF, which are results due to a unit modal
displacement (eigenvector).
Main Index
DECOMP 733
Matrix decomposition
DECOMP
To decompose a square matrix [A] into upper and lower triangular factors [U] and [L] and diagonal matrix
[D].
[ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ]
[A] = [L][D][L]
for symmetric [ A ]
Format:
DECOMP
A/
LD,U,
LSEQ
,RPERM /
CPERM
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/
S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,MAXRAT/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH $
Input Data Block:
Square matrix (real or complex; symmetric, or unsymmetric, or indefinite

symmetric).
Output Data Blocks:
LD
Lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky Factor. [LD]
also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
Upper triangular factor or trapezoidal factor for partial decomposition. (See

Remark 4.)
LSEQ
Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.
CPERM
Table of column permutations under KSYM=4.
RPERM
Table of row permutations under KSYM=4.
Parameters:
KSYM
Main Index
Input/output-integer-default=-1.
1
Use standard decomposition.
Use unsymmetric decomposition.
734
DECOMP
CHOLSKY
-1
Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be reset to 0 or 1

consistent with actual decomposition type (default).
Use symmetric partial decomposition. Sparse method is not available with

partial decomposition.
Sparse unsymmetric rectangular method.
Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM = 1 or KSYM = -1 and [A] is symmetric then:

1
Use Cholesky decomposition.
Use standard decomposition (default).
If KSYM = 3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom in the o-set.
MINDIAG
Output-real double precision-default = 0.0D0. The norm of the minimum diagonal

term of [U].
DET
Output-complex single precision-default=(0.0,0.0). The scaled value of the

determinant of [A]. See the POWER parameter. DET is not applicable to sparse
methods. See Remark 1.
POWER
Output-integer-default=0. Integer POWER of 10 by which DET should be multiplied

to obtain the determinant of [A]. In other words, the determinant of [A] is equal to
POWER
. POWER is not applicable to sparse methods. See Remark 1.
DET*10
SING
Output-integer-default=0. SING is set to -1 if [A] is singular. See Remark 3.
NBRCHG
Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-integer-default=0. NBRCHG is the

number of negative terms on the diagonal.
MAXRAT
Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-real-default=0.0. MAXRAT is the

maximum value of the ratio of the matrix diagonal to the factor diagonal.
DECOMP
Input-integer-default=-1. Controls operation of module for exceptional conditions as

defined in the following table. If DECOMP > 0 then DECOMP overrides the value
specified on NASTRAN SYSTEM(69) statement.
DECOMP
Main Index
Action
0 or -1
Print up to 50 messages for null columns and zero diagonals

(non-sparse method only).
Terminate execution when first null column is encountered.
Suppress printing of message when a null column is encountered

(non-sparse method only).
Terminate execution when first zero diagonal term is encountered.
Suppress printing of message when a zero diagonal term is

encountered (non-sparse method only).
DECOMP 735
16
Place 1.0 in diagonal position for all null columns and proceed with
the decomposition.
32
Stop the decomposition when zero diagonal terms are encountered.
64
Exit after execution of preface for symmetric decomposition.
DEBUG
Input-integer-default=-1. Passive column logic control. DEBUG is used only by

non-sparse method. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods Users Guide and
Remark 8.
THRESH
Input-integer-default=-6. Power of 10 defining the pivoting threshold for

unsymmetric decomposition. Row pivoting will be done if any value on the factor
THRESH
diagonal is less than 10
. THRESH = -2 is recommended for indefinite matrices
because accuracy is improved even though execution time is increased.
Remarks:
1. By default, the DECOMP module uses sparse matrix methods. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical
Methods Users Guide.
a. The DECOMP parameter options 0, -1, 2, and 8 are ignored with the sparse method.
b. The precision of A must be equivalent to the machine precision.
c. Cholesky decomposition is not supported under this method; i.e., the parameter CHOLSKY =
1 will be ignored.
d. NASTRAN statement system cell 166 selects options for the sparse method.
0
No action.
If insufficient core is encountered, then switch to conventional decomposition and

continue (default).
Print diagnostics.
Do not issue fatal message if maximum ratios are exceeded. The maximum ratios are
replaced by 1.0.
2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the efficiency of the back
substitution process in module FBS.
3. If the value of 16 is specified for the DECOMP parameter, then SING is set to one if unit values
are placed on the diagonal.
4. If KSYM = 3, the [A] matrix is decomposed through the first n degrees of freedom, where n is the
value provided by the CHOLSKY parameter. The resulting trapezoidal factor is output as [L] and
the remaining undecomposed partition of the [A] matrix, with contributions from the first n
degrees of freedom added, is output as [U].
Main Index
736
DECOMP
5. Cholesky factors (matrix form 10) can be used for all standard matrix operations; e.g., ADD,
MPYAD, etc. All other factors are packed, nonstandard data blocks as described in Remark 2 and
cannot be processed by other matrix modules except where noted.
6. The output triangular and trapezoidal matrices will have the following forms in the matrix trailer:
Form
Factor Type
Matrix Type
Lower triangle
Symmetric or unsymmetric
Upper triangle
Unsymmetric only
10
Cholesky
Symmetric only
11
Trapezoidal
Symmetric only
13
Lower triangular
Sparse symmetric
15
Lower or upper triangular
Sparse unsymmetric
T
7. In decomposing symmetric matrices, [ A ] = [ L ] [ D ] [ L ] , the diagonal factor [ D ] is stored in the

T
diagonal of the [ LD ] matrix output. The [ U ] = [ L ] factor is not output for this case.
8. Matrices with zero diagonal terms may be reliably solved if the corresponding leading minor is
nonzero. A more conservative course is to take a fatal error exit when zero diagonals occur,
regardless of the value of the leading minor. This action is obtained by setting DECOMP = 32.
9. Parallel sparse decomposition is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL
(or SYSTEM (107)). To obtain optimal performance, it is also recommended that the SEQP
module be used with parameter NEWSEQ = 2.
Examples:
1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] .
DECOMP
A/L,U,/ $
FBS
L,U,B/X/ $
MATPRN
X// $
T
2. Form [ K ] = [ G ] [ A ] [ G ] .
T
Then decompose [ K ] into [ L ] [ L ] assuming [ K ] is a symmetric matrix.

SMPYAD
DECOMP
3. Calculate
G,A,G,,,/K/3////1////6 $
K/L,,/ $
1
K aa = K aa K ao K oo K oa
using partial decomposition, then form L oo given the following:
NOOSET integer parameter defining the size of K oo .
Main Index
DECOMP 737
NOASET integer parameter defining the size of K aa and K oa .

NOFSET = NOOSET + NOASET
$ FORM PARTITIONING VECTOR

MATGEN
,/VFOX/6/NOFSET/NOOSET/NOASET $
$ MERGE O-SET AND A-SET WITH A-SET LAST
MERGE
KOO,KAO,KOA,KAAB,VFOX,/KFFX/-1/0/6 $
$ PARTIALLY DECOMPOSE KFFX
DECOMP
KFFX/LFO,KAA,/3/NOOSET $
PARTN
LFO, ,VFOX/LOO, LAO, ,/1 $
Main Index
738
DELETE
Deletes data blocks
DELETE
Deletes data blocks
Deletes data blocks.

Format:
DELETE
/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi
Any table or matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. Any or all data blocks may be purged.

2. The output from previous module rule does not apply. See Output from a Previous Module Rule,
37.
Example:
DELETE
Main Index
/A,B,C,, $
DIAGONAL 739
Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
DIAGONAL
Extracts the diagonal elements from a matrix, raises each term to a specified power, and outputs a vector
(column matrix) or a rectangular matrix.
Format:
DIAGONAL
A/B/OPT/POWER $
Input Data Block:
Square or diagonal matrix (real or complex) if OPT WHOLE or

rectangular (real or complex) matrix if OPT = WHOLE
Output Data Block:
Real vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix containing the terms of A raised
to a power
Parameters:
OPT
POWER
Input-character-default='COLUMN'. Type of matrix output.

'COLUMN'
Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into vector B (if

A is complex then only the real part is extracted) and then raise the
elements to the exponent POWER.
'SQUARE'
Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into diagonal

matrix B (if A is complex then extract only the real part) and then
raise the elements to the exponent POWER.
'WHOLE'
Copy rectangular matrix A into rectangular matrix B and then raise

the elements to the exponent POWER. If A is complex and
POWER<>1.0 then extract only the real part; however, if
POWER=1.0 then B will contain the magnitude of the elements.
Input-real single precision-default=1. Exponent to which the real part of each

element is raised. See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' provide exactly the same functions, except the output using
COLUMN is a vector, and the output using SQUARE is a square diagonal matrix. Both options
process only the real part of the diagonal terms of the input matrix.
Main Index
740
DIAGONAL
If POWER = 0., unit column or the identity matrix of the dimension of the input matrix is
produced. This is an efficient method for producing these useful DMAP tools. OPT = 'WHOLE'
operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same dimension.
Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'. Each term
is processed independently.
2. OPT = 'WHOLE' operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same
dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'.
Each term is processed independently.
If POWER = 0., then all nonzero terms of [A] will produce unit terms in [B]. Zero terms in [A]
will produce zero terms in [B]. This is a means for producing Boolean matrices. [A] may be either
real or complex.
If POWER = 1.0, then [B] is a real matrix with terms that are the absolute value of the terms of
[A]. If [A] is complex then [B] contains the magnitude
2
( a +b )
of the terms of [A].

3. For fractional values of POWER and OPT = 'WHOLE', all elements must be nonnegative and for
OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' all diagonal elements must be nonnegative.
4. For whole number values of POWER, only real [A] matrices are allowed. The sign of the terms
of [A] are properly preserved.
5. If an illegal operation is requested, a warning message is produced, and [B] is purged.
Examples:
1. Extract the diagonal terms from LOO and KOO and form the ratio of factor diagonal to diagonal
3
terms and print terms less than 10 .
DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD/COLUMN/1. $
DIAGONAL KOO/KOOD $
ADD
LOOD,KOOD/LOVERK///2 $
MATMOD
LOVERK,,,,/BIGLOVRK,/2////1.E-3 $
ADD
LOVERK,BIGLOVRK/DIFF//-1.0 $
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,DIFF//H/O $
2. Obtain the absolute value of a matrix [A]
DIAGONAL A/AA/WHOLE $
Main Index
DISDCMP 741
Performs distributed decomposition
DISDCMP
Performs distributed decomposition which includes the parallel elimination of boundary nodes and
summation of global schur complement
Format:
DISDCMP
USET,SIL,EQEXIN,SCHUR,UNUSED5,EQMAP/
LBB,DSFDSC,SCHURS/
HLPMETH/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14/UNUSED15 $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
SIL
Scalar index list.
EQEXIN
Equivalence between external and internal numbers.
SCHUR
Local Schur complement matrix in sparse factor format.
UNUSED5
EQMAP
Output Data Blocks:
LBB
Distributed boundary matrix factor in sparse factor format

(contains the local panels of the fronts).
DSFDSC
Distributed boundary matrix factor.
SCHURS
Sum of all SCHUR matrices from all processors.
Parameters:
HLPMETH
Main Index
Input-integer-default=1. Processing option.

>0
Summation ONLY.
=0
Complete boundary decomposition (default).
UNUSED2
Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED3
UNUSED4
Input-real-default=1.E5. Unused and may be left unspecified.
742
DISDCMP
Main Index
UNUSED5
Input-character-default='H'. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED6
Input-real-default=0.0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED7
Input-integer-default=-1. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED8
UNUSED9
UNUSED10
Input-real double precision-default=0.D0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED11
Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED12
UNUSED13
UNUSED14
UNUSED15
DISFBS 743
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution
DISFBS
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution.

Format:
DISFBS
LBB,DSFDSC,EQMAP,UABAR/
UA,PABAR,LOO/
HLPMETH $
Input Data Blocks:
LBB
Distributed boundary sparse factor matrix (contains the local panels of the
fronts).
DSFDSC
Table description of boundary sparse factor matrix.
EQMAP
UABAR
Local updated rectangular ("loads") matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
UA
Global boundary solution for distributed decomposition.
PABAR
Summed up updated rectangular ("loads") matrix for distributed

decomposition.
LOO
Merged boundary sparse factor matrix for distributed decomposition.
Parameters:
HLPMETH
Input-integer-default=0. Processing option.

>0
Summation only.
Complete distributed forward-backward substitution (default).
Summation operation and merging of distributed sparse boundary factor matrix.
Remarks:
1. LBB and DSFDSC may be purged.
Main Index
744
DISOFPM
Collects and merges OFP data blocks
DISOFPM
Collects and merges OFP data blocks
Collects and merges OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor.
Format:
DISOFPM
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8/
OFP1M,OFP2M,OFP3M,OFP4M,OFP5M,OFP6M,OFP7M,OFP8M/
MAXBUFF $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPiM
Merged OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Parameters:
MAXBUFF
Input-integer-default=250000. Maximum buffer size in words given to each processor

for the merging process.
Remarks:
1. For SORT1, OFPiM are merged according to normal OFP order of element type, subcase number,
and element identification number.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if
the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then
the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to
DISOFPM.
Main Index
DISOFPS 745
Sends OFP data blocks
DISOFPS
Sends OFP data blocks
Sends OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor.
Format:
DISOFPS
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Blocks
None.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. OFPi may be purged. However, if OFPi is not purged, then the corresponding OFPiM cannot be
purged on the DISOFPS and DISOFPM statements.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if
the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then
the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to
DISOFPM.
Main Index
746
DISOPT
Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
DISOPT
Performs the approximate discrete optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses,
sensitivity information, Design of Experiments (DOE), conservative discrete design, rounding-up, and
rounding-down approaches.
Format:
DISOPT
XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDRG,RESP3RG,DISTAB,
RQATABRG,PBRMSD/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,
R3VALO/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XINIT
Matrix of initial values of the design variables.
DESTAB
Table of design variable attributes.
CONSBL*
Matrix family of constant property values.
DPLDXI*
Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design variable

relationship.
XZ
Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent design

variable linking relationship.
DXDXI
Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.
DPLDXT*
Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.
DEQATN
DEQIND
DXDXIT
Matrix transponse of DXDXI.
PLIST2*
Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
OPTPRMG
Table of optimization parameters.
R1VALRG
Matrix initial values of the retained first level responses.
RSP2RG
Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.
DISOPT 747
R1TABRG
Table of attributes of the retained first level responses.
CNTABRG
Table of retained constraint attributes.
DSCMG
Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix.
DVPTAB*
Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal property

identification number order.
PROPI*
Matrix family of initial property values.
CONS1T
Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent design

variables.
OBJTBG
Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response

identification number.
COORDO
Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.
CON
Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates.
SHPVEC
Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates and

design variables.
DCLDXT
Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable relationship.
TABDEQ
Table of unique design variable identification numbers.
EPTTAB*
Table family of designed property attributes.
DBMLIB
Table of designed beam library data.
BCON0
Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship.
BCONXI
Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design variables.
BCONXT
Matrix transpose of BCONXI.
DNODEL
Table of designed node list.
RR2IDRG
Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.
RESP3RG
Table of retained third level responses in RESP3 table.
DISTAB
Table of discrete optimization value sets.
RQATABRG
Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.
PBRMSD
Table of arbitrary beam data.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
XO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.
CVALO
Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values.
R1VALO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level responses.
R2VALO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.
748
DISOPT
PROPO
Matrix of final (optimized) property values.
R3VALO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.
Parameters:
OBJIN
Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT
Output-real-no default. Final objective value.
PROTYP
Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code.
UNUSEDi
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DISPARM 749
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors
DISPARM
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors for parallel processing.
Format:
DISPARM
//SENDID/RECVCODE/
S,N,INT/S,N,REAL/S,N,CMPX/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,REALD/S,N,CMPXD/S,N,LOG $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
SENDID
Input-integer-no default. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values

are 1 to the number of processors.
RECVCODE
Input-integer-no default. Receiving processor identification code.

=0
All non-sending processors are receivers.
<0
Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver.
>0
Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left
corresponds to the processor identification number.
INT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Integer value.
REAL
Input/output-real-default=0.0. Real value.
CMPX
Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value.
CHAR
Input/output-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character value.
REALD
Input/output-double precision real-default=0.0D0. Real double precision value.
CMPXD
Input/output-double precision complex-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0). Complex double

precision value.
LOG
Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Logical value.
750
DISUTIL
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
DISUTIL
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors for parallel processing. Additional
processing may occur on the master processor.
Format:
Format for DISMETH=1 or 2:
DISUTIL
B,X,R,EQMAP/
EPSSE,/
NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/1 or 2 $
Format for DISMETH=3 on master processor:
DISUTIL
DB,,,/,///3 $
Format for DISMETH=3 on slave processor:
DISUTIL
,,,,/DB,///3 $
Format for DISMETH=4 or 5:
DISUTIL
RESMAX,RESMAX0,CASECC,HEADCNTL/,///4 or 5 $
Format for DISMETH=6:
DISUTIL
UG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/UGG,///6 $
DISUTIL
PG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/PGG,///7 $
Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on master processor:
DISUTIL
Main Index
MATS,,,/,///-8, 8, or 9 $
DISUTIL 751
Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on slave processor:
DISUTIL
MATS,,,/,///-8, 8, or 9 $
DISUTIL
DB,,,/DBOUT,/SENDID/RECVCODE/10 $
Input Data Blocks:
Rectangular matrix which is the local load vector (with local values in local aset).
Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B] which is the local solution matrix (with
global values in local a-set).
Residual matrix which is local (with local or global values in local a-set).
EQMAP
DB
Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
RESMAX
Resultant or maxima matrix.
RESMAX0
Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure.
CASECC
HEADCNTL
List of integer codes for header print control.
UG
Displacement matrix in g-set for the current processor (local).
SPCPART
Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.
GEQMAP
Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on which
processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
MATS
Any matrix on slave processors.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
EPSSE
UGG
Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global).
PGG
Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global).
DB
MATM
Any matrix on master processor.
752
DISUTIL
Parameters:
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. Record number in CASECC corresponding to the

first subcase of the current boundary condition.
EPSI
Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error

ratio is greater than 1.E-3.
DISMETH
Input-integer-default=1. Method.
1
Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set components of

RUF are local values (which occurs in a direct solution).
Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set components of

RUF are global values (which occurs in a in iterative solution).
Broadcast table or matrix from master to slaves.
Broadcast VECPLOT resultant output from slaves to master and

combine on master.
Broadcast VECPLOT maxima output from slaves to master and

combine on master.
Broadcast displacement matrices from slaves to master and merge into

global displacement matrix on master.
Broadcast force matrices from slaves to master and add/merge into

global force matrix on master.
8, -8
Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and add all matrices on
master. DISMETH=8 is recommend for dense matrices and -8 for
sparse matrices.
Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and append columnwise all
matrices on master.
10
Broadcast a data block to one or processors identified by RECVCODE.
16
Gather ESTNL data blocks from Slave processes to Master process.

Upon successful completion, the fully merged ESTNL data block
resides on the Master process.
17
Merge MKELM data blocks (MKELM and MKELMR) from all DMP
processes and broadcast the result. Upon successful completion, the
fully merged output data block resides on all DMP processes.
18
Merge MMTX data blocks (MMTX, MMTX1, and MMTXR) from all
DMP processes and broadcast the result. Upon successful completion,
the fully merged output data block resides on all DMP processes.
SENDID
Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification number. Allowable

values are 1 to the number of processors.
RECVCODE
Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code.

=0
Main Index
DISUTIL 753
<0
Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single

receiver.
>0
Remarks:
1. All executions of DISUTIL must be synchronized across all processors.

2. EPSSE may be purged. EPSSE contains:
a. Sequential number of subcases.
b. Superelement (domain) identification number.
c. Epsilon error ratio.
d. Strain energy (external work).
3. RESMAX0 may be purged, on the slave processors.
4. UGG may not be purged on the master processors.
5. For DISMETH=8 or 9 then MATS and MATM must be in machine precision.
6. The second output data block is not used.
Main Index
754
DIVERG
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
DIVERG
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis: determines physically meaningful complex eigenvalues and
saves the eigenvectors that correspond to the divergence roots.
Format:
DIVERG
CLAMA,DYNAMIC,CASEA,EDT,CPHL,LCPHL/
DIVDAT,DCPHL,DLCPHL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
CLAMA
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk
Data entries.
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk
Data entries.
CASEA
A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis. Specifies the

DIVERG and CMETHOD command set identification numbers.
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.
CPHL
Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.
LCPHL
Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.
Output Data Blocks:
DIVDAT
Table of divergence data.
DCPHL
Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues extracted

from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues.
DLCPHL
Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues

extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors associated with the
divergence eigenvalues.
Parameters:
Main Index
IMACHNO
Input-integer-no default. Mach number multiplied by 1000 and specified as an

integer.
LPRINT
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for divergence analysis.
DIVERG 755
Remark:
Divergence eigenvalues are the eigenvalues with a purely imaginary part or with a negligible real part.
Only the first NROOT number of divergence eigenvalues are extracted, where NROOT is specified by
the DIVERG Bulk Data entry.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DIVERGRS:

FILE
DIVERG
APPEND
APPEND
APPEND
Main Index
DIVDTX=APPEND/PHIDRX=APPEND/PHIDLX=APPEND $
CLAMAD,DYNAMICS,CASEA,EDT,PHIR,PHIL/
DIVDAT,PHIDR,PHIDL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT
$ OUTPUT DIVERGENCE RESULTS
DIVDAT, /DIVDTX/2 $ APPEND DIVERGENCE INFORMATION
PHIDR, /PHIDRX/2 $ APPEND RIGHT EIGENVECTORS
PHIDL, /PHIDLX/2 $ APPEND LEFT EIGENVECTORS
756
DLT2SLT
Converts DLT to SLT
DLT2SLT
Converts DLT to SLT
Converts a DLT formatted table to an SLT formatted tablewith follower forces only.
Format:
DLT2SLT
DLT1,DIT/SLTF/ITIME/S,N,LOADIDF $
Input Data Blocks:
DLT1
Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
SLTF
Table of static loads with follower forces only.
Parameters:
Main Index
ITIME
Input-real-no default. Time instant at which the dynamicloads are evaluated and
converted to static loads.Usually input by a user parameter.
LOADIDF
Output-integer-default=0. Load set identification numberof the newly created static

load set of follower forces.
DMAPMSG 757
Prints an error message
DMAPMSG
Prints an error message to the standard MSC Nastran output file using the message number and text
defined in "analysis.txt".
Format:
DMAPMSG
//MsgType/MsgNum/MsgVers
DMAPMSG
//MsgType/MsgNum/MsgVers/S1/S2/S3/....
Input Data Blocks:
None
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
MsgType
Message type, must be one of the following quoted strings:

'UFM'
User Fatal Message.
'UIM'
User Information Message.
'UWM'
User Warning Message.
'SFM'
System Fatal Message.
'SIM'
System Information Message.
'SWM'
System Warning Message.
MsgNum
The message number as defined in "analysis.txt".
MsgVers
The message version as defined in "analysis.txt".
Sn
Additonal message text strings as specified with %1, %2, %3 etc. in "analysis.txt".
Remarks:
1. DMAPMSG is used for user FO6 file type messages while MSGHAN is used for status control
in the LOG file.
2. Message numbers and messages must be approved by Nastran development management.
Main Index
758
DMAPMSG
Example:
1. The following DMAP statement in SEDRCVR SUBDMAP:

DMAPMSG //'UWM'/9140/0 $
will result in:
*** USER WARNING MESSAGE 9140 (SUBDMAP SEDRCVR)
PARAM,OMID,YES IS IGNORED IN NONLINEAR ANALYSES.
which comes from the following lines in "analysis.txt":
9140.0
# used by SUBDMAP SEDRCVR
PARAM,OMID,YES IS IGNORED IN NONLINEAR ANALYSES.
2. The following DMAP statement in FEA SUBDMAP:
DMAPMSG //'UIM'/9051/1
/'STATIC'/DESCYCLE $
may result in:

*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 9051 (SUBDMAP FEA)
STATIC
ANALYSIS INITIATED. DESIGN CYCLE NUMBER= 2
which comes from the following lines in "analysis.txt":
9051.1
# used by SUBDMAP FEA
%1 ANALYSIS INITIATED. DESIGN CYCLE NUMBER= %2
Main Index
DMPCASE 759
Splits Case Control across multiple processors
DMPCASE
Splits Case Control across multiple processors
Splits Case Control across multiple processors.

Format:
DMPCASE
CASECC/CASECCP/NPROC/PROCID/NMASS/NCASE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Table of Case Control command specifications.
Output Data Blocks:
CASECCP
Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor.
Parameters:
NPROC
Input-integer-no default. Total number of processors.
PROCID
Input-integer-no default. Local processor ID.
NMASS
Input-integer-no default.
NCASE
Input-integer-no default.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
760
DMIIN
Inputs DMI entries to DMAP
DMIIN
Inputs DMI entries to DMAP
Inputs matrices referenced on DMI Bulk Data entries.

Format:
DMIIN
DMI,DMINDX/DMI1,DMI2,DMI3,DMI4,DMI5,DMI6,DMI7,
DMI8,DMI9,DMI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DMI
Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries.
DMINDX
Index into DMI.
Output Data Blocks:
DMIi
Matrix data blocks with names that appear in field 2 of the DMI entries (e.g.,
the DMI matrix called DMI1 will be output on data block DMI1). See Remark
3.
Parameters:
PARMi
Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is generated, then

PARMi=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DMI and DMINDX are output from the preface module IFP.
2. Any output data block may be purged.
3. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN module is specified
in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the data block name specified on the
CALL statement must be the same as the name specified on the DMIIN module.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DMI matrices named A, B, and C. The following DMAP
instruction will create the data blocks A and C. Matrix B will be ignored.
DMIIN
Main Index
DMI,DMINDX/A,C,,,,,,,,/S,N,YESA/S,N,YESC $
DOMMRG 761
Combines design model datablocks for MultiOPT
DOMMRG
MultiOPT is a toolkit application that allows the user to combine up to five optimization tasks. The
DOMMRG module combines the datablocks from the individual models to create a merged version that
can be used in the DOM9 optimization module.
Format:
DOMMRG
XINITF,DESTABF,CONSBLF,DPLDXIF,XZF,DXDXIF,DEQATNF,
DEQINDF, DXDXITF,PLIST2F,DVPTABF,PROPIF,OBJTBGF,
TABDEQF,objtabf,,
epttabf,DBMLIBF,BCON0F,BCONXIF,R1VALF,DSCMF,R1TABRF,
CNTABRF,RR2IDRGF,RSP2RGF,RESP3RGF,RQATABRf,DISTABf/
XINITM,DESTABM,CONSBLM,DPLDXIM,XZM,DXDXIM,DEQATNM,
DEQINDM,DXDXITM,PLIST2M,DVPTABM,PROPIM,OBJTBGM,TABDEQM,
EPTTABM, DBMLIBM,BCON0M,BCONXIM,R1VALM,DSCMM,R1TABM,
CONTABM, RR2IDRM,RSP2RM,RESP3RM,RQATABRM,DISTABm,
RPART/DESMOD1/DESMOD2/DESMOD3/DESMOD4/DESMOD5/
protyp1/protyp2/protyp3/protyp4/protyp5/
protypm/desiter/coef1/coef2/coef3/coef4/coef5 $
DOMMRG
xinitf,destabf,dvptabf,epttabf, propif, dxdxif, xzf,

dpldxif,consblf,plist2f,deqatnf,deqindf,tabdeqf,
objtabf,DBMLIBF, BCON0F, BCONXIF,COORDOf, CONf ,
SHPVECf, DNODELf, R1VALF,DSCMF,
R1TABRF,CNTABRF,RR2IDRGF,RSP2RGF,resp3rgf,rqatabrf,
DISTABf,pbrmsdf/destabm,xinitm,xvalm, dvptabm,epttabm,
propim, dxdxim, XZM,dpldxim, consblm, plist2m,deqatnm,
deqindm, tabdeqm,objtbm, DBMLIBM, BCON0M, BCONXIM,
COORDOm, CONm , SHPVECm, DNODELm, R1VALM,DSCMM,R1TABM,
contabm,rr2idrm,rsp2rm, RESP3RM,rqatabm,DISTABm, rpart,
pbrmsdm/ DESMOD1/DESMOD2/DESMOD3/DESMOD4/DESMOD5/
protyp1/protyp2/protyp3/protyp4/protyp5/
s,n,protypm/desiter/coef1/coef2/coef3/coef4/coef5 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XINITF
A family (one for each design model) of initial design variable values
(including dependent)
DESTABF
A family of design variable attributes
DVPTABF
A family of table of designed properties
EPTTABF
A family of designed property attributes in ept order
PROPIF
A family of property values
DXDXIF
A family of variable terms in all design variables to independent design

variables
762
DOMMRG
XZF
A family of constant terms in all design variables
DPLDXIF
A family of of variable term in property to design variable relationship
CONSBLF
A family of constant term in property to design variable relations
PLIST2F
A family of synthetic properties
DEQATNF
A family of equations
DEQINDF
A family of equation indices
TABDEQF
A family of unique design variable ids
OBJTBGF
A family of objective attributes
DBMLIBF
A family of tables of beam library properties
BCON0F
A family of constants for beam constraints
BCONXIF
A family of variable terms for beam constraints
COORDOf
A family of vector of initial grid coords
CONf
A family of constant vector in updated grid
SHPVECf
A family of grids to indep map
DNODELF
A family of grids contained in design responses
R1VALF
A family of type 1 responses
DSCMF
A family of design sensitivity matrices
R1TABRF
A family of type 1 response attributes
CNTABRF
A family of retained constraint attributes
RR2IDRGF
A family of tables that relate to dresp2 quantities referring to dresp2 quantities
RSP2RGG
RESP3RGF
RQATABRF
A family of rayleigh quotient tables
DISTABF
A family of discrete value table
PBRMSDF
A family of arbitrary beam properties
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
DESTABM
Merged design variable attributes
XINITM
Merged initial design variable values
XVALM
Merged initial independent design variable values
DVPTABM
A family of merged table of designed properties
EPTTABM
A family of merged designed property attributes in ept order
PROPIM
A family of merged property values
DOMMRG 763
DXDXIM
Merged variable terms in all design variables to independent design variables
XZM
Merged constant terms in all design variables to independent design variables
DPLDXIM
A family of merged of variable term in property to design variable relationship
CONSBLM
A family of merged constant term in property to design variable relationship
PLIST2M
A family of merged synthetic properties
DEQATNM
Merged equations
DEQINDM
Merged equation indices
TABDEQM
Merged unique design variable ids
OBJTBGM
Merged objective attributes
DBMLIBM
Merged tables of beam library properties
BCON0M
Merged constants for beam constraints
BCONXTM
Merged variable terms for beam constraints
COORDOm
Merged vector of initial grid coords
CONm
Merged constant vector in updated grid
SHPVECm
Merged grids to indep map
DNODELM
Merged grids on dresp2
R1VALM
Merged type 1 response values
DSCMM
Merged design sensitivity matrix
R1TABM
Merged table of type 1 response attributes
CONTABM
Merged table of contraint attributes
RR2IDRM
Merged table of type 2's referring to type 2's
RSP2RM
RESP3RM
Rqatabrm
Merged table of rayleigh quotient tables
DISTABM
Merged discrete value table
RPART
A table used in domprt to partition the results of the optimization to the separate
design models
PBRMSDM
Merged table of arbitrary beam attributes.
Parameters:
Main Index
DESMODi
(Input, 2A4 integer) - VALUE OF THE DESMOD ATTRIBUTE FOR THE

ITH MODEL
protypi
(Input, integer) - VALUE OF THE protyp ATTRIBUTE FOR THE ITH

MODEL
764
DOMMRG
protypm
(output, integer) - value of the protype attribute for the merged model.
desiter
(input, integer) design iteration
COEFi
coefficients for the objective from the ith model.
Remarks:
The DOMMRG module is only used in the MOMRG subdmap of the MultiOPT toolkit application. It
performs the following functions:
1. The desmod values are checked to see how many models there are.
2. A loop is then performed over the number of models with the following steps:
a. The number of type 2, type 1, constraints and type 3 responses are determined.
b. The associated files are identified
c. The files associated with the sensitivity matrices are identified
3. The type one responses are merged with an updating of the internal response ids to provide unique
increasing numbers Similarly for the constraints.
4. The type two responses are merged. the internal type 1 and type 2 id's are updated. Any rr2idr
records are updated and merged
5. The type 3 responses are merged with an updating of internal type 1 and type 2 id's.
6. The design sensitivity matrices are merged
7. The partitioning table is created. See DOMPRT .
Main Index
DOMPRT 765
Partitions design model datablocks for MultiOPT
DOMPRT
MultiOPT is a toolkit application that allows the user to combine up to five optimization tasks. Following
optimization, the DOMPRT module partitions the results of the merged optimization to create a family
of datablocks that can be returned to the individual models for the next design cycle.
Format:
DOMPRT
RPART,xom,propomf, R1VALOM,R2VALM,R3VALM,CVALM/
xo,propo, R1VALO,R2VALO,R3VALO,CVALO/
DESMOD1/DESMOD2/DESMOD3/DESMOD4/DESMOD5/
protypm/s,n,objout1/s,n,objout2/s,n,objout3/
s,n,objout4/s,n,objout5 $
Input Data Blocks:
RPART
A table that designates how many responses and constraints belong to each
design model
XOM
Vector of merged output design variable values
PROPOMF
Vector of merged output property values
R1VALOM
Merged type 1 responses from the optimization task
R2VALM
R3VALM
CVALM
Merged constraints from the optimization task
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
XO
Family of output design variable values
PROPO
Family of output property values
R1VALO
A family (with one member for each design model) of type 1 responses from
the optimization task
R2VALO
A family of type 2 responses from the opti task
R3VALO
A family of type 3 responses from the opti task
CVALO
A family of constraints from the optimization task
766
DOMPRT
Parameters:
DESMODi
(Input, Character) value of the desmod attribute for the ith model
protypm
(Input, Integer) integer indicating the type of design properties for the
combined models
objouti
(Output, Real ) value of the objective for the ith model
Remarks:
The DOMPRT module is only used in the MOMRG subdmap of the MultiOPT toolkit application. It
performs the following functions:
1. Partitioning information is obtained from the RPART table as is the number of design models.
2. The type 1,2 and 3 responses are brought into core as are the responses.
3. A loop on the number of design models obtains response/constraint vectors for the separate
models.
Main Index
DOM10 767
Prints initial and final results for design optimization
DOM10
In design optimization, prints the initial and final results for the approximate optimization problem.
Format:
DOM1
DESTAB,XINIT,X0,CNTABRG,CVALRG,CVALO,DVPTAB*,
PROPI*,PROPO*,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,RSP2RG,
R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,TOL1,FOL1,
FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMID,RSP3RG,R3VALRG,
R3VALO,MODRPRG,SDVLST,DVPTBA//
DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/
RESTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
DESTAB
XINIT
Matrix of initial values of the design variable.
XO
CNTABRG
CVALRG
Matrix of initial constraint values.
CVALO
DVPTAB*
Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property

PROPI*
Family of matrices of initial property values.
PROPO*
Family of matrices of final (optimized) property values.
R1TABRG
R1VALRG
Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.
R1VALO
RSP2RG
R2VALRG
Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.
R2VALO
Matrix of final values of the second level responses.
OPTPRMG
OBJTBG

DRSTBLG
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
768
DOM10
TOL1
Transient response time output list truncated by the OTIME Case Control
command.
FOL1
Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ Case

Control command.
FRQRPRG
Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type
and per frequency or time step.
DBMLIB
BCON0
BCONXI
WMID
Table of weight as a function of material identification number.
RSP3RG
Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.
R3VALRG
Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.
R3VALO
Matrix of final values of the third level responses.
MODRPRG
Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.
SDVLST
List of design variables for each part superelement.
DVPTBA
Extension to DVPTAB for DPTYPE=Loads.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
-1
Initial execution of DOM10
-2
Final execution of DOM10
>0
Design cycle number
DESMAX
Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.
OBJIN
Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT
Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.
EIGNFREQ
Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.
PROTYP
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter or flag.
Eigenvalue (radian/time)
Frequency (cycle/time)

1
DVPRELi entries exist.
DVCRELi entries exist.
DOM10 769
RESTYP
DVMRELi entries exist.
>0
For combinations, add above values.
Input-integer-default=0. Optimization results flag.

0
Approximate model.
Exact analysis for fully stessed design optimization.
Examples:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for initial execution:

DBVIEW TOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MTRAN') $
DBVIEW FOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MFREQ' OR SOLAPP='DFREQ') $
IF ( DESCYCLE=1
) DOM10
DESTAB,XINIT,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, ,
DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
-1/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for intermediate executions:
DOM10
DESTAB,XINIT,XO,CNTABRG, CVALRG, CVALO,

DVPTAB,PROPI,PROPO,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGENFREQ $
Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for final execution:

DBVIEW
FOL1V=FOL1 WHERE(WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW
TOL2V=TOL2 WHERE(WILDCARD) $
IF ( CNVFLG=2 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR OPTEXIT=6 ) DOM10,
DESTAB,XVAL,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, ,
DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOL2V,FOL1V,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
-2/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $
Main Index
770
DOM11
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
DOM11
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization.

Format:
DOM11
EPT,EPTTAB*,PROPO*,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,GEOM3,
DMATCK,PBRMSD,SDVLST,EPTTBA,DPLDX1F*,GEOM3PF*/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N,GEOM2N,MPTN,EDTN,GEOM3N,PBRMSN/
DESCYCLE/PROTYP/NRANVAR/SEID/DELTAB/FSDCYC$
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
EPT
EPTTAB*
Family of tables of designed property attributes.
PROPO*
XO
DESTAB
CSTM
BGPDT
DESGID
Table of designed grid coordinate attributes.
COORDO
Table of designed coordinate values.
CON
SHPVEC

design variables.
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
MPT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entries related to aeroelasticity.
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Date entries related to loads.
DMATCK
Table of designed material consistency check.
PBRMSD
SDVLST
List of design variables for each parts superelement.
EPTTBA
Extension of EPTTNB for DPTYPE=Loads
DOM11 771
DPLDXIF*
Family of matrices mapping linear properties to independent design variables.
GEOM3PF*
Family of perturbed loads for each design variable.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTN
Updated (optimized) EPT.
COORDN
Updated (optimized) COORDO.
GEOM1N
Updated (optimized) GEOM1.
GEOM2N
Updated (optimized) GEOM2.
MPTN
Updated (optimized) MPT.
EDTN
Updated (optimized) EDT
GEOM3N
Updated (optimized) GEOM3
PBRMSN
Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter.
PROTYP

1
>0
NRANVAR
Input-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries.
SEID
Input-integer. Superelement ID
DELTAB
Input-real Value for property perturbation.
FSDCYC
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this

is a fully stressed design.
Remarks:
The DOM11 module performs the following functions:

1. Creates the COORDN data block at the beginning of each iteration and updates property and
shape data blocks EPTN and GEOM1N at the end of each iteration.
2. Writes iteration information to the punch file.
3. Punches updated GRID and DESVAR entries.
Main Index
772
DOM11
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM:

DOM11
EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,,,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
EPTNN,COORDN,JUNKL/0/0 $
Initial:
DOM11
EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
EPTNNX,COORDN,/0 $
Final:
DOM11
Main Index
EPT,EPTTAB,PROPO,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N/DESCYCLE $
DOM12 773
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
DOM12
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization.

Format:
DOM12
XINIT,XO,CVAL,PROPI*,PROPO*,OPTPRM,HIS,
DESTAB,GEOM1N,COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,
EPTTAB*,DVPTAB*,XVALP,GEOM1P,
R1TABRG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R2VALRG,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,
PBRMSN,OBJTBG,CVALA,CVALP,DESTBX*,XOS*,PROPOS*,RPART,
SEDVLIST,XOESL,TOPTAB,TPRELE,GEOM3,EPTTBA/
HISADD,OPTNEW,DBCOPT,DESNEW,NEWTOP,NEWTPR/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT/
DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/
DSAPRT/PROTYP/BADMESH/XYUNIT/FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/
S,N,REJECT/ISHAPE/TREGION/OBJORG/SEID/PSENPCH $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XINIT
XO
CVAL
Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.
PROPI*
PROPO*
OPTPRM
HIS
Table of design iteration history.
DESTAB
GEOM1N
Updated (optimized) Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.
COORDO
Matrix of designed coordinate values.
EDOM
Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.
MTRAK
Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the new mode
numbering.
EPT
GEOM2
MPT
EDT
Element deformation table
EPTTAB*
774
DOM12
DVPTAB*

XVALP
XVAL table from previous iteration.
GEOM1P
GEOM1 table from previous design iteration.
R1TABRG
R1VALRG
RSP2RG
R2VALRG
PCOMPT
Bulk Data entry.
UBULK
Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries.
TOPELE
Element list for topology optimization.
PBRMSN
Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.
OBJTBG
Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response identification

number.
CVALA
Table of approximate constraint values for trust region analysis.
CVALP
Table of exact constraint values at previous design cycle for trust region analysis.
DESTBX*
A family of DESTAB for each PART SE.
XOS*
A family design variable values for each PART SE
PROPOS*
A family of property values, for each PART SE
RPART
A table used to partition the results of the optimization for each PART SE.
SEDVLIST
Merged design variables in each PART SE
XOESL
Scaled design variables for ESL with topology
TOBTAB
Table of topology variable attributes
TPRELE
Table of manufacturing constraints.
GEOM3
Table of static loads
EPTTDA
Extension of EPTTAB for DPTYPE=Loads
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
HISADD
Table of design iteration history for current design cycle.
OPTNEW
Updated table of optimization parameters.
DBCOPT
Design optimization history table for post-processing.
DESNEW
Update table of design variable attributes.
DOM12 775
Main Index
NEWTOP
Table for topology variable attributes
NEWTPR
Updated table of manufacturing constraints
776
DOM12
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
OBJIN
Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT
Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.
CNVFLG
Output-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag.
CVTYP
No convergence is achieved.
Soft convergence is achieved.
Hard convergence is achieved.
Input-integer-default=0. Type of convergence test.

1
Soft convergence is to be checked.
Hard convergence is to be checked.
Final iteration histories are to be printed.
OPTEXIT
Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization termination option. See OPTEXIT

description in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DESMAX
Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.
MDTRKFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking status flag.

0
Mode tracking was successful.
Mode tracking was unsuccessful.
DESPCH
Input-integer-default=0. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID

Bulk Data entries. See DESPCH description in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide.
DESPCH1
Input-integer-default=6. Punch output type flag.
MODETRAK
EIGNFREQ
Main Index
None.
Designed analysis property entries.
All of the entries of the type as long as at least one property entry is designed
for the type.
Design model entries.
<>0
For combinations sum above values.
>0
Indicates large field format.
<0
Indicates small field format.
Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking request flag.

0
Mode tracking was not requested.
>0
Mode tracking is requested.
DOM12 777
Eigenvalue (radian/time).
Frequency (cycle/time).
DSAPRT
Input-logical-default=FALSE. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag.
PROTYP

1
>0
For combinations add above values.
BADMESH
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.
XYUNIT
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12.
FSDCYC

is a fully stressed design cycle.
OBJAPPX
Input-real-default=0.0. approximate objective value for trust region analysis.
MXLAGM
Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust region analysis.
REJECT
Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Rejected design flag for trust region analysis.
ISHAPE
TRUE:
Design is rejected.
FALSE:
Design is accepted.
Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization for trust region analysis.

=0
<>0
TREGION
Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. Extracted from word position 60

in OPTPRMG.
=0
<>0
Main Index
OBJORG
Input-Real. Original objective function
SEID
Input-Integer Superelement ID
PSENPCH
Input-Character, default=NO. With YES, updated parts superelements results are

punched. See PARAM (Case) (p. 470) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
778
DOM12
Examples:
1. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following hard convergence:

DBVIEW XPREV=XINIT
DBVIEW PROPPV=PROPI
DBVIEW HISPV=HIS
(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP and dptype=*) $
(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
cvtyp=2 $
PARAML
optprmg//'DTI'/1/60//S,N,TREGION $
if ( tregion=1 ) trustR = TRUE $
if ( trustR ) then $
if ( mxlagmx=0.0 ) then $
if ( descycle=1 ) objinit = objin*10. $
else $
objinit = 2.*mxlagmx $
endif $ mxlagmx=0.0
endif $ trustR
REJECT=FALSE $
DOM12
XPREV, XINIT, CVALRG, PROPPV, PROPIF, OPTPRMG,
HISPV, DESTAB,,,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,
EPTTABF,DVPTABF,,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSNX,
OBJTBG,CVALAPX,CVALRGP/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJPV/OBJIN/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/
PROTYP///FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/S,N,REJECT/0/
TREGION $
APPEND
HISADD,/HISX/2 $
equivx
HISX/HIS/-1 $
2
.
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following soft convergence:

DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
PROPIF =PROPI
PROPOF =PROPO
EPTABF =EPTTAB
DVPTABF =DVPTAB
DOM12
APPEND
EQUIVX
Main Index
WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
(WHERE DPTYPE = *)
WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
XINIT,XO,CVALO,PROPIF,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,
GEOM1N,COORDO,,,EPTN,GEOM2N,MPTN,EPTTABF,DVPTABF,
,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSN,OBJTBG,,/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ//
PROTYP///FSDCYCf $
HISADD,/HISX/2 $
HISX/HIS/-1 $
DOM12 779
3
.
Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for termination:

DBVIEW PROPIF =PROPI WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW PROPOF =PROPO (WHERE DPTYPE = *)
DBVIEW EPTTABF =EPTTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW DVPTABF =DVPTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
IF ( ABS(OPTEXIT)>3 OR
(OPTEXIT=0 AND (CNVFLG>0 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR NUMDDV>0
OR
) DOM12
Main Index
DSPRINT OR DSUNFORM OR DSEXPORT OR

MODETRAK>0 OR BADMESH))
,,XVAL,,,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,GEOM1,
COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,,MPT,EPTTABF,DV[TABF,
XVALP,GEOM1P,,,,,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,PBRMSD,,,/
,,DBCOPT,/
DESCYCL1///CNVFLG/3/OPTEXIT/DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/
DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/PROTYPE/
BADMESH/XYUNIT $
780
DOM6
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
DOM6
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints with respect to independent design variables.
Format:
DOM6
XINIT,DPLDXI*,CONSBL*,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,DSCMG,RSP2RG,
DEQATN,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DXDXIT,DCLDXT,COORD,DESTAB,
DVPTAB*,TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,DPLDXT*,DNODEL,RR2IDR,
RSP3RG,R3VALRG,PBRMSD/
DSCM2/
PROTYP/IFRMAS/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/
UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/UNUSED12 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XINIT
DPLDXI*
Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent design

variable relationship.
CONSBL*
Family of matrices of constant property values.
R1VALRG
R2VALRG
DSCMG
RSP2RG
DEQATN
PLIST2*
Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
DEQIND
DXDXIT
Matrix of coefficients in the design variable linking relationship.
DCLDXT
Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship.
COORD
Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or COORDN.
DESTAB
DVPTAB*

TABDEQ
EPTTAB*
DBMLIB
DPLDXT*
Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.
DOM6 781
DNODEL
Table of designed and non-designed locations.
RR2IDR
RSP3RG
R3VALRG
PBRMSD
Output Data Blocks:
DSCM2
Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Parameters:
PROTYP
Main Index

1
>0
IFRMAS
Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.
UNUSEDi
782
DOM9
Performs the approximate optimization problem
DOM9
Performs the approximate optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses and
sensitivity information.
Format:
DOM9
XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDR,RESP3RG,RQATABRG,TOPTAB,
PBRMSD,TOPMC,TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,R3VALO,TMINIT1/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/EIGNFREQ/PROPTN/S,N,MXLAGM/
TREGION/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/
UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XINIT
DESTAB
CONSBL*
DPLDXI*

XZ

DXDXI
DPLDXT*
Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.
DEQATN
Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DEQIND
Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.
DXDXIT
Matrix transpose of DXDXI.
PLIST2*
OPTPRMG
R1VALRG
RSP2RG
R1TABRG
DOM9 783
Main Index
CNTABRG
DSCMG
DVPTAB*

PROPI*
CONS1T

variables.
OBJTBG

COORDO
Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.
CON
SHPVEC

design variables.
DCLDXT
Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable relationship.
TABDEQ
EPTTAB*
DBMLIB
BCON0
BCONXI
BCONXT
DNODEL
RR2IDR
RESP3RG
RQATABRG
Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.
TOPTAB
Table of topology designed properties.
PBRMSD
TOPMC
Topology member size control table.
TOPMC2
Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints.
TMINIT
Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing

constraints.
TOPOLE
Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology manufacturing

constraints).
TPRELE
Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology manufacturing
constraints).
TOPSM
Table of topological symmetric constraints.
784
DOM9
Output Data Blocks:
XO
CVALO
R1VALO
R2VALO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.
PROPO
R3VALO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.
TMINIT1
Updated table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing
constraints.
Parameters:
OBJIN
Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT
Output-real-no default. Final objective value.
PROTYP

1
>0
PROPTN
Input-integer-default=0. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if

PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and the
property to design variable relations will be produced.
EIGNFREQ

1
MXLAGM
Output-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust region analysis.
TREGION
Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. extracted from word position

60 in OPTPRMG.
=0
<>0
UNUSEDi
Main Index
DOPFS 785
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design
DOPFS
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design.

Format:
DOPFS
R1TABRG,CNTABRG,DESELM,DVPTAB*,CVALRG,
PROPI,OPTPRMG,DPLDXT*,CONSBL*,DESTAB,
XINIT,DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DEQATN,
EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,XZ,DXDXI,DXDXIT,PBRMSD/
XO,PROPO $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
R1TABRG
Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses.
CNTABRG
DESELM
Table of designed elements.
DVPTAB*
Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal property

CVALRG
PROPI
Matrix of initial property values.
OPTPRMG
DPLDXT*
Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.
CONSBL*
Matrix family of constant property values.
DESTAB
XINIT
DPLDXI*
Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design variable

relationship.
PLIST2*
Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
DEQIND
DEQATN
EPTTAB*
Table family of designed property attributes.
DBMLIB
XZ

DXDXI
786
DOPFS
DXDXIT
PBRMSD
Output Data Blocks:
XO
PROPO
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DOPR1 787
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
DOPR1
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values.

Format:
DOPR1
EDOM,EPT,DEQATN,DEQIND,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,CASECC,TOPTAB0,
TOPELE,PBRMS,BGPDT,ECT,GPECT,VELEM,CSTM,
TOMTAB,PCOMPT, GEOM3, GEOM4, EDOMRES,GWECT, OFCON3D0/
DESTAB,XZ,DXDXI,DTB,DVPTAB*,EPTTAB*,CONSBL*,
DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,XINIT,PROPI*,DSCREN,DTOS2J*,
OPTPRM,CONS1T,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,DMATCK,DISTAB,
TOPTAB,PBRMSD,NWEDOM,NWCASE,TOPMC,
TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM, TOPVOL,
DXDSXI,TOPGID,TOTVOL,GWECTN,DVPTBA,EPTTBA/
S,N,MODEPT/S,N,MODGEOM2/S,N,MODMPT/S,N,MODGEOM3/
S,N,MODEDT/DPEPS/
S,N,PROTYP/S,N,DISVAR/S,N,NRANVAR/
NONLNR/OPTEXIT/NOFTG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
EDOM
EPT
DEQATN
DEQIND
GEOM2
points.
MPT
EDT
CASECC
TOPTAB0
TOPELE
PBRMS
Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data.
BGPDT
ECT
GPECT
Grid point element connection table.
VELEM
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.
CSTM
788
DOPR1
TOMTAB
Table of Bulk Data entries related to topometry optimization.
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
GEOM3
GEOM4

EDOMRES
EDOM file (see above) for the residual.
GWECT
Weld grid connection table
OFCON3D0
Rigid/Flexible Body contact stress table
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
DESTAB
XZ

DXDXI
DTB
Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry.
DVPTAB*

EPTTAB*
CONSBL*
DPLDXI*

PLIST2*
XINIT
PROPI*
DSCREN
Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry.
DTOS2J*
Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property
OPTPRM
CONS1T

variables.
DBMLIB
BCON0
BCONXI
DMATCK
DISTAB
Table of discrete optimization value sets.
DOPR1 789
TOPTAB
Table of topology designed properties with design variable identification

numbers.
PBRMSD
NWEDOM
EDOM modified for random design variables.
NWCASE
CASECC associated with beta response.
TOPMC
Topology member size control table.
TOPMC2
Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints
TMINIT
Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing

constraints
TOPOLE
Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology manufacturing

constraints)
TPRELE
Table of topology pole vs. element identification numbers (used only for
topology manufacturing constraints)
TOPSM
Table of topological symmetric constraints.
TOPVOL
Table containing topological designable element volume based on property ID.
DXDSXI
Matrix relating linked and independent sizing and shape design variables.
TOPGID
Table containing designable grids for topography optimization.
TOTVOL
Table containing topological designable element volume based on TOPVAR

entry ID
GWECTN
Weld grid connection table with updated thickness.
DVPTBA
Extension of DVPTAB for DPTYPE=Loads
EPTTBA
Extension of EPTTAB for DPTYPE=Loads
Parameters:
Main Index
MODEPT
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model element property modification

flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding element properties
in the analysis model.
MODGEOM2
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model connectivity modification flag.

Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding connectivity in the
analysis model.
MODMPT
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model material property modification

flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding material properties
in the analysis model.
MODGEOM3
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model loads modification flag. Set to

TRUE indicates the design model is overriding loads in the analysis model.
790
DOPR1
Main Index
MODEDT
Ouptut-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model element deformation flag. Set to

true indicates that the design model is overriding element deformation properties
(e.g., values on the DVPSURF entry).
DPEPS
Input-real-default=1.0E-4. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model

properties. See further description in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
PROTYP

1
DVPSURF entries exist.
>0
DISVAR
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to

TRUE if discrete optimization design variables are specified.
NRANVAR
Output-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries.
NONLNR
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear structural optimization job flag. Set

to true indicates that the design job is an nonlinear structural optimization job.
OPTEXIT
Input-integer-default=0 . Design optimization termination option. See the

OPTEXIT (p. 926) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
NOFTG
Flag for fatigue analysis, default =0. 0= no fatigue response, 1=fatigue is

present.
DOPR2 791
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DOPR2
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis

vectors
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors.
Format:
DOPR2
EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASECC,AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,
CASEP,DNODEL/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Input Data Blocks:
EDOM
BGPDT
CSTM
BASVEC
Auxiliary displacement matrix.
DESTAB
DXDXI
XINIT
CASECC
AMLIST
DVIDS
List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary dvgrid
option.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
DESGID
COORDO
Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each design

cycle.
SHPVEC

design variables.
DCLDXT
CON
DTOS4J
Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.
792
DOPR2
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DESVCP
Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK relations with
extra columns for property/dummy variables.
CASEP
Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors.
DNODEL
Parameters:
LUSET

g-set.
NOUGD
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag for external input of auxiliary model

displacement matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.
PEXIST
DVGRDN
Input-character-default='NO'. Flag for skipping basis vector components

associated with all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then
components will be skipped.
Remarks:
1. BASVEC may be DBLOCATE'd or internally generated.

2. CON is an offset vector that ensures the geometry at the beginning of a design cycle is same as
that in the analysis model. It is in the basic coordinate system.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT:

DOPR2
EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,
AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM:

DOPR2
EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD $
Excerpt from subDMAP SCSHBV:

DOPR2
Main Index
EDOMSX,BGPDTS,CSTMS,,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCPS,CASEP/
LUSETS/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
DOPR3 793
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
DOPR3
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 Bulk Data entries per analysis type and superelement.
Creates tables related to the design objective and a Case Control table for recovering design responses.
Format:
DOPR3
CASE,EDOM,DTB,ECT,EPT,DESTAB,EDT,OL,DEQIND,DEQATN,
BGPDT,DVPTAB*,VIEWTB,OINT,PELSET,XINIT,FOL,DIT,
DYNAMIC,TOPTAB,TOMTAB,TOPELE,PCOMPT,RPART,SEDVLST,
OPTPRM,GEOM4,CASFTG,WLDHTAB,SEAMTAB/
OBJTAB,CONTAB,R1TAB,RESP12,RSP1CT,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
OINTDS,PELSETDS,DESELM,RESP3,ADRDUG,ADRDUTB,CASADJ,
MODRSP,CASEDM,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,CONTABX,OBJTABX,
ARVEC,ERPELE/
DMRESD/S,N,DESGLB/S,N,DESOBJ/S,N,R1CNT/S,N,R2CNT/
S,N,CNCNT/SOLAPP/SEID/S,N,EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/DSNOKD/
SHAPES/S,N,R3CNT/RGSENS/INREL/S,N,ADJFLG/S,N,TADJCOL/
AUTOADJ/SOLADJC/S,N,NORMEV/S,N,MASMOD/PARTSE $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASE
Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
EDOM
DTB
Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry.
ECT
EPT
DESTAB
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics,

p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains
SET1 entries.
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD,
and READ.
DEQIND
Index table to DEQATN.
DEQATN
BGPDT
DVPTAB
Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification

number order. Output by DOPR1.
794
DOPR3
EDT
CASECC
TOPTAB0
TOPELE
VIEWTB

OINT
p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries. Output
by IFP.
PELSET
XINIT
FOL
Frequency response frequency output list.
DIT
DYNAMIC
TOPTAB
Table of topology variable attributes
TOMTAB
Table of bulk data entries related to topometry optimization.
TOPELE
PCOMPT
RPART
A table used to partition the results of the optimization for each PART SE.
SEDVLST
Merged design variables in each PART SE
OPTPRM
GEOM4
CASFTG
Case control for elements participating in the fatigue analysis
WLDHTAB
Table of spot weld elements
SEAMTAB
Table of seam weld elements
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
OBJTAB
Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective
attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB
Table of constraint attributes.
R1TAB
Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
RESP12
Table of second level responses.
RSP1CT
Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB.
DOPR3 795
FRQRSP
Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per
frequency or time step.
CASEDS
Case control table for the data recovery of design responses.
OINTDS
p-element output control table for constrained elements.
PELSETDS
p-element set table for constrained elements.
DESELM
Table of designed elements.
RESP3
Table of third level responses.
ADRDUG
ADRDUTB
CASADJ
Case Control table associated with adjoint method.
MODRSP
Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.
CASEDM
Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
RQATAB
Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.
RESP12X
RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one

superelement.
RESP3X
Table of third level responses from more than one superelement.
CONTABX
Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.
ARVEC
Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads.
ERPELE
ERP element list
Parameters:
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
limited to the residual structure.
DESGLB
Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set identification

number.
DESOBJ
Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification

number.
R1CNT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB.
R2CNT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 2 responses in data block

RESP12.
CNCNT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for constraints in CONTAB.
SOLAPP
Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type.
SEID
Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number.
EIGNFREQ
Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

1
Main Index
796
DOPR3
2
PROTYP

1
>0
DSNOKD
Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling

design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
SHAPES
Input-logical-no default. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must
be TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.
R3CNT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table.
RGSENS
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
INREL
Input-integer-default=0. Inertia relief selection flag. Usually input via user

parameter.
ADJFLG
Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag.
TADJCOL
Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for

supporting adjoint load method for multiple superelements.
AUTOADJ
Input-character-No default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. Usually

input via user parameter.
SOLADJC
Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with

applied load vectors
>=0 Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3).
<0
NORMEV
No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3).
Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue normalization flag.

0
Mass normalized.
Maximum deflection normalized.
MASMOD
Output-Integer, 0- compute delta weight, 1- compute full weight
PARTSE
Input-Logical-Default=FALST. Partitioned superelement flag. On input, this is

TRUE if the current superelement is a partitioned superelement.
Remarks:
1. DOPR3 must be executed in two nested DMAP loops based on every analysis type and
superelement. See subDMAP PRESENS for an example.
2. R1CNT, R2CNT, and CNCNT are accumulations of the number of records in R1TAB, RESP12,
and CONTAB.
Main Index
DOPR3X 797
Check second and third level responses
DOPR3X
Check second and third level responses
Perform additional checks on the second level and third level design responses for all superelements.
Format:
DOPR3X
RESP12XM,RESP3XM/ $
Input Data Blocks:
RESP12XM
Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from all superelements.
RESP3XM
Merged table of third level responses from all superelements.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
798
DOPR4
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables
DOPR4
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape

variables
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables.

Format:
DOPR4
DTOS2J*,DTOS4J,DESTAB/
TABDEQ,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K/
PROTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS2J*
Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property.
DTOS4J
Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.
DESTAB
Output Data Blocks:
TABDEQ
DTOS2K*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each
entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number
in the first TABDEQ record.
DTOS4K
Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-word entry
is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first
TABDEQ record.
Parameters:
PROTYP
Main Index

1
>
0
DOPR5 799
Updates design sensitivity tables
DOPR5
Updates design sensitivity tables.

Format:
DOPR5
XINIT,EPTTAB*,PROPI*,DESTAB,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K,
TABDEQ,DELBSH,GEOM4,DESGID,RBSET/
DTOS2*,DTOS4,DELBSX/
STPSCL/S,N,RGSENS/PROTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
XINIT
EPTTAB*
PROPI*
DESTAB
DTOS2K*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each
entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number
in the first TABDEQ record.
DTOS4K
Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-word entry
is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first
TABDEQ record.
TABDEQ
DELBSH
Matrix of finite difference shape step sizes.
GEOM4

DESGID
RBSET
List of rigid element IDs
Output Data Blocks:
DTOS2*
Main Index
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each
entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design
variable value.
800
DOPR5
DTOS4
Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry contains the
product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size.
DELBSX
Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a prescribed
small value.
Parameters:
Main Index
STPSCL
Input-real-default=1.0. Shape step size scaling factor.
RGSENS
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
PROTYP

1
>
0
DOPR6 801
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
DOPR6
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations.

Format:
DOPR6
DTOS4,GPECT,EQEXIN,DESGID,EST,GEOM4,MIDLIS,RBSET/
DGTAB,ESTDVS,TABEVS/
RSONLY/RGSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS4
Table relating design variable to grid perturbation.
GPECT
EQEXIN
Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification

numbers.
DESGID
EST
GEOM4

MIDLIS
Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification numbers (MIDs)

and internal baseline MIDs.
RBSET
Output Data Blocks:
DGTAB
Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data.
ESTDVS
EST with grid design variable perturbations.
TABEVS
Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element/ design variable
identification numbers.
Parameters:
RSONLY
RGSENS
Main Index
Input-logical-no default. Residual structure only flag.

FALSE
Superelements are specified.
TRUE
Superelements are not specified.
802
DOPR6
Remarks:
1. DOPR6 prepares tables to generate new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc. taking into
account shape design variable perturbations, i.e., K+DELTAK, M+DELTAM etc. This is
accomplished by generating an EST for all elements which are referred to by design variables.
The generated EST is in the same ascending order as the original EST. TABEVS is a cross
reference table between the generated EST (ESTDVS) and the original EID/design variables.
2. DOPR6 also retains those designed grids which are not associated with any structural elements
but are referenced by a rigid element.
Main Index
DOPRAN 803
Preprocess RMS responses
DOPRAN
Preprocess RMS responses
Preprocess RMS responses in design optimization.

Format:
DOPRAN
DYNAMIC,DIT,OL,R1TAB,BGPDT,CASE/
RMSTAB,CFSAB,PPVR/
LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics, specifically RANDPS.
DIT
Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images, specifically TABRND1.
OL
or frequency response frequency output list.
R1TAB
Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
BGPDT
CASE
superelement.
Output Data Blocks:
RMSTAB
Table of RMS responses.
CFSAB
Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.
PPVR
Partitioning vector for random responses.
Parameters:
LUSET
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
Input-integer-default=-1. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set.
804
DPD
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis
DPD
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic
analysis
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis.
Format:
DPD
DYNAMIC,GPL,SIL,USET,UNUSED5,PG,PKYG,PBYG,PMYG,YG,
ROTORT,FRFCONST/ GPLD,SILD,USETD,TFPOOL,DLT,PSDL,
RCROSSL,NLFT,TRL,EED,EQDYN,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,
ENFLODM,ENFMOTN,FRFXITPP,FRFLABEL,unused,ACPOOL/
LUSET/S,N,LUSETD/S,N,NOTFL/S,N,NODLT/S,N,NOPSDL/
DATAREC/ S,N,NONLFT/S,N,NOTRL/S,N,NOEED/SORTNLFT/
S,N,NOUE/UNUSED12/SEID/FRFGEN/S,N,NOACLD $
Input Data Blocks:
DYNAMIC
GPL
External grid/scalar point identification number list.
SIL
Scalar index list.
USET
SLT
Table of static loads.
UNUSED5
PG
Static load matrix for the g-set.
PKYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for the g-set.
PBYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-set.
PMYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the g-set.
YG
Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures for the g-set.
ROTORT
Table of rotordynamic user input for transient analysis.
FRFCONST
Table containing CONNPTS set data from the FRF Case Control command in an
FRF generation job.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GPLD
External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL appended with

extra point data).
SILD
Scalar index list for p-set. (SIL appended with extra point data).
DPD 805
USETD
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. (USET appended with extra
point data).
TFPOOL
Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.
DLT
Table of dynamic loads.
PSDL
Power spectral density list.
RCROSSL
Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.
UNUSED7
Unused.
NLFT
Nonlinear Forcing function table.
TRL
Transient response list.
EED
Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters.
EQDYN

APPLOD
Matrix of applied load amplitudes
ENFLODK
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects
ENFLODB
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping

effects
ENFLODM
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects
ENFMOTN
Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes
FRFXITPP
P-size column matrix generated in an FRF generation job containing coded

values for rows indicating whether the DOF corresponding to that row has unit
load specified on it via an FRFXIT entry, an FRFXIT1 entry or due to its being
a connection DOF (or a combination of these).
FRFLABEL
Table containing LABEL information from FRFXIT Bulk Data entries.
ACPOOL
Table of ACTRIM Bulk Data entry images.
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET

g-set.
LUSETD
Output-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

p-set.
NOTFL
Output-integer-no default. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set
to -1 if no sets are defined.
NODLT
Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are

processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created.
NOPSDL
Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are

processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.
806
DPD
DATAREC
Input-integer-default=0. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not

perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not needed in data
recovery.
UNUSED6
NONLFT
Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries

are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.
NOTRL
Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries
are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created.
NOEED
Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are

processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created.
UNUSED10
Input-integer-no default. Unused.
NOUE
Output-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra

points.
UNUSED12
SEID
FRFGEN
Input-integer-default=0. FRF generation flag.

0 = Do not generate FRF information
1 = Generate FRF information
NOACLD
Output-logical-default=false. Set true if ACLOAD Bulk Data entries are processed.
Remarks:
1. DPD is the principal data processing module for dynamics analysis. New tables are assembled to
account for any extra points in the model and the additional displacement sets used in dynamics.
2. DYNAMIC can be purged if TFPOOL, DLT, PSDL, NLFT, TRL, and EED are also purged. SLT
and PG cannot be purged if static loads are referenced by dynamic loads via the LSEQ Bulk Data
entry.
3. USET, SIL, GPL, GPLD, and SILD may be purged if USETD, DLT, and EED are purged.
However, TRL will not contain the TIC record.
Main Index
DRMH1 807
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
DRMH1
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory

tables
Converts data recovery tables (e.g., displacements, stresses, strains, forces, SPCforces, and MPCforces)
to matrices and associated directory tables. Similar to DRMS1 module.
Format:
DRMH1
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL/NULLROW/TRL5T1/TRL5T2/TRL5T3/TRL5T4 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.
Output Data Blocks:
TOFPi
Directory table for MOFPi.
MOFPi
Matrix form of the i-th output table.
Parameters:
NCOL
Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or

frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will be
converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data records
in the input table, then the first NCOL records are converted and the remaining
records are ignored.
NULLROW
Input-integer-default=1. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear
quantities. See Remark 1.
TRL5Ti
Insert null rows. Compatible with DRMS1 output format.
Do not insert null rows. Required for DRMH3 processing.
Output-integer-default=0. Specifies value for the fifth word in TOFPi's trailer.
Remarks:
1. DRMH1 is a similar to the DRMS1 module except that only the linear quantities (e.g., axial stress)
are output to the matrix. However, if NULLROW=0, then null rows will be inserted for the
nonlinear quantities (e.g., margin-of-safety).
Main Index
808
DRMH1
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
2. DRMH1 will convert tables with complex numbers to a matrix. However, the matrix contains
complex numbers. As a result only the item codes specified in the real side of the plot code tables
are utilized.
3. The DRMH3 module performs the inverse operation: convert matrices into OFP tables.
Example:
In SOL 108, we wish to double the stress output in the OES1 table:
SOL 108
MALTER , ETC. DATA RECOVERY, SORT1(,-1)
DRMH1
OES1,,,/TES,MES,,,,,, $
ADD5
MES,,,,/MES2/2. $
DRMH3
TES,MES2,,,,,,,OL2,CASEDR/OES12,,,/APP1 $
OFP
OES12/ $
CEND
Main Index
DRMH3 809
Partitions tables for each superelement
DRMH3
Converts data recovery matrices and associated directory tables (DRMH1 module outputs) to SORT1
formatted tables suitable for printing by the OFP module or processing by other modules; e.g., DDRMM
and SDR3.
Format:
DRMH3
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4,
OL,CASECC/
APP/DTM1/DTM2/DTM3/DTM4 $
Input Data Blocks:
TOFPi
MOFPi
OL
and READ. May also be output by MODACC if truncated via the OFREQ and
OTIME Case Control commands.
CASECC
Output Data Blocks:
OFPi
Output table in SORT1 format identical in format to data blocks created by the
SDR2 module.
Parameters:
APP
Main Index
Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable types are:

'STATICS'
Statics
'REIG'
Normal modes
'CEIGEN'
Complex modes
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
810
DRMH3
'TRANRESP'
DTMi
Transient response
Input-integer-default=0. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If

DTMi<>0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement matrix and,
therefore, velocities and accelerations will not be output to OFPi. For
APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only one column per time step instead of
the usual three.
Remarks:
1. If CASECC is purged, then all input data blocks will be converted. Otherwise, the inputs will be
converted based on the output commands specified in CASECC.
2. If the number of entries in a matrix does not match the associated table, the following will occur:
If the number of rows (output quantities; e.g., stresses) does not match, a warning message will
be printed with the identification of the matrix and table name.
If the number of columns (e.g., subcases or mode) does not match, then a warning message will
be printed and the module will continue. This will allow the user to combine modal results using
any desired method into a single set of results (or more) and not be required to modify the table.
Example:
See the DRMH1, 807 module description.
Main Index
DRMS1 811
Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
DRMS1
To compute output transformation matrices for displacements, SPC forces, stresses, and element forces.
The input data blocks are the type generated by the SDR2 module and formatted for the OFP module.
Format:
DRMS1
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.
Output Data Blocks:
TOFPi
MOFPi
Parameter:
NCOL
Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps

or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will
be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data
records in the input table, then the first NCOL records are converted and the
remaining records are ignored.
Remarks:
1. SDR2 output data blocks (OFPi) are input data blocks for this module. Module DRMS1 generates
the output transformation matrix (MOFPi) and associated directory table (TOFPi) from each of
the input data blocks.
2. There are some data in OFPi for the output transformation that may not be given linear
combination operations, such as margins of safety and principal stresses. This irrelevant data will
be eliminated from the output transformation matrix. Components that are retained in the matrix
MOFPi are indicated in the table of element stress output data description.
3. All the output transformation matrices will have as many columns as the number of modes or
loading conditions specified in PARAM, NCOL. Each column will contain all the relevant
components of GRIDs (T1, T2, etc.) or elements ( x , y , etc.) for all the GRIDs or elements
retained in the input data blocks.
Main Index
812
DRMS1
4. Directory tables contain the mapping information as follows:

RECORD 0 - Header record, indicating.
Type of data ( , q,
, or F).
Format code (real, real/imaginary or magnitude/phase).

RECORD 1 - Identification of the columns, providing
Column numbers of the associated matrix.
Natural frequencies ( f n ) .
RECORD 2 - Identification of the rows, providing
Type code of points or elements.
identification number number of points or elements.
Number of components of the point or element retained in the associated matrix.
Starting row number of the point or element with reference to the associated matrix. See the
OES, OEF, OUG, and OQG table descriptions in + on page 851.

Matrix trailer output, indicating the size of the associated matrix.
Main Index
DSABO 813
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
DSABO
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations into tables required for stiffness, mass,
damping, and load generation.
Format:
DSABO
ECT,EPT,EST,DTOS2*,ETT,DIT,MPT,DMATCK,PCOMPT/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP,MIDLIS,ESTDVM,PCOMPTX/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB/PROTYP/PEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:
ECT
EPT
EST
DTOS2*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each
entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design
variable value.
ETT
DIT
MPT
DMATCK
PCOMPT
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
ESTDVP
EST with element property design variable perturbations.
MPTX
MPT with design variable perturbations.
EPTX
EPT with design variable perturbations.
TABEVP
Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design

variable identification numbers.
MIDLIS

ESTDVM
EST with updated material property identification numbers.
PCOMPTX
PCOMPT with design variable perturbations.
814
DSABO
Parameters:
PROPOPT
Output-integer-default=0. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties

are defined as design variables.
DELTAB
Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the

DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
PROTYP

1
>0 For combinations add above values.

PEXIST
Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if

p-elements are present.
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of module DSABO is to prepare tables which will generate a new stiffness
matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc., while taking into account the design variable perturbations,
i.e., K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. These calculations are completed by generating an EST
for all elements which are referred to by the design variables which is in the same ascending order
as the original EST. The EPT portion of the generated EST includes all the perturbations
necessary to build K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. EMG and SSG1 use ESTDV to generate
K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM and P + DELTAP due to temperature effects. DSVG1 and DSVG2
then calculate DELTAK * u, DELTAP etc.
2. If central difference is requested then DSABO must be executed for the backward tables. For
example, in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSABO is used as follows:
DSABO
ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) THEN $
DELTABX=-DELTAB $
DSABO
ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVPB,MPTXB,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTABX $
ENDIF $ CDIFX='yes'
Main Index
DSAD 815
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
DSAD
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation, constraint screening and load case
deletion.
Format:
DSAD
RSP1CT,R1TAB,RESP12,OBJTAB,CONTAB,
BLAMA,CLAMA,LAMA,DIVTAB,AUXTAB,STBTAB,
FLUTAB,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OSTR1DS,OEF1DS,
OEFITDS,OES1CDS,OSTR1CDS,OQG1DS,DSCREN,
XINIT,TABDEQ,COORDN,OL,FRL,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
CASERS,UGX,OPTPRM,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,
GPDT,DNODEL,WGTM,ONRGYDS,
GLBTABDS,GLBRSPDS,RESP3,RMSTAB,RMSVAL,
UPF,QPF,QMPF,UHF,OUGD1M,OESD1M,OSTRD1M,
OEFD1M,MODRSP,CASEDM,PHG,OGPFB1DS,OELOP1DS,
ONRGD1M,UPSDT,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,EPSSE,ESRT,
OES1AB,FRMS,LAMAF,MPFACS,MEFFMASS,MEFWTS,OACPWR2,
OAIG1,OUGFP1,OVGFP1,OAFPWR2,R1VALNL,R1RATIO,MPOUT,
MODRPRI,OERP,FTGID,CASFTG/
R1VAL,R2VAL,RSP2R,R2VALR,CVAL,
CVALR,OBJTBR,CNTABR,R1TABR,R1VALR,
DRSTBL,FRQRPR,UGX1,AUG1,R1MAPR,
R2MAPR,CASDSN,CASDSX,DRDUG,DRDUTB,
CASADJ,LCDVEC,RR2IDR,R3VAL,R3VALR,RESP3R,RMSTABR,
RMSVALR,FRLR,FOLR,UPFM,QPFM,QMPFM,UHFM,MODRPR,
UPSDTR,RQATABR,RESP12XR,RESP3XR,R1RATIOX,R1RATIOR,
MDRPRM /
WGTS/VOLS/S,N,OBJVAL/S,N,NR1OFFST/S,N,NR2OFFST/
S,N,NCNOFFST/APP/DMRESD/SEID/DESITER/
EIGNFREQ/S,N,ADJFLG/PEXIST/MBCFLG/RGSENS/
PROTYP/AUTOADJ/FSDCYC/S,N,NR3OFFST/INREL/
S,N,TADJCOL/PEID/S,N,ACTFREQ/S,N,FREQ1/
S,N,DLOAD1/FREQ345/DISCYC/ASMRUN/ESLOPTO $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
RSP1CT
Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB.
Output by DOPR3.
R1TAB
Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
RESP12
Table of second level responses.
OBJTAB
Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective
attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB
Table of constraint attributes.
816
DSAD
Main Index
BLAMA
Buckling eigenvalue summary table.
CLAMA
LAMA
DIVTAB
Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.
AUXTAB

type, status, position and hinge moments for all subcases.
STBTAB
Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.
FLUTAB
Flutter summary table for all subcases.
OUG1DS
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1DS
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OSTR1DS
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1DS
Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format

for design responses.
OEFITDS
Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.
OES1CDS
Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OSTR1CDS
Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.
OQG1DS
Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design

responses.
DSCREN
XINIT
TABDEQ
COORDN
Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.
OL
and READ.
FRL
FRQRSP
Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per
frequency or time step.
CASEDS
Case Control table for the data recovery of design responses.
UGX
Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.
OPTPRM
DVPTAB*

PROPI*
BGPDT
DNODEL
Table of designed and non-designed locations
DSAD 817
Main Index
WGTM
Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.
ONRGYDS
Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design responses.
GLBTABDS
Global results correlation table.
GLBRSPDS
Global results matrix.
RESP3
Table of third level responses.
RMSTAB
RMSVAL
Matrix of initial RMS values.
UPF
QPF
Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.
QMPF
Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.
UHF
Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
OUGD1M
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for
all normal modes solutions.
OESD1M
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
for all normal modes solutions.
OSTRD1M
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
OEFD1M
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
MODRSP
Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.
CASEDM
Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for normal modes.
PHG
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set.
OGPFB1DS
Table of grid point forces for design responses.
OELOP1DS
Table of element-oriented forces for design responses.
ONRGD1M
Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended for all
normal modes solutions.
UPSDT
Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.
RQATAB
Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.
RESP12X
Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one superelement.
RESP3X
EPSSE
Table of epsilon and external work
ESRT
Table of composite ply strength ratios
OES1AB
Table of screen element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.
FRMS
Fractional mass matrix for topology opt
LAMAF
EIGENVALUE TABLE FOR NORMAL MODES/FLUID
818
DSAD
MPFACS
Modal Participation Factors
MEFFMASS
Modal Effective Mass in mass unit
MEFWTS
Modal Effective Mass in weight unit
OACPWR2
Acoustic Power for interior or near field
OAIG1
Acoustic Intensity for wetted structural grids
OUGFP1
Exterior Acoustic pressure/intensity of AFPM
OVGFP1
Exterior Acoustic volocity of AFPM
OAFPWR2
Exterior Acoustic power of AFPM
R1VALNL
Nonlinear type one response from ESL
R1RATIO
RATIOS for type one responses from ESL
MPOUT
Monitor point outputs
MODRPRI
table of number of responses per type per mode
OERP
Equivalent Radiated Power Output
FTGID
Table of FATIGUE analyses and associated subcases
CASFTG
Case control for elements participating in the fatigue analysis
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
R1VAL
R2VAL
RSP12R
Table of retained second level responses in RESP12.
R2VALR
Matrix of retained second level responses.
CVAL
Matrix of constraint values.
CVALR
Matrix of retained constraint values.
OBJTBR
Table of design objective attributes with retained response identification

number.
CNTABR
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
R1VALR
Matrix of retained type one responses.
DRSTBL
the response types.
FRQRPR
UGX1
Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted responses.
AUG1
Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis.
DSAD 819
Main Index
R1MAPR
Table of mapping from original first level retained responses.
R2MAPR
Table of mapping from original second level retained responses.
CASDSN
Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static
aeroelastic subcases.
CASDSX
Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted.
DRDUG
DRDUTB
CASADJ
Case Control table associated with adjoint method.
LCDVEC
Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same number of
columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained in UGX1. LCDVEC
is intended for partitioning of analysis results related to inertia relief and
SPCforces.
RR2IDR
R3VAL
R3VALR
RESP3R
Table of retained third level responses in RESP3.
RMSTABR
Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB.
RMSVALR
Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL.
FRLR
Retained frequency response list.
FOLR
Retained frequency response frequency output list.
UPFM
Merged UPF.
QPFM
Merged QPF.
QMPF
Merged QMPF.
UHFM
Merged UHF.
MODRSPR
MODRSP for retained frequencies.
UPSDTR
UPSDT for retained frequencies.
RQATABR
RQATAB for for retained frequencies.
RESP12XR
RESP12X for for retained frequencies.
RESP3XR
RESP3X for retained frequencies.
R1RATIOX
Ratios of type one responses in ESL for the first design cycle
R1RATIOR
Ratio for retained type one responses in ESL
MDRPRM
Table of retained modal responses per type per mode.
820
DSAD
Parameters:
WGTS
Input-real-default=0.0. Total weight of analysis model.
VOLS
Input-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.
OBJVAL
Output-real-default=0.0. Objective value.
NR1OFFST
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value

is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in R1TABR.
NR2OFFST
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value

is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RSP12R.
NCNOFFST
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained constraints. The value is

initialized to 1 in and is incremented by the number of records in CNTABR.
APP
'STATICS'
Statics.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
SEID
DESITER
Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization iteration number.
EIGNFREQ
ADJFLG
Main Index
'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.

0
No adjoint sensitivity.
Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis.
Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis.
PEXIST
Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element existence flag. Set to TRUE if p-elements

are present.
MBCFLG
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag.

Set to TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.
RGSENS
PROTYP

1
DSAD 821
>0 For combinations add above values

AUTOADJ
Input-character-no default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to

'YES', then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropiate. Usually
input via user parameter.
FSDCYC

is a fully stressed design cycle.
NR3OFFST
Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is

initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RESP3R.
TADJCOL
Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector.
PEID
Input-integer-default=0. Primary Superelement identification number.
ACTFREQ
Input-integer-default=0. Active frequency processing flag.
FREQ1
Output-integer-default=0. Frequency set identification number in the first

frequency subcase.
DLOAD1
Output-integer-default=0. Dynamic load set identification number in the first

frequency subcase.
FREQ345
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag indicating presense of FREQ3, FREQ4, and

FREQ5 Bulk Data entries.
DISCYC
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete

design cycle.
ASMRUN
Input-character,= NO(default) this is not an assembly run. YES - This is an

assembly run.
ESLOPTO
Input - Integer,>1 indicates this is an ESL optimization task.
Remarks:
1. DSAD first extracts the response quantities that are defined as type one responses in the design
model. The type two responses are evaluated followed by the objective and any constraints
associated with either response type. The constraints and corresponding responses are screened
and load case deletion is performed.
2. DSAD is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement, and therefore many of
the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See
subDMAP DESCON for an example.
Main Index
822
DSADJ
Creates sensitivity of grid responses
DSADJ
Creates sensitivity of grid responses with respect to design variables based on the combination of adjoint
and analysis solution matrices and element sensitivity data. Applicable in frequency response or static
analysis only.
Format:
DSADJ
XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,CSTM,XDICTX,XELMX,UGX,ADJG,
DRDUTB,DSPT1,VGDM,IMATG,XDICTB,XELMB,UGT0,ADJGT0,
DRUT0/
ADELX,UGT,ADJGT,DRUT/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/XTYPE/CDIF/COUPMASS/SHAPEOPT/
SPDM/ADJMETH/MGEFLAG/NDVAR $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XDICTDS
Perturbed element matrix dictionary table.
XELMDS
Table of perturbed element matrices.
BGPDT
CSTM
XDICTX
Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed element matrix

dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELMX
Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices if

CDIF='YES'.
UGX
ADJG
Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or p-set.
DRDUTB
DSPT1
Design sensitivity processing table.
VGDM
Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is
required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this
vector.
IMATG
Pesudo identity g-set matrix.
XDICTB
Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELMB
Backward perturbed if CDIF='YES'.
UGT0
UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through
DSADJ.
DSADJ 823
ADJGT0
ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass

through DSADJ.
DRUT0
DRUT computed.
Output Data Blocks:
ADELX
Matrix of adjoint sensitivities.
UGT
Transposed regular solution matrix is normally output from an initial pass

through DSADJ.
ADJGT
Transposed adjoint solution matrix is normally output from an initial pass

through DSADJ.
DRUT
DRDUTB sorted on solutions and is normally output from an initial pass

through DSADJ.
Parameters:
NOK4GG
-1
Do not generate.
Generate.
WTMASS
Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.
XTYPE
Input-integer-default=0. Type of element matrix data:
CDIF
COUPMASS
SHAPEOPT
Main Index
Input-integer-default=-1. Structural damping generation flag.
Stiffness
Damping
Mass
Unused
Special option for extra term with FREQ3/4/5 frequency resonance

sensitivity.
Adjoint solution times loads sensitivity.
Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme.

'YE
S'
Central
'NO'
Forward
Input-integer-default=0. Coupled mass generation flag.

-1
Lumped
Coupled
Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization

is activated.
824
DSADJ
SPDM
ADJMETH
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be

supplied.
-1
Yes
No
Input-integer-default=0. Triple matrix product method.

0
The program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1 or 2.
Holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is
limited.
Holds only the active solution vectors.
MGEFLAG
Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag. for PSHELL,

PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries.
NDVAR
For XTYPE=5, the number of design variables.
DSADX 825
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
DSADX
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference

DRESP1
Performs response value computation and constraint deletion for DRESP2 and DRESP3 entries which
reference DRESP1 entries that span superelements and/or subcases.
Format:
DSADX
RSP2XM,RESP3XM,CNTABXM,OBJTBM,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,
R3VALRG,DNODEL,XINIT,COORDN,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,OPTPRM,
DSCREN,RR2IDR/
R2VALXE,R3VALXE,CVALXE,RSP2XE,RESP3XE,CNTABXE,
OBTABXE,RR2IDXE/
S,N,NR2OFFST/S,N,NR3OFFST/S,N,NCNOFFST/PROTYP/
S,N,OBJVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
RSP2XM
Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records.
RESP3XM
Merged RESP3X with unresolved DRESP3 records.
CNTABXM
Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
OBJTBM
Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
R1VALRG
Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.
R2VALRG
Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
R3VALRG
DNODEL
XINIT
COORDN
Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.
DVPTAB*

PROPI*
OPTPRM
DSCREN
RR2IDR
826
DSADX
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
Output Data Blocks:
R2VALXE
R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records.
R3VALXE
R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records.
CVALXE
CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
RSP2XE
RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records.
RESP3XE
RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records.
CNTABXE
CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
OBTABXE
OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
RR2IDXE
RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
Parameters:
NR2OFFST
Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value is

incremented by the number of records in RSP2XE.
NR3OFFST
Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is

incremented by the number of records in RESP3XE.
NCNOFFST
Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained constraints. The value is

incremented by the number of records in CNTABXE.
PROTYP
OBJVAL
Main Index
>0
Sum of above values for combinations.
Output-real-default=0. Objective value.
DSAE 827
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
DSAE
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed

configuration
Merges tables for the two sets of design variables in order to evaluate responses for the perturbed
configuration for each load case and for each design variable.
Format:
DSAE
ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2,TABEV2 $
Input Data Blocks:
ESTDVP
ESTDVS
EST with grid design variable perturbations.
TABEVP
Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design

TABEVS
Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design
TABDEQ
Output Data Blocks:
ESTDV2
Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations.
TABEV2
Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. TABEV2 is in the ascending alphanumeric EST sort. IVEIDs are assigned to ensure that internal
element identification numbers are unique and in ascending order.
2. For purposes of computational efficiency, the sizing design variables have been split into two sets.
The first set consists of those design variables which affect the stiffness and mass matrices, e.g.,
cross-sectional area of rod, thickness of plate etc. The second set consists of those variables which
may affect the responses, but have no effect on stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., recovery points
in a beam or plate.
3. If central difference is requested then DSAE must be executed for the backward tables. For
example in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSAE is used as follows:
Main Index
828
DSAE
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
DSAE
ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2F,TABEV2 $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) DSAE,
ESTDVPB,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2B,TABEV2 $
Main Index
DSAF 829
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
DSAF
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level

responses
Generates element summary and temperature tables that incorporate the effect of retained first level
responses.
Format:
DSAF
R1TABR,EST,ESTDV2,TABEV2,ETT,MIDLIS,KELM,KDICT,
PTELEM,KELMDS,KDICTDS,PTELMDSX,ECT,VELEM,VELEMN,
GPECT,BGPDT,ERPELE,WLDHTAB,SEAMTAB,GWECT/
ESTDCN,TABECN,ETTDCN,KELMDCN,KDICTDCN,PTELMDCN,
VELEMDCN,GPECTDCN,WELDTH/
NDVTOT/PESE $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
R1TABR
EST
ESTDV2
Merged element summary table with grid and element property design variable
perturbations.
TABEV2
ETT
MIDLIS

KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness,

or follower stiffness.
KDICT
KELM dictionary table.
PTELEM
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system.
KELMDS
Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the

forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
KDICTDS
Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is

the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
PTELMDSX
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central,
forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
ECT
VELEM
VELEMN
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.
830
DSAF
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
GPECT
BGPDT
ERPELE
Table of Equivalent Radiated Power (ERP) Elements.
WLDHTAB
Table of spot weld elements
SEAMTAB
Table of seam weld elements
GWECT
Grid weld element connection table
Output Data Blocks:
ESTDCN
Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and design

variables.
TABECN
Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in

ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
ETTDCN
Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the
effects of temperature.
KELMDCN
Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness,

or follower stiffness which incorporates combined constraints and design
variables.
KDICTDCN
KELM dictionary table which incorporates combined constraints and design

variables.
PTELMDCN
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which incorporates

combined constraints and design variables.
VELEMDCN
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates combined

constraints and design variables.
GPECTDCN
GPECT, which incorporates combined constraints and design variables.
WELDTH
Updated WLDHTAB for sensitivity analysis.
Parameters:
Main Index
NDVTOT
Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design variables.
PESE
Input-integer-default=0. Element strain energy flag for static analysis.
DSAH 831
Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
DSAH
Generates data blocks required for the DSAL module to compute sensitivities.
Format:
DSAH
DRSTBL,R1TABR,CASDSN,TABECN,BLAMA*,LAMA*,OL,DIVTAB,
FRQRPR,VIEWTBDS,CASERS,CSNMB,BUG*,PHG*,GEOM2,GEOM3,
FRQRMF,DFFDNF,CASEFREQ,MODRPR,CASEDM,LAMAFD,EDT,DTOS2,
DFRQVAR,FTGID,CASFTGF,ERPELE,ETTDCN,WLDHTAB,SEAMTAB/
DBUG,DPHG,CASEDSF,LBTAB,BDIAG,LFTAB,COGRID,COELEM,
DSEDV,OINTDSF,PELSDSF,DGEOM2,DGEOM3,DNDVPT,MXDFDN,
MXOMEG,UG1PVT,DNVVPT,LVTAB,EGVREC,LVTABI,CASEDMF,
LAMAM,LAMASH,PVSBIT1,PVSBIT2,DGSVPT,DGMVPT,DELKFV,
DKVPH,COELMF,FTGIDS,CSFTGSF,EDTDSF,WLHDDCN,SEAMDCN/
APP/DMRESD/NDVTOT/ADJFLG/SEID/DSNOKD/S,N,NNDFRQ/
S,N,NNDEGV/DPHFLG/S,N,NNDGS/S,N,NNDGM/DELTAB$
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
DRSTBL
the response types. Output by DSAD.
R1TABR
CASDSN
TABECN
Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in

ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
BLAMA*
Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.
LAMA*
Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.
OL
DIVTAB
FRQRPR
VIEWTBDS

p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed model.
CASERS
Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis type.
CSNMB
Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.
BUG*
Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set.
PHG*
Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the g-set.
832
DSAH
GEOM2
points.
GEOM3
FRQRMF
FRQRPR table for frequency response.
DFFDNF
Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural

frequencies.
CASEFREQ
Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based
on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
MODRPR
CASEDM
LAMAFD
EIGENVALUE TABLE FOR NORMAL MODES(fluid).
EDT
Element deformation table for FRQVAR bulk data entries
DTOS2
DFRQVAR attributes
DFRQVAR
Family of matrices for the design of the FRQVAR
FTGID
Table of fatigue analysis ids
CASFTGF
Family of fatigue case control datablocks
ERPELE
Table of Equivalent Radiated Power (ERP) Elements.
ETTDCN
Design variable internal IDs for temperature effects.
WLDHTAB
Family of spot weld elements
SEAMTAB
Family of seam weld elements
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
DBUG
Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active)

eigenvalues.
DPHG
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active)
eigenvalues.
CASEDSF
Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the perturbed
configuration.
LBTAB
Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling eigenvalue

responses.
BDIAG
Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized differential

stiffness matrix.
LFTAB
Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode

eigenvalue responses.
COGRID
Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement responses.
DSAH 833
Main Index
COELEM
Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses.
DSEDV
Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses.
OINTDSF
p-element output control table for the perturbed configuration.
PELSDSF
p-element set table for the perturbed configuration.
DGEOM2
points for the perturbed configuration.
DGEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the perturbed
configuration.
DNDVPT
Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for normal

modes analysis from that of the union set.
MXDFDN
Matrix of derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural frequencies.
MXOMEG
Matrix (diagonal) of active forcing frequencies in radians.
UG1PVT
Partitioning vector to zero out the columns at frequencies without active

response.
DNVVPT
Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for

eigenvector optimization from that of the union set.
LVTAB

eigenvector responses for all subcases.
EGVREC
Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation.
LVTABI

eigenvector responses per subcase.
CASEDMF
Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the perturbed
configuration for modes.
LAMAM
Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration.
LAMAS
Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalue shifts for subspace iteration.
PVSBIT1
Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration modes.
PVSBIT2
Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to constrained modes.
DGSVPT
Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized stiffness for normal

DGMVPT
Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized mass for normal

DELKFV
Sensitivity of eigenvalues wrt frqvar values
DKVPH
Sensitivity of eigenvectors wrt frqvar values
COELMF
Correlation table between IDCID/EID/COMPONENT for element responses

in a fatigue analysis
FTGIDS
Table of fatigue analyses required for the sensitivity analysis
CSFTGSF
Family of case control datablocks for fatigue analysis
834
DSAH
EDTDSF
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ERPPNNL and SET3 entries for
retained design responses
WLHDDCN
Table of perturbed spot weld elements.
SEAMDCN
Table of perturbed seam weld elements.
Parameters:
APP
'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
'STATICS'
Statics
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
'TRANRESP' Transient response
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=0. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
NDVTOT
ADJFLG
Output-integer-default=-1. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.
Main Index
SEID
DSNOKD
Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling

design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
NNDFRQ
Output-integer-default=0. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon

natural frequencies.
NNDEGV
Output-integer-default=0. Number of new natural frequencies related to

eigenvector sensitivity
DPHFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select Nelsons method or subspace iteration for

eigenvector sensitivites. Usually input via user parameter.
0
Nelsons method
Subspace iteration
NNDGS
Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized

stiffness.
NNDGM
Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized

mass.
DELTAB
Input-Real value for property perturbation.
DSAJ 835
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
DSAJ
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design

variable
Generates the g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable and the corresponding design
variable correlation table.
Format:
DSAJ
EDOM,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,BASVEC0,CASECC,GEOM4/
DESVEC,DVIDS,CASEP,DESVECP/
LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
EDOM
EQEXIN

numbers.
BGPDT
CSTM
SIL
Scalar index list.
BASVEC0
Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.
CASECC
GEOM4

Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
DESVEC
Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID
Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its components are
defined in the basic coordinate system.
DVIDS
List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary

DVGRID option.
CASEP
Case Control table with number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the number
of Case Control records.
DESVECP
Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID
bulk data entries and from columns of basvec matrix its components are
expressed in the global coordinate system.
836
DSAJ
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
Parameter:
LUSET
Main Index

g-set.
DSAL 837
Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAL
Generates the design sensitivity coefficient matrix; i.e., the sensitivity coefficients for the retained set of
constraints specified in the design model for each design variable.
Format:
DSAL
DRSTBL,DELWS,DELVS,DELB1,DELF1,
COGRID,COELEM,OUGDSN,OESDSN,OSTRDSN,
OEFDSN,OEFITDSN,OESCDSN,OSTRCDSN,
OQGDSN,ONRGYDSN,OGPFDSN,OELOPDSN,R1VALR,
TABDEQ,OL,DSDIV,DELX,DELS,DELFL,DELCE,
DELGS,DELGM,FRQRPR,DELBSH,DRDUTB,ADELUS,
ADELUF,R1TABR,DRMSVL,MODRPR,OUGDSNM,
OESDSNM,OSTRDSNM,OEFDSNM,ONRGDSNM,ESRTDS,
FRMDS,OES1ABDS,OARPWRDS,OAIGDSN,OUGEXAC,OVGEXAC,
OAPEXAC,R1RATIOR,OERPEXAC,COELMF,OEFTGS/
DSCM/
NDVTOT/DELTAB/EIGNFREQ/ADJFLG/SEID/
S,N,ADELRS/S,N,ADELRF/ESLOPTX/DESCYCLE/DMRESD $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
DRSTBL
the response types.
DELWS
Matrix of delta weight for all design variables.
DELVS
Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.
DELB1
Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables.
DELF1
Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.
COGRID
Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement responses.
COELEM
Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses.
OUGDSN
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed
configuration.
OESDSN
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.
OSTRDSN
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.
OEFDSN
Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format

for the perturbed configuration.
OEFITDSN
Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed configuration.
OESCDSN
Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed

configuration.
838
DSAL
Main Index
OSTRCDSN
Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed

configuration.
OQGDSN
Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design responses for

the perturbed configuration.
ONRGYDSN
Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1 format for
design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OGPFDSN
Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.
OELOPDSN
Table of element forces on adjacent elements.
R1VALR
Matrix of retained type one responses.
TABDEQ
OL
or frequency response frequency output list.
DSDIV
Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.
DELX
Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables.
DELS
Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables.
DELFL
Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables.
DELCE
Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables.
DELGS
Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design variables.
DELGM
Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design variables.
FRQRPR
DELBSH
DRDUTB
ADELUS
Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.
ADELUF
matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
DRMSVL
Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design variables.
MODRPR
OUGDSNM
Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OESDSNM
Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
OSTRDSNM
Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
OEFDSNM
Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
DSAL 839
ONRGDSNM
Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
ESRTDS
Stress ratio for composites for perturbed configuration (statics only).
FRMDS
Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration (statics only).
OES1ABDS
Table of screened element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections for the
perturbed configuration.
OARPWRDS
Acoustic Power to interior or near field.
OAIGDSN
Acoustic Intensity to wetted structural grid.
OUGEXAC
Exterior Acoustic pressure/intensity of AFPM.
OVGEXAC
Exterior Acoustic velocity of AFPM.
OAPEXAC
Exterior Acoustic Power of AFPM.
R1RATIOR
Ratio on responses used in ESL.
OERPEXAC
Table of Equivalent Radiated Power (ERP) result data for the perturbed
configuration..
COELMF
Correlation table between IDCID/EID/component for ELEMENT

RESPONSES in fatigue
OEFTGS
Sensitivity for fatigue responses
Output Data Blocks:
DSCM
Design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Parameters:
NDVTOT
Input-integer-no default. Number of unique referenced design variables.
DELTAB
Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on

the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
EIGNFREQ
ADJFLG
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.

0
SEID
ADELRS
Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in static analysis.
840
DSAL
ADELRF
Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in frequency response

analysis.
ESLOPTX
Input-integer, default=0, 0=no ESL, >0 = ES2
DESCYCLE
Input- integer, default = 0. Current design cycle
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=-1 Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
Remark:
DSAL is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement and hence, many of the inputs,
outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See subDMAP RESPSEN
for an example.
Main Index
DSAM 841
Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation
DSAM
Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central)

perturbation
Creates geometry for the backward and forward (or central) perturbation.
Format:
DSAM
DTOS4,DGTAB,BGPDT/
BGPDVP,BGPDVB/
S,N,SHAPEOPT/CDIF $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS4
Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K except

that the last three words in each entry contains the product of those in DTOS4K
and the shape step size.
DGTAB
Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of
internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDVP
Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed
configuration.
BGPDVB
Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed configuration.
Parameters:
SHAPEOPT
Output-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape design

variables are defined.
CDIF
Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme.

'YES' Central
'NO'
Main Index
Forward
842
DSAN
Generates design sensitivity processing table
DSAN
Generates design sensitivity processing table
Generates design sensitivity processing table and update element temperature table.
Format:
DSAN
TABEV2,ETT,EST,MPT/
DSPT1,ETTDV $
Input Data Blocks:
TABEV2
ETT
EST
MPT
Output Data Blocks:
DSPT1
ETTDV
Element temperature table where the original element identification numbers

have been converted to new design variable identification numbers.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSAP 843
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
DSAP
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix according to the following summation for frequency
response and normal modes:
nfreq
wj * [ MUx ] + iwj * [ BUx ] + [ KUx ]

2
[ P x ]=
(4-19)
j=1
where:
w j = freq j * 2pi
or for complex eigenvalues:
nfreq
[ P x ]=
p j * [ MU x ] + p j * [ BU x ] + [ KU x ]
j=1
where:
r
p j = w j + iw j
Format:
DSAP
MUX,BUX,KUX,OL,DSPT1/
PX/
APP $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
MUX
Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors.
BUX
Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
KUX
Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, or frequency response frequency

output list.
DSPT1
Design sensitivity processing table. See Remarks.
(4-20)
844
DSAP
Output Data Block:
PX
Inertial or pseudo-load matrix.
Parameters:
APP
Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values:

'FREQ'
Frequency response
'CEIG'
Complex eigenvalue
'REIG'
Normal modes
Remarks:
1. The number of rows PX is equal to the number of rows in the input matrices. The number of
columns in PX is also equal to the number of columns in the input matrices unless DSPT1 is
specified, in which case the number of columns is equal to the number of columns in the input
matrices times the design variables defined in DSPT1.
2. If the number of columns in the MUX, BUX, and KUX is less than the number of frequencies in
OL then PX will be truncated accordingly.
3. Any of the inputs may be purged except for OL. If DSPT1 is specified then APP can only be equal
to 'FREQ' and the summation is repeated for each design variable and the result is called pseudoloads. Also, the result is the negative of the equation above.
4. The input matrices can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate
to a degree-of-freedom set.
Main Index
DSAPRT 845
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAPRT
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix according to the DSAPRT Case Control
command request.
Format:
DSAPRT
CASECC,DESTAB,DSCMCOL,DSCM2,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,R3VALRG,
DSIDLBL,XINIT//
DSZERO/EIGNFREQ/XYUNIT/DESCYCLE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DESTAB
DSCMCOL
Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
DSCM2
Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
R1VALRG
R2VALRG
Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
R3VALRG
DSIDLBL
Table of design response labels.
XINIT
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
DSZERO
Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the

absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will
be printed.
EIGNFREQ

1
XYUNIT
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12 module writes

design optimization x-y plot data.
DESCYCLE
846
DSAR
Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
DSAR
Extracts and truncates the displacement, velocity, acceleration, and dynamic loads from the transient
solution matrix into separate matrices.
Format:
DSAR
UXT,TOL,TOL1,PXT/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,UXT1,PXT1/
EXTRPL/NDEL/SORTP $
Input Data Blocks:
UXT
Solution matrix from transient response analysis.
TOL
Transient response time output list consistent with columns in UXT and PXT.
TOL1
Reduced transient response time output list. Subset of time steps in TOL and
consistent with columns in outputs.
PXT
Transient load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for time steps in TOL.
Output Data Blocks:
UDISP
Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response analysis.
UVELO
Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis.
UACCE
Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response analysis.
UXT1
Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis.
PXT1
Reduced transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set.
Parameters:
EXTRPL
Main Index
Input-integer-default=1. Extra solution column flag. An extra column is or is not

appended to UDISP, UVELO, and UACCE accordingly:
0
Not appended.
From the last time step.
By extrapolation.
NDEL
Input-integer-default=3. If NDEL is -1, an unneeded load vector is deleted for the

final time step for each design variable.
SORTP
Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UXT, UDISP, UVELO, UACCE, and

UXT1.
DSAR 847
Columns correspond to time steps.
Rows correspond to time steps.
Remarks:
1. PXT, UDISP, UVELO, UACCE, UXT1 and PXT1 may be purged.

2. If no truncation is desired then specify TOL for TOL1. For example,
DSAR
UXT,TOL,TOL,/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,,/0 $
3. UXT and PXT can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate to a
degree-of-freedom set.
4. All outputs have columns which are consistent with time steps in TOL1.
Main Index
848
DSARLP
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
DSARLP
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of

stability derivatives
Calculates the pseudo-displacements used in calculating the sensitivities of stability derivatives and
determines the parameters required for all of the static aeroelastic sensitivity analyses.
Format:
DSARLP
DRSTBL,R1TABR,AECTRL,CASECC,EDT,DVPTAB,TABDEQ/
CASEA,UXU,UXR,DUXAT/
S,N,STFLG/S,N,TFLG/S,N,SDFLG/S,N,NSKIP/
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/S,N,AEQRATIO/DELTAB $
Input Data Blocks:
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the
response types.
R1TABR
AECTRL
CASECC
EDT
entries.
DVPTAB
Table of designed control surfaces.
TABDEQ
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASEA
UXU
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of
unrestrained stability derivatives.
UXR
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of
restrained stability derivatives.
DUXAT
Matrix of sensitivity of designed control surfaces for the unique design variables.
DSARLP 849
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
Parameters:
STFLG
Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has

active static response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN,
CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
response, 1 indicates an active response.
TFLG

active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
SDFLG

active stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data
entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-no default. Trim subcase counter.
LPFLG
Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another Case

Control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number.
MACH
Output-real-no default. Mach number.
Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
AEQRATIO
Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio.
DELTAB
DELTA B value specified for property perturbations.
Remark:
DSARLP performs a function for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis that is similar to the AELOOP
module for static aeroelastic analysis. It calculates pseudo trim vectors, sets parameters for the aeroelastic
sensitivity analysis and a matrix for the perturbed designed control surfaces.
Main Index
850
DSARME
Computes RMS values
DSARME
Computes RMS values
Computes the RMS values for random response analysis in design sensitivity.
Format:
DSARME
UPDST,RMSTAB,CFSAB/
RMSVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
UPDST
RMSTAB
CFSAB
Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.
Output Data Blocks:
RMSVAL
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
Matrix of initial RMS values.
DSARSN 851
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
DSARSN
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability

derivatives
Calculates and stores the delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives.
Format:
DSARSN
CASEA,R1TABR,AECTRL,DUX,TR,AERO,DSTABU,DSTABR/
DELX1,DELS1/
TFLG/SDFLG/Q $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEA
R1TABR
AECTRL
DUX
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed

configuration.
TR
Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic reference
point.
AERO
DSTABU
Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
DSTABR
Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
Output Data Blocks:
DELX1
Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a single trim
subcase.
DELS1
Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables for a single
trim subcase.
Parameters:
TFLG
Main Index
Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active
trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
852
DSARSN
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
SDFLG
Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active
stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0
indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
Remarks:
1. DSARSN is called inside a loop for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis whenever TFLG or
SDFLG is greater than zero. See subDMAP SAERSENS for an example.
Main Index
DSAW 853
Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable
DSAW
Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design

variable
Calculates the delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable.

Format:
DSAW
DRSTBL,TABEV2,VELEM,VELEMN,R1TABR,DESTAB/
DELVS,WTCRID,WTDSCP,FRMDS/
CFDFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
DRSTBL
the response types.
TABEV2
VELEM
VELEMN
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.
R1TABR
DESTAB
Output Data Blocks:
DELVS
Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.
WTCRID
Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in rigid mass
matrix.
WTDSCP
Partitioning vector for weight.
FRMDS
Parameter:
CFDFLG
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Central finite difference flag. 1 means forward and -1

backward.
854
DSDVRG
Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence response sensitivities
DSDVRG
Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence

response sensitivities
Computes the weighting factors required in the calculation of the retained divergence response
sensitivities.
Format:
DSDVRG
DSEDV,DIVTAB,PHIDRLR,PHIDLLR,QLLX/
DELDV $
Input Data Blocks:
DSEDV
Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses.
DIVTAB
PHIDRL
Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.
PHIDLL
Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.
QLL
Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
DELDV
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
Matrix of divergence sensitivity.
DSFLTE 855
Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
DSFLTE
Calculates the right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue that has been extracted in a flutter
analysis and has been flagged for sensitivity analysis. Selected complex scalar quantities required for
flutter sensitivity analysis are also computed.
Format:
DSFLTE
KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,FLUTAB,R1TABR,CASECC,CPHP,LCPHP/
CPHFL,CPHFR,VTQU/FCSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
KHH
Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.
BHH
Generalized (modal) damping matrix.
MHH
Generalized (modal) mass matrix.
QHHL
Aerodynamic matrix list.
FLUTAB
R1TABR
CASECC
CPHP
Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
LCPHP
Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
Output Data Blocks:
CPHFL
Left flutter eigenvector -- h-set.
CPHFR
Right flutter eigenvector -- h-set.
VTQU
Table of flutter sensitivity data.
Parameters:
FCSENS
Main Index
Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.

1
Flutter sensitivity.
Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.
856
DSFLTE
Remark:
The calculations in DSFLTE closely follow those used in module FA1 to perform the p-k method of
flutter analysis.
Main Index
DSFLTF 857
Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses
DSFLTF
Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses
Calculates the sensitivity of active flutter responses.

Format:
DSFLTF
VTQU,CDELK,CDELB,CDELM/DELFL/FCSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
CDELK
Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity.
CDELB
Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity.
CDELM
Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity.
VTQU
Table of flutter sensitivity data.
Output Data Block:
DELFL
Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables.
Parameters:
FCSENS
Main Index
Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.

1
Flutter sensitivity.
Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.
858
DSGRDM
Produces grid list of design model
DSGRDM
Produces grid list of design model
Preprocesses the design entries in EDOM to produce a list of grids associated with the designed elements
and design responses.
Format:
DSGRDM
EDOM,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,GEOM1/
DSGRID/
S,N,AUTOSE/S,N,NUMDIV/S,N,DRATIO $
Input Data Blocks:
EDOM
EPT
GEOM2
points
MPT
GEOM1
Output Data Blocks:
DSGRID
Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design model
automatic superelement optimization feature.
Parameters:
Main Index
AUTOSE
Output-character-default=none. Automatic superelement optimization flag.

Values are 'YES' or 'NO' as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.
NUMDIV
Output-integer-default=0. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model

which will not be designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.
DRATIO
Output-real-default=0.0. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk

Data entry.
DSMA 859
Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
DSMA
Generates the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity
Analysis only.
Format:
DSMA
DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,UNUSED2/
APP $
Format for statics:
DSMA
DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,/
'STATICS' $
Format for normal modes or buckling:

DSMA
DSPT2,DSEGM,,,,/
DSCMR,/
MODES (or BUCKL) $
Input Data Blocks:
DSPT2
Old design sensitivity processor table two.
DSEGM
Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.
OUG1DS
OES1DS
OEF1DS
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1CDS
Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEFITDS
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
DSCMR
Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix.
UNUSED2
860
DSMA
Parameters:
APP
Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type.

Allowable values are:
'STATICS'
Statics
'BUCKL'
Buckling
'MODES'
Normal modes
Remarks:
1. DSMA is applicable only to old sensitivity analysis.

2. DSPT2 may not be purged.
3. DSEGM must be present for normal modes or buckling.
4. OUG1DS, OES1DS, and OEF1DS are required only if selected by DSPT2 entries.
Main Index
DSPRM 861
Sets design sensitivity parameters
DSPRM
Sets design sensitivity parameters based on retained responses for DMAP flow control.
Format:
DSPRM
DRSTBL//
S,N,WGTVOL/S,N,DOBUCK/S,N,DOMODES/S,N,DOSTAT/
S,N,FAILI/S,N,CSTRES/S,N,CSTRN/S,N,DOFREQ/
S,N,DOCEIG/S,N,DOMTRAN/S,N,DODIVG/S,N,DOSAERO/
S,N,DOFLUT/S,N,DOANALY/S,N,DOSASTAT/ADJFLGG/
S,N,DOFSPCF/S,N,DOTSPCF/S,N,DOWGHT/S,N,DOESE/
S,N,DOSSPCF/S,N,DORMS/S,N,DOEIGV/S,N,DOGPF/
S,N,DOELOP/S,N,DOSTCOMP/S,N,DOFRMASS/
S,N,DOCSTRAT/S,N,DOERP $
Input Data Block:
DRSTBL
the response types.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
WGTVOL
Main Index
Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any

retained response.
1
Weight only
Volume only
Weight And volume
DOBUCK
Output-integer-default=0. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.
DOMODES
Output-integer-default=0. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any

constraint.
DOSTAT
Output-integer-default=0. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.
FAILI
Output-integer-default=0. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any

constraint.
CSTRES
Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any

constraint.
862
DSPRM
Main Index
CSTRN
Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any

constraint.
DOFREQ
Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if

any retained response.
DOCEIG
Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set

to >0 if any retained response.
DOMTRAN
Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if

DODIVG
Output-integer-default=0. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if

DOSAERO
Output-integer-default=0. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response

flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOFLUT
Output-integer-default=0. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any

retained response.
DOANALY
Output-integer-default=0. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any

retained response.
DOSASTAT
Output-integer-default=0. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if

ADJFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag.

0
DOFSPCF
Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag.

Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOTSPCF
Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set

to >0 if any retained response.
DOWGHT
Output-integer-default=0. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained

response.
DOESE
Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained element strain energy response

flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DSPRM 863
DOSSPCF
Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0

if any retained response.
DORMS
Output-integer-default=0. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any

retained response.
DOEIGV
Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints.
DOGPF
Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses.
DOELOP
Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses.
DOSTCOMP
Output-integer-default=0. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static

compliance.
DOFRMASS
Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass.
DOCSTRAT
Output-integer-default=0. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite

stress ratio.
DOERP
Output-integer-default=0. Equivalent Radiated Power (ERP) constraint flag. Set to

>0 if any constraint.
Remark:
RSP1CT may be specified as input to DSPRM.
Main Index
864
DSTA
Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSTA
Creates tables related to the design perturbation in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
DSTA
UG
ECT,EPT,EST,CASECC,EDOM, LAMA ,CASECCX,ETT,
BLAMA
DIT,MPT/
ESTDVP,ESTDCN,CASEDS,ETTDCN,DSPT1,DSPT2,
DSROWL,DSCOLL,ETTDV,MPTC,EPTC/
APP/S,N,NOPRT/S,N,NOSAVE/S,N,NOFORT/NEIG $
Input Data Blocks:
ECT
EPT
EST
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images. of static loads.
EDOM
UG
Displacement matrix in g-set from static analysis.
LAMA
BLAMA
Buckling eigenvalue summary table.
CASECCX
Table of Case Control command images used to generate static loads.
ETT
DIT
MPT
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
ESTDVP
ESTDCN

variables.
CASEDS
DSESM
Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix -- Boolean operator to select

eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling and normal modes
only).
DSTA 865
ETTDCN
Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the
effects of temperature.
DSPT1
DSPT2
Old Design sensitivity processor table two.
DSROWL
Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.
DSCOLL
Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix,

DSCMR.
ETTDV
Element temperature table where the original element identification numbers

have been converted to new design variable identification numbers.
MPTC
Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.
EPTC
Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL

records.
Parameters:
APP

Allowable values are:
'STATICS'
Statics
'BUCKL'
Buckling
'MODES'
Normal modes
NOPRT
Output-integer-default=0. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the

SENSITY Case Control command.
NOSAVE
Output-integer-default=-1. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on

the SENSITY Case Control command.
NOFORT
Output-integer-default=-1. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the

SENSITY Case Control command.
NEIG
Input-integer-default=0. Number of eigenvalues to keep.

0
Keep all eigenvalues.
>0
Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues.
Remarks:
1. ETT, ETTDV, and ETTDC may be purged if no element temperature data exists.
2. DSTA generates the tables necessary to drive other modules that calculate design sensitivity data.
These modules include EMG, SSG1, DSVG1, DSVG2, DSVG3, SDR2, DSMAS and
LMATPRT.
Main Index
866
DSTAP2
Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSTAP2
Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity

coefficient matrix
Creates a correlation table for the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
DSTAP2
R1TABRG,RSP2RG,RSP3RG/
DSCMCOL,DSIDLBL,RQA/
S,N,NORQA/S,N,IFRMAS $
Input Data Blocks:
R1TABRG
RSP2RG
Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
RSP3RG
Output Data Blocks:
DSCMCOL
DSIDLBL
Table of design response labels.
RQA
Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass indices.
Parameter:
Main Index
NORQA
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Presense flag for RQA data block.
IFRMAS
Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.
DSVG1 867
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis
DSVG1
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity

analysis
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in the sensitivity analysis.

Format:
DSVG1
UGX
XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICT,XELM,
,VG,
AGX
LFTAB,DSPT1,VGDM,XDICTB,XELMB/
EGX/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/IAPP/DSVGSF/NOPSLG/COUPMASS/CDIF/
SPDM/SHAPEOPT/MGEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XDICTDS
Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is the

forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
XELMDS
Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward or

backward perturbed element matrices.
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
CSTM
XDICT
Baseline element matrix dictionary table.
XELM
Baseline element matrices.
UGX
Displacement matrix in g-set. For transient response analysis, UGX could also
represent velocity or acceleration.
AGX
Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward,
or backward perturbed configuration.
VG
Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter analysis only.
LFTAB

DSPT1
VGDM
Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is
required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this
vector.
XDICTB
Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF=YES.
XELMB
Backward perturbed if CDIF=YES.
868
DSVG1
Output Data Blocks:
EGX
Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set.
Parameters:
NOK4GG

-1
Do not generate.
Generate.
WTMASS
IAPP
Input-integer-default=1. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
DSVGF
Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response.
Buckling or normal modes.
Flutter or divergence.
Input-integer-default=0. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue.

0
No scaling.
Scale.
NOPSLG
Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load

generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV Case
Control command.
COUPMASS
Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag.

-1
Lumped.
Coupled.
CDIF
Input-character-default=NO. Finite difference scheme. YES=Central and

Forward=NO.
SPDM
Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be supplied.
-1
0
Main Index
Yes.
No.
SHAPEOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization

is activated.
MGEFLAG

PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3.
DSVG1 869
Remarks:
1. DSVG1 must be executed for mass, stiffness, viscous damping, and structural damping and, if
CDIF='YES', forward and backward perturbed configurations.
2. For transient analysis, DSVG1 must be invoked three times for displacement, velocity, and
acceleration which are obtained from the DSAR module.
3. If
Main Index
NOPSLG 0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.
870
DSVG1P
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
DSVG1P
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design

sensitivity analysis
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis.
Format:
DSVG1P
ESTDVM,ESTDV2,BGPDVP,CSTM,MPTX,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
UGX,LFTAB,DSPT1,GPSNT,ESTDVB/
EGK,EGM/
COUPMASS/K6ROT/ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/NOPSLG/OPTFLG/
UNUSED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
ESTDVM
EST with updated material property identification numbers.
ESTDV2
Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations. If
CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation.
BGPDVP
configuration.
CSTM
MPTX
MPT with design variable perturbations.
DIT
DEQATN
DEQIND
UGX
DSPT1
LFTAB

GPSNT
ESTDVB
Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration. Required

only if CDIF='YES'.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
EGK
Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to stiffness.
EGM
Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass.
DSVG1P 871
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
Parameters:
COUPMASS

-1 Lumped.
0
Coupled.
K6ROT
Input-real-default=-1.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and

CTRIA3 elements.
ALTSHAPE
Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element

analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space
set.
WTMASS
Input-real-default=-1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.
NOPSLG
Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation

is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV Case Control
command.
OPTFLG
UNUSED7
Input-integer-default=0. DSVG1P application method:

1
Statics.
Normal modes.
Acceleration load.
Remark:
If
Main Index
NOPSLG 0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.
872
DSVG2
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
DSVG2
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal

load
Generates the pseudo-load matrix which reflects equilibrium changes in the thermal load due to
variations in the design variables.
Format:
DSVG2
BGPDVX,CSTM,SIL,KDICTX,CASDSN,PTELEM,
UGX
,DSPT1/
AGX
PTELMDSX,
EGTX/
PEXIST/HPFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDVX
Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or backward perturbed
configuration.
CSTM
SIL
Scalar index list.
KDICTX
Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for h-elements or

p-elements.
CASDSN
PTELEM
PTELMDSX
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central,
forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
UGX
AGX
Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward,
or backward perturbed configuration.
DSPT1
Output Data Block:
EGTX
Main Index
Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the thermal

load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward perturbed
configuration.
DSVG2 873
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
Parameters:
PEXIST
HPFLAG
Input-integer-default=1. Element type processing flag.

1
h-element
p-element
Remark:
CSTM and BGPDT may be purged.
Main Index
874
DSVG3
Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSVG3
Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design

Sensitivity Analysis only
Combines and appends the solution matrices from the analysis and pseudo-loads due to design variable
changes in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
DSVG3
UG,UGDS/
UGDS1 $
Input Data Blocks:
UG
Displacement matrix in g-set from the analysis.
UGDS
Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.
Output Data Block:
UGDS1
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation.
DSVGP4 875
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
DSVGP4
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix for rigid element shape sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
DSVGP4
DGTAB,EQEXIN,GEOM4,RMG,GM,USET,CSTM,BPGDVP,TABDEQ,RBSET/
DELTGM,DVSLIS/
LUSET/NDVTOT/S,N,RGSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
DGTAB
Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of
internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
EQEXIN

numbers.
GEOM4

RMG
Multipoint constraint equation matrix.
GM
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.
USET
CSTM
BGPDVP
configuration.
TABDEQ
RBSET
Output Data Blocks:
DELTGM
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed configuration.
DVSLIS
List of design variables affected by shape variations.
Parameters:
LUSET
Main Index

g-set.
876
DSVGP4
NDVTOT
RGSENS
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns
(if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DSVGP5 877
Performs multiplication of two matrices
DSVGP5
Performs multiplication of two matrices with one matrix having multiple submatrices and, optionally, the
addition of a third matrix to the product. For example, the default (IOPT=0 or T=0) result is:
[ A 1 B A 2 B A 3 B A n B ] + C 1 C 2 C 3 C n
Format:
DSVGP5
A,B,C,DVSLIS/
D/
NSMATS/T/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
Matrix with NSMATS number of submatrices.
Submatrix multiplier.
Additive matrix to be added to product of A and B. Used only if IOPT=0 or 2.
DVSLIS
List of design variables affected by shape variations.
Output Data Block:
Matrix product.
Parameters:
NSMATS
Input-integer-default=0. Number of submatrices in A.
IOPT=0.
IOPT
No transpose of
Transpose
A i (default).
Ai .
Input-integer-default=0. DSVGP5 method. T is ignored when IOPT>0.

0
1
2
Main Index
A i submatrix transpose flag. Applicable only when
A i B + C i (default).
B + Ai .
Same as 0 except diagonal is extracted from
column in D.
A i B + C i and stored as a
878
DSVGP5
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns
(if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DTIIN 879
Input DTI entries to DMAP
DTIIN
Input DTI entries to DMAP
Input tables referenced on DTI Bulk Data entries.

Format:
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/DTI1,DTI2,DTI3,DTI4,DTI5,DTI6,DTI7,
DTI8,DTI9,DTI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DTI
Collection of tables specified on DTI Bulk Data entries (from IFP).
DTlNDX
Index into DTI (from IFP).
Output Data Blocks:
DTIi
Names that appear on field 2 of the DTI entries (i.e., the DTI table called DTI1)
will be output on data block DTI1.
Parameters:
PARMi
Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is generated then

PARMi=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DTI and DTINDX are output from the preface module IFP.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DTI tables named T1, T2, and T3. The following DMAP instruction
will create the data blocks T1 and T3.
DTIIN
Main Index
DTI,DTINDX/T1,T3,,,,,,,,/S,N,YEST1/S,N,YEST3 $
880
DUMMOD1
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules
DUMMOD1
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written

subroutines and modules
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules.
Format:
DUMMOD1
IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/
ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/
CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi
Table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi
Table or matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
RPARMi
Input/output-real-default=-1.0.
CHPARM
Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.
RDPARM
Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0.
CPARM
Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).
CDPARM
Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).
DUMMOD2 881
DUMMOD2

Format:
DUMMOD2
IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ODB1,ODB2,
ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi
Table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi
Table or matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
RPARMi
CHPARM
RDPARM
CPARM
CDPARM
882
DUMMOD3
DUMMOD3

Format:
DUMMOD3
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi
Table of matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi
Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
RPARMi
CHPARM
RDPARM
CPARM
CDPARM
DUMMOD4 883
DUMMOD4

Format:
DUMMOD4
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi
Table of matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi
Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
RPARMi
CHPARM
RDPARM
CPARM
CDPARM
884
DVIEWP
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
DVIEWP
Generates view-element and view-grid information for

processing
p-elements
Generates the view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements in design sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
DVIEWP
CASECC,OINT,PELSET,ESTDCN,TABECN,BGPDVP,CSTM/
VIEWTBDS/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
OINT
p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT and OUTRCV Bulk Data
entries.
PELSET
ESTDCN

variables.
TABECN
Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints

in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
BGPDVP
configuration.
CSTM
Output Data Blocks:
VIEWTBDS

p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed model.
Parameters:
Main Index
VUGNEXT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next viewgrid.
VUENEXT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next viewelement.
DVIEWP 885
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
Main Index
VUGJUMP
Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.
VUELJUMP
Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-element identification

numbers.
VUHEXA
Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA
Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUTETRA
Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUQUAD4
Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTRIA3
Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
VUBEAM
Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUEXIST
Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if viewelements exist.
886
DYNCXPNT
Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table
DYNCXPNT Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table

Automatically generates the extra points for acoustic infinite elements and adds them to the DYNAMIC
table.
Format:
DYNCXPNT
GEOM2
, EPT
, EDT
DYNAMICX, IFEXPNT , VEFS
S,N,AIXPNT $
, DYNAMIC /
/
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM2
points.
EPT
Element property table.
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry.
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamic.s
Output Data Blocks:
DYNAMICX
Updated DYNAMIC table.
IFEXPNT
Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-structure grid points.
VEFS
Fluid-structure partitioning vector for the e-set.
Parameters:
AIXPNT
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Extra point generation flag. TRUE if extra

points are generated; false otherwise.
Remark:
If any of the datablocks GEOM2, EPT and DYNAMIC are purged or do not exist then no action is taken.
Main Index
EFFMASS 887
Computes modal effective mass
EFFMASS
Computes the modal effective mass based on the normal modes.

Format:
EFFMASS
CASECC,MAA,PHA,LAMA,USET,BGPDT,UNUSED,CSTM,VGQ/
TEMF,EMM,DMA,MEMF,MPFEM,MEM,MEW/
SEID/WTMASS/S,N,CARDNO/SETNAM/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
MAA
Mass matrix in a-set or g-set.
PHA
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set or g-set.
LAMA
USET
BGPDT
UNUSED
Unused.
CSTM
VGQ
Partitioning vector which is g-set size and contains values of 1.0 at rows
corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
TEMF
Total effective mass fraction table.
EMM
Effective mass matrix.
MA
Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set.
MEMF
Modal effective mass fraction table.
MPFEM
Modal participation factors for effective mass.
MEM
Modal effective mass matrix.
MEW
Modal effective weight matrix.
888
EFFMASS
Parameters:
SEID
WTMASS
Input-real-no default. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. See

Parameter Descriptions (p. 714) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
CARDNO
Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is

incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also written
into columns 73-80 of each line.
SETNAM
Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name.
UNUSED
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
ELFDR 889
Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module
ELFDR
Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module
Transforms grid point force balance output (from GPFDR module) from the global coordinate system to
the elemental coordinate systems or to the edges of adjacent elements. Applicable to line and shell
elements only.
Format:
ELFDR
OGPFB1,GPECT,CSTM,SIL,GPL,BGPDT/
OELOF1,OELOP1/
NOELOF/NOELOP/UNUSED3 $
Input Data Blocks:
OGPFB1
Table of grid point forces in SORT1 format.
GPECT
CSTM
SIL
Scalar index list.
GPL
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
OELOF1
Table of element oriented forces connected to common grid points in SORT1

format.
OELOP1
Table of element-oriented forces oriented along adjacent element edge

directions and summations of these components on equivalent edges in
SORT1 format.
Parameters:
NOELOF
Input-integer-default=0. OELOF1 generation flag.

<0 Do not generate.
0
NOELOP
Generate.
Input-integer-default=0. OELOP1 generation flag.

<0 Do not generate.
0
UNUSED3
Main Index
Generate.
890
ELTPRT
Prints element summary information
ELTPRT
Prints information on elements.

Format:
ELTPRT
ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,NSMEST,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
CASSECC,EPT,UNUSED/
VELEM/
PROUT/S,N,ERROR/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
ECT
GPECT
BGPDT
NSMEST
NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format.
EST
CSTM
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for ELSUM
command.
DIT
Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images for ELSUM command.
CASECC
EPT
UNUSED
Output Data Block:
VELEM
Main Index
ELTPRT 891
Parameters:
PROUT
Input-integer-default = 0. Print control for options 1, 2, and 4 is listed in

Remark 1. This parameter is only meaningful if the input data block ECT is
specified.
For options 1 and 2, if PROUT is set to a positive integer value or to zero
(default), the output will include a list of the element types and the
identification numbers of all elements.
For option 4, if PROUT = 0 or 1, then VELEM is computed and printed. If
PROUT = 2, VELEM is computed but not printed.
ERROR
Integer-output-default = 0. If duplicate element identification numbers exist,

ERROR is set to -1. This parameter is only meaningful for Option 1.
WTMASS
Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix for Option 4.
Remarks:
1. ELTPRT has four output options listed below. The required data blocks are indicated in the table
below.
Option 1: A sorted list of element identification numbers and a list of duplicate element
Option 2: A list of grid points with the elements that connect to each grid point. Both the element
type and element identification number are listed.
Option 3: Compute and print an element measure (length for 1-D elements; area for 2-D elements;
or volume for 3-D elements and elements of revolution). If a volume can be calculated for 1-D or
2-D elements, then it will also be printed. Create data block with element volumes.
Option 4: Compute and print element mass summary. See ELSUM Case Control command.
Option
Data Blocks to Be Included to Activate Output Options

ECT
GPECT
BGPDT
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
1
2
3
4
2. For Option 1, the output will contain the following items.
Identify all duplicate elements, e.g.,
****
Main Index
10 ROD.
10 BAR.
CASECC
EPT
NSMEST
892
ELTPRT
Identify each element type and the range of element identification numbers for the element type,
e.g.,
THERE ARE 10 ROD ELEMENTS.
FIRST ID = 34 LAST ID = 470
Examples:
1. Duplicate element identification numbers are not allowed in the superelement solution sequences.
The following will cause the run to terminate if duplicate identification numbers exist (options 1
and 2).
ELTPRT
ECT,,,,//1/S,N,ERROR $
IF (ERROR <0) EXIT $
If no duplicate identification numbers exist, the run will proceed in a normal manner.
2. Print the connection information for each grid point (option 3).
ELTPRT ,,GPECT,BGPDT,,,/ $
3. Print the measure of all elements (option 4).
ELTPRT
Main Index
,,,BGPDT,,EST,CSTM/ $
EMA 893
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
EMA
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices.

Format:
EMA
GPECT,XDICT,XELM,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICTP,XELMP/
XGG,UNUSED2/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/K4QUAL $
Input Data Blocks:
GPECT
XDICT
Element matrix dictionary table.
XELM
Table of element matrices.
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
CSTM
XDICTP
Element matrix dictionary table for p-elements.
XELMP
Table of element matrices for p-elements.
Output Data Blocks:
XGG
Global matrix of g-set size.
UNUSED2
Not used and may be purged.
Parameters:
NOK4GG
Main Index

-1
Do not generate.
Generate; i.e., apply GE (on MATi entry) to stiffness.
WTMASS
K4QUAL
Input-integer-default=' '. Qualifier name for KDICT and KELM when processing
multiple structural damping.
894
EMA
Method:
4
The structural damping matrix [ K gg ] is assembled from elements with structural damping. Structural
damping is specified in the GE field of the MATi entry.
NE
4
[ K gg ]
GEe [ Ke ]
(4-21)
e=1
where:
NE
= number of elements.
GE e
= element structural damping coefficient from MATi entries.
[ Ke ]
= element stiffness matrix.
Remark:
EMA is used to generate stiffness (KGG), mass (MGG), damping (BGG), and structural damping
(K4GG) matrices.
Main Index
EMAKFR 895
Generates stiffness for follower forces
EMAKFR
Generates stiffness for follower forces
Generates the stiffness for follower forces due to rotational velocity and/or accelerations.
Format:
EMAKFR
BGPDT,CSTM,SLT,MGG,CSTM0,SCSTM/
KRFGG/
LOADID/LOADIDP/SEID/LOADFACR/SYS66 $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
CSTM
SLT
MGG
Mass matrix in g-size.
CSTM0
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual structure.
SCSTM
Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.
Output:
KRFGG
Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set.
Parameters:
LOADID
Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current

subcase.
LOADIDP
Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the previous

subcase.
SEID
LOADFACR
Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as

LOADFAC except real).
SYS66
Input-integer-default=255. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.
Remarks:
1. Rotational forces are derived from the RFORCE Bulk Data entry.
2. LOADFACR is applied in the following manner to compute the total load:
P total = LOADFACR P LOADID + ( 1.0 LOADFACR ) P LOADIDP

Main Index
896
EMG
Computes elemental matrices
EMG
Computes elemental matrices for stiffness, differential stiffness, mass, damping, heat conduction, or heat
capacity.
Format:
EMG
EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,UNUSED5,UG,ETT,EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
BGPDT,GPSNT,ECTA,EPTA,EHTA,DITID,SLTNL,
ESTMG,GRPSTM,MTSTM1,MTSTM2,MTSTM3,MTSTM4,EPTS,
VCCTM,UPVH,MKELM,N2M,CPLDIN1,CPLDIN2,
CPLDIN4,UPVH3,PMMOFL,KDIOF,KELOF,HARMELPT,
MDK4INFO/
KELM,KDICT,MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT,MTSTM,MMTXR,
MMTX1,NLVECM,GCOMM,KDIOF1,KELOF1,KGGDIAG/
S,N,NOKGG/S,N,NOMGG/S,N,NOBGG/S,N,NOK4GG/
S,N,NONLHT/COUPMASS/TEMPSID/DEFRMSID/PENFAC/
NOPNLT/LUMPD/LUMPM/MATCPX/KDGEN/TABS/
SIGMA/K6ROT/LANGLE/NOBKGG/ALTSHAPE/
PEXIST/FREQTYP/FREQVAL/FREQWA/UNSYMF/
S,N,BADMESH/S,N,MGEFLAG/LOADFACR/GNLSTN/FKQRTR/
TANALY/IKPOFF/NONLNR/LUSETF/LGDISP/NUMCPLDY $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
UNUSED5
UG
Displacement matrix in g-set. Required only for differential stiffness

generation.
ETT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation. Required

only for differential stiffness generation.
DEQATN
DEQIND
BGPDT
GPSNT
ECTA
Secondary element connectivity table.
EMG 897
EPTA
Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.
EHTA
Secondary element hierarchical table.
DITID
Table of identification numbers in DIT.
SLTNL
SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the
current and last load step.
ESTMG
Advanced nonlinear element connectivity and type data
GRPSTM
Advanced nonlinear element group information
MTSTM1
Advanced nonlinear materials data
MTSTM2
Advanced nonlinear materials pointers
MTSTM3
Advanced nonlinear materials flags
MTSTM4
Advanced nonlinear materials dimensioning data
EPTS
VCCTM
VCCT data
UPVH
Solution vector
MKELM
Advanced nonlinear element stiffnesses to be passed to EMG
N2M
Nastran-2-Marc element-type conversion table
CPLDIN1
Multi-physics input (UPVNLH from other physics)
CPLDIN2
Multi-physics input (SILS from other physics)
CPLDIN4
Multi-physics input (HRMSP Table)
UPVH
Temperatures of 3D thermal shells for uncoupled analysis
PMMOFL
Element offset processing
KDIOF
KELOF
HARMELPT
Harmonic elements
MDK4INFO
Table which describes properties about the structural damping matrix
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential, or

follower stiffness.
KDICT
MELM
Table of element mass matrices.
MDICT
MELM dictionary table.
BELM
Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices.
BDICT
BELM dictionary table.
898
EMG
MTSTM
Advanced nonlinear integer arrays including some materials data
MMTXR
Advanced nonlinear element stresses and strains reference state, matching

MMTX
MMTX1
Advanced nonlinear element iterative data
NLVECM
Advanced nonlinear vectors
GCOMM
Advanced nonlinear common blocks
KDIOF1
Updated element offset processing
KELOF1
Updated element offset processing
KGGDIAG
Matrix of diagonal terms only for the global stiffness
Parameters:
NOKGG
Input/output-integer-default=-1. KELM and KDICT generation flag.

Input:
>0 Generate.
-1
Do not generate.
Output:
>0 Generated.
-1
Not generated.
NOMGG
Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT.
NOBGG
Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT.
NOK4GG
Input/output-integer-default=1. Structural damping generation flag. Set to -1 if a

nonzero damping constant (GE field on MATi Bulk Data entry) is not found for any
element.
NONLHT
Output-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear heat transfer or differential stiffness

generation flag. Set to 1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements are detected.
On input:
>3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects.
<3 Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects.
On output:
COUPMASS
Main Index
-1
If no nonlinear material was found in a heat transfer problem.
Otherwise.

-1
Lumped.
Coupled.
EMG 899
TEMPSID
Input-integer-default=-1. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained

from the TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use in stress
recovery of differential stiffness.
DEFRMID
Input-integer-default=-1. Element deformation set identification number. Usually

obtained from the DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use in stress
recovery of differential stiffness.
PENFAC
Input-real-default=0.0. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.
NOPNLT
Input-integer-default=-1. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements.
LUMPB
Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping.
LUMPM
Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.
MATCPX
Input-integer-default=-1. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic

elements.
KDGEN
Input-integer-default=0. Differential or follower stiffness matrix generation flag.

Usually the column number in UG to use in differential stiffness matrix generation.
If KDGEN is negative then follower stiffness will be generated.
TABS
Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to

273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.
SIGMA
Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant

heat flux.
K6ROT
Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and

CTRIA3 elements.
LANGLE
Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method:

1
Fimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
NOBKGG
Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to

generate slideline contact stiffness.
ALTSHAPE

Product Space set.
PEXIST
Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if p-elements are

present and to be processed.
FREQTYP
'ESTF'
'ESTNF'
Main Index
'. Frequency dependent element processing mode:
Compute frequency dependent stiffness.

Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness.
FREQVAL
Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value for frequency dependent element

generation.
FREQWA
Input-real-default=0.0. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
900
EMG
UNSYMF
Input-character-default='NO'. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline

contact stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for
slideline contact.
BADMESH
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.
MGEFLAG

PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3.
LOADFACR
Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as

LOADFAC except real).
GNLSTN
Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user

parameter.
0
Small strain.
Green strain.
FKQRTR
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Follower stiffness generation flag. If TRUE,

follower stiffness will be generated. Usually based on user parameter FOLLOWK.
TANALY
Input-character-default=' '. Type of nonlinear analysis.
IPKOFF
NLTR
nonlinear transient,
NLST
nonlinear statics,
LNST
linear statics.
Input-integer-default=0. KDIOF and KELOF presence flag.

=0 not present
=1 present
NONLNR
Input-logical-default=false. Nonlinear analysis flag. True for SOLs 106, 129, and
400.
LUSETF
Input-integer-default=0. Size and form of output KGGDIAG matrix.

<0:
one g-set (abs(LUSETF)) sized column is output
=0:
no KGGDIAG output
>0:
QxQ diagonal matrix output
LGDISP
Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement and follower force flag
NUMCPLDY
Input-integer-default=0. Number of multi-physics passes in the subcase
Remarks:
1. CSTM may be purged. MPT may be purged only if elements which do not reference any material
data are used. The DIT may be purged only if the material properties are not temperature
dependent.
2. If either of a matrix-dictionary data block pair is purged, that particular data block pair will not be
formed.
3. MGEFLAG is set and reset accordingly:
Main Index
EMG 901
a. On the first call to EMG, MGEFLAG has the following values and actions:
Input/Output
Action
0/ 0
Process all elements in standard fashion.
1 / -1
Except for bush elements, process all elements in standard fashion.

For bush elements process normally but place 0.0 for GE in element
KDICT.
2 / -2
Except for shell elements, process all elements in standard fashion.

For shell elements process normally but place 0.0 for GE in element
KDICT.
3 / -3
Both 1 and 2.
b. If MGEFLAG<>0 from the first call to EMG then execute a second call to EMG:
Main Index
Input/Output
Action
-1 / +1
Process only bush elements: each element stiffness is multiplied by its

coresponding GEi and 1.0 is placed for GE in elements KDICT entry.
-2 / +2
Process only shell elements: each element stiffness is multiplied by its

corresponding GEi and 1.0 is placedfor GE in elements KDICT entry.
-3 / +3
Both 1 and 2.
902
EQUIVX
Data block name equivalence
EQUIVX
Attaches a second name to an existing data block.

Format:
EQUIVX
DBP/DBS/PARM $
Input Data Block:
DBP
Primary data block.
Output Data Block:
DBS
Secondary data block.
Parameter:
PARM
Input-integer-default = 0. Equivalence flag. See Remark 3.
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of the EQUIVX is to save either storage space or l/O time or both.
2. If DBP and DBS reside on different DBsets and PARAM < 0, then a copy of DBP is made to the
DBset on which DBS resides. The equivalence flag is broken and the data blocks become
separate. These rules apply only if the secondary data block resides on a permanent DBset or DBS
is not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and its DBset is a scratch DBset. Therefore, it is
recommended that DBS is referenced on a TYPE statement and defined in the NDDL sequence
with its location assigned to the scratch DBset.
3. The following tables summarize the relationship between primary and secondary:
Status with PARM < 0
Main Index
DBP prior to EQUIVX
DBS prior to EQUIVX
DBS after EQUIVX
Generated
Any
Equivalenced
Purged or Not Generated
Any
Purged and not equivalenced
EQUIVX 903
Status with PARM > 0

DBP prior to EQUIVX
DBS prior to EQUIVX
DBS after EQUIVX
Generated
Not Equivalenced
Unchanged
Generated
Equivalenced
Purged and Not Generated
Purged or Not Generated
Any
Unchanged
4. If DBS is also declared on the FILE DBS=APPEND statement then User Warning Message 81
will be issued. If the EQUIVX.../DBS statement is executed only once and is not re-executed in
the DMAP loop, then the message may be safely ignored. However, if the EQUIVX statement is
potentially re-executed then it should be replaced with the DELETE and COPY module.
For example,
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
EQUIVX ESTNL/ESTNCH/-1 $
should be replaced with:
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
DELETE /ESTNCH,,,, $
COPY ESTNL/ESTNCH $
Examples:
Data blocks A and B reside on the same DBset.

EQUIVX A/B/ALWAYS $
A and B are equivalenced.
EQUIVX A/B/NEVER $
The equivalence is broken, and B is deleted.
Main Index
904
ESTINDX
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
ESTINDX
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number, for the EST table.
Format:
ESTINDX
/EST $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
EST
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
EST must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.
Main Index
EXPORTLD 905
EXPORTLD Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control command

Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control command.
Format:
EXPORTLD
CASECC,PG,BGPDT/PG*,BGPDT*/NSKIP $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Table of Case Control command specifications.
PG
Static load matrix applied to the g-set.
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
PG*
Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME. One

matrix is created per EXPORTLD request.
BGPDT*
Family of BGPDT tables qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME and

associated with PG*.
Parameters:
NSKIP
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding to

the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
906
FA1
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
FA1
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis. Also performs the eigenvalue analysis for the
KE or PK method.
Format:
FA1
KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,CASECC,EDT/
FSAVE,KHH1,BHH1,MHH1,FLUTABP/
S,N,FLOOP/S,N,TSTART/S,N,NOCEAD/LPRINT/XYUNIT/
VREF $
Input Data Blocks:
KHH
BHH
MHH
QHHL
CASECC
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation,

aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative
solver. Also contains SET1 entries.
Output Data Blocks:
FSAVE
Flutter storage save or answer table.
KHH1
Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.
BHH1
Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix.
MHH1
Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix.
FLUTABP
Parameters:
Main Index
FLOOP
Input/output-integer-no default. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set

to zero for initial entry and incremented by one for each loop until the last
loop then set to -1.
TSTART
Output-integer-no default. CPU clock time at entry to module.
FA1 907
NOCEAD
Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if

complex eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set
to -1.
LPRINT
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.
XYUNIT
Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number to which extracted khh1

values are written at each sweep point for the PKS and PKNLS methods.
VREF
Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
Remarks:
BHH may be purged for the K and PK methods. BHH is ignored for the KE method. If BHH is purged,
BHH1 may be purged for the K method.
Main Index
908
FA2
Collects aeroelastic flutter data
FA2
Collects aeroelastic flutter data for reduction and presentation for each loop through the configuration
parameters.
Format:
FA2
CPH1,CLAMA1,FSAVE/
CPH2,CLAMA2,CASEYY,OVG,FLUTABK/
S,N,TSTART/VREF/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXY/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
CPH1
Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.
CLAMA1
Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
FSAVE
Flutter storage save table
Output Data Blocks:
CPH2
Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.
CLAMA2
Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
CASEYY
Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis.
OVG
Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves.
FLUTABK
Flutter summary table for K and KE methods.
Parameters:
Main Index
TSTART
Input/output-integer-no default. On input, TSTART is the CPU clock time at

entry to FA1. On output, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another
DMAP loop.
VREF
Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
AECONFIG
SYMXZ
Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.
SYMXY
LPRINT
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.
FA2 909
Remarks:
All output data blocks are must be declared on the FILE statement with APPEND keyword in order to
append outputs from previous loops.
Main Index
910
FBODYLD
FBODYLD
Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request
Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request.

Format:
FBODYLD
EDT,BGPDT,CASECC,OGPF1,CSTM/
BGPDTFB*,PGFB*/GPFNAM $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT
Table of Bulk Data SET1 and FRBODYi entry images
BGPDT
CASECC
Table of Case Control specifications.
OGPFB1
Table of grid point forces. Also must be indexed

with the OFPINDEX module.
CSTM
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDTFB*
Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance defines the
grids for one given freebody subsystem.
PGFB*
Family of PG matrices.
Parameters:
GPFNAM
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
Input-character-default="OGF". NDDL name of the OGPF1.
FBS 911
Matrix forward/backward substitution
FBS
To solve the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] (right-hand solution) or [ X ] T [ A ] = [ B ] T

(left-hand solution) using the triangular factors computed by DCMP or DECOMP. Forward-only and
backward-only of right-hand solutions can also be provided for factors of symmetric matrices (see
Remark 6).
Format:
FBS
LD,U,B/X/KSYM/SIGN/FBTYP/FBREST/UNUSED/UNCOUP $
Input Data Blocks:
LD
Lower triangular factor/diagonal, or Cholesky factor.
Upper triangular factor. Purged unless
Rectangular matrix.
[ A ] is unsymmetric.
Output Data Block:
Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions as
[B] .
Parameters:
KSYM
SIGN
Input-integer-default = -1. Symmetry flag.

-1
choose symmetric if
matrix
[ U ] is purged, otherwise unsymmetric (default).
[ A ] is unsymmetric.
matrix [ A ] is symmetric.
perform left-handed solution.
Input-integer-default = 1. Sign of
[B] .
[ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] (default).
-1 solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] (default).
1
FBTYP
FBREST
Main Index
solve
Input-integer-default = 0. Forward or backward pass selection.

-1
perform backward pass only.
perform forward and backward passes (default).
perform forward pass only.
Input-integer-default=0. Internal restart flag.
912
FBS
UNUSED
UNCOUP
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse

FBS which is optimal for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)
Remarks:
1. FBS employs one of two methods--sparse or non-sparse--based on the decomposition method

used by DCMP or DECOMP in computing the factor matrices. For example, if sparse methods
were used to compute the factors, then FBS uses the sparse method. The default decomposition
and FBS method is sparse. There also submethods (FBSOPT<>0) which only apply to non-sparse
methods and are ignored for sparse methods. See Remark 5.
2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the efficiency of the
backward substitution process.
3. Solutions with Cholesky factors will be performed if the lower triangular factor matrices are
form 10.
4. The diagonal factor of symmetric matrices is stored as the diagonal of [ D ] . When using the
forward-pass only and backward-pass only options, [ D ] is included in the forward pass.
5. The keyword FBSOPT (or SYSTEM(70)) on the NASTRAN statement may be used for FBS
method selection (non-sparse only). If the FBSOPT keyword is not used, the program will select
the FBS method, which results in the lower sum of CPU and I/O time.
FBSOPT
Non-sparse Submethod Selection
-2
Method 1A
-1
Method 1
Automatic selection method based on minimum of l/O + CPU time
+1
Method 2
6. The equation for forward-only solution is [ L ] [ X ] = [ B ] , and for backward-only the solution
is [ L ] T [ X ] = [ B ] . Both are right-hand solutions.
7. Left-hand solutions (KSYM = 2) are available for factors of symmetric or unsymmetric matrices.
Also, the NASTRAN keyword FBSLEFT=n or SYSTEM(72)=n in the FMS section, or
PUTSYS(n,72) in the DMAP sequence, specifies the transpose flag on [ B ] :
[ L ] [ U ] = [ B ]T .
If n=1 then FBS solves X] T [ L ] [ U ] = [ B ] .
If n=0 then FBS solves
8. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify NASTRAN
FBSOPT = -2, SPARSE = 0.
9. For the sparse method the B matrix must be in machine precision. See Remarks under the
DECOMP, 733 module description.
Main Index
FBS 913
10. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods Users Guide for further details on the FBS module and
related topics.
Examples:
1. Solve
[ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] where [ A ] could be either symmetric or unsymmetric.
DECOMP
FBS
MATPRN
2. Solve
A/LD,U, $
LD,U,B/X/ $
X// $
[ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] assuming [ A ] is symmetric (form = 6 in matrix trailer).
DECOMP
FBS
MATPRN
3. Solve
A/LD,, $
LD,,B/X/ $
X// $
[ LD ] [ X ] = [ C ] where [ LD ] is the lower triangular factor obtained in Example 2.
FBS
4. Solve
LD,,C/X///1 $ FORWARD PASS ONLY

T
[ LD ] [ X ] = [ C ] where [ LD ] is the lower triangular factor obtained in Example 2.
FBS
5. Given that
LD,,C/X///-1 $ BACKWARD PASS ONLY
[ M ] and [ K ] are symmetric and [ M ] is also positive definite, find
T 1
[ [ LD ] ] [ K ] [ LD ]
where
[ M ] = [ LD ] [ LD ]
DECOMP
FBS
FBS
Main Index
M/LD,,//1 $ CHOLESKY
LD,,K/Y///1 $ FWD.ONLY,Y AN INTERMEDIATE RESULT
LD,,Y/J/2//1 $ FWD.ONLY, LEFT-HAND
914
FILE
Data block declaration
FILE
Declares special characteristics of a data block(s).

Format:
FILE
DB1=[SAVE,APPEND,OVRWRT]/DB2=[SAVE,APPEND,
OVRWRT]/... $
Data Blocks:
DBi
Names of the data blocks possessing special characteristics.
Parameters:
SAVE
Indicates data block is to be saved for possible looping in DMAP program.
APPEND
Same as SAVE and also allows a module to append other data blocks to DBi
on successive passes through a DMAP loop.
OVRWRT
Allows a data block to be overwritten.
Remarks:
1. FILE is a nonexecutable DMAP instruction that is used only by the DMAP compiler for
information purposes. It may appear anywhere in subDMAP. It is also a local declaration; i.e., it
must be declared in all subDMAPs where the SAVE, APPEND, or OVRWRT is needed.
2. A data block name may appear only once in all FILE statements within a subDMAP; otherwise,
the first appearance will determine all special characteristics applied to the data block.
3. The APPEND keyword should only be applied to local scratch data blocks. In other words, the
data block should not be referenced on a TYPE DB statement. It is also recommended that the
APPEND keyword not be applied to data blocks that appear as output on the EQUIVX module.
See the EQUIVX, 902 module description for further details.
Example:
1. Data block C is created only in the first pass through the loop and must be "saved" for subsequent
passes:
FILE
C=SAVE $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,R=(1.,0.) $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,COUNT=1 $
.
.
.
DO WHILE ( COUNT<=3 ) $
Main Index
FILE 915
IF ( COUNT=1 ) MPYAD A,B,/C $

.
.
.
ADD
A,C/D/R $
R=R+(1.,0.) $
COUNT=COUNT+1 $
ENDDO $
2. For an example of the APPEND keyword see the APPEND, 634 module description.
Main Index
916
FORTIO
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
FORTIO
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file.

Format:
FORTIO
//OPERATN/UNITNO/CLOSEOPT/IOSTAT $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
OPERATN
Input-character-no default. FORTIO operation.

'EXISTS'
Check for assigned physical file existence.
'OPEN'
Open file.
'CLOSE'
Close file.
UNITNO
Input-integer-no default. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.
CLOSEOPT
Input-integer-default=2. FORTIO close options.
IOSTAT
Rewind (leaves file open, if open).
Close/keep (default).
Close/delete.
Output-integer-no default. FORTIO status return code.

For OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE':
0
Successful.
Unsuccessful.
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0
Assigned physical file exists.
Assigned physical file does not exist.
Remarks:
1. Units must be assigned a physical file name using an ASSIGN statement.

2. Errors encountered in FORTIO will not terminate the MSC Nastran execution. But IOSTAT will
return a nonzero value in the event of error(s) that terminate the request.
Main Index
FORTIO 917
Example:
Close FORTRAN unit 24:

FORTIO //'CLOSE'/24/2/S,N,IOSTAT
Main Index
918
FRLG
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
FRLG
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads via Fourier transform for frequency
response analysis.
Format:
FRLG
CASECC,USETD,DLT,FRL,GMD,GOD,DIT,PHDH,APPLOD,
ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN,ROTRT,
UNBVEC,EQDYN,FRFXITPP,FRFLABEL,FACLV*,PACLV*/
PPF,PSF,PDF,FOL,PHF,YPF/SOLTYP/S,N,FOURIER/
S,N,APP $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
USETD
DLT
FRL
GMD
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.
GOD
Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points,

o-set by d-set.
DIT
PHDH
Transformation matrix from d-set to modal coordinates.
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB

effects
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
ROTORT
Table of rotordynamic user input for transient analysis.
UNBVEC
Rotor to global transformation matrix for rotordynamics.
EQDYN

identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data.)
FRFXITPP
P-size column matrix generated in an FRF generation job containing coded values
for rows indicating whether the DOF corresponding to that row has unit load
specified on it via an FRFXIT entry, an FRFXIT1 entry or due to its being a
connection DOF (or a combination of these)
FRLG 919
FRFLABEL
Table containing LABEL information from FRFXIT Bulk Data entries.
FACLV
Family of frequency list vector by ACLOAD statement.
PACLV
Family of acoustic pressure load matrix by ACLOAD statement.
Output Data Blocks:
PPF
Frequency response load matrix in the p-set.
PSF
Frequency response load matrix in the s-set.
PDF
Frequency response load matrix in the d-set.
FOL
PHF
Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal).
YPF
Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
Parameters:
SOLTYP
Input-character-no default. Solution method.

'MODAL'
Modal; i.e, compute PH.
'DIRECT'
Direct; i.e, do not compute PH.
FOURIER
Output-integer-default=-1. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data

entries are referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC.
APP
Output-character-default='FREQ'. Dynamic load type. Set to 'FREQ', if

RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced. Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or
TLOAD2 entries are referenced.
Remarks:
1. CASECC, FRL, and FOL cannot be purged.

2. DLT can be purged if PP, PS, PD, and PH are purged.
3. If USETD is not purged, then PS cannot be purged if single-point constraints exist. Also, GMD
and GOD cannot be purged if multipoint constraints or omitted degrees-of-freedom exist.
4. PHDH and PH cannot be purged if SOLTYP='MODAL'.
5. DIT cannot be purged if a dynamic load references TABLEDij Bulk Data entries.
6. PS, PD, and PH can be purged if USETD is also purged.
7. If TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 Bulk entries are referenced then the loads are computed and transformed
to the frequency domain.
Main Index
920
FRLGEN
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRLGEN
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data

entries
Creates the frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Format:
FRLGEN
DYNAMIC,LAMAS,LAMAF/
FRL,FRL1,DFFDNF/
S,N,NOFRL/S,N,NOOPT/DFREQ $
Input Data Blocks:
DYNAMIC
LAMAS
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the
model.
LAMAF
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
FRL
FRL1
Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed processing is

requested.
DFFDNF
Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural

frequencies.
FRLGEN 921
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
Parameters:
NOFRL
Output-integer-default=0. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not

generated.
NOOPT
Output-integer-default=0. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no

reexecution.
DFREQ
Input-real-default=1.E-5. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f1

and f2, are considered duplicates if
f 1 f 2 < DFREQ * f max f min

where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across all
FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
LAMAF may be purged.
Main Index
922
FRQDRV
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRQDRV
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries and is intended for frequency-dependent
element processing.
Format:
FRQDRV
CASECC,FRL/
FRLI/
S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
FRL
Output Data Blocks:
FRLI
Frequency response list for a single frequency.
Parameters:
FRQLOOP
Input/output-integer-no default. Frequency loop counter. On input,

FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0 before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP
is incremented by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For
example, if the fifth frequency is the last then FRQLOOP is output as -5.
FREQVAL
Output-real-no default. Frequency value for frequency dependent element

generation.
Example:
TYPE PARM,,I,N,FRQLOOP=0 $
DO WHILE ( FRQLOOP>=0 ) $
FRQDRV
CASES,FRL/FRLI/S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ FRQLOOP>=0
Main Index
FRRD1 923
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
FRRD1
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement

solution
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or
direct methods.
Format:
FRRD1
CASECC,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,K4XX,PXF,FRL,FOL,EDT,
SILD,USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
SOLTYP/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/NSKIP/FRRD1SEL/
S,N,FIRSTBAD/SETNAME/FREQDEP $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
DIT
KXX
Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
BXX
Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
MXX
Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
K4XX
Structural damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
FRL
FOL
PXF
Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
EDT

SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for

maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents
the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
PARTVEC
Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of

freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required
for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required
if KXX represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
924
FRRD1
Output Data Blocks:
UXF
Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set.
FOLT
Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency truncated if

first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Parameters:
SOLTYP

'MODAL'
Modal; usually for h-set matrices.
'DIRECT'
Direct; usually for d-set matrices.
NONCUP
Input-integer-no default. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled

algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal.
NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX,
BXX, and MXX will be ignored.
ITSEPS
Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for

iterative solution method.
ITSMAX
Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution

method.
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used

only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which
specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC
is not required and the values are taken from the module specification of the
values.
ZFREQ
Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the

zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
FIRSTBAD
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if

first frequency is truncated.
SETNAME
Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by KXX,

etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum efficiency,
the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the
displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then
PARTVEC must also be specified.
FREQDEP
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE

if processing frequency-dependent elements.
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in FRRD1 or FRRD2 (Frequency Response Solution). In the
case of a direct formulation the following equation is solved.
Main Index
FRRD1 925
[ M dd 2 + iB dd + K dd ] { u d } = { P d }
Eq. 4-22
and in the case of a modal formulation, the following equation is used in:
[ M hh 2 + iB hh + K hh ] { u h } = { P h }
Eq. 4-23
The arithmetic used in the solution may be real or complex and the solution procedure may be symmetric
or unsymmetric. The choice of arithmetic and solution procedure is made by the program depending on
the form of the dynamic matrices.
Remarks:
1. CASECC, FRL, FOL, and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, and MXX can be purged.
2. If SOLTYP='DIRECT', then K4XX can be used to simulate viscoelastic materials. Otherwise it
may be purged. If SOLTYP='MODAL', then K4XX is ignored and may be purged.
3. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and
viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the
aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
4. EDT is required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case Control command
selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.
Main Index
926
FRRD2
FRRD2
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement

solution
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or
direct methods.
Format:
FRRD2
KXX,BXX,MXX,QHHL,PXF,FOL,CASECC,EDT,SILD,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
BOV/Q/MACH/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/SETNAME/
FRRD2SEL/S,N,FIRSTBAD $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
KXX
BXX
MXX
QHHL
PXF
FOL
CASECC
EDT

SILD
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD

maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents
the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
PARTVEC
Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of

freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required
for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required
if KXX represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
FRRD2 927
Output Data Blocks:
UXF
FOLT
Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency truncated if

first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Parameters:
BOV
Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.
Output-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.
MACH
Output-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
NONCUP
Input-integer-default=-1. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests

uncoupled algorithm if KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2,
requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and
MXX will be ignored.
ITSEPS
Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for

iterative solution method.
ITSMAX

method.
SETNAME
Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by

KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum
efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a
partition of the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX
are a partition then PARTVEC must also be specified.
ZFREQ
Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then

the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
FIRSTBAD
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE

if first frequency is truncated.
Method:
FRRD2 solves the matrix equation
[ M ] + i [ [ B ] Q BOV IM [ Q ] ] +
[u] = [P]
[ K ] Q Re [ Q ]
\
at a given set of frequencies, i , and loads, P.
Main Index
928
FRRD2
Remarks:
1. FOL and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, MXX, and QHHL can be purged.
2. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and
viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the
aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
3. CASECC and EDT are required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case
Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.
Main Index
FTGCAS 929
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for fatigue stress/strain recovery
FTGCAS
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for
fatigue stress/strain recovery
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for fatigue and a datablock which provides
information on the fatigue analyses and the elements that participate in each.
Format:
FTGCAS
CASECC,FATIGUE,EDT,MPT,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,UNITS,GEOM2MNF,EST,
BGPDT,GPECT/
CASFTG,FTGID,SEAMTAB,WIDHTAB,GWECT/APP
$SCID/PARTSE/RSONLY/CWRANDEL
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
User input case control.
FATIGUE
Datablock of fatigue input bulk data entries
EDT
Element deformation table.
MPT
Material property table.
GEOM2
Element connection table.
GEOM4
Constraint table
EPT
UNITS
Table of DTI UNITS data.
GEOM2MNF
Element connection table with original weld.
EST
BGPDT
Grid point definition table.
GPECT
Output Data Block:
Main Index
CASFTG
Case control for embedded fatigue analysis.
FTGID
List of FATIGUE id's used in the run..
SEAMTAB
Table of seam weld elements.
WIDHTAB
Table of spot weld elements.
GWECT
Welded grid connection table.
930
FTGCAS
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for fatigue stress/strain recovery
Parameters:
APP
Input-character Analysis Type either 'STATICS', 'REIG' or 'TRANS'.
SCID
Input-superelement ID
PARTSE
Input-logical, partitioned superelement flag
RSONLY
Residual structure
FALSE- superelements are specified
TRUE- superelements are not specified
CWRANDEL
Percentage at which cweld elements are removed. If this is a spot weld fatigue
case and GWRANDEL is >, 0.0, a fatal message is issued.
Remarks:
1. FTGCAS determines if fatigue analyses are to be performed and then performs user input error
checking and defines the set of elements that participate in the fatigue analysis.
2. CASFTG identifies the type of data recovery required (stress/strain), (element corner) and the
elements that participate in the fatigue analysis on a subcase basis. This is a family of datablocks
with each member having it own FATIGUE ID from case control.
3. FTGID is a single datablock that for each FATIGUE ID:
a. Identifies which subcases participate in the fatigue analysis
b. Defines the number of analysis groups and the MATFTG ID/PFTG ID of each.
c. For each element participating in the fatigue analysis, its ID and analysis group number is
specified.
Main Index
FTGSOL 931
Performs Embedded Fatigue Analysis
FTGSOL
Stages fatigue analysis using the DTLib (nCodeDT) fatigue analysis library from HBM nCode by
assembling material, time loading, loads, element ids and element stresses. Performs fatigue analysis and
outputs the results.
Format:
FTGSOL
CASFTG, FATIGUE, MPT, EST, OESF, OSTRF, DIT,

EPT,FTGID,UHDT,CASECC,TOLF,FTGIDO,OEFFTG,OGPFTG,SEAMTAB,
WLDHTAB,BGPDTS,CSTMS,KDICT,GWECT,WLDHDS,EPT/
OEFTG,OEFTG2,OEFTGM/FTGID/APP1/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASFTG
Case Control for fatigue analysis.
FATIGUE
Fatigue analysis table.
MPT
Material property table.
EST
Element Summary Table.
OES1
Table of element stresses
OEStr
Table of element strains.
DIT
Direct Input Table.
EDT
Element Deformation Table EDT table used for retrieving udname data.
FTGID
Table of fatigue subcase participation and element attributes.
UHDT
Matrix of modal transient responses.
CASECC
User input case control.
TOLF
Family of time output lists qualified on tstep id.
FTGIDO
FTGID from baseline for restart
OEFFTG
OGPFTG
SEAMTAB
Table of seam weld properties
WLDHTAB
Table of spot weld properties
BGTDTS
Basic grid point data table
CSTMS
Table of coordinates transformation table
KDICT
Element stiffness dictionary
GWECT
Grid weld element connection.
932
FTGSOL
WLDHDS
Perturbed WLDHTAB for design
EPT
Output Data Block:
OEFTG
Table of preliminary fatigue responses.
OEFTG2
Table of secondary fatigue responses.
OEFTGM
Table of biaxial/multiaxial fatigue assessment responses
Parameters:
FTGID
Input-integer Fatigue set ID.
APP1
Input-character Analysis Type either 'STATICS', 'REIG' or 'TRANS'.
SEID
Input-Integer superelement ID.
Remarks:
1. Input data blocks (UHDT,CASECC,TOLF) are only used in transient analysis. They can be
purged when APP1 is not 'TRANS'
2. Stress and Strain tables are never used together in the same fatigue analysis.
3. DIT contains TABLED1/TABLFTG data if required.
4. EDT contains any needed SETi and UDNAME data.
Main Index
GENTRAN 933
Generates a transformation matrix
GENTRAN
Generates a transformation matrix that will convert the upstream boundary coordinate system to the
downstream coordinate system.
Format:
GENTRAN
SEMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/
MAPS/
SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
SEMAP
BGPDTS
CSTMS
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the current

superelement.
BGPDTD
Basic grid point definition table for the downstream superelement.
CSTMD
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the downstream

superelement.
SCSTM
Output Data Block:
MAPS
Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate transformation

matrix.
Parameter:
SEID
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0.

DO WHILE ( NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK ) $
SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/
S,N,LPFLG/////////SEP2CNTL//-1/S,N,PARTSE/
S,N,SETYPE/S,N,REID $
IF ( PARTSE ) THEN $
NP=SEDWN $
DBVIEW BGPDTD=BGPDTS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $
Main Index
934
GENTRAN
DBVIEW CSTMD =CSTMS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $

GENTRAN EMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/
MAPS/SEID $
ENDIF $ PARTSE
ENDDO $ NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK
Main Index
GETCOL 935
Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number number
GETCOL
Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification

number number
Reads the STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number and converts it to the
equivalent column number in the static solution matrix.
Format:
GETCOL
CASEBUCK,CASESTAT//
NSKIP/S,N,BCKCOL/S,N,PRECOL/S,N,ICCOL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEBUCK
Table of Case Control command images for buckling analysis.
CASESTAT
Table of Case Control command images for static analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for

the STATSUB subcase identification number.
BCKCOL
Output-integer-no default. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced

by the STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also
corresponds to the column number of static solution vector.
PRECOL
Output-integer-default-0. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced

by the STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also
corresponds to the column number of static solution vector.
ICCOL
Output-integer-default=0. Column number of static solution matrix as

derived from the IC(STATSUB) Case Control command specification.
Remarks:
If the STATSUB subcase identification number is not found in CASEBUCK then the BCKCOL is set to
1. If the subcase identification number specified by the STATSUB command is not found in CASESTAT
then a fatal message is issued.
Main Index
936
GETFUNIT
Associates physical file name with logical name and FORTRAN unit
GETFUNIT
Associates physical file name with logical name and FORTRAN unit
Connect a file name with a Fortran unit with user-specified file logical name. This module allows the
access to a Fortran file without ASSIGN statement
Format:
GETFUNIT
//LOGNAME/form/s,n,funit/fname1/fname2 $
Input Data Blocks:
None
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
LOGNAME
Input/Charater8, File logical name. Default='INPUTT2'. Options are

'INPUTT2' or 'INPUTT4'.
form
Input/Integer, Default=1.
form = 1, unformatted
form = 0, formatted
funit
Input/Integer, Default=0
As input: Control flag/starting Fortran unit
As output: Available Fortran unit
fname1
Input/Charater8, first char8 file suffix name
fname2
Input/Charater8, second char8 file suffix name
Remarks:
1. Physical file name associated with LOGNAME has two parts, namely <job_name> and <suffix>.
Example:
GETFUNIT //'INPUTT2'/1/S,N,UNITOP2/'_NAS.OP2' $
For <job_name> of pem, above GETFUNIT connects physical file 'pem_NAS.OP2' to INPUTT2.
Main Index
GETMKL 937
Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs
GETMKL
Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs
Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs.

Format:
GETMKL
EDT/MKLIST/S,N,NMK $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT

Output Data Blocks:
MKLIST
Parameters:
NMK
Main Index
Output-integer-default=0. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency

pairs.
938
GI
Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
GI
Generates the aerodynamic spline transformation matrix.

Format:
GI
SPLINE
,BGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,
AMSPLINE
AERO,
CSTMA,AEGRID/
GPGK,GDGK $
Input Data Blocks:
AERO
Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by APD.
SPLINE
Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with external
grid identification numbers.
AMSPLINE
Table of aerodynamic splines for display.
BGPDT
AEBGPDT
The basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom
added (ks-set in AEUSET).
AEUSET
AECOMP
CSTMA

AEGRID
Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD
as PGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
Output Data Blocks:
GPGK
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set.
GDGK
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to g-set.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
GI 939
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP AERO0:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET0
WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'
AND WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'
AND WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW AEGRID=AEBGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH')
GI
AERO,SPLINE,XBGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA,AEG
RID/
GPGK0,GDGK0 $
Main Index
940
GIC2C
Forms splice matrix for element centroids
GIC2C
Forms splice matrix for element centroids
Forms a spline matrix that maps displacements measured at centroidal elemental grids of aero meshes to
the corner point (mesh connectivity) grids. This displacement map will allow visualization of
connectivity grid motion for "element centroid" based aero meshes (like DLM and ZAERO).
Format:
GIC2D
AEBOX,AEGRID,AEBGPDT*,CSTM/GDKSKS $
Input Data Blocks:
AEBOX
Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as BGPDT with

qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEGRID
Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD
as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEBGPDT*
Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables.
CSTM
Output Data Blocks:
GDKSKS
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal displacements.
GKAM 941
Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
GKAM
Assembles the modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices.

Format:
GKAM
USETD,PHA,MI,LAMA,DIT,M2DD,B2DD,K2DD,CASECC,
LAMMAT, MEMF/
MHH,BHH,KHH,PHDH,MODSELT,MODSELV,LAMASEL,BMODAL/
NOUE/LMODES/LFREQ/HFREQ/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/
S,N,NONCUP/S,N,FMODE/KDAMP/FLUID/UNUSED12/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
USETD
PHA
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set.
MI
Modal mass matrix. See Remark 5.
LAMA
DIT
M2DD
Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command and
reduced to the d-set.
B2DD
Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP Case
Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient response analysis,
B2DD may also include structural damping effects.
K2DD
Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command and
reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may also include
structural damping effects.
CASECC
LAMMAT
Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. Used in lieu of the

LAMA table when present.
MEMF
Modal effective mass fraction table.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
BHH
MHH
KHH
PHDH
Transformation from d-set to h-set (modal).
942
GKAM
MODSELT
Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of

MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then
MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case ontrol command
and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
MODSELV
Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT.
LAMASEL
LAMA table containing only those modes defined by MODSELT.
BMODAL
Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry
in DIT.
Parameters:
NOUE
Input-integer-no default. The number of EXTRA points. Set to -1 if there are

no extra points.
LMODES
Input-integer-no default. The number of lowest modes to use in modal

transformation. All outputs will have LMODES number of columns.
LFREQ
Input-real-no default. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal

transformation.
HFREQ
Input-real-no default. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal

transformation.
UNUSED5
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
NONCUP
Output-integer-no default. If K2DD, B2DD, and M2DD are purged. then the
model is considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.
FMODE
Output-integer-default=1. The lowest mode number resulting from

LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ.
KDAMP
Input-integer-default=1. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to 1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will
be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping.
FLUID
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fluid damping processing flag. If TRUE, then

the modal damping set identification number is obtained from the
SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control command.
UNUSED12
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Unused.
APP
'FREQRESP'
Main Index
'. Analysis type. Allowable values:
Frequency response.
GKAM 943
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
Method:
The dynamic matrices expressed in modal coordinates are assembled in GKAM (General K AssemblerModal) as follows:
T
2 ][ ]
[ K hh ] = [ k ] + [ dh ] [ K dd
dh
(4-24)
2 ][ ]
[ M hh ] = [ m ] + [ dh ] [ M dd
dh
(4-25)
and
T
2 ][ ]
[ B hh ] = [ b ] + [ dh ] [ B dd
dh
(4-26)
where, if PARAM,KDAMP = 1 (default)
m i = modal mass
b i = 2f i g ( f i )m i
k i = 4 2 f i2 m i
If PARAM,KDAMP = -1 in complex eigenvalue analysis, modal frequency response, aerodynamic
flutter, and aeroelastic response, the viscous modal damping will be incorporated into the complex
stiffness matrix as follows:
m i = modal mass
bi = 0
k i = [ 1 + ig ( f i ) ]4 2 f i2 m i
Values of g ( fi ) are specified on the TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry, selected by the SDAMPING Case
Control command. If KDAMP = 1 (default), the matrices
transient response.
[ b ] and [ k ] are formulated as in modal
Remarks:
1. USETD may be purged if there are no extra points (NOUE<0).

2. PHA and LAMA cannot be purged.
3. CASECC and DIT cannot be purged if SDAMPING is specified.
4. M2DD, B2DD, K2DD, and MI may be purged.
Main Index
944
GKAM
5. LAMA may be purged as long as both MI and LAMMAT exist. Using MI and LAMMAT is
preferable to LAMA because the the values in MI and LAMMAT are in machine precision.
6. No output matrix can be purged.
7. HFREQ and LFREQ are ignored if LMODES>0.
8. See Section 9.4.10 of the MSC Nastran Reference Manual for further details.
9. If modes are not selected with HFREQ, LFREQ and LMODES parameters or the MODESELECT
command and NOUE < 0, then PHDH will be purged and a subsequent EQUIVX from PHA to
PHDH must be executed.
Main Index
GM4APD 945
GM4APD
Returns a modified GEOM4 table that merges the ASET and QSET records from the two input GEOM4
tables.
Format:
GM4APD
GEOM4, FLXGOM4 / GEOM4FLX $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM4
contains the geom4 without a-set
FIXGOM4
Output Data Block:
GEOM4FLX
Modified geom4 at return which will have a-set and q-set records appended
from flxgom4. i.e. geom4flx = geom4 + "ASET/ASET1/QSET/QSET1
records from flxgom4"
Parameters:
None
Description:
This DMAP module takes two input data blocks, GEOM4 and FLXGOM4, and returns an output data
block, GEOM4FLX, which appends the ASET/ASET1/QSET/QSET1 records from the second DB into
the first DB to create the output DB; i.e., GEOM4FLX is just the GEOM4 +
"ASET/ASET1/QSET/QSET1 records from FLXGOM4".
Main Index
946
GNFM
Computes element forces due to large displacements
GNFM
Computes the element forces due to large displacements and optionally computes the elemental stiffness
matrices associated with incremental deflections.
Format:
GNFM
KELM,KDICT,KDELM,KDDICT,EST,CSTM,UG,BGPDT/
FG,KELM1,KDICT1/
SKPMTX/LUSET/NSKIP $
Input Data Blocks:
KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness.
KDICT
KDELM
Table of element matrices for differential stiffness.
KDDICT
KDELM dictionary table.
EST
CSTM
UG
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
FG
Element forces due to large displacements.
KELM1
Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness.
KDICT1
KELM1 dictionary table.
Parameters:
Main Index
SKPMTX
Input-integer-default=0. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 will be

generated.
LUSET

g-set.
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=0. Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis

(SOL 4).
GNFM 947
Remarks:
1. FG cannot be purged.
2. KELM1 and KDICT1 may be purged if SKPMTX<>0.
Main Index
948
GP0
Modifies tables to include p-element information
GP0
Modifies geometry, connectivity, loads, and constraints tables to include p-element information and also
create edge, face, and body tables.
Format:
GP0
CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,
EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,PELSET,PVAL0/
GEOM1M,GEOM2M,GEOM2A,GEOM3M,GEOM4M,
EHT,EHTA,MEDGE,MFACE,GDNTAB,MBODY/
ALTSHAPE/UNIT1/UNIT2/S,N,PVALID/S,N,PEXIST/
GNSTART/S,N,GNMAX/GMTOL/INITAPI/PEDGEP/GNPROC $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
GEOM1
GEOM2
points.
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GEOM4

EPT
EDT

DEQATN
DEQIND
PELSET
p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET.
PVAL0
P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous superelement,

adaptivity cycle, or run.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM1M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for the
current p-level.
GEOM2M
points and updated for the current p-level.
GP0 949
GEOM2A
Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity

and updated for the current p-level.
GEOM3M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads and
updated for the current p-level.
GEOM4M

membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for the current plevel.
EHT
Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.
EHTA
Secondary element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.
MEDGE
Edge table for p-element analysis.
MFACE
Face table for p-element analysis.
GDNTAB
Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.
MBODY
Body table for p-element analysis.
Parameters:
Main Index
ALTSHAPE

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the
Full Product Space set.
UNIT1
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing edge table

information.
UNIT2
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing face table

information.
PVALID
Output-integer-default=0. P-value set identification number.
PEXIST
Output-logical-default=TRUE. Set to FALSE if p-elements are not present.
GNSTART
Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.
GNMAX
Output-integer-no default. Maximum grid identification number in

GEOM1M.
GMTOL
Input-real-default=1.E-5. Geometric tolerance.
INITAPI
Input-logical-default=TRUE. API flag.
PEDGEP
GNPROC
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Grid-n processing flag. If set to TRUE grid-n

information is processed.
950
GP1
Performs basic geometry processing
GP1
Performs basic geometry processing.

Format:
GP1
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GDNTAB,MEDGE,SGPDT,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GPL,EQEXIN,GPDT,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,VGF,GEOM3B,DYNAMICB,
VGEXF/S,N,LUSET/S,N,NOCSTM/S,N,NOPOINTS/
UNIT/UPERM/UPRMT/NUFLAG/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
GEOM2
points.
GEOM3
GDNTAB
MEDGE
SGPDT
Superelement basic grid point definition table.
DYNAMIC
CASECC
Table of Case Control command values. Only used for SOLs 600 and 700.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GPL
EQEXIN

numbers.
GPDT
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
VGF
Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows corresponding to

fluid degrees-of-freedom.
GEOM3B
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads with
DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and MOMENT entry
images.
GP1 951
DYNAMICB
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry
images.
VGEXF
Exterior acoustic partitioning vector with ones at the rows corresponding to

exterior acoustic degrees-of-freedom.
Parameters:
LUSET

g-set.
NOCSTM
Output-integer-no default. Number of coordinate systems found in GEOM1.

Set to -1 if none are found.
NOPOINTS
Output-integer-no default. Grid point flag. Set to -1 if none are found.

Otherwise, set to 1.
UNIT
Input-real-default=1.0. AUNIT record factor for electromagnetic analysis.
UPERM
Input-real-default=1.2566E-06. Permeability for electromagnetic analysis.
UPRMT
Input-real-default=8.8542E-12. Permittivity for electromagnetic analysis.
NUFLAG
Input-integer-default=10. Unit type for electromagnetic analysis.
SEID
Remarks:
1. GP1 assembles a list of all grid and scalar points and places them in internal order, computes
coordinate system transformation matrices, and transforms all grid points to the basic coordinate
system.
2. No output data block, except VGF, may be purged.
Main Index
952
GP2
Processes element connectivity
GP2
Processes element connectivity.

Format:
GP2
GEOM2,EQEXIN,EPT,GEOM2A,EPTA,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/
ECT,ECTA/
S,N,ACOUSTIC $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM2
points.
EQEXIN

numbers.
EPT
GEOM2A
Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity

and updated for the current p-level.
EPTA
BGPDT
CSTM
MPT
Output Data Blocks:
ECT
ECTA
Parameter:
ACOUSTIC
Output-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag.

0
Remarks:
1. EQEXIN and ECT may not be purged.
Main Index
GP2 953
2. ECTA may be purged if GEOM2A is purged.
Main Index
954
GP3
Processes static and thermal loads
GP3
Processes static and thermal loads.

Format:
Input Data Blocks:
GP3
GEOM3,BGPDT,GEOM2,EDT,UGH,ESTH,BGPDTH,
CASEHEAT,MPT,PG*/
SLT,ETT/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOGRAV/S,N,NOTEMP $
GEOM3
BGPDT
GEOM2
points.
EDT

UGH
Temperature matrix in g-set from a heat transfer analysis.
ESTH
Element summary table from a heat transfer analysis.
BGPDTH
Basic grid point definition table from a heat transfer analysis.
CASEHEAT
Case Control table from a heat transfer analysis.
MPT
PG*
Family of external load matrices qualified by LOADID or FBLID
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
SLT
ETT
GP3 955
Parameters:
NOLOAD
Output-integer-no default. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static

loads and SLT is not created, +1 otherwise.
NOGRAV
Output-integer-no default. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV

Bulk Data entry images, +1 otherwise.
NOTEMP
Output-integer-no default. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP

or TEMPD Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1
otherwise.
Remarks:
1. BGPDT may not be purged.

2. SLT may be purged if there are no static loads.
3. ETT may be purged if there are no thermal loads
4. If UGH is present in structural analysis run, then GP3 will create a new temperature set based on
UGH with set identification numbers obtained from TSTRUC command in CASEHEAT.
BGPDTH is used to correlate UGH to grid points. For h-elements ESTH is not required. For pelements ESTH is appended to element ETT record for interpolation purposes in element decks.
Here are the DBVIEW statements that are used to define these inputs in SOLs 101-200:
DBVIEW UGH=UG
DBVIEW ESTH=EST
DBVIEW BGPDTH=BGPDTS
(WHERE APRCH='HEAT
(WHERE APRCH='HEAT
(WHERE APRCH='HEAT
' AND WILDCARD) $

' ) $
') $
CASEHEAT can come from the CASE module or DBLOCATE DATABLK=

(CASECCR/CASEHEAT) in the FMS.
Main Index
956
GP4
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
GP4
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table, based on single point constraints, multipoint constraints, rigid
elements, and set membership assignment Bulk Data entries (e.g., ASET). Also generate the enforced
displacement matrix and multipoint constraint equation matrix.
Format:
GP4
CASECC,GEOM4,EQEXIN,SIL,GPDT,BGPDT,CSTM,
MEDGE,MFACE,MBODY,GEOM2,GDNTAB,ECT,GPSNT,GEOM1,ACTNODS,EDTS/
RMG,YS0,USET0,GPSNTN,YMU,YRG,RBSET,S2SCGGN,S2SCGGT/
LUSET/S,N,NOMSET/S,N,MPCF2/S,N,NOSSET/S,N,NOOSET/
S,N,NORSET/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,REPEAT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NOL/
S,N,NOA/SEID/ALTSHAPE/SEBULK/AUTOMSET/SNORMPRT/
S,N,NEWGPSNT/ATQSET/NLRIGID/MPCPFLG/S2S_SIG/S400S2S/RBSETPRT $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
GEOM4

EQEXIN

numbers.
SIL
Scalar index list.
GPDT
BGPDT
CSTM
MEDGE
MFACE
MBODY
GEOM2
points.
GDNTAB
ECT
GEOM2 Element connectivity table.
GPSNT
GEOM1
ACTNODS
Table of contact data.
EDTS
Table of miscellaneous bulk data entries, including SET3.
GP4 957
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
RMG
YS0
USET0
GPSNTN
Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with RSSCON
elements.
YMU
Matrix of MPCY right hand side constant term.
YRG
Matrix of enforced motion increment
RBSET
S2SCGGN
Normal constraint Matrix of segment-to-segment glued contact in G-size
S2SCGGT
Tangential constraint Matrix of segment-to-segment glued contact in G-size
958
GP4
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET

g-set.
NOMSET
Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or

multipoint constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
MPCF2
Output-integer-no default. Multipoint constraint set identification number

change flag. Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different multipoint
constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1 otherwise or if there are no
multipoint constraints in the current subcase.
NOSSET
Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or

single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NOOSET
Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or

omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NORSET
Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or

supported degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC

corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
REPEAT
Output-integer-no default. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last

boundary condition; +1 otherwise.
NOSET
Output-integer-no default. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if

NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-offreedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1
otherwise.
NOL
Output-integer-default=1. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-offreedom belong to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-offreedom in the l-set.
NOA
Output-integer-default=1. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if

NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of
degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
SEID
ALTSHAPE

SEBULK
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to

TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified
for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command.
GP4 959
AUTOMSET
Input-character-default=' '. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent
degree-of-freedom specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will
be rearranged to avoid exclusive dof set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter.
SNORMPRT
Input-integer-default=0. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.

0
No print or punch.
Punch.
Print only.
Print and punch.
NEWGPSNT
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN

table is created (shell normal table is updated due to the interaction with RSSCON
elements), then the flag is set TRUE.
ATQSET
Input-logical-default=.FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If no ASET,

ASET1, QSET, or QSET1 entries are present, then all unspecified degrees of freedom
will be included in the:
a-set if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.
o-set if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.
NLRIGID
Input-Integer-default=-1. Flag for nonlinear rigid element
MPCPFLG
Input-Integer-default=0. Contact MPC/MPCY punch flag.
S2S_SIG
=0
No punch; override NLOPRM MPCPCH
=1
Let NLOPRM MPCPCH take over
Input-Integer-default=0. Signal for Seg-to-seg permanent glue

=0
GP4 called by Phase0
=1
GP4 called by Semg for Linear
=2
GP4 called by nlkbm for Nonlinear
S400S2S
Input-Logical-default=false. signal of SOL400.
RBSETPRT
Input-Integer-default=0. To print rigid element IDs used in the analysis if rigid

elements are selected via MPC=n in case control and SET3,n,RBxx in bulk data
section.
0
No print of rigid element ID list.
>0 or
<0
Rigid element ID list will be printed in f06.
Remarks:
1. YS will be purged if SPCD or SPC Bulk Data entries do not specify nonzero values for
displacement.
Main Index
960
GP4
2. GEOM4 may be purged.

3. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are used.
Main Index
GP5 961
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
GP5
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure

analysis
Creates a table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis.

Format:
GP5
ECT,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EDT,SIL,CSTM/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB,WETFACES,EDT1/
S,N,MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH/NASOUT/GETNUMPN/
EDT1FLG/SKINOUT $
Input Data Blocks:
ECT
BGPDT
EQEXIN

numbers.
EDT

SIL
Scalar index list.
CSTM
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
PANSLT
Panel static load table.
EQACST
Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal structural
grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary. Output by GP5.
NORTAB
Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which
lie within the acoustic face.
WETFACES
Table of wetted structure.
EDT1
EDT updated written out if user requested a panel with the entire wetted
structure skin.
962
GP5
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
Parameters:
MPNFLG
Output-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.
NUMPAN
Output-integer-default=1. Number of panels.
MATCH
Output-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.

Matching mesh.
Non-meshing mesh.
NASOUT
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching

summary.
GETNUMPN
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get

number of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads.
EDT1FLG
Output-integer-default=0. EDT1 creation flag.
SKINOUT
Main Index
-1
EDT1 was created.
EDT1 was not created.
Input-character-no default. Specifies location to write the fluid-structure interface

element and grid information. Usually input via user parameter or the FLSTCNT
Case Control keyword SKINOUT:
NONE
Do not write.
PUNCH
Punch file.
PRINT
f06 file.
ALL
Both punch and f06 file.
GPFDR 963
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
GPFDR
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy.

Format:
GPFDR
PG QG
UADJ AGG2
CASECC,UG,KELM,KDICT,ECT,EQEXIN,GPECT, --------------- , ---------------- ,
LAMA
FOL
BGPDT,
,CSTM,VELEM,PTELEM,QMG,NFDICT,FENL,
TOL
OLF
MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT,GEI,MATPOOL,F2J,VG,AG,EDT/
ONRGY1
OGPFB1
OEKE1
OEDE1
- , --------------------- , ---------------------- , --------------------
----------------------OELSS1
OELSWI
OELSM1
OELSDI
OELQS1,OELQW1,OELQM1,OELQD1,OPACC1/
APP/TINY/XFLAG/CYCLIC/WTMASS/NDVTOT/DMIGFN/G/GFL $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
UG
KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness.
KDICT
ECT
EQEXIN
GPECT
PG
UADJ
Displacement vectors from adjoint load.
QG
Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.
AGGZT
Fluid-structural Coupling matrix.
BGPDT
LAMA
Eigenvalue summary table for normal modes. Required for APP='REIG'.
964
GPFDR
FOL
Frequency output list. Required for APP='FREQRESP'.
TOL
Time output list. Required for APP='TRANRESP'.
OLF
Nonlinear static load factor list. Required for APP='NLST'.
CSTM
VELEM
PTELEM
QMG
Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.
NFDICT
Nonlinear element energy/force index table.
FENL
Element energy and forces in nonlinear matrix format.
MELM
Elemental matrices for mass.
MDICT
Dictionary table for MELM.
BELM
Elemental matrices for damping
GEI
Table of general element (GENEL) data.
BDICT
Dictionary table for BELM.
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to DMIG Bulk Data entries.
F2J
Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by the K2GG Case
Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier named by DMIGFN.
VG
Velocity matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future
enhancement).
AG
Acceleration matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future
enhancement).
EDT
and MONITOR point entries.
UADJ
Displacement vectors from adjoint load.
AGGZT
Fluid-structural Coupling matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
ONRGY1
Table of element strain energies and energy densities.
OELSS1
Table of element sensitivity of stiffness property.
OGPFB1
OELSW1
Table of grid sensitivity on wetted surface.
OEKE1
Elemental kinetic energy.
OELSM1
Table of element sensitivity of mass property.
GPFDR 965
OEDE1
Elemental energy loss.
OELSD1
Table of element sensitivity of dynamic property.
OELQS1
Table of squared element sensitivity of stiffness property.
OELQW1
Table of squared grid sensitivity on wetted surface.
OELQM1
Table of squared element sensitivity of mass property.
OELQD1
Table of squared element sensitivity of dynamic property.
OPACC1
Table of particle acceleration on wetted surface.
Parameters:
APP
Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable types are:

'STATICS'
Linear statics.
'REIG'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'NLST'
Nonlinear static.
TINY
Input-real-default=1.E-03. Small element strain energy value. Element strain

energies less than TINY will not be printed.
XFLAG
Input-integer-default=0. Strain energy method selection. The following decimal

equivalent bit values may be summed.
0
Elemental force and strain energy is calculated according to:
0.5* [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] [ ue ]t [ pt ]
1
Cross displacement. See Remark 2.
Strain energy is calculated according to:
0.5* ( [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] [ ue ]t [ pt ] )
Main Index
Another way to set DIAG 30 without alters.
Flag to output complex grid point forces.
CYCLIC
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE for cyclic symmetry models.
WTMASS
Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on elemental mass matrix.
NDVTOT
DMIGFN
Input-character-default=DMIG. Qualifer name for F2J matrices.
966
GPFDR
Input-real-default=0.0. Uniform structural damping coefficient.
GFL
Input-real-default=0.0. Uniform fluid damping coefficient.
Remarks:
1. GPFDR creates the grid point force balance table for a user-selected set of points. This table lists
the forces acting at each selected point due to element constraints, single-point constraints, and
applied loads. Also listed is the sum total of these forces which represents the balance in an
opposite direction due to multipoint constraints, general elements, round-off errors, and other
nonlisted sources. Subtotals for element sets and element types are also provided.
2. GPFDR creates the element strain energy table for a user-selected set of elements. These selected
elements are listed by type with their strain energy, percent of total strain energy with respect to
all elements and strain energy density. The strain energy is computed by one of the following
equations:
If XFLAG=0 (default):
1
T
W e = --- { F e } { u e }
2
(4-27)
If XFLAG=1:
1 1
T
i
W e = --- { u e } { K e } { u e }
2
(4-28)
where { u e } is the displacement for the first subcase or mode and
where { u e } is the displacement for the i-th subcase or mode.

3. The strain energy density is computed by dividing the strain energy by the element volume. The
total energy is computed by summing the element strain energies of all elements for which
stiffness matrices exist. General elements are not included.
Main Index
GPJAC 967
Checks element Jacobians
GPJAC
Checks element Jacobians
Checks element Jacobians.

Format:
GPJAC
ECT,BGPDT//S,N,JACDET $
Input Data Blocks:
ECT
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameter:
JACDET
Output-integer-default=0. Bad Jacobian detection flag. Set to 1 if a bad

Jacobian is detected.
Remark:
By default the run will terminate if bad Jacobians are detected. If system cell 213 is equal to 1 then the
run will not terminate.
Main Index
968
GPSP
Performs auto-SPC operation
GPSP
Performs auto-SPC operation; i.e., identifies and automatically constrains singularities.

Format:
GPSP
KNN KMM
,
,USET0,SIL,GPL,YS0,GEOM4,EQEXIN,
KGG RMG
CASECC,GPSPRT0/
USET,YS,BD3X3,RMG1,GPSPRT/
S,N,NOSSET/AUTOSPC/PRGPST/SPCGEN/EPZERO/ACON/
S,N,SING/EPPRT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NGERR/MPCMETH/
NSKIP/S,N,DONSET/RESID/S,N,NNEWS/S,N,NNEWM $
Input Data Blocks:
KNN
Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction.
KGG
Stiffness matrix in g-set.
KMM
Stiffness matrix in m-set.
RMG
USET0
SIL
Scalar index list.
GPL
YS0
GEOM4

EQEXIN

numbers.
CASECC
GPSPRT0
GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when DONSET=-1.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
USET
YS
Matrix of enforced displacements in the s-set.
GPSP 969
Main Index
BD3X3
3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for parallel
domain decomposition.
RMG1
Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case
Control command.
GPSPRT
Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when the MPC
option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command and
DONSET=0.
970
GPSP
Parameters:
NOSSET
Output-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or

single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
AUTOSPC
Input-character-default='YES'. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then

singularities will be constrained.
PRGPST
Input-character-default='YES'. Singularity summary print flag. If set to

'YES', then the summary is printed.
SPCGEN
Input-integer-default=0. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then
singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC
Bulk Data entries.
EPZERO
Input-real-default=1.E-8. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater

than EPZERO will not be constrained.
ACON
Input-integer-default=0. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set

degrees-of-freedom will be constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.
SING
Output-integer-default=0. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then

SING will be set to -1; otherwise +1.
EPPRT
Input-real-default=0.0. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than

EPPRT will not be printed if PRGPST='YES'.
NOSET
Input/output-integer-default=0. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to

-1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no
degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data
entries); +1 otherwise.
NGERR
Output-integer-default=0. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR

is set to -1; otherwise +1.
MPCMETH
Input-character-default='RG'. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also

indicates the type of matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and
'KMM' for KMM. See Remarks 2 and 3.
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=0. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first

subcase of the current boundary condition.
DONSET
Input/output-integer-default=-1. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC

processing.
RESID
Main Index
-1
Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix (KNN).
Do not execute GPSP again.
Input-integer-default=1. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used

only in SOLs 106 and 400.
GPSP 971
NNEWS
Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new s-set degrees-of-freedom.
NNEWM
Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new m-set degrees-of-freedom.
Remarks:
1. YS0 and YS may be purged.

2. For the most reliable identification and constraint of singularities on independent degrees-offreedom connected multipoint constraints or rigid elements then GPSP should be executed after
MCE1 and MCE2. Then KNN and KMM should be specified for the first two inputs and 'KMM'
should be specified for MPCMETH. For example, from subDMAP SEKR0:
UPARTN
MCE2
GPSP
USET0,KGG/KMM,,,/'G'/'M'/'N' $
USET0,GM,KGG,,,/KNN,,, $
KNN,KMM,...
...S,N,NGERR/'KMM' $
If KMM is purged then some singular rotational independent degrees-of-freedom may not be
identified unless all rotations at a given point are independent.
3. If GPSP is executed before MCE1 and MCE2 then KGG and RMG should be specified. Also, the
default for MPCMETH should be used.
GPSP
KGG,RMG,...
If RMG is purged then singular independent degrees-of-freedom connected to multipoint
constraints or rigid elements will not be identified or constrained.
4. ACON should be set to -1 if processing a superelement.
Main Index
972
GPSTR1
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors
GPSTR1
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors for grid point stress computations.
Format
:
GPSTR1
POSTCDB,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,ELSET,ESTNL,UNUSED7,CASECC/
EGPSF/
S,N,NOEGPSF $
Input Data Blocks:
POSTCDB
Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.
BGPDT
EST
CSTM
ELSET
Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS DEFINITION

Section of Case Control.
ESTNL
Nonlinear element summary table.
UNUSED7
CASECC
Output Data Block:
EGPSF
Table of element to grid point interpolation factors.
Parameter:
NOEGPSF
Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is

created.
Remark:
CSTM may be purged.
Main Index
GPSTR2 973
Computes grid point stresses or strains
GPSTR2
Computes grid point stresses or strains interpolated from element centroid stresses or strains.
Format:
GPSTR2
CASECC,EGPSF,BGPDT,OES1,OESNLXR/
OGS1,EGPSTR/
S,N,NOOGS1/S,N,NOEGPSTR/APP/NLSTRAIN/GPSOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EGPSF
BGPDT
OES1
Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
OESNLXR
Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended for all subcases.
Output Data Blocks:
OGS1
Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
EGPSTR
Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC module.
Parameters:
NOOGS1
Output-integer-default=-1. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created.
NOEGPSTR
Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is

created.
APP
Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

'STATICS'
Statics
'REIGEN'
Normal modes
'TRANRESP'
Transient response
NLSTRAIN
Logical-input-default=FALSE. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at

word 11 of OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be
processed.
GPSOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Option bits numbered right to left

Bit
Main Index
Description
974
GPSTR2
Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always be

output. (This is an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).
Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume always be

output
Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for
direct stress/strain for volume
Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for
principal stress/strain for volume
Remarks:
1. The GPSTRESS Case Control command controls the contents of OGS1.

2. The STRFIELD Case Control command controls the contents of EGPSTR.
Main Index
GPSTRPBX 975
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
GPSTRPBX Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross
Section.
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
Format:
GPSTRPBX
OEF1,EPT,PBRMS,PBRMSD,COELEM,EST/
OGS1AB,OES1AB/
S,N,IRECPBR/S,N,KSTATN/S,N,OP2AB $
Input Data Blocks:
OEF1
Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format.
EPT
PBRMS
PBRMSD
COELEM
Correlation table between IDCID/EID/component for element responses.
EST
Output Data Blocks:
OGS1AB
Grid point stresses at vertices of arbitrary beam cross section
OES1AB
Table of screenved elment stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.
Parameters:
Main Index
IRECPBR
Input/output-integer-no default. PBRMS record count.
KSTATN
Input/output-integer-no default. PBXSECT station count.
OP2AB
Input/output-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number for OUTPUT2.
976
GPWG
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
GPWG
Computes the center of mass of the structure relative to a given point and the principal inertias about the
center of gravity.
Format:
GPWG
BGPDT,CSTM,UNUSED3,MGG,MEDGE,UNUSED6/
OGPWG/
GRDPNT/WTMASS/ALTSHAPE/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
CSTM
UNUSED3
MGG
MEDGE
UNUSED6
Output Data Blocks:
OGPWG
Grid point weight generator table in weight units.
Parameters:
GRDPNT
Input-integer-default=-1. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias

are computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic
coordinate system is used.
WTMASS
ALTSHAPE

SEID
Method:
The Grid Point Weight Generator (GPWG) module calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias
of the general mathematical model of the structure. The data are extracted from the [ M gg ] matrix by
Main Index
GPWG 977
using a rigid body transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate
displacements resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center of
gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving each of the the three
masses its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using the directional
mass effects. The axes about which the inertial terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these
axes are those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the
term "center of gravity." If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses. the three
masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia terms
will intersect at the center of gravity.
The actual computation proceeds in four parts:
T
1. Computation of the [ D ] matrix: six vectors are formed that will describe the six motions about
the reference point. The matrix [ D ] is formed from the vectors that describe rigid body
displacements in global coordinates in terms of the six unit displacements and rotations in basic
coordinates at the reference point
[ ug ] = [ D ] [ uo ] (reference point)
(4-29)
Method of Generation
Each grid point is considered in order. If it is a scalar point, zero is stored in each of the six
columns of [ D ] . If it is a grid point,
r1

{ ri } = { Ri } { Ro } = r2

r3
(4-30)
is computer where { R i } is the basic coordinate of the i-th grid point given in the BGPDT table
and { R o } is the location of the reference point.
The transformation matrix to the grid point
r3 r2
[ Tr ] = r3 0
r1
(4-31)
r2 r1 0
is formed. GPWG calculates the 3x3 transformation matrix [ T i ] from the global coordinates to
basic coordinates for the grid point. The matrix
Main Index
978
GPWG
Ti Ti Tr
[d] =
(4-32)
0 Ti
is computed. The rows of [ d ] form the columns of [ D ] . The matrix [ D ] is generated a column
at a time and packed out onto a scratch file.
T
2. If all points were scalar point, GPWG returns; otherwise, form [ D ] from [ D ] .
3. [ M o ] is computed
T
[ M 0 ] = [ D ] [ M gg ] [ D ]
(4-33)
4. Compute output quantities:

M o is partitioned
t
tr
[ Mo ] M M
rt
r
M M
(4-34)
The matrix is symmetric, where the superscripts

respectively.
t and r refer to translation and rotation,
A check is made for inconsistent scalar masses. Let

t 2
( M ij )
(4-35)
and
t 2
( M ij ) where i j
(4-36)
If > 10 , the coordinates should be rotated. Otherwise [ S ] = [ I ] . If rotation is necessary,

t
the eigenvectors of [ M ] , e 1 , e 2 , and e 3 are determined by the Jacobi technique. Define
3
[ S ] = [ { e 1 }, { e 2 }, { e 3 } ]
The
[ S ] matrix is output. [ Mt ] ,
T
tr
tr
[M ] = [S] [M ][S]
[M ] = [S] [M ][S]
[M ] = [S] [M ][S]
Main Index
(4-37)
r
tr
[ M ] , and [ M ] are computed as follows:
(4-38)
(4-39)
(4-40)
GPWG 979
The following terms, defined in the principal axis system { e 1 } , { e 2 } , and { e 3 } , are calculated
and output. The mass terms are
t
M x = M 11
(4-41)
M y = M 22
(4-42)
M z = M 33
(4-43)
The "centers of gravity" are

tr
tr
tr
M 11
M 13
M 12
X x = --------, Y x = -----------, Z x = -------Mx
Mx
Mx
tr
tr
tr
M 23
M 22
M 21
X y = --------, Y y = --------, Z y = -----------My
My
My
tr
(4-44)
tr
(4-45)
tr
M 32
M 31
M 33
X z = -----------, Y z = --------, Z z = -------Mz
Mz
Mz
(4-46)
The inertias at the center of gravity relative to the principal mass axis are determined from
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
I 11 = M 11 M y Z y M z Y z
I 12 = I 21 = M 12 M z X z Y z
I 13 = I 31 = M 13 M y X y Z y
I 22 = M 22 M z X y M x Z x
I 22 = M 22 M z X z M x Z x
r
I 32 = I 23 = M 23 M x Y x Z x
2
I 33 = M 33 M x Y x M y X y
These terms form the symmetric matrix [ I ] .
Main Index
(4-47)
(4-48)
(4-49)
(4-50)
(4-51)
(4-52)
(4-53)
980
GPWG
For principal inertias, eigenvalues and eigenvectors are found such that
P
I 11 0
= [ Q ] [ I ] [ Q ]
T
0 I 22 0
(4-54)
0 I 33
where [ I ] is the same as [ I ] with sizes of the off-diagonal terms reversed. [ Q ] contains the
P
normalized eigenvectors (with the directions of the principal inertias), and the I ii are the
eigenvalues. The matrices [ S ] and [ Q ] are actually coordinate rotation matrices and show the
directions of the principal masses and inertias.
Remarks:
1. BGPDT and OGPWG cannot be purged. If MGG is purged or null, GPWG will return. CSTM
must be present if coordinate systems are used to define the location of one or more grid points.
MEDGE must be present if p-elements are present.
2. GPWG is identical to Option 7 in the VECPLOT module.
3. GPWG calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias of the general mathematical model
of the structure. The data are extracted from the [Mgg] matrix by using a rigid body
transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate displacements
resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
4. Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center
of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving for each of
the three masses, its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using
the directional mass effects.
The axes about which the inertia terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these axes are
those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the term
"center of gravity". If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses, the three
masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia
terms will intersect at the center of gravity.
Main Index
GUST 981
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
GUST
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis that are associated with aerodynamic flow.
Format:
GUST
CASECC,DLT,FRL,DIT,QHJL,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,ACPT,
CSTMA,PHF,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PHF1,WJ,QHJK,PFP/
S,N,NOGUST/BOV/MACH/Q $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DLT
FRL
DIT
QHJL
Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
ACPT
CSTMA

g-set and ks-set grid points.
PHF
Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal).
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous

damping effects
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
PHF1
Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with gust
loads.
WJ
Gust matrix.
982
GUST
QHJK
PFP
Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust loads.
Parameters:
NOGUST
Output-integer-no default. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist;

otherwise set to 1.
BOV
Input-real-default=0.0. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.
MACH
Input-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.
Remarks:
1. If DIT is purged, GUST will return (setting NOGUST = - 1).

2. CSTMA may be purged.
3. Often the shape (time dependence) of the gust is unknown, except for certain statistical
information, e.g., power spectral density and RMS value. In these cases the GUST module must
create frequency-dependent loads. Sometimes the gust shape is specified as a function of time,
which will be analyzed by Fourier transform techniques. Then the frequency dependent loads are
calculated by Fourier transform.
The value of the load is calculated from the downwash distribution. The calculation involves the
aerodynamic formulation. For all methods (except strip theory) the downwash is a part of the
aerodynamic theory used in the AMG-AMP modules. The downwash is associated with the j-set,
which corresponds to the Ajj matrix. The loads are computed from the downwash using
aerodynamic matrices.
The downwash to be provided comes from a simple model of the atmosphere. The velocity is
vertical (in the z-direction of the aerodynamic coordinate system), and appears (to an observer) in
the airplane coordinates to sweep back toward the +x direction. This implies that the downwash
vector has two properties:
It is proportional to the cosine of the dihedral angle for any panel.
There is a time delay of amount X/U for the arrival at any point. (X is streamwise coordinate.)
Main Index
GUSTLDW 983
Computes downwash load due to gust
GUSTLDW
Computes downwash load due to gust
Computes downwash load due to gust.

Format:
GUSTLDW
EDT,AERO,CSTMA,MKLIST,AEBGPDT*,SKJ,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QKGUST*/
GUST2ID/S,N,QKGUSTL $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT

solver. Also ontains SET1 entries.
AERO
CSTMA
Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set +

ks-set grid points.
MKLIST
MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.
AEBGPDT*
Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables.
SKJ
Integration matrix.
LAJJT
UAJJT
Output Data Blocks:
QKGUST*
Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices qualified bu reduced

frequency, mach number, and gust rotation.
Parameters:
GUST2ID
Input-integer-no default. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.
QKGUSTL
Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag.

TRUE : QKGUST* was created.
FALSE: QKGUST* was not created.
Main Index
984
GYROLD
Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
GYROLD
Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
Format:
GYROLD
CASECC,CSTM,BGPDT,SLT,KGGG*/
PJR,UNUSED/
GYLDOPT/LOADID/RFORSCAL/RACCSCAL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
CSTM
BGPDT
SLT
Static loads (RFORCE and LOAD entries).
KGGG*
Family of gyroscopic matrices qualified by RGYRO identification number.
Output Data Blocks:
PJR
Gyroscopic static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and
applied to its interior points only.
UNUSED
Unused and may be unspecified.
Parameters:
GYLDOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Static gyroscopic load generation option:

1
Compute the load for statics rotordynamics
Compute the coriolis matrix for dynamic analysis with static subcase
(rotordynamics in rotating coordinates).
LOADID
Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current

subcase.
RFORSCAL
Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the loads defined in the RFORCE

record.
RACCSCAL
Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the RACC value in the RFORCE

record.
Remark:
Determine in which subcases RGYRO and RFORCE are referenced and then make a kvector for
each subcase from the entries KGGG and the rotation vector from the RFORCE entry.
Main Index
IFP 985
Reads Bulk Data Section
IFP
Reads in the Bulk Data and outputs the finite element model in table form.
Format:
IFP
BULK/
GEOM1,EPT,MPT,EDT,DIT,DYNAMIC,GEOM2,
GEOM3,GEOM4,EPTA,PCOMPT,MATPOOL,AXIC,PVT,DMI,
DMINDX,DTI,DTINDX,DEFUSET,EDOM,DEQATN,DEQIND,
CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED25/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/
S,N,RUNIFP5/S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/
S,N,RUNIFP9/SEID/S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10/
S,N,RUNIFBS2 $
Input Data Block:
BULK
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM1
EPT
MPT
EDT

DIT
DYNAMICS
GEOM2
points.
GEOM3
GEOM4

EPTA
UNUSED11
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat

transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
986
IFP
AXIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydroelastic, and
acoustic cavity analysis.
PVT
Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry images.
DMI
Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries.
DMINDX
Index into DMI.
DTI
Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries.
DTlNDX
Index into DTI.
DEFUSET
Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images.
EDOM
DEQATN
DEQIND
CONTACT
Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions.
OINT
UNUSED25
Parameters:
NOGOIFP
Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected.
RUNIFPi
Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is

required.
SEID
Integer-input-default=-1. Superelement identification number.
RUNMEPT
Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module execution

is required.
RUNIFBS2
Logical-output-default-FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPBSH2 module execution

is required.
Remarks:
1. IFP does not stop on error detection, therefore, the DMAP sequence must contain a statement to
terminate the run. For example,
IF (NOGOIFP) EXIT$
2. IFP must appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence after the IFP1 and XSORT modules and
before any other module.
Example:
Read the Bulk Data Section and update applicable records for acoustic, hydroelastic, hyperelastic,
composite beam and shell, axisymmetric, and beam library analyses.
IFP
Main Index
iBULK/
IFP 987
GEOM1.0,EPT.0,MPT.0,IEDT,IDIT,IDYNAMIC,
GEOM2.0,GEOM3.0,GEOM4.0,EPTA,IPCOMPT.0,
MTPOL.0,IAXIC,IPVT,IDMI,IDMINDX,IDTI,IDTINDX,
DEFUSET,IEDOM,IDEQATN,IDEQIND,CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED2/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/S,N,RUNIFP5/
S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/S,N,RUNIFP9//
S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10 $
$
PVT
IPVT,iCASECC/ $ RESOLVE PARAMETER VALUES SET IN CASE CONTROL
$
IF ( RUNIFP3 ) THEN $
IFP3
IAXIC/GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM3,GEOM4.3/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
GEOM1.0/GEOM1.3/-1 $
EQUIVX
GEOM2.0/GEOM2.3/-1 $
EQUIVX
GEOM3.0/iGEOM3 /-1 $
V
V.0/GEOM4.3/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP4
IAXIC,GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM4.3,MTPOL.0/
GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4,IGEOM4,IMATPOOL/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
GEOM1.3 /GEOM1.4/-1 $
EQUIVX
V2.3 /GEOM2.4/-1 $
EQUIVX
V4.3 /iGEOM4 /-1 $
EQUIVX
MTPOL.0/IMATPOOL/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP5
IAXIC,GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4/IGEOM1.5,IV2.5/
S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
GEOM1.4/iGEOM1.5/-1 $
EQUIVX
GEOM2.4/iGEOM2.5/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP8
MPT.0,IDIT/MPT.8/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
MPT.0/MPT.8/-1 $
Main Index
988
IFP1
Reads Case Control Section
IFP1
Reads the Case Control Section.

Format:
IFP1
/CASECC,PCDB,XYCDB,POSTCDB,FORCE,MMCDB/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC/S,N,BEGSUP/STEPPR $
Output Data Blocks:
CASECC
PCDB
XYCDB
POSTCDB
Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.
FORCE
Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the

OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field
information.
MMCDB
Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications.
Parameter:
NOGOIFP1
Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in the

Case Control Section.
LASTCC
Integer-output-default=0. Set to 2 if the last auxiliary model Case Control

Section is being processed.
BEGSUP
Logical-output-default=FALSE. BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if the

first Bulk Data Section begins with BEGIN SUPER instead of BEGIN
BULK.
STEPRR
Input-logical-default=FALSE. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to

TRUE if the STEP command is allowed in the current solution sequence.
QKGUSTL
Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag.

TRUE : QKGUST* was created
FALSE: QKGUST* was not created
Remarks:
1. IFP1 does not stop if an error is detected in the Case Control Section; therefore, the following
statement should appear after the module:
Main Index
IFP1 989
IF (NOGOIFP1) EXIT $
2. IFP1 may be executed only once and should appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence
before any other module.
Example:
Read multiple Case Control Sections in a loop. Each Case Control Section is prefaced with the
AUXCASE and AUXMODEL commands. The outputs from IFP1 are to be qualified on auxiliary model
DO WHILE ( LASTCC<>2 ) $
IFP1
/XCASECC,XPCDB,XXYCDB,XPOSTCDB,XFORCE/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC $
PARAML
XCASECC//'DTI'/1/258//S,N,AUXMID $
EQUIVX
XCASECC/CASEXX/-1 $
EQUIVX
XPCDB/PCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX
XXYCDB/XYCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX
XPOSTCDB/POSTCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX
XFORCE/FORCE/-1 $
ENDDO $
Main Index
990
IFP3
Modifies Bulk Data entry records
IFP3
Modifies Bulk Data entry records related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.
Format:
IFP3
AXIC/GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM3X,GEOM4X/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
Input Data Block:
AXIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to axisymmetric conical shell,

hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X
GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.
GEOM2X
GEOM3X
GEOM4X
Parameter:
NOGOIFP3
Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk

Data entries.
Remarks:
1. IFP3 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP3 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
2. IFP3 must appear after the IFP1 and before the IFP4 modules.
3. The axisymmetric Bulk Data entry records modified by IFP3 are:
Bulk Data
Entry Record
Main Index
Output Records
Output Data Blocks
AXIC
None
None
CCONEAX
CCONE
GEOM2
FORCEAX
FORCE
GEOM3
MOMAX
MOMENT
GEOM3
IFP3 991
Bulk Data
Entry Record
Output Records
Output Data Blocks
MPCAX
MPC
GEOM4
OMITAX
OMIT
GEOM4
POINTAX
MPC
GEOM4
GRID
GEOM1
PRESAX
PLOAD
GEOM3
RINGAX
SPC
GEOM4
GRID
GEOM1
MPC
GEOM4
GRID
GEOM1
SPCAX
SPC
GEOM4
SUPAX
SUPORT
GEOM4
TEMPAX
TEMP
GEOM3
SECTAX
4. The other Bulk Data entries recognized and processed by IFP3 are:
FORCE, GRAV, LOAD, MOMENT, TEMPD, TEMP, GRID,
MPCADD, OMIT, SEQGP, SPC, SPCADD, and SUPORT
Example
See the example in the IFP, 985 module description.
Main Index
992
IFP4
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP4
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records.

Format:
IFP4
AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,MATPOOL/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM4X,MATPOOLX/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
Input Data Blocks:
AXIC

GEOM1
GEOM2
points.
GEOM4

MATPOOL

Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X
GEOM1 table related to hydroelastic analysis.
GEOM2X
GEOM4X
MATPOOLX
MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis.
Parameter:
NOGOIFP4

Data entries.
Remarks:
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
Main Index
IFP4 993
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP4:
Bulk Data
Entry Record
Output Records
AXIF
None
None
BDYLIST
Various
MATPOOLX
CFLUID2
CFLUID2
GEOM2X
CFLUID3
CFLUID3
GEOM2X
CFLUID4
CFLUID4
GEOM2X
FLSYM
Various
MATPOOLX
FREEPT
SPOINT
GEOM2X
MPC
GEOM4X
CFSMASS
GEOM2X
SPC
GEOM4X
GRIDB
GRID
GEOM1X
PRESPT
SPOINT
GEOM2X
MPC
GEOM4X
GRID
GEOM1X
SEQGP
GEOM1X
DMIG
MATPOOLX
FSLIST
RINGFL
DMIAX
Example:
Main Index
Output Data Blocks
994
IFP5
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP5
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records.

Format:
IFP5
AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X/S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
Input Data Blocks:
AXIC

GEOM1
GEOM2
points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X
GEOM1 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.
GEOM2X
GEOM2 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.
Parameter:
NOGOIFP5

Data entries.
Remarks:
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP5:
Input Record
Main Index
Input Data Block
Output Record
Output Data Block
AXSLOT
AXIC
None
None
CAXIF2
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
CAXIF3
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
IFP5 995
Input Record
Input Data Block
Output Record
CSLOT3
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
CSLOT4
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
CAXIF4
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
GRIDF
AXIC
GRID
GEOM1X
GRIDS
AXIC
GRID
GEOM1X
SLBDY
AXIC
CELAS2
GEOM2X
Example:
Main Index
Output Data Block
996
IFP6
Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
IFP6
Create PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PCOMP and MAT8 bulk data
entry records.
Format:
IFP6
EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC,PCOMPTC/
S,N,NOGOIFP6/S,N,NOCOMP/DSFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in particular,

PSHELL and PCOMP entries.
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in particular,

MAT2 and MAT8 entries.
DIT
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTC
Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL

records.
MPTC
Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2

records.
PCOMPTC
Parameter:
Main Index
NOGOIFP6

Data entries.
NOCOMP
Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data entry

records are found.
DSFLAG
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for

design sensitivity job.
IFP6 997
Remarks:
2. IFP6 must appear after the IFP and before the IFP7 modules.
Example:
Main Index
998
IFP7
Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP7
Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Create PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBCOMP Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP7
GEOM2,EPT,MPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP7 $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM2
points.
EPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in particular,

PBCOMP entries.
MPT
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX
Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PBEAM

records.
Parameter:
NOGOIFP7

Data entries.
Remarks:
Example:
Main Index
IFP8 999
Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records
IFP8
Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records
Create MATHP Bulk Data entry records based upon data on the TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records for
use in hyperelastic analysis.
Format:
IFP8
MPT,DIT/MPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
Input Data Blocks:
MPT
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
MPTX
Copy of MPT except applicable MATHP records are updated to include

referenced TABLSE1 Bulk Data entry information
Parameter:
NOGOIFP8

Data entries.
Remarks:
3. IFP8 modifies the MATHP Bulk Data entry records using least squares fitting of experimental
data referenced on TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records to analytically obtained solutions.
Example:
Main Index
1000
IFP9
Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP9
Create PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBARL and PBEAML Bulk Data
entry records.
Format:
IFP9
EPT,GEOM1,EDT,GEOM2/EPTX,PBRMS/S,N,NOGOIFP9/
ARBMPS/ARBMFEM $
Input Data Block:
EPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in particular,

PBARL and PBEAML entries.
GEOM1
EDT

GEOM2
points.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX
Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are replaced by

equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records
PBRMS
Parameter:
NOGOIFP9

Data entries.
ARBMPS
Input-logical-default-FALSE.
ARBMFEM
Input-logical-default-FALSE.
Remarks:
2. IFP9 must appear after the IFP modules.
Main Index
IFP9 1001
Example:
See the example in the module description of IFP, 985.
Main Index
1002
IFP10
Converts IFP tables for topology optimization
IFP10
Converts IFP tables for topology optimization
Construct new GEOM2, EPT, and MPT tables based upon data supplied by the TOPVAR
entry for topology optimization.
Format:
IFP10
GEOM2,EPT,MPT,EDOM/
GEOM2T,EPTT,MPTT,TOPTAB,TOPELE/
S,N,NOGOIF10 $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM2
points.
EPT
MPT
EDOM
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM2T
GEOM2 updated for topology optimization.
EPTT
EPT updated for topology optimization.
MPTT
MPT updated for topology optimization.
TOPTAB
Table containing topologically-designed properties.
TOPELE
Table containing topologically-designed elements.
Parameter:
NOGOIF10
Main Index
Output-logical-default=false. Set TRUE for an error is detected in the Bulk

Data entries.
IFPINDX 1003
Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number
IFPINDX
Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number
Creates an index, keyed by identification number for any IFP table.

Format:
IFPINDX
/IFPDB $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
IFPDB
Any table data block output by modules IFP, IFPi, MODEPT,

MODGM2, and MODGM4.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. IFPDB must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.

2. IFPDB must contain a key word in the first word of each tuple of the ifp header word. Currently
only fixed length Bulk Data entries are supported.
Main Index
1004
IFPBSH2
Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries
IFPBSH2
Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries
Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries.

Format:
IFPBSH2
EPT,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND//S,N,NOGOIFB2 $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT
DIT
DEQATN
Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images
DEQIND
Index table to DEQATN
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
NOGOIFB2
Main Index
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the

PBUSH2D Bulk Data entries.
IFT 1005
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
IFT
Performs an inverse Fourier transform to convert the frequency response solution matrix to the time
domain.
Format:
IFT
UXF,CASECC,TRL,FOL/
UXT,TOL/
IFTM $
Input Data Blocks:
UXF
CASECC
TRL
FOL
Output Data Blocks:
UXT
Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set.
TOL
Transient response time output list.
Parameters:
IFTM
Input-integer-default=1. Fourier transform method.
0
1
2
Constant
Piecewise linear (default)
Cubic spline
Purpose:
The purpose of this module is to obtain solutions versus time for frequency response for which the forces
are only known as functions of frequency.
The definition of the inverse transform is
Main Index
1006
IFT
1
it
u i ( t ) = --- Re [ u i ( )e ]d
(4-55)
where u ( ) is considered to be a known input (frequency response, and u ( t ) is the output (time
response). Several approximations will be used for evaluation of (4-55). A special algorithm is to be used
for equal s, which can result in savings of computation times. A special algorithm will be introduced
to provide for a cubic spline fit for u ( ) between the data points.
Method:
General Approach. The integral will be expressed as a finite sum. The input data block UXF has
one row for each mode, and a column (complex) for each frequency. The output UXT will have the same
number of rows, but with these columns for each time step. Frequencies and times have been selected via
standard FREQi and TSTEP Bulk Data entries. Each row of the input matrix is transformed into a row
of the output.
The basic sume is given by
NFREQ
1
u i ( t m ) = --
i t
Re [ { C mn u i ( n ) + D mn u i ( n ) }e n m ]
(4-56)
n=1
NFREQ
1
u i ( t m ) = --
Re [ i n { C mn u i ( n ) + D mn u i ( n ) }e
i n t m
(4-57)
n=1
NFREQ
1
ui ( t m ) = --
2
Re [ n { C mn u i ( n ) }e
i n t m
n=1
where:
m
n
Main Index
= 1, 2,...,NTIME
= 2 f n ( f = frequency )
u i ( n )
= the complex quantity in the i-th row and the n-th column of UHVF.
ui ( n )
= the second derivative, found by the method of splines.
(4-58)
IFT 1007
u i ( t n )
= the real quantity output on UHVT.
Re = "Real part of." Note: for efficiency ReCu = ReCu Reu Imc Imu
n n 1
n + 1 n
C mn = -------------------------- E 2 ( it m ( n n 1 ) ) + -------------------------- E 2 ( + it m ( n + 1 n ) )
2
2
3
D mn
(4-59)
( n + 1 n )
( n n 1 )
- G ( it m ( n n 1 ) ) ---------------------------------- G ( n + 1 n )
= -------------------------------24
24
(4-60)
The functions E 2 and G will be discussed later.

For the first , only the second term of C and D is used; and, for the last , only the first term is used.
Values for C and D .
If the frequency data have equal s,

6
( n n 1 ) ( 2 1 ) < 10 ( 2 1 )
then the special equal frequency intervals methods are to be used. Otherwise, the general case will be
assumed. In the sum, the following assuptions can be made
General
Equal , t
Parameter
IFTM
0
1
E 2 = 1 (for first if
E 2 = 1 ( 1 2 first, last
= 0, E 2 = 1 2 ).
D mn = 0 ).
D mn = 0
D mn = 0
C m = function of m , and
special for first, last .
2
C mn = 0
C m = (See (4-57).)
C m, D mn are functions of m ,
only. Special for first and last .
See (4-57) and (4-58).
For the equal , we will force 2 t m to be an integer multiplf of ( 2 t ) . Define integer

N = 2 ( t ) , rounded up. Then replace the users t by t = 2 N .
In the equal , t is given by
Main Index
1008
IFT
nm
n t m = nmt = 2 -------
N
(4-61)
A table for k = 0, ( N 1 ) will be made of
C k = cos ( 2k N )
(4-62)
S k = sin ( 2k N )
Then
i n t m
= C k + iS k
(4-63)
where
k =
Mod ( nm )
N
(4-64)
The table can be created with recurrence. For unequal , then
i n t m
= cos ( n t m ) + i sin ( n t m )
(4-65)
where the COS and SIN subroutines will be called.

The funtions E 2 and G will have special formulas depending upon the size of their argument.
1 cos
sin
-------------------------------------E 2 ( i ) =
+i
0
1 2
1 2
--
2
2
2
- + ------------------------ + + i --- ------------------ + -------------------- + < 0

= 1 --------
3 3 4 5 3 47
34 3456
G ( i ) = 2E 2 ( i ) E 4 ( i )
3
(4-69)
- + ----------.5 - +
- + ------------------------ + + i
--- ----------------= 1 -------- < 0
56 5678
5 5 6 7 59
Main Index
(4-67)
(4-68)
----- 1 + cos ----- + sin

6
2
- 0
E 4 ( i ) = -------------------------------- + ------------------------------4
4
---------24
24
2
(4-66)
(4-70)
IFT 1009
0 = 0.1 . The alternating series is continued until the last term computed is less than 10
When IFTM = 2, a spline fit must be made to solve for u . This will be done by a backward and forward
pass over the frequencies . The same method is used for equal or unequal . On the initializing
backward pass, compute real A n ( n = NFREQ 1, , 2 ) .
N NFREQ = 0
( n n 1 )
A N = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 ( n + 1 n 1 ) ( n + 1 n )A n + 1
(4-71)
For each row, do a backward and forward pass. The B n and u ( n ) can be stored in the same locations.
The backward pass:
B NFREQ = 0
BN
u n + 1 u n u n u n 1
6 ------------------------- ------------------------- ( n + 1 n )A n + 1 B n + 1
n + 1 n n n 1
= --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------n n 1
(4-72)
n = ( NFREQ 1 ), , 3, 2
(real and imaginary)
The forward pass:
u 2 u 1
6 ------------------- ( 2 1 )A 2 B 2
2 1
u ( 1 ) = ----------------------------------------------------------------- Real Part

6 1 + ( 2 1 ) ( 2 A 2 )
0
Imaginary Part
Then continue for 2, , NFREQ .
u ( n ) = A n ( B n u n 1 )
Main Index
(4-73)
1010
ILMP1
Creates unit displacement matrix
ILMP1
Creates unit displacement matrix
Creates a unit displacement matrix on those DOFs that contribute to the monitored components. This
matrix will be G-set size rows by contributed DOF in columns. Also creates a CASECC table associated
with the columns of the unit displacement matrix and the g-set size column partitoning vector that mark
the contributing DOF's.
Format:
ILMP1
EST,BGPDT,EDT,EDT0/
CASEUNIT,UNITDISP,UNITPV,EDTM/
S,N,NCOLUNIT $
Input Data Blocks:
EST
BGPDT
EDT

EDT0
Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged into EDTM.
Output Data Blocks:
CASEUNIT
Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit displacements. In

addition, the monitor points will be expressed as various sets of output
depending on what is being monitored.
UNITDISP
Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a unit displacement at a

degree-of-freedom. Only degrees-of-freedom which participate in the union
of all monitor points will contain a unit displacement. UNITDISP has LUSET
number of columns.
UNITPV
Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit displacement is
requested. (All 6 degrees-of-freedom will be assumed to contribute).
EDTM
Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records.
Parameters:
NCOLUNIT
Main Index
Output-integer-default=-1. Number of unit displacement columns written. If

NCOLUNIT<=0 then none were written.
ILMP2 1011
Creates output transformation matrix
ILMP2
Creates output transformation matrix
Creates the output transformation matrix for a particular OFP table type.
Format:
ILMP2
EDT,OFP12,OFP22,OFP32/
OTMT,RLABEL/
NCOLMNP2 $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT

solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Specifically, this module reads the
MONITOR2 record.
OFPi2
Output table in SORT2 format.
Output Data Blocks:
OTMT
Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each column of the matrix

will be associated with a single ILMP (and labeled in RLABEL). The rows
will be the partition of g-set size DOFs that are contributing (CP defined).
RLABEL
Monitor point label for each column in OTMT.
Parameters:
NCOLMNP2
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated with the

MONPNT2 entries.
1012
ILMPGPF
ILMPGPF
Filters the grid point force output table according to the MONPNT3 entries down to a single monitor
point.
Format:
ILMPGPF
MP3GPF,EDT,BGPDT,CSTM,OGPFB1/
GPFMAT/
NDDLNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
MP3GPF
Table of monitor point type-3 responses.
EDT

MONPNT3 and SET1 records.
BGPDT
CSTM
OGPFB1
Output Data Block:
GPFMAT
Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase and each
row is one component of the monitored forces.
Parameter:
NDDLNAME
Main Index
Input-character-default='OGF'. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data block.
INDXBULK 1013
Indexes the Bulk Data table
INDXBULK
Indexes the Bulk Data table
Indexes the Bulk Data table.

Format:
INDXBULK
BULK/BULKINDX $
Input Data Blocks:
BULK
Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.
Output Data Blocks:
BULKINDX
Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
1. INDXBULK only indexes the CORDij, GRID and QSETi records.
Main Index
1014
INPUTT2
Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT2
Recovers up to five tables or matrices from a FORTRAN unit. This unit may have been written either by
a FORTRAN program or by the companion module OUTPUT2.
Format:
INPUTT2
/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/
S,N,HNAME1/S,N,HNAME2/S,N,HNAME3/S,N,HNAME4/
S,N,HNAME5/S,N,DBKNT/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5 $
Output Data Blocks:
DBi
Main Index
Data blocks to be input from the FORTRAN unit.
INPUTT2 1015
Parameters:
ITAPE
Input-integer-default = 0. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before

INPUTT2 attempts to extract any data blocks. The following controls are
available.
ITAPE Value
Action
+n
Skip forward n data blocks before reading.
Data blocks are read starting at the current position.
-1 or -11
Rewind before reading and position tape past label

(LABL), if any.
-3 or -13
Print data block names, rewind before reading, and

position tape past label, if any.
-5 or -15
Search and output first occurrence of DBi. If none are

found, then a fatal warning message is issued.
-6 or -16
Search and output final occurrence of DBi. If none are

found, then a fatal is issued.
-7 or -17
Search and output first occurrence of DBi. If none are

found, then a warning is issued.
-8 or -18
Search and output final occurrence of DBi. If none are

found, then a warning is issued.
IUNIT
Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number from which

the data blocks are to be read. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended.
LABL
Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is the label on the

FORTRAN unit. A check of the label may or may not be performed based on
the value of ITAPE as indicated in the following table.
ITAPE Value
Main Index
Tape Label Checked?
+n
NO
NO
-1
YES
-3
YES
-5
YES
-6
YES
1016
INPUTT2
ITAPE Value
Tape Label Checked?
-7
YES
-8
YES
-11
NO
-13
NO
-15
NO
-16
NO
-17
NO
-18
NO
HNAMEi
on the Fortran unit.
'. Data block name found in the header of DBi
DBKNT
Output-integer-default=0. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT.

DBKNT is only computed under ITAPE= -3 or -13.
NDDLNAMi
Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1 through

DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'.
Used only to read unformatted (binary) Fortran files created on non-native
computers.
Remarks:
1. Any or all of the output data blocks may be purged. Only nonpurged data blocks will be taken
from the tape. The data blocks will be taken sequentially from the tape starting from a position
determined by the value of the first parameter. Note that the output data block sequence A,B,,, is
the same as ,A,,B, or ,,,A,B.
2. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Certain
FORTRAN units are reserved, see Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014
Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units.
3. Data blocks will be read from the FORTRAN unit in either binary or neutral format, depending
upon the FORM option of the ASSIGN FMS statement. If no ASSIGN FMS statement is
specified, then binary input is assumed.
4. The format of the FORTRAN binary file is given in the OUTPUT2 description
5. Factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13 and 15) cannot be processed by INPUTT2.
Main Index
INPUTT4 1017
Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT4
Reads an ASCII or binary file from a FORTRAN unit and creates a matrix suitable for input to other
modules. OUTPUT4 module output may also be used as input.
Format:
INPUTT4
/M1,M2,M3,M4,M5/NMAT/IUNIT/ITAPE/UNUSED4/BIGMAT $
Output Data Blocks:
Mi
Matrices
Parameters:
NMAT
Input-integer-default=1. NMAT is the number of matrices that have been

written on the user-supplied unit. Must be less than or equal to 5.
IUNIT
Input-integer-no default. The value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number

on which the user-supplied matrix was written.
ITAPE
Input-integer-default=-1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before

INPUTT4 tries to extract any matrices as follows:
ITAPE
Action
None.
-1
Rewind IUNIT before read.
-2
Rewind IUNIT at end.
-3
Both.
UNUSED4
BIGMAT
Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT = FALSE selects the format that

uses a string header as described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more
than 65535 rows, then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE regardless
of the value specified.
Remarks:
1. Each matrix is read from IUNIT according to its ASSIGN FMS statement, and the BIGMAT as
shown in the remarks of the OUTPUT4 description.
Main Index
1018
INPUTT4
2. Each real or complex matrix must have been written on IUNIT according to the format below.
For example, in the nonsparse format and binary format (ASSIGN FORM=UNFORMATTED),
each matrix could be created (assumed on FORTRAN unit 8) as follows:

Record 1-four word record
WRITE(8) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE
Record 2,3,etc.
WRITE(8) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)
If the ASCII format (ASSIGN FORM=FORMATTED) and the nonsparse format is desired, then
each matrix must be created as follows:
Record 1
100
Record 2, 3, etc.
WRITE(8,100) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE
FORMAT(4I8)
WRITE(8,200) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)
200
FORMAT(3I8,(1P,5E16.9))
The format for X(I) above must be (1P,rEw.d),
where d is the number of digits in the fractional part, w must be greater than d+7, and r is the
integer part of 80/w.
The MSC Nastran "util" directory contains a utility subroutine called MAKIDS in a file called
mattst.f (or .for) which will write a matrix into the format suitable for INPUTT4. See Building
and Using MATTST (p. 240) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and Operations Guide.
Zero terms must be explicitly present from the first nonzero in any column to the last nonzero
term unless the sparse matrix option is used.
Null columns need not be input (they will be properly handled if they are input).
3. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a
proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. If the ASSIGN statement is not provided, then the
format of the matrices on IUNIT is assumed to be nonsparse and binary. The ASCII format
requires an ASSIGN FMS statement with the FORM = FORMATTED option. Certain
FORTRAN units are reserved, see Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014
Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units.
4. The memory required is from the first nonzero entry in the column to the last nonzero entry.
5. Factor matrices from DECOMP and DCMP (matrix forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be
processed by INPUTT4.
Main Index
INTERR 1019
Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum
INTERR
Generates modal components of base motion from a response

spectrum
Generates the modal components of base motion from a response spectrum.

Format:
INTERR
CASECC,DIT,DYNAMIC,ZETAH,FN,SPECSEL,PSI/
UHR/
CLOSE/OPTION $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DIT
DYNAMIC
ZETAH
Mass-normalized damping.
FN
Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness).
SPECSEL
Response spectra input correlation table.
PSI
Modal partitioning factor matrix.
Output Data Block:
UHR
Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis.
Parameters:
CLOSE
Input-real-no default. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the

OPTION='ABS' method, close natural frequencies will be summed if the natural
frequencies satisfy:
fi+1 < CLOSE * fi
OPTION
Main Index
Input-character-no default. Response summation method for scaled response spectra

analysis only. Possible values are:
'ABS'
Absolute.
'SRSS'
Square root of the sum of the squares.
'NRL'
Naval Research Laboratory (new).
'NRLO'
Naval Research Laboratory (old).
1020
INTERR
Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum
Remark:
Only FN may be purged, in which case INTERR returns.
Main Index
ISHELL 1021
Invokes an external program
ISHELL
Invokes an external program.

Format:
ISHELL
//PRGNAME/S,N,IRTN/NOINT/NOREAL/NOCMPX/NOCHAR/
NOUNIT/INT1 /INT2 /INT3 /INT4 /
REAL1/REAL2/REAL3/REAL4/
CMPX1/CMPX2/CMPX3/CMPX4/
CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4/
IUNIT1/IUNIT2/IUNIT3/IUNIT4
$
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
PRGNAME
Input-character-no default. Name of external program.
IRTN
Output-integer-default=0. External program return code.

-1 indicates failure.
NOINT
Input-integer-default=0. Number of integer value inputs.
NOREAL
Input-integer-default=0. Number of real value inputs.
NOCMPX
Input-integer-default=0. Number of complex value inputs.
NOCHAR
Input-integer-default=0. Number of character value inputs.
NOUNIT
Input-integer-default=0. Number of Fortran input units.
INTi
Input-integers-default=0. Integer values.
REALi
Input-real-default=-1.0. Real values.
CMPXi
Input-complex-default=(-1.0,0.0). Complex values.
CHARi
Input-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character values.
IUNITi
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit numbers.
1022
ISHELL
Remarks:
1. The external program identified by PRGNAME will be passed arguments from MSC Nastran as
specified by the ISHELL parameters. The external program can be either a shell script or an
executable program. It can either mimic an internal module or provide any user-defined
functionality that requires access to MSC Nastran's data structures.
2. MSC Nastran remains in a "wait" state until the external program is completed.
3. OUTPUT2, OUTPUT4, INPUTT2 and INPUTT4 modules are required to pass tables and/or
matrices into the external program.
4. The name of external program must be uppercase and limited to 8 characters.
5. The unit numbers must have associated ASSIGN statements. Based on the ASSIGN statements,
the module will automatically pass the physical filenames associated with unit numbers to the
external program. These filenames are passed at the positions 31 through 34.
6. Errors encountered in ISHELL will not terminate the MSC Nastran execution. To help debug
errors in ISHELL, diagnostic messages may be requested on the nastran command line with
"symbol=MSCBGN=ishelln"; where n can be integer value 1 to 9 with 1 giving the lowest level
of verboseness and 9 giving the highest.
7. IRTN=-1 indicates a failure during invocation of PRGNAME. It is not related to errors
encountered within the invoked script or executable. For example, PRGNAME cannot be found
or does not have execute permission.
8. You will need a utility program to parse the arguments for your external program. For example,
use set -A argarray "$@" or a similar technique.
9. The FORTIO module must be used with ISHELL to OPEN and CLOSE FORTRAN units
referenced by the external program.
Example:
Invoke user executable DOITPGM:

ISHELL //'DOITPGM' $
Main Index
LAMX 1023
Eigenvalue Table Editor
LAMX
Modifies, creates, or converts to matrices the LAMA (real eigenvalues) and CLAMA (complex
eigenvalues) tables.
Formats:
Modify LAMA:
LAMX
EMAT, LAMA/LAMAX/NLAM/RESFLG
Create LAMA from a matrix:
LAMX
FREQMASS,/LAMA/NLAM/RESFLG $
Convert LAMA into a matrix:
LAMX
,,LAMA/LMAT/-1/RESFLG $
Create CLAMA from a matrix:
LAMX
CLAMMAT,/CLAMA/-1 $
Convert CLAMA into a matrix:
LAMX
,,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $
Generate new LAMA table based on diagonals of a stiffness and mass matrix:
LAMX
KXX,MXX/LAMAX,LAMMAT/-3/RESFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
EMAT
Matrix of editing parameters. See Remark 1.
LAMA
FREQMASS
Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses. See Remark 2.
1024
LAMX
CLAMA
CLAMMAT
Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal.
KXX
Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually generalized.
MXX
Mass matrix in any set. Usually generalized.
Output Data Blocks:
LAMAX
Modified LAMA table.
LAMA
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table created from FREQMASS.
LMAT
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix. See Remark

3.
CLAMMAT
LAMMAT
Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.
Parameters:
NLAM
Integer-input-default=0. The maximum number of modes in the output data

block LAMAX. If NLAM = 0, the number of modes in LAMAX will be the same
as that of LAMA or FREQMASS. If NLAM = -1, the matrix LMAT is produced
instead.
RESFLG
Integer-input-default=0. Subheading print flag used by the OFP module for

residual vector eigenvalues.
1
2
0
Print BEFORE AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS".

Print AFTER AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS.
No print.
Remarks:
1. The EMAT matrix has three rows and one column for each mode which are used to modify the
frequency and generalized mass.
Number of Modes
R 1j
R 2j
R 3j
If R 3j 0 then the frequency
Main Index
LAMX 1025
and generalized mass

m
0
j
will be extracted from LAMA and modified accordingly:

Frequency: f j
= R ij + ( 1.0 + R 2j )f
0
j
R 1j = shift and R 2j = 1.0
Fixed shift:
R 1j = 0.0 and R 2j = fraction
Fractional change:
Generalized mass:
R 3j ( if R 3j > 0 )
mj = 0
m j ( if R 3 = 0 )
Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are based on the modified frequency and
generalized mass:
radians:
j = 2f j
eigenvalue:
j =
2
j
generalized stiffness:
Kj = j mj
If R 3j = 1 , then mode j is not copied to LAMAX.

If R 1j = 0 , R 2j = 0 and R 3j = 0 , then mode j is copied from LAMA to LAMAX without
modification.
2. The FREQMASS matrix has three rows and one column for each mode. The first row contains
the frequencies and the third row contains the generalized masses. The second row is null. Then
eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are computed as in Remark 3.
Number of Modes
fj
0.0
mj
Main Index
1026
LAMX
3. In the LMAT matrix each row corresponds to a mode. Each column corresponds to eigenvalue,
radians, frequency, generalized mass, and generalized stiffness.
5
i i fi Mi ki
Number of
Modes
4. Under NLAM=-3:
a. The frequency is computed:
diag (KXX)
Freq = 0.5 Pi ---------------------------------diag (MXX)
b. KXX and MXX may be vectors.
c. If a diagonal in MXX is null then the corresponding entry in LAMA table will be null.
d. If MXX is purged then an identity matrix is assumed.
e. If KXX is purged the module returns with no output.
f. LAMAX or LAMMAT may be purged.
Examples:
1. For LAMA (real) tables:

Assume that 10 modes are defined in the LAMA table. It is now desired to modify the frequency
data of the LAMA table in the following way:

Mode(s)
1 through 3
Main Index
Desired Modification
DMl Format for EMAT
none
---
multiply f 4 by 0.8
DMI,EMAT,4,2,-0.2
none
---
delete
DMI,EMAT,6,3,-1.0
replace f 7 by 173.20
DMI,EMAT,7,1,173.20,-1.0
replace m8 by 2.98
DMI,EMAT,8,3,2.98
LAMX 1027
Mode(s)
Desired Modification
DMl Format for EMAT
none
---
10
delete
DMI,EMAT,10,3,-1.0
The DMI header record entry is also required: DMI,EMAT,0,2,1,1,,3,10

The DMAP is:
DMIIN
DMI,DMINDX/EMAT,,,,,,,,, $
LAMX
EMAT,LAMA/LAMB/9 $
EQUIVX LAMB/LAMA/ALWAYS $
Create a LAMB table with f j = 10.0, 20,0, 30.0, 40, and m j = 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 2.0.
DMI,
DMI,
DMI,
DMI,
DMI,
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
0,
1,
2,
3,
4,
2,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1, 1,
10.0,
20.0,
30.0,
40.0,
, 3, 4
00, 1.0
0.0, 1.0
0.0, 1.0
0.0, 2.0
The DMAP is:

DMIIN
LAMX
OFP
DMI,DMINDX/,,,,,,,,,$
FREQMASS,/LAMB $
LAMB//$
Generate a matrix LMAT from a LAMA table.
The DMAP is:

LAMX, ,LAMA/LMAT/-1 $
2. For CLAMA (complex) tables:
Create a CLAMA table with eigenvalues -1.0, -1.0, -2.0, -2.0, and -3.0, +1.0.
The DMI data for CLAMMAT would be:

DMI,
DMI,
DMI,
DMI,
CLAMMAT,
CLAMMAT,
CLAMMAT,
CLAMMAT,
0,6,3,3, ,3,3
1,1,-1.0,-1.0
2,2, -2.0, -2.0
3,3, -3.0, +1.0
The DMAP is:

DMIIN
LAMX
DMI,DMINDX/CLAMMAT,,,,,,,,,/$
CLAMMAT,/CLAMB/-1 $
Generate a matrix CLAMMAT from a CLAMA table.
The DMAP is:

LAMX, ,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $
Main Index
1028
LANCZOS
Performs real eigenvalue analysis
LANCZOS
Performs real eigenvalue analysis on real symmetric mass and stiffness matrices using the Lanczos
method for the eigensolution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also
designed and implemented to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked
computers.
Format:
LANCZOS
KGG,MGG,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,DYNAMIC,INVEC/
PHG,MI,LAMA,LAMMAT,QG,QMG/
FORMAT/NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/EPSORTH/
SID/F1/F2/NDES/MSGLVL/
MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/EPSNO/NOQG/
NOQMG $
Input Data Blocks:
KGG
MGG
Mass matrix in g-set.
RMG
CASECC
USET
CSTM
CASECC
EQEXIN

numbers.
SIL
Scalar index list.
DYNAMIC
INVEC
Starting vector(s).
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
PHG
LAMA
LAMMAT
Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal.
MI
Modal mass matrix.
LANCZOS 1029
QG
QMG
Parameters:
FORMAT
Input-character-no default. Problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling

problems are not supported.
NEIGV
Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none

were found.
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the

METHOD set identification number.
FLUID
Input-logical-default=FALSE. METHOD command option (FLUID or

STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from
METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.
EPSORTH
Input-real-default=1.0E-10. Unused.
SID

If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD command
in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in
DYNAMICS.
If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1,
etc.) are ignored.
If SID<0, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be
used to control the eigenvalue extraction.
Main Index
F1
Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time.
F2
Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time. The
default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
NDES
Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is

repeated, then nDes + m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode) solutions
are found.
MSGLVL
Input-integer-default=1. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method

only.
0
No output.
Warning and fatal messages.
Summary output.
Detailed output on cost and convergence.
1030
LANCZOS
More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra

arithmetic to check on orthogonality.
MAXSET
Input-integer-default=7. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual
value of block size may be reduced depending on available memory and problem
size.
SHFSCL
Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL

must be greater than 0.0.
NORM
'. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default
(or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects
normalization by maximum displacement.
EPSNO
Input-integer-default=-1. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of

error checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the
first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater
than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are printed.
NOQG
Input-integer-default=1. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag.

Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no
computation.
NOQMG
Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag.

computation.
Remarks:
1. Buckling is not supported.

2. KGG and MGG must be real and symmetric.
3. INVEC may be purged.
4. QG and QMG are created only if USET is specified and NOQG and NOQMG are specified to 1.
Main Index
LCGEN 1031
Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries
LCGEN
Expands the Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries.
Format:
LCGEN
CASECC,SLT,ETT,DYNAMIC,GEOM4/
CASESX/
NSKIP/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
SLT
ETT
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry
images. LCGEN reads the RLOADi and TLOADi records to determine
unique DAREA identification numbers.
GEOM4

membership and rigid element connectivity. LCGEN matches the SPCD and
SPC identification numbers with TLOADi and RLOADi images for possible
enforced motion.
Output Data Block:
CASESX
Expanded Case Control table.
Parameters:
Main Index
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the

LOADSET set identification number.
APP
Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Specifies which records to use in creating

equivalent static loads from dynamic loads. Allowable types are:
blank
Not dynamics.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response -- use RLOADi record.
1032
LCGEN
Main Index
'TRANRESP'
Transient response -- use TLOADi record.
REIG
Real eigenvalue analysis -- use both RLOADi and TLOADi

record.
LMATPRT 1033
Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
LMATPRT
Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Prints the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity Analysis
only.
Format:
LMATPRT
DSCMR,DSROWL,DSCOLL//
DSZERO $
Input Data Blocks:
DSCMR
Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix.
DSROWL
Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.
DSCOLL
Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix,

DSCMR.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameter:
DSZERO
Main Index
Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the

absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient
will be printed.
M3DCONT1 Data preparation for contact

Prepares contact data for contact, including the glued contact.
Format:
M3DCONT1
CASECC, CONTACT, GEOM1, GEOM2, GEOM4, EPT, BGPDT,

CSTM, MPT, DIT, HRMSP/
ACTNOD, OGEOM1, OGEOM2, OFCON3D/
S,N,C3DFLG/UNUSED1/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/MRCMSG1/
MRCMSG5/MRCREVR/HEXIST/WRSTPHY $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Table of Case Control commands
CONTACT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to contact
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points
GEOM4

membership and rigid element connectivity
EPT
BGPDT
CSTM
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices
MPT
DIT
HRMSP
Table of Herrmann elements' Scalar Points
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
ACTNOD
Table of contact data, including active contact nodes and the glued contact
information
OGEOM1
Updated GEOM1 table
OGEOM2
Updated GEOM2 table
OFCON3D
Table of initial contact status information
MACOFP 1035
Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output
Parameters:
C3DFLG
Input/output-integer-no default.
As input:
C3DFLG=0; SOL 101 or SOL 400;
C3DFLG=1; Other solutions that run the glued contact.
As output:
C3DFLG=0; No contact is activated
C3DFLG=-1; Contact is activated
UNUSED1
Input-integer-default=0. Unused
UNUSED2
Input-character-default=PEID. Unused
UNUSED3
Input-integer-default=-1. Unused
MRCMSG1
Input-integer-default=0. Contact debugging parameter for touching, sliding and

separations of contact grids
MRCMSG5
Input-integer-default=0. Contact debugging parameter for touching, sliding and

separations of contact grids plus Marc T19 file
MRCREVR
Input-integer-default=0. Rigid body surface modification flag
HEXIST
Input-logical-no default. Flag for adaptive meshing
WRSTPHY
Input-integer-no default. Multi-physics flag
MACOFP
Creates a FORTRAN file containing selected output normally printed by the OFP module.
Format:
MACOFP
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7//
ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
Any table that is suitable for printing by the OFP module.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
1036
MACOFP
Parameters:
ITAPE
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit positioning option.

0
No action before write.
-1
Rewind before write.
-2
A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end.
-3
Rewind at start and end.
-4
Dismount old unit and mount new unit.
IUNIT
Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number.
UNUSED3
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Unused.
MAKAEFA 1037
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
MAKAEFA
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk

Data entries
Extracts data specified on the AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries that reference
UXVEC, DMIJ and DMIK Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MAKAEFA
EDT,MATPOOL,AECTRL,AEBGPDTJ*,AEBGPDTI*,AEBGPDTK*/
AEDWIDX,UXVW,AEDW,AEIDW,AEPRSIDX,UXVP,AEPRE,
AEIPRE,AEFIDX,UXVF,AEFRC/
MACHNO/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing DMIJ, DMIJI and DMIK entries.
AECTRL
AEBGPDTJ*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set aerodynamic degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTI*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set aerodynamic
degrees of freedom.
AEBGPDTK*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set aerodynamic degrees of
freedom.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
AEDWIDX
Index to the AEDW tables.
UXVW
Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries.
AEDW
Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by

the AEDW entries.
AEIDW
Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries

referenced by the AEDW entries.
AEPRSIDX
Index to the AEPRESS tables.
UXVP
Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data entries.
AEPRE
Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the
AEPRESS entries.
AEIPRE
Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries

referenced by the AEPRESS entries.
1038
MAKAEFA
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
AEFIDX
Index to the AEFORCE tables.
UXVF
Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data entries.
AEFRC
Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries referenced by the
AEFORCE entries.
Parameters:
MACH
SYMXZ
SYMXY
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MAKAEFS 1039
Generates an index and associated matrices
MAKAEFS
Generates an index and associated matrices
Generates an index and the associated matrices based on the AEFORCE Bulk Data entry with
MESH='STRUCT'.
Format:
MAKAEFS
EDT,AECRTL,SLT,PG/
AEDBIDX,UXVST,PGVST,PVPERQ/
MACH/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT
AECTRL
SLT
PG
Output Data Blocks:
AEDBIDX
Index table consisting of the triples.
UXVST
Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix.
PGVST
Static load vector matrix (g-set).
PVPERQ
Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be scaled by Q (=1)
and those that are absolute (=0).
Parameters:
MACH
SYMXZ
SYMXY
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1040
MAKAEMON
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points
MAKAEMON
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points and merges with previously defined monitor points if
present. Also generates a new full vehicle (COEF) monitor point.
Format:
MAKAEMON
AERO,EDT,AEMONOLD/
AEMONPT,MONITOR/
AECONFIG $
Input Data Blocks:
AERO
EDT
Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records, specifically

AESURF and AESURFS.
AEMONOLD
Table of HM monitor points.
Output Data Blocks:
AEMONPT
Table of aerodynamic monitor points (COEF and HM only).
MONITOR
Table of structural monitor points (COEF and HM only).
Parameters:
AECONFIG
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
Input-character-default='REFCSTOT'. Aerodynamic configuration.
MAKCOMP 1041
Extracts components from EDT
MAKCOMP
Extracts components from EDT
Extract components from EDT and merge with previously defined components if OLDCMP is present.
Format:
MAKCOMP
EDT,AECOMP,AECMPOLD/
AEROCOMP
/
STRUCOMP
MESH $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT

monitor and component input.
AECOMP
Aerodynamic component definition table (CAEROi Bulk Data entries).
AECMPOLD
Previously generated AECOMP.
Output Data Blocks:
AEROCOMP
Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'.
STRUCOMP
Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'.
Parameters:
MESH
Remarks:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
Input-character-no default. Mesh type.
1042
MAKENEW
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format
MAKENEW
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater)

format
Converts tables from their pre-Version 69 format to their Version 69 (or greater) format.
Format:
MAKENEW
OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5/
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5 $
Input Data Blocks:
OLDDBi
Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.
Output Data Blocks:
NEWDBi
Input table in the current versions format. See Remarks.
Parameters:
OLDNAMi
'. The generic name of the corresponding output;
e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks.
NEWNAMi
Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding input table;

e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:
Main Index
AXIC
Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.
BGPDT
CSTM
EPT
Table of element properties.
EQEXIN
Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar

EST
GEOM1
MAKENEW 1043
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format
GEOM2
Table of element connectivity.
GEOM3
GEOM4
Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.
GPDT
GPL
SIL
Scalar index list.
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in
the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications
are equivalent.
MAKENEW
GEOM1,AXIC,,,/NGEOM1,NAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKENEW
AXIC,GEOM1,,,/NAXIC,NGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. In order to create BGPDT, EST, and CSTM, MAKENEW requires multiple inputs. For example,
MAKENEW
MAKENEW
BGPDT,EQEXIN,SIL,GPL,/NBGPDT,,,,/
'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL'//'BGPDT'
EST,EQEXIN,SIL,,,/NEST,,,,/
'EST'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'///'EST' $
MAKENEW
CSTM,EQEXIN,GPL,,,/NCSTM,,,,/
'CSTM'/'EQEXIN'/'GPL'///'CSTM' $
4. The generation of the new data organization on 32 bit platforms does not increase the precisional
values of the data items.
5. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKENEW.
Main Index
1044
MAKEOLD
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
MAKEOLD
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69

format
Converts tables from their Version 69 (or greater) format to their pre-Version 69 format.
Format:
MAKEOLD
NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 $
Input Data Blocks:
NEWDBi
Input table in the current versions format. See Remarks.
Output Data Blocks:
OLDDBi
Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.
Parameters:
NEWNAMi
'. The generic name of the corresponding input
table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See Remarks.
OLDNAMi
'. The generic name of the corresponding output;
e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:
Main Index
AXIC
Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.
BGPDT
CSTM
EPT
Table of element properties.
EQEXIN

EST
GEOM1
MAKEOLD 1045
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
GEOM2
Table of element connectivity.
GEOM3
GEOM4
Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.
GPDT
GPL
SIL
Scalar index list.
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in
the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications
are equivalent.
MAKEOLD
GEOM1,AXIC,,,/OGEOM1,OAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKEOLD
AXIC,GEOM1,,,/OAXIC,OGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. If BGPDT is specified as input then MAKEOLD creates four tables BGPDT, EQEXIN, SIL, and
GPL. For example,
MAKEOLD
BGPDT,,,,/OBGPDT,OEQEXIN,OSIL,OGPL,/
'BGPDT'/////'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL' $
4. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKEOLD.
Main Index
1046
MAKETR
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
MAKETR
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-offreedom
Generates transformation matrix to transform forces from the support point degrees-of-freedom to the
reference point.
Format:
MAKETR
AERO,CSTMA,BGPDT,USET,TRX/
TR,PRBDOFS,URDDIDX,URDDUXV,TRANTR/
AUNITS $
Input Data Blocks:
AERO
CSTMA

BGPDT
USET
TRX
Acceleration selection matrix for the list of aerodynamic extra-points (6 rows

by NX columns).
Output Data Block:
Main Index
TR
Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic

reference point.
PRBDOFS
Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive".

Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT
degrees-of-freedom.
URDDIDX
An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries.
URDDUXV
UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that are nonnull. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define AESTAT,
URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for this symmetry
condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric analysis).
TRANTR
Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the

URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin rigid
body degrees-of-freedom.
MAKETR 1047
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
Parameters:
AUNITS
Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units

to units of length per time squared.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP AESTATRS:

DBVIEW STBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DBVIEW STUSET=USET
WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
MAKETR
AERO,CSTMA,STBGPDT,STUSET/TR $
Main Index
1048
MAKMON
Builds table of monitor points
MAKMON
Builds table of monitor points
Builds a table of monitor points.

Format:
MAKMON
EDT,
AEROCOMP
,
/
STRUCOMP AEROCOMP
AEMONPT
,MONDISP,MONGRP,MP3LAB,MP3GPF/
MONITOR
MKERRCHK $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT

monitor and component input.
AEROCOMP
STRUCOMP
Output Data Blocks:
AEMONPT
Table of aerodynamic monitor points.
MONITOR
Table of structural monitor points.
MONDISP
Monitor points table for displacements.
MONGRP
Table of monitor point groups.
MP3LAB
Table of monitor point type-3 labels.
MP3GPF
Table of monitor point type-3 responses.
Parameter:
MKERRCHK
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Error check flag.

TRUE: Perform check
FALSE: Do not perform check
Main Index
MASSCOMB 1049
Adds family of mass matrices
MASSCOMB
Adds family of mass matrices
Adds together a family of mass matricies controlled by the MASSET Bulk Data and CASECC
commands.
Format:
MASSCOMB
EDT,MGG*/
MGGCOMB/
MASSETID/MASSQUAL $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT

MASSINC record.
MGG*
Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
MGGCOMB
Combined mass matrix.
Parameters:
MASSETID
Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET Case

Control command.
MASSQUAL
Input-character-default='MASSID'. Name of the qualifier used to qualify the

MGG*.
Example:
PARAML
Main Index
CASECC/'SET'/1/453//S,N,MASSSET
DBVIEW MGIN=MHH WHERE(MASSID=*) $
MASSCOMB EDT,MGIN/MHH/MASSSET $
1050
MATGEN
Matrix generator
MATGEN
Matrix generator
To generate different kinds of matrices for subsequent use in other matrix operation modules.
Format:
MATGEN
T/MAT/P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13 $
Input Data Block:
Optional tabular data for use in generating the matrix.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Matrix data block.
Parameters:
P1
Input-integer-no default. Option selection parameter as described

below.
P2 through P11
Input-integer-default=0. Provide parametric data depending on P1.
P12
Input-character-default='A'. See Option P1 = 11.
P13
Input-character-default='L'. See Option P1 = 11.
Remarks:
The operation performed by MATGEN depends on the option selected by parameter P1. The following
sections describe the corresponding operation for each P1 parameter value.
Option P1 = 1
Generate a real identity matrix.

Format:
MATGEN
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
,/MAT/1/P2/P3/P4 $
MATGEN 1051
Matrix generator
Output Data Block:
MAT
Real identity matrix.
Parameters:
P2
Order of matrix.
P3
Skew flag. If nonzero, generate a skew-diagonal matrix.
P4
Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.
Example:
Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix:

MATGEN
,/I10X10/1/10 $
Option P1 = 2
Generates an identity matrix trailer.

Format:
MATGEN
,/MAT/2/P2 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Real identity matrix. See Remarks.
Parameters:
P2
Order of matrix.
This option differs from P1 = 1 in that only the trailer is generated (form = 8) and the matrix is not actually
generated. Only certain DMAP modules are prepared to accept this form (e.g., MPYAD, FBS, CEAD).
P1 = 1 is the preferred option.
Example:
Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix trailer:

MATGEN
Main Index
,/TI10X10/2/10 $
1052
MATGEN
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 3
Generate a data block of prescribed size.

Format:
MATGEN
,/DB/3/P2 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
DB
Data block. See Remarks.
Parameters:
P2
Number of GINO blocks to be written.
This option was primarily designed to generate data blocks of various sizes for data base testing. Each
data block contains two files; a short two-record descriptor file and a file with records that contain 100
words of zero.
Option P1 = 4
Generate a pattern matrix.

Format:
MATGEN
,/MAT/4/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Pattern matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
P2
Number of columns.
P3
Number of rows.
MATGEN 1053
Matrix generator
P4
Precision.
P5
Number of values in nonzero string.
P6
Row number increment between nonzero strings after first nonzero

string (P7-1). Produces (P6-1) zeros.
P7
Row number of first nonzero value in first column. Produces (P7-1)

zero values.
P8
Row number increment to first nonzero string in second and

subsequent.
P9
Number of columns in overall pattern. Overall pattern is repeated at

column number P9+1.
P9
P7-1
P7-1
P8-1
P8-1
P5
P5
P5
P6-1
P6-1
P6-1
P6-1
P5
P5
...
.
.
P5
P5
.
.
.
.
.
.
P3
...
.
.
P5
.
.
P2
Remark:
The nonzero values in each column will be the column number.

Examples:
1. To generate a 10 x 10 diagonal matrix with the column number in each diagonal position, code:
Main Index
1054
MATGEN
Matrix generator
MATGEN
,/DIAG/4/10/10/0/1/10/1/1/10 $
2. Generate a 12x1 partitioning (Boolean) vector with a nonzero value at every third row:
MATGEN
,/ASTRIP/4 /1 /12/
/1 /3 /3 $
0
0
1
0
0
[ ASTRIP ] = 1
0
0
1
0
0
1
3. Generate a 5x5 matrix with nonzero values in its lower triangle:
MATGEN
,/LOW/4/5 /5 /
0
1
[ LOW ] = 1
1
1
0
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
3
3
/2 /1 /5 $
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
Option P1 = 5
Generate a matrix of pseudorandom numbers. The numbers span the range 0 to 1.0, with a uniform
distribution.
Format:
MATGEN
Main Index
,/MAT/5/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
MATGEN 1055
Matrix generator
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Matrix of pseudo-random numbers.
Parameters:
P2
Number of columns.
P3
Number of rows.
P4
Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.
P5
Seed for random number generation. If P5 0, the time of day

(seconds past midnight) will be used.
P6
Output-integer-mean of all random numbers multiplied by 100,000.
Option P1 = 6
Generate a partitioning vector for use in PARTN or MERGE.

Format:
MATGEN
,/CP/6/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
CP
Column partitioning vector.
Parameters:
Main Index
P2
Number of rows. (Integer > 0)
P3, P5, P7, P9
Number of rows with zero coefficients. (Integer > 0)
P4, P6, P8, P10
Number of rows with unit coefficients. (Integer > 0)
1056
MATGEN
Matrix generator
Remarks:
10
1. If
Pi < P2, then the remaining terms contain zeros.
i=3
10
2. If
Pi > P2, then the terms are ignored after P2.
i=3
Example:
Generate a vector of 5 unit terms followed by 7 zeros followed by two unit terms:
MATGEN
,/UPART/6/14/0/5/7/2 $
Option P1 = 7
Generate a null matrix.

Format:
MATGEN
,/MAT/7/P2/P3/P4/P5 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Null matrix.
Parameters:
P2
Number of rows.
P3
Number of columns.
P4
Form; if P4 = 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 6 (symmetric). If P4

= 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 2 (rectangular).
P5
Type: if P5 = 0, the type will be the machine precision.
Example:
Generate a 20 row by 15 column null matrix.

MATGEN
Main Index
,/N20X15/7/20/15 $
MATGEN 1057
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 8
Generate a matrix from equations based on its indices. The matrix is in single precision.
Format:
MATGEN
,/MAT/8/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Matrix with element values based on its indices.
Parameters:
DTI table input.
P2
=0
Generate only diagonal terms.
P3
Number of rows.
P4
Number of columns.
P5
Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define real coefficients.
P6
P7
P8
Main Index
Generate all terms.
P5 < 0
Coefficient taken from DTI trailer.

C(t1) = float (t2) all trailer items are integer.
P5 = 0
Data pairs from record 0 (data block header record) are interpreted as
defining
C ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) ( 1 ) is integer; ( 2 ) is real
P5 > 0
Data pairs from record P5 interpreted as above.
Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define imaginary coefficients
D1.
P6 < 0
No coefficients defined.
P6 > 0
Data pairs from record P6 interpreted as above where D ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) .
Form of output matrix.

P7 < 0
Form chosen to be 1 or 2, depending on P3 and P4.
P7 > 0
Form set to P7.
coefficient print flag.
1058
MATGEN
Matrix generator
P8 = 0
Do not print coefficient lists.
P8 0 Print coefficients lists C and D from the DTI input. (Print D list only if P6
> 0).
The equation used to determine the coefficient of the (l,J)th term of the output matrix is:
MAT (I,J) = [ C1 I + C2 J + C3 I + C4 J +
I
C5 C6 + C7 ( p, C )8 + C9 ( I + J 1 ) +
I
C10 C11 + C12 C13 ] + 1 [ D1 I +

I
J
D2 J + D3 I + D4 J + D5 D6 + D7 D8 +
D9 ( I + J 1 ) + D10 D11
+ D12 D13 ]
The Ci terms are input on two DTI Bulk Data entries. The entry referenced by P5 generates the real part
of the term. The entry referenced by P6 generates the imaginary part of the term. The terms referenced
by P5 may be input using only the first physical entry of the DTI entry (P5 < 0). The coefficients are
defined by adjacent pairs of numbers on the DTI entry. The first number of the pair is an integer that
names the coefficient being defined. For example, a value of 9 means the C9 value is to follow. The
second number of a pair is a real number that defines the value of the coefficient. Zero coefficients need
not be defined.
Bulk Data Entry:
1
DTI
AB
3.5
-5.2
DTI
AB
DTI
AB
DTI
AB
0.01
7.9
12
-21.8
13
6.6
1.0
For M1 (I,J) = 4 ; I = 1, 100, J = 1200 :

MATGEN AB/Ml/8//100/200/-1 $
For M2 (I,J) = 3.5J 5.21 = 1100J = 1200 :
MATGEN AB/M2/8//100/200/0 $
J
7.9
For M3 (I,J) = ( 21.8 6.6 ) + 1 0.01
---------- + ------- ; I = 1, 100 and J = 1200 :
Main Index
10
MATGEN 1059
Matrix generator
MATGEN AB/M3/8//100/200/2/1 $
For HILBERT (I,J) = 1.0 ( I + J 1 ) ; I, J = 1, 10 :
MATGEN AB/HILBERT/8//10/10/3 $ 3RD RECORD
Option P1 = 9
Generate a transformation between external and internal sequence matrices for g-set size matrices.
Format:
MATGEN
EQEXIN/TRANS/9/P2/P3 $
Input Data Block:
EQEXIN

Output Data Block:
TRANS
Transformation matrix.
Parameters:
EQEXIN table output by module GP1.
P2
Output nontransposed factor where [UINT]=[MAT][UEXT].
Output transposed factor where [UEXT]=[MAT][UINT].
P3
Number of terms in g-set. The parameter LUSET, which is output by the GP1
module, contains this number in most solution sequences.
Examples:
Transform a g-set size vector UGV to external sequence.

MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9//LUSET $
MPYAD INTEXT,UGV,/UGVEXT/1 $
Transform an a-set size matrix to external sequence.
VEC
USET/VATOG/G/A/COMP $
MERGE
KAA,,,,VATOG,/KAGG/ $0 EXPAND TO
$
GSIZE, INTERNAL SORT
MATGEN
EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/LUSET $
SMPYAD
INTEXT,KAGG,INTEXT,,/KAAGEXT/3////1////6 $
$ (KAAGEXT) = TRANSPOSE(INTEXT)*(KAAG)*
Main Index
1060
MATGEN
Matrix generator
(INTEXT) ITS FORM IS 6 (SYMMETRIC)
By default in SOLs 1 through 200, PARAM, OLDSEQ is -1, which means this operation is not required.
Option P1 = 10
Not used.
Option P1 = 11
Generate a rectangular matrix, driven by USET table.

Format:
MATGEN
USET/MAT/11/P2/P3/////////SET1/SET2 $
Input Data Block:
USET
Output Data Block:
MAT
Rectangular matrix based on the USET table.
Parameters:
USET table output by module GP4.
P2
Input-integer-default=0. Null matrix generation option flag.

=1
Generate a null matrix P3 columns and a-set size rows.
"" 0 Generate a null matrix with an identity sub-matrix based on SET1 and SET2
degree-of-freedom sets.
P3
Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns in MAT. Applies only to P2=1.
SET1
Input-character-default='A'. Degree-of-freedom set name which corresponds to the

number of rows in MAT. Applies only when P2 1 .
SET2
Input-character-default='L'. Degree-of-freedom set name which corresponds to the

number of columns in MAT. Applies only when P2 1 .
Remark:
1. If P2 1 , and one or both of the sets requested in SET1 and SET2 does not exist, then MAT is
returned purged, and P5 is returned with the value of -1. If MAT does exist, P5 is returned with
the value of 0.
Main Index
MATGEN 1061
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 12
Generate a rectangular matrix of prescribed properties.

Format:
MATGEN
,/MAT/12/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Rectangular matrix.
Parameters:
P2
Number of columns.
P3
Number of rows.
P4
Type of elements in the matrix:

1
Real single precision.
Real double precision.
Complex single precision.
Complex double precision.
P5
Density of the matrix times 10000.
P6
Average string length.
P7
Total number of strings in the matrix.
P8
Number of null columns.
P9
Average bandwidth.
Option P1 = 13
Generate a partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.

Format:
MATGEN
Main Index
CPERM/MPART/13/NEWMSIZ $
1062
MATGEN
Matrix generator
Input Data Blocks:
CPERM
Table of column permutations under KSYM=4 from DECOMP.
Output Data Blocks:
MPART
Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.
Parameters:
NEWMSIZ
Input-integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned

on.
Remarks:
1. The default value for parameters P2, P3, P4, P5, and P7 is zero. Therefore, in order to successfully
create the matrix, nonzero values for these parameters must be input.
2. The average string length is internally computed based on the other properties of the matrix. P6
is only used as a check. If the value computed is not the same as P6, a user warning message to
that effect is issued.
3. In order to verify the properties of the output matrix, set DIAG 8 and check the matrix trailer
information.
4. MPART is output in single precision.
Main Index
MATGPR 1063
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
MATGPR
Prints nonzero terms of matrices along with the external grid point and component identification numbers
corresponding to the row and column position of each term.
Formats:
1. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid or scalar points (g-set):
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1$
MATGPR
GPL,USET,SIL,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1$
2. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid, scalar or extra points (p-set):
MATGPR
GPLD,USETD,SILD,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
3. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to aerodynamic elements (ks-set):
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
4. Print a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined column label
and page header.
MATGPR
BGPDT*,USET*,,MATRIX//
'OFP'/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY////
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLB2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLB2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/
PUNCH/S,N,CARDNO $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
GPL
GPLD
External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL

appended with extra point data).
USET
1064
MATGPR
USETD
SIL
Scalar index list.
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set.
MATRIX
Any matrix related to degrees-of-freedom.
BGPDT
BGPDT*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.
USET*
Family of USET tables.
Parameters:
COLNAM
Input-character-no default. Set name for columns in MATRIX or

OFP for Format number 4. See Examples 7 and 8.
ROWNAM
Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If

ROWNAM is blank, then it defaults to COLNAM.
PRNTOPT
Input-character-default = ALL. Must be one of the following values:
Option
Main Index
Action
NULL
Only null columns will be identified.
ALL
Print all nonzero terms in matrix.
ALLP
Print numbers converted to magnitude/phase.
TINY
Real-default = 0.0. If F1 = 0 and TINY > 0, printed output will be

provided only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation
a ij TINY |. If F1 = 0 and TINY < 0, printed output will be provided
only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation a ij TINY . If
TINY = 1.E37, MATGPR will return. If F1 is nonzero, see the
following description of F1.
F1
Real-default = 0.0. If F1 is not zero, then printed output will be

provided for only those matrix terms that satisfy a ij > TINY or
a ij > F1 .
LCOLLBLi
Input-character-default=' '. Label with up to 32 characters to be

printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page.
RCOLLBLi
Input-character-default=' '. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN'

will be printed. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed rightjustified in upper right corner of each page. RCOLLBLi is then
followed by column number.
MATGPR 1065
HDRLBLi
Input-character-default='MATRIX'(followed by matrix name). Header

with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each
page.
PUNCH
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag. (DELAY)
CARDNO
Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is

incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also
written into columns 73-80 of each line. (DELAY)
Remark:
The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
m
s
g
n
t
ne
fe
ks
js
5. If the value specified for COLNAM is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the columns
will be labeled 1,2,3..., etc. without grid and component labels.
6. If the value specified for R is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the terms in each
column will be labeled 1 H, 2 H, 3 H, etc. without grid and component labels. The user must
know which sets correspond to the rows and columns of the matrix to be printed. This is usually
apparent from the DMAP name of the matrix data block.
7. When using Format 1 this module may not be scheduled until after GPSP since data blocks
generated by GPSP are required inputs. (This module may be scheduled after GP4 if USET0 is
specified for input to MATGPR instead of USET.) When using Format 2 this module may not be
scheduled until after DPD since data blocks generated by DPD are required inputs. When using
Format 3, MATGPR must be scheduled after the APD module.
8. If MATRIX is purged, no printing will be done.
9. The rows and columns of A must correspond to the order of the degrees-of-freedom defined in
GPL, USET, SIL, BGPDT, etc.; i.e., internal sequence.
Main Index
1066
MATGPR
Examples:
1. Print terms of KGG:

MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//G $
2. Print null columns of KLL:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KLL//L/L/NULL $
3. Print small terms on diagonal of LOO:
DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD $
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,LOOD//H/O//-1.E-2 $
4. Print PHIA, H columns by A rows:
Also good for any single column
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,PHIA//H/A $
5. Print all terms of KGG outside the range of 0 through 107:
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,KGG//G/G//1.E7/0. $
6. Print aerodynamic spline matrices:
NP=SEID $
DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (
(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC') OR
(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') ) $
DBVIEW USETFF=USET0 WHERE (
(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND SPC=*
AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) OR
(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' AND SPC=*
AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) ) $
MATGPR
BGPDTF,USETFF,,GPJK//'K'/'G' $
MATGPR
BGPDTF,USETFF,,GDJK//'K'/'G' $
7. Print g-size matrix GCF similarly to displacement output:
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,GCF//'ofp'/'g' $
COLUMN 1
MATRIX
POINT ID.
1
3
4
6
7
9
10
TYPE
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
T1
.0
-1.303852E-08
-1.490116E-08
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
T2
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
.0
.0
GCF
T3
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R1
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R2
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R3
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
8. Same as example 7 except modify header labeling.

MATGPR
Main Index
BGPDTS,USET,,GCFF//'OFP'/'G'//////
'DIRECTIO'/'N'///
////
'G R O U '/'N D
C '/'H E C K '/'
'C E S ('/' G - S E'/' T )' $
F O R '/
MATGPR 1067
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D
OINT ID.
1
3
4
6
7
9
10
Main Index
TYPE
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
T1
.0
-1.303852E-08
-1.490116E-08
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
C H E C K
T2
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
.0
.0
F O R C E S
T3
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
( G - S E T )
R1
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R2
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R3
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
1068
MATMOD
Matrix modification
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Transforms matrix or table data blocks according to one of many options into output matrix or table data
blocks.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14
/P15/
P16/P17/P18/P19 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii
Input data blocks. I1 is required; I2 through I6 may not be necessary

depending on the value P1.
Output Data Blocks:
Oi
Output data blocks.
Parameters:
Main Index
P1
Input-integer-no default. Option selection described in the table that follows.
P2, P3, P4
Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P5, P6
Input/output-real-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P7 through P11
P12
Input/output-character-default=blank. Parametric data depending on P1.
P13
Input/output-character-default=' '. Parametric data depending on P1.
P14
P15
P16
P17
Input/output-real double-default=0.0D0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P18
Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Parametric data depending on P1.
P19
Input/output-complex double-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0). Parametric data depending

on P1.
MATMOD 1069
Matrix modification
Remark:
Each option corresponds to a different value of the first parameter, P1. The following summary table
provides descriptions of the options.
Option P1 = 1
Extract a block(s) of columns from a matrix.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,O2/1/STARTCOL/ENDCOL/COLINC $
Input Data Block:
I1
Any matrix. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
O1
Column vector containing column P2 of I1.
O2
Matrix containing the columns discarded from I1 to create O1.
Parameter:
STARTCOL
Input-integer. Starting column number to extract from I1.
ENDCOL
Input-integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.
COLINC
Input-integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column

between STARTCOL and ENDCOL.
Remarks:
1. If ENDCOL is zero then ENDCOL=STARTCOL.

2. If COLINC is zero then every column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL is extracted.
3. If ENDCOL is greater than the number of columns then ENDCOL is assumed to be equal to the
number of columns.
4. If COLINC>0 then, by default, ENDCOL is assumed to be equal to the number of columns.
Examples:
1. Extract the seventh column from A and call it A7.

MATMOD A,,,,,/A7, /1/7 $
2. Extract the third, fourth, and fifth columns from A.
MATMOD A,,,,,/A345, /1/3/3 $
Main Index
1070
MATMOD
Matrix modification
3. Partition A into one matrix containing the odd-numbered columns and another containing the
even-numbered columns.
MATMOD
or
A,,,,,/ODDCOLS,EVENCOLS/1/1//2 $
MATMOD
A,,,,,/EVENCOLS,ODDCOLS/1/2//2 $
Option P1 = 2
Filter small magnitude terms of a matrix.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/2/PURGE/UPLOW/TYPEF/FILTER $
Input Data Block:
I1
Output Data Block:
O1
Copy of I1 with terms smaller in magnitude than P5 set to 0.0.
Parameter:
PURGE
Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE=0, and the input matrix has no nonzero terms,

then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE 0 , and the input matrix has
no nonzero terms then the output matrix will be null.
UPLOW
Input-integer-default=0. Triangular nullification flag.
TYPEF
FILTER
Main Index
>0
All lower triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.
<0
All upper triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.
=0
No nullification.
Input-integer-default=0. Filtering method.

0
Magnitude: O1(i,j) is set to zero when abs(I1(i,j)) < abs(FILTER).
Algebraic: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)<FILTER.
-1
Algebraic complement: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)>FILTER.
Input-real-default=0.0. Value of filter. Terms in I1 with an absolute magnitude

less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.
MATMOD 1071
Matrix modification
Remark:
If FILTER=0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1.

Examples:
1. Print terms in A smaller in magnitude than 100.0.

MATMOD A,,,,,/AFILTER,/2////100.0 $
ADD
A,AFILTER/ASMALL//-1. $
MATPRN ASMALL// $
2. Print terms in the upper triangle of B that are less than -200.
MATMOD
MATPRN
B,,,,,/BFILTER,/2//1/-1/-200. $
B// $
Option P1 = 3
Zeros out rows and columns of a matrix according to degree of freedom component number.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/3/CODE $
Input Data Block:
I1
Output Data Block:
O1
I1 with rows and columns according to DOFs described by P2.
Parameter:
CODE
Input-integer-default=0. Packed DOF code that identifies rows and

columns of I1 to be made null (e.g., 136 means degrees of freedom 1,
3, and 6 for each grid point will be set to zero).
Remark:
I1 is assumed to consist only of grid point degrees of freedom. A code of 345 simply zeros rows and
columns 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, etc. of matrix I1. Users should exercise caution when selecting this
option on a resequenced matrix.
Example:
Zero out degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 6 in stiffness matrix KGG.

MATMOD
EQUIVX
Main Index
KGG,,,,,/KGG1,/3/126 $
KGG1/KGG/ALWAYS $
1072
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 4
Replicates a matrix six rows by N columns row-wise to a g-row by N-column matrix. The input matrix
is replicated for each grid point.
Format:
Form 1
MATMOD
I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/4 $
Form 2
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/4/LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
I1
Any six-row by N-column matrix. (Real or complex).
SIL
Scalar index list (SIL) table generated by the GP1 module.
Output Data Block:
O1
g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.
Parameter:
LUSET
Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when

SIL is purged.
Remarks:
1. If SIL is purged, then MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made
that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged.
2. If SIL is not purged, then LUSET is ignored. I1 is inserted at the rows of every grid point. Scalar
and extra points are ignored.
Option P1 = 5
Accepts a DMI matrix six rows by six columns and output a g-row by g-column matrix where the input
matrix is inserted at the diagonal 6x6 of each grid point or output a
g-row by g-column transform matrix.
Main Index
MATMOD 1073
Matrix modification
Format:
Form 1 (Inserts 6x6 matrix along diagonal)
MATMOD
I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/5/LUSET/0 $
Form 2 (Generates specified coordinate system to basic coordinate system transformation matrix)
MATMOD
CSTM,SIL,,,,/01,/5/LUSET/P3 $
Form 3 (Generates a global-to-basic coordinate system transformation matrix)
MATMOD
CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/01,/5//-1 $
Input Data Blocks:
I1
Any six-row by six-column matrix. (Real or complex).
SIL
Scalar index list table output from the GP1 module.
BGPDT
Output Data Block:
O1
g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.
Parameter:
LUSET
Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when

SIL is purged. This parameter is valid for Forms 1 and 2 only.
P3
Integer-input-default=0. Coordinate system identification number.
Remarks:
1. If P3 = 0, this option accepts a six row by six column matrix and the SIL table. The output is a
g-size square matrix containing the 6 x 6 input matrix along the diagonal at every grid point.
Scalar and extra points contain 0.0 values.
If P3 > 0, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the transformation matrix from the coordinate
system with the coordinate ID = P3 to the basic system. If P3 points to a cylindrical or spherical
coordinate system, then the transformation location is at the origin of the P3 system. Scalar and
extra points contain 1.0.
Main Index
1074
MATMOD
Matrix modification
If P3 = -1, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the global-to-basic transformation for each
grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0.
2. If SIL is purged, the MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made
that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged.
Examples:
Transform KGG to another coordinate system.

1. Assume TRANS to be a 6 x 6 transformation matrix and KGG was formed using only one
coordinate system (global coordinate system is the same at each grid point). Transform KGG
using TRANS.
MATMOD
TRANS,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5 $
TRNSP
TRANS/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD
TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGPRIME/3 $
2. Assume KGG was formed using coordinate system 10 as the global coordinate system for all grid
points. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate system.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5//10 $
TRNSP
TRANSG/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $
3. Assume KGG was formed using arbitrary coordinate systems as the global coordinate system for
each grid point. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate system.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/TRANSG,/5//-1 $
TRNSP
TRANSG/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $
Transform KGGBASIC coordinate system 10.
MATMOD
TRNSP
SMPYAD
CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANS10,/5//10 $
TRANS10/TRANST10T $
TRANS10T,KGGBASIC,TRANS10,,,/KGG10/3 $
Option P1 = 6
Find the maximum absolute value for each row over all columns of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/6 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Main Index
Any matrix. (Real only).
MATMOD 1075
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
O1
Column vector with terms that represent the absolute maximum over
all columns of I1 for each row.
Example:
Find the maximum displacements over all loading conditions.

MATMOD
UG,,,,,/UGMAX,/6 $
Option P1 = 7
Find the maximum absolute value for each column over all the rows of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/7 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Any matrix. (Real only)
Output Data Block:
O1
Column vector with a term that represents the absolute maximum over
all rows of I1 for each column.
Example:
Find the maximum displacement for each loading condition.

MATMOD
UG,,,,,/MAXDISP,/7 $
Option P1 = 8
Normalize matrix.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
I1,,,,,/O1,/8////S,N,NORMREAL/
S,N,NORMIMAG $
1076
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
I1
Any matrix. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1
Matrix shaped like I1 with every term divided by the magnitude of the
term in I1 with the largest magnitude.
Parameters:
NORMREAL
Output-real single precision. Set to the real part of the normalizing

factor.
NORMIMAG
Output-real single precision. Set to the imaginary part of the

normalizing factor if I1 is complex.
Option P1 = 9
Find the maximum (absolute magnitude) value of each three columns of UHT-transient response solution
matrix. (The columns of UHT represent displacement, velocity, and acceleration for each output time
step.)
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/9 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Transient response solution matrix consisting of H rows by three

column matrices (which represent displacement, velocity, and
acceleration for each output time step) appended to form a matrix H
rows by three times the number of output time steps columns. (Real
only)
[ [ { u 1 } { v 1 } { a 1 } ] [ { u 2 } { v 2 } { a 2 } ] [ { u i } { v i } { a i } ] ]
Output Data Block:
O1
H-row by three column matrix of peak displacements, velocities, and

accelerations.
Example:
Find and output maximum transient response.
Main Index
MATMOD 1077
Matrix modification
MATMOD UHT,,,,,/UHTMAX,/9 $
DDRMM CASEXX,UHTMAX,PHIP1,,,,/OUPMAX,,,,/ $
OFP
OUPMAX,,,,// $
Option P1 = 10
Convert matrix I1 into its complex conjugate.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/10 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Output Data Block:
O1
Matrix shaped like I1 with every term converted to its complex

conjugate.
Example:
Find the magnitude of terms of a complex vector.

MATMOD
CMPLX,,,,,/CMPLXC,/10 $
ADD
CMPLX,CMPLXC/CMPLXSQ///1 $
DIAGONAL CMPLXSQ/CMLPXMAG/WHOLE/0.5 $
Option P1 = 11
Form a new BGPDT (Basic Grid Point Definition Table) with grid locations that are given by I1.
Format:
MATMOD
LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTN,/11 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
LOCVEC
G-size vector with values that represent grid locations in the basic
coordinate system.
BGPDT
1078
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
BGPDTN
New BGPDT table with grid point locations that are displaced by
LOCVEC.
Example:
Build new BGPDT table based on the deformed state.

$ Form vector containing new grid locations in
$ basic coordinate system
VECPLOT
UG,BGPDT,CSTM,,,,/
LOCVEC/0/0/3 $
$ Generate new BGPDT
MATMOD
LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTNEW,/11 $
Option P1 = 12
Perform simultaneous null column search on up to three matrices.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/12/S,N,NONULL/
NMATRIX/P4 $
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3
Matrices to search for simultaneous null columns. (Real or complex)
Output Data Blocks:
O1
Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where all matrices selected
have null columns if P4 > 0 or non-null columns if P4 < 0.
O2
Square symmetric matrix which has 1.0 on the diagonal of those

columns where all matrices selected have null columns if P4 > 0 or
non-null if P4 < 0.
Parameters:
Main Index
NONULL
Output-integer. Set to -1 if no simultaneous null columns found;

otherwise, it is set to the number of simultaneous null columns.
NMATRIX
Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrices to be included in null

column search.
P4
Input-integer-default=0. Flag to output 1.0 for null columns or nonnull columns. See 01 and 02 for descriptions.
MATMOD 1079
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. I2 and I3 may be purged.

2. O2 may be purged.
Example:
Search for simultaneous null columns in the g-size mass, damping, and stiffness matrices and remove
rows and columns corresponding to these columns.
MATMOD
MGG,BGG,KGG,,,/PARTNULL,/12/S,N,NO
IF (NONULL > 0) THEN $
PARTN
MGG,PARTNULL,/MGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN
BGG,PARTNULL,/BGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX BGGNEW/BGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN
KGG,PARTNULL,/KGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 13
Copies any data block.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/13 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Any data block. (Table or matrix)
Output Data Block:
O1
Copy of I1.
Remark:
COPY module is preferred over this option.

Option P1 = 14
Filter small magnitude terms from a matrix; more capabilities than option 2.
Main Index
1080
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/14/PURGE/UPLOW/STRTR/
FILTER/RELFLT/TRUNC $
Input Data Block:
I1
Matrix to be filtered. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1
I1 modified according to specifications set by parameters.
Parameters:
PURGE
Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE = 0, and the input matrix has no

nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If
PURGE 0 , and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the
output matrix will be null.
UPLOW
Input-integer-default=0. If UPLOW > 0, then all lower triangular terms

are set to zero. If UPLOW < 0, then all upper triangular terms are set
to zero. If UPLOW = 0, then the action of this parameter is ignored.
STRTR
Input-integer-default=0. If STRTR=0, then string trailer will be

written.
FILTER
Input-real single precision-default=0.0. Terms in I1 with an absolute

magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.
RELFLT
Input-real single precision-default=0.0. If

terms of I1 are set to zero when
RELFLT 0.0 , then
TERM (I,J)
-------------------------------------------------------------- < RELFLT
TERM (i,i) TERM (J,J)
I1 must be square for this option
TRUNC
Input-integer-default=0. If
accordingly
TRUNC 0 , then truncate terms of I1
1
TERM (I,J) * 1 ---------------------
TRUNC
10
Remarks:
1. If FILTER = 0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1.

2. If relative filtering is desired, then FILTER must be zero (default).
3. If
Main Index
FILTER 0 or RELFLT < 0, then the absolute filter technique is used.
MATMOD 1081
Matrix modification
4. If I1 is not square and the relative filtering option is selected, then FILTER will be set to RELFLT
and the absolute filtering technique will be used. A user warning message will also be issued.
Option P1 = 15
Not implemented.
Option P1 = 16
Put matrix into DMIG format in a MATPOOL-type data block and/or generate DMIG punched output.
Format:
MATMOD
MATIN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLX,/16/PNDMIG/
SORTFLG/TYPOUT////////CCHAR/DMIGNAME/
ROWSETNM/COLSETNM $
Input Data Blocks:
MATIN
Matrix to be converted to DMIG format. (Real or complex). See

Remark 1.
EQEXIN
EXEQXIN table from module GP1. See Remark 7.
USET
USET table from module GP4 or GPSP. See Remark 8.
Output Data Block:
MATPOOLX
MATPOOL-type table data block containing MATIN in DMIG format.

See Remarks 9. and 10.
Parameters:
PNDMIG
Input-integer-default=0. If PNDMIG is non-zero, then DMIG punched

output will be generated. See Remarks 9. and 10.
SORTFLG
Input-integer-default=0. The default assumes that the rows (and

columns, if applicable) of MATIN are in external sort. If SORTFLG is
non-zero, then it is assumed that they are in internal sort. See Remark
2.
TYPOUT
Input-integer-default=0. The default sets the DMIG precision to

machine precision. The default maybe overridden by specifying the
following:
1 Real single precision format
2 Real double precision format
Main Index
1082
MATMOD
Matrix modification
3 Complex single precision format

4 Complex double precision format
CCHAR
Input-character-default=blank. Continuation characters to be used for

DMIG punched output. Only the first two characters of the non-blank
mnemonic are used for the continuation string. See Remark 3.
DMIGNAME
Input-character-default=blank. The default will cause the name of the

MATIN input data block to the used for the matrix name in the DMIG
output. A non-blank name will cause that specified name to be used for
the matrix name in the DMIG output.
ROWSETNM
Input-character-default=blank. The default assumes that the rows of

MATIN are of G-size. Any non-blank mnemonic specifies the
displacement set for the rows. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6.
COLSETNM
Input-character-default=blank. If the form of MATIN is 1 (square) or 6

(symmetric), then the default assumes that the displacement set for the
columns is the same as that of the rows. If the form of MATIN is 2
(rectangular), then the default (or a mnemonic of H) assumes that the
columns do not represent any displacement set, but just sequential
entities. Any non-blank mnemonic other than H specifies the
displacement set for the columns. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6.
Remarks:
1. The form of MATIN must be either 1 (square), 6 (symmetric) or 2 (rectangular). If not, then a
warning message will be issued and MATPOOLX will not be generated.
2. If the default value of 0 for SORTFLG is used, the rows of MATIN must be of G-size. If MATIN
is square or symmetric, its columns must also be of G-size. Further, the default value of 0 for
SORTFLG also assumes that the rows and columns of MATIN are in external sort. In order to
accomplish this, it is necessary to first generate a transformation matrix via the MATGEN module
Option 9 and then employ this matrix to transform the rows and columns of MATIN from internal
sort to external sort. (This is illustrated in the Example shown below.)
3. If non-blank continuation characters are specified for CCHAR, then a maximum of 99,999 DMIG
entries can be generated for any single matrix. If this maximum number is exceeded, the program
terminates the job with a fatal error.
4. The program checks to ensure that the number of rows and columns of MATIN correspond to the
displacement sets specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM and COLSETNM. If this condition is
not satisfied, the program issues a warning message and proceeds without generating any output
from this call to the MATMOD module.
5. If the form of MATIN is either 1 (square) or 6 (symmetric), then the IFO field on the generated
DMIG entry is set to 1 or 6. If the form is 2 (rectangular), then IFO is set to 2 if a displacement
set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM. Otherwise, IFO is set to 9. (If the form is 6, only
the terms in one triangle are output. The MTRXIN module, which converts DMIG data in
MATPOOL-type data blocks into matrices, fills in the other triangle for symmetric matrices.)
Main Index
MATMOD 1083
Matrix modification
6. The rows of the DMIG entry are always labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and
component numbers. If a displacement set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM, then the
columns of the DMIG entry are also labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and component
numbers. Otherwise, the columns of the DMIG entry are labeled sequentially, starting with unity.
7. The EQEXIN input data block may not be purged.
8. The USET input data block may be purged if (a) the default value of 0 is used for SORTFLG or
(b) the displacement set specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM is G and the displacement set
specified (or implied) by COLSETNM is either G or the columns are just sequential entities.
9. The MATPOOLX output data block may be purged if PNDMIG is specified as non-zero and only
the DMIG punched output is desired.
10. By employing the APPEND option on a DMAP FILE statement, a single concatenated
MATPOOLX output data block may be generated from multiple calls to MATMOD Option 16.
See the following Example 2.
Example 1:
Generate DMIG punched output for the boundary stiffness matrix KAA, the boundary load matrix PA
and the matrix GMN (representing the MPC/rigid element equations) for an external superelement. The
KAA DMIG entry is to be named KAAEXTSE, the PA DMIG entry is to be named PAEXTSE and the
GMN DMIG entry is to be named GMNEXTSE.
The DMAP shown below illustrates the usage of Option 16 using input matrices in internal sort
(capability available in MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases) as well as using input matrices in
external sort (only usage possible in pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases). It can be seen that the DMAP
for the former case is much simpler and more efficient than for the latter case.
It should be pointed out here that, if the internal and external sorts are different, the DMIG output
resulting from the two scenarios shown below will appear to be different. This is because the matrix
elements will be output in different order, but their values will be the same. The DMIG output from the
two scenarios will yield identical matrices if they are used in turn by the MTRXIN module to re-generate
the matrices.
DMAP uses input matrices in internal sort (MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases).
TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT
TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN INTERNAL SORT
MATMODKAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
KAAEXTSE/A $
MATMODPA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
PAEXTSE/A $
MATMODGMN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
GMNEXTSE/M/N $
Main Index
1084
MATMOD
Matrix modification
DMAP using input matrices in external sort (pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases).

TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT
$ EXPAND BOUNDARY MATRICES TO G-SIZE
UMERGE1USET,KAA,,,/KAAGG/G/A $ EXPAND ROWS AND
COLUMNS
UMERGE1USET,PA,,,/PAG/G/A//1 $ EXPAND ROWS
UMERGE1USET,GMN,,,/GMNGN/G/M//1 $ EXPAND ROWS
UMERGE1USET,GMNGN,,,/GMNGG/G/N//2 $ EXPAND COLUMNS
$ GET G-SIZE
PARAMLUSET//TRAILER/2/S,N,GSIZE $
$ GENERATE MATRIX TO TRANSFORM FROM INTERNAL SORT
$ TO EXTERNAL SORT
MATGENEQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/GSIZE $
$ TRANSFORM MATRICES FROM INTERNAL SORT TO
$ EXTERNAL SORT WITH APPROPRIATE DESIRED NAMES
MPYADINTEXT,KAAGG,/KAAGGX/1 $
MPYADKAAGGX,INTEXT,/KAAEXTSE $
MODTRLKAAEXTSE////6 $
MPYADINTEXT,PAG,/PAEXTSE/1 $
MPYADINTEXT,GMNGG,/GMNGGX/1 $
MPYADGMNGGX,INTEXT,/GMNEXTSE $
$GENERATE DMIG FORMAT
MATMODKAAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLK,/16/PUNCHFLG
MATMODPAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLP,/16/PUNCHFLG
MATMODGMNEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLG,/16/PUNCHFLG
$ MATPPOLK, MATPPOLP AND MATPOOLG OUTPUT DATA BLOCKS
$ HAVE TO BE GENERATED ABOVE EVEN THOUGH ONLY DMIG
$ PUNCHED OUTPUT IS DESIRED
Example 2:
Generate a single MATPOOL-type data block containing the DMIG output for the boundary stiffness
matrix KAA, the boundary mass matrix MAA, the boundary viscous damping matrix BAA and the
boundary structural damping matrix K4AA for an external superelement, with the corresponding DMIG
entry names of KAAXSE, MAAXSE, BAAXSE and K4AAXSE, respectively.
The DMAP following illustrates the usage of Option 16 to accomplish the above objective in
MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases. Note that this objective could not be met in preMSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases.
Main Index
MATMOD 1085
Matrix modification
DMAP for MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 (and subsequent releases):

FILEMATPOOLA = APPEND $ PERMIT CONCATENATED OUTPUT
TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN
INTERNAL SORT
MATMOD
KAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
KAAXSE/A $
MATMOD
MAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
MAAXSE/A $
MATMOD
BAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
BAAXSE/A $
MATMOD
K4AA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
K4AAXSE/A $
Option P1 = 17
Generate a g-size partitioning vector from a user-defined set of grid and/or scalar points or from a
user-supplied bit position that designates one of the USET sets.
Format:
MATMOD
EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/CP,/17/UBIT/SETFLG/
S,N,NOCP////////SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR
4 $
Input Data Blocks:
EQEXIN

USET
SIL
Scalar index list.
CASECC
Output Data Block:
CP
Main Index
1086
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameters:
UBIT
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Obsolete method for set selection. For a more userfriendly method use SETSTRi. In order to select specific sets for UBIT, add the
corresponding decimal equivalent numbers from the table below. For example, sets
R, O, and MP, UBIT=8+4+1=13. For supersets, add the decimal equivalent
numbers of the mutually exclusive sets which are contained in the superset. For
example, set S combines the SB and SG set and therefore UBIT=1024+512=1536.
The presence of any grid point degree of freedom in the associated sets causes all
degrees of freedom associated with that grid point to be given a value of 1.0 in the
output vector.
Set
Name
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
4194304
LM
2097152
1048576
524288
262144
SA
131072
2048
SB
1024
SG
512
MR
16
MP
MATMOD 1087
Matrix modification
Input-integer-default=0. If SETFLG 0, then SETFLG selects a set of grid point

identification numbers of which all degrees of freedom associated with each point
will be assigned a value of 1.0 in the corresponding row of CP. If no SET command
is found, then the UBIT parameter is used.
SETFLG
If SETFLG>0 then the PARTN=SID Case Control command selects the SET
command.
If SETFLG<0 then absolute value of SETFLG selects the SET command.
NOCP
Output-integer. NOCP will be set to -1 if the partitioning vector is null or cannot be

generated. Otherwise, it will be set to zero.
SETSTRi
'. Set name string. SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form
a single string of set name(s) and is 32 characters in length. The set names must be
separated by a plus sign, "+". For example, SETSTR1='M+R+N+SG' and
SETSTR2='+A+Q' specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets.
Remarks:
1. None of the data blocks may be purged.

2. UBIT entry must be a legitimate value.
Example:
Generate a partitioning vector from a set of grid points defined in the Case Control Section.
MATMOD
Note:
EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/VECX,/17/128/1 $
If no set had been selected in the Case Control Section, the vector VECX would have been
generated using the a-set degrees of freedom since UBIT=128.
The Case Control Section contains:

SET 10 = 1 THRU 50
PARTN = 10
Option P1 = 18
Insert or modify a GEOM3 table temperature record.

Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3T,/18/SID $
1088
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM3
GPL
UG
Temperature matrix in g-set.
Output Data Block:
GEOM3T
GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures.
Parameter:
SID
Input-integer. Temperature set to be modified or added.
Remarks:
1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis.

3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are modified.
Example:
Put data from the temperature vector UG into a record for SID = 30.
MATMOD
GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3NEW,/18/30 $
Option P1 = 19
Extract a temperature vector from a GEOM3 table.

Format:
MATMOD
GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGT,/19/SID $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM3
EQEXIN

MATMOD 1089
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
UGT
Updated temperature matrix in g-set.
Parameter:
SID
Input-integer. Temperature set to extract.
Remarks:
1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis.

3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are extracted.
Example:
Extract the temperature vector UGN for SID = 40.

MATMOD
GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGN,/19/40 $
Option P1 = 20
Print the magnitude of the largest terms of up to six matrices.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/O1,/20///PRTOPT/S,N,SUM $
Input Data Blocks:
I1 though I6
Output Data Block:
O1
Dummy output data block.
Parameter:
PRTOPT
Main Index
Specifies how the results are to be printed:

0
Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this module before
printing the results. (Default)
Print the results without a page header.
1090
MATMOD
Matrix modification
2
SUM
Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally only used
with a single input matrix).
Output-real. Sum of the absolute values of the largest terms in the input matrices.
Remarks:
1. Any input matrix may be purged.

2. All computations are performed in single or double precision depending on the matrix type. The
magnitudes of the largest terms and SUM are converted to single precision for output.
Option P1 = 21
Extracts the components of a factor matrix and converts them to a standard form suitable for input to any
matrix module.
Format for Sparse Factor Matrix (FORM=13):
MATMOD
LD,,,,,/T,LP/21 $
Format for Active Column Factor Matrix (FORM=4):
MATMOD
LD,,,,,/L,D/21 $
Input Data Block:
LD
Lower triangular factor/diagonal matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
Diagonal from sparse symmetric decomposition.
LP
Lower triangular
[ L ] and permutation matrix appended together.

Lower triangular [ L ] matrix from symmetric decomposition.
Diagonal [ D ] matrix from symmetric decomposition.
L
D
Remarks:
1. Sparse symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a symmetric

matrix.
T
[A] = [P] [L][D][L] [P]
Main Index
MATMOD 1091
Matrix modification
where P is a permutation matrix (row and column interchange used to improve efficiency), L, a
lower triangular matrix, and D, a tridiagonal matrix. Option 21 extracts P, L, and D and converts
them to a standard form, suitable for input to any matrix module. L and P are appended columnwise in output D.
2. Active column symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a
symmetric matrix.
[A] = [L][D][L]
[ L ] is a lower triangular matrix and [ D ] is a diagonal matrix.

The diagonal matrix [ D ] is stored with the lower triangular matrix [ L ] in a special matrix
[ LD ] .
where
3. The input matrix LD may be single or double precision. Output matrices are the same type as input
matrix.
Example:
Extract components of sparse factor matrix LLL:

MATMOD
LLL,,,,,/TT,LP/21 $
PARAML
KLL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NL $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,TUNL $
TUNL = 2 * NL $
MATGEN
,/V21/6/TUNL/NL/NL $
PARTN
LP,V21,/LL,,PP,/0 $
Option P1 = 22
Generate special aeroelasticity matrix with modified trailers.

Format:
MATMOD
MKLIST,Qij,,,,/QijL,/22 $
Input Data Blocks:
MKLIST
Qij
Aerodynamic matrix.
Output Data Block:
QijL
Main Index
Special aerodynamic matrix with modified trailers.
1092
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 23
Determines type of eigenvalue analysis requested and optionally extracts values from the selected EIGR
or EIGRL Bulk Data entry.
Format:
MATMOD
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/
S,N,METHTYP/S,N,LANCZOS/METHFLAGI/S,N,EIGRVALR
//
S,N,NFOUND/ICASE/S,N,EIGVALI///S,N,EIGRFLD $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DYNAMIC
Parameters:
METHTYP
Output-integer. Set to 1 if Inverse Power or Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set

to zero.
LANCZOS
Output-integer. Set to -1 if Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set to zero.
METHFLAG
Input-integer-default=0. METHOD ID selection flag.

>0 Search based on METHFLAG=SID.
0
Search based on METHOD(STRUCTURE)=SID.
-1
Search based on METHOD(FLUID)=SID.
-2
Search based on CMETHOD=SID
-3
Same as 0 except include EIGB in search for buckling.
EIGRVALR
Output-real-default=0.0. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry.
NFOUND
Output-integer-default=0. EIGR* entry found flag; 0 if entry was found and -1 if

entry was not found.
ICASE
Input-integer-default=1. Case Control record number which contains the

METHOD command.
EIGRVALI
Output-integer-default=0. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry.
EIGRFLD
EIGRFLD Input/output-character-default=' '. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry.

EIGRFLD is also an output if the field value is a character string.
Examples:
1. Determine method type on the EIGR entry:

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/S,N,METHTYP $
Main Index
MATMOD 1093
Matrix modification
IF ( METHTYP=1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' LANCZOS OR SINV IS SELECTED.' $
ELSE $
MESSAGE //' GIVENS OR HOUSEHOLDER IS SELECTED.' $
ENDIF $
2.
Extract the F2 field value from the EIGR entry:
MATMOD
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23////S,N,F2///////'F2' $
3. Extract the NORM field value from the EIGR entry:
NORM='NORM' $ initialize and will change on output
MATMOD
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23///////////S,N,NORM $
Option P1 = 24
Generate a square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and null column of I1, I2, and
I3 simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,/24/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/S,N,NRNENC
$
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3
Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1
Square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and
null column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously.
Parameters:
NOOUT
Output-integer. Set to -1 if O1 is null.
NMATX
Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for

search, starting from the first input.
NRNENC
Output-integer. Set to -1 if the number of null rows does not equal the
number of null columns.
Remark:
Any two input matrices may be purged.
Main Index
1094
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Example:
Add a unit value to the stiffness matrix for degrees of freedom that have no associated mass, damping,
or stiffness. This is usually done to prevent potential singularities during direct transient and frequency
analyses.
MATMOD
MAA,BAA,KAA,,,/KAAX,/24/S,N,NOADD/3/S,N,NRNENC $
IF (NRNENC < 0) THEN $
MESSAGE//ERROR: MATRICES ARE NOT/
SYMMETRIC $
EXIT $
ENDIF $
IF (NOADD < -1) THEN
ADD
KAA,KAAX/KAANEW $
EQUIVX KAANEW/KAA/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 25
Generate vectors that have 1.0 corresponding to each null row and null column in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/25/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/
S,N,NRNENC///S,N,SYM $
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3
Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex).
Output Data Blocks:
O1
Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null row in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously. See Remark 1.
O2
Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null column in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously.
Parameters:
Main Index
NOOUT
Output-integer. Set to -1 if both output vectors are null, set to zero

otherwise.
NMATX
Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for

search, starting from the first input.
MATMOD 1095
Matrix modification
NRNENC
Output-integer. Set to -1 if number of null rows does not equal the

number of null columns; otherwise zero.
SYM
Output-integer. Set to -1 if I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric; otherwise zero.

See Remark 2.
Remarks:
1. Any two input matrices may be purged.

2. If I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric, then O2 is purged.
Example:
Remove null rows and columns from matrix A.

MATMOD
IF (NOOUT
PARTN
EQUIVX
ENDIF $
A,,,,,/RPARTN,CPARTN/25/S,N,NOOUT/1////S,N,SYM $
> -1) THEN $
A,CPARTN,RPARTN/ANEW/SYM $
ANEW/A/ALWAYS $
Option P1 = 26
Used by MSC for development testing.

Option P1 = 27
Convert a diagonal matrix (form 3) to a symmetric matrix (form 6).

Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/27 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Diagonal matrix of form 3. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
O1
Symmetric matrix of form 6 containing diagonal terms of I1.
Remarks:
1. Form 3 matrices are not output by any module. They are only allowed as input by the INPUTT2,
INPUTT4, and DMIIN modules.
2. The SMPYAD, MPYAD, and ADD modules will not accept form 3 matrices. The matrices should
now be converted to form 6 before use in these modules.
Main Index
1096
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Example:
DMIIN
MATMOD
DMI,DMINDX/A3,,,,,,,,, $
A3,,,,,/A6,/27 $
where A3 is the DMI matrix defined by the Bulk Data entries

DMI,A3,0,3,1,1,,4,1
DMI,A3,1,2,2.0,3.0,4.0
and A6 is the matrix
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
2.
0.
0.
0.
0.
3.
0.
0.
0.
0.
4.
Option P1 = 28
Convert the first column of a matrix to a symmetric matrix (form 6) with the terms of the first column
along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/28 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Any matrix of form 1, 2, or 6. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1
Symmetric matrix (form 6) with terms of the first column of I1 along

the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.
Example:
MATMOD
B,,,,,/BDIAG,/28 $
If B is the matrix
1. 2.
3. 4.
then BDIAG will be
Main Index
MATMOD 1097
Matrix modification
1. 0.
0. 3.
Option P1 = 29
Used by MSC for development testing.

Option P1 = 30
Print data blocks or a portion of data blocks as a table of hexadecimal values.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/,/30/BBLK/EBLK $
Input Data Block:
Ii
Any data block. (Matrix or table)
Parameters:
BBLK
Input-integer-default=1. Beginning GINO block number.
EBLK
Input-integer-default=-1. Ending GINO block number. Default value

implies the total number of blocks.
Option P1 = 31
Writes the bit map of a matrix to the punch file.

Format:
MATMOD
MAT,,,,,/,/31/MAXSIZ $
Input Data Block:
MAT
Any matrix.
Output Data Block:
None.
Main Index
1098
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameter:
MAXSIZ
Input-integer-default=0. Maximum size of the bit map matrix (row

and/or column).
Option P1 = 32
Convert tables created by DRMH1 into DTI Bulk Data entry format and write to the punch file. Also
converts DRMH1 directory tables in DTI Bulk Data entry format into DRMH1 output table format.
Format:
MATMOD
TXY,,,,,/TOUT,/32/CONVERT $
Input Data Block:
TXY
DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format.
Output Data Block:
TOUT
DRMH1 directory table in table data block format or DTI format.
Parameter:
CONVERT
Input-integer-default=0. Convert option.

0
Table data block format to DTI format.
DDTI to table data block format.
Remark:
Table record 3 is all character and reading DTI entries will produce all numbers. Therefore CONVERT=1
will convert the DTI numbers and to character values.
Option P1 = 33
Create a single column matrix from the frequency response output list table, FOL. The frequencies are
also converted to radian units.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
FOL,,,,,/FOLMAT,/33 $
MATMOD 1099
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
FOL
Output Data Block:
FOLMAT
Matrix of frequencies in radian units.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 34
Extract the real and imaginary parts of complex matrix into two real matrices.
Format:
MATMOD
CMAT,,,,,/RMAT,IMAT/34//PREC $
Input Data Block:
CMAT
Complex matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
RMAT
Matrix containing real part of CMAT.
IMAT
Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT.
Parameter:
PREC
Input-integer-default=0. Precision of output matrices.

0
Machine-precision. (Default)
Single.
Double.
Option P1 = 35
Sorts row term values in a selected column of the input matrix and produces a list vector and/or a Boolean
matrix that contains the indices of the sorted terms.
Main Index
1100
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
IM,,,,,/
SORTLIST,SORTBOOL/S,N,P1/COLNUM/S,N,PRESORT/
SORTOPT/// NKEYS $
Input Data Block:
IM
Any matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
SORTLIST
Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the

sorted terms.
SORTBOOL
Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column

associated with the sorted row terms.
Parameters:
P1
Input/output-integer-no default. On output, P1=-1 if the input matrix is purged or

both output data blocks are purged.
COLNUM
Input-integer-default=0. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be
sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.
PRESORT
Output-integer-default=0 Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted.
SORTOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Sort option specification.
NKEYS
-2
Absolute value in descending order.
-1
Algebraic value in descending order.
Implies SORTOPT=1 if IM is real and SORTOPT=2 if IM is complex..
Algebraic value in ascending order.
Absolute value in ascending order.
Input-integer-default=1. Duplicate value sort option specification.

1
Single key sort.
Double key sort to maintain original order of terms in case of duplicate terms.
Remark:
For complex matrices, only SORTOPT=2 or -2 is allowed.
Main Index
MATMOD 1101
Matrix modification
Example:
Given the input matrix, IM, generate an algebraic ascending order sort. The input matrix and its sorted
order (algebraically ascending) are:
IM =
2.0
0.0
1.0
4.0
1.0
0.0
The MATMOD call would look like:
P1=35 $
MATMOD
IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////2 $
and the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=2 would contain
LIST =
1.0
3.0
2.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
For NKEYS=1, it is equally likely that the indices for equal values may be in a different order. For
example, if the MATMOD call statement were
P1=35 $
MATMOD
Main Index
IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////1 $
1102
MATMOD
Matrix modification
then the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=1 could contain either
LIST =
1.0
3.0
6.0
2, 0
5.0
4.0
or
LIST =
1.0
3.0
2.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
since there are duplicate terms (0.0's) in the input matrix column and a single key sort was used.
The Boolean square matrix contains unit values in the appropriate positions so that it can be used to create
the sorted input matrix by means of a simple matrix multiply as in:
MPYAD
BOOL,IM,/IMS/1 $
producing the sorted IM matrix, IMS, as
IMS =
Main Index
2.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
4.0
MATMOD 1103
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. If the matrix input into this option contains more than one column and SORTBOOL is used
subsequently to operate on this matrix, all columns will have their rows re-ordered according to
the sort obtained from the column processed by the MATMOD operation. In this case, the column
that was selected during the MATMOD operation to produce the sorted ordering will be
guaranteed in sort. Other columns may or may not have their rows in sorted order.
2. The output data blocks are in machine precision, regardless of the precision of the input matrix.
3. NKEYS=2 provides a more repeatable sort in the presence of equal values in the input, at the cost
of longer run times. A test on a typical vector showed a difference of a factor of approximately
ten. If repeatability is not essential, NKEYS=1 is the preferred choice.
Option P1 = 36
Reduce the GRID record in the GEOM1 table to the entries corresponding to grid identification numbers
specified in a Case Control set.
General Format:
MATMOD
GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/M36OPT///ELEMSET/MSGLVL
/PCHSET $
Format for M36OPT=0 (default):
MATMOD
GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/
GEOM1R,/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
Format for M36OPT=1: Set consistency check
MATMOD
GEOM1R,/
36/GRIDSET//1///ELEMSET/MSGLVL/PCHSET $
Format for M36OPT=2: Generate point set from element set
MATMOD
Main Index
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/2///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
1104
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format for M36OPT=3: Generate point set from element set and grid set
MATMOD
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/3///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by

the IFPINDX module. See Remark 2.
CASECC
Table of Case Control command selections.
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and

scalar points.
BGPDT
Output Data Block:
GEOM1R
GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record.
CASER
Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET

id=GRIDSET.
Parameters:
GRIDSET
Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which

contains a list grid point identification numbers.
NOGEOM1
Output-integer. Processing status flag.

+1 No grid points found matching the contents of SET=GRIDSET.
0
GRIDSET found and the contents match some grid points in GEOM1.
-1
GRIDSET found and the contents matches all grid points in GEOM1.
M36OPT
Input-integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.
MSGLVL
Input-integer. Termination flag. See Remark 4b.
PCHSET
Input-integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written
to the punch file in Case Control command SET format.
Remarks:
1. Only the GRID record is processed and all other GEOM1 records are copied as is to GEOM1R.
2. GEOM1 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD
option:
FILE GEOM1=APPEND $
Main Index
MATMOD 1105
Matrix modification
IFPINDX
MATMOD
/GEOM1 $
GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/GEOM1R,/36/
GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
3. It is recommended that GEOM1 and GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then
used as input to MATMOD.
4. M36OPT=1 performs a consistency check of the input sets and the actions are:
a. Create a grid point set of all points connected to the elements specified in the ELEMSET Case
Control set.
b. Verify that all points in the set generated above are present in the GRIDSET Case Control set
and vice-versa. By default, a fatal message will be issued error if any point is missing. But if
MSGLVL=-1, then a warning message is issued instead.
c. GEOM1R is an optional output, but if specified and if no inconsistency is detected then
GEOM1R will be generated.
5. M36OPT=2 ensures a consistent grid point set for the input element set and the actions are:
a. Create a set in CASER of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case
Control set. Create a Case Control set in CASER with an id = GRIDSET.
b. Create the GEOM1R based on CASER.
6. M36OPT=3 ensures a consistent grid point set for the input element set and allows additional
points to be added to the set and the actions are:
a. Create a set in CASER of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case
Control set defined in CASECC.
b. Create a Case Control set in CASER of the point set generated in a.
c. Locate the GRIDSET set in CASECC and merge in the set created in a. If GRIDSET set does
not exist on CASECC, simply store the ELEMSET generated grid list as the GRIDSET set ID
in CASER. Otherwise, copy the merged GRIDSET set into CASER.
d. Create the GEOM1R based on CASER.
Option P1 = 37
Reduce the element and SPOINT records in the GEOM2 table to the entries corresponding to element or
SPOINT identification numbers specified in a Case Control set.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
1106
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM2

scalar points and indexed by the IFPINDX module. See Remark.
CASECC
Output Data Block:
GEOM2R
GEOM2 table with reduced element record.
Parameters:
ELEMSET
Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a

list element identification numbers.
GRIDSET
Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a

list SPOINT identification numbers.
NOGEOM2

+1 No element and SPOINTs found in GEOM2 matching the contents in
ELEMSET and GRIDSET.
0
Some elements and SPOINTs in GEOM2 were found in ELEMSET and

GRIDSET.
-1
All elements and SPOINTs in GEOM2 were found in ELEMSET and

GRIDSET.
Remarks:
1. GEOM2 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD
option:
FILE GEOM2=APPEND $
IFPINDX /GEOM2 $
MATMOD
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
2. It is recommend that GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then used as input to
MATMOD.
Option P1 = 38
Reduce the records in the EST table to the entries corresponding to element numbers specified in a Case
Control set.
Main Index
MATMOD 1107
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
Input Data Blocks:
EST
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by

the IFPINDX module.
CASECC
Output Data Block:
ESTR
EST table with reduced records.
Parameters:
ELEMSET
Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number that contains a

list element point identification numbers.
GRIDSET
Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains

a list grid point identification numbers.
NOEST

+1
No element found in EST matching the contents of ELEMSET.
Some elements in EST were found in ELEMSET.
-1
All elements and SPOINTs in EST were found in ELEMSET.
Remarks:
1. EST must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD option:
FILE EST=APPEND $
IFPINDX /EST $
MATMOD
EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
Option P1 = 39
Remove and identify explicit zero terms in a matrix.

Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
I1,,,,,/O1,O2/39/S,N,NOXPLZER $
1108
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
I1
Any matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
O1
Matrix I1 with explicit zero terms removed.
O2
Matrix containing a 1.0 at the row and column, where an explicit zero
was found in I1.
Parameter:
NOXPLZER
Output-integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit

zeros are found.
Option P1 = 40
Replace the value of, or add a value to, a single term in a matrix. If the input matrix is not purged, the
output matrix is the same type as the input matrix while the input term is governed by TYPE.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,/O1,/
40/ICOL/IROW/TYPE/REAL//NCOL/NROW/
////////REALD/CMPLX/CMPLXD $
Input Data Block:
I1
A matrix. May be purged. See NCOL.
Output Data Block:
O1
Modified I1 matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
ICOL
Column number.
IROW
Row number.
TYPE
Type of value to be replaced or added.

-1
Replace current value with REAL.
-2
Replace current value with REALD.
MATMOD 1109
Matrix modification
-3
Replace current value with CMPLX.
-4
Replace current value with CMPLXD.
Add REAL to current value.
Add REALD to current value.
Add CMPLX to current value.
Add CMPLXD to current value.
REAL
Real single precision value.
NCOL
Number of columns in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=ICOL.
NROW
Number of rows in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=IROW.
REALD
Real double precision value.
CMPLX
Complex single precision value.
CMPLXD
Complex double precision value.
Example:
In matrix A, add 10.5 to the value at column 2 and row 3:
MATMOD
A,,,,,/A1,/40/2/3/-1/10.5 $
Remarks:
If the input matrix is real and TYPE is -4, -3, 3, or 4, only the real term from CMPLX or CMPLXD will
be used.
Main Index
1110
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 41
Reorder the rows of a rectangular matrix.

Format:
MATMOD
GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/41 $
Input Data Blocks:
GRDRM
Permutation matrix.
I1
Rectangular matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1
Reordered rectangular matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 42
Permute a sparse square matrix.

Format:
MATMOD
GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/42 $
Input Data Blocks:
GRDRM
Permutation matrix.
I1
Square matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 43
Not implemented.
Main Index
Permuted matrix.
MATMOD 1111
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 44
Creates EQEXIN table based on g-set partitioning vector.

Format:
MATMOD
EQEXIN,VG,,,,/EQEXINR,/44 $
Input Data Blocks:
EQEXIN
Equivalence table between internal and external grid identification

numbers.
VG
Partitioning vector with 1.0 desired degrees-of-freedom.
Output Data Block:
EQEXINR
EQEXIN reduced by VG.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 45
Permute matrix according to a row permutation.
Main Index
1112
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
I1,RPERM,,,,/O1,/45/PERMOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
RPERM
Table of row permutations.
I1
Square matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1
Permuted matrix.
Parameter:
PERMOPT
Input-integer. Permutation option.

1
Gather.
Scatter.
Option P1 = 46
Convert a sparse partial decomp matrix into a regular matrix datablock.

Format:
MATMOD
KTTP,,,,,/KTTS,/46/NOOSET $
Input Data Block:
KTTP
Sparse partial decomp update matrix.
Output Data Block:
KTTS
KTTP converted to standard matrix format.
Parameter:
NOOSET
Main Index
Input-integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set.
MATMOD 1113
Matrix modification
Example:
PUTSYS(1,277) $ Force partial decomp

DCMP
USET,SILS,EQEXINS,KFFX,VFO,VFOX/
LFO,KTTSP,/3///MAXRATIO/'F' $
PUTSYS(0,277) $
MATMOD
KTTSP,,,,,/KTTREG,/46/NOOSET $
DIAGONAL
KTTREG/KTTDIAG/'SQUARE' $
TRNSP
KTTREG/KTTTRAN $
ADD5
KTTREG,KTTTRAN,KTTDIAG,,/KTT///-1.0 $
MODTRL
KTT////6 $
Option P1 = 47
Perform null row search on a matrix.

Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/47///P4 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Any matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1
Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where I1 has null rows if
P4 > 0 or non-null if P4 < 0. If I1 is purged, then O1 is purged. If I1 is
null, then O1 will be full.
Parameter:
P4
Input-integer-default=0. See O1.
Option P1 = 51
Partition FRL table or FOL table and loads matrix for DMP processing.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
INTAB1,INTAB2,,,,/OUTTAB1,OUTTAB2/51/NPROC/PROCID/IOPT $
1114
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
INTAB1
FRL or FOL, as indicated by IOPT.
INTAB2
Load matrix data block for FOL processing (IOPT<>-1).
Output Data Blocks:
OUTTAB1
INTAB1 divided by frequency across DMP processes.
OUTTAB2
INTAB2 divided by frequency across DMP processes.
Parameters:
NPROC
Number of DMP processes in the job (no default).
PROCID
DMP process ID (no default).
IOPT
If IOPT=-1, INTAB1 is the FRL table. Otherwise, INTAB1 is the FOL table.
Default=0.
Remarks:
1. The partition algorithm is given by the following DMAP code fragment, where NFREQT is the
total number of forcing frequencies in the problem. ISTART is the first process-specific
frequency, and NFREQ is the number of frequencies for local process PROCID.
NF
= NFREQT / NPROC $
NLEFT = MOD( NFREQT, NPROC ) $
IF (PROCID .GT. NLEFT) THEN $
NFREQ = NF $
ISTART = NLEFT*(NF+1) + (PROCID-NLEFT-1)*NF + 1 $
ELSE $
NFREQ = NF + 1 $
ISTART = (PROCID-1)*(NF+1) + 1 $
ENDIF $
For example, if NPROC=4 and NFREQ=15, the frequencies are partitioned according to the
following table.
PROCID
ISTART
NFREQ
13
Option P1 = 52
Convert frequency response displacement vectors to velocity or acceleration vectors.
Main Index
MATMOD 1115
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
MATMOD I1,FOL,,,,/O1,O2/52 $
Input Data Block:
I1
Any displacement matrix. (Real or complex).
FOL
Forcing frequency list for frequency response analysis.
Output Data Block:
O1
Velocity matrix (complex).
O2
Acceleration matrix (Real or complex).
Parameter:
P4
Input-integer-default=0. See O1.
Remarks:
1. Velocity vectors are computed by multiplying each term of a column of I1with corresponding i .
2. Acceleration vectors are computed by multiplying each term of a column of I1with corresponding
Main Index
1116
MATOFP
Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
MATOFP
Prints a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined column label and
page header.
Format:
MATOFP
MAT,BGPDT,OL,USET/
OMAT1/
APP/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TCODE/PUNCH/IPRINT/
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLBL2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLBL2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8 $
Input Data Blocks:
MAT
Matrix (real or complex). The rows of the matrix must correspond to the gset DOFs.
BGPDT
OL
List of values for column labeling on left corner of page. The contents of OL
depend on the value of APP:
APP
OL
'REIGEN'
LAMA
'FREQRESP'
FOL
'TRANRESP'
TOL
'CEIGEN'
CLAMA
'BKL1'
BLAMA
'NLST'
COMB
'USERLIST'
Matrix column of user defined values
If OL is purged, then the left corner will not be labeled.

USET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
OMAT1
Main Index
MAT converted to OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format.
MATOFP 1117
Parameters:
APP
Input-character-default='USERLIST'. Analysis type. See OL above.
ROWNAM
Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If ROWNAM is

blank, then it defaults to COLNAM.
PRNTOPT
Input-character-default = ALL. Must be one of the following values:

Option
Action
NULL
Only null columns will be identified.
ALL
Print all nonzero terms in matrix.
ALLP
Print numbers converted to magnitude/phase.
TCODE
Input-integer-default=1. Table code.
PUNCH
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag.
IPRINT
Input-integer-default=0. Print control flag.

0: print
<>0: do not print
LCOLLBLi
Input-character-default=(depends on APP). Label with up to 32 characters to be

printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page. The default values
depends on APP:
APP
Main Index
LCOLLBLi
'TRANRESP'
TIME
'FREQRESP'
FREQUENCY
'REIGEN'
FREQUENCY
'CEIGEN'
FREQUENCY
'USERLIST'
LABEL
RCOLLBLi
Input-character-default='COLUMN' (followed by column number). Label with

up to 32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper right corner of each page.
COLLBLi is then followed by column number.
HDRLBLi
Input-character-default='MATRIX' (followed by matrix name). Header with up

to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each page.
1118
MATOFP
Examples:
Example 1:
MATOFP
GCF,BGPDT,,USET/ $
GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK

MSC.NASTRAN 8/10/00
PAGE
9
ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE
DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG
AUGUST
11, 2000
COLUMN 1
MATRIX
POINT ID.
TYPE
T1
T2
GCF
T3
R1
R2
R3
1
3
1.862645E-09
4
6
4.656613E-10
7
4.656613E-10
9
10
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
1.862645E-09
G
G
G
G
G
-1.303852E-08
-4.656613E-10
-1.490116E-08
4.656613E-10
1.862645E-09
.0
1.862645E-09
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
Example 2:
MATOFP
Main Index
GCF,BGPDTs,,USET/
OGCF1///////////
DIRECTIO/N///
G R O U /N D C H /E C K /F O R C /
E S ( G /- S E T /) $
.0
.0
.0
-
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
MATOFP 1119
GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK

8/10/00
PAGE
9
ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE
DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG
AUGUST
11, 2000
MSC.NASTRAN
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D
POINT ID.
1
1.862645E-09
3
1.862645E-09
4
6
4.656613E-10
7
4.656613E-10
9
10
Main Index
TYPE
G
T1
.0
T2
.0
-1.303852E-08
-4.656613E-10
G
G
-1.490116E-08
1.862645E-09
4.656613E-10
.0
1.862645E-09
G
G
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
.0
.0
.0
C H E C K
F O R C E S
( G - S E T )
T3
.0
R1
.0
R2
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R3
.0
-
.0
.0
1120
MATPCH
Punches contents of matrix data blocks
MATPCH
Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MATPCH
I1,I2,I3,14,I5//IVNIT/N1/N2/N3/N4/N5 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii
Any real matrix data block.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
IVNIT
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number. If this parameter is

negative, an echo of the DMI Bulk Data entries generated will be
printed on the FORTRAN unit given by the absolute value of
PRINTOPT.
Ni
Input-character-default=blank. Continuation entry prefix. Used to

form a unique continuation string for the DMI Bulk Data entries. For
example, if Ni=xx, then this produces continuations of the form (xx
1), (xx 2), etc. The default value causes the blank continuation option
to be used. See Remark 4 if explicit continuations are desired.
Remarks:
1. The nonzero elements of each matrix are punched on double-field DMI entries as shown in the
example below. The name of the matrix is obtained from the header record of the data block.
Field 10 contains the three-character parameter value in columns 74 through 76 and an
incremented integer record count in columns 77 through 80 if nondefault values are used for the
Ni parameters.
2. Double precision matrices will be converted to single precision. Only the real part of complex
matrices will be used.
3. All matrices are output on double-field entries in single precision.
4. If Ni is specified, then Ni must be different for each corresponding input matrix. Also, the
maximum number of records that may be punched is 99999. If full square matrices are considered,
a maximum order of 629 is allowed. If matrices larger than this are desired, use the OUTPUT2 or
OUTPUT4 modules to produce a FORTRAN readable file.
Main Index
MATPCH 1121
5. Only sufficiently small nonpurged data blocks will be punched onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
Example:
Let the data block MAT contain the matrix
1.0
0.0
[ MAT ] = 2.0
0.0
3.0
0.0
0.0
4.0
5.0
0.0
6.0
7.0
0.0
0.0
8.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
9.0
0.0
The DMAP statement

MATPCH MAT// $
will produce the following DMI entries:
1
Main Index
DMI
MAT
DMI
MAT
3
0
4
2
5
1
1.000000E 00
2.000000E 00
3.000000E 00
DMI*
MAT
4.000000E 00
5.000000E 00
DMI*
MAT
6.000000E 00
7.000000E 00
8.000000E 00
DMI*
MAT
9.000000E 00
10
1122
MATPRN
General matrix printer
MATPRN
General matrix printer
Prints general matrix data blocks.

Format:
MATPRN
M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//PRTFORM $
Input Data Blocks:
Mi
Matrix data blocks, any of which may be purged. (Real or complex).
Parameters:
PRTFORM
Character-input-default='
'. Real number precision.
LONG
12 significant digits.
SHORT
Remarks:
1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged.

2. If any data block is not a matrix, it will be printed as if it were a table.
3. MATPRN prints the row index for the term that begins each line of printout.
4. MATPRN will not print out two or more consecutive lines of zeroes, but instead will issue a
message of the form:
ROW POSITIONS xxxx THRU yyyy NOT PRINTED -- ALL = 0.0.
5. If PRTFORM is set to 'LONG' (see Example 3), most of the digits of the internal representations
will be printed. Normally, the output is truncated to five or six digits.
6. For large, sparse matrices with scattered terms, the user is advised to use either the MATPRT or
MATGPR modules.
Examples:
1. MATPRN
KGG/$
2. MATPRN
KGG,PL,PG,BGG,UPV//$
3. MATPRN KGG //'LONG' $
Main Index
MATPRT 1123
Matrix printer
MATPRT
Matrix printer
Prints a matrix.
Format:
MATPRT
MATRIX//PRNTLABL/PRNTFLAG $
Input Data Block:
MATRIX
Matrix data block to be printed. If [X] is purged, then nothing is done.
Parameters:
PRNTLABL
Integer-input-default=0. Print label. If PRNTFLG=1, then the matrix is

labeled with ROW n; otherwise it is labeled with COLUMN n.
PRNTFLAG
Integer-input-default=0. Print flag. If PRNTFLAG < 0, do not print

[X]; Y 0, print [X].
Remark:
Each column (or row) of the matrix is broken into groups of six terms (3 terms if complex) per printed
line. If all the terms in a group are 0, the line is not printed. If the entire column (or row) is 0, it is not
printed. If the entire matrix is null, it is not printed.
Example:
Print the mass matrix:

MATPRT
Main Index
MGG// $
1124
MATREDU
Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
MATREDU
Reduces a square matrix from the g-set to the a-set or p-set to the d-set. Optionally produces the s-set by
f-set partition following multipoint constraint elimination and reduction.
Format:
MATREDU
XGG USET GM GOA
,
,
,
XPP USETD GMD GOD

XAA
, XSF , XSS
XDD
NOXGG
S,N,
$
NOXPP
Input Data Blocks:
XGG
Square matrix in g-set.
XPP
Square matrix in p-set.
USET
USETD
GM
GMD
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by

ne-set.
GOA
Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.
GOD

o-set by d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
XAA
Reduced square matrix in a-set.
XDD
Reduced square matrix in d-set.
XSF
S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint

constraint elimination and reduction.
XSS
S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint

constraint elimination and reduction.
MATREDU 1125
Parameters:
NOXGG
Output-integer-default=1. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does

not exist.
NOXPP
Output-integer-default=1. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does

not exist.
Method:
4 ] are reduced to the a-set by the MATREDU module which
The damping matrices [ B gg ] and [ Kgg
performs the following operations:

1. Eliminate multipoint constraints
[ B gg ]
B nn B nm
B mn B mm
T
[ B nn ] = [ G mn ] [ B mn G mn + B mn ] + [ B mn ] [ G mn ] + [ B nn ]
2. Eliminate single point constraints
[ B nn ]
B ff B fs
B sf B ss
3. Partition omitted degrees-of-freedom
[ B ff ]
B aa B ao
B oa B oo
4. Perform static condensation

T
[ B aa ] = [ G oa ] [ B oo G oa + B oa ] + [ B oa ] [ G oa ] + [ B aa ]
Remarks:
1. If XGG or XPP is not symmetric, then unsymmetric formulation of reduction is used.

2. XGG or XPP may be purged, in which case MATREDU returns with NOXAA=-1 or NOXDD=1.
3. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and o-set degrees-offreedom do not exist.
Main Index
1126
MATREDU
4. XSF may be purged.

5. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules UPARTN,
UMERGE1, SMPYAD, and MCE2.
Main Index
MCE1 1127
Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix
MCE1
Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix
Creates the multipoint constraint transformation matrix.

Format:
MCE1
USET,RMG,KGG,YMU/
GM,THETAM $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
RMG
KGG
YMU
MPCD constraint equations
Output Data Block:
GM
THETAM
MPCD transformation matrix
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The multipoint constraint equations, R mg , formed in the GP4 module, are partitioned by the MCE1
module (Multipoint Constraint Eliminator -- Phase 1) as follows:
[ R mg ] = R mm R mn
MCE1 also solves the equation
[ R mm ] [ G mn ] = [ R mn ]
for the transformation matrix [ G mn ] .
Main Index
1128
MCE2
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
MCE2
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction on up to four g-set size square matrices.
Format 1: For g-set matrices
MCE2
USET,GM,XGG1,XGG2,XGG3,XGG4/
XNN1,XNN2,XNN3,XNN4 $
Format 2: For p-set matrices
MCE2
USETD,GMD,XPP1,XPP2,XPP3,XPP4/
XNENE1,XNENE2,XNENE3,XNENE4/NOUE $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
GM
XGGi
Square matrices in g-set.
USETD
GMD

ne-set.
XPPi
Output Data Blocks:
XNNi
Square matrices in n-set.
XNENEi
Square matrix in ne-set.
Parameters:
NOUE
Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra

points. USETD and GMD must be supplied if NOUE>0.
Method:
The MCE2 module partitions the stiffness matrix
Main Index
MCE2 1129
[ K gg ] =
K nn K nm
(5-74)
K mn K mm
and performs matrix reduction

T
[ K nn ] = [ G mn ] [ K mm G mn + K mn ] + [ K mn G mn + K nn ]
Remark:
Any or all of XGGi and XNNi may be purged. However, if any of XGGi is specified then the
corresponding XNNi must also be specified.
Example:
Reduce
Main Index
K gg to K nn .
(5-75)
1130
MCFRAC
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
MCFRAC
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions.

Format:
MCFRAC
CASECC,LAMA,OL,BGPDT,RPH,UH,PVMCFR,MODSELT/
OMCF1,UNUSED/
APP/FMODE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
LAMA
OL
Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list

or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with
APP.
BGPDT
RPH
Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set. See Remark.
UH
Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal

displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements,
velocities, and accelerations in transient response.
PVMCFR
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MCFRAC
MODSELT

MODESELECT Case Control command and user parameters
LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.
Output Data Blocks:
OMCF1
Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format.
UNUSED
Parameters:
APP

'CEIGEN'
Main Index
MCFRAC 1131
'FREQRESP' Frequency response.

'TRANRESP' Frequency response.
FMODE
Input-integer-default=0. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user

parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also
MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.
Remark:
If PVMCFR is specified then the number of rows in RPH must correspond to the ones and their positions
in PVMCFR.
Main Index
1132
MDATA
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
MDATA
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with

virtual fluid mass
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass.
Format:
MDATA
CASECC,XYCDB,MAR,MEA,UAX,OL/
OEP/
APP/S,N,NOSORT2/FREQINDX $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.
XYCDB
MAR
Table of virtual mass element areas.
MEA
Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.
UA
Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set.
Output Data Block:
OEP
Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2

format.
Parameters:
APP
Input-character-no default. Type of analysis. Allowable values are:

'REIG'
Normal modes.
'CEIG'
'FREQ'
Frequency response.
'TRAN'
Transient response.
NOSORT2
Input-integer-default=-1. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested.
FREQINDX
Input-integer-default=0. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency

associated with UA.
Method:
1. Calculate the accelerations. This depends on the approach.
Main Index
MDATA 1133
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
APP
Type of
Arithmetic
ua
REIG
Real
U a = u a ( from LAMA )
CEIG
Complex
U a = p u d ( from CLAMA )
FREQ
Complex
U a = u d ( from FOL )
TRAN
Real
U a = ( the 3rd, 6th, 9th, etc., columns of UDVT )
2. Compute the element forces:
f e = M ea U a
3. Output selected pressures. Output may be printed (via OFP) or plotted (via XYPLOT). The
CASECC and XYCDB data blocks are scanned for all MPRES output requests. The set selection
method is the same as used in Module SDR2. The MEA data block has two work pairs (element
identification number and area) corresponding to each row of the element force vector. For each
selected element, output the pressure (force divided by area) to the OFP data block. All flags must
be set (e.g., print, punch, plot, real, phase, etc.), depending upon the MPRES request.
Remarks:
1. XYCDB nay be purged.

2. MDATA is only available for normal modes, complex modes, frequency response, and transient
response using direct methods only.
Main Index
1134
MDCASE
Partitions the Case Control table
MDCASE
Partitions the Case Control table into separate Case Control tables based on the ANALYSIS Case Control
command.
Format:
MDCASE
CASECC EDOM
,
,
/
CASEXN
CASECC
CASESTAT,CASEMODE,CASEBUCK,CASEFREQ,CASECEIG,
CASEMTRN,CASESAER,CASEDVRG,CASEFLUT,CASESMST,
CASESMEM,CASEHEAT,CASEUPSE,CASESADV,CASESNMB,
CASEXX,CASENL,CASELN,CASETMP/
S,N,STATCC/S,N,MODECC/S,N,BUCKCC/S,N,DFRQCC/
S,N,MFRQCC/S,N,DCEIGCC/S,N,MCEIGCC/S,N,MTRNCC/
S,N,SAERCC/S,N,DVRGCC/S,N,FLUTCC/S,N,SMSTCC/
S,N,SMEMCC/S,N,HEATCC/S,N,UPSECC/S,N,DESOBJ/
S,N,DESGLB/S,N,OBJSID/SEPRTN/S,N,WVFLG/
desmod/statblnk/marcelm/noglued/IBUCK $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EDOM
Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and

optimization.
CASEXN
CASECC created from one of the outputs in a prior call to MDCASE.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASESTAT
Case Control table for static analysis and based on ANALYSIS=STATICS.
CASEMODE
Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=MODES.
CASEBUCK
Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on ANALYSIS=BUCK.
CASEFREQ
Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
CASECEIG
Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis and based
on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG.
CASEMTRN
Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=MTRAN.
CASESAER
Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on ANALYSIS=SAERO.
MDCASE 1135
CASEDVRG
Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=DIVERG.
CASEFLUT
Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER.
CASESMST
Case Control table for structural analysis and based on ANALYSIS=STRU.
CASESMEM
Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=ELEC.
CASEHEAT
Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on ANALYSIS=HEAT.
CASEUPSE
Case Control table for upstream superelements only.
CASESADV
Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or CASEDVRG.
CASESNMB
Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT, CASEMODE,

CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and CASEFLUT.
CASEXX
Case Control table intended for Phase 1 matrix generation, assembly and
reduction.
CASENL
NL-related CASECC 17
217
CASECC records for all SOL 400 related SUBCASE/STEP.
For nonlinear and multi-physics: ANALYSIS= NLST, NLTR, HSTA, HTRA
For linear perturbations: ANALYSIS= MODES, MCEIG, DCEIG, MFREQ,
DFREQ, MTRAN
CASELN
Linear CASECC
18
218
All linear analysis disciplines (Note: Linear analysis disciplines supported by
SOL 400
include: STATICS, MODES, BUCK, MCEIG, DCEIG, MFREQ, DFREQ,
MTRAN, ... )
CASETMP
Updated CASECC for buckling analysis
Parameters:
Main Index
STATCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in
CASECC and CASESTAT is specified in the output list.
MODECC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Normal modes analysis subcase flag.

Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MODES command was found
in CASECC and CASEMODE is specified in the output list.
BUCKCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in
CASECC and CASEBUCK is specified in the output list.
1136
MDCASE
Main Index
DFRQCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct frequency response analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ
command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the
output list.
MFRQCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal frequency response analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ
command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the
output list.
DCEIGCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG
command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the
output list.
MCEIGCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG
command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the
output list.
MTRNCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal transient response analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN
command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is specified in the
output list.
SAERCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set

to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in
CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.
DVRGCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic divergence analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG
command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is specified in the
output list.
FLUTCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in
CASECC and CASEFLUT is specified in the output list.
SMSTCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set

to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in
CASECC and CASESMST is specified in the output list.
SMEMCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Electromagnetic analysis subcase

flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was
found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.
HEATCC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag.

Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found
in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified in the output list.
MDCASE 1137
UPSECC
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Superelement analysis subcase flag.

Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and
CASEUPSE is specified in the output list.
DESOBJ
Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set

DESGLB
Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set

OBJSID
Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number

associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user
specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.
SEPRTN
Input-logical-default=FALSE. SUPER command processing flag. Set

to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.
WVFLG
Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC

does not contain any subcases for statics, normal modes, or buckling
subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume response specified
on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM.
Remarks:

2. EDOM may be purged it WVFLG is not required.
3. CASEXX is a copy of one of the following in the order that they appear and if they exist:
CASESTAT
CASESAER
CASEDVRG
CASEMODE
CASEFREQ
CASEMTRN
CASEFLUT
Main Index
1138
MDENZO
MDACMS matrix utility
MDENZO
Matrix utility for matrix domain automatic component mode synthesis (MDACMS).
Format:
MDENZO
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O3/
MDOPT/IP1/IP2/SETNAM/RP1/RP2/L1 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii
Input tables or matrices. The number and type of inputs required

depends on MDOPT.
Output Data Blocks:
Oi
Output tables or matrices. The number and type of outputs required

depends on MDOPT.
Parameters:
MDOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Option selection number as described below.
IP1
Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IP2
Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
SETNAM
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Degree-of-freedom set name.
RP1
Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RP2
Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
L1
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
Option MDOPT=0:
Partition KXX (or MXX or BXX) into o-set and t-set based on MDMAP and SEID. GOTMAP is an
optional output.
Format:
MDENZO
Main Index
KXX,MDMAP,,,/KOO,KOT,GOTMAP/0/SEID $
MDENZO 1139
Option MDOPT=1:
Extracts the o-set partition of a load matrix based on MDMAP and SEID.
Format:
MDENZO
PX,MDMAP,,,/PO,,/1/SEID $
Option MDOPT=2:
Partition PHQ by rows into a family of PHQI qualified by MDSEID.

GOQ is used to get the size of q-set for each domain.
ORDER is used to determine the order of the domain's q-sets in PHQ
Format:
MDENZO
PHQ,GOQ,ORDER,,/PHQI,,/2/NDOM $
Option MDOPT=3:
Find UT (and PVEC) for SEID as SEID goes back "up the tree"
Extract UT from family UO.
Format:
MDENZO
GOTMAP,MDMAP,GOT,UO,GOQUQ,MDSPARSE/
UT,PVEC,UOI/3/SEID/P2 $
P2 on input is undefined for serial execution. For DMP, P2 on input is GSEID, the "global" SEID
associatd with the current domain.
On output, P2 is YESNO.
If possible (YESNO=+1), multiply-add GOT*UT+GOQUQ, else set YESNO=-1.
If yes, the answer is placed in UOI.
MDSPARSE is used to partition down UOI (if made) to the DOFs needed for option 4.
Option MDOPT=4:
Reorder the family into the correct/original ordering. Use the gather/re-order vector in MDMAP.
Main Index
1140
MDENZO
Format:
MDENZO
UOF,MDMAP,,,/PHI,,/4// $
Option MDOPT=5:
Take the partition vector RECVEC and determine which SEIDs you need to recover and write to
RECMAP.
Format:
MDENZO
RECVEC,MDMAP,,,/RECMAP,,/5// $
Option MDOPT=6:
Decide whether SEID is in RECMAP or not. If yes, OUTYN = 1 else OUTYN = .

Format:
MDENZO
RECMAP,,,,/,,/6/SEID/OUTYN/ $
Option MDOPT=7:
Perform matrix reduction: XTT1 = GTO*XOO*GOT

Format:
MDENZO
XOO,GOT,,,/XOOGOT,XTT1,/7/OUTYN/ $
If there is sufficient memory to do multiply in-core then produce XOOGOT, XTT1 and set OUTYN to
+1.
If not possible, set OUTYN to -1 $
Both input matrices must be real and XOO must be symmetric.
This is for tip only.
Option MDOPT=8:
Perform matrix multiplications: XTTA = GTO*XOT and XTTB = XTO*GOT.

Format:
MDENZO
Main Index
XOT,GOT,,,/XTTA,XTTB,/8/OUTYN $
MDENZO 1141
Both XOT and GOT must be real.

Set OUTYN to +1. Else set it to -1.
Option MDOPT=9:
Takes 4 matrices that are involved in the reduction and produces the 2 output matrices that are needed
from subDMAP MDREDMB.
Format:
MDENZO
XOO,GOT,XOT,XTTBAR,/XOOGOT,XTT,/9/OUTYN $
OUTYN set to +1 if successful (sufficient memory).

OUTYN set to -1 if not successful (then use rest of DMAP).
This computation optimized for collectors.
Option MDOPT=10:
Take a complex load and break it into real and imaginary parts and place those side by side as real
columns in PGRI.
Format:
MDENZO
PG,,,,/PGRI,VEC1,VEC2/10 $
VEC1 is a partition vector identifying null columns of PGRI with 0.0.

VEC2 is a partition vector of the form 1 0 1 0 1 0 to idenify real and imaginary parts.
Option MDOPT=11:
Create the MDK4INFO table which describes properties about the K4 damping matrix.
Format:
MDENZO
USET,,,,,/MDK4INFO,,/11/MDK4OPT/MGE/APP///RSONLY
MDK4OPT is a user PARAM that disables the high performance feature if MDK4OPT<1.
APP is string describing the application such as 'FREQRESP' or 'TRANRESP'.
MGE is the multiple GE value flag used in the EMG module.
RSONLY is a logical that is TRUE if there is only a single residual superelement.
Main Index
1142
MDENZO
After MDK4INFO has been created and the EMG module has created K4GG option 11 can be used to
extract GEBAR.
MDENZO
USET,MDK4INFO,,,/,,/11/MDK4OPT/MGE//S,N,GEBAR $
GEBAR is the GE value that was subtracted from all structure elements.
Option MDOPT= 12:
Same as MDOPT=1 except PF can made into a family of PO's the family is made even if PF does not fit
in memory.
Format:
MDENZO
PF,MDMAP,,,/PFAM,,/12 $
Option MDOPT= 13 (or -13):
Take the lower triangle of KFF and mirror it so that the upper and lower triangles of KFFSYM are exact.
If -13, remove packed 0s.
Format:
MDENZO
KFF,,,,,/KFFSYM,,/13 $
Option MDOPT= 14
Make sure DOFs of the same grid stay together when compressed in PRESOL add mbkxx1 to its
transpose and send into PRESOL.
Format:
MDENZO
Main Index
MBKXX,BGPDT,USET,VGFS,,/MBKXX1,,/14 $
MDISUTIL 1143
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors
MDISUTIL
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master

processors
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors.

Format:
MDISUTIL
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,
DB10,DB11,DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15/
DBOUT1,DBOUT2,DBOUT3,DBOUT4,DBOUT5,DBOUT6,
DBOUT7,
DBOUT8,DBOUT9,DBOUT10,DBOUT11,DBOUT12,DBOUT13,
DBOUT14,DBOUT15/
SENDID/NUMDB/RECVCODE $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi
Output Data Block:
DBOUTi
DBi received on the slave processor.
Parameters:
SENDID
Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values

are 1 to the number of processors.
NUMDB
Input-integer-no default. Number of data blocks to broadcast.
RECVCODE
Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code.

=0
<0
Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver.
>0
Remarks:
MDISUTIL calls option 10 of the DISUTIL module.
Main Index
1144
MDUSTMNF
MDUSTMNF
Returns a modified USET table which is suitable for exporting MNF in SOL400.
Format:
MDUSTMNF
BGPDT, GEOM2, USET / USETM / NLRIGID $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
BGPDT table
GEOM2
Contains the geom2 without RBEs
USET
Contains the a-set definition
Output Data Block:
USETM
Modified USET table
Parameter:
NLRIGID
Input-integer-no default
<0
Either linear rigid element or no rigid element exists in the model
=0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and Lagrange multiplier method is used to

obtain solution.
>0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and both Lagrange multipliers and m-set
DOFs are eliminated.
Remarks:
USETM is obtained by modifying the USET table in case there are rigid elements or Lagrange multipliers
due to contact using the following logic:
a. Lagrange Multipliers for contact are put into the o-set.
b. In case of rigid element (RBE2/RBE3/RBAR/RROD/RJOINT) whose independent or
reference grid/grids have been put into the a-set by the user this module puts all the grids
(independent, dependent, reference, Lagrange grids) of that element into the a-set, otherwise,
this module puts all the grids of that element into the o-set.
Main Index
MERGE 1145
Matrix merge
MERGE
Matrix merge
Forms a matrix from its partitions.

Format:
MERGE
A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/SYM/TYPE/FORM $
Input Data Blocks:
Aij
Matrix partitions. (Real or complex).
CP
RP
Row partitioning vector.
Output Data Block:
Merged matrix from Aij.
Parameters:
SYM
Input-integer-default=-1. SYM < 0, {CP} is used for {RP}.

SYM 0 , {CP} and {RP} are distinct.
TYPE
Input-integer-default=0. Type of [A]. If TYPE is 0, the type of the

output matrix will be the maximum type of [A11], [A21], [A12], and
[A22].
FORM
Input-integer-default=0. Form of [A]. (See Remark 3.)
Remarks:
1. MERGE is the inverse of PARTN in the sense that if [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] were produced
by PARTN using {RP}, {CP}, FORM, SYM and TYPE from [A], MERGE will produce [A]. The
operation of MERGE is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, {CP} and {RP}, and the
symmetry flag, SYM.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Main Index
1146
MERGE
Matrix merge
Let [ A ] be an m by n matrix, { CP } be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and { RP } be a

mx1 vector containing p zero elements. Partition [ A11 ] will consist of all elements A ij of [ A ] for
which CP j = RP i = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [ A ] . Partition [ A12 ] will consist of
all elements A ij of [ A ] for which CP j 0.0 and RPi = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in
[ A ] . Partition [ A21 ] will consist of all elements A ij of [ A ] for which CP j = 0.0 and RPi 0.0
in the same order as they appear in [ A ] . The following describes the operations:
Let
NC = number of nonzero terms in { CP } .

NR = number of nonzero terms in { RP } .
NROWA = number of rows in [ A ] .
NCOLA = number of columns in [ A ] .
Case 1:
{CP} is purged and
SYM 0 :
MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix.
[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
[A12] is not written.
Case 2:
{ RP } is purged and
A11 [ A ]
A21
SYM 0 :
MERGE A11,,A12,,CP,/A/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA - NC) matrix.
[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix.
Main Index
A11 A12 [ A ]
MERGE 1147
Matrix merge
Case 3:
{ RP } is purged and SYM < 0:
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,/A $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix.
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix.
Case 4:
Neither { CP } nor { RP } are purged and
A11 A12 [ A ]
A21 A22
SYM 0 :
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix.
A11 A12 [ A ]
A21 A22
2. [A11], [A12], [A21], and [A22] must be unique matrices.

3. When FORM = 0, a compatible matrix [A] results as shown in the following table:
Form of [A22]
Square
Square
Form of [A11]
Rectangular
Symmetric
Square
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Symmetric
Rectangular
Rectangular
Symmetric
4. Any or all of [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] may be purged. When all are purged, this implies
[A] = 0.
5. Both { RP } and { CP } may not be purged.
Main Index
1148
MERGE
Matrix merge
Examples:
1. Let A11, A12, A21, A22, {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:
[ A11 ] = 2.0
6.0
[ A12 ] = 1.0 3.0 4.0

5.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = 10.0
[ A22 ] = 9.0 11.0 12.0
1.0

0.0
( CP ) =
1.0
1.0

0.0

( RP ) = 0.0

1.0
Then, the DMAP instruction
MERGE
A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
will create the real matrix:
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

[ A ] = 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
2. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as
MERGE
A11,A12,,,CP,/A/1 $ RP,CP distinct
the input matrices would be
2.0
[ A11 ] = 6.0
10.0
Main Index
1.0 3.0 4.0

[ A12 ] = 5.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 11.0 12.0
MERGE 1149
Matrix merge

MERGE
A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $
the input matrices would be
[ A11 ] = 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
4. If the DMAP instruction is written as
MERGE
A11,A21,A12,A22,,RP/A/-1 $
and the input matrices are:
[ A11 ] = 1 2
5 6
[ A12 ] = 3
7
[ A21 ] = 9 10
[ A22 ] = 11
then the resulting matrix would be
1 2 3
[A] = 5 6 7
9 10 11
Main Index
1150
MERGEOFP
Merges linear and nonlinear stress output
MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress output

Merges OESL (linear element stresses from SDR2) with OESNL (nonlinear element stresses from
SDRNL).
Format:
MERGEOFP
OES1,OESNL1/OES1X $
Input Data Blocks:
OES1
Table of element stresses in SORT1.
OESNL1
Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.
Output Data Block:
OES1X
Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in the SORT1 and linear
element format.
Remark:
The linear and nonlinear element stress files are read concurrently. The output file is produced with the
same order of files as the input files, but where the same element name and identification number appears
on each input file, the linear element stress data block for the element will immediately precede the
nonlinear element stress data block on the output file.
Main Index
MESSAGE 1151
Prints messages
MESSAGE
Prints messages
Prints messages to the standard MSC Nastran output file.

Format:
MESSAGE
T1/T2/P1/P2/.../Pn $
Input Data Block:
T1
Table created by prior executions of MESSAGE and will be printed to

the f06 file.
Output Data Block:
T2
Table to which Pi will be written instead of the f06 file.
Parameter:
Pi
Input-default is blank. Cannot exceed 80 characters in length.
Remarks:
1. Parameter inputs may be parameter names, actual values, or character strings.

2. Variable parameters must have been typed prior to this statement.
3. The number of parameters is limited only by the size of VPS.
4. The MESSAGE module normally prints to the .f06 standard MSC Nastran output file
(FORTRAN Unit 6). To have the print also appear in the Performance Summary Table
(FORTRAN Unit 4 or dayfile), DIAG 53 must be turned on by the DIAG Executive Control
Statement.
5. T1 and T2 may be purged.
6. T2 must be declared APPEND on the FILE statement if more than one MESSAGE execution is
used to write into this table.
Example:
1. Print a user information message:

MESSAGE
//USER DMAP MSG/10/ERROR IN ITER. NO./COUNT $
2. Create a table of two messages and then print:
FILE TEST=APPEND $
maxint = 776705406 $
Main Index
1152
MESSAGE
Prints messages
offset = 150704034 $
message /test/' maxint ='/maxint /' offset ='/offset $
lstart = maxint - offset $
incr
= offset / 39 $
message /test/' starting column ='/lstart /' incr ='/incr $
message test/ $
The following will appear in the f06 file:
^^^ MAXINT =
776705406 OFFSET =
150704034
^^^ STARTING COLUMN = 626001372 INCR = 3864206
Main Index
MGEN 1153
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
MGEN
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices.

Format:
MGEN
CASECC,MATPOOL,EST,CSTM,BGPDT/
MCHI,MLAM,GEG,MAR,MCHI2,MLAM2/
LUSET/S,N,NOMGEN/UNUSED3/WTMASS/UNUSED5 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
MATPOOL

EST
CSTM
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
MCHI
Matrix relating displacements to source strengths.
MLAM
Matrix relating element forces to source strengths.
GEG
Element displacement interpolation matrix.
MAR
Table of virtual mass element areas.
MCHI2
Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths.
MLAM2
Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths.
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET

g-set.
NOMGEN
Output-integer-default=-1. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the

MFLUID set identification number if MFLUID is specified in
CASECC.
UNUSED3
Input-real-default=0.0. Unused.
1154
MGEN
Main Index
WTMASS
Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass

matrix.
UNUSED5
MKCNTRL 1155
Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets
MKCNTRL
Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets
Assembles a description of the set of aerodynamic controllers.

Format:
MKCNTRL
EDT,CSTMA,AEBGPDT/
AECTRL,TRX,AECSTMHG/
SYMXZ/AUNITS $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT
Element deformation table.
CSTMA

AEBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-offreedom.
Output Data Blocks:
AECTRL
TRX
Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic

extra points.
AECSTMHG
Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices that

only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems if not
null.
Parameters:
SYMXZ
Input-real-no default. x-z symmetry flag.
AUNITS
Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in

gravity units to units of length per time squared.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1156
MKCSTMA
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models.
MKCSTMA
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from

structural and aerodynamic models.
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models.
Format:
MKCSTMA
CSTM1,CSTM2/CSTMM $
Input Data Block:
CSTMi
Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices.
Output Data Block:
CSTMM
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices.
MKMNTIFP 1157
Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties
MKMNTIFP
Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties
Updates geometry, connectivity, and property tables to form frames to track monitor points.
Format:
MKMNTIFP
BGPDT,CSTM,MONITOR,ECT,EPT,MPT/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,EPTX,MPTX/
YOUNGM $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
CSTM
MONITOR
ECT
EPT
MPT
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X
New GEOM1 table updated to track monitor points.
GEOM2X
New GEOM2 table updated to track monitor points.
EPTX
EPT updated to track monitor points.
MPTX
MPT updated to track monitor points.
Parameters:
YOUNGM
Main Index
Input-real-default=0.0. Young's modulus.
1158
MKRBVEC
Computes load summation about a given point
MKRBVEC
Builds a g-set X 6 matrix that sums forces and moments of a set of grids to a given reference point about
a given set of coordinate axes.
Format:
MKRBVEC
BGPDT,CSTM,AEROCOMP/
RBF/
COORID/REF1/REF2/REF3/COMPNAME/CDOM/INDDOF $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
CSTM
AEROCOMP
Table of component definitions. Required only if a COMPNM is

specified.
Output Data Blocks:
RBF
Matrix (g-set by 6) representing the geometric rigid body mode of the

points in the BGPDT about the origin of motion.
Parameters:
Main Index
COORID
Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the coordinate system into

which VGR will be generated.
REF1
Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the first coordinate direction of

COORID about which moments will be computed.
REF2
Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the second coordinate direction of

REF3
Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the third coordinate direction of

COMPNAME
Character. Name of a component defining the set of points participating in the

rigid body motion.
MKRBVEC 1159
Main Index
CDOM
Input-integer-default=0. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the motion.

(0=basic coordinate system).
INDDOF
Integer-input-default=0. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using

RBE3D code with Ci=INDDOF.
1160
MKSPLINE
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model
MKSPLINE
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to

aero model
Generates splines to interpolated results from the structural model to the aero model.
Format:
MKSPLINE
EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP,ECT,AEBOX,ACOMP,SCOMP,BGPDT,
ABGPDT/SPLINE/AEROEXT $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT

aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the
iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.
CSTMA

AEGRID
Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model.
AECOMP
ECT
AEBOX
Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as

BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
ACOMP
Aerodynamic components defined on AECOMP entries.
SCOMP
Structural components defined on AECOMP entries.
BGPDT
Structural Grid Points.
ABGPDT
Aerodynamic Grid Points.
Output Data Block:
SPLINE
Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers.
Parameters:
AEROEXT
Input, Integer, default=1.

1 = no external aerodynamics
-1 = external aerodynamics
Main Index
MKSPLINE 1161
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0.

DBVIEW AEGRID=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' AND WILDCARD) $
MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP/SPLINE $
Main Index
1162
MODACC
OFREQ and OTIME command processor
MODACC
Removes columns in solution and load matrices based on the OTIME and OFREQ Case Control
commands.
Format:
MODACC
CASECC,OL,U,P1,P2,P3/
OL1,U1,P11,P21,P31/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time

output list or frequency response frequency output list.
Solution matrix from normal modes, complex modes, transient

response, or frequency response.
Pi
Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are eigenvalues,
frequencies, or time steps in OL.
Output Data Blocks:
OL1
OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.
U1
U truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.
Pi1
Pi truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.
Parameter:
APP
MDCEQV
Main Index
Character-input-default='TRAN'. Analysis type.

'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Output-integer-default=-1. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1 on

output then no output truncation occurred and a subsequent EQUIVX
statement may be used to equivalence the inputs to the outputs. Applicable
only when APP='REIG'.
MODACC 1163
Remarks:
1. MODACC selects vectors based on OTIME or OFREQ commands in CASECC. If APP = 'CEIG',
the selection is based on the imaginary part of the complex eigenvalue. If APP = 'REIG', the
selection is based on the frequency f = 2 .
2. Here are typical data block names and the appropriate value of APP:
LAMA
APP = 'REIG'
CLAMA
APP = 'CEIG'
FOL
APP = 'FREQ'
TOL
APP = 'TRAN'
3. If APP='CEIGEN', then P11 must not be purged.

4. Under APP='REIG', if there is no OMODES or OFREQ Case Control request and the number of
subcase equals the number of modes (columns in U) or the MODES Case Control command
generates a number of subcases equal to the number of modes then OL1 and U1 will not be created
and MODACC must be followed subsequent EQUIVX statement;
Main Index
MODACC
CASEM,LAMA,PHA,,,/
LAMA2,PHA1,,,/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
EQUIVX
LAMA/LAMA2/MDCEQV $
EQUIVX
PHA/PHA1/MDCEQV $
1164
MODCASE
Processes POST command for f06 redirection
MODCASE
Processes POST command for f06 redirection
Process Case Control records for output data recovery and redirect output to user-specified Fortran files
instead of the f06.
Format for POSTCFLG=1:
MODCASE
CASECC,/POSTCC/1//S,N,NUNIQF06 $
Format for POSTCFLG=2:
MODCASE
CASECC,POSTCC0/CASECCP/
2/F6CNTR//S,N,F6UNIT/S,N,F6SUFFIX $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
POSTCC0
POSTCC computed from previous execution of MODCASE

(POSTCFLG=1).
Output Data Blocks:
POSTCC
Table containing POST command selections CASECCP CASECC

subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit.
Parameters:
POSTCFLG
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. POSTCC processing flag.

1
Generate POSTCC.
POSTCC is specifed as an input.
NUNIQF6
Output-integer-default=0., Number of unique Fortran units requested on POST

command.
F6CNTR
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit loop counter.
F6UNIT
Output-integer-default=0. Current Fortran unit number.
F6SUFFIX
Output-character-default=' '. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit physical names.
MODENRGY 1165
Computes modal energies
MODENRGY
Computes modal strain and kinetic energies in frequency and transient response analysis.
Format:
MODENRGY
CASECC,OL,UH,KHH,MHH,MODSELT/
TSNRGY,TKNRGY,MODSELT1,OL1,MSNRGY,MKNRGY/
APP/FMODE/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
UH
Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal

OL
Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list

or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with
APP.
KHH
MHH
MODSELT

MODESELECT Case Control command and user parameters
LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
TSNRGY
Table of modal strain energy.
TKNRGY
Table of modal kinetic energy.
MODSELT1
Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and MODALKE

Case Control commands.
OL1
Subset of OL selected by the the MODALSE and MODALKE Case

Control commands.
MSNRGY
Matrix of modal strain energy.
MKNRGY
Matrix of modal kinetic energy.
1166
MODENRGY
Parameters:
APP
Main Index

'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Frequency response.
FMODEv
Input-integer-default=1. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user

UNUSED
MODEPF 1167
Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors
MODEPF
Computes mode participation factors for fluid-structure models in frequency response analysis.
Format:
MODEPF
BGPDT,USET,CASECC,EDT,ABESF*,
PHASH2,UHFS,PHDFH,MFHH,BFHH,
KFHH,FOL,ABEH*,PHDFH1,PHDFH2,
UHFF,AH,PFHF,UNUSED,PNLLST,
VGA/
GPMPF,FMPF,SMPF,PMPF,LMPF,
MPFMAP/
NOFREQ/NOLOADF/GRIDFMP/NUMPAN/PNQALNAM/
SYMFLG/MPNFLG/FLUIDMP/STRUCTMP/PANELMP/
GRIDMP/NOSASET/FILTERF/FILTERS $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
BGPDT
USET
CASECC
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing SET1 entries.
ABESF*
Family of a-set size panel area matrices.
PHASH2
Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also

partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.
UHFS
Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also

PHDFH
Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.
MFHH
Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.
BFHH
Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.
KFHH
Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.
FOL
Table of forcing frequencies.
ABEH*
Family of signed modally reduced area matrices
PHDFH1
Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH reduced to

a-set size.
PHDFH2
PHDFH1 partitioned by parameter FLUIDMP.
UHFF
Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned

column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP.
1168
MODEPF
AH
Signed global modally reduced area matrix.
PFHF
Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix.
UNUSED
Unused.
PNLLST
Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL

qualifier values.
VGA
G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows

corresponding to the a-set.
Output Data Blocks:
GPMPF
Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.
FMPF
Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.
SMPF
Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factor.s
PMPF
Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation

factors.
LMPF
Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors.
MPFMAP
Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices.
Parameters:
NOFREQ
Input-integer-no default. Number of excitation frequencies.
NOLOADF
Input-integer-no default. Number of load cases per frequency.
GRIDFMP
Input-integer-no default. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids

that will be output:
Print matrices; if -999, print matrices for -1 (set = all).
<
0
1
0
>
0
Main Index
All fluid grid a-set.
No fluid grid a-set.

Case Control set that contains grid list to be output.
NUMPAN
Input-integer-no default. Number of panels.
PNQALNAM
Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier for panels.
SYMFLG
Input-complex-default=(1.,0.). Scale factor.
MODEPF 1169
MPNFLG
Input-integer-no default. Panel existence flag.
FLUIDMP
Input-integer-default=-1. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If

FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes.
STRUCTMP
Input-integer-default=-1. Number of structure modes to use computing factors.
PANELMP
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag to compute panel participation factors. See

Remark 2.
GRIDMP
Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number for a set of

fluid grids.
NOSASET
Input-integer-default=-1. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the

structure.
FILTERF
Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for fluid factor matrices.
FILTERS
Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for structure factor matrices.
Remarks:
1. VGA may be purged if no diagnostic printouts are desired.

2. If STRUCTMP>0 then these are the output options:
Compute structural mode participation factors.
If MPNFLG>0 and PANELMP>-1 then compute panel mode participation factors, PMPF.
Compute load mode participation factors, LMPF.

If MPNFLG>0 and GRIDMP>-1 then compute fluid grid mode participation factors, GMPF.
Main Index
1170
MODEPOUT
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice
MODEPOUT
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrices. Also create table data blocks suitable for XY
plots and power spectral density calculations.
Format:
MODEPOUT
LAMAF,LAMAS,CASECC,FMPF,SMPF,
PMPF,LMPF,GMPF,MPFMAP,
MODSELTS,MODSELTF/
OFMPF2E,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2E,OSMPF2M,OPMPF2E,
OPMPF2M,OLMPF2E,OLMPF2M,OGMPF2E,OGMPF2M,
UNUSED1,UNUSED2,UNUSED3,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
OUTFMP/OUTSMP/FMPFEPS/SMPFEPS/MPFSORT/
NOMPF2E/FMODE/FMODEF $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
LAMAF
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
LAMAS
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of

the model.
CASECC
FMPF
Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.
SMPF
Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factors.
PMPF
Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation

factors
LMPF
Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors.
GPMPF
Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.
MPFMAP
MODSELTS
Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the

parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.
MODSELTF

MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user parameters
LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
MODEPOUT 1171
Output Data Blocks:
OFMPF2E
Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OFMPF2M
Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OSMPF2E
Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OSMPF2M
Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.
OPMPF2E
Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OPMPF2M
Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.
OLMPF2E
Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OLMPF2M
Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.
OGMPF2E
Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OGMPF2M
Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode.
UNUSEDi
Unused.
Parameters:
OUTFMP
Input-integer-default=0. Number of fluid modes to output.
OUTSMP
Input-integer-default=0. Number of structure modes to output.
FMPFEPS
Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes.
SMPFEPS
Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes.
MPFSORT
Input-integer-default=11. Sort flag.
NOMPF2E
Main Index
10
Sort on absolute value (magnitude).
20
Sort on real portion.
30
Sort on complex portion.
40
Sort on phase angle (must convert).
Descending sort.
Ascending sort.
Input-integer-default=-1.
0
Generate.
-1
Do not generate.
FMODE
Input-integer-no default. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user
FMODEF
Input-integer-no default. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user
parameter input of LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control input.
1172
MODEPOUT
Remarks:
1. The O*MPF2E data blocks are suitable for input to the XYTRAN module.
2. The O*MPF2M data blocks are suitable for input to the RANDOM module.
Main Index
MODEPT 1173
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records
MODEPT
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records based upon data on TABLEDi Bulk Data entry
records.
Format:
MODEPT
EPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOMEPT $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in

particular, PACABS and PACABR entries.
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX
Copy of EPT except PACABS and PACABR entries are updated with
TABLEij references.
Parameter:
NOGOMEPT
Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in

the Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
1. MODEPT does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOMEPT
should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. MODEPT must appear after the IFP.
Example:
See the example in the IFP module description.
Main Index
1174
MODGDN
Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and superelements
MODGDN
Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and

superelements
Updates the geometry table for the existence of p-elements and superelements.
Format:
MODGDN
GEOM1,SEMAP,MFACE,MEDGE,MBODY/
GEOM1P/
S,N,NOSEMAP $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
SEMAP
MFACE
MEDGE
MBODY
Output Data Block:
GEOM1P
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for

p-elements and superelements.
Parameter:
NOEMAP
Main Index
Output-integer-default=0. Superelement map table flag. Set to -1 if

SEMAP does not exist.
MODGM2 1175
Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
MODGM2
Creates internal records in the element connectivity table based on the presence of PLPLANE and
PLSOLID Bulk Data entry records. Internal records are also created from fluid elements defined on the
PSOLID Bulk Data entry.
Format:
MODGM2
EPT,GEOM2,GEOM1,GEOM4,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT,EDT,DYNAMIC/
GEOM2X,GEOM1X,GEOM2DCW,EPTX,MPTX,GEOM4X,HARMELPT/
S,N,ACFLAG/OSWPPT/OSWELM/S,N,NSWPPT/
S,N,NSWELM/S,N,SWEXIST/S,N,NOGOMGM2/
S,N,RGDEXIST/RIGID/ORIGID/S,N,NLRIGID/
LMFACT/PENFN/NONLNR/CWRANDEL/CWDIAGP/
CFRANDEL/CFDIAGP/S,N,NOEPT/S,N,NOMPT/SOFFSET/
CSRANDEL/CSDIAGP/STOCHQA/SEID/MODGM4 $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT
Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.
GEOM2
Table containing element connectivity Bulk Data entry records.
GEOM1
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
BGPDT
CSTM
MPT
EDT
Table for SET3 entries (used for VCCT in ta0nlem).
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entries related to Dynamics.
Output Data Block:
Main Index
GEOM2X
GEOM2 table related to axisymetric conical shell, hydroelastic,

acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.
GEOM1X
GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic,

acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.
GEOM2DCW
GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements.
EPTX
Copy of EPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.
1176
MODGM2
MPTX
Copy of MPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.
GEOM4X
Modified GEOM4 table related to constraints, degree-of-freedom

membership and rigid element analysis.
Parameter:
ACFLAG
No fluid elements.
Fluid elements.
Fluid/structure coupling.
OSWPPT
Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld projection point identification

numbers.
OSWELM
Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld element identification

numbers.
NSWPPT
Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld projection point identification

number.
NSWELM
Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification number.
SWEXIST
Output-logical-no default. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE

if spot weld elements exist.
NOGOMGM2
Output-logical-no default. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to

TRUE if an error is found.
RGDEXIST
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid

elements that need further processing in MODGM4.
RIGID
Input-character-default= . Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange

and elimination method, LAGR, LGEL, or LNEI. Usually input by
user parameter.
ORIGID
Input-integer-default=0. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier

identification numbers. Usually input by user parameter.
NLRIGID
Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system

cell 377.
LMFACT
Main Index
Integer-output-default=0. ACFLAG>0 indicates fluid elements:
<0
No nonlinear rigid element exists and use linear elimination.
=0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier method is

used to obtain the solution.
>0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the eliminaton method is used to

obtain the solution.
Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier scale factor Usually input by

user parameter and overrides system cell 374.
MODGM2 1177
PENFN
Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input

by user parameter and overrides system cell 375.
NONLNR
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to

TRUE if nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.
CWRANDEL
Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are

removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.
CWDIAGP
Input-character-default= . Flag, if YES, to write diagonistics of CWELD

element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
CFRANDEL
Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are

CFDIAGP
Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CFAST

element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
NOEPT
Output-integer-default=-1. EPTX generation flag.
NOMPT
Generated
-1
Not generated
Output-integer-default=-1. MPTX generation flag.

0
Generated
-1
Not generated
SOFFSET
Input-real-default=100. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated

for the offsets.
CSRANDEL
Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are

CSDIAGP
Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagnostics of CWSEAM

element deletion. Usually input by user parameter
STOCHQA
Input-integer-default=0. STOCHQA > 0 indicates random deletion of

elements.
SEID
Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of superelements.
MODGM4
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modification flag. TRUE if GEOM4 is

modified.
Remarks:
1. MODGM2 must appear after the IFP.
Main Index
1178
MODGM2
2. The following GEOM2 Bulk Data entry records are replaced by the internal records in GEOM2X:
GEOM2X Record
GEOM2
Record
Fluid
CQUAD4
n/a
QUAD4FD
CQUAD8
n/a
QUAD8FD
CTRIA3
n/a
TRIA3FD
CTRIA6
n/a
TRIA3FD
CQUAD
n/a
QUADFD
CTRIAX
n/a
TRIAXFD
CQUADX
n/a
QUADXFD
CHEXA
HEXPR
HEXAFD
CPENTA
PENPR
PENTAFD
CTETRA
TETPR
TETRAFD
Example:
See the example in the IFP module description.
Main Index
Hyperelastic
MODGM4 1179
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
MODGM4
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and

SPCD records
Reads the SPCs and SPCDs that were defined by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data
entries and generates the unique SPC and SPCD records.
Format:
MODGM4
CASECC,GEOM2M,GEOM4M,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,BGPDTM,
EPT/
GEOM4P/
GNSTART/S,N,MODGM4/ALTSHAPE/S,N,NSWELM/
SWEXIST/RGDEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
GEOM2M

scalar points and updated for the current p-level.
GEOM4M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
the current p-level.
DEQATN
DEQIND
DIT
BGPDTM
Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.
EPT
Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM4P
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, updated for the
constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk
Data entries.
Parameters:
Main Index
GNSTART
Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.
MODGM4
Output-logical-default=FALSE. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if

GEOM4M is updated.
1180
MODGM4
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
Main Index
ALTSHAPE
Input-integer-no default. Specifies set of displacement functions in

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1
selects the Full Product Space set.
NSWELM
Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification

number.
SWEXIST
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to

TRUE if spot weld elements exist.
RGDEXIST
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there re rigid

elements that need further processing in MODGM4.
MODQSET 1181
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
MODQSET
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set

definitions
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 records with q-set degrees-of-freedom definition to account
for the component modes computed for all superelements.
Format:
MODQSET
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4/
GEOM1W,GEOM2W,GEOM4W/
NOQSETT/QSETREC/QSETID $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
GEOM2

scalar points.
GEOM4
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1W
GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to represent the fluid

superelement modes.
GEOM2W
GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the nonfluid superelement component modes.
GEOM4W
GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to represent the

fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for all other non-fluid
superelement component modes.
Parameters:
NOQSETT
Input-integer-default=0. Total number of component modes computed for all

superelements including the residual structure.
NOQSETF
Input-integer-default=0. Number of component modes in the fluid superelement.
QSETREC
Input-integer-default=0. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-of-freedom:

>=0: No records are written
=-1:
Main Index
SENQSET record to GEOM1W
1182
MODQSET
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
=-2:
QSETID
Main Index
SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W
Input-integer-default=0. Starting q-set identification number for QSETREC=-2.
MODTRK 1183
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
MODTRK
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent

with previous design cycle
Compares the mode set of the current design cycle with those of the previous design cycle, identifies or
tracks these modes, and reorders the eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with the previous
design cycle.
Format:
MODTRK
CASECC,EDOM,R1TABR,LAMA,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHA,PHGREF,
PHAREF/MTRAK,LAMA1,PHG1,PHA1,PHGREF1,PHAREF1/
DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EDOM
R1TABR
LAMA
MGG
MAA
Mass matrix in a-set.
PHG
PHA
PHGREF
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the prior design cycle
output of MODTRK.
PHAREF
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set from the prior design cycle
output of MODTRK.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
MTRAK
Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to

the new mode numbering.
LAMA1
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode tracking.
PHG1
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode

tracking.
PHA1
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode

tracking.
1184
MODTRK
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
PHGREF1
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for

mode tracking.
PHAREF1
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for

mode tracking.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter.
NOTRACK
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Mode tracking success flag. Set to

TRUE if mode tracking was successful.
Remarks:
MODTRK prints a report on mode switching activity for the current design cycle and punches out
updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entries that correspond to the new mode positions.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP FEA:

DESITERP=DESITER-1 $
DBVIEW PHAREF0=PHAREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $
DBVIEW PHGREF0=PHGREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $
MODTRK
CASEM,EDOM,LAMAS,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHSA,PHGREF0,PHAREF0/
MTRAKS,NEWLAMA,NEWPHG,NEWPHA,PHGREF,PHAREF/
DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $
Main Index
MODTRL 1185
Modify trailer
MODTRL
Modify trailer
Modify data block trailer data.

Format:
MODTRL
DB//P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
DB
Data block with trailer that is to be modified.
Parameters:
Pi
Input-integer-default=-1. New value for i-th trailer word. See Remark

4.
Remarks:
1. Negative parameters are ignored. Nonnegative parameters cause the corresponding word of the
data block trailer to be replaced by the value of the parameter.
2. MODTRL should be scheduled immediately after the functional module that generates the data
block. For example:
ADD
I1,I2/O1 $
MODTRL O1////6 $
EQUIVX Ol/O2/ALWAYS $
3. If MODTRL is used to increase the number of columns in a matrix, then the resulting matrix is
unusable in most modules, including MATPRN and ADD.
4. The correspondence between the parameters and the content of a matrix trailer is as follows:
Parameter
Matrix Trailer
P1
Number of columns
P2
Number of rows
P3
Form
P5
Number of nonzero words
For matrices, P4 and P6 must be -1 or unspecified. See Examples 2 and 3.

5. For table trailer contents, see Data Blocks (Ch. 2).
Main Index
1186
MODTRL
Modify trailer
Examples:
1. To make KAA symmetric (form=6) (MPYAD will label it square (form=1)):

MPYAD
GO,KOA,KAAB/KAA/1 $
MODTRL KAA////6/ $
2. In order to change the precision of a matrix, use ADD5. If the new precision does not match the
machine precision specify PUTSYS (newprecision,55) before ADD5. For example, on a doubleword machine:
Single to double
ADD5
SINGLE,,,,/DOUBLE $
Double to single
PUTSYS(1,55) $
ADD5
DOUBLE,,,,/SINGLE $
PUTSYS(2,55) $
3. In order to change the type (complex or real) of a matrix, use ADD to convert real to complex and
MATMOD(34) for complex to real. For example,
Real to complex
ADD
REAL,/CMPLX//(0.,1.) $
Complex to real
MATMOD
Main Index
CMPLX,,,,,/REAL,/34 $
MODUG 1187
Modifies UG vector to incorporate displacements of piercing points for connector elements
MODUG
Modifies UG vector to incorporate displacements of piercing points

for connector elements
Computes displacements of piercing points for connector elements and incorporates them into the
modified UG vector.
Format:
MODUG
UG,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,GPECT,USET,CASECC/
OUG/S,N,MDUG $
Input Data Block:
UG
Displacement vector.
BGPDT
EST
CSTM
Coordinate system transformation table.
GPECT
USET
Set definition table.
CASECC
Case control command table.
Output Data Block:
OUG
Modified displacement vector.
Parameters:
MDUG
Main Index
Output, Logical, default=FALSE. Modification flag. Set to TRUE if

UG is updated.
1188
MODUSET
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)
MODUSET
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table

(USET)
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET).

Format:
MODUSET
EDITVEC,USET/
USETM/
USETOP/MAJOR/SET0/SET1/USETADD/UNUSED6/UNUSED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
EDITVEC
Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under USETOP='FILTER' or

USETOP=NEWMSET or USETOP=REPLACE. See Remark 1.
USET
Output Data Block:
USETM
Main Index
Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
MODUSET 1189
Parameters:
USETOP
Input-character-default='UNION'. Name of desired operation.
USETOP
Operation
UNION
Combine SET0 and SET1 into MAJOR.
COMP0
Form SET0 from compelement of MAJOR and SET1.
COMP1
Form SET1 from compelement of MAJOR and SET0.
DELETE
Remove degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.
TURNON
Add degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.
COPY
Copy degrees-of-freedom from SET0 to MAJOR.
EXPAND
Extend uset length by USETADD.
MOVE
Move SET0 degrees-of-freedom to MAJOR.
FILTER
Remove degrees-of-freedom from USET that correspond to zero rows

in EDITVEC.
NEWMSET
Rewrite the m-set according to partition vector EDITVEC. USETADD

is the new m-set size.
REPLACE
Replace degrees-of-freedom set of MAJOR by SET0 corresponding to

1.0 rows in EDITVEC.
MAJOR
Input-character-default='U3'. Name of the major set. The major set

must be larger then the subsets defined by SET0 and SET1.
SET0
Input-character-default='U2'. Name of the "zeros" subset of MAJOR.
SET1
Input-character-default='U1'. Name of the "ones" subset of MAJOR.
USETADD
Input-integer-default=1. USET length extension. If

USETOP='EXPAND' or USETOP=NEWMSET then extend the size
of the USET by this amount.
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
Remark:
1. EDITVEC may be purged if USETOP

USETOP REPLACE .
Main Index
FILTER and USETOP NEWMSET and
1190
MODUSET
Examples:
1. Scalar degrees-of-freedom 1 through 5 will be defined in the u1-set and u3-set and scalar degreesof-freedom 6 through 10 in the u2-set and u3-set.
SOL ...
COMPILE ...
ALTER ...
MODUSET ,,USET/USET1 $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
SPOINT,1,THRU,10
USET1,U1,0,1,THRU,5
USET1,U3,0,6,THRU,10
2. The u1-set will be empty. The u2-set will contain the a-set and the u3-set will contain the f-set.
MODUSET ,,USET/VSET/'COMP0'/'F' /'U1'/'A' $
MODUSET ,,VSET/WSET/'COMP1'/'F' /
/'U2' $
MODUSET ,,WSET/XSET/'UNION'/'U3'/'U1'/'U2' $
3. The following alter puts all degrees-of-freedom automatically constrained by GPSP into the sgset.
COMPILE SEKR0
ALTER 'GPSP'(,-1) $ BEFORE GPSP
$ MOVE DOF IN SET SB INTO SET U3
MODUSET, ,USET0/VSET/'MOVE'/'U3'/'SB'/ $
EQUIVX VSET/USET0/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY - CHECK BELOW'/ $
TABPRT USET0,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
ALTER 'GPSP' $ AFTER GPSP
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY AUTOSPC DOF - CHECK BELOW'/
$
TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ MOVE CURRENT SB (ALL FROM AUTOSPC) INTO SG
MODUSET, ,USET/VSET1/'MOVE'/'SG'/'SB'/ $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY,SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/
$
TABPRT VSET1,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ NOW MOVE SET U3 BACK INTO SB
MODUSET, ,VSET1/VSET2/'MOVE'/'SB'/'U3'/ $
EQUIVX VSET2/USET/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY SPC DOF'/
' SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $
TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $
Main Index
MONVEC 1191
Forms monitor point rigid body vectors
MONVEC
Forms monitor point rigid body vectors
Forms rigid body vectors for monitor points.

Format:
MONVEC
AEMONPT ,
MONITOR
SRKS
AEROCOMP ,
AEBGPDT , CSTMA
STRUCOMP
Input Data Blocks:
AEMONPT
Table of aerodynamic monitor points.
MONITOR
Table of structural monitor points.
AEROCOMP
STRUCOMP
AEBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-offreedom.
CSTMA

Output Data Blocks:
SRKS
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors.
1192
MONVEC3
Process type 3 monitor points
MONVEC3
Process type 3 monitor points
Process type 3 monitor points.

Format:
MONVEC3
MP3LAB,STRUCOMP,BGPDT,CSTM,KDICT,DSPT1/
MN3VEC*,KDICT3*,DSPT1F*$
Input Data Blocks:
MP3LAB
Table of monitor point type 3 labels.
STRUCOMP
BGPDT
CSTM
KDICT
DSPT1
Design Sensitivity processing table. one for each MONPNT3 entry.
Output Data Blocks:
MN3VEC*
Family of monitor point vectors; one for each MONPNT3 entry.
KDICT3*
Family of KDICT tables; one for each MONPNT3 entry.
DSPT1F*
Family of DSPT1 tables,
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
MPP 1193
Prints monitor point results
MPP
Prints monitor point results for either trim subcase or for any one UXDAT instance or for any one
UXDAT instance by interpolation of the UXV.
Format:
MPP
MONITOR
MPSR
MPSER
AECTRL,UXDAT,
,
,
,
AEMONPT
MPAR
MPAER
MPEU,MPSIR,MPSRP,MP2S,MPSERP,UXV,INDX//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/MESH $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
AECTRL
UXDAT
Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers,

displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.
MONITOR
Monitor point table
AEMONPT
Aerodynamic monitor point table
MPSR
Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim

(excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPAR
MPSER
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding

inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPAER
MPEU
Elastic unrestrained loads on monitor points either at trim or across

ADB/AEDB.
MPSIR
MPSRP
MP2S
Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim
MPSERP
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static

applied loads.
UXV
Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB.
ADBINDX
Index of ADB or AEDB.
1194
MPP
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
MACH
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
MESH
Input-character-no default. Mesh type.
Examples:
1. Print structural monitor point loads at trim.

MPP
AECTRL,UXDAT,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'STRUCT' $
2. Print aerodynamic monitor point loads at trim.

MPP
Main Index
AECTRL,UXDAT,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,,,,,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'AERO' $
MPPTRAN 1195
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
MPPTRAN
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity.

Format:
MPPTRAN
CASECC,MPDB,OL,MAT1,MAT2,MAT3,MAT4//MATTYPE/MONTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Table of Case Control specifications
MPDB
Table of monitor point information
OL
MATi
Input matrices. See MATTYPE.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
MATTYPE
Input-character-default= . Input matrix type flag.

Value
MONDSP1
Input Matrix Description

X1=Displacement matrix
X2 thru X4 are ignored and may be purged.

MONPNT1
X1=Inertia loads matrix

X2=External Loads matrix
X3=Flexible Increments matrix
X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix
MONTYPE
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
Input-character-default= . Monitor point type.

STRUCTUR
Structural monitor points
AERODYNA
Aerodynamic monitor points
1196
MPYAD
Matrix multiply and add
MPYAD
Perform the multiplication of two matrices and optionally, the addition of a third matrix to the product.
T
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ]
Format:
MPYAD
A,B,C/X/
T/SIGNAB/SIGNC/PREC/FORM/DODMP/DMPYIN/DMPYOUT $
Input Data Blocks:
Left-hand matrix in the matrix product.
Right-hand matrix in the matrix product.
Matrix to be added to the product.
Output Data Block:
Matrix product.
Parameters:
Integer-input-default = 0. Transpose flag.

T
T = 1, perform [ A ] [ B ]
T = 0, perform [ A ] [ B ]
T = 2, perform [ A ] [ B ] where [ A ] is the complex conjugate of A.
Only meaningful when A is complex.
T
T = 3, perform [ A ] [ B ] where [ A ] is the complex conjugate of A.

Only meaningful when A is complex.
SIGNAB
Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of product flag.

SIGNAB = +1, perform [ A ] [ B ]
SIGNAB = -1, perform [ A ] [ B ]
Main Index
MPYAD 1197
SIGNC
Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of [ C ] flag.

SIGNC = +1, add [ C ]
SIGNC = -1, subtract [ C ]
PREC
Integer-input-default = 0. Precision.
PREC = 1, element of [ X ] will be output in single precision.
PREC = 2, elements of [ X ] will be output in double precision.
PREC = 0, elements of [ X ] will be output in the precision of the
computer.
FORM
Integer-input-default = 0. Form of [ X ] .
FORM = 0, form of [ X ] will be 1 (square) or 2 (rectangular).
DODMP
Input-integer-default=0. Distributed memory parallel flag.

0: compute in serial (default)
1: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
2: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
DMPYIN
Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input

matrices from master processor to slave processor(s).
DMPYOUT
Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X

matrix from slave processor(s) to master processor.
Remarks:
1. If no matrix is to be added, [ C ] must be purged. [ A ] may be Form 3.

2. [ A ] and [ B ] may be the same data block, but both must be different from [ C ] .
3. If [ A ] or [ B ] ] is purged, and [ C ] is purged, then [X] is purged. [ A ] may not be Form 3.
4. If [ A ] and/or [ B ] is purged, but [ C ] exists, the purged matrices are equivalent to null matrices,
and [X] will be output.
5. [ X ] may not be purged.
6. If the precision of the computer is double precision and B is single precision, and Methods 1, 2,
3 are deselected, then PREC must be set equal to 1.
Main Index
1198
MPYAD
7. The MPYAD keyword (or SYSTEM(66)) and the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the
NASTRAN statement is used for MPYAD method deselection. (The SPARSE keyword is
described in Remark 11.) The Deselection Values in the table below are used to deselect or disable
a single method or several methods. If MPYAD=0 and SPARSE=1, which are the defaults, then
the method that results in the lowest CPU and I/O time will be selected. If all transpose methods
are deselected, then T must be equal to zero (default). If all nontranspose methods are deselected,
then T must be equal to 1.
Storage
Technique
Method
MPYAD Keyword
Deselection Value
1 Nontranspose
1 Transpose
2 Nontranspose
---
2 Transpose
---
3 Nontranspose
---
16
3 Transpose
---
32
4 Nontranspose
---
64
4 Transpose
---
128
1 Nontranspose
256
1 Nontranspose
512
1 Nontranspose
1024
1 Nontranspose
2048
1 Nontranspose
4096
1 Nontranspose
8192
1 Transpose
16384
1 Transpose
32768
1 Transpose
65536
1 Transpose
131072
For methods 2, 3, and 4, a combination of methods is selected by subtracting the sum of their
Deselection Values from 255. For example, NASTRAN MPYAD = 243 (which is obtained from
255-(4+8)) selects only Methods 2 Transpose and Nontranspose.
Main Index
MPYAD 1199
For Method 1 Submethods (storage techniques), a combination of methods is selected
accordingly. First sum their Deselection Values and then add 1, if Nontranspose, and/or 2, if
Transpose. This total is then subtracted from 262143. See examples below.
Example 1:
If only Method l Nontranspose with storage techniques D, E, and F are

desired, then NASTRAN MPYAD=247806 (which is obtained from
262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 + 1)).
Example 2:
If Method 2 is also desired in Example 1, then NASTRAN

MPYAD=247794 (which is obtained from 262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 +
8 + 4 + 1)).
8. As an alternative to the deselection procedure described above, the MPYAD keyword value may
be set to select a single method while deselecting all other methods and submethods. To select a
single method, add 1048576 to the selection value of the desired method shown in the table below.
For example, if Method 1 Nontranspose Storage Submethod C is desired, then MPYAD =
1048586; computed from 1048576 + 10.
Storage
Submethod
Method
Main Index
Selection
Value
1 Nontranspose
1 Transpose
2 Nontranspose
---
2 Transpose
---
3 Nontranspose
---
3 Transpose
---
4 Nontranspose
---
4 Transpose
---
1 Nontranspose
1 Nontranspose
1 Nontranspose
10
1 Nontranspose
11
1 Nontranspose
12
1 Nontranspose
13
1 Transpose
14
1 Transpose
15
1 Transpose
16
1 Transpose
17
1200
MPYAD
If a Storage Submethod under Method 1 is selected in this manner, then a printout of timing
estimates for the other submethods may be requested by adding 3145728 to the selection value
above. Using the previous example, MPYAD = 3145738, computed from 3145728 + 10.
9. Sparse methods are deselected or selected by the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the
NASTRAN statement. The default SPARSE = 1 causes the automatic selection of sparse methods
if their CPU and I/O estimates are lower than those estimated for the methods in Remark 7. If the
sparse method is not desired, then specify SPARSE = 0 or 6.
In order to select or force one or both methods below, then add l to its value(s) below.
Sparse Method
SPARSE Keyword Value
Nontranspose
Transpose
Example 1:
To force the sparse nontranspose method, then specify SPARSE =

3, computed from 1 + 2.
Example 2:
To force the sparse methods, then specify SPARSE = 7, computed

from 1 + 2 + 4.
Note that if SPARSE = 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7, then all methods in Remark 2 are turned off or deselected,
and the MPYAD keyword must be equal to zero.
The SPARSE keyword is also used for sparse method selection within all modules which
perform matrix decomposition and forward-backward substitution; e.g., DCMP, DECOMP, FBS,
and SOLVE.
10. The diagonal matrix format (FORM = 3) for input matrices is not supported for the transpose
option (T = 1), and will cause an ILLEGAL INPUT fatal message. [A] can be transposed with
the TRNSP module.
11. Parallel processing in this module (Methods 1 Nontranspose Storage E and Transpose Storage C
only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)) which
is set to the number of parallel processors (default = 0). To force parallel processing, the MPYAD
keyword must be set to one of the following values:
MPYAD Keyword
1048592
Transpose C
1048588
Nontranspose E
192512
Both
Examples:
1.
Main Index
Storage Technique
[X] = [A][B] + [C]
MPYAD 1201
MPYAD A,B,C/X $
2.
[X] = [A] [B] [C]

MPYAD A,B,C/X/1//-1 $
3.
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ]
MPYAD A,B,/X//-1 $
Main Index
1202
MRGCOMP
Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables
MRGCOMP
Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component

tables
Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables.

Format:
MRGCOMP
COMP1,COMP2/
COMP/
COMPRPLC $
Input Data Blocks:
COMPi
Table of aerodynamic or structural components.
Output Data Block:
COMP
Merged table of components.
Parameter:
COMPRPLC
Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE then components with

duplicate names will be copied from COMP1 into COMP.
Remark:
Duplicate component names will cause a fatal message to be issued unless COMPRPLC is true.
Main Index
MRGCSTM 1203
Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM)
MRGCSTM
Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables

(CSTM)
Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM).

Format:
MRGCSTM
CSTM1*,CSTM2*,CSTM3*,CSTM4*,CSTM5*/
CSTMX/S,N,NOCSTMX $
Input Data Blocks:
CSTMi*
Family of CSTM tables.
Output Data Block:
CSTMX
Merged table of CSTMi.
Parameter:
NOCSTMX
Remark:
None.
Main Index
Output-integer-default=0. CSTMX creation flag.

0
CSTMX not created
CSTMX created
1204
MRGMON
Merges two monitor point tables
MRGMON
Merges two monitor point tables
Merges two monitor point tables and optionally output their associated matrices.
Format:
MRGMON
MON1,MON2,SZR1,SZR2/
MON,SZR/
MONRPLC $
Input Data Blocks:
MONi
Monitor tables.
SZRi
Associated monitor matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
MON
Merged monitor table.
SZR
Merged monitor matrices.
Parameter:
L
MONRPLC
Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE, then components with

duplicate names will be copied from MON1 into MON.
Remarks:
1. Duplicate monitor points will cause a fatal message to be issued unless MONRPLC is true.
2. SZR1, SZR2, and SZR may be purged.
3. SZR is created only if both SZR1 and SZR2 exist.
Main Index
MSGHAN 1205
Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API
MSGHAN
Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API
Passes the message number of a message for processing by the MSGPOP API.
Format:
MSGHAN
//MSGNUM/MSGINP1/MSGINP2/S,N,MSGOUT $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
MSGNUM
Input-integer-default=0. Message number.
MSGINP1
Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.
MSGINP2
Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.
MSGOUT
Output-integer-default=0. Optional integer output.
1206
MSGSTRES
Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH
MSGSTRES Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH

Computes grid point stresses, maximum and minimum stresses, and stress contour plots based on fields
generated by MSGMESH.
Format:
MSGSTRES
FORCE,OES1X//
S,N,PLTNUM/NOMSGSTR $
Input Data Blocks:
FORCE

OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH
field information.
OES1
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
PLTNUM
Input/output-integer-default=0. Plot frame counter.
NOMSGSTR
Input-integer-default=0. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if

MSGSTRES execution is not desired.
MTRXIN 1207
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
MTRXIN
Converts matrices input on DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.
Format:
Form 1 -- Simplified (CASECC is purged).
MTRXIN
EQEXIN
,,/
EQDYN
,,MATPOOL,
NAME1,NAME2,NAME3,NAME4,NAME5/
LUSET
/S,N,NONAME1/S,N,NONAME2/
LUSETD
S,N,NONAME3/S,N,NONAME4/S,N,NONAME5 $
Form 2 -- Case Control Command Selection of stiffness, mass, and damping (or square) matrices
(IOPT=1 for K2GG, etc., and IOPT=0 for K2PP, etc., and TF).
MTRXIN
EQEXIN
,,
/
EQDYN TFPOOL
CASECC,MATPOOL,
K2GG,M2GG,B2GG
,K42GG,A2GG /
K2PP,M2PP,B2PP
LUSET
/S,N,NOK2/S,N,NOM2/S,N,NOB2/
LUSETD
S,N,NOK42/S,N,NOA2/
1
$
0
Form 3 -- Case Control Command selection of load (or rectangular) matrix (IOPT=2).
MTRXIN
Main Index
CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/
P2G,,,,/
LUSET/S,N,NOP2G/////2 $
1208
MTRXIN
Form 4 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ and DMIJI by data block names MATKi, MATJi, and MATJIi.
AEBGPDTK
MTRXIN
,,MATPOOL, AEBGPDTJ ,, /
AEBGPDTI
MATK1
MATK2
MATK3
MATJ1 , MATJ2 , MATJ3 ,, /

MATI1 MATI2 MATI3
S,N,LKSET
3

S,N,LJSET
/S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3///
4 $
S,N,LISET
5
Form 5 -- Selection of stiffness, mass, damping, and loads (or square) matrices by MATNAMi, etc. input
parameter values (IOPT=10 through 12).
MTRXIN
EQDYN
TFPOOL
CASECC,MATPOOL, EQEXIN ,,
/
EQEXIN
MATP1 MATP2
MATP3 MATP4 MATP5
MATG1 , MATG2 ,
/
MATG3 , MATG4 , MATG5

RMATG
LUSETD
LUSET /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/
10

LUSET
S,N,NOMAT4/S,N,NOMAT5/ 11 /

12
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3/MATNAM4/MATNAM5/
TFLID
NFEXIT/MATID1/MATID2/MATID3/MATID4/M
ATID5
$
Main Index
MTRXIN 1209
Form 6 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ, and DMIJI matrices by the MATNAMi input parameter values
(IOPT=13 through 15).
AEBGPDTK
MTRXIN
,,MATPOOL, AEBGPDTJ ,,/

AEBGPDTI
MATK1
MATK2
MATK3
MATJ1 , MATJ2 , MATJ3 ,,/

MATI1 MATI2 MATJ3
S,N,LKSET
13

S,N,LJSET
/S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/
//
14 /
S,N,LISET
15
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
MATPOOL

EQEXIN

EQDYN

TFPOOL
Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.
AEBGPDTK
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTJ
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTI
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set interference
degrees of freedom
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
NAMEi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries.
K2GG, etc.
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the

K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G Case Control
commands.
1210
MTRXIN
MATPi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the
p-set.
MATGi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the gset.
RMATG
Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may have
an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G.
MATKi
Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries.
MATJi
Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries.
MATIi
Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:
LUSET

g-set.
LUSETD

p-set.
NONAMEi
Output-integer-default=-1. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is

NOK2, etc.
Output-integer-default=-1. K2GG, etc. generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG, etc. is

IOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Case Control command selection flag.
LKSET,
LJSET,
LISET
Main Index
No Case Control command selection (see Form 1) or K2GG, etc., and TFL
Case Control command selection (see Form 2).
K2GG, etc. Case Control command selection (see Form 2).
P2G Case Control command selection (see Form 3).
DMIK selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
DMIJ selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
DMIJI selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
10
K2PP, M2PP, and B2PP selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
11
K2GG, M2GG, and B2GG selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
12
P2G selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
13
DMIK selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
14
DMIJ selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
15
DMIJI selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
Output-integer-default=0. Size of ks-set, js-set, and inteference

js-set extracted from the AEBGPTK, AEBGPDTJ and AEBGPDTI tables.
MTRXIN 1211
NOMATi
Output-integer-default=1. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; -1

otherwise.
MATNAMi
Input-character-default=' '. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and

DMIJI Bulk Data entries.
TFLID
Input-integer-default=0. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is

ignored if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15.
NFEXIT
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal

Message 2070 and do not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.
MATIDXi
Input-integer-default=-1. Index to the current name in the SET containing the

DMIG names.
Remarks:

2. Form 1 is used to input matrices from DMIG entries named in the DMAP statement output
section. No Case Control commands are required.
3. Forms 2 and 3 are used to select the matrices with Case Control commands: K2GG, M2GG,
B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G. -2GG matrices are of dimension g by g. -2PP matrices
are of dimension p by p. The P2G matrix has g-rows, with the number of columns determined by
the several methods used to input rectangular matrices described on the DMIG entry.
4. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN module is specified
in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the data block name specified on the
CALL statement must be the same as the name specified on the DMIIN module.
Examples:
1. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, named M1 and M2, which reference grid
and/or scalar points only. The following set of DMAP instructions will generate these two
matrices in matrix format, multiply them together and print the result.
MTRXIN
,,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/Ml,M2,/LUSET/S,N,NOMl/S,N,NOM2$
IF (NOM1 > -1 AND NOM2 > -1) THEN $
MPYAD
M1,M2,/PRODUCT $
MATPRN PRODUCT//$
ENDIF $
2. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, MASS and STIFF, which reference grid
and/or scalar points only. The following Case Control and DMAP instructions will generate these
two matrices in matrix format and add them to the structural mass and stiffness.
Case Control:
M2GG = MASS
K2GG = STIFF
DMAP instructions:
MTRXIN
CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/STIFF,MASS,/
LUSET/S,N,NOSTIFF/S,N,NOMASS//1 $
IF (NOSTIFF > -1) THEN $
Main Index
1212
MTRXIN
ADD
KGG,STIFF/KGGNEW $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
IF (NOMASS > -1) THEN $
ADD
MGG,MASS/MGGNEW $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF
Main Index
NASSETS 1213
Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1
NASSETS
Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined

on SET1
Combines all element sets defined in Case Control, including OUTPUT(PLOT) sections, for
MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 Bulk Data entries.
Format:
NASSETS
CASECC,ELSET,EDT/
SET/
MESHSET $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
ELSET
Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS

DEFINITION Section of Case Control.
EDT

Output Data Blocks:
SET
Table of combined sets.
Parameter:
MESHSET
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero,

then combine mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file.
1214
NDINTERP
Nonlinear interpolator
NDINTERP
Nonlinear interpolator
Nonlinear interpolator.
Format:
NDINTERP
CONTVXV,CONTVX/
IFACT,CONTDIF/
NSUPD/MINNUSE/MAXNUSE/STOL $
Input Data Blocks:
CONTVXV
Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV columns).
CONTVX
Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows).
Output Data Blocks:
IFACT
Interpolation factor vector (NV rows).
CONTVDIF
Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX columns).
Parameters:
Main Index
NSUPD
Input-integer-default=2. Number of states to use per dimension.
MINNUSE
Input-integer-default=1. Absolute minimum number of states to use

for the interpolation.
MAXNUSE
Input-integer-default=9999999. Absolute maximum number of states

to use for the interpolation.
STOL
Input-real-default=1.E-02. State matching tolerance.
NEWUSET 1215
Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS
NEWUSET
Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS
Creates a USET table for the matrix-based ACMS (automatic component mode synthesis) method.
Format:
NEWUSET
COLOR,USET,SIL/USETN/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
COLOR
Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th

entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual) to which the i-th degree-offreedom belongs.
USET
SIL
Scalar index list.
Output Data Blocks:
USETN
USET with updated set membership.
Parameters:
SEID
Main Index
1216
NLCOMB
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
NLCOMB
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and

applied loads
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads for the current nonlinear analysis
iteration.
Format:
NLCOMB
CASEX,MESTNL,KDICTNL,BKDICT,ETT,PTELEM0,PTELEM,EDT,
MPT,EQEXIN,SLT,DLT,BGPDT,APPLOD,DYNAMIC,
ESTL,ACTNODS,DLTO/
ELDATAH,DLT1,GPTT1,ESTLT,DLT1COM/
NSKIP/LSTEP/LINC/STATIC/LGDISP/OSTEP/NEWSTEP/
TSTATIC/ $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
EST
Element summary table containing geometric and/or material

nonlinear elements.
KDICTNL
KELMNL dictionary table.
BKDICT
BKELM dictionary table.
ETT
PTELEM0
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior

subcase.
PTELEM
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the

current subcase.
UNUSED8
Not used and may be purged.
MPT
EQEXIN

SLT
DLT
BGPDT
APPLOD
DYNAMIC
ESTL
Linear Element Summary Table
NLCOMB 1217
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
ACTNODS
(GP_ID,SILi,SILc) Table for all Active Nodes
DLTO
Table of dynamic loads of the previous load step.
Output Data Blocks:
ELDATA
Table of combined nonlinear information data.
SLT1
Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis.
DLT1
GPTT1
Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).
ESTLT
Combine ESTL and the temperature load related data from ELDATA
DLT1COM
Combine DLT0 from previous loadcase and DLT1 at current loadcase for follower
force
Parameters:
NSKIP
Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
LSTEP
Input-integer-no default. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level
for static solutions.
LINC
Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.
STATIC
Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one
for dynamic analysis.
LGDISP
Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement flag. Set to 1 for large displacement

analysis.
OSTEP
Input-integer-default=0. Restart step number.
NEWSTEP
Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
TSTATIC
Main Index
-1
Not a new STEP case.
New STEP case.
Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.
Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping

forces.
1218
NLHARM
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
NLHARM
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space.

Format:
NLHARM
HUDI,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,NLPART,NLFTAB,UNUSED6,DIT/
HPNLDIX,HDFDDIX,UNUSED3/
DFFLAG/UVAFLAG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/DELTA/FREQ/UNUSED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
HUDI
Matrix of size dimension NLD*NN where NLD is the number of

nonlinear degrees-of-freedom in the d-set and NN = 2*NHARM + 1 =
number of Fourier coefficients requested.
MFCDISP
Matrix of size NNxM where NN is defined above and M is NN + E and

E is the number of extra evaluation points to reduce aliasing.
MFCVELO
Same as MFCDISP above but its size is(NN-1)xM and its used to
compute the time domain velocity given the Fourier coefficients.
NLPART
Partition vector created by ROTRUTL option that identifies the

nonlinear subset of the d-set.
NLFTAB
Table created by ROTRUTL option 8 used to describe all nonlinear

applied loads
UNUSED6
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
HPNLDIX
Matrix of the Fourier components of the forces
HDFDDIX
Matrix derivative HPNLDIX with size NG*NN by NG*NN
UNUSED3
Parameters:
DFFLAG
UVAFLAG
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. HDFDDIX compute flag.

>-1
Compute DFDX
-1
Do not compute DFDX
Input-integer-default=0. UVA nonlinear flag.
NLHARM 1219
Main Index
UNUSED3
Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank.
UNUSED4
DELTA
Input-real-default=0.0. Centered difference in computing HDFDDIX.
FREQ
Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value on NLFREQ/NLFREQ1 records.
UNUSED7
1220
NLICLOOP
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400
NLICLOOP
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400.

Format:
NLICLOOP
CASECC,NLRSMP//STPPRV/S,N,ICLOOP $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
NLRSMAP
Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
STPPRV
Input-integer-default=0. The previous step identification number.
ICLOOP
Output-integer-default=0. The output time step at the restart point:

=0
Cannot find initial condition's restart point.
<0
Continue from the last STEP case.
NLITER 1221
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLITER
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to static structural or steady state
heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLITER
CASECC ,CNVTST ,PLMAT

,YSMAT
,KAAL
,
ELDATA ,KELMNL ,LLLT
,GM
,MPT
,
DIT
,MGG
,SLT1
,CSTM
,BGPDT
,
SIL
,USET
,RDEST
,RECM
,KGGNL
,
ULLT
,GPSNT
,EDT
,DITID
,DEQIND ,
DEQATN ,FENL
,EPT
,PCOMPT ,SLTNL
/
UGNI
,FGNL
,ESTNLH ,CIDATA ,QNV
,
FFGH
,MUGNI
,MESTNL ,DUGNI
,BTOPCNV ,
BTOPSTF ,FENL1
,MDUGNI ,MDPSINI/
S,N,LOADFAC/S,N,CONV/S,N,RSTEP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,POUTF/S,N,NSKIP/LGDISP/S,N,NLFLAG/S,N,ITERID/
S,N,KMATUP/S,N,LSTEP/S,N,KTIME/S,N,SOLCUR/TABS/
S,N,KFLAG/S,N,NBIS/NORADMAT/S,N,LASTCNMU/SIGMA/
S,N,ARCLG/S,N,ARCSIGN/S,N,TWODIV/LANGLE/S,N,ITOPT/
S,N,ITSEPS/ITSMAX/S,N,PLSIZE/IPAD /IEXT
/
S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/GPFORCE/GNLSTN /
UNUSED/K6ROT $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
CNVTST
Convergence test matrix.
PLMAT
Initial and final load matrices for subcase.
YSMAT
Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.
KAAL
Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set.
ELDATA
KELMNL
Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.
LLLT
Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and
differential stiffness effects.
GM
MPT
DIT
MGG
Radiation matrix in g-size.
SLT1
Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis.
1222
NLITER
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
USET
RDEST
Radiation element summary table.
RECM
Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.
KGGNL
Stiffness matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.
ULLT
Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and
differential stiffness effects.
GPSNT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics,

p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains
SET1 entries.
DITID
DEQIND
DEQATN
FENL
Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous load step
in nonlinear matrix format.
EPT
PCOMPT
Bulk Data entry.
SLTNL
SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the current
and last load step.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
UGNI
Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set.
FGNL
Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration.
ESTNLH
Nonlinear element summary table at converged step.
CIDATA
Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method.
QNV
Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors.
FFGH
Follower force for OLOAD output.
MUGNI
Displacement matrix for stiffness update.
MESTNL
Nonlinear element summary table at current step.
DUGNI
Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged

steps.
NLITER 1223
BTOPOCNV
Updated contact regions input information table.
BTOPOSTF
Updated contact regions topological information table.
FENL1
Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load
step in nonlinear matrix format.
MDUGNI
Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the last converged

step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3 or for the new
CQUADR/CTRIAR elements.
MDPSINI
Table of incremental rotation parameters with respect to the last

converged step to be used for LANGLE=3.
Parameters:
LOADFAC
Input/output-complex-no default. Load factor. The real part is the load factor
for the current iteration, having a fractional value between 0 and 1.
CONV
Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag.

On input:
0
Initialization.
On output:
-1
Convergence has not been achieved.
Convergence has been achieved.
RSTEP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Controlled increments counter.
NEWP
Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.

-1 Current subcase has not been completed.
1
NEWK
Current subcase has been completed.
Output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag.

-1 Do not update stiffness.
1
Update stiffness.
Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has been reached.
POUTF
Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate

output is not requested.
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-no default.
On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
On output: Set to -2 if run is to be fatally terminated.
LGDISP
Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag.

-1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.
Main Index
1224
NLITER
Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.
Only large displacement effects will be considered.
NLFLAG
Output-integer-default=0.
ITERID
Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.
KMATUP
Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness matrix update count within the

increment.
LSTEP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Load step. The current iteration step at the

subcase level for static solutions.
KTIME
Input/output-real-no default. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then

KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no
stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds
the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.
SOLCUR
Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear loop identification number.
TABS

KFLAG
Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update

stiffness before starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the
last converged solution or stiffness update. See Remark 6.
NBIS
Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter.
NORADMAT
Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag.

-2 No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation.
1
Single band radiation with constant emissivity.
Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity.
Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity.
LASTCNMU
Input/output-real-default=0.0. Last converged value of the arc-length load

factor.
SIGMA
Input-real-default=1.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute

radiant heat flux.
ARCLG
Input/output-real-default=1.0. The arc length at the last converged step.
ARCSGN
Input/output-integer-default=1. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the

subcase. This is used in restarts in the post-buckling region.
TWODIV
Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis divergence flag.
LANGLE
No previous divergence on this load step.
One previous divergence on this load step.

1
Main Index
Gimbal angle.
NLITER 1225
Rotation vector.
ITOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the

SOLVIT, 1468 module description.
ITSEPS
Input/output-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon

for iterative solution method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no
convergence.
ITSMAX

method.
PLSIZE
Input/output-integer-default=0. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of

load matrix in the previous subcase in order to detect boundary condition
changes in the current subcase. Boundary condition changes are not allowed in
the arc-length method.
IPAD
Input-integer-default=0. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky

factorization. See the SOLVIT, 1468 module description.
IEXT
Input-integer-default=0. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Coolest

factorization. See the SOLVIT, 1468 module description.
ADPCON
Input-real-default=0.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for adjusting penalty

values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.
PBCONT
Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag.
NBCONT
Output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.
GPFORCE
Input-integer-default=-1. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less

than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GNLSTN
Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user

parameter.
0
Small strain.
Green strain.
UNUSED
K6ROT
Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and

CTRIA3 elements.
Remarks:
1. NLITER updates the displacement vector for as many iterations as are necessary to attain an
equilibrium between the applied loads and the forces. NLITER calculates nonlinear forces and
follower forces which are used to obtain new displacements until a converged solution is found,
or a new stiffness matrix is necessary, or a bisection of the load step is necessary.
2. KGGNL is needed for the reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization in the iterative solver only.
Otherwise it may be purged.
3. MGG, RDEST, RECM are only required for heat transfer analysis. Otherwise they may be
purged.
Main Index
1226
NLITER
4. ULLT is required only for unsymmetric stiffness. Otherwise it may be purged.

5. TABS is required for creep analysis.
6. KFLAG is further explained below:
Main Index
-1
Solution had converged, but no stiffness update had been made or solution had
not converged, and a stiffness matrix update had been made. A new stiffness
matrix is required before starting bisection.
Solution had converged and a stiffness update had been made. No new stiffness
matrix is required before starting bisection.
NLRSLOOP 1227
Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.
NLRSLOOP Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.

Format:
NLRSLOOP
CASECC,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/RSSUBC/RSSTEP/RSTIME/
S,N,SOLCURR/S,N,STEPCUR/S,N,SUBCUR/
S,N,STEPCURL/S,N,STIMER/S,N,NSKIPR/
S,N,SOLPREL/S,N,LOOPIDL/S,N,NEWSTEP/
S,N,STIMES $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
NLRSMAP0
Nonlinear restart map from the previous run.
Output Data Blocks:
NLRSMAP
Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.
Parameters:
Main Index
RSSUBC
Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously executed subcase.
RSSTEP
Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously executed step.
RSTIME
Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment
in static analysis (or time step in transient analysis).
SOLCURR
Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart
point.
STEPCUR
Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart

point.
SUBCUR
Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart

point.
STEPCURL
Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the previous STEP case from

the restart point.
STIMER
Output-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.
NSKIPR
Output-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart
point.
1228
NLRSLOOP
SOLPREL
Output-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.
LOOPIDL
Output-integer-no default. Last output loop identification number.
NEWSTEP
Output-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
STIMES
Main Index
-1
New STEP case.
Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.
Output-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.
NLRSMAP 1229
Creates the nonlinear restart map
NLRSMAP
Creates the nonlinear restart map
Creates the nonlinear restart map.

Format:
NLRSMAP
CASEXX,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/UNUSED/UNUSED/
STIMER/SOLCURR/STEPCUR/SUBCUR/
NSKIPR/SOLPREL/NEWSTEP/STIMES $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEXX
Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.
NLRSMAP0
Nonlinear restart map from the previous run.
Output Data Blocks:
NLRSMAP
Nonlinear restart map from the restart step augmented with the current
output time step.
Parameters:
UNUSED
Input-integer-no default. Unused and may be unspecified.
STIMER
Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.
SOLCURR
Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart
point.
STEPCUR
Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point.
SUBCUR
Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart

point.
NSKIPR
Input-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart
point.
SOLPREL
Input-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.
NEWSTEP
Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
STIMES
Main Index
-1
New STEP case.
Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and time=0.0.
Input-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.
1230
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response with an adaptive time increment for a given iteration.
Format:
NLSOLV
Main Index
CASECC ,UPVNLH ,YS ,ELDATA ,KELMNL ,

KPP ,GMNE ,MPT ,DIT ,KFEFE ,
DLT1 ,CSTM ,BGPDT ,SIL ,USETD ,
BFEFE ,MFEFE ,NLFT ,RDEST ,RECM ,
BPP ,GPSNT ,DITID ,DEQIND ,DEQEQN ,
MPP ,MBSP ,MBFEP ,MMP ,GMFE ,
GMS ,MFEFEI ,UNUSED ,GEOM4 ,KTPP ,
YVH ,YAH ,GPTT1 ,EPTS ,TMLD ,
ROTORT ,BGFAM ,KCFAM ,ENZGD ,CONTACT ,
ACTNODS ,ESTLT ,N2M ,KDFEFE ,RGNL ,
YM ,KDICT0 ,KELM0 ,KDICTNL ,K2PP ,
KDDICTL ,KDELML ,KDDICTNL ,KDELMNL ,KFDICT ,
KFELM ,BKDICT ,BKELM ,EDT ,MDICT0 ,
MELM0 ,BDICT0 ,BELM0 ,BDICTNL ,BELMNL ,
M2PPCAS ,B2PPCAS ,EQDYN ,PPBO ,TOLBO ,
GPECT ,CPLDIN1 ,CPLDIN2 ,CPLDIN3 ,UPVH ,
OLBH ,KDIOF ,KDELF ,FSI ,HRMSP ,
OINT ,DDUVA_FE ,QSPH0 ,GEOM1 ,GEOM2 ,
MATPOOL ,DYNAMIC ,DSGRID ,ESTINF ,FFOLPRE/
UPVNLH ,FSV ,ESTNLH ,FPV ,OESNL ,
PPL ,TEL ,MUPVNL ,MESTNL ,BTOPCNV ,
BTOPSTF ,OESNLB1 ,FMV ,QPV ,DUPV ,
RPV ,GEOM4CN ,KFRIC ,TELS ,QNV ,
OFCON3D ,NEWMPT ,LTF ,UTF ,PNLH ,
FSVI ,PPLI ,UPVNLHI ,FMVI ,ESTSAV ,
MESTN0 ,UPVNL0 ,FENL1 ,RBEQMG ,KELMSV ,
HGGT ,N3DSAV ,ESTMG ,GRPSTM ,MTSTM ,
MTSTM1 ,MTSTM2 ,MTSTM3 ,MTSTM4 ,MMTX ,
MMTXR ,MMTX1 ,NLVECM ,VCCTM ,GCOMM ,
GCOMMR ,MKELM ,MRELM ,MKELMR ,N3DDB0 ,
N3DDBI ,HGGTI ,ESTLNS ,OFVCCT ,UDEFSFD ,
FRICEL ,BSHGGT ,BSKGGN ,BSKGGF ,CIDATA ,
KTPPSV ,GCOMMRD ,MMTXRD ,OCOMPH ,OCOMPMH ,
ONLOUTS ,ONLOUTV ,ONLOUTT ,CPLDOUT1 ,FSIXF ,
OFDBGDT ,ROTDATH,R_FE ,RBEQMGI ,ESTINFX ,
EIDPID ,FFOLLOW ,OFCON3DI /
NLSOLV 1231
KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/
S,N,ITERID/ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUP/S,N,NOGONL/
S,N,NBIS/MAXLP/TSTAT/LANGLE/NDAMP/
TABS/SIGMA/NLR/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/
S,N,NBCONT/UNUSED/S,N,MNEWK/S,N,OFLAG/TANALY/
FKSYMFAC/RSTRT/NLPACK/GPFRC/GNLSTN/MSCHG/K6ROT/
WTMASS/S,N,TSTATX/S,N,STIMEF/STEPCUR/STEPNXT /
TANALOLD/ITOPTX/CVMEM/CASPIV/LMTOPT/AUTOMSC1/
AUTOMSC2/HGGTOUT/NDAMPM/S,N,CURMU/
S,N,LSTEP/S,N,RSTEP/S,N,ARCLG/S,N,ARCSGN/
G/W3/W4/NLIC/NLICFLG/STIMEHSC/S,N,HGENPLAS/
MAXRATIO/OLDSEQ/UNUSED/ASSMKPPT/NLOOPH/ICPLD/
NUMCPLD/NEWCPLD/NBISCPLD/NCPLOOP/S,N,HGENFRIC/
S,N,DTCPLD/S,N,TOTALTIM/S,N,OPENFSI/LGDISPU/EXTSYS/
S,N,NSTPCPLD/ITMPCPLD/NUMCPLDY/S,N,STIMERT $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASEXX
Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.
UPVNLH
Applied load vectors for non-linear analysis in the p-set.
YS
ELDATA
KELMNL
KPP
Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.
GMNE
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by ne-set.
MPT
Table of bulk data entry images related to material properties.
DIT
Table of TABLEij bulk data entry images.
KFEFE
Tangential stiffness in fe-set.
DLT1
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
USETD
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set.
BFEFE
Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat capacitance matrix) for
both linear and nonlinear elements in the fe-set.
MFEFE
Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.
1232
NLSOLV
Main Index
NLFT
RDEST
RECM
BPP
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear elements only.
GPSNT
DITID
DEQIND
Index table to DEQATN for CBUSH1 shock absorber
DEQEQN
Table of DEQATN for CBUSH1 shock absorber
MPP
Mass matrix in the p-set.
MBSP
Updated mass matrix (s-set).
MBFEP
Updated mass matrix (fe-set by p-set).
MMP
Mass matrix (m-set by p-set).
GMS
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by s-set.
MFeFei
Matrix of right pseudo-inverse [Mfefe]
UNUSED
not used
GEOM4

KTPP
Tangential Stiffness of p-set.
YVH
Matrix of enforced velocities.
YAH
Matrix of enforced accelerations.
GPTT1
Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).
EPTS
TMLD
Table of loads for non-linear transient analysis.
ROTORT
Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.
BGFAM
Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.
KCFAM
Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set
ENZGD
TABLE of unbalance iterms in rotor dynamics
CONTACT
Table of contact regions specification
ACTNODS
Table of all active nodes
ESTLT
Combine ESTL and the temperature load related data from ELDATA
N2M
Advanced Elements in model
KDFeFe
Sum of differential stiffness and follower stiffness
RGNL
Original [RG] matrix used for LMT transformation
YM
non-homogeneous MPC coefficients for LMT transformation
NLSOLV 1233
KDICT0
Element K-mat dictionary for linear elements
KELEM0
Element K-mat for linear elements
KDICTNL
Element K-mat dictionary for non-linear elements
K2PP
Direct matrix input for stiffness
KdDICTL
Element Kd-mat dictionary for linear elements
KdELML
Element Kd-mat for linear elements
KdDICTNL
Element Kd-mat dictionary for non-linear elements
KdELMNL
Element Kd-mat for non-linear elements
KFDICT
Element FF K-mat dictionary for non-linear elements
KFELM
Element FF K-mat for non-linear elements
BKDICT
Element K-mat dictionary for non-linear contact elements
BKELM
Element K-mat for non-linear contact elements
EDT
Table used to read RDITER for iterative solver
MDICT0
Element M-mat dictionary for linear elements
MELM0
Element M-mat for linear elements
BDICT0
Element B-mat dictionary for linear elements
BELM0
Element B-mat for linear elements
BDICTNL
Element B-mat dictionary for non-linear elements
BELMNL
Element B-mat for non-linear elements
M2PPcas
Direct matrix input for mass
B2PPcas
Direct matrix input for damping
EQDYN
Dynamics equivalence internal to external table
PPBO
Load originated from SOL700
TOLBO
Time output list originated from SOL700
GPECT
Table of grid point element connection
CPLDIN1
Multi-physics input datablock (UPVNLH from other physics)
CPLDIN2
Multi-physics input datablock (SILS from other physics)
CPLDIN3
Multi-physics input datablock

Plastic Work Vector for Heat Transfer Pass
USETD from Heat Transfer for Mechanical Pass
Main Index
UPVH
Temperature vectors for uncoupled analysis
OLBH
List of time for uncoupled analysis
KDIOF
Index Table of element force for offset
KDELF
Matrix of element force for offset
1234
NLSOLV
FSI
For OpenFSI (fluid structure interaction with external fluid)
HRMSP
Multi-physics input datablock
OINT
Input Data Block, OINT data block used to get OUTPUT card
DDUVA_FE
Displacement increment between two consecutive newton Raphson iterations

-Velo-Accel coming from ADAMS. Only used if parameter extsys = 1 (ADAMS)
QSPH0
previous step SPC forces (used in statics PV checking)
ESTINF
Input data block. Used only for distributed parallel NLEMG.

On first call to NLSOLV, ESTINF will be empty. On subsequent calls to NLSOLV,
only the trailer of ESTINF is checked, the content will not be used.
FFOLPRE
Follower force matrix of previous loadcase, to be used to unloading process
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
UPVNLH
Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis in the p-set.
FSV
Nonlinear element forces at s-set points
ESTNLH
FPV
Matrix of element forces at the previous time step.
OESNL1
PPL
Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each output time step.
TEL
Transient response time output list appended from each subcase.
MUPN
Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for matrix update.
MESTNL
Nonlinear element summary table for matrix update.
BTOPOCNV
BTOPOSTF
OESNLB1
Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format.
FMV
Nonlinear element forces at m-set.
QPV
Nonlinear constraint forces.
DUPV
Displacement increment at the final iteration before exit.
RPV
Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before exit.
GEOM4CN
Updated constraints for 3D contact.
KFRIC
Frictional stiffness for 3D contact.
TELS
Output time list for NLTRAN only
QNV
Quasi-Newton vectors (BFGS)
OFCON3D
3D contact item codes
NEWMPT
Material property table for thermal control mechanisms
NLSOLV 1235
Main Index
LTF
Lower triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.
UTF
Upper triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.
PNLH
Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step (for transient analysis
only).
FSVi
Matrix of nonlinear element forces FSV at constrained points at the output time
steps (for transient analysis only).
PPLi
Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix PPL appended from each output time
step (for transient analysis only)
UPVNLHi
Solution matrix UPVNLH from nonlinear analysis appended from each output time
step (for transient analysis only).
FMVi
Nonlinear element forces at m-set FMV appended from each output time step (for
transient analysis only).
ESTSAV
Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step. Saved ESTCON data
for re-entering usage. For itrfmt=7, ESTCON is the input estnl file of nlemg for the
last time step. For itrfmt<>7, it is the output (estnlh) of nlemg for the last time step.
Both are used in stiffness updating to the previous converged time step.
MESTN0
Initial nonlinear element summary table at each STEPcase.
UPVNL0
Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each STEPcase.
FENL1
Matrix of strain energy and grid point force at every element at the last converged
load step.
Rbeqmg
The g-size equivalent mpc force matrix for nonlinear RBE.
KELMSV
Saved KELMNL for stiffness updating to previous time step with itrfmt=7.
HGGT
[H]Tgxg for 3D Contact
N3Dsav
Save the useful data of 3D Contact at the final iteration before exit.
ESTMG
Advanced nonlinear element connectivity and type data
GRPSTM
Advanced nonlinear element group information
MTSTM
Advanced nonlinear ints array, including some materials data
MTSTM1
Advanced nonlinear materials data
MTSTM2
Advanced nonlinear materials pointers
MTSTM3
Advanced nonlinear materials flags
MTSTM4
Advanced nonlinear materials dimensioning data
MMTX
Advanced nonlinear element stresses and strains updated state
MMTXR
Advanced nonlinear element stresses and strains reference state, matching MMTX
MMTX1
Advanced nonlinear element iterative data
NLVECM
Advanced nonlinear vectors
VCCTM
VCCT data
1236
NLSOLV
GCOMM
Advanced nonlinear common blocks
GCOMMR
backup-copy of GCOMM for bisection
MKELM
Advanced nonlinear element stiffnesses to be passed to EMG.
MRELM
Advanced nonlinear element rhs's to be passed to NL3INC
MKELMR
backup-copy of MKELM for bisection
N3Ddb0
3D contact database for multiple Subcases
N3Ddbi
3D contact database for cutback
HGGTi
3D contact database for cutback: HGGT
ESTLNS
NON LINEAR ELEMENTS SUMMARY TABLE
OFVCCT
Table of output for VCCT
UDEFSFD
Input/Output. Contains records for user defined NLRSFD.
FRICEL
Friction stiffness elements (for 3D contact)
bsHGGTa
For BSQUEAL only - [Hgg]T
bsKGGn
For BSQUEAL only - K_normal
bsKGGfa
For BSQUEAL only - K_fric
CIDATA
Carry data for C.I.
KTPPSV
KTPP saved when using matrix-based iterative solver
GCOMMRD
GCOMM for Advanced nonlinear elements used for dynamic back-up
MMTXRD
MMTX for Advanced nonlinear elements used for dynamic back-up
OCOMPH
Composite Layer output for advanced nonlinear elements
OCOMPMH
Composite Max / Min output for advanced nonlinear elements
ONLOUTS
NLOUT scalar quantities
ONLOUTV
NLOUT vector quantities
ONLOUTT
NLOUT tensor quantities
CPLDOUT1
Multi-physics output datablock

Not used for heat transfer pass
Plastic Work Vector for Mechanical Pass
Main Index
FSIXF
For OpenFSI (fluid structure interaction with external fluid)
OFDBGDT
Debug post item codes
ROTDATH
Rotor dynamic data
R_FE
Matrix of residual vector in fe-set(Output) (used by ADAMS (CHEETAH)
RBEQMGi
RBEQMG appended from each output time step for NLTRAN only
ESTINFX
Output data block. Used only for distributed parallel NLEMG.
EIDPID
Datablock with mapping of EID and its corresponding PID
NLSOLV 1237
FFOLLOW
Follower force matrix of current loadcase, to be used to unloading process of the

next loadcase
OFCON3Di
OFCON3D appended from each output time step for NLTRAN
Parameters:
KRATIO
Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for time step

adjustment.
CONV

On input:
0
Initialization.
On output:
-1
STIME
Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on output,

accumulated time used for restarts.
NEWP
Output-integer-default=0. NEW SUBCASE or STEPcase FLAG

-1
Current CASE has not been completed.
Current CASE has been completed.
NEWK
Main Index
Input/output-integer-default=0. Stiffness update flag.

-1
Do not update stiffness.
>0
Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps

which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution
process is terminated.
OLDDT
Input/output-real-default=0. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or

time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch.
NSTEP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for the current STEP

case, set to 0 at the beginning of the STEP case.
LGDISP
Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement and follower force flag.

-1
No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.
Only large displacement effects will be considered
CONSEC
Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to10*(value of NSTEP

the last time MAXBIS was reached ) + (the number of consecutive time steps which
have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated.
ITERID
Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.
ITIME
Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a current STEP case.
1238
NLSOLV
KTIME
Input/output-integer-default=0. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then

stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the
negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.
LASTUPD
Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update at:
>
Previous converged solution.
<
At an intermediate iteration of the current time step.
=1
At the last iteration.
NOGONL
Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to

terminate.
NBIS
MAXLP
Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration

and the material subincrement processes.
TSTAT
Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag.

-1
ANALYSIS=NLTRAN
ANALYSIS<>NLTRAN; STATIC SOLUTIONS

(Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces, old one.)
LANGLE

1
Gimbal angle.
Left rotation vector.
Right rotation vector.
NDAMP
Input-real-default=0.
0
Main Index
Numerical damping.
TABS

SIGMA

heat flux.
NLR

-2
No radiation.
-1
Initial radiation.
ADPCON

PBCONT
NLSOLV 1239
NBCONT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.
unused
(not used)
MNEWK
Input/output-integer-default=1. Matrix update flag for 3D contact
OFLAG
<=0
Matrix update not required by 3D contact
>0
Matrix update required by 3D contact
Input/output-integer-default=0. Output control flag.

On input:
<0
Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the output-only
information before exiting.
>=0
Do not print the title lines for iteration message.
On output--output exit:
TANALY
=0
No
>=1
Yes
Input-character-default=' '. Type of nonlinear analysis.

'NLTR' Nonlinear transient
'NLST' Nonlinear statics
'LNST' Linear statics
'STATICS' SOL 101 Linear statics
FKSYMFAC
Input-real-default=1.0. Follower stiffness symmetry actor tolerance. Usually input

by user parameter.
RSTRT
Input-integer-default=-1. Restart flag.
NLPACK
Cold start
=1
Restart
Input-integer-default=100. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag.

<=0
Append all output time steps together in each STEP case before
processing the output procedure.
>0
Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in each STEP
case before output procedure.
GPFRC
Input-integer-no default. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than

or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GNLSTN
Input-integer-no default. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user

parameter.
MSCHG
Main Index
<=0
Small strain
Green strain
Input-integer-default=-1 . Boundary condition change flag.
1240
NLSOLV
<=0
no change
>0
changed
K6ROT
Input-real. Scaling factor of the penalty stiffness to be added to the normal rotation
for QUAD4 and TRIA3
WTMASS
TSTATX
Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Coming from the PARAM TSTATIC

entry. In SOL 129, this flag will makes code work like a nonlinear static analysis.
In SOL 400, this flag is used when ANALYSIS=NLTRAN and it still works like a
nonlinear transient analysis but ignore all Mass and Damping matrices.
STIMEF
-1
Normal dynamic solution.
Normal dynamic solution, ignoring inertia and damping.
Output-real-default=0.0. Time to update follower stiffness.

This value is set in nl3itr.F that is consistent with how to update the stiffness. For
example, if stiffness matrix is update at the prv. converged time step, stimeF is
equal to the prv. time step. Otherwise, it should be the current time step. Note that
STIME and CURTIM is always equal to the prv. time step when leaving NLSOLV
module if iteration does not converge.
Main Index
STEPCUR
Input-integer-no default. The # of the current STEPcase in one SUBCASE. This

value is initialized in the beginning of each SUBCASE.
TANALOLD
Input-character-default= . Analysis type of previous step.
ITOPTX
Input-Integer- Default=1. Element-based solver options flag

= -2
Determine whether element-based solver is selected for use
= -1
Determine whether any element-based solver restrictions have been

violated
> 0
Is a combination of bit values used to select solver options as follows:

BIT
VALUE
OPTION
Run solver with all defaults
Use casi solver
Use vki solver
Reserved
Reserved
16
Reserved
32
Reserved
64
Use open core for solver memory
128
Generate intermediate diagnostics
256
Use alternate pcg method
NLSOLV 1241
Main Index
10
512
Casi - reduce i/o
11
1024
CASI - adapt pcg
12
2048
CASI - do not use implicit elements
CVMEM
Input- integer-default=16000. CASI virtual memory available if heap is used
CASPIV
Input- real-default= 10
LMTOPT
Input- integer-default=0. Lagrange to mpc transform and equation solver options
10
. Pivot threshhold for CASI pcg factorization
Transform lmt to mpc
Use element-based iterative solver
Use matrix-based iterative solver
AUTOMSC1
Input- real-default=10.0. Scaling value for Auto-Mset
AUTOMSC2
Input- real-default=0.01. LMT Transformation
HGGTOUT
Input-Integer-Default=0. Flag for immediate output of HGGT matrix without doing

any nonlinear operation
=0
Do regular nonlinear solution operations
=1
Generate HGGT matrix and exit immediately
NDAMPM
Input- real-default=0.0. Numerical parameter for GEN-ALPHA
CURMU
Input/output-real-default=0.0. Last converged value of MU
LSTEP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Load step
RSTEP
Input/output-integer-default=0. The count of controlled increments
ARCLG
Input/output-real-default=0. The arc length at the last converged step
ARCSGN
Input/output-integer-default=0.0. The sign of P DOT DELP at the beginning of the

subcase. This is used in RESTARTS in the post-buckling region
G,W3,W4
Input/output-real-default=0. Scale factors for use in preparing damping matrix

(casi)
NLIC
Input/output-real-default=0. True if NLIC presents
NLICFLG
Input/output-real-default=0. True if NLIC presents first time
TIMHSC
Input/output-integer-default=0.0. Offset to the initial time(itime) for heat-structure

chaining analysis.
HGENPLAS
Input- real-default=0.0. Plastic work to heat conversion factor
MAXRATIO
Input/output-real-default=0. Maximum ratio of KAA diag to factor diag B input

matrix considered nearly singular
OLDSEQ
Input/output-integer-default=0. For model partition
UNUSED
Input- integer-default=0.
1242
NLSOLV
ASSMKTTP
Input-integer-default=0. Flag used in conjunction with CASI solver that determines

whether the older technique of having assembled global stiffness matrix and
partitions present or the new technique of having only element matrices available
is used during LMT operations. If ASSMKTTP<0, assembled matrices are
available.
NLOOPH
Input-integer-default=0. Loop number of selected temperture results in thermal

database.
ICPLD
Input-integer-default=1. Multi-physics pass number (1 - heat, 2 - mechanical)
NUMCPLD
Input-integer-default=1. Number of multi-physics passes in step
NEWCPLD
Input-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate change in multi-physics pass

no change,
change in physics
NBISCPLD
Input-integer-default=0. Number of bisections for multi-physics analysis
NCPLOOP
Input-integer-default=1. Loop number of coupled analysis
HGENFRIC
Input-real-default=0.0. Frictional work to heat conversion factor
DTCPLD
Unused
TOTALTIM
Input-real-default=1.0. Total real time the load step
OPENFSI
Input-integer-default=1.0.
LGDISP
Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement flag input by user
EXTSYS
Input/output-integer-default=0. Communication flag between Adams and

NLSOLV.
NSTPCPLD
ITMPCPLD
NUMCPLDY
Main Index
=0
Regular Nastran run
=0
Regular Nastran run
>0
NLFE-MBS external system
=1
Iteration mode
=2
Bisection is requested; the time increment is cut in half
=9
Activate the convergence processing
Output-integer-default=0. Flag for zeroth inc. for statics in multi-physics

-1
: zeroth increment.
>-1
: regular increments
Input-integer-default=0. Flag for initial temperature for the 0th increment for statics
2
zero initial temperatures,
specified initial temperatures
Input-integer-default=1. Number of multi-physics passes in subcase
NLSOLV 1243
STIMERT
Output-real-default=0.0. Time at end of each loadcase

- calculate it at start of each loadcase in NL3INT.F.
- recalculate it at end of each loadcase in NL3LOP.F
Main Index
1244
NLTRD
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLTRD
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices

and tables
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural
analysis only.
Format:
NLTRD
CASECC,MESTNL,PDT,YS,KRDD,
ELDATA,KELMNL,LAM1DD,GM,MPT,
DIT,UAM1DD,DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,
SIL,USETD,AM2,AM3,NLFT,
KSGG,DITID/
ULNT,IFG,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL/
BETA/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITER
ID/
S,N,MU/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/
S,N,NOTIME/MAXLP/UNUSED17/UNUSE18/UNUSE19/
TABS/LANGLE $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
MESTNL
PDT
Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.
YS
Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures.
KRDD
Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set.
ELDATA
KELMNL
LAM1DD
Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
GM
MPT
DIT
UAM1DD
Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
DLT1
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
NLTRD 1245
USETD
AM2
Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the

negative of the time step delta.
AM3
Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the

reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time
step delta, respectively.
NLFT
KSGG
S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material

nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size.
DITID
Output Data Blocks:
ULNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.
IFG
Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time
steps.
ESTNLH
IFD
Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output

time steps.
OESNL1
PNL
Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.
TEL
Parameters:
BETA
Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.
CONV

On input:
0
Initialization.
On output:
Main Index
-1
STIME

NEWP
Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.

-1
Current subcase has not been completed.
1246
NLTRD
NEWK
Main Index

-1
>0
Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which
have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is
terminated.
OLDDT
Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the previous iteration

or time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch.
NSTEP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at

the beginning of the subcase.
LGDISP

-1
CONSEC
Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 10*(value of

NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time
steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is
terminated.
ITERID
MU
Input/output-real-default=0.0. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement

matrix.
KTIME

LASTUPD
Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update.

Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the
iteration.
NOGONL

terminate.
NOTIME
Output-integer-default=0. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further
iterations but enough time to perform data recovery.
MAXLP

UNUSED17
UNUSED18
UNUSED19
TABS

NLTRD 1247
LANGLE

1
Gimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
Remarks:
1. NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry.
NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT".
2. NLTRD does not support heat transfer, slideline contact, or shell normals. Use NLTRD2.
3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps during the direct
integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also contains acceleration for the output
time steps.
Main Index
1248
NLTRD2
NLTRD2
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices

and tables
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural or
transient heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLTRD2
CASECC,PDT,YS,ELDATA,KELMNL,
KDD,GM,MPT,DIT,KBDD,
DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,USETD,
BRDD,MDD,NLFT,RDEST,RECM,
BDD,GPSNT,DITID,DEQIND,DEQATN,
ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,TMLD,UNUSED1,UNUSED2,RDG,PSFL/
ULNT,IFS,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL,MULNT,MESTNL,BTOPCNV,
BTOPSTF,OESNLB1,MPTTC,LTF,UTF/
KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP /S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/
ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/
MAXLP/TSTATIC/LANGLE/NDAMP/TABS/
SIGMA/NORADMAT/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/
S,N,NBCONT/FKSYMFAC/WTMASS/NOUDCMP $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
PDT
Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.
YS
ELDATA
KELMNL
KDD
Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.
GM
MPT
DIT
KBDD
Tangential stiffness in d-set.
DLT1
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
NLTRD2 1249
USETD
BRDD
Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat capacitance matrix
for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-set.
MDD
Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set
NLFT
RDEST
RECM
BDD
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear elements only.
GPSNT
DITID
DEQIND
DEQATN
ROTORT
BGDD*
Family of coriolis matrices.
KCVDD*
Family of gyroscopic matrices.
TMLD
Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis.
UNUSED1
UNUSED2
RDG
Reduction matrix from g-set to d-set (transposed).
PSFL
Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in nonlinear transient analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
ULNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.
IFS

time steps.
ESTNLH
IFD

time steps.
OESNL1
PNL
TEL
MULNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set

from the previous subcase.
MESTNL
1250
NLTRD2
BTOPOCNV
BTOPOSTF
OESNLB1
MPTTC
MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms.
LTF
Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
UTF
Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
Parameters:
KRATIO
Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for time step

adjustment.
CONV

On input:
0
Initialization.
On output:
STIME

NEWP
Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
NEWK
Main Index
-1
-1
Current subcase has not been completed.

-1
>0
Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which
have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is
terminated.
OLDDT
Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the previous iteration

or time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch.
NSTEP
Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at

the beginning of the subcase.
LGDISP

-1
NLTRD2 1251
Main Index
CONSEC
Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 10*(value of

NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time
steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is
terminated.
ITERID
ITIME
Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a subcase.
KTIME

LASTUPD
Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update.

Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the
iteration.
NOGONL

terminate.
NBIS
MAXLP

TSTATIC
Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and

damping forces.
LANGLE

1
Gimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
NDAMP
Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping.
TABS

SIGMA

heat flux.
NORADMAT

-2
No radiation.
-1
Initial radiation.
ADPCON

PBCONT
1252
NLTRD2
NBCONT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.
FKSYMFAC
Input-real-default=0.0. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually

input by user parameter.
WTMASS
NOUDCMP
Input-integer-default=-1. Solution matrix decomposition flag. Usually input by

user parameter.
-1
Solution matrix will be decomposed.
Solution matrix will not be decomposed.
Remarks:
1. NLTRD2 utilizes an automatic method of time integration to compute solutions to nonlinear

transient problems (METHOD="ADAPT" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry). NLTRD2
performs the time increment and the vector iteration steps until convergence has been attained.
NLTRD2 uses line search and quasi-Newton vector techniques when appropriate.
2. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT". NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and
"TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry.
3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps during the direct
integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also contains acceleration for the output
time steps. For thermal analysis, the displacements, velocity and accelerations are temperature,
enthalpy, and the enthalpy time derivative.
Main Index
NLTRLG 1253
Produces time independent load vector
NLTRLG
Produces time independent components of the nonlinear transient load vector.

Format:
NLTRLG
CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,GMD,GOD,
PHDH,EST,MPT,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PDT,TMLD,DLT1/TABS $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
USETD
DLT
SLT
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
CSTM
TRL
DIT
GMD
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.
GOD
Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-set by dset.
PHDH
Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal).
EST
MPT
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB

effects
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
1254
NLTRLG
Output Data Blocks:
PDT
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.
TMLD
Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis.
DLT1
Parameter:
TABS
Main Index

NORM 1255
Normalize a matrix
NORM
Normalize a matrix
To normalize a matrix, each column by its largest element or compute the square root of the sum of the
squares for each row of a matrix (SRSS).
Format:
NORM
A/ANORM/S,N,NCOL/S,N,NROW/S,N,XNORM/IOPT/
S,N,XNORMD/PRTSWM $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
ANORM
Normalized matrix.
Parameters:
NCOL
Number of columns in A.
NROW
Integer-output-default=0. Number of rows in A.
XNORM
Real-output-default=0.0. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns.
IOPT
Integer-input-default=1. Normalization option.

1
Normalize by largest element.
Compute SRSS.
XNORMD
Real double precision-output-default=0.D0. Same as XNORM except in double

precision.
PRTSWM
Logical-input-default=TRUE. If PRTSUM=FALSE, System Warning Message

6991 is suppressed. This message is printed when the maximum term exceeds the
single precision limit for the machine type. When it is TRUE the message is printed.
Remarks:
1. If IOPT=1 then ANORM is the same as A except each column has been normalized by its
maximum absolute value.
2. If IOPT=2 then ANORM is a column vector where the i-th row is the sum of the magnitudes of
the terms in the i-th row of A.
Main Index
1256
NORM
Normalize a matrix
Examples:
1. Normalize PHIG so that the maximum deflection is 1.0 (or -1.0):

NORM
PHIG/PHIG1 $
2. Compute complex eigenvectors that have been normalized such that the product
T
[ CPHG ] [ CPHG ] produces a square matrix with off-diagonal terms of computational zero, and
complex diagonal terms whose magnitude is unity.
TRNSP
CPHG/CPHGT $
NORM
CPHGT/CX2////2 $
MATMOD
CX2,,,,,/INORM22,/28 $ DIAGONALIZE
DIAGONAL INORM22/NORM22/'WHOLE'/-1.0 $ INVERT
MPYAD
CPHG,NORM22,/CPHGNORM $ NORMALIZE
MPYAD
CPHGNORM,CPHGNORM,/N22/1 $ SHOULD BE IDENTITY IN
MAGNITUDE
DIAGONAL N22/N22MAG/'WHOLE'/1.0 $ FIND MAGNITUDES
Main Index
NSMEPT 1257
Modifies element properties
NSMEPT
Modifies element properties
Modifies element properties table from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Format:
NSMEPT
ECT,EPT,BGPDT/NEWEPT/S,N,NEWEPT $
Input Data Blocks:
ECT
EPT
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
NEWEPT
EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Parameters:
NEWEPT
Main Index
Output-integer-default=0. NEWEPT creation flag.

0
No.
-1
Yes.
1258
OFP
Output file processor
OFP
To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by other modules in user-oriented, self-explanatory
formats.
Format:
OFP
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,
CSTM,BGPDTVU,ERROR1,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,UNUSED//
UNUSED/ODCODE/PVALID/OCID $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module. See Remark
2.
CSTM
EHT
BGPDTVU
Basic grid point definition table for a superelement and related to

geometry with view-grids added.
ERROR1
Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity

loop.
DEQATN
DEQIND
DIT
Table of TABLEDi Bulk Data entry images.
UNUSED
Unused and may be left unspecified.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
OFP 1259
Parameters:
UNUSED
Input/output-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
ODCODE
Input-integer-default=-1. Output device code override. See Remark 4. ODCODE

overrides the code stored in the DBi's according to the following table:
ODCODE
Output Directed to:
Print
Plot
Print and Plot
Punch
Print and Punch
Plot and Punch
Print, Plot, and Punch
PVALID
Input-integer-default=0. p-element adaptivity loop identification number.
OCID
Input-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system identification number

in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output
requests.
1
Displacements.
Applied loads.
Apcforces and mpcforces.
Eigenvectors.
10
Velocities.
11
Accelerations.
Remarks:
1. Any or all data blocks may be purged.

2. DMAP modules READ (LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMX), CEAD (CLAMA and OCEIGS),
and LAMX (LAMB) are matrix operation modules that prepare OFP formatted data blocks.
Modules SDR2, SDR3, VDR, ADR, CURV, DDRMM, DRMH3, ELFDR, GPFDR, GPWG,
LAMX, MDATA, SDRCOMP, SDRX, and SDRHT also prepare OFP formatted data blocks.
3. Parameter ODCODE is not honored by data blocks LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMA, and
OGPWG, which are created by READ, CEAD, LAMX, and GPWG.
4. CSTM, EHT, BGPDTVU, and ERROR1 are required if p-elements are specified and only for data
recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc.
Main Index
1260
OFP
5. CSTM, DEQATN, DEQIND, and DIT are required if the CORD3G Bulk Data entry is present
and only for element data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc.
Example:
Print the OUG1 table from the SDR2 module:

OFP OUG1/ $
Main Index
OPTGP0 1261
p-element analysis preprocessor
OPTGP0
Preprocesses the input design optimization shape basis vectors for p-element analysis.
Format:
OPTGP0
GEOM1M,GEOM2M,MEDGE,EDOM,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSE
D7,
DEQATN,DEQIND/
EDOMM/
DELG $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
the current p-level.
GEOM2M

scalar points and updated for the current p-level.
MEDGE
EDOM

optimization.
UNUSED5
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
DEQATN
DEQIND
Output Data Block:
EDOMM

optimization updated for p-element analysis.
Parameter:
DELG
Main Index
Input-real-default=0.1. Scale factor on perturbed length.
1262
OPTGP0
Remark:
OPTGP0 preprocesses the shape basis vectors defined at the p-element geometry level for both the
GMCURV or POINT option and generates DVGRID entry images at the grid-n points (a point on an
FEEDGE, FEFACE or FEBODY entity with variable number of degrees-of-freedom).
Main Index
ORTHOG 1263
Generates orthonormal set of vectors
ORTHOG
Generates an orthonormal set of vectors from a given set of vectors. For example, orthogonalize with
respect to an identity matrix or mass matrix.
Format:
ORTHOG
A,M/
Q,R/
ORTHOPT/ORTHCON/S,N,ORTHEPS/ORTHREPT/ORTHTOL $
Input Data Blocks:
Rectangular matrix of m columns (vectors) by n rows to be

orthogonalized where m<n.
Weighting matrix: symmetric and positive definite.
Output Data Blocks:
Rectangular matrix of orthogonalized vectors.
Rectangular matrix whose m by m upper triangle contains an

intermediate factor of the process.
Parameters:
ORTHOPT
ORTHCON
Input-integer-default=1. Orthogonalization method.

1
and M is purged, then perform Householder Orthogonalization.
or M is not purged, then perform Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt method.

If ORTHOPT=2 and M is purged then an identity matrix will be created for
M.
Input-integer-default=1. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination flag or

Householder partitioning vector generation flag.
For Householder:
0
R contains the upper triangular matrix.
R contains the partitioning vector.
For Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination:

0
Main Index
Exit the program if M is not at least a positive semi-definite matrix.

R is not used and may be purged.
1264
ORTHOG
Let R ii = R ii and continue if M is not at least a positive semi-definite

matrix. R contains the partitioning vector
ORTHEPS
Output-real-no default. Level of orthogonality. ORTHEPS is the largest lower

triangular term of the matrix R and is computed with the Householder method.
ORTHREPT
Input-real-default=0.707. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt algorithm repeat flag.

The default is approximately the square root of 0.5.
ORTHTOL
Input-real-default=0.0. Linear dependence tolerance. By default, ORTHTOL is

set to the square root of the minimum machine value.
Remark:
1. ORTHOG generates an orthonormal set of vectors [ Q ] from a given set of vectors [A] such that:
[ A] = [Q ][R ]
T
and if [ M ] ] is not given: [ Q ] [ M ] [ Q ] = [ I ]

T
or if [ M ] is not given: [ Q ] [ Q ] = [ I ]
where [ I ] is an identity matrix.
2. ORTHOG cannot orthogonalize complex matrices. If a complex matrix is input then a fatal
message is issued. SubDMAP ONORM can orthogonalize complex matrices which is described
under "General Enhancements for Orthogonalizing Complex Vectors" on page 149 of the
MSC.Nastran 2004 Release Guide.
Main Index
OUTADF 1265
Output Frequency Response Result to ADF Format File
OUTADF
Output Frequency Response Result to ADF Format File
Output the frequency response functions and participation factors to ADF format file.
Format:
OUTADF
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,UNITS,BGPDT,CASECC//IPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
Output table suitable for processing. See Remark 2.
UNITS
BGPDT
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images. See Remark 3.
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
IPRINT
Input-integer-default=0. Message print control flag. If IPRINT<>0, then the

detailed output message is printed; 0, otherwise.
Remarks:
1. This module support the output table block of OUGx, OSMPF1, OAFMPF1, OASMPF1,
OAPMPF1, OAPPF1, OAGPF1 and OSPPF1 (TCODE=1, 10, 11 and 61 to 67).
2. OFPi may be purged.
3. If CASECC is purged, all supported result data in OFPi will output.
4. See the parameter POSTADF for the other information.
Main Index
1266
OUTPRT
Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors
OUTPRT
Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery

partitioning vectors
Constructs partitioning vectors to be used in sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery.
Format:
OUTPRT
CASECC,ECT,BGPDT,SIL,XYCDB,DYNAMIC,MATPOOL,PG,VGFD,
CASEDS,TABEVP,TABEVS,MMCDB,OINT,PELSET,EDT,GPECT,
FRFXITZG,FTGID/
PVGRID,PVSPC,PVMPC,PVLOAD,PVMCFR/
S,N,SDRMETH/NOSE/SDROVR/SDRDENS/ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
ECT
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
XYCDB
DYNAMIC
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer
radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
PG
VGFD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom

connected to frequency-dependent elements.
CASEDS
TABEVP
Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design variable
TABEVS
Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design variable
MMCDB
OINT
PELSET
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. This module is
processes MONPNT3 and SET1 records only.
GPECT
Table of grid points and associated elements.
OUTPRT 1267
FRFXITZG
Table identifying DOFs for frequency Response Functions.
FTGID
Table of elements used in fatigue analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
PVGRID
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following
Case Control commands:
DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, FORCE,
STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE,
ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE.
PVSPC
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the SPCFORCE
PVMPC
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MPCFORCE
PVLOAD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied.
PVMCFR
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the
MCFRACTION Case Control command.
Parameters:
SDRMETH
NOSE
Output-integer-no default. Data recovery method flag:

-1
Sparse data recovery.
Full (or standard) data recovery.
No data recovery is requested or required.
Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0 otherwise. Superelement presence
flag.
SDROVR
Main Index
Input-character-default='AUTO'. Override for data recovery method flag,

SDR:
AUTO
Choose full or sparse data recovery based on SDRDENS.
FULL
Choose full data recovery.
SPARSE
Choose sparse data recovery.
1268
OUTPRT
Main Index
SDRDENS
Input-integer-default=0. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of

PVGRID is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data
recovery.
ADPTINDX
Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
ADPTEXIT
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.
OUTPUT2 1269
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT2
Writes a table or matrix data block(s) onto a binary or "compressed ASCII" (or neutral) file for user
postprocessing or for subsequent input (via INPUTT2) into another MSC Nastran run.
Format:
OUTPUT2
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,CASECC//
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5/
HNAME1/HNAME2/HNAME3/HNAME4/HNAME5/PROCID $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi
Any data block (table or matrix) name to be output. DBi cannot be a

factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15). Any or all of the input
data blocks may be purged.
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images, specifically for POST

command processing.
Parameters:
ITAPE
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. ITAPE is used to select the file positioning option as

follows:
+n
Skip forward n data blocks before writing (only used if file has no label).
Data blocks are written starting at the current position. If this is the first
use, no label is written.
-1
Rewind IUNIT before writing and label file.
-3
Rewind IUNIT, print data block names and then write after the last data
block on IUNIT (file must have a label).
-9
Write a final EOF on IUNIT (must be used before -3 option and as last
I/O use of unit) then rewind IUNIT.
IUNIT
Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number on which the

data blocks are to be written. IUNIT=0 is not recommended. See Remark 7.
LABL
Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is used for file identification.

The label is written only if ITAPE=-1 and is checked only if ITAPE=-3.
MAXR
Input-integer-default=2 * BUFFSIZE words. Maximum physical record size.

(See Remarks.)
1270
OUTPUT2
NDDLNAMi
Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1 through

DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'.
(See Remarks.)
HNAMEi
Output-character-default= . Data block name to written into the header for

DBi on the FORTRAN unit.
PROCID
Input-integer-default=1. Processor ID which is authorized to write to IUNIT.

Used only in distributed memory parallel (DMP) runs.
Remarks:
1. A data block (table or matrix) consists of logical records:

In matrices, each column is contained in one logical record. Each record begins with the row
position of the first nonzero term in the column followed by the first through the last nonzero
term in the column.
In tables, the contents of logical records vary according to the table but are described in Data
Blocks (Ch. 2).
2. The FORTRAN binary file consists of physical records of data from the data block and KEYs that
are provided to assist in the reading of the file. Each physical record of data is separated by oneword records called KEYs. The KEYs will indicate one of the following depending on its location
in the binary file:
KEY
Description
>0
The length of the next physical record. It may also indicate the start of a new
logical record.
End-of-File (data block) (EOF) or End-of-Data (EOD).
<0
End-of-Logical record (EOR) or a null column. The absolute value indicates

the logical record number.
3. The End-of-Data (EOD) follows the last end-of-file (data block) written to the binary file.
4. If possible, each logical record of the data block will be written to one physical record of the
FORTRAN binary file. However, the length of a logical record may exceed the maximum length
of a physical record (see MAXR parameter). If this occurs, then the logical record will span more
than one physical record. In other words, the logical record will be written to the first physical
record followed by a positive KEY record, which indicates a continuation of the logical record
and the length of the subsequent second physical record.
5. The OUTPUT4 module performs similar operations on matrices, but not tables. It is simpler to
use and is the recommended method for matrix output.
6. Tables and matrices may be processed as sequential data blocks.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1271
7. The ASSIGN (p. 44) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide FMS statement is recommended
for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent.
Refer to the Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and
Operations Guide.
8. No physical record will exceed the value specified by the parameter MAXR which has a default
that is two times BUFFSIZE words. Furthermore, the value specified for MAXR should not
exceed the maximum allowable record size for the receiving disk device. See the Keywords and
Environment Variables (p. 45) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and Operations Guide for
the maximum allowable values.
9. When the neutral format option is selected via FORM=FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS
statement (associated with OUTPUT2 parameter IUNIT), then MAXR and NDDLNAMi are
interpreted as follows:
MAXR
Represents the maximum physical record size (in words) on the target
machine(s) for the machine binary-formatted file after it has been
converted from neutral to binary via the MSC-supplied conversion
utility RCOUT2.
NDDLNAMi
Correlates the DMAP data block name with the corresponding NDDLdefined name. If this parameter is left blank, then the corresponding
DMAP name (DB1 through DB5) is assumed to be the NDDL-defined
name.
The following is a partial list of the table data block names available for OUTPUT2 neutral file
formatting. For a more complete list see the NDDL.
AXIC
GEOM1
GPLS
OEIGS
OESNL2
OQG2
CASES
GEOM1Q
LAMA
OEP
OESNLX
OSTR1
CLAMA
GEOM2
MATPOOL
OES1
OGPWG
OSTR2
CSTMS
GEOM2S
MPT
OES1C
OGS1
OUGV1
DIT
GEOM3
MPTS
OES1X
OPG1
OUGV2
DYNAMICS
GEOM3S
OEF1
OES1X1
OPG2
PSDF
EPT
GEOM4
OEF1X
OES2
OPNL1
PVT
EPTS
GEOM4S
OEF2
OESNL1
OQG1
USET
FOL
GPDTS
In addition, all matrices defined with a TYPE DB, may also be neutral formatted. If a matrix is
not an NDDL data block, then the NDDLNAMi='MATRIX' should be used. For example, to write
the matrix MYMATRIX use
OUTPUT2
Main Index
MYMATRIX,,,,//ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/'MATRIX' $
1272
OUTPUT2
Note and the neutral format is a machine-neutral format that allows the transfer of the OUTPUT2generated files between different machine types. See RCOUT2 (p. 214) in the MSC Nastran 2014
Installation and Operations Guide for a discussion of this transfer process and the MSC-supplied
conversion utility RCOUT2.
10. The following formats describe each physical record. Note that the following formats depend on
the value of system cell 403 (NASTRAN statement keyword OP2NEW).
Format for Table and Matrix Labels (written only if ITAPE=-1)
Physical
Record
Number
Length
Contents
KEY = 3
KEY
Date (3 words, month-day-year) -integer
KEY = 7
KEY
NASTRAN Header (7 words*,

Character-A4)
Description
One Logical Record
*Word 1 = NAST, Word 2 = RAN, Word 3 = FORT, Word 4 = TAP, Word 5 = EID, Word 6 = COD,
Word 7 = E
5
KEY = 2
KEY
LABEL (2 words, Character-A4 =

LABL)
If OP2NEW = 0:
7
KEY = -1 (EOR)
KEY = 0 (EOF)
If OP2NEW = 1:
Main Index
KEY = 3
KEY
Nastran Program Version (3 words,

Major, Minor, Round, Character A4)
KEY = -1 (EOR)
10
KEY = 0 (EOF)
End of Label
OUTPUT2 1273
Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 0
Physical
Record
Number
Length
Contents
Description
KEY = 2
10
KEY
Data Block Name (2 words, CharacterA4)
11
KEY = -1 (EOR)
12
KEY = 7
13
KEY
NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, integer)
14
KEY = -2 (EOR)
15
KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)
16
KEY = 0
17
KEY = 2.
Logical Record
18
KEY
Data Block Name (2 words, CharacterA4) and data (if any)
3 of Data Block
19
KEY=-3 (EOR).
Header: Logical. Record1 of

Data Block
Trailer: Logical
Record 2 of Data Block
Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 1
Physical
Record
Number
Main Index
Length
Contents
Description
11
KEY = 2
12
KEY
13
Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4) Header: Logical. Record1 of

Data Block
KEY = 3
14
KEY
Nastran Program Version (3 words, Major,

Minor, Round, Character A4)
15
KEY = -1 (EOR)
16
KEY = 7
17
KEY
NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, integer)
18
KEY = -2 (EOR)
19
20
KEY = 0
Trailer: Logical
Record 2 of Data Block
1274
OUTPUT2
Physical
Record
Number
Length
Contents
Description
21
KEY = 2.
Logical Record
22
KEY
Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4)

3 of Data Block
and data (if any)
23
KEY=-3 (EOR).
Format for Tables (Records 20 through n)
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
Main Index
Length
Contents
Description
20
24
KEY=1 (Start new logical record)
21
25
KEY
Logical Record 4
of
Table
Next Logical Record Type=0 for table record
22
26
KEY > 0
23
27
KEY
Data
24
28
KEY < 0 (EOR)***
25
29
26
30
KEY
Next Logical Record Type = 0
27
31
KEY > 0
28
32
KEY
Data
29
33
KEY < 0 (EOR)**
Repeat Physical Records 25-29 (or 29-33)

for Additional Records in Table
Additional Records
of Table
n-7
n-6
KEY
Last Logical
Record of Table
n-5
KEY > 0
n-4
KEY
Data
n-3
KEY < 0 (EOR)**
Logical Record 5
of Table
OUTPUT2 1275
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
Length
Contents
n-2
n-1
KEY
KEY = 0 (EOF)
Description
If Last Next
Logical Record
Type" = 0, then
End-of-Table
**If more data exists for the column or logical record, then KEY>0 and the physical records 22, 23,
and 24 (or 26, 27, and 28) will be repeated as many times as necessary to complete the column or
logical record.
Format for Matrices (Records 20 or 24 though n)
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
20
1
24
Length
1
Contents
Description

Next Logical Record Type
Logical Record 4 of
Matrix=first column
1 : matrix column (string records)

2 : factor matrix
3 : factor matrix
21
25
KEY
22
26
KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in

next string in word unit
23
27
KEY+1
First non-zero row, followed by non-zero

terms
24
28

First Column First

String Record
First Column Second

String Record

terms.
25
29
KEY+1
Repeat String Records 22-23 for
Additional Strings in Column
n-2
Main Index

First Column Last

String Record
1276
OUTPUT2
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
Length
Contents
n-1
KEY+1

terms.
KEY<0 (EOR)
Description
End of First Column
Repeat Column/String Records 20

through n for additional columns in
matrix if a column is null there is no
String Record for that column
n
Main Index
Null Column
OUTPUT2 1277
Physical Record
Number
Length
Contents
Description
Next Logical Record Type

n+1
KEY
(See Record 21 above)
n+2
KEY<0 (EOR)
End of Null Column
m-5

Last Column Last

String Record
m-4
KEY+1

terms
m-3
KEY<0
m-2
KEY=1 (Start new logical record)TD>
m-1
KEY
End of Last Column
Next Logical Record type=0
If Last "Next Logical

Record Type" = 0
KEY = 0 (EOF)
End of Matrix
Format for Tables and Matrix-End-of-Data
Physical
Record
Number
n+1
Length
1
Contents
If No Data Blocks Follow, KEY = 0 (EOD) End-of-Data
11. OUTPUT2 files may be read using three utility subroutines provided in the utility ("util")
directory; see Building and Using TABTST (p. 246) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and
Operations Guide.
IOPEN
Once per FORTRAN unit.
IHEADR
Once per data block.
IREAD
As many times as desired.
These routines in a file called tabtst.f (or.for). These routines are coded in machine-independent
FORTRAN.
Major benefits that result in using this standard interface are:
Easier initial usage of OUTPUT2. Most users make several errors while becoming familiar with
the formats.
User code is not burdened/concerned with physical record boundaries.
Data can be processed in logical groups rather than in a "blast" read mode.
Main Index
1278
OUTPUT2
Major limitations include:

Matrices cannot be processed in this manner.
Multiple FORTRAN units cannot be simultaneously processed.
BACKSPACE operations are not permitted.
Following are descriptions and use of the three OUTPUT2 service routines.
Entry Point
Description
Initializes an OUTPUT2 file and read the label (MSC Nastran).
Format:
CALL
IOPEN(IUN,L)
where IUN = An input integer which specifies the unit number to be read.
IOPEN
L = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the label written on the unit (L
comes from the third parameter in the DMAP call).
Method:
IOPEN rewinds IUN and reads in the data, title, and label. The keys are checked.
A key check failure results in the message IOPEN BAD KEYX = XXXX.
Processes the data block name and trailer.
Format:
CALL IHEADR(IUN,NAM,T)
where IUN = As described in IOPEN.
IHEADR
NAM = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the data block trailer in words
two through seven. Word one contains the location in the DMAP call (101,102,
etc.)
Method:
IHEADR reads the name and trailer. It checks KEY lengths. It also skips the data
block header (which unfortunately may contain data for some/few data blocks).
IHEADR must be called for each data block either immediately after IOPEN or
after IREAD signifies an end-of-file.
12. Starting with MSC.Nastran 2004 the OUTPUT2 file transport format has been enhanced to better
delineate the content to allow external applications to identify version and stride values for IFP
class datablocks. The new MSC Nastran keyword for either the NASTRAN statement or RC file
inclusion is OP2NEW and is linked to system cell 403. This is an integer value with a default of
one (1), indicating that the new transport format is used. A value of zero (0) removes all version
information and IFP locate word changes from the transport file. Modification for version occurs
both in the Label Record and within the Data Block Name record. For more details, see
Modifications to OUTPUT2 (INPUTT2) Transport Formats (p. 570) in the and this guide.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1279
Entry Point
Description
Supplies data to the calling program in a logical (as opposed to a physical) manner.
Format:
CALL IREAD(IUN,ARRY,NARY,IMETH,NT,IRTN)
where IUN is as described in IOPEN.
ARRY is the array into which a record is transmitted.
NARY is an integer input that requests the number of words to be transmitted. If
NARY is zero, no words will be transmitted. If NARY is negative, the words will
be skipped but not transmitted. If (NARY is greater than the number of words
remaining, the remaining words are processed (skipped or transmitted) and NT is
set to this number and IRTN is set to 1.
IREAD
IMETH is an integer input that specifies how to proceed through the logical record.
If IMETH = 0, the current logical record is continuously processed until an end-ofrecord return (IRTN =1) is given. If IMETH = 1, the remaining data (if any) at the
conclusion of IREAD, in the current logical record, is skipped.
NT is an integer output value which contains the number of words transmitted or
skipped if IRTN is 1 on return from IREAD.
IRTN is an integer output value which indicates the status on return from IREAD.
IRTN = 0 Normal return.
IRTN = 1 End of logical record hit while trying to process NARY words.
IRTN = 2 End-of-file hit for this data block.
Method:
OUTPUT2 physical records are read into a buffer area. These records are, at most,
2 * BUFFSIZE words long. The current position is maintained and data is
transmitted (or skipped) from the buffer to the ARRY array. If the MSC Nastran
logical record spans several physical FORTRAN records these are transparent (no
end-of-record returns) to the user.
Main Index
1280
OUTPUT4
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT4
Write matrices in ASCII or binary format onto a FORTRAN readable file.

Format:
OUTPUT4
M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3/BIGMAT/DIGITS $
Input Data Blocks:
Mi
Matrices. Mi cannot be a factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15).
Parameters:
ITAPE
Input-integer-default = -1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before OUTPUT4
starts to write any matrices as follows:
ITAPE
Main Index
ACTION
None.
-1
Rewind IUNIT before Write.
-2
End File and Rewind IUNIT after Write.
-3
Both.
IUNIT
Input-integer-no default. The absolute value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit

number on which the matrices will be written. If IUNIT is negative, the sparse
output option will be used, which means only nonzero items in the matrix are written
to the unit. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended. See Remark 1.
UNUSED3
OUTPUT4 1281
BIGMAT
Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT is applicable only when IUNIT < 0.

BIGMAT=FALSE selects the format that uses a string header as described under
Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more than 65535 rows, then BIGMAT will
automatically be set to TRUE regardless of the value specified.
DIGITS
Input-integer-default = 9. DIGITS is the requested number of digits for the

fractional part of the real values written for the ASCII format option
(FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement). The FORTRAN Format
Specification used internally by OUTPUT4 to write real values will be formed as
follows:
FORTRAN Format Specification:
P,rEw.d
d = DIGITS
w=d+7
r = 80/w (integer portion)
For example, if
DIGITS = 9 then the format will be 1P,5E16.9
or if DIGITS = 16 then the format will be 1P,3E23.16
Remarks:
1. Each matrix will be written on IUNIT as follows:

Record 1:
Word Number
Meaning
Integer
Number of columns (NCOL).
Integer
Number of rows (NR, if BIGMAT=TRUE then NR < 0).
Integer
Form of matrix (NF). See Remark 11.
Integer
Type of matrix (NTYPE). See Remark 11.
5 and 6
Character
Name of matrix (2A4 format).
Character
If ASCII format, then this is the FORTRAN format

specification based on DIGITS parameter value. If binary
format, then this is blank.
Character
If binary format, this is blank. If ASCII format, and if the field

of NCOL or NROW exceeds 8 digits, this is "|I16", and the
first two integers NCOL and NROW are written in Fortran
"2I16" format. If fields of NCOL and NROW are within 8
digits, this is blank.
Main Index
Type
1282
OUTPUT4
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and binary format, (IUNIT > 0 and binary format) and
repeated for each nonzero column, i=ICOL through NCOL.

Word Number
Type
Meaning
Integer
Column number (ICOL).
Integer
Row position of first nonzero term (IROW).
Integer
Number of words (for binary) or terms (for ascii) in the column

(NW). See Remark 3.
4 through
(NW+3)
Real or
Complex
Column element values, single or double precision.
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and ASCII format, (IUNIT > 0), are repeated for each nonzero
column, ICOL through NCOL. Records 3, 4, etc., are also repeated for each group of r values
(see DIGITS parameter).
Record
Number
2
3, 4, etc.
Word
Number
Type
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Row position of first nonzero term

(IROW).
Integer
Number of words (for binary) or

terms (for ascii) in the column
(NW). See Remark 3.
1 through NW
Real or Complex
Column element values, single or

double precision.
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
FALSE).
Word Number
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.
Integer
String header (IS)*.
Real or
Complex
A string of nonzero values, single or double precision.
4 through
(NW+3)
Main Index
Type
OUTPUT4 1283
*IS = IROW + 65536(L + 1) where IROW is the row position of the first term in the string and L
is the length of the string, see Remark 3. For example, a string of six words (see Remark 3)
beginning in row 4 has IS=458756. L and IROW may be derived from IS by:
L = INT(IS/65536) - 1
IROW = IS - 65536(L + 1)
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
TRUE).
Word Number
Type
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Number of words in the column (NW). See

Remark 3.
Integer
Length of string, L, plus 1. See Remark 3.
Integer
Row position of first term in string (IROW).
Real or
complex
A string of nonzero values, single or double

precision.
4 through
(NW+3)
Repeated for
each string.
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
FALSE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string, and
record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record
Number
Type
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Number of words in the column (NW).

See Remark 3.
Integer
String header (IS)*.
1 through NW
Real or
Complex
A string of nonzero values, single or

double precision.
Main Index
Word
Number
1284
OUTPUT4
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
TRUE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string and
record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record
Number
Word
Number
Type
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Number of words in the column (NW).

See Remark 3.
Integer
Length of string, L, plus 1. See Remark

3.
Integer
Row position of first term in string

(IROW).
1 through NW
Real or
Complex
A string of nonzero values, single or

double precision.
Meaning
2. A record with the last column number plus +1 and at least one value in the next record will be
written on IUNIT.
3. The number of words in the column, NW (or string, L), is the number of elements in the column
(or string) times the number of words per type. Number of words per type is given in the table
below. For example, a column with seven real double precision elements is 14 words long.
Number of
Words
Type
1 -- Real single precision
2 -- Real double precision
3 -- Complex single precision
4 -- Complex double precision
4. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit (see the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide). Selection of a proper value for IUNlT is machine dependent.
See Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and Operations Guide.
5. If the nonsparse format (IUNIT > 0) is selected, zero terms will be explicitly present after the first
nonzero term in any column until the last nonzero term.
6. Null columns will not be output.
7. An entire column must fit in memory.
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1285
8. The FORTRAN binary file option (FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement)
is the preferred method when the file is to be used on the same computer. The ASCII format
FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement allows use of the file on another
computer type.
9. The output format of these files can be read by the INPUTT4 module.
10. OUTPUT4 files may be read using a utility FORTRAN subroutine called GETIDS, which is
provided in the utility directory. (See Building and Using MATTST (p. 240) in the MSC Nastran
2014 Installation and Operations Guide.) GETIDS is in the file called mattst.f or mattst.for.
The program must be modified if the ASCII format is desired.
The program is designed to read matrices less than 65536 rows. (BIGMAT = FALSE).
11. Sparse factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be processed by OUTPUT4.
Main Index
1286
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block.

Format:
PARAML
DB/DBNAME/P1/S,N,P2/S,N,P3/S,N,P4/S,N,P5/S,N,P6/
S,N,SET1/S,N,F1/S,N,SET2/S,N,F2/
S,N,SET11/S,N,F11/S,N,SET12/S,N,F12 $
Input Data Block:
DB
Any matrix or table.
Output Data Block:
DBNAME
Any data block. Used only when P1 = NAME; otherwise DBname

must not be specified.
Parameters:
P1
Input-character-no default. Only the first 4 characters are required

except for options beginning with DTI2, COMP, TABI, and
TABR. For example, PRES and PRESENCE are equivalent.
P2
Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P3
Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P4
Output-real-default = 0.0.
P5
Output-integer-default = 0.
P6
Output-real-default = 0.0.
SETi
Input/output-character-default = '
Fi
Output-integer-default = 0.
'.
The following describes the various options and their formats. The meaning and usage of parameters P2
through P6, SETi, and Fi depend on the value of P1. Under all options P5 will be set to -1, if the input
data block does not exist, and no other parameters will be set.
Main Index
PARAML 1287
Option P1 = BULK
Check for the presence of Bulk Data entry records by examining the trailer bits of its IFP module related
table.
Format:
PARAML
IFPDB//'BULK'//////
BULKNM1/S,N,BULKFG1/BULKNM2/S,N,BULKFG2/
BULKNM11/S,N,BULKFG11/BULKNM12/S,N,BULKFG12 $
Input Data Block:
IFPDB
Table with trailer bits indicating existence of Bulk Data entry records.
Parameters:
BULKNMi
Input-character. Name of Bulk Data entry.
BULKFGi
Output-integer. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry exists.
Remark:
To determine which table contains BULKNMi, see Data Blocks (Ch. 2).
Example:
Check for the presence of the rigid elements.
PARAML
GEOM4//'BULK'//////'RBE1'/S,N,RBE1/'RBE2'/S,N,RBE2/
'RBE3'/S,N,RBE3/'RROD'/S,N,RROD/'RBAR'/S,N,RBAR/
'RTRPLT'/S,N,RTRPLT/'RSPLINE'/S,N,RSPLINE $
Option P1=COMPVEND, COMPMODL, COMPOS, and COMPOS1
Extract the computer and operating system information.

Formats:
Extract the computers vendor name:
PARAML
Main Index
//COMPVEND//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
1288
PARAML
Extract the computers model name:
PARAML
//COMPMODL//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the computers operating system:
PARAML
//COMPOS //////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract any additional operating system information:
PARAML
//COMPOS1 //////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameter:
:
CHARi
Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the

values which when concatenated form the complete label.
Remarks:
1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with:

MESSAGE //CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $
Option P1 = DMI
Extract an element from a matrix.

Format:
PARAML
Main Index
MAT//DMI/ICOL/IROW/S,N,REAL/
S,N,NROW/S,N,IMAG $
PARAML 1289
Input Data Block:
MAT
Parameters:
ICOL
Input-integer-default=1. Column number of matrix element.
IROW
Input-integer-default=1. Row number of matrix element.
REAL
Output-real. Real part of matrix element.
IMAG
Output-real. Imaginary part of matrix element, if element is complex.
Remark:
1. If IROW is greater than the number of rows in the matrix, then NROW will be set to the number
of rows and REAL and IMAG will be set to zero.
Example:
Obtain the value in column 6, row 11 of matrix KGG and save in parameter TERM.
PARAML
KGG//DMI/6/11/S,N,TERM/S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1 = DTI
Extract a real, integer, complex, or character value from a table.

Format:
PARAML
TAB//DTI/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/
S,N,REAL/S,N,INTGR/S,N,IMAG/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,RECNEW//S,N,INTNEW $
Input Data Block:
TAB
Any table.
Parameters:
Main Index
RECNUM
Input/output-integer. Record number of value.
WRDNUM
Input/output-integer. Word number of value.
REAL
Output-real. Real part of value.
INTGR
Output-integer. Integer value.
1290
PARAML
IMAG
Output-real. Imaginary part of value.
CHAR
Output-character. Character value. The first four characters in CHAR

contain the table value. The second four characters are blank.
RECNEW
Output-integer. Record number in which table value at WORDNM-th

word is nonzero for RECNUM=-1 or changes for RECNUM=-2.
INTNEW
Output-integer. Nonzero (RECNUM=-1) or changed (RECNUM=-2)

value of WORDNM-th word in RECNEW-th record.
Remark:
1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other
parameters remain unchanged.
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to
-1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value.
If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value of the WRDNUM-th
word. If the value changes then INTGR will be set to -1.
Examples:
1. Extract the frequencies from FRL.
TYPE PARM,,I,,KNT $
TYPE PARM,,LOGI,,LPFLG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( LPFLG ) $
KNT=KNT+1 $
PARAML FRL//'DTI'/1/S,N,KNT/S,N,FREQ $
IF ( KNT>-1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' FREQ='/FREQ $
.
.
.
ELSE
LPFLG=FALSE $
ENDIF $
ENDDO $
2. Test for an SPCFORCE Case Control command in any subcase. According to Data Blocks
(Ch. 2), SPCFORCE requests are declared in word 135 of the CASECC data block.
PARAML
CASECC//DT1/-1/135//S,N,SPCREQ $
Option P1 = DTI2
Extract double precision load factor stored in two consecutive words of the ESTNL data block and
truncate to single precision.
Main Index
PARAML 1291
Format:
PARAML
ESTNL//'DTI2'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL $
Input Data Block:
ESTNL
Material nonlinear element summary table.
Parameters:
RECNUM
WRDNUM
Input/output-integer. First word number of value.
REAL
Output-real. Real part of value.
Remarks:
1. This option is so far only applicable to the load factor stored in the ESTNL data block.
3. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to
-1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
Example:
Extract load factor in words 5 and 6 of the header record.

PARAML
ESTNL//'DTI2'/0/5/S,N,FACT $ LOAD FACTOR
Option P1 = DTI2C
Extract character value stored in two consecutive words.

Format:
PARAML
TAB//'DTI2C'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM//
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR2 $
Input Data Block:
TAB
Main Index
Any table.
1292
PARAML
Parameters:
RECNUM
WRDNUM
Input/output-integer. First word number of value.
INTGR
Output-integer. Integer value and search flag when RECNUM<0.
CHAR2
Output-character. Character value concatenated from the values in the

WRDNUM and (WRDNUM+1)-th position.
Remarks:
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in the RECNUM-th record, then WRDNUM
is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value.
If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value in the WRDNUM-th
word. If the value changes, then INTGR will be set to -1.
Example:
Extract the K2PP Case Control DMIG name specification words 139 and 140 of the Case Control data
block.
PARAML
CASECC//'DTI2C'/1/139////S,N,K2PP $
Option P1 = IMATCH
Search for a specific integer value in a table record.

Format:
PARAML
TAB//'IMATCH'/RECNUM/IVALUE//S,N,FOUND $
Input Data Block:
TAB
Any table.
Parameter:
Main Index
RECNUM
Input-integer. Record number for search.
IVALUE
Input-integer. Value to search.
FOUND
Output-integer. Set to -1 if value is found, set to +1 otherwise.
PARAML 1293
Example:
Search for value of HINDEX in record 1 of KVAL table.

HINDEX = HINDEX +1 $
PARAML
KVAL//'IMATCH'/HINDEX//S,N,NOKVAL $
Option P1 = NAME
Return the name and purge status of a data block.

Format:
PARAML
/DBNAME/'NAME'////S,N,NODB//S,N,NAME $
Input Data Block:
None.
Output Data Block:
DBNAME
Any data block.
Parameters:
NODB
Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block is purged, and +1 if the data

block is present.
NAME
Output-character. Name of the data block. Set to blank if data block is

purged.
Remarks:
1. This option is useful for checking to see if the data block is purged on the CALL statement(s) in
the calling subDMAP(s).
2. If DBNAME is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, then NAME is the name appearing on the
corresponding CALL statement. This process is repeated until the DBNAME no longer appears
on a SUBDMAP statement.
Example:
Check the name and purge status of the MAA matrix.

PARAML
/MAA/'NAME'////S,N,NOMAA//S,N,MAANAM $
Option P1 = NULL
Test for a null matrix.
Main Index
1294
PARAML
Format:
PARAML
MAT//'NULL'//S,N,FULLMAT//S,N,NULLMAT $
Input Data Block:
MAT
Any matrix.
Parameters:
FULLMAT
NULLMAT
Output-integer. Flag to indicate whether matrix is full or not.

1
full
not full
Output-integer. Set to -1 if matrix is null.
Example:
Determine if data block PG is null.
PARAML
PG//'NULL'////S,N,NOPG $
Option P1='PARAM'
Check for the presence of a parameter PVT table.

Format:
PARAML
PVT//'PARAM'/////
PARAM1/S,N,NOPARM1/PARAM2/S,N,NOPARM2/
PARAM11/S,N,NOPARM11/PARAM12/S,N,NOPARM12 $
Input Data Block:
PVT
Main Index
Parameter value table.
PARAML 1295
Parameters:
PARAMi
Input-character. Parameter name.
NOPARMi
Output-integer. If parameter exists then NOPARMi=-1, otherwise,

+1.
Remark:
1. The PVT table is output by the IFP and PVT modules.

Example:
Check for the presence of PARAM,AUTOSPC.
PARAML
PVT//'PARAM'//////'AUTOSPC'/S,N,NOAUTOSP $
Option P1 = PRESENCE
Test for the presence (existence) of a data block.

Format:
PARAML
DB//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NODB $
Input Data Block:
DB
Any data block.
Parameter:
NODB
Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block does not exist.
Remark:
See DBSTATUS, 717 module description for alternative options.

Example:
Test for the existence of the KGG data block.
PARAML
KGG//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1='SET'
Extract elements of a SET defined in Case Control.
Main Index
1296
PARAML
Format:
PARAML
CASECC//'SET'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL/
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR/S,N,SETKNTR $
Input Data Block:
CASECC
Table of Case Control selections.
Parameters:
RECNUM
Input/output-integer. Record number.
WRDNUM
Input/output-integer. Word number of Case Control command

selection which references the desired set.
REAL
Output-real. Real part of value in the set.
INTGR
Output-integer. Integer value in the set.
IMAG
Output-real. Imaginary part in the set.
CHAR
Output-character. Character value in the set.
SETKNTR
Input/output-integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means

first member in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set is exhausted
then SETKNTR is reset to -1.
Example:
Extract the members of the sample Case Control command:

K2GG=MATA MATB MATC
(Word 338 in CASECC contains the internal set identification number for K2GG.)
PARAML
CASECC//'SET'/1/338////S,N,MATNAM/S,N,SETKNTR $
Option P1=TABDEL
Delete a group of words in a record, the trailing portion of a record, or the entire record in a table.
Format:
PARAML
Main Index
TABIN/TABOUT/TABDEL/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//NWORDS $
PARAML 1297
Input Data Block:
TABIN
Any table.
Output Data Block:
TABOUT
Modified TABIN.
Parameters:
RECNUM
Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records

in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers to the header record of
TABIN.)
WORDNUM
Input-integer. Word number.
NWORDS
>0
A total of NWORDS entries starting from word number. WORDNUM (and

going forward) are deleted from record number RECNUM. If NWORDS is
not specified, it is internally assumed to be 1.
=0
Delete the entire record RECNUM. NWORDS is ignored in this case.
<0
Delete the trailing portion of record RECNUM starting from word number
ABS(WORDNUM). NWORDS is ignored in this case.
Input-integer. Number of words to delete.
Remark:
1. The usage implies that the use of WORDNUM=0 and WORDNUM=-1 will both result in the
deletion of the entire record number RECNUM.)
Option P1=TABINSR, TABINSI, TABINSC, and TABINS2C
Insert a new value in a record or insert a new record after an existing record in a table.
Format for P1=TABINSR:
Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
PARAML
Main Index
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINSR/
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
1298
PARAML
Format for P1=TABINSI:
Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINSI/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Format for P1=TABINSC:
Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINSC/
RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $
Format for P1=TABINS2C:
Insert the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4-character
values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINS2C/
Input Data Block:
TABIN
Any table.
Output Data Block:
TABOUT
Modified TABIN.
Parameters:
RECNUM
Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number of

records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers to the header
record of TABIN.)
WORDNUM
Input-integer. Word number.

>0
<0
Main Index
The new value is inserted AFTER word number WORDNUM in record

number RECNUM.
The new value is inserted BEFORE word number ABS(WORDNUM)
in record number RECNUM.
PARAML 1299
=0
A new record containing the new value is inserted AFTER record

number RECNUM.
REAL
Input-real. New real value to be inserted in TABIN.
INTEG
Input-integer. New integer to be inserted value in TABIN.
CHAR
Input-character. New character value to be inserted in TABIN.
Option P1=TABREPR, TABREPI, TABREPC, and TABREP2C
Replace any value in any record of a table.

Format for P1=TABREPR:
Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREPR/
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
Format for P1=TABREPI:
Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREPI/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Format for P1=TABREPC:
Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREPC/
Format for P1=TABREP2C:
Replace the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4character values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREP2C/
Input Data Block:
TABIN
Main Index
Any table.
1300
PARAML
Output Data Block:
TABOUT
Modified TABIN.
Parameters:
RECNUM
Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number

of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers
to the header record of TABIN.)
WORDNUM
Input-integer. Word number. If this is non-zero, its absolute value

references a word number in record RECNUM. If this value is greater
than the number of words in record no. RECNUM, it will result in a
fatal error.
REAL
Input-real. Replacement real value in TABIN.
INTEG
Input-integer. Replacement integer value in TABIN.
CHAR
Input-character. Replacement character value in TABIN.
Remarks:
1. It is the programmers responsibility to ensure that the type of word that is being replaced is the
same as the type of word that is replacing it. The program does not check for this condition.
Option P1 = TRAILER
Extract a value from the trailer of a data block or set information from USET.
Format for all data blocks except USET:
PARAML
DB//'TRAILER'/WRDNUM/S,N,TVALUE/S,N,REAL/
S,N,NODB $
Format for USET table:
PARAML
USET//'TRAILER'////S,N,NOSET//SETNAME $
Input Data Block:
Main Index
DB
Any data block.
USET
PARAML 1301
Parameter:
WRDNUM
Input-integer. Word number of trailer.
TVALUE
Output-integer. Trailer value. See Table in Remark 1.
REAL
Output-real. Trailer value as a real number. Used only if

WRDNUM=6. See Remark 2.
NODB
Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block does not exist.
NOSET
Output-integer. USET flag for existence for the set specified by

SETNAME. NOSET will be set to -1 if the set does not exist.
SETNAME
Input-character. Degree-of-freedom set name.
Remarks:
1. Meaning of TVALUE:
WRDNUM
Meaning of TVALUE
Number of columns in matrix
Number of rows in matrix
Form of the matrix
Type of matrix
Largest number of nonzero words among all columns
Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000
Size in blocks
Maximum string length over all strings
Number of strings
10
Average bandwidth
11
Maximum bandwidth
12
Number of null columns

2. If WRDNUM=6, the density of a matrix is returned as an integer value times 10000 in TVALUE
and also as a real value in REAL. If the density is greater than 99.999%, but not actually full, then
TVALUE will be 10000, which is misleading if one is checking for the fullness of a matrix. It
is recommended that either the REAL parameter be checked or the FULLMAT parameter be
checked under P1=NULL.
Examples:
1. Extract the second word of the trailer from the SILS table and save in LUSETS:
PARAML
Main Index
SILS/'TRAILER'/2/S,N,LUSETS//S,N,NOSILS $
1302
PARAML
2. Check for the presence of single-point constraints (s-set):

PARAML
USET//TRAILER////S,N,SINGLE//S $
Option P1 = USET
Search for a specific integer value in a table record.

Format:
PARAML
USET//'USET'//////
SET1/S,N,NOSET1/SET2/S,N,NOSET2/
SET11/S,N,NOSET11/SET12/S,N,NOSET12 $
Input Data Block:
USET
Parameter:
SETi
Input-character. Degree-of-freedom Set name.
NOSETi
Output-integer. Degree-of-freedom Set existence flag. NOSETi = -1 if

set does not exist. NOSETi = number of degrees of freedom in the set
if the set exists.
Remark:
See TRAILER option for allowable set names.

Example:
Check for the existence of multipoint constraints (MPCs), rigid elements, and single-point constraints
(SPCs).
PARAML
USET//USET//////M/S,N,NOMSET/S/S,N,NOSSET $
Option P1=VERSID, VERSID1, VERSID2, VERSID3, VERSID4, and VERSDATE
Extract the program version information as shown in f06 title page banner.
Main Index
PARAML 1303
Formats:
Extract the program version id number; e.g., 2004.0.0:
PARAML
//VERSID//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the program version label 1; e.g., MSC Nastran -- Tier 2:
PARAML
//VERSID1//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the program version label 2; e.g., Customer Funded Project:
PARAML
Extract the program version label 3; e.g., Evalulation System:
PARAML
Extract the program version label 4:
PARAML
Extract the program build date:
PARAML
//VERSDATE//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
1304
PARAML
Parameter:
CHARi
Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the

values which when concatenated form the complete label.
Remarks:
1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with:

MESSAGE
//CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $
Option P1='XYCDB'
Check for the presence of a response types specified on xy plotting commands: XYPAPLOT, XYPEAK,
XYPLOT, XYPRINT and XYPUNCH.
Format:
PARAML
XYCDB//'XYCDB'/////
RESP1/S,N,NORESP1/RESP2/S,N,NORESP2/
RESP11/S,N,NORESP11/RESP12/S,N,NORESP12 $
Input Data Block:
XYCDB
Table of x-y plotting commands. Response type.
Parameters:
RESPi
Main Index
Input-character. The valid names are:

DISP
VELO
ACCE
SPCF
OLOA
VG
STRE
FORC
SDIS
SVEL
SACC
NFOR
PRES
BOUT
STRA
MPCF
FPRE
FMPF
SMPF
PMPF
LMPF
GMPF
PARAML 1305
See X-Y PLOT Commands (p. 631) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description of the
types.
NORESPi
Output-integer. If the response type was is specified on an xy plotting

command then NORESPi=1, otherwise, -1.
Example:
Check for the presence of the MPCF response type.

PARAML
Main Index
XYCDBS//'XYCDB'//////'MPCF'/S,N,NOMPCF $
1306
PARTN
Matrix partition
PARTN
Matrix partition
To partition [A] into [A11], [A12], [A21] and [A22]:
CP
A11 A12 = 0
A21 A22 0
[ A ] RP
= 0 "" 0
Format:
PARTN
A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/SYM/TYPE/Fll/F2l/F12/F
22 $
Input Data Blocks:
Matrix to be partitioned.
RP
Row partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.
CP
Column partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.
Output Data Blocks:
Aij
Matrix partitions. See Remarks below.
Parameters:
Main Index
SYM
Input-integer-default=-1. SYM chooses between a symmetric partition

and one unsymmetric partition. If SYM < 0, {CP} is used as {RP}, and
{RP} must be purged. If SYM 0 , {CP} and {RP} are distinct.
TYPE
Input-integer-default=0. Type of output matrices. If TYPE = 0, the type

of the output matrices will be the type of the input matrix [ A ] .
Fij
Input-integer-default=0. Form of [ A ij ] . See Remarks.
PARTN 1307
Matrix partition
Remarks:
1. The operation of PARTN is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, CP and RP, and the
symmetry flag, SYM. The following describes the operations:
Let
NC = number of nonzero terms in {CP}.

NR = number of nonzero terms in {RP}.
NROWA = number of rows in [A].
NCOLA = number of columns in [A].
Case 1:
{CP} is purged and
SYM 0 :
PARTN A,,RP/A11,A21,,/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix.
[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
Case 2:
(RP) is purged and
SYM 0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,,A12,/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix.
Case 3:
{RP} is purged and
[ A ] A11
A21
[ A ] A11 A12
SYM < 0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Case 4:
Neither {CP} nor {RP} are purged and
SYM 0 :
PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Main Index
1308
PARTN
Matrix partition
2. Any or all output data blocks may be purged.

3. If [A] is purged, PARTN will cause all output data blocks to be purged.
4. If {CP} is purged, [A] is partitioned as follows:
[ A ] A11
A21
SYM 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:
6. If {RP} is purged and SYM < 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:
5. If {RP} is purged and
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
where {CP} is used as both the row and column partitioner.
7. {RP} and {CP} cannot both be purged.
8.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Let [A] be an m by n matrix, {CP} be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and {RP} be a
mx1 vector containing p zero elements.
Partition [A11] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = RPi = 0.0 in the same order
as they appear in [A].
Partition [A12] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which
same order as they appear in [A].
CPj 0.0 and RPi = 0.0 in the
Partition [A21] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = 0.0 and
same order as they appear in [A].
RPi 0.0 in the
9. The default action for F11, F21, F12, and F22 allows the program to automatically select the
appropriate form.
Examples:
1. Let [A], {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

[ A ] = 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Main Index
PARTN 1309
Matrix partition
1.0

0.0
{ CP } =
1.0
1.0

0.0
{ RP } = 0.0
1.0
Then, the DMAP instruction
PARTN
A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
will create the real matrices:
[ A11 ] = 2.0 , F11 = 2

6.0
[ A12 ] = 1.0 3.0 4.0 , F12 = 2

5.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = 10.0 , F11 = 2
[ A22 ] = 9.0 11.0 12.0 , F22 = 2

PARTN
A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ RP,CP distinct
the resulting matrices would be
[ A11 ] =
2.0
6.0
10.0
1.0 3.0 4.0

[ A12 ] = 5.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 11.0 12.0
[ A21 ] = purged
[ A22 ] = purged

PARTN
Main Index
A,
,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
1310
PARTN
Matrix partition
the resulting matrices would be
[ A11 ] = 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
[ A21 ] = 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
[ A12 ] = purged
[ A22 ] = purged
1 2 3
4. If [ A ] = 5 6 7
and the DMAP instruction was written as
9 10 11
PARTN
A,RP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/-1 $
then the resulting partitions would be
1 2 3
A11 A12
5 6 7
A21 A22
9 10 11
Main Index
PCOMB 1311
Combines static loads from upstream superelements
PCOMB
Combines static loads from upstream superelements and the residual structure based on the CLOAD Bulk
Data entry.
Format:
PCOMB
CASECC,EDT,SLT,PGUP,PJ/
CVECT,PG1/
NSKIP/S,N,NVECT/MODE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EDT

SLT
PGUP
Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to static
loads in upstream superelements only.
PJ
Static load matrix for the g-set of the residual structure and applied to
its interior points only.
Output Data Blocks

:
CVECT
Load combination factor matrix.
PG1
Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure.
Parameters:
Main Index
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
NVECT
Output-integer-default=0. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1.
MODE
Input-character-no default. Boundary condition change ignore flag. See Remark

2.
NONLINEAR
Ignore boundary condition changes.
STATICS
Do not ignore boundary condition changes.
1312
PCOMB
Remarks:
1. Any input data block except CASEXX may be purged.

2. If MODE='STATICS' all records of CASECC, beginning at the NSKIP-th record, are processed
until a boundary change occurs.
Main Index
PCOPY 1313
Tests parallel copy
PCOPY
Tests parallel copy
Tests parallel copy in a parallel GINO environment on a multiprocessing machine.

Format:
PCOPY
INDB/
OUTDB1,OUTDB2,OUTDB3,OUTDB4,OUTDB5,OUTDB6,OUTDB7,
OUTDB8/
PCOPY1/PCOPY2 $
Input Data Blocks:
INDB
Any table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
OUTDBi
Copies of INDB.
Parameters:
PCOPY1
PCOPY2
Input-integer-default=-1. Execute parallel copy flag.

<0
Perform copy.
>0
Do not perform copy.
Input-integer-default=1. Parallel copy method.

>0
Perform standard copy using CPYFIL.
<0
Perform copy using single buffer for input and output.
Remark:
PCOPY is a reserved for MSC development purposes and should not be used.
Main Index
1314
PFCALC
Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
PFCALC
Computes the modal contribution factors (MCF) for the structure or the modal participation factors for
the fluid based upon PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID Case Control commands.
Format:
PFCALC
CASECC,BGPDT,OL,RXS,UXFS,LAMAS,LAMAF,UXFF,MFXX,BFXX,
KFXX,PNLLST,RWXS,RXF,AXX,AXW,VGW,ABEH*,
PFXF,UBRS,UBRF,UBWS,APXW*,MSXX,BSXX,KSXX,PXS,
UBWF,APYW*, QFRQV*,QSXX*,QFXX*,QAXX*,QABEH*,QABEF*,
QABES*,QAXW*/ SMPF,SMPFD,OSMPF1,AFMPF,AFMPFD,OAFMPF1,
ASMPF,ASMPFD, OASMPF1,APMPF1,APMPFD,OAPMPF1,APPF,
APPFD,OAPPF1,AGPF, AGPFD,OAGPF1,SPPF,SPPFD,OSPPF1/
FS/APP/SOLTYPS/SOLTYPF/NOACTRM $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
BGPDT
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transientresponse time output list or

frequency responsefrequency output list.
RXS
Transformation matrix from h-set or d-set to physical responseson the structure.

Only contains the rows corresponding to those selected on the PF* Case Control
command.
UXFS
Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the structure.
LAMAS
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the model.
LAMAS
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.
UXFF
Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the fluid.
MFXX
Fluid mass matrix in the h-set or d-set.
BFXX
Fluid damping matrix in the h-set or d-set.
KFXX
Fluid stiffness matrix in the h-set or d-set.
PNLLST
Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL qualifier values.
RWXS
Transformation matrix of structure relating displacements of wetted surface to

solution set results.
RXF
Transformation matrix of fluid relating displacements at response degrees-offreedom to solution set results.
AXX
Fluid-structure coupling matrix in the h-set or d-set.
PFCALC 1315
AXW
Fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to degrees-of-freedom

of the wetted surface only.
VGW
G-set size partitioning vector with non-zero values at rows corresponding to

structural degrees-of-freedom of the wetted surface.
ABEH*
Family of signed modally reduced area matrices.
PFXF
Matrix of fluid loads in the h-set or d-set.
UBRS
Contribution of the base motion to the displacements at the response degrees of

freedom
UBRF
Contribution of the base motion to the pressure at the response degrees of freedom
UBWS
Contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the wetted surface on

structure
APXW*
Family of panel fluid-structure coupling matrices (family of panel axw matrices for
fluid response)
MSXX
Structure mass matrix in the h-set or d-set.
BSXX
Structure damping matrix in the h-set or d-set.
KSXX
Structure stiffness matrix in the h-set or d-set.
PXS
Matrix of structural loads in the h-set or d-set.
UBWF
Contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the wetted surface on fluid.
APYW*
Family of panel fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to

degree-of-freedom of the wetted surface only for structure response.
QFRQV*
Family of frequency vectors of ACTRIM.
QSXX*
Family of ACTRIM matrices on structure domain.
QFXX*
Family of ACTRIM matrices on fluid domain.
QAXX*
Family of ACTRIM matrices on fluid-structure coupling domain.
QABEH*
Family of ACTRIM panel fluid-structure coupling matrices.
QABEF*
Family of ACTRIM contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the

wetted surface on fluid.
QABES*
Family of ACTRIM contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the

wetted surface on structure.
QAXW*
Family of ACTRIM fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to

degree-of-freedom of the wetted surface only.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
SMPF
Matrix of structural modal participation factors.
SMPFD
SMPF dictionary table.
1316
PFCALC
OSMPF1
Table of structural modal participation factors in SORT1 format.
AFMPF
Matrix of acoustic fluid modal participation factors.
AFMPFD
AFMPF dictionary table.
OAFMPF1
Table of acoustic fluid modal participation factors in SORT1 format.
4ASMPF
Matrix of acoustic structural modal participation factors.
ASMFPD
ASMPF dictionary table.
OASMPF1
Table of acoustic structural modal participation in SORT1 format.
APMPF
Matrix of acoustic panel modal participation factors.
APMPFD
APMPF dictionary table.
OAPMPF1
Table of acoustic panel modal participation factor in SORT1 format.
APPF
Matrix of acoustic panel participation factors.
APPFD
APPF dictionary table.
OAPPF1
Table of acoustic panel participation in SORT1 format.
AGPF
Matrix of normalized acoustic grid participation factors.
AGPFD
AGPF dictionary table.
OAGPF1
Table of normalized acoustic grid participation factors in SORT1 format.
SPPF
Matrix of structure panel participation factors.
SPPFD
SPPF dictionary table.
OSPPF1
Table of structure panel participation in SORT1 format.
Parameters:
FS
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Fluid-structure existence flag.
APP
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Analysis type.

'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalue
SOLTYPS
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the structure:

'MODAL', 'DIRECT' or 'NONE'
SOLTYPF
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the fluid: 'MODAL',

'DIRECT' or 'NONE'
NOACTRM
Input-integer-default=0. Number of ACTRIMs selected.
Remarks:
1. The response degrees-of-freedoms are the degrees-of-freedoms of which the participation factors
are requested (setdof on right-hand side of PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID commands).
Main Index
PFCALC 1317
2. Acoustic and structural modal participation factors are supported in modal frequency response
(SOL 111), modal transient response (SOL 112) and modal complex eigenvalue analysis (SOL
110)
3. Acoustic panel and grid participation factors are supported in a coupled modal or direct frequency
response analysis (SOL 108 and SOL 111).
4. All other acoustic participation factors are supported in a coupled modal frequency response
analysis (SOL 111) only.
Main Index
1318
PFOFP
Output File Processor for Participation Factors
PFOFP
Output File Processor for Participation Factors
To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID.
Format:
PFOFP
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5//ODCODE/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
Output table suitable for processing by PFCALC module. See Remark 1.
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
ODCODE
Input-integer-default=-1. Output device code override. ODCODE overrides the

code stored in the DBi's according to the following table:
ODCODE
APP
Output Directed to:
Print
Plot
Punch
Print and Punch
Input-Integer-default=''. Analysis type.

FREQRESP Frequency response.
TRANRESP Transient response.
Remarks:
1. Any of the data blocks may be purged.
Main Index
PLOT 1319
Creates a table of plot instructions
PLOT
Creates a table of plot instructions for undeformed and deformed shapes and then writes the table to
Fortran unit 14.
Format:
PLOT
PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET,CASECC,BGPDT,
PUGS PUGD GPECT OES1
,
,
,
/
USET
ECT
PLOTMSG/
NGP/LUSET/JPLOT/DEFORMED/S,N,PLTNUM $
Input Data Blocks:
PLTPAR
Table of plot parameters and plot control.
GPSETS
ELSET
Table of element plot set connections.
CASECC
BGPDT
PUGS
Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis.
USET
PUGD
Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis.
ECT
GPECT
OES1
Output Data Blocks:
PLOTMSG
Main Index
Table of user informational messages generated during the plot

process.
1320
PLOT
Parameters:
NGP
Input-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.
LUSET

g-set. If LUSET=0 then its value will be extracted from the trailer of BGPDT.
JPLOT
Input-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.
DEFORMED
Input-integer-default=1. Deformed plot request flag.

1
Plot undeformed shapes.
-1 Plot deformed shapes.

PLTNUM
Remarks:
1. If GPECT, OES1, PUGS, and PUGD are purged then only undeformed shapes may be drawn.
2. If either PUGS or PUGD is purged, that type of deformed shape will not be drawn.
3. If GPECT or OES1 are purged, contour plots or outlines will not be drawn.
4. The plot instructions are written to Fortran unit 14.
5. If USET and ECT are input, then the plot will label the grid points with numbers indicating the
degrees-of-freedom constrained to zero. For example, a label of 126 indicates the grid is
constrained in the first and second translational and third rotational degrees-of-freedom. Also, the
elements will be labeled with their property identification numbers. These features are only
available in undeformed plotting only.
Main Index
PLTHBDY 1321
Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements
PLTHBDY
Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements
Updates the geometry and connectivity tables to support plotting of CHBDYi elements.
Format:
PLTHBDY
GEOM2,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,CSTM/
PECT,PBGPDT/
S,N,NHBDY/MESH $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM2

scalar points.
ECT
BGPDT
CSTM
Output Data Blocks:
PECT
Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi

elements.
PBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi

elements.
Parameters:
Main Index
NHBDY
Output-integer-no default. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if

none exist.
MESH
Input-character-no default. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to

print summary; 'NO' otherwise.
1322
PLTSET
Generates element sets for plotting
PLTSET
Generates element sets for plotting.

Format:
PLTSET
PBGPDT PECT
PCDB,
,
BGPDT
ECT
POSTCDB,
, GEOM2
ELSET
/
PELSET
PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,
S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT/ECTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:
PCDB
POSTCDB
Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case

Control.
BGPDT
PBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi

elements.
ECT
PECT

elements.
GEOM2

scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
PLSETMSG
Table of user informational messages generated during the definition

of element plot sets.
PLTPAR
GPSETS
PLTSET 1323
ELSET
PELSET
Parameters:
NGP
Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.
JPLOT
Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.
ECTYPE
Input-integer-default=0. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output:

0
ECT and ELSET.
GEOM2 and ELSET.
ECT and PELSET.
Remark:
PCDB may be purged if ECTYPE>0.

Examples:
1. For p-elements in subDMAP IFPS1, ELSET is required by GP0.

PLTSET
POSTCDB,,GEOM2/X1,X2,X3,ELSET/0/0/1 $
2. For undeformed plotting in subDMAP SEPLOT:
PLTSET
Main Index
PCDB,PBGPDT,PECT/
PLTMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSETS/
S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $
1324
PNCHGRP
For multi-level DMP, changes the active group set from a parent to a child group or from a child to a parent group.
PNCHGRP
For multi-level DMP, changes the active group set from a

parent to a child group or from a child to a parent group.
Format:
PNCHGRP
//FROMLABL/TOLABEL/IBELONG $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
FROMLABL
Input-character-no default. The label associated with the present group

set.
TOLABEL
Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new group

set.
IBELONG
Input-integer-default=1. A zero value of this parameter indicates that

the processor does not belong to any of the subgroups associated with
the TOLABEL label.
Remarks:
1. If a processor does not belong to any of the groups associated with TOLABEL then IBELONG
will be zero and PNCHGRP will not change the parallel processing environment for that
processor. If a processor does belong to a group associated with TOLABEL, then IBELONG will
be one.
2. PNCHGRP can only change groups from a parent to a child or from child to a parent.
3. PNCHGRP redefines system cell 231 (NPROCS) and system cell 265 (the processor ID) to be
their local values within the new group.
Main Index
PNMKGRP 1325
For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.
PNMKGRP
For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more

(sub)groups.

Format:
PNMKGRP
//PLABEL/NSUBGP/GRPSIZ/PIDINI/
INCPID/INCGRP/GPLABEL $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
PLABEL
Input-character-default=WORLD. The label associated with the

parent group set.
NSUBGP
Input-integer-default=1. The number of subgroups to create in the new

set.
GRPSZ
Input-integer-default=1. The number of processors in each subgroup.
PIDINI
Input-integer-default=1. The first processor id of the parent group

which will be included in the first new subgroup.
INCPID
Input-integer-default=1. The stride from one processor identification

number of the parent group which is included in a given subgroup, to
the next processor identification number of the parent group which is
included in the same group.
INCGRP
Input-integer-default=1. The stride from the first processor

identification number of the parent group that is included in a given
subgroup, to the processor identification number of the parent group
that corresponds to the first processor identification number that is
included in the next subgroup.
GPLABEL
Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new set of

subgroups.
1326
PNMKGRP
Remarks:
1. The parent group set identified by the first parameter must be the active group when the child
group set is created. The default active group is the WORLD group. A child group is made active
using the PNCHGRP module.
2. If there are more than one groups (NSUBGP > 1), then all the groups must have the same number
of processors.
Examples:
1. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification
numbers {1,2,3,4}, {5,6,7,8}, {9,10,11,12}, {13,14,15,16}, {17,18,19,20}:
PNMKGRP
//world/5/4/1/1/4/mygroup1
2. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification
numbers {1,6,11,16}, {2,7,12,17}, {3,8,13,18}, {4,9,14,19}, {5,10,15,20}:
PNMKGRP
//world/5/4/1/5/1/mygroup2
3. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set 1 subgroup with processor identification
numbers {1,5,9,13,17}:
PNMKGRP
Main Index
//world/1/5/1/4//masters1
PRESOL 1327
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
PRESOL
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution using the domain decomposition method.
Format under PRSLOPT=0:
PRESOL
GEQMAP,USET,SIL,PARFIL,PFA,PJXL/
EQMAP,GAPAR,,PFA1,/
NOFSETL/S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
PRESOL
MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
QMAPD,GAPAR,PARTF,LOCALP,GRDRM//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH $
PRESOL
MAT1,MAT2,EQMAPD0,,,/
AT1N,MAT2N,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT
PRESOL
MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
COLOR,,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEQMAP
Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
USET
SIL
Scalar index list.
MAT1
Square symmetric matrix 1 to be paritioned.
MAT2
Square symmetric matrix 2 to be paritioned.
PARTVEC
Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to

degrees-of-freedom that are locally constrained.
PFA
Static load matrix with partial boundary loads in the a-set.
1328
PRESOL
PJXL
Static load matrix for boundary load contribution from the residual
structure.
EQMAPD0
EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL.
Output Data Blocks:
EQMAP
Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain

decomposition.
GAPAR
Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set

displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at
each row which does not have a contribution from the current
processor and zero if it does.
PARTVEC1
Updated PARTVEC indicating for all constraints; local and boundary.
PFA1
Updated PFA with complete boundary loads.
EQMAPD
Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis.
MAT1N
Local filtered matrix 1.
MAT2N
Local filtered matrix 2.
GRDRM
Permutation matrix.
COLOR
Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th

entry corresponds to the uperelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degree-offreedom belongs.
Parameters:
Main Index
UNUSEDi
PRSLOPT
Input/output-integer-default=0. PRESOL Processing option. On input the following

options are available.
0
Prepare for partial and distributed decomposition.
Partition the matrices into as many domains as there are processors. All
outputs are created.
It is assumed that PRESOL has been called before with PRSLOPT=1. Under
PRSLOPT=2, local a-set terms are filtered out of local matrices that are kept
on other processors.
Partition the matrices into NMATDOM domains. PARTMETH

automatically uses MSCMLV (PARTMETH=11), because Extreme
(PARTMETH=9) is not available for this option. Only one output is created,
COLOR. On output for PRSLOPT>0, if any error occurs then PRSLOPT is
negated.
PRESOL 1329
PARTMETH
NMATDOM
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. PRESOL partitioning method.

9
Extreme.
11
MSCMLV.
Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are

divided. NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a power of 2. The
default will be set to the number of processors.
1330
PROJVER
Set or query project identification numbers
PROJVER
Set or query project identification numbers
Set or query project and version identification numbers on the database.

Format:
PROJVER
//PRJVEROP/S,N,PROJNO/S,N,VERSION/S,N,EXISTS $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
PRJVEROP
Main Index
Input-character-no default. Operation name.

'GET'
Get current project and version.
'NEXT'
Get next non-deleted project and version.
'SET'
Set current project and version.
'LAST'
Get the last (bottom) project and version.
'RESTART'
Get restart project and version.
PROJNO
Input/output-integer-no default. Project number.
VERSION
Input/output-integer-no default. Version number.
EXISTS
Output-character-no default. Project and version status.

'EXISTS'
If project and version exists.
'DELETED'
If project and version is deleted.
'NONE'
If project and version never existed.
PRTMSG 1331
Prints plotting information messages
PRTMSG
Prints plotting information messages
Prints user information messages related to plot set definition and plotting.
Format:
PRTMSG
PLOTMSG
//PRDMSG $
PLSETMSG
Input Data Blocks:
PLOTMSG

process.
PLSETMSG

Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameter:
PDRMSG
Main Index
Input-integer-default=1. Message print flag. Set to 0 to suppress

printout.
1332
PRTPARM
Parameter and DMAP message printer
PRTPARM
Prints non-NDDL parameter values and DMAP messages. For NDDL parameters (see TYPE statement),
use the MESSAGE statement.
Format:
PRTPARM
//PRTPOPT/PNAME/PRTPSORT/SUBDMAP $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
PRTPOPT
Input-integer-default=0. PRTPOPT=0 requests the print of a single

parameter value or all parameter values. PRTPOPT>0 requests the
print of diagnostic messages 4401 through 4425.
PNAME
Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. Name of a parameter

enclosed by single quotation marks. See Remark 1.
PRTPSORT
Input-integer-default=0. If PRTPSORT=1, then parameters will be

sorted alphabetically.
SUBDMAP
Input-character-default=blank. The name of a subDMAP.
Remarks:
1. As a parameter printer, use PRTPOPT = 0. There are two options:

If PNAME is equal to a parameter name enclosed by quotation marks, then the value of that
parameter in the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP is printed. PNAME must be a non-NDDL

parameter (see TYPE statement).
Example:
PRTPARM //0/'LUSET' $
If PNAME = 'XXXXXXXX' then the values of all variable and constant parameters in the
Variable Parameter Table of the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP are printed.

Examples:
PRTPARM // $ Unsorted
PRTPARM ////1 $ Sorted
Main Index
PRTPARM 1333
If no value is entered for SUBDMAP, the parameter value or values (depending on PNAME) will
be for the current subDMAP. Otherwise, the value or values will be for the subDMAP identified
by SUBDMAP.
2. As a DMAP message printer, parameter PRTPOPT is nonzero.
3. Meaningless values of PRTPOPT, PNAME, and SUBDMAP will result in diagnostic messages
from PRTPARM.
Main Index
1334
PURGEX
Explicit data block purge
PURGEX
Explicit data block purge
Flags a data block as empty.

Format:
PURGEX
/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/PARM $
Output Data Blocks:
DBi
Any data block.
Parameter:
PARM
<0
The data blocks are deleted and marked empty.
<0
No action is taken.
Remark:
PURGEX is an executive operation module intended for restart purposes only. If at execution time a data
block has been previously output from a module, then any existing data will be deleted and the data block
will be marked as empty. If the data block has not been previously output from a module, it will simply
be marked as empty. A purged data block is equivalent to a data block not generated with the exception
that the NES "remembers" for restart purposes that it has been previously output. If no restart is involved,
purge is entirely equivalent to a data block not generated.
Example:
Flag data block MGGX as empty so as to avoid execution of EMA module on restart.
PURGEX/MGGX,,,,/NOMGGX $
Main Index
PVT 1335
Sets parameter values
PVT
Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
PVT
PVT,CASECC/PVTS/LOADFLT $
Input Data Blocks:
PVT
Parameter value table from IFP module. (Bulk Data PARAM entries)
CASECC
Table of Case Control Command images.
Output Data Block:
PVTS
Parameter Variable Table from Case Control merged with the Bulk
Data input parameters.
Parameter
:
LOADFLT
Logical-input-default=TRUE. If LOADFLT = TRUE then all

parameters that appear in the Parameter Defaults Table, but do not
appear in the PVT or CASECC data block, are added to the PVTS data
block. See Remark 4.
Remarks:
1. The PVT module is primarily used to resolve parameter values specified in the Case Control and
Bulk Data Sections. These parameters must have Y authorization.
2. Either one or both input data blocks may be purged. If the input data block is purged, the user input
parameter settings will not contain parameters from the input. If both input data blocks are purged,
and LOADFLT is FALSE, then no values are entered.
3. The output data block may be purged. The PVT module will always internally update the user
input parameters. The output data block is primarily used for restart purposes.
First, the default parameters are added if requested.
Second, the PVT user input parameters from the Bulk Data Section are set.
Third, the CASECC user input parameters from Case Control above the subcase level override
any settings of Bulk Data parameters of the same name. Any additional Case Control above the
subcase level parameters are set.
Main Index
1336
PVT
Fourth, the CASECC user input parameters for the current subcase override any settings of Bulk
Data parameters or above subcase level parameters of the same name. Any additional current
subcase parameters are set.
4. The Parameter Defaults Table is an internal table that contains the default value for all parameters
resolved between the Case Control, Bulk Data, NDDL, and the main and current subDMAP.
Main Index
RANDOM 1337
Computes functions from frequency response data
RANDOM
Computes power spectral density functions and autocorrelation functions from frequency response data.
Format:
RANDOM
XYCDB,DIT,PSDL,OUG2,OPG2,OQG2,OES2,OEF2,CASECC,
OSTR2,OQMG2,RCROSSL,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2M,OLMPF2M,OPMPF2M,
OGPMPF2M,OVG2,OAG2, CSIG,CEPS,CFAI,CSRS/
PSDF,AUTO,
OUGPSD2,OUGATO2,OUGRMS1,OUGNO1,OUGCRM2,
OPGPSD2,OPGATO2,OPGRMS1,OPGNO1,OPGCRM2,
OQGPSD2,OQGATO2,OQGRMS1,OQGNO1,OQGCRM2,
OEFPSD2,OEFATO2,OEFRMS1,OEFNO1,OEFCRM2,
OEEPSD2,OEEATO2,OEERMS1,OEENO1,OEECRM2,
OQMPSD2,OQMATO2,OQMRMS1,OQMNO1,OQMCRM2,
OCPSDF,OCCORF,
OVGPSD2,OVGATO2,OVGRMS1,OVGNO1,OVGCRM2,
OAGPSD2,OAGATO2,OAGRMS1,OAGNO1,OAGCRM2,
OCSPSD2,OCSATO2,OCSRMS2,OCSNO2,OCSCRM2,
OCAPSD2,OCAATO2,OCARMS2,OCANO2,OCACRM2,
OCFPSD2,OCFATO2,OCFRMS2,OCFNO2,OCFCRM2,
OCRPSD2,OCRATO2,OCRRMS2,OCRNO2,OCRCRM2 /
S,N,NORAND/RMSINT/DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XYCDB
DIT
PSDL
Power spectral density list.
OUG2
OPG2
OQG2
OES2
OEF2
Table of element forces in SORT2 format.
CASECC
OSTR2
Table of element strains in SORT2 format.
OQMG2
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
RCROSSL
Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.
OFMPF2M
Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OSMPF2M
Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
1338
RANDOM
OLMPF2M
Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OPMPF2M
Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OGPMPF2M
Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OVG2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format.
OAG2
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format.
CSIG
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format.
CEPS
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format.
CFAI
Table of lamina failure indices in SORT2 format.
CSRS
Table of lamina strength ratios in SORT2 format.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
PSDF
Power spectral density table.
AUTO
Autocorrelation function table.
OUGPSD2
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OUGATO2
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OUGRMS1
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OUGNO1
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OUGCRM2
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OPGPSD2
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OPGATO2
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OPGRMS1
Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OPGNO1
Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OPGCRM2
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OQGPSD2
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OQGATO2
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OQGRMS1
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OQGNO1
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OQGCRM2
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation.
OESPSD2
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OESATO2
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OESRMS1
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OESNO2
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
RANDOM 1339
Main Index
OESCRM2
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCSPSD2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCSATO2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCSRMS1
Table of lamina stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCSNO2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCSCRM2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCAPSD2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCAATO2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCARMS1
Table of lamina strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCANO2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCACRM2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCFPSD2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCFATO2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCFRMS1
Table of failure indices in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCFNO2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCFCRM2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCRPSD2
Table of strength ratios format for the PSD function.
OCRATO2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCRRMS1
Table of strength ratios in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCRNO2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCRCRM2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OEFPSD2
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OEFATO2
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OEFRMS1
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OEFNO1
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OEFCRM2
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OEEPSD2
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OEEATO2
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OEERMS1
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OEENO1
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OEECRM2
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OQMPSD2
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OQMATO2
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation

function.
1340
RANDOM
Main Index
OQMRMS1
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OQMNO1
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OQMCRM2
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OCPSDF
Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions.
OCCORF
Output table of cross-correlation functions.
OVGPSD2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OVGATO2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OVGRMS1
Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OVGNO1
Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OVGCRM2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OAGPSD2
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OAGATO2
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OAGRMS1
Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OAGNO1
Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OAGCRM2
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCSPSD2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCSATO2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCSRMS1
Table of lamina stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCSNO2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCSCRM2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCAPSD2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCAATO2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCARMS1
Table of lamina strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCANO2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCACRM2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCFPSD2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCFATO2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCFRMS1
Table of failure indices in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCFNO2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCFCRM2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCRPSD2
Table of strength ratios format for the PSD function.
OCRATO2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCRRMS1
Table of strength ratios in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
RANDOM 1341
OCRNO2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCRCRM2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
Parameters:
NORAND
Output-integer-default=-1. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0

otherwise.
RMSINT
Input-character-default='LINEAR'. Power-spectral-density function

interpolation option. A log-log option may be selected with
RMSINT='LOGLOG'.
DVAFLAG
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are

contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1
Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2.
Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2.
Method:
Overview
The Random Analysis Module calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and
mean deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraint, and element forces
and stresses.
Module Initialization
1. The XYCDB must be present or RANDOM returns.
2. A set of RANDPS Bulk Data entries from PSDL must be selected in CASECC or RANDOM
returns.
3. The frequency list is extracted from the first non-empty data file.
4. The RANDPS Bulk Data entry defines the function
S ab ( f ) = ( x + iy )F K ( f )
(5-22)
where:
a = subcase ID of the excited load set.

b = subcase ID of the applied load set ( a b ) .
x, y = complex number such that if a = b , then y must be 0.0.
K = table identification number of a TABRND1 Bulk Data entry that defines
F ( f ) , a power spectral density as a tabular function of frequency.
The power spectral density for gust turbulence can also be supplied on a TABRNDG entry.
Main Index
1342
RANDOM
2
2 2L 1 + 2 ( p + 1 ) ( kwL U )
----------------------------------------------------------Wg
2 p+32
U
S ab ( f ) =
(5-23)
[ 1 + ( kwL U ) ]
where W g ,
L , U , p , and k are user-supplied data and W = 2f .
If a b on any RANDPS entry, the equations are called coupled; otherwise, they are called
uncoupled.
The following eight steps are accomplished:
a. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points.
b. Compute S aa ( f ) at each load change.
c. Read in the data from the SORT2 data block and compute
2
S ja ( f ) = U j ( f ) S aa ( f )
(5-24)
where Uj ( f ) is the response of the j-th point at frequency f .

d. These are summed over all loads to form the power spectral density function
S ja ( f ) =
Sja ( f )
(5-25)
where
a runs over all subcase identification numbers on the RANDPS entries.
e. When all subcases for the points have been processed, the mean response q j is calculated for
each point j :
N1
1--2
[ ( Sj ( fi ) + Sj ( fi + 1 ) ) ] ( fi + 1 fi )
(5-26)
i=1
where
N = number of frequencies.
The mean response is output with both the PSDF and the autocorrelation function.
The zero positive crossing N 0 is also computed and output with the mean response q j . N 0 is
defined by
1----2
w
0
S J ( w ) dw S J ( w ) dw
(5-27)
The number of zero crossings with positive slope per unit time is a weighted average
frequence equal to the square root of the ratio of the integral of the PSD times frequency
squared to the integral of the PSD.
The integral in the denominator is already calculted and is related to the "mean square
response"
Main Index
RANDOM 1343
2
qj
Sj ( f )
= Rj ( 0 ) =
df
(5-28)
thus the numerator must be integrated. Compute
2
rj
S j ( f ) df
0
N1
rj =
1--2
[ Sj ( fi ) + Sj ( fi + 1 ) ] ( fi + 1 fi )
(5-29)
i=1
2
= ( 3f i + 2f i f i + 1 + f i + 1 ) 6
2
= ( f i + 2f i f i + 1 + 3f i + 1 ) 6
Note that if
and are 1.0, the sum for rj would become the formula for qj . Then
N 0 = r j q j is the quantity to be output.
f. If PSDF for point j is requested, one identification number and data record are written on the
PSDF data block.
g. If an autocorrelation function is requested for point j , the S j ( f ) are transformed to the time
domain to give the autocorrelation function:
N1
Rj ( m ) =
i=1
1 Sj ( fi + 1 ) Sj ( fi )
- -------------------------------------- [ cos ( 2 m f i + 1 ) cos ( 2 m f i ) ]
-------------2 2
fi + 1 fi
4 m
(5-30)
1
+ ------------- [ S j ( f + 1 ) sin ( 2 m f i + 1 ) S j ( f i ) sin ( 2 m f i ) ]
2 m
where:
i = index of the frequencies.

N = highest frequency.
m = is defined by
m
m = 0 + ----- ( max 0 )
M
Main Index
(5-31)
1344
RANDOM
where:
0 = starting time lag.

M = number of time lag intervals.
max = maximum time lag ( 0 < 0 < m )
all of which are defined on a RANDT1 Bulk Data entry. Note that if, in (5-30), m = 0 , then
2
r ( m ) = qj
The Coupled Case
The following six steps are accomplished:

1. A list of unique subcase identification numbers are extracted from the RANDPS entries.
2. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points.
1
3. For each RANDPS entry S j ( f ) is looked up for all f , For each point S j ( f ) is computed:
1
S j ( f ) = H ja ( f )S ab ( f )H jb ( f )
where Hja ( f ) denotes the value of point
(5-32)
j for subcase a .
1
The bar over the third factor in (5-32) denotes the complex conjugate. These S j ( f ) are summed
over all entries to form S j ( f ) :
Sj ( f ) =
Hja ( f )Hjb ( f )
a
(5-33)
Note that S ba = S ab , the complex conjugate.

4. The mean response and autocorrelation functions are computed as in (5-30), (5-31), and .
Remarks:
1. RANDOM calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and mean
deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraints, and element forces
and stresses.
2. DIT cannot be purged if PSDL references TABLEDi records in DIT.
Main Index
RBMG3 1345
Computes rigid body information
RBMG3
Computes the rigid body transformation matrix, rigid body error ratio, and strain energy matrix.
Format:
RBMG3
LLL,ULL,KLR,KRR/
DM $
Input Data Blocks:
LLL
Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.
ULL
Upper triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.
KLR
Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.
KRR
Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.
Output Data Block:
DM
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. The rigid body transformation matrix is computed from:
DM = K ll
K lr
(5-34)
2. The rigid body error ratio, e, is computed from:

T
K rr + K lr DM
----------------------------------------------------K rr
Note:
Main Index
The absolute value

is the square root of the sum of the squares (this is not a
determinant). The strain energy matrix for the rigid body modes is computed.
(5-35)
1346
RBMG3
DM
K ll DM + K rr
3. ULL may be purged if KLL is symmetric.
Main Index
(5-36)
RBMG4 1347
Computes rigid body mass matrix
RBMG4
Computes rigid body mass matrix
Computes the rigid body mass matrix.

Format:
RBMG4
DM,MLL,MLR,MRR/
MR $
Input Data Blocks:
DM
MLL
Mass matrix reduced to the l-set.
MLR
Mass matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from MTT.
MRR
Mass matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.
Output Data Blocks:
MR
Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
The rigid body mass matrix is computed from:

MR = M rr + DM
Main Index
M lr + M lr
DM + DM
M ll DM
(5-37)
1348
READ
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
READ
Extracts eigenvaules from a real symmetric system.

To solve the following equations for eigenvalues and their associated eigenvectors:
( [ K ] [ M ] ) { u } = 0 for vibration analysis

d
( [ K ] [ K ] ) { u } = 0 for buckling analysis

Format:
READ
KAA,MAA,MR,DAR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,
VACOMP
INVEC
LLL
,
,
SPCCOL
EQMAP
VFO1
PARTVEC,SIL,
EQEXIN
,
/
GAPAR
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,LAMMAT,OUTVEC/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/SETNAME/SID/METH/
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/PRTSUM/
MAXRATIO/MDLGDEF $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
KAA
K matrix in (5-38).
MAA
M matrix in (5-38) or Kd matrix in (5-39).
MR
Rigid body mass matrix
DAR
Rigid body transformation matrix.
DYNAMIC
Eigenvalue Extraction Data (output by IFP module).
USET
CASECC
Case Control Data Table (selects EIGR, EIGRL, or EIGB entries,

output by IFP module).
PARTVEC

degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain
KAA and MAA. Required for maximum efficiency. See SETNAME
parameter description below.
(5-38)
(5-39)
READ 1349
Main Index
SIL
Scalar index list. Required for maximum efficiency.
VACOMP
Partitioning vector of size of a-set with a value of 1.0 at the rows

corresponding to r-set degrees-of-freedom. The USET table may be
specified here as well. If VACOMP is purged and DAR does not have
the same number of rows as KAA, then the partitioning vector will be
determined from the size of MR.
SPCCOL
Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-set
degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
INVEC
Starting vector(s) for Lanczos method only.
EQMAP

decomposition. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
LLL
Lower triangular factor from decomposition of KAA. Use to enhance

shift logic for buckling eigenvalue extraction.
VFO1
VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning

vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual. Required
only for geometric domain decomp.
EQEXIN
Equivalence between external and internal grid identification numbers.

Required for maximum efficiency.
GAPAR
Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set

displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at
each row which does not have a contribution from the current
processor and zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
1350
READ
Output Data Blocks:
LAMA
PHA
OEIGS
Real eigenvalue extraction report.
MI
Modal mass matrix.
LAMMAT
Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal.
OUTVEC
Last vector block (Lanczos only).
Parameters:
Main Index
FORMAT
Input-Character-no default. If FORMAT MODES , READ will solve a

d
buckling problem, i.e., ( [ K ] + [ K ] ) using EIGB Bulk Data. But it is the
d
DMAP writers responsibility to multiply K by -1 before entering the
READ module.
NEIGV
Output-integer-no default. NEIGV is the number of eigenvectors found.

0
No eigenvectors found.
>0
NEIGV eigenvectors found.
<0
NEIGV eigenvectors found but there was an error encountered

during the extraction.
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. The method used by READ is taken from the NSKIP

record of CASECC.
FLUID
Input-logical-default=FALSE. If FLUID = TRUE, then the EIGRL or EIGR entry

is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.
SETNAME
Input-character-default='A'. For maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX

and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by
SETNAME. If KAA and MAA are a partition then PARTVEC must be specified.
READ 1351
SID

If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD command
in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is
selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1,
etc.) are ignored.
If SID=-1, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be
If SID=-2, then take action similar to SID=0 except fields on the Case Control
selection of EIGR/EIGRL may be overridden by parameters F1 through NORM
described below.
METH
Main Index
Input-character-default='LAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the method of

eigenvalue extraction.
LAN
Lanczos.
INV
Inverse power.
SINV
Inverse power with Sturm sequence.
GIV
Givens (tridiagonalization).
MGIV
Modified Givens.
HOU
Householder.
MHOU
Modified Householder.
AGIV
Automatic selection of GIV or MGIV.
AHOU
Automatic selection of HOU or MHOU.
F1
Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound.
F2
Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound. The default value of 0.0

indicates machine infinity.
NE
Input-integer-default=20. The number of estimated eigenvalues for non-Lanczos

methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the problem size which the QL
Householder method is used.
Note:
NE default changed from 0 to 20.
ND
Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.
1352
READ
MSGLVL
Input-integer-default=0. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method

only.
0
No output.
Warning and fatal messages.
Summary output.
Setailed output on cost and convergence.
Setailed output on orthogonalization.
MAXSET
Input-integer-default=0. Vector block size for Lanczos method only.
SHFSCL
Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL

must be greater than 0.0.
NORM
Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or

NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects
normalization by maximum displacement.
PRTSUM
Inpput-logical-default=TRUE. Lanczos eigenvalue summary print flag.
MAXRATIO
Input-real-default=1.0E7. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes

termination of decomposition.
MDLGDEF
Input-integer-default=8000. Minimum number of degrees-of-freedom that activates

special ACMS DECOMP/FBS method in READ module for buckling problems
(FORMAT<>"MODES").
Remarks:
1. In the solution sequences the eigensolution control parameters are selected by the METHOD or
METHOD(FLUID) command which are defined in the CASECC data block and selects a EIGR
or EIGRL Bulk Data entry record defined in the DYNAMIC or EED data block. EED is a subset
of and interchangeable with the DYNAMIC for this application. There are alternate formats as
shown below where the Case Control commands and/or the EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entries
are replaced with optional parameters SID, METH, F1, etc.
SID=0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC data blocks must be specified. METHOD command and
EIGR, or EIGRL, entries must be specified in the input file.

READ
KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,CASECC,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV $
SID>0 -- Only DYNAMIC data block must be specified. The EIGR or EIGRL entry is selected
by the SID parameter. The CASECC data block may be purged and is ignored.
READ
KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
Main Index
READ 1353
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////SID $
SID<0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC are not required. SID=-1 and METH through NORM
parameters are specified. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM,
please refer to the descriptions of Bulk Data entries EIGR, 1935 and EIGRL (p. 1939) in the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide. The CASECC and DYNAMIC data blocks may be purged and
are ignored.
READ
KAA,MAA,,,,,,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////-1//
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM $
2. In the READ module, the most memory-intensive part of the calculations is involved with
symbolic decomposition of the mass or shifted stiffness matrix. Two methods of internal
resequencing are available. When the USET, SIL, EQEXIN, and PARTVEC data blocks and
SETNAME parameter are available, the resequencing is done in a grid point basis. These data
blocks allow correlation of row numbers in the a-set with grid point numbers. When any of these
data blocks are missing the resequencing is done on a degree-of-freedom basis, potentially 6 times
larger in size and requiring the square of this quantity for memory. The grid point option requires
less memory and is appreciably faster than the degree-of-freedom option.
3. In all eigensolution methods READ will calculate rigid body modes accurately without the
presence of SUPORTi entries in the Bulk Data Section. The SUPORTi entries define the r-set, the
reference set for rigid body modes. If all of the input blocks associated with the r-set are input
properly, the static shapes input in the DAR data block are used to compute rigid body modes. If
the calculated frequencies associated with these modes are small numbers, they are reset to binary
zero.
Modern r-set introduced in Version 70.5:
DXR has the same number of rows as KXX and both are partitioned from DAR and KAA using
PARTVEC. DAR is the motion of the a-set variables due to unit motion of each r-set point,
successively, as calculated by static analysis and ignoring mass effects. Linear combinations of
these shapes are used for rigid body mode shapes that are orthogonal with respect to the mass
matrix.
READ
KXX,MXX,MR,DXR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL,
,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
Obsolete r-set processing as in Version 70:
Main Index
1354
READ
DMX and VACOMP are used for special r-set processing based on the r-set rows being added to
DMX in the READ module. DMX is partitioned from DM in the way KXX is partitioned from
KAA. In other words, the same degrees-of-freedom are partitioned for both KXX and DMX. The
modern method uses DAR instead, with the r-set rows included in DAR.
READ
KXX,MXX,MR,DMX,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL,
VACOMP,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
Use of this obsolete format is no longer recommended, and provisions for it may be removed
from the code in a future version. Refer to old documentation for a description of this obsolete
form.
4. For the Lanczos and INV methods KAA may be indefinite and MAA must be at least positive
semidefinite. For the unmodified tridiagonal methods (for example, HOU) KAA may be
indefinite, but MAA must be non-singular. For the modified and auto tridiagonal methods (for
example, MHOU and AHOU) MAA may be singular when [KAA + lambda*MAA] is nonsingular. Lambda is an internally calculated shift. The matrix sum will be singular or approach
singularity only when the system contains massless mechanisms. A shaft model made with bar
elements using point masses is an example of a system with a massless mechanism. The torsion
DOFs are not constrained to ground, and the point masses provide no rotary inertia. See the
MODERS subDMAP for the auto-omit DMAP steps used to remove rows and columns with null
mass for the tridiagonal methods. This makes the modified methods more efficient, and removes
some (but not all) possible causes of singularity in the mass matrix.
5. For the Lanczos and Sturm Inverse methods, LAMA and PHA may also be input if the APPEND
mode is being used.
6. LAMA and OElGS are suitable for OFP output.
7. MI may not be purged.
8. Parallel processing in this module (Householder method only) is selected with the NASTRAN
statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)), see the <emphasis>MSC Nastran Quick
Reference Guide, Section 1.
9. If an r-set is present and special processing of rigid body modes is desired then it is recommended
that DAR have the same number of rows as KAA. If not, then either MR, USET, or VACOMP
should be specified.
10. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM, please refer to the descriptions
of the EIGR and EIGRL Bulk Data entries in the <emphasis>MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide.
11. For the Lanczos method:
Main Index
By default, the Lanczos method uses sparse matrix methods. To use regular matrix methods
specify SPARSE = 1 on the NASTRAN statement or specify PUTSYS (126,1) just prior to the
READ module.
READ 1355
In vibration analysis MAA must be positive semidefinite. In buckling analysis, KAA must be
positive semidefinite. For either type of analysis, the other input matrix may be indefinite.
Performance-enhancing options may be requested on system cells 193 through198. Use the
NASTRAN statement or the PUTSYS DMAP statement. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical
Methods Users Guide.
The Lanczos method was updated in Version 70.5 with several enhancements related to shift
logic. However, if the Lanczos method in Version 70 is desired then specify NASTRAN
SYSTEM(273)=1 in the File Management Section or PUTSYS(1,273) in the DMAP before the
READ module.
For maximum efficiency in the Lanczos method, it is recommended that USET, SIL, and
EQEXIN data blocks and SETNAME parameter are specified. If the size of KAA is not the same
as the size of the set indicated by SETNAME, then PARTVEC should also be specified.
12. If SID=-2, then NE is used to modify the ND parameter. ND is modified accordingly:
ND*(1+NE/100)
13. For the Lanczos (METH='LAN') and Householder (METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU')
methods, if the problem can fit into memory then a "QL" Householder eigensolution will be
performed. If the problem cannot fit in memory then the old method is used because the "QL"
method does not have spill capability.
The criterion for switching from the requested method to the "QL" method is controlled system
cell 359 and the NE parameter. The default value for system cell 359 is 1 which means:
if METH='LAN' is requested, the program wil automatically switch to AHOU when the size of
the problem less than or equal to NE.

if METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU' then the program will automatically switch to the "QL"
solution if the problem will fit in memory.

Examples:
1. Suppose the user has a matrix [ A ] for which he or she wishes to extract eigenvalues via the
classical equation [ A I ] { u } = 0 . Presuming [ A ] is input via DMI Bulk Data entries and
there is an EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry that is selected in Case Control (METHOD), the
following DMAP sequence will be sufficient:
PARAML
MATGEN
READ
A//TRAILER/1/S,N,NCOLA $
,/IDEN/1/NCOLA $
A,IDEN,,,DYNAMICS,,CASECC,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS,/MODES/S,N,NEIGS/1 $
OFP
LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF(NEIGS>-1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
2. Suppose that the user wishes to now calculate 5 modes of the equation [[A] - lambda [I]]{phi} =
0 in a subDMAP where the DYNAMICS and CASECC data blocks are not available:
$ GENERATE IDEN AS SHOWN IN THE PRIOR EXAMPLE
READ
A,IDEN,,,,,,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS/'MODES'/S,N,NEIGS////-1////5 $
OFP
LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF (NEIGS > -1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
Main Index
1356
RESMOD
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
RESMOD
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector

calculations
Format:
RESMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5/
O1,O2,O3,O4,O5/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
Ii
Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5

depends on P1.
Output Data Block:

Oi
Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.
Parameters:
P1
Input-character-no default. Option selection described in the table below.

P1
Description
'ATBC'
Performs the matrix multiplication [I1]T [I2][I3] if [I3] is present;

[I1] [I2][I1] otherwise.
'MPART'
Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based on mass

content
'LININD'
Find linearly independent and dependent vectors of a matrix
'LDSWEEP'
Sweeps "modal" loads for load vectors
'USWEEP'
Sweeps a matrix for small vectors
P2,P3,P4
Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.
P5,P6
Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.
Option P1 = 'ATBC'
Performs the matrix multiplication
Main Index
[ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I3 ] if [ I3 ] is present; [ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I1 ] otherwise.
RESMOD 1357
Format:
RESMOD
I1,I2,I3,,/O1,,,,/'ATBC' $
Input Data Block:
Ii
Matrix data block.
Output Data Block:
O1
Matrix product.
Remark:
[I2] is assumed to be symmetric.

Example:
Compute the product
RESMOD
[D ] = [A] [B][C]
A,B,C,,/D,,,,/'ATBC' $
Option P1 = 'MPART'
Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based on mass content.

Format:
RESMOD
PHI,K,M,,/PHI0,K0,PHI1,M1,K1/
'MPART'////ZROSTIFF/ZROMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
PHI
Eigenvector matrix.
Stiffness matrix associated with PHI.
Mass matrix associated with PHI.
PHI0
Massless eigenvectors.
K0
Stiffness associated with PHI0.
PHI1
Eigenvectors which contain mass.
1358
RESMOD
M1
Mass associated with PHI1.
K1
Stiffness associated with PHI1.
Parameters:
ZROSTIFF
Input. Null stiffness filter criteria.
ZROMASS
Input. Null mass filter criteria.
Remarks:
1. PHI, K, and M must be real.

2. If ZROSTIFF is null then 1.E-08 will be assumed.
3. If ZROMASS is null then 1.E-16 will be assumed.
Option P1 = 'LININD'
Partitions a matrix into linearly independent and dependent sets.

Format:
RESMOD
U,M,,,/U0,U1,,,/'LININD'////ZROVEC $
Input Data Blocks:
Any real matrix.
Mass matrix associated with U.
Output Data Blocks:
U0
Linearly dependent vector set from U.
U1
Linearly independent vector set from U.
Parameter:
ZROVEC
Input. Null filter criteria.
Remarks:
1. If ZROVEC is null then 1.E-06 is used.

2. If M is purged then an identity matrix is assumed.
3.
Main Index
[ U0 ] and [ U1 ] should satisfy the following conditions:
RESMOD 1359
T
[ I0 ] [ M ] [ U0 ] = computational zeros
T
[ U1 ] [ M ] [ U1 ] > 0.0
4. U and M must be real.
Option P1 = 'LDSWEEP'
Sweeps modal loads for load vectors.

Format:
RESMOD
LD,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/LDIND,,,,/
'LDSWEEP'/NORMFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
LD
Load matrix
PHI
Eigenvector matrix
MXX
Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.
MQQ
Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.
Output Data Block:
LDIND
Filtered load vectors.
Parameter:
NORMFLG
Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize load vectors.
Remarks:
1. The filtered load vectors are:

T
[ LDIND ] = [ LD ] [ M ] [ PHI ] ( [ PHI ] [ M ] [ PHI ] )
2. LD, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real.

Option P1 = 'USWEEP'
Sweeps a matrix for small vectors.

Format:
RESMOD
Main Index
[ PHI ] [ LD ]
U,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/UIND,,,,/'USWEEP'/NORMFLG $
1360
RESMOD
Input Data Blocks:
A set of vectors.
PHI
Modal vectors.
MXX
Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.
MQQ
Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.
Output Data Block:
UIND
Filtered vectors.
Parameter:
NORMFLG
Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize input vectors.
Remarks:
1. The filtered vectors are:
T 1
[ UIND ] = [ U ] + ( [ PHI ] [ MQQ ] [ PHI ] )

2. U, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real.
Main Index
RESTART 1361
Data block comparison
RESTART
Compares two data blocks and invokes dependencies.

Format:
RESTART
DB1,DB2,DLSTIN/DLSTOUT/
INVOKE/SPEXP/DPEXP/NDDLNAM/PRTUNIT $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi
Data blocks to be compared.
DLSTIN
A list of data blocks and the associated pathnames. DLSTIN was built as
DLSTOUT during prior executions of the RESTART module. DLSTIN is used to
invoke the same restart dependencies, but with different qualifiers, as done during
previous RESTART comparisons.
Output Data Block:
DLSTOUT
Main Index
A list of data blocks and associated pathnames defined from DB1 that were deleted
during this execution of the RESTART module. If DLSTOUT is designated as an
APPEND file, then DLSTOUT contains the list of data blocks deleted (or marked
for deletion during this) from prior executions of the module.
1362
RESTART
Parameters:
INVOKE
Input-logical-default=FALSE. If INVOKE = TRUE then restart deletions are

performed. If INVOKE = FALSE (default) then no deletions are performed, but
data blocks are marked within DLSTOUT.
SPEXP
Input-integer-default=6. Single-precision tolerance exponent. Two single-precision

numbers x and y are considered equal if
x y < 10
DBEXP
SPEXP
Input-logical-default=12. Double-precision tolerance component. Two doubleprecision numbers, x and y are considered equal if
x y < 10
DBEXP
NDDLNAM
'. NDDL is the name of the DATABLK statement to
use for a description in the comparison that overrides the name of DB1.
PRTUNIT
Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit flag to print differences betwee DB1 and

DB2.
=0
Print to f04.
<>0
Print to f06.
Remarks:
1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged.

2. If DLSTIN is not purged, the DB1 and DB2 must be purged.
3. If DBI and DB2 are not purged, the DLSTIN must be purged.
4. If INVOKE = TRUE then RESTART also deletes data blocks according to the data dependencies
(see DEPEN (Ch. 3)). Only data blocks with the current values of qualifiers for the path given by
DBi are deleted. If the paths of DBi and the path of the data block to be deleted differ, then all
intersecting qualifiers use the current value and the remaining nonintersecting qualifiers use the
wildcard (*) to determine deletion.
Example:
In this example, GEOM1 and GEOM2 are compared to the restart versions defined in the DBVIEW
statement. Changes are marked within the HIST file. Deletions are performed after SEID is set.
FILE HIST=APPEND $
PROJVER
//RESTART/S,N,RESPRJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXIST $
DBVIEW
GEOM1R = GEOM1 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
DBVIEW
GEOM2R = GEOM2 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
RESTART
GEOM1,GEOM1R,/HIST/ $
Main Index
RESTART 1363
RESTART
GEOM2,GEOM2R,/HIST/ $
SEID = SEDWN $
RESTART,,,HIST//TRUE $
Main Index
1364
RMDUPBLK
Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data
RMDUPBLK Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data

Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data.
Format:
RMDUPBLK
/BULK/S,N,NEWBULK $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Blocks:
BULK
Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:
NEWBULK
Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag.

FALSE
No
TRUE
Yes
Remarks:
1. BULK is both and input and output data block and therefore must be declared as an append file
on the FILE statement. For example:
FILE IBULK=APPEND $
RMDUPBLK /IBULK $
2. The actions taken by this module and tolerance for defining duplicate real numbers are both
specified in system cell 402:
< 0.0
Nothing is done and no entries are deleted.
> 0.0
Tolerance checking will be done to determine if the entries are deletable.
= 0.0
No tolerance checks will be performed; only physically identical records will be

deleted.
3. Only the CORD2C, CORD2R, CORD2S, and GRID Bulk Data entries are checked and
candidates for deletion.
Main Index
RMG2 1365
Processes radiation exchange coefficients
RMG2
Processes radiation exchange coefficients to produce temperature heat flux transfer matrices.
Format:
RMG2
EST,MPOOL,MUGNI,KGGNL,MPT,DIT,BGPDT,SIL,USET/
RDEST,RECM,RGG,KGGNL1/
TABS/SIGMA/S,N,NORADMAT/LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
EST
MPOOL
Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images
MUGNI
Temperature matrix for stiffness update.
KGGNL
Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.
MPT
DIT
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
USET
Output Data Blocks:
RDEST
RECM
RGG
Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set.
KGGNL1
Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and

updated for radiation.
Parameters:
Main Index
TABS

SIGMA

radiant heat flux.
NORADMAT
Input/output-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag.
1366
RMG2
No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation.
LUSET

g-set.
Remark:
If KGGNL is not purged then LUSET is determined from KGGNL.
Main Index
ROTOR 1367
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
ROTOR
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input.

Format:
ROTOR
BGPDT,DYNAMIC,DIT,CSTM,VDA,EDOM/
ROTOR,ROTORT/
CONFAC/APP/ROTPRNT/ROTTFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
DYNAMIC
DIT
CSTM
VDA
Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0's at extra point degrees-offreedom. May be purged if no extra points are specified.
EDOM
Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced
by RSPINR records in DYNAMIC.
Output Data Blocks:
ROTOR
Table of rotordynamic parameters.
ROTORT
Parameters:
CONFAC
Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
APP
ROTPRNT
Main Index
'CEIGEN'
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'STATICS'
Statics.
Input-integer-default=1. Rotor summary print flag.

<>0
Print.
=0
Do not print.
1368
ROTOR
ROTTFLG
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Rotordynamics transient solution sequence flag for

extra point processing.
1:
SOL 400
0:
SOL 129
ROTRDR1 1369
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
ROTRDR1
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices based on rotordynamics user input and also drives DMAP rotor
loop.
Format:
ROTRDR1
BGPDT,CSTM,ROTOR,MG6,ROTORT/
BCGG,TI,VGROT/
S,N,RECNUM/S,N,ROTORID/CONFAC/WTMASS/
S,N,METHSID/S,N,SDAMPSID/S,N,KDAMP/APP/ROTPRNT $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
CSTM
ROTOR
Table of rotordynamics user input.
MG6
ROTORT
Output Data Blocks:
BCGG
TI
VGROT
Parameters:
Main Index
RECNUM
ROTORID
CONFAC
Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
WTMASS
METHSID
Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue extraction entry set

SDAMPSID
Output-integer-default=0. Modal damping (TABDMP1) entry set

1370
ROTRDR1
KDAMP
APP
ROTPRNT
Main Index
Output-integer-default=0. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1,

then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be
included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping:
1
Yes
No

'CEIGEN'
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
''TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'STATICS'
Statics.
<>0
Print.
=0
Do not print.
ROTRDR2 1371
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
ROTRDR2
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping.

Format:
ROTRDR2
CASECC
DIT
ROTOR
//
ROTORT
S,N,RECNUM/APP/
FREQ
/S,N,ROTORID/S,N,SYNFLAG/
TIME
S,N,RSCALE0 S,N,RSCALE1
/
/S,N,GR/S,N,RAVG/
S,N,OMEGA S,N,OMEGADOT
S,N,ALPHAR1/S,N,ALPHAR2 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DIT
Table of TABLEi, entry images.
ROTOR
ROTORT
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
RECNUM
APP
FREQ
Input-real-default=0.0.
TIME
Input-real-default=0.0.
ROTORID
SYNFLAG
RSCALE0
Output-real-default=0.0.
OMEGA
'.
1372
ROTRDR2
Main Index
RSCALE1
OMEGADOT
GR
RAVG
ALPHAR1
Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.
ALPHAR2
Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.
ROTRUTL 1373
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
ROTRUTL
Format:
ROTRUTL
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
Ii
Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5 depends

on P1.
Output Data Block:
Oi
Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.
Parameters:
P1
Input-integer-default=0. Option selection described in below.
P2
P3
Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.
P4
P5
Input-character-default=blank. Character parametric data depending

on P1.
P6
Option IOPT = 1
Format:
ROTRUTL
FINRL,BGPDT,,,,/MINRL,,/1 $
Input Data Blocks
Main Index
FINRL
G-set by 6 matrix of inertial forces due to unit accelerations in 6

directions.
BGPDT
1374
ROTRUTL
Output Data Block:
MINRL
G-set square mass matrix that would produce these forces where
MINRL is block diagonal with 3x3 blocks.
Option IOPT = 2
Format:
ROTRUTL
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/
NHFRL,NHOUT,/2/S,N,NHARM/S,N,NHSUBFAC/S,N,NLHI
C $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. NLHARM, NLFREQ,

NLFREQ1, and NLHOUT records are read.
Output Data Blocks:
NHFRL
Frequency response list similar to FRL.
NHOUT
Parameters:
NHARM
Output.
NHSUBFAC
Output.
NLHIC
Ouptut.
Option IOPT = 3
Format:
ROTRUTL
CASECC,ROTOR,,,,/ROTORX,,/3//SPEED $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
Table of Case Control command selections. Read RGYRO selection.
ROTOR
ROTRUTL 1375
Output Data Block:
ROTORX
Updated ROTOR so that the referenced RGYRO record reads

"ASYNC" and "FREQ" and SPEED is also written to the RGYRO
record.
Parameter:
SPEED
Input. Speed.
Option IOPT = 4
Format:
ROTRUTL
EPT,,,,,/EPTX,,/4/PID/DDVALUE/FID/ITYPE $
Input Data Block:
EPT
Output Data Block:
EPTX
Element property table updated with Campbell parameters.
Parameters:
PID
Input. Property or material identification number.
DDVAL
Input. Campbell parameter.
FID
ITYPE
Option IOPT = 5
Format:
ROTRUTL
ROTOR,,,,/,,/5/IRGYRO//S,N,REFROTR $
Input Data Block:
ROTOR
Main Index
1376
ROTRUTL
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
IRGYRO
Input. RGYRO record identification number.
REFROTR
Output. Reference rotor ID on the RGYRO.
Remark:
If the ROTOR table does not exist REFROTR is output as 0 (zero). If IRGYRO is not found in ROTOR
then REFROTR is set to -1.
Option IOPT = 6
Format:
ROTRUTL
DYNAMIC,,,,,/SEROT,,/6/S,N,NROTOR//S,N,NROTORS
E $
Input Data Block:
DYNAMIC
Output Data Block:
SEROT
Table of Bulk Data entries related to dynamics.
Parameters:
NROTOR
Output. Number of ROTOR entries.
NROTORSE
Output. Number of ROTORSE entries.
Option IOPT = 7
Add ROTORG entries into DYNAMIC based on the SEPART and SEROT .
Format:
ROTRUTL
Main Index
DYNAMIC,SEPART,SEROT,BGPDT,,/DYNAMICX,,/7 $
ROTRUTL 1377
Input Data Block:
DYNAMIC
SEPART
Partitioning vector.
SEROT
BGPDT
Output Data Block:
DYNAMICX
DYNAMIC updated with SEPART and SEROT data.
Parameters:
None.
Option IOPT = 8
Processes forces for nonlinear harmonic response

Format:
ROTRUTL
DYNAMIC,CASECC,BGPDT,EVEC,USETD,DIT/
NLFTAB,NLPART,/8/S,N,UVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
DYNAMIC
CASECC
BGPDT
EVEC
D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations.
USETD
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
NLFTAB
Nonlinear data from NLRGAP, NLRSFD, NOLINi records.
NLPART
Nonlinear forces degrees-of-freedom for d-set.
1378
ROTRUTL
Parameter:
UVAFLAG
Output. Bit pattern indication force term association with U (disp),

V(vel) or A (acce).
Option IOPT = 9 or -9
Format:
ROTRUTL
U,,,,,/UAVG,,/9/NHARM/FREQ/CONDIV//ISUBFAC $
Input Data Block:
Solution matrix in d-set.
Output Data Block:
UAVG
Converged solution matrix of Fourier components.
Parameters:
NHARM
Input.
FREQ
Input.
CONDIV
Input.
ISUBFAC
Input.
Option IOPT = 10
Format:
ROTRUTL
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
,,,,,/MFCDISP,MFCVELO,/10/NHARM//NHPLUS $
ROTRUTL 1379
Output Data Blocks:
MFCDISP
Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time

domain displacements.
MFCVELO

domain velocities.
Parameters:
NHARM
Input.
NHPLUS
Input.
Option IOPT = 11
Format:
ROTRUTL
U,PTVEC,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,,/UT,VT,/11 $
Input Data Blocks:
Solution matrix.
PTVEC
MFCDISP

domain displacements.
MFCVELO

domain velocities.
Output Data Blocks:
UT
Matrix of displacements in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom

specified in PTVEC.
VT
Matrix of velocities in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom

specified in PTVEC.
Option IOPT = 12
Convert U (fourier components of d-set) into TIC records to be used in a transient response analysis
Main Index
1380
ROTRUTL
Format:
ROTRUTL
DYNAMIC,BGPDT,EVEC,U,,/,,/12/TICID/FREQ/NHARM
$
Input Data Blocks:
DYNAMIC
BGPDT
EVEC
D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations
Solution matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
TICID
Input.
FREQ
Input.
NHARM
Input.
Option IOPT = 13
Format:
ROTRUTL
DIT,,,,,/,,/13/SDAMP/S,N,TR/S,N,INFOR $
Input Data Block:
DIT
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
Main Index
SDAMP
Input.
TR
Output.
INFOR
Output.
ROTRUTL 1381
Option IOPT = 14
Determine convergence and line search in nonlinear harmonic response analysis.

Format:
ROTRUTL
RESU0,RESU1,,,,/HISTAB,,/14/S,N,ICODE/NLHTOL $
Input Data Blocks:
RESU0
Iterate matrix before DECOMP/FBS (= Au-P-F(u))
RESU1
Iterate matrix after DECOMP/FBS with 0.0 < LAMC <= 1.0
Output Data Block:
HISTAB
Parameters:
Main Index
ICODE
Output. Convergence code.
NLHTOL
Input. Convergence tolerance.
1382
RSPEC
Converts transient response motion for plotting
RSPEC
Converts transient response motion to response spectra output suitable for plotting.
Format:
RSPEC
FRL,OUG2,SPSEL,OVG2/
OXRESP/
S,N,SPSELREC/DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
FRL
OUG2
Table of displacements in SORT1 format from transient response

analysis.
SPSEL
Table of response spectra generation correlation selections.
OVG2
Output Data Blocks:
OXRESP
Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.
Parameters:
SPSELREC
Input/output-integer-default=0. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to 1 when processing last record.
DVAFLAG
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities are contained in separate data

blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1 Velocities are contained in OUG2.
1 Velocities are contained in OVG2
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR:

DO WHILE ( RECORD<>-1 ) $
RSPEC FRL,OUGV2,SPSEL/OXRESP/S,N,RECORD $
IF ( RECORD>=0 ) THEN $
IF ( RSPRINT>=0 ) OFP OXRESP//S,N,CARDNO $
XYTRAN
XYCDBDR,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYPLT/TABID $
IF ( NOXYPLT>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTSS// $
Main Index
RSPEC 1383
ENDIF $ RECORD>=0
ENDDO $ RECORD<>-1
Main Index
1384
SCALAR
Matrix element extractor
SCALAR
Extracts a specified element from a matrix for use as a parameter.

Format:
SCALAR
A//S,N,NROW/S,N,NCOL/S,N,VALUED $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
IROW
Input/output-integer-default=1. Row number of element to be

extracted from [A]. See Remark 4.
ICOL
Input/output-integer-default=1. Column number of element. See

Remark 4.
VALUED
Output-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Contents of

element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column in matrix [A].
Remarks:
1. If the input is purged, the module returns with a VALUE = (0.,0.).

2. See also PARAML A//DMI option.
3. Prior to Version 2001, VALUED was a single precision parameter. To convert an old DMAP that
uses the pre-Version 2001format, see Example 2.
4. If IROW (or ICOL) is greater than the umber of rows (or columns) in A then IROW or (ICOL)
will reset to -1 and CDVALUE remains unchanged from its value prior to calling SCALAR.
Examples:
1. Extract the matrix element in row 1 and column 2 of matrix A and assigns it to the parameter
VALUE.
SCALAR
A//1/2/S,N,VALUE $
2. Convert a pre-Version 2001 SCALAR module call to the current version.
SCALAR
A//1/2/S,N,CDVALUE $
$ Add following statements
Main Index
SCALAR 1385
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CSVALUE $
CSVALUE = SINGL(CDVALUE) $
3. Read the values from a matrix V of unknown length into a parameter.
TYPE PARM,,I,N,II $ LOOP COUNTER
TYPE PARM,,I,N,VI=1 $ SELECTS COLUMN TO SEARCH
DO WHILE (II>=0) $ STOP WHEN II NEGATIVE
II = II + 1 $
SCALAR V//1/S,N,II/S,N,VI $ II RESET TO -II WHEN AT END OF
MATRIX.
IF (II>0) MESSAGE //'INDEX'/II/'VALUE'/VI $
ENDDO $
Main Index
1386
SDP
Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives
SDP
Calculates and prints the nondimensional stability and control derivatives and the intercepts of the quasisteady stability derivatives.
Format:
SDP
CASEA,AECTRL,AERO,CSTMA,EDT,
AEDBUXV,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPARV,MPAERV,MPAEUV,
MPSRV,MPSERV,MPSIERV,MPSEUV,MPSIEUV,UXTRIM,AEDBINDX,
PRBDOFS/
STBDER,UXDIFV/
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASEA
AECTRL
AERO
CSTMA

EDT
Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records.
AEDBUXV
AEMONPT
Aerodynamic monitor points.
MONITOR
Structural monitor points.
MPARV
Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPAERV
Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPAEUV
Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPSRV
Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSERV
Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSIRV
Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSEUV
Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSIUV
Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.
UXTRIM
UX vector at trim.
SDP 1387
AEDBINDX
PRBDOFS
Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive". Active
URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-offreedom.
Output Data Block:
STBDER
Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase.
UXDIFV
Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF.
Parameters:
MACH
Input-real-default=no default. Mach number.
Input-real-default=no default. Dynamic pressure.
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
LPRINT
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for stability derivatives.
Remark:
Each stability derivative has four forms based on:

The aerodynamic model without any consideration of the structural model.
The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure but before any elastic effects
are computed.
The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have
been included. It is assumed that the model is restrained at the support points for this derivative.
The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have
been included. Movement of the supported degrees of freedom is included in this derivative.
Main Index
1388
SDR1
Computes solution and single-point forces
SDR1
Computes and appends the solution (displacements, velocities, acceleration) and single-point forces of
constraint at the g-set for each boundary condition. Also appends applied loads.
Format:
SDR1
USET,PG,UL,UOO,YS,GOA,GM,PS,KFS,KSS,QR,KGG/
UG,PGT,QG/
NSKIP/APP/NOQG $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
PG
UL
Displacement matrix in l-set.
UOO
Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with the
a-set fixed (set to zero).
YS
GOA
GM
PS
Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.
KFS
Stiffness matrix partition (f-set by s-set) from KNN.
KSS
Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.
QR
Matrix of determinate support forces.
KGG
Stiffness matrix in g-set which is used to compute the Lagrange

multiplers.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
UG
Displacement matrix in the g-set appended for all boundary conditions.
PGT
Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary
conditions.
QG
Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set

appended for all boundary conditions.
SDR1 1389
Parameters:
NSKIP
Input-integer-no default. The first subcase of the current boundary condition.
APP

Allowable values:
NOQG
'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIG'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
'MMREIG'
Normal modes for matrix method.
'BKL0'
Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1'
Buckling.
'DYNAMIC'
Dynamics.
Input-integer-default=0. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag.

computation.
Method:
Static Analysis
In the case of static analysis, SDR1 recovers dependent displacements
ul
{ ua }
ur
(5-40)
ua
{ uf }
uo
(5-41)
where
t ]{u } + {u o}
{ u o } = [ G oa
a
o
(5-42)
Enforced displacements are combined with u f
uf
{ un }
Ys
Main Index
(5-43)
1390
SDR1
un
{ ug }
um
(5-44)
where
{ u m } = [ G mn ] { u n }
(5-45)
and recovers single point forces of constraint

T
{ q s } = [ K fs ] [ u f ] + [ K ss ] { Y s } { P s }
(5-46)
Eigenvalue Analysis
In the case of eigenvalue analysis SDR1 recovers dependent components of the eigenvectors
{ o } = [ G oa ] { a }
(5-47)
a
- = { f }
--- o
(5-48)
f
- = { n }
--- s
(5-49)
{ m } = [ G mn ] { n }
n
- = { g }
---- m
(1)
(5-50)
and single-point forces of constraint

T
{ q s } = [ K fs ] { f }
(5-51)
If PARAM,DYNSPCF,NEW (default) then the single-point forces are computed as follows:
{ q s } = [ [ K sf ] 2 [ M sf ] ] { f }
(5-52)
Remarks:
1. If NSKIP is greater than 1 and the outputs are declared APPEND on the FILE statement than the
outputs will be appended to outputs from prior executions of SDR1.
2. PG, YS, QR, and PS may be purged.
Main Index
SDR1 1391
3. If PG is present, PGT must be present.

4. UOO must be present if the o-set exists and APP is equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'.
5. GM must be present if the m-set exists.
6. KFS must be present if the s-set exists and QG is present.
7. KSS must be present if YS is present, the s-set exists, and QG is present.
8. UOO, KSS and YS are ignored if APP is not equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'.
9. See Section 9.4.11 of the MSC Nastran Reference Manual for further discussion of the matrix
operations in SDR1.
10. SDR1 can also process matrices with extra points.
Main Index
1392
SDR2
Creates data recovery output tables
SDR2
Creates tables based on output requests for forces of single-point and multipoint forces of constraint,
applied loads, displacements, velocities, accelerations, element stresses, element strains, and element
forces. These output tables are suitable for printing, plotting, and various other postprocessing.
Format:
SDR2
CASECC, CSTM
SIL
, ETT
SILD
,MPT
,OL
,DIT
EQEXIN
,
EQDYN
,BGPDT
,PG
QG
,UG
,EST
,XYCDB
,OINT
,
PELSET ,VIEWTB ,GPSNT
,DEQATN ,DEQIND ,
DITID
,PCOMPT ,GPKE
,EDT
,VG
,
AG
,QMG
,MMCDB
,ESTMG
,GRPSTM ,
MTSTM
,MTSTM1 ,MTSTM2 ,MTSTM3 ,MTSTM4 ,
MMTX
,MMTXR
,MMTX1
,NLVECM ,VCCTM
,
GCOMM
,N2M
,UNUSED ,PBRMS0 ,CPLDIN1 ,
CPLDTEMP,HRMSP
,NLRSMP ,UGNI
,QS2SGN ,
QS2SGT/
OPG
,OQG
,OUG
,OES
,OEF
,
PUG
,OVG
,OAG
,OQMG
,OGPKE1 ,
OSTR
,OMM
,OTEMPP
,OCOMP
,OQS2SGN ,
OQS2SGT/
APP
/S,N,SORTFLAG/NOCOMP/ACOUSTIC/DVAFLAG/
HTFLOW /GPF
/ACOUT
/PREFDB /TABS
/
SIGMA
/ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT/BSKIP
/W3
/
W4
/LANGLE /OMID
/G
/S,N,OCID $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
CSTM
MPT
DIT
EQEXIN

identification numbers. See Remark 5.
EQDYN

identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data.)
SIL
Scalar index list.
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set. See Remark 5.
SDR2 1393
Main Index
ETT
OL

BGPDT
PG
QG
Single-point (or mutipoint-QMG) constraint forces of constraint

matrix in the g-set.
UG
Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient

analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.
EST
XYCDB
OINT
PELSET
p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by

PLTSET.
VIEWTB

GPSNT
DEQATN
DEQIND
DITID
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from

the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
GPKE
Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.
EDT

VG
Velocity matrix in g-set.
AG
Acceleration matrix in g-set.
QMG
MMCDB
Datablocks for
Advanced
Nonlinear
Element
ESTMG, GRPSTM, MTSTM, MMTX, etc. Field 29-42
CPLDIN1
Multi-Physics Input Datablock (UPVNLH from other physics)
CPLDTEMP
Multi-Physics Input Datablock

... Initial Temperature from heat pass
1394
SDR2
NLRSMP
R.S. MAP (used by NLRESTART, NLIC,...)
QS2SGN
Matrix of S2S glued contact normal nodal forces and moments
QS2SGT
Matrix of S2S glued contact tangential nodal forces and moments
Output Data Blocks:
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OQG
Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
PUG
Matrix of translational displacements for plotting purposes.
OVG
Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OAG
Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OQMG
Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OGPKE1
Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format.
OSTR
Table of element strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OMM
Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2 format
OTEMPP
TOP/BOT/MID temperature
OCOMP
OFP Table for Marc Composite Output(Linear Perturbation)
OQS2SGN
OFP Table of S2S glued contact normal forces/moments
OQS2SGT
OFP Table of S2S glued contact tangential forces/moments
Parameters:
APP
Main Index

'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Fequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
'MMREIG'
Normal modes for matrix method.
'BKL0'
Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1'
Buckling.
'NLST'
Nonlinear statics.
SDR2 1395
'GNST'
SORTFLAG
Geometric nonlinear statics.
Input/Output-Default=1. SORT1/SORT2 format flag.

If 1 on input then:
The columns of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies, time steps,
or eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will be in SORT2 format
Then on output:
set to 1 if (1) SORT2 format is requested or XYCDB exists, or (2)
APP=TRANRESP with no SORT1 requests; -1 otherwise.
If 2 on input then:
The rows of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies, time steps, or
eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will be in SORT2 format.
If APP = TRANRESP then UG, VG, and AG must be input separately.
Then on output:
set to -1 if XYCDB does not exist and (1) SORT1 format is requested or (2)
APP<>TRANRESP with no SORT2 requests; 1 otherwise.
NOCOMP
ACOUSTIC
Input-Integer-Default=1.
0
Compute stresses for all elements.
Compute stresses for non-composite elements only.
Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr

composite elements in the set referenced by STRESS=sid.
Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr

composite elements using the set referenced by STRAIN=sid.
Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. If set to 2 then acoustic

pressure is computed for fluid elements.
0
DVAFLAG
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will

be output in separate data blocks.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG.
1
HTFLOW
Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.
Input-integer-default=-1. Heat flow output flag.

-1 Do not compute heat flow.
1
GPF
Main Index
Compute heat flow.
Input-integer-default=-1. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
1396
SDR2
ACOUT
Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluidstructural analysis.

'RMS'
Root-mean-square.
'PEAK'
Peak.
PREFDB
Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB

or dBA.
TABS

SIGMA

radiant heat flux.
ADPTINDX
Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
ADPTEXIT
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final
BSKIP
Input-logical-default=TRUE. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, then

skip the first subcase in CASECC.
W3
Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous

damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
W4
Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including non-uniform

structural damping in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by
user parameter.
LANGLE

1
Gimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
OMID
Input-character-default='NO' Material output coordinate system flag. If

OMID='YES' then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the material
coordinate system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements.
Input-real-default=0. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually input by

user parameter.
OCID
Output-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system identification number

in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output
requests.
1
Displacements.
Applied loads.
spcforces and mpcforces.
Eigenvectors.
10 Velocities.
11 Accelerations.
Main Index
SDR2 1397
Remarks:
1. Any output may be purged.

2. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are referenced, or if stresses and/or forces are not
requested.
3. MPT and EST may be purged if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, or forces.
4. DIT may be purged if no stress or force requests are present or if no temperature dependent
materials are referenced.
5. SDR2 can also process p-set matrices (UP, QP, and PP instead of UG, QG, and PG) as long as
EQDYN and SILD are specified. Otherwise, SILD may be purged.
6. ETT may be purged if no thermal loading exists, or there are no requests for stresses or forces.
7. EDT may be purged if there are no element requests for forces or stresses, or if there are no
enforced element deformations in the problem.
8. BGPDT may be purged if all displacement (global) coordinate systems are in the basic coordinate
system and if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, or forces exist. However, PUG
will not be computed.
9. LAMA or CLAMA may not be purged if an eigenvalue or frequency response problem exists.
10. EQEXIN and XYCDB may be purged.
11. If SORT2 format is desired for the outputs then the parameter SORTFLAG must be set to 2 and
the input data blocks UG, QG, and QMG must be in their transposed form.
Main Index
1398
SDR3
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format
SDR3
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or

SORT1) format
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format.
Format:
SDR3
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6/
OFP1X,OFP2X,OFP3X,OFP4X,OFP5X,OFP6X $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi
Output table in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Block:
OFPiX
Output table in SORT2 (or SORT1) format.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
The SORT1 format created by modules like SDR2 is sorted accordingly:

element type
subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc.
element identification number
But the SORT1 format which has been reordered from SORT2 inputs by SDR3 is sorted accordingly:
subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc.
element type
element identification number
Main Index
SDRCOMP 1399
Calculates laminar stresses
SDRCOMP
Calculates laminar stresses, or strains, and failure indices in composite elements.

Format:
SDRCOMP
CASECC,MPT,EPT,ETT,EST,OES1A,OEF1A,DIT,BGPDT,PCOMPT/
OES1C,OEFIT,OEF1AA,OPLYSR,OGPLYSS,OGPLYFI,OGPSR,
OEXTFIB /
STRNFLG/DESOPT/LOADFAC/SRCOMPS/APPFLAG/SRTFLAG/PCOMPRM
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
MPT
EPT
ETT
EST
OES1A
Table of element strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite

elements only.
OEF1A
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements

only.
DIT
BGPDT
PCOMPT

Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
OES1C
Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
OEFIT
Table of composite element failure indices.
OEF1AA
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite

elements only.
OPLYSR
Table of ply strength ratios.
OGPLYSS
Table of global ply stresses/strains.
OGPLYFI
Table of global ply failure indices.
1400
SDRCOMP
OGPSR
Table of global ply strength ratios.
OEXTFIB
Table of EXTREME PLY composite element output in SORT1 format
Parameters:
LSTRN
Input-integer-default=0. Laminar strain flag.

0
Compute laminar stresses.
Compute laminar strains.
DESOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the

non-composite element forces are extracted form OEF1A and copied to
OEF1AA.
LOADFACR
Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis.
SRCOMPS
Input-character-default=NO. Flag to request output of table of ply strength

ratios (OPLYSR).
APPFLAG
Input-character-default='STATICS'. Approach flag to indicate the type of

analysis, viz.STATICS, FREQRESP, TRANRESP etc.
SORTFLAG
Input-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether SORT1 ( <= 0 ) or

SORT2 ( >0 )
PCOMPRM
Controls the computation and printout of composite element extreme ply

stresses, strains, failure
Indices and strength ratios. Note that extreme ply output encompasses ply
stresses, ply strains, ply failure indices and ply strength ratios together.
=0
(default) , STANDARD composite ply responses are output
=1
STANDARD & EXTREME composite ply responses are output
=2
ONLY EXTREME composite ply responses are output
Remarks:
1. ETT may be purged. However temperature effects will not be included.

2. OEF1AA may be purged if DESOPT=0.
3. LOADFACR is only required for including its value in the header record of OES1C for nonlinear
static analysis. This is necessary for proper processing by the DBC module.
Main Index
SDRHT 1401
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
SDRHT
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of

other elements
Combines the heat flow for the CHBDYi elements with the heat flux for other elements.
Format:
SDRHT
UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,RDEST,RECM,DLT,OEFNL1,MPT,
BGPDT,
CSTM,SIL,USET,CASECC,OESNLH,APPLOD/
HOEF1,HOES1/
TABS/SIGMA/NORADMAT $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
UG
Temperature matrix in g-set.
OEF1
Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format.
SLT
EST
DIT
RDEST
RECM
DLT
OEFNL1
Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format.
MPT
BGPDT
CSTM
SIL
Scalar index list.
USET
CASECC
OESNLH
Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear elements
APPLOD
1402
SDRHT
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
Output Data Block:
HOEF1
Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi

elements.
HOES1
Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear and
nonlinear elements.
Parameters:
TABS

SIGMA

radiant heat flux.
NORADMAT
Input-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag.

-2 No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation (default).
1
HOES1
Remarks:
1. For linear steady state heat transfer, OEF1 is also specified for OEFNL1 and RDEST, RECM, and
DLT may be purged.
SDRHT
UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,,,,
OEF1,MPTS,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,USET,CASECC/
HOEF1/TABS/SIGMA/-1 $
2. In transient heat transfer UG also contains the enthalpy.
Main Index
SDRNL 1403
Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements
SDRNL
Performs the stress data recovery for nonlinear elements.

Format:
SDRNL
CASECC,ESTNL,ELDATA,UNUSED4,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,
CSTM,UGNI,BGPDT,ESTMG,GRPSTM,MTSTM,MTSTM1,MTSTM2,
MTSTM3,MTSTM4,MMTX,MMTXR,MMTX1,
NLVECM,VCCTM,GCOMM,N2M,OINT,EPTS,UNUSED27,
GPSNTS,EDT/
OESNL1,OESNLB1,UNUSED3,OCOMP,OCOMPM,ONLOUTS,
ONLOUTV,ONLOUTT,UNUSED9/
NLTYPE/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/NSKIP/LINC/UNUSED6/
UNUSED7/UNUSED8 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
ESTNL
ELDATA
UNUSED4
UNUSED5
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
CSTM
UGNI
BGPDT
ESTMG
Element summary table for advanced nonlinear elements.
GRPSTM
Group summary table for advanced nonlinear elements.
MTSTM
Summary table contains offset data for advanced nonlinear elements

and MATM (advanced composite) data.
MTSTM1
Materials data.
MTSTM2
Materials pointers.
MTSTM3
Materials flags.
MTSTM4
Materials dimensioning data.
MMTX
Element stresses and strains updated state.
MMTXR
Element stresses and strains reference state.
1404
SDRNL
MMTX1
Element iterative data.
NLVECM
Nonlinear vector data including nodal temperatures, coordinate

systems, tables, orientations, beam section data.
VCCTM
Virtual crack closure technique data table.
GCOMM
Global common block data table.
Output Data Blocks:
OESNL1
OESNLB1
UNUSED3
OCOMP
Composite, ply and inter-laminar data.
OCOMPM
Composite min/max summary data.
ONLOUT
Scalar output data.
ONLOUTV
Vector output data.
ONLOUTT
Tensor output data.
UNUSED9
Parameters:
NLTYPE
Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type.

0 Statics.
1 Transient response.
Main Index
UNUSED2
UNUSED3
NSKIP
Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
LINC
Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.
UNUSED6
Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.
UNUSED7
UNUSED8
SDRP 1405
Computes data for p-elements
SDRP
Computes displacements, element forces, element stresses, and element strains of

p-elements at the view-grid points and merges with corresponding output for
h-elements.
Format:
SDRP
CASECC,EST,VIEWTB,UG,OUG1,
OES1,OSTR1,OEF1,DEQATN,DEQIND,
DIT,MPT,MPT,CSTM,ETT,OINT,
PELSET,BGPDT,BGPDT,OL,GPSNT,ERROR1,
RSQUERY,OVG1,OAG1/
OUG1VU,OES1VU,OEE1VU,OEF1VU,STATDATA,
RSLTSTAT,RSLTDATA,GLBTAB,GLBRSP,
OVG1VU,OAG1VU/
ADPTEXIT/ALTSHAPE/APP/SDRPOPT/PVALID/
DESCYCLE/ADPTINDX/ODESMAX/OADPMAX/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
EST
VIEWTB

UG

analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.
OUG1
OES1
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format.
OSTR1
OEF1
DEQATN
DEQIND
DIT
MPT
CSTM
ETT
OINT
1406
SDRP
PELSET
BGPDT
OL

GPSNT
ERROR1

loop.
RSQUERY
Table of results state query.
OVG1
OAG1
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
OUG1VU
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.
OES1VU
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements.
OSTR1VU
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements.
OEF1VU
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements.
STATDATA
Table of state information when system cell 297=1.
RSTLSTAT
Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2.
RSLTDATA
Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3.
GLBTAB
Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
GLBRSP
Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
OVG1VU
Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids.
OAG1VU
Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids.
SDRP 1407
Parameters:
ADPTEXIT
Input-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.
ALTSHAPE
Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element

analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product
Space set.
APP
SDRPOPT
'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQ'
Frequency response.
'TRANSNT'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Input-character-no default. Principal stress/strain computation selection:

'SDRP'
Compute in SDRP.
'OFP'
Compute in OFP.
PVALID
Input-integer-no default. p-value set identification number.
DESCYCLE
Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter.
ADPTINDX
Input-integer-no default. p-version analysis adaptivity index.
ODESMAX
Input-integer-no default. Total number of design cycles performed.
OADPMAX
Input-integer-no default. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed.
SEID
DVAFLAG
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will be

output in separate data blocks.
-1
Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG.
Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.
Remarks:
1.
If disk space is critical then SDRPOPT may set to 'OFP' to delay computation of principal stresses
and strains to the OFP module.
2.
The scope of SDRP processing depends on the value system cell 297:
0
1,2,3
-1
Main Index
Traditional NASTRAN data recovery.

On-the-fly data recovery (MSC.Optima, MSC.Ultima).
Global Response (i.e. find min/max values of certain data recovery quantities).
1408
SDRX
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
SDRX
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and
PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applicable to static and normal
modes analysis only.
Format:
SDRX
CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
BGPDT,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
OEF1
OES1
GEOM2

scalar points.
GEOM3
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
BGPDT
OSTR1
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
OEF1X
OES1X
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads

and intermediate station output.
OSTR1X
Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for

1-D elements.
SDRX 1409
Parameter:
NOXOUT
Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag.

0
OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated.
-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.

Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR:

SDRX
CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $
EQUIVX
OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX
OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX
OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $
Main Index
1410
SDRXD
SDRXD
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and
PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applies to transient and
frequency response analysis only.
Format:
SDRXD
CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
UG,DLT,OL,BGPDT,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT/APP/COUPMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
OEF1
OES1
GEOM2

scalar points.
GEOM3
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
UG
DLT
OL
Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency

output list.
BGPDT
OSTR1
Output Data Blocks:
OEF1X
Main Index
SDRXD 1411
OES1X
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads

and intermediate station output.
OSTR1X

1-D elements.
Parameters:
NOXOUT
APP
COUPMASS
Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag.

0
OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated.
-1
OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.

'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.

-1
Lumped.
Coupled.
Example:
SDRX
EQUIVX
EQUIVX
EQUIVX
Main Index
CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,
DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $
OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $
OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $
OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $
1412
SDSA
Partitions design model to superelements
SDSA
Partitions the design model (i.e., the design optimization Bulk Data entries) to superelements.
Format:
SDSA
EDOM,EPTS,EQEXINS,SEMAP,MPTS,SGPDTS/
EDOMS/
SEID/PEID/S,N,OBJSID/DESOBJ/S,N,DESVAR/
S,N,DRESP/S,N,TWGTFL/S,N,TVOLFL $
Input Data Blocks:
EDOM

optimization.
EPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the
superelement specified by SEID.
EQEXINS

identification numbers for the superelement specified by SEID.
SEMAP
MPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the
current superelement.
SGPDTS
Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current

superelement.
Output Data Block:
EDOMS

optimization for the superelement specified by SEID.
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
PEID
Input-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.
OBJSID
Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number

associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user
specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.
DESOBJ
Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set

SDSA 1413
DESVAR
Output-integer-default=0. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag

for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable
perturbations.
DRESP
Output-integer-default=0. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for

superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design responses.
TWGTFL
Output-integer-default=0. Total weight flag.
TVOLFL
Output-integer-default=0. Total volume flag.
Remark:
SDSA is intended to be executed in a superelement DMAP loop driven by SEP2DR. See subDMAP
DESINIT for an example.
Main Index
1414
SDSB
Generates superelement processing list
SDSB
Generates the superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response sensitivity
calculations.
Format:
SDSB
SLIST,EDOM*,CASECC,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
DSLIST/
S,N,DMRESD/S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
SLIST
Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and

reduction.
EDOM*
Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.
UNUSED4
UNUSED5
Output Data Block:
DSLIST
Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response

sensitivity calculations.
Parameters:
DMRESD
Output-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the

design model is limited to the residual structure.
NOSEDV
Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the

SEDV Case Control command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not
requested for any superelement.
NOSERESP
Output-integer-default=0. Response sensitivity calculation flag based

on the SERESP Case Control command. Set to -1 if response
sensitivities are not requested for any superelement.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESINIT:

DBVIEW
Main Index
EDOMF=EDOMS
WHERE (wildcard) $
SDSB 1415
IF ( NOT(RSONLY) AND NOEDOM>0

) SDSB
SLIST,EDOMF,CASEXX,,/DSLIST/S,N,DMRESD/
S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $
Main Index
1416
SDSC
Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
SDSC
Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity

coefficient matrix
Prints the correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
SDSC
DSCMCOL//
OBJSID/DESOBJ/UNUSED3/EIGNFREQ $
Input Data Block:
DSCMCOL
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
OBJSID
Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number associated with

DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a
particular superelement subcase.
DESOBJ
Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number.
UNUSED3
EIGNFREQ

1
SECONVRT 1417
SECONVRT Modifies Bulk Data entry records

Modifies those Bulk Data entry records which define coordinate systems, orientation vectors, and load
vectors by grid point identification number; e.g., CORD1j to CORD2j, FORCEi to FORCE, MOMENTi
to MOMENT, replace GO on CBAR, CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP with X1, X2, X3.
Format:
SECONVRT
BGPDT,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3/
GEOM1N,GEOM2N,GEOM3N $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
GEOM1
GEOM2

scalar points.
GEOM3
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1N
Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j

records.
GEOM2N
Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR,

CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records.
GEOM3N
Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi records converted to

FORCE and MOMENT records.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
1. System cell 350 controls execution of the SECONVRT module.

-1
No converson.
Convert and echo all converted entries in the f06.
>0
Main Index
Convert and echo the first n converted entries in the f06 where n is the value of system cell
350.
1418
SEDR
Partitions tables for superelements
SEDR
Partitions the solution matrix, Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEDR
SEMAP,CASECC,PCDB,DRLIST,XYCDB,SLT,ETT,
MAPS*,UGD,BGPDTD,GDNTAB,VGD,AGD/
UA,CASEDR,PCDBDR,XYCDBDR,VA,AA/
APP/SEID/S,N,NOUP/S,N,NOSORT1/S,N,NOUG/
S,N,NOOUT/S,N,NOPLOT/S,N,NOXYPLOT/QUALNAM/NCUL
/
SORTP $
Input Data Blocks:
SEMAP
CASECC
PCDB
DRLIST
Superelement processing list for data recovery.
XYCDB
SLT
ETT
MAPS*
Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary

coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and
release transformation matrix).
UGD
Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
BGPDT
GDNTAB
VGD
Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
AGD
Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
UA
Solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement

(identification number equal to output value of SEID).
CASEDR
Table of Case Control command images for the superelement

SEDR 1419
PCDBDR
Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the

superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).
XYCDBDR
Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification

number equal to output value of SEID).
VA
Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement

AA
Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement

Parameters:
APP

'STATICS'
Statics.
STATICSNot statics.
Main Index
SEID
NOUP
Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are

no superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.
NOSORT1
Output-integer-default=0. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is

not requested for current superelement.
NOUG
Output-integer-default=0. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists

for the current superelement.
NOOUT
Output-integer-default=0. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests

are specified for the current superelement.
NOPLOT
Output-integer-default=0. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot

requests are specified for the current superelement.
NOXYPLOT
Output-integer-default=0. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot

requests are specified for the current superelement.
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting

MAPS.
NCUL
Input-integer-no default. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix

for the residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML module.
SORTP
Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UGD, VGD, and AGD.

1
Columns correspond to time steps or frequencies.
Rows correspond to time steps or frequencies.
1420
SEDRDR
Drives superelement data recovery loop
SEDRDR
Drives superelement data recovery loop.

Format:
SEDRDR
DRLIST,SEMAP//
S,N,LASTSE/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR/
NOSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/
SEDRCNTL/NOPGHD $
Input Data Blocks:
DRLIST
SEMAP
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
SEDRDR 1421
Parameters:
LASTSE
Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current

superelement is the last to process.
SEID
Input/output-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number and

initialization flag.
On input:
-1
Initialization.
-2
Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321.
>0
Previous superelement identification number.
On output:
>0
Main Index
Current superelement identification number.
PEID
Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.
SEDWN
Output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification number.
NODR
Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no

data recovery requested for any superelement.
NOSE
Input-integer-default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no

superelements.
SETYPE
SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT'
Repeated.
'MIRROR'
Mirror.
'COLLTR'
Collector.
'EXTRNA'
External.
'PRIMARY'
Primary.
'. Superelement type as specified on the
RSEID
Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification number as

specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
SCNDRY
Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag.

Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with
PEID>0.
EXTRN
Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement

is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0.
SEDRCNTL
'. Processing list selection.
1422
SEDRDR
'
'
'CURR'
NOPGHD
All superelements will be processed (default).

Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be
processed.
Input-integer-default=0. Page header superelement label print control.

0
Print page header and UIM 7321.
-1
Do not print page header and UIM 7321.
-2
Same as -1 and do not print .f04 label.
-3
Same as -2 and do not print superelement label in SUBTITLE line of

page header.
Remark:
SEDRDR processes each superelement, specified in DRLIST, in the order of data recovery; i.e.,
downstream to upstream or residual structure to tip superelements.
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the residual structure and ending with the
tips.
PARAML
SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEDRDR
DRLIST//
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
SEEFMBND 1423
Generates band information for EFM
SEEFMBND Generates band information for EFM

Generates the partitioning vectors and band information for energy flow modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMBND
CASECC,DYNAMIC,DIT,LAMA,EFMDMP/
BANDPV,BANDLIST/EFMMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DYNAMIC
DIT
LAMA
EFMDMP
Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed.
Output Data Blocks:
BANDPV
Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands.
BANDLIST
Table of mode information for all bands.
Parameters:
EFMMASS
Main Index
Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
modeling calculations are to be performed.
1424
SEEFMCLF
Calculates EFM values for a band
SEEFMCLF
For energy flow modeling (EFM), calculates for the current band: total modal energy for each subsystem,
energy influence coefficients for rain-on-the-roof excitation, average power input, energy factors matrix,
and coupling loss factors.
Format:
SEEFMCLF
DIT,EFMLIST,EFMDMP,BANDLIST,BANDPV,MQE*/
ENEMAT,APIMAT,EFMMA,SCLFMAT,CLFMAT/
IBAND/EFMMASS/QUALNAM/EFMDIAG $
Input Data Blocks:
DIT
EFMLIST
Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling

calculations are to be performed.
EFMDMP
BANDLIST
BANDPV
Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands.
MQE*
Family of superelement modal mass matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
ENEMAT
Matrix of modal energy.
APIMAT
Diagonal matrix of average power input values.
EFMMAT
Matrix of energy factors.
SCLFMAT
Matrix of simple coupling loss factors.
CLFMAT
Matrix of coupling loss factors.
Parameters:
Main Index
IBAND
Input-integer-no default. Current band indentification number.
EFMMASS
Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
SEEFMCLF 1425
Main Index
QUALNAM
matrices.
'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting MQE
EFMDIAG
Input-integer-default=0. EFM diagnostic printout flag.
1426
SEEFMDMP
Generates parameters for EMF
SEEFMDMP Generates parameters for EMF

Generates mass values, damping loss factors, and frequency-dependent damping criteria for energy flow
modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMDMP
CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST,OGPWG*/
EFMMCOL,EFMDMP/
S,N,EFMMASS/QUALNAM $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DYNAMIC
EFMLIST

OGPWG*
Family of superelement grid point weight generator tables.
Output Data Blocks:
EFMMCOL
Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values.
EFMDMP
Parameters:
Main Index
EFMMASS
Output-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
QUALNAM
matrices.
'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting MQE
SEEFMLST 1427
Generates superelement list for EFM
SEEFMLST
Generates superelement list for EFM
Generates list of superelements for which energy flow modeling (EFM) calculations are to be performed.
Format:
SEEFMLST
CASECC,GEOM1,SLIST/EFMLIST $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
GEOM1
SLIST
Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and

reduction.
Output Data Blocks:
EFMLIST
Parameters:
None.
Main Index

1428
SEEFMNOR
Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM
SEEFMNOR Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM

Generats the partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs from all the DOF in the
superelement as well as to generate a matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors.
Format:
SEEFMNOR
BGPDT,USET,GPSNT/
PVGT,SNORMM $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
USET
GPSNT
Output Data Blocks:
PVGT
Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs.
SNORMM
Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
GPSNT and SNORMM may be purged if only PVGT is desired.
Main Index
SEEFMOUT 1429
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
SEEFMOUT Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis.
Format:
SEEFMOUT
EFMLIST,EFMASMTT,EXCITEFX,BANDLIST,
MNRGYMTF,APIMATT,RESMATFT/ $
Input Data Blocks:
EFMLIST

EFMASMTT
Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements.
EXCITEFX
Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements.
BANDLIST
MNRGYMTF
Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
APIMATT
Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
superelements for all bands.
RESMATFT
Matrix of average velocity respons for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1430
SEEFMXIT
Computes superelement power for EFM
SEEFMXIT
Computes superelement power for EFM
Computes superelement power and force input values for energy flow modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMXIT
CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST/EXCITP,EXCITF $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DYNAMIC
EFMLIST

Output Data Blocks:
EXCITP
Matrix of EFM superelement power input values.
EXCITF
Matrix of EFM superelement force input values.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SELA 1431
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
SELA
Assembles static load matrices from upstream

superelements
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements into the current superelement.
Format:
SELA
PJ,SLIST,SEMAP,BGPDTS,PA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/QUALNAM/S,N,LDSEQ/S,N,NOPG/PRTUIM $
Input Data Blocks:
PJ
Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied
to its interior points only.
SLIST

reduction.
SEMAP
BGPDTS
PA*
Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set) of

all upstream superelements.
MAPS*

GDNTAB
Output Data Block:
PG
Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement including
loads from upstream superelements.
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in

selecting MAPS and PA.
LDSEQ
Input/output-integer-default=0. PG column number. On input, last

column number of PG on previous SELA execution. On output, last
column number of PG on current execution.
1432
SELA
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
NOPG
Output-integer-default=0. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if

there are no loads due to upstream superelements.
PRTUIM
Input-logical-default=TRUE. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA

module.
Remark:
PJ may be purged.
Example:
DBVIEW PAUP
= PA
WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
SELA
PJ,SLIST,EMAP,BGPDTS,PAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/'SEID'/0/S,N,NOPG $
EQUIVX
PJ/PG/NOPG $
Main Index
SEMA 1433
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements
SEMA
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream

superelements
Assembles square symmetric matrices (e.g., stiffness, mass, damping) from upstream superelements into
the current superelement.
Format:
SEMA
BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,XJJ,XAA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
XGG/
SEID/LUSETS/QUALNAM/UPFM $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDTS
SLIST

reduction.
SEMAP
XJJ
Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to
its interior points only.
XAA*
Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream

superelements.
MAPS*

GDNTAB
Output Data Block:
XGG
Square matrix in g-set including contributions from upstream

superelements.
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
LUSETS

g-set of the current superelement.
1434
SEMA
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements
QUALNAM

selecting MAPS and PA.
UPFM
Input-integer-default=0. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM

4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary
matrices.
Remark:
XJJ may be purged.

Example:
Assemble stiffness matrix KGG and exit if there are missing upstream stiffness matrices.
DBVIEW KAAUP = KAA WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=* and WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=*) $
SEMA
BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,KJJ,KAAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
KGG/
SEID/LUSETS/'SEID'/-1 $
IF ( NOGO=-1 ) EXIT $
Main Index
SEP1 1435
Constructs superelement map table
SEP1
Constructs the superelement map table.

Format:
SEP1
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,CASECC,SETREE/
SEMAP,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/LST2REC $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
GEOM2

scalar points.
GEOM4
EQEXIN

BGPDT
CSTM
CASECC
SETREE
Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data
entry.
Output Data Blocks:
SEMAP
SCSTM
Table of global transformation matrices for superelements.
Parameters:
NOSE
Main Index
Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if

there are no superelements.
1436
SEP1
CONFAC
Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence

tolerance for the location of boundary grid points and displacement
coordinate systems.
LST2REC
Input-integer-default=TRUE. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE

to write last two records.
Remarks:
1. SEP1 is the initial superelement processor. It builds the superelement map table which defines the
relationships between grid points and superelements. The map includes the superelement type
(primary, secondary, mirror image, etc.), the exterior grid points, the structural and rigid elements,
and for certain secondary superelements, sequencing information.
2. SEP1 only supports superelements defined by the SESET Bulk Data entry, CSUPER Bulk Data
entry or on the SEID field on the GRID Bulk Data entry; i.e., grid-list superelements. SEP1X is a
more recently developed module intended for superelements defined in separate Bulk Data
Sections; i.e., partitioned superelements.
Main Index
SEP1X 1437
SEP1X
Constructs the superelement map table and "corrects" the grid point locations at RSSCON element
connections. The format has not changed but the SEP1XOVR parameter is now an output parameter
which must be passed into SEP2X. Also additional options are available in SEP1XOVR.
Format:
SEP1X
SELIST,GEOM1*,GEOM2*,GEOM4*,SETREE,SGPDTS*,BNDFIL/
SEMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/QUALNAM/QUALVAL/S,N,RSFLAG/
NQSET/EXTNAME/S,N,SEP1XOVR/NQMAX/SEBULK/TOLRSC/
S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/S,N,RUNSEP2X $
Input Data Blocks:
SELIST
Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk

Data Sections.
GEOM1*
Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in separate

Bulk Data Sections.
GEOM2*

Bulk Data Sections.
GEOM4*

Bulk Data Sections.
SETREE
Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data entry.
SGPDTS*
Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.
BNDFIL
Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given by extreme
for domain decomposition.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
SEMAP
SGPDT
Global superelement basic grid point definition table including

RSSCON grid point location corrections.
SCSTM
1438
SEP1X
Parameters:
NOSE
Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no

superelements. Set to number of superelements if superelements exist.
CONFAC
Input-real-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the

location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate systems.
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting

GEOM1, GEOM2, GEOM4, and SGPDT.
QUALVAL
Input-integer-default=-1. QUALNAM value assigned to the main Bulk Data

Section.
RSFLAG
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set

to TRUE if superelements are defined in the main Bulk Data Section.
NQSET
Input-integer-default=0. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-qset). Each superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-of-freedom.
EXTNAME
Input-character-default='XEID'. Name of the qualifier used to identify External

Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry.
SEP1XOVR
Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing. See Remark 3.

Bit(s)
Main Index
Value(s)
Description
1-3
1-5
Override Search Algorithm Selection.
Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar Linkages via

internal SECONCT entries.
16
Print RSSCON old/new locations.
32
Print Boundary Search Sequence.
64
SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.
128
Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other sets

present in the Residual.
256
CHKRUN flag for spot welds.
10
512
CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds.
NQMAX
Input-integer-default=3000. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per

partitioned superelement. See NQSET.
SEBULK
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to

TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified for
the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command. If TRUE then superelement
processing is to be performed. Otherwise, only the RSSCON element corrections
are performed.
TOLRSC
Input-real-default=1.0E-4. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.
SWCHECK
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256
is on in CHKRUN.
SEP1X 1439
ATQSET
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If TRUE,

automatic q-set will not be generated here but in the MODQSET module.
RUNSEP2X
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to run SEP2X. Set to TRUE for models that

contain certain types of weld elements.
Example:
1. Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0:

DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
OVRIDE
SEP1X
GEOM1F=GEOM1QS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $

SGPDTF=SGPDTS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $
= SEP1XOVR $
SELIST,GEOM1F,GEOM2F,GEOM4F,SETREE,SGPDTF,BNDFIL/
EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/'PEID'//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'/
S,N,OVRIDE//SEBULK/TOLRSC/S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/
S,N,XSEP2X $
2. Perform RSSCON correction only. Excerpt from subDMAP SOL1:
SEP1X
,,GEOM1q,GEOM2,GEOM4,,/
EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/'
'//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'///
false/TOLRSC $
3. The SEP1X module checks the residual part and bit 8 on the SEP1XOVR parameter to determine
a-set membership at the residual level. The default action is to place all upstream q-set in the aset in the residual when any ASETi, BSETi, CSETi, QSETi or OMITi records are detected in the
residual based upon user specifications. Otherwise, SEP1X changes the SEP1XOVR parameter
to indicate to SEP2X not to generate ASET records for the q-set boundary dofs and then let the
left-over logic of GP4 assign to a-set or o-set. Note that the user can set bit 8 to indicate that no
ASET records will be created. The current SEP2X rule for user set specifications is to copy the
supplied record from the main GEOM4 to the residual's GEOM4S.
Main Index
1440
SEP2
SEP2
Partitions tables for each superelement.

Format:
SEP2
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,
SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,DYNAMIC,GPSNT/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,UNUSED8,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,GPSNTS/
SEID/METHCMRS
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
GEOM2

scalar points.
GEOM3
GEOM4
EPT
MPT
SLIST

reduction.
SEMAP
CASES
Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.
DYNAMIC
GPSNT
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM1S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
superelement.
GEOM2S

scalar points for the current superelement.
GEOM3S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for
SEP2 1441
GEOM4S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current
superelement.
EPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the
MPTS
MAPS
Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary

superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary
resequencing and releases.
UNUSED8
UNUSED9
DYNAMICS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement.
GPSNTS
Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement.
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
METHCMRS
Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set

identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value
specified in CASES.
1442
SEP2CT
Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement
SEP2CT
Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each

superelement
Partitions the Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2CT
SLIST,CASECC,PCDB,UNUSED4,XYCDB/
CASES,PCDBS,XYCDBS/
APP/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
SLIST

reduction.
CASECC
PCDB
UNUSED4
XYCDB
Output Data Blocks:
CASES
Table of Case Control command images for the current superelement

PCDBS
Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the

current superelement (identification number equal to output value of
SEID).
XYCDBS
Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement

Parameters:
APP

'STATICS'
Statics.
STATICS Not statics.

SEID
Main Index
SEP2DR 1443
Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
SEP2DR
Drives the superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop. Also drives the pseudo-load
generation loop.
Format:
SEP2DR
SLIST ,SEMAP/
DSLIST
S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LASTSE/S,N,NOMAT/
S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/S,N,SCNDRY/
S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/SEP2CNTL/S,N,NOPSLG/NOPGHD/
S,N,PARTSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/NSENQSET $
Input Data Blocks:
SEMAP
SLIST

reduction.
DSLIST

sensitivity calculations.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
1444
SEP2DR
Parameters:
SEID
Input/output-integer-default=0. Superele ment identification number and

initialization flag.
On input:
-1
Initialization
-2
Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321
>0
Previous superelement identification number
On output:
>0
Main Index
Current superelement identification number
PEID
Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.
SEDWN
Input-output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification

number. SEDWN is input if CNTL <> 'SEDWN' and output if CNTL =
'SEDWN'.
LASTSE
Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current

superelement is the last to process.
NOMAT
Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix

generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEMG or
SEALL Case Control commands.
NOASM
Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly

and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SEKR or
SEALL Case Control commands.
NOLOAD
Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is

requested for the current superelement based on the SELG or SEALL Case
Control commands.
NOLASM
Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and

reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SELR or SEALL
Case Control commands.
NOUP
Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no

superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.
SCNDRY
Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set

to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID>0.
EXTRN
Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement

is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0.
NOMR
Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass

and damping assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement
based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands.
SEP2DR 1445
SEP2CNTL
Main Index
Input-character-default='SLIST'. Processing list selection.

'ALL'
All superelements will be processed.
'PSLGDV'
Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control

commands.
'DSLIST'
Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case Control

commands.
'PSLDSL'
Union of superelements specified on the SEDV and SERESP

commands.
'SLIST'
Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, SEKR,

SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands.
'SEDWN'
All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream

superelement.
'CURR'
Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be

processed.
NOPSLG
Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load

generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV or
SERESP Case Control commands.
NOPGHD
Input-integer-default=0. Page header and eject flag.

0
Print page header in f06 and label in f04.
-1
Do not print page header in f06.
-2
Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04
PARTSE
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the

current superelement is a partitioned superelement.
SETYPE
Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT'
Repeated.
'MIRROR'
Mirror.
'COLLTR'
Collector.
'EXTRNA'
External a-set.
'EXTRNG'
External g-set.
'PRIMARY'
Primary.
'. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK
1446
SEP2DR
RSEID
Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification number as specified

on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
NSENQSET
Output-integer-default=0. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to

Remarks:
1. SEP2DR processes each superelement, specified in SLIST or DSLIST, in the order of matrix
generation; i.e., upstream to downstream or tip superelements to the residual structure.
2. If SEP2CNTL='PSLGDV' or 'DSLIST' then DSLIST must be specified as the first input;
otherwise, 'SLIST' is specified.
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the tips and ending with the residual
structure.
PARAML
SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG<>-1 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEP2DR
SLIST,SEMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID//S,N,LPFLG/
////////'ALL'//-1 $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
SEP2X 1447
SEP2X
Partitions tables for each superelement.

Format:
SEP2X
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,
DYNAMIC,UNUSED11,SGPDT,SCSTM,MATPOOL/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,SGPDTS,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,MATPOOLS,UNUSED12/
SEID/METHCMRS/SEP1XOVR $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1
GEOM2
GEOM3
GEOM4

EPT
MPT
SLIST
Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.
SEMAP
CASES
Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.
DYNAMIC
UNUSED11
SGPDT
SCSTM
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer
radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM1S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current superelement.
GEOM2S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points
for the current superelement.
GEOM3S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for the current
superelement.
1448
SEP2X
GEOM4S

membership and rigid element connectivity for the current superelement.
EPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the current
superelement.
MPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the current
superelement.
MAPS
Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary superelements

(mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary resequencing and releases.
SGPDTS
Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.
UNUSED9
DYNAMICS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current superelement.
MATPOOLS
MATPOOL table for the current superelement.
UNUSED12
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
METHCMRS
Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID)

override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES.
SEP1XOVR
Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing and computed in

SEP1X. Checks bit 8 to determine upstream q-set processing in the residual. See
Remark 3 under the SEP1X module description.
SEP3 1449
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
SEP3
Examines Case Control and determines superelement

processing
Examines Case Control and determines which superelements are to be processed for generation,
assembly, and reduction of stiffness, mass, and damping, and load matrices.
Format:
SEP3
CASECC,EMAP/
SLIST/
S,N,NOSECOM/S,N,SEID/NOSE/S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOMR/UNUSED9 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
SEMAP
Output Data Block:
SLIST
Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and

reduction.
Parameters:
Main Index
NOSECOM
Output-integer-default=0. Superelement Case Control command flag.

Set to -1 if there are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or
SEMR commands specified in CASECC.
SEID
Output-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are

superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR; otherwise
0.
NOSE
Input-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there

are no superelements.
NOMAT
Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. If there are no

superelements, NOMAT is set to -1 if no SEMG and no SEALL Case
Control commands are specified.
NOASM
Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. If there are no

superelements, then NOASM is set to -1 if no SEKR and no SEALL
Case Control commands are specified.
1450
SEP3
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
NOLOAD
Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. If there are no

superelements, then NOLOAD is set to -1 if no SELG and no SEALL
NOLASM
Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. If there are no

superelements, then NOLASM is set to -1 if no SELR and no SEALL
NOMR
Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. If there

are no superelements, then NOMR is set to -1 if no SEMR and no
SEALL Case Control commands are specified.
UNUSED9
Remark:
If there are no superelements, then SLIST is not created and may be purged.
Main Index
SEP4 1451
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
SEP4
Examines table and data base information for superelement

processing
Examines the Case Control and Plot Control tables, queries the data base for existing solution matrices,
and determines which superelements are to be processed for data recovery.
Format:
SEP4
CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UG*,PUG*,QG*,MMCDB/
DRLIST/
UNUSED1/QUALNAM/S,N,NODR/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOSEPLOT/
SEP4CNTL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
PCDB
SEMAP
XYCDB
UG*
Family of displacement matrices in g-set for all superelements.
PUG*
Family of matrices of translational displacements for all

superelements.
QG*
Family of single-point constraint forces of constraint matrices in the

g-set for all superelements.
MMCDB
Output Data Block:
DRLIST
Parameters:
Main Index
UNUSED1
Input-character-no default. Specify '
'.
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting UG,

PUG, and QG.
NODR
Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data

recovery requested for any superelement.
SEID
Input-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are superelements, then SEID

is set to -1 to initialize SEDRDR; otherwise 0.
1452
SEP4
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
NOSEPLOT
Output-integer-default=0. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to

-1 if there are no SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the
OUTPUT(PLOT) Section.
SEP4CNTL
Output-integer-default='
'ALL'
'. Processing list selection.
All superelements will be processed
ALL Only superelements specified on the SEDR Case Control command

Example:
DBVIEW UGF =UG

WHERE (WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW PUGF=PUG WHERE (WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW QGF =QG
WHERE (WILDCARD) $
SEP4
CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UGF,PUGF,QGF/
DRLIST/
' '//S,N,NODRALL/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOUPL $
Main Index
SEPLOT 1453
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
SEPLOT
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements based on the SEPLOT and SEUPPLOT
commands.
Format:
SEPLOT
PCDB,SEMAP,SCSTM,BGPDT*,ECT*,PUG*/
BGPDTX,PUGX,PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET/
QUALNAM/QUALNAMP/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT $
Input Data Blocks:
PCDB
SEMAP
SCSTM
BGPDT*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.
ECT*
Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements.
PUG*

superelements.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
BGPDTX
BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or

SEUPPLOT command.
PUGX
PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or

SEUPPLOT command.
PLSETMSG

PLTPAR
GPSETS
ELSET
1454
SEPLOT
Parameters:
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting BGPDT

and ECT.
QUALNAMP
Input-character-default='PEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG.
PLTCNT
Input/output-integer-no default. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter.

On input:
0
Initialization.
On output:
>0
Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command.
NGP
Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the

BGPDTX.
JPLOT
Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are

none.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SUPER3:

DBVIEW
BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DBVIEW
ECTF=ECTS
WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DO WHILE ( PLTCNT>-1 ) $
SEPLOT
PCDB,EMAP,scstm,BGPDTF,ECTF,PUGF/
BGPDTX,PUGX,PLTXY,PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY/
'PEID'/'SEID'/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $
PRTMSG
PLTXY//PDRMSG $
IF ( JPLOT>=0 ) THEN $
PLOT
PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY,CASECC,BGPDTX,
PUGX,PUGX,gpect,oes1x/
PLOTY2/NSILS/0/JPLOT/-1/S,N,PFILE $
PRTMSG
PLOTY2//PDRMSG $
ENDIF $ JPLOT>=0
ENDDO $ PLTCNT>-1
Main Index
SEPR1 1455
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
SEPR1
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections.

Format:
SEPR1
BULK*/
SELIST/
QUALNAM/S,N,SEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
BULK*
Family of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
Output Data Blocks:
SELIST
List of partitioned superelement identification numbers.
Parameters:
QUALNAM

selecting BULK.
SEFLAG
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if partitioned

superelements are present.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP IFPL:

DBVIEW IBULKSF
= IBULK WHERE (SEID>0 AND PEID=*) $
SEPR1
IBULKSF/SELIST//S,N,SELIST $
Main Index
1456
SEQP
Resequencing processor
SEQP
Generates SEQGP entries or a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices for efficient matrix
decomposition.
Format 1: Geometry Table input
SEQP
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,MATPOOL,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GEOM1Q,TIMSIZ,GEQMAP,BNDFIL,SPCPART,LGPART,GEOM2X,
GEOM4X/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH//SUPER/FACTOR/
MPCFLG/START/MSGLVL/PEXIST/PSEQOPT/S,N,NTIPS/APP/
S,N,ZCOLLCT/S,N,TIPSCOL/ACMS/S,N,FLUIDSE/ATQSET/
PARTMEM $
Format 2: Matrix input
SEQP
MAT,GPL,USET,SIL/SEQMAP,,,,,/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM1
GEOM2

scalar points.
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints,

degree-of-freedom membership, and rigid element connectivity.
EPT
MATPOOL

transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. Required
for DMIG and virtual mass partitioning with domain solver
ACMS='YES'.
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Grid points on

DPHASE, DELAY, TIC, and DAREA records will be assigned to the
residual structure if ACMS='YES'.
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images. Required for MFLUID set

MAT
Matrix. Must be square and symmetric.
GPL
SEQP 1457
USET
SIL
Scalar index list.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM1Q
Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been
added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed.
TIMSIZ
Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters.
GEQMAP
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
BNDFIL
Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given
by extreme for domain decomposition.
SPCPART
Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.
SEQMAP
Mapping matrix for resequencing.
LGPART
Same as SPCPART except it includes disjoint grid points.
GEOM2X
GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if

ACMS='YES'.
GEOM4X
GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because
all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one contains only
one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also augmented with SEQSET1
records for ACMS='YES'.
1458
SEQP
Parameters:
SEQOUT
SEQMETH
Input-integer-default=0. Output options:

0
No output.
Print a formatted table of the internal versus external grid identification

number.
Write the SEQGP entries to the punch file (.pch).
Combines 1 and 2.
Input/output-integer-default=3. Resequencing method:

-1
No resequencing is performed.
Active/passive.
Band.
For the active/passive and the band options select the option giving the lowest
RMS value of the active columns for each group of grid points. (Default)
Wavefront (Levy).
Gibbs-King. See Remark 4.
Automatic nested dissection. See Remark 4.
Multiple Minimum Degree of Freedom. See Remarks 3 and 4.
Semiautomatic selection. See Remark 5.
On output SEQMETH is set to -1 if new sequence results in a lower decomposition

time estimate. Otherwise it is set to 0.
SETNAME
Input-character-default='G'. Degree-of-freedom set name corresponding to the size

of MAT (Format 2 only).
SUPER
Input-integer-default=0. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special

handling of multipoint constraints.
FACTOR
Input-integer-default=0. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification

number (SEQID) on the SEQGP. See Remark 7.
MPCFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by

multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX and the
rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered during resequencing.
-1 Do not consider.
0 Consider. (Default)
>0 Consider only the MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX entries with a set
identification number equal to this parameter's value as well as the of the rigid
element entries.
START
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. The number of the grid points at the beginning of the input
sequence. See Remark 8.
SEQP 1459
MSGLVL
No.
>0
Yes.
PEXIST
Input-logical-default=FALSE. If set to TRUE then it specifies the existence of

p-elements.
PSEQOPT
elements. See Remark 9.
NTIPS
Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of domains (tip superelements to be

created automatically when ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of
domains will be set equal to the number of processors.
APP
'. Specifies append (default) or insert option for p-
'. Analysis type. Allowable values:
'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
ZCOLLCT
Input/output-integer-default=-1. The absolute value is the number of collectors in

the last level of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single
final collector will be added.
TIPSCOL
Input/output-integer-default=-1. The number of tip superelements upstream of

each downstream collector superelement. See ACMS='YES'.
ACMS
Input-character-default=' '. Automatic component mode synthesis flag. If

ACMS='YES', then the model will be automatically partitioned into superelements
according to NTIPS, TIPSCOL, and ZCOLLCT.
FLUIDSE
Output-integer-default=0. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value

greater than zero if ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present.
ATQSET
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=YES.
PARTMEM
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Diagnostic output flag.
FALSE
Generate a fixed number of q-set dofs for each domain.
TRUE
Generate a single q-set dof for the residual structure and the fluid
superelement. Usually set indirectly by user parameter.
Input-integer-default=0. Partitioning memory allocation control.
1460
SEQP
Remarks:
1. In the geometry table option, SEQP generates SEQGP Bulk Data entries to be appended to the in
the GEOM1 data block and/or written to the punch file.
2. In the matrix option, GPL, USET, and SIL are required for SEQOUT>0 and may be purged if
SEQOUT=0.
3. SEQMETH=7 is recommended for sparse decomposition and sparse forward-backward
substitution only. The assembly of stiffness, mass, and damping matrices by the EMA module
may be less efficient under this option. Also, if there is insufficient memory available to perform
sparse decomposition, then regular decomposition will be performed and regular decomposition
is inefficient under this option.
4. SEQMETH=5, 6, or 7, resequencing will be performed even if the CPU estimate is higher than
for no resequencing.
5. For SEQMETH=8, the estimates will be computed for two sequencing methods that are suitable
for the decomposition method selected by the PARALLEL and SPARSE keywords on the
NASTRAN statement and select the sequencing method with the lowest estimate. The following
table shows the suitable methods for each decomposition method.
Decomposition Method
Suitable
SEQMETH
non-sparse and non-parallel
1 and 4
parallel
2 and 5
sparse
6 and 7
6. Description of SUPER:
If PARAM,SUPER=0, all grid points from the connection table that are not part of the group
currently being processed are deleted. This option provides for sequencing only the interior
points of a superelement. If any superelements are present, the residual structure is not
resequenced. If all of the grid points are in the residual structure, they are resequenced.
If PARAM,SUPER=0 or 1, all grid points in the connection table are considered. This option
provides for the recognition of passive columns.

If PARAM,SUPER=2, then all points that are connected to multipoint constraints (via MPC
entries) or rigid elements (e.g., the RBAR entry) are placed in a special group at the end of the
sequence. This option also forces SEQMETH=6 and may not be selected with other values of
SEQMETH. This option is intended primarily for models that have many active columns due to
MPCs or rigid elements; e.g., a model with disjoint structures connected only by MPCs or rigid
elements. See Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics (Ch. 3) in the MSC.Nastran
Numerical Methods Users Guide for a further discussion of sequencing operations.
7. FACTOR is used as follows:
SEQID = FACTOR * GRP + SEQ
where SEQ generated sequence number and GRP group sequence number.
Main Index
SEQP 1461
If GRP=0, use GRP(MAX)+1 where GRP(MAX) is the largest group sequence number
previously processed.
8. START specifies the input sequence will be the sorted order of the grid point numbers including
the effect of any SEQGP entries input by the user. A single SEQGP entry can be input to select
the starting point for the new sequence. Otherwise, the first point of lowest connectivity will be
used as the starting point
9. PSEQOPT has the following values and actions:
PSEQOPT='APPEND'. The list of all p-element grids at the bottom after all the regular grids.
APPEND is intended for p-element analysis with p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH =
5, 6 or 7.
PSEQOPT='INSERT'. Insert the p-element grids in appropriate locations immediately after the
regular grid point to which they are associated which is the default in p-element analysis.
INSERT is intended for p-element analysis without p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH
= -1, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Example:
The following example will generate a mapping matrix (SEQMAP) to resequence the matrix KAA. The
following SMPYAD module will resequence the rows and columns of KAA. Following the
decomposition of the resequenced matrix (KAAX), the MPYAD will resequence the right-hand side (PA)
and FBS will perform the forward/backward substitution on the resequenced right-hand side (PAX). The
final MPYAD operation will return the solution (UAX) to the original sequence (UA).
SEQP
SMPYAD
DECOMP
MPYAD
FBS
MPYAD
Main Index
KAA,,,/SEQMAP,//METHOD $
SEQMAP,KAA,SEQMAP,,,/KAAX/3////1////6 $
KAAX/LAA,/ $
SEQMAP,PA,/PAX/1 $
LAA,, PAX/UAX/ $
SEQMAP,UAX,/UA/ $
1462
SHPCAS
Appends primary models case control based on boundary shapes
SHPCAS
Appends primary models case control based on boundary

shapes
Appends the primary model's case control based on auxiliary or geometric model loads (boundary
shapes) and construct a vector for partitioning the primary model's solution matrices that correspond to
the boundary shapes.
Format:
SHPCAS
CASECC,YGBNDR/
CASECC1,CVEC $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.
YGBNDR
Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric

models.
Output Data Blocks:
CASECC1
Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to

account for the boundary shapes.
CVEC
Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from

boundary shape induced solutions.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SMA3 1463
Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk Data entry
SMA3
Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in

GENEL Bulk Data entry
Assembles the global stiffness based on general elements as defined on the GENEL Bulk Data entry and
optionally adding to stiffness from regular elements.
Format:
SMA3
GEI,KGG/
KGG1/
LUSET/NOGENL/NOSIMP $
Input Data Blocks:
GEI
Table of general element data.
KGG
Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements.
Output Data Block:
KGG1
Matrix. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of

[X] is the maximum of the types of [A], [B], , and . The size of [X]
is the size of [A] if [A] is present. Otherwise, it is the size of [B].
Parameters:
LUSET

g-set.
NOGENL
Input-integer-no default. The number of general elements.
NOSIMP
Input-integer-no default. The number of simple elements. Set to -1 if

there are no elements.
Remark:
KGG may be purged.
Main Index
1464
SMPYAD
Matrix series multiply and add
SMPYAD
Multiplies a series of matrices together:
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] [ F ]
Format:
SMPYAD
A,B,C,D,E,F/
X/
NMAT/SIGNP/SIGNF/PREC/TA/TB/TC/TD/FORM $
Input Data Blocks:
A, B, C, D, E
Matrices multiplied from left to right. (Real or complex).
Matrix to be added to the above product. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
Resultant matrix.
Parameters:
NMAT
Integer-input-no default. Number of matrices involved in the product;

i.e., [A][B][C][D][E].
SIGNP
Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the product matrix (i.e., [A] [B] [C]

[D] [E]): -1 for minus.
SIGNF
Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the matrix. [F], to be added to the

product matrix: -1 for minus.
PREC
Integer-input-default=0. Output precision of the final result: 0 for

choose proper precision, 1 for single precision, 2 for double precision.
TA, TB, TC, TD
Integer-input-default=0. Transpose indicators for the [A] [B] [C] and

[D] matrices: 1 if transposed matrix to be used in the product, 0 if
untransposed. The last nonpurged matrix must be untransposed.
FORM
Integer-input-default=0. Form of the X matrix. If FORM is zero, the

form of [X] will be 1 if the result is square, 2 otherwise. If [X] is known
to be symmetric from physical principles, FORM may be set to 6.
Remarks:
1. Except for the final product, all intermediate matrix products are compute in machine precision.
Main Index
SMPYAD 1465
2. The matrices are postmultiplied together from right to left; i.e., the first product calculated is the
product of matrix n-1 and matrix n. This implies that all purged inputs must be to the right. If the
transpose flag is set for the last unpurged matrix, it is ignored without warning.
3. If the input matrices are incommensurate (for example, if the number of columns in A is not equal
to the number of rows in B) or incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 ATTEMPT TO
MULTIPLY INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES is issued.
4. The method used by this module is the same as for the MPYAD module except in case of a triple
product, where [ B ] and [ F ] are symmetric and [ A ] = [ C ] and TA = 1 ; i.e.,
T
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ A ] [ F ] ], then a method that is more efficient than two equivalent MPYAD
operations will be employed. See Example 3. However, two equivalent MPYAD operations will
be selected automatically if two MPYADS are more efficient. (Two MPYADs can be forced by
setting system cell 129 to 1, with PUTSYS(1,129) specified just before the SMPYAD module.)
5. If any of the matrices involved in the product do not exist, then the module does not create any
output.
Examples:
T
1. Compute [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ F ] .
SMPYAD
A,B,C,,,F/X/3/1/-1/0/0/1 $
T
T
T
T
2. Compute [ Z ] = [ U ] [ V ] [ W ] [ X ] [ Y ] [Z].
SMPYAD
U,V,W,X,Y,/Z/5/-1/0/0/1/1/1/1 $
T
3. Compute [ ] [ M ] [ ] .
SMPYAD
Main Index
PHI,MAA,PHI, ,,/X/3////1////6 $
1466
SOLVE
Linear system solver
SOLVE

T
Solves the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] or the left-hand solution [ X ] [ A ] = [ B ] .

Format:
SOLVE
A,B,SIL,USET,PARTVEC/
X/
SYM/SIGN/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
Square, symmetric or unsymmetric, matrix (real or complex).
Rectangular matrix (real or complex).
SIL
Scalar index list.
USET
PARTVEC
Partitioning vector which is specified when A and B are the zero-th

partitions of the set specified by SETNAME.
Output Data Block:
Rectangular matrix. See Remark 1.
Parameters:
SYM
Input integer default = 0 selects solution method.

0 Use either symmetric or unsymmetric method consistent with symmetric or
unsymmetric [ A ] .
1 Use symmetric method.
-1 Use unsymmetric method.
T
2 Solve left-hand solution for [ X ] .

3 Compute inverse of [ A ] . See Remark 2.
SIGN
Input integer default = 1. Sign of right-hand side flag.

1 Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] .
-1 Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] .
SETNAME
Main Index
Input-character-default = H. Degree-of-freedom set name corresponding to A

and B.
SOLVE 1467
Remarks:
1. [ X ] is a rectangular matrix with the same dimensions as [ B ] and the maximum type of [ A ] and
[B] .
2. If SYM = 3, then [ B ] is ignored.
If SYM 3 and [ B ] is purged, then [ X ] will be purged; or if [ B ] is a null matrix, then [ X ] will
be a null matrix.
3. By default, the SOLVE module uses sparse matrix methods. See Remark 1 under the DECOMP
module description.
4. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify
NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2 SPARSE = 0.
5. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most
efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as
SETNAME.
Examples:
1. Solve a system of equations [ A ] [ X ] = [ P ] .

SOLVE A,P,,,/X/ $
2. Invert [ A ] .
SOLVE A,,,,/AINV/3 $
T
T
3. Solve [ X ] [ A ] = [ P ] .
SOLVE A,P,,,/X/2 $
Main Index
1468
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
Solves the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] ] for
[ X ] using a preconditioned conjugate gradient method.
Format for Non-p-version Analysis:
SOLVIT
A,B,XS,PC,USET,KGG,GM,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,EQMAP,
BGPDT,CSTM,PG,YS,KDICT,KELM,EST,MPT,DIT/
X,R,PC1,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID/
EBSOPT/CVMEM/CASPIV/SET $
Format for p-version Analysis:
SOLVIT
A,B,XS,PS,USET,USET0,SIL0,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,
EQMAP,,,,,,,,,/
X,R,PG,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
Square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).
Rectangular matrix (real or complex), the right-hand side.
XS
Optional starting vector, same type as B (may be purged).
PC
Optional stepwise preconditioner, same type as A (may be purged).
USET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table. See Remark 3.
KGG
Stiffness matrix -- g-set. See Remark 3.
GM
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix. See Remark 3.
USET0
USET table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
SIL
Scalar index list.
SIL0
SIL table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
EQEXIN

identification numbers. Required for p-version preconditioning only.
EDT

iterative solver.
SOLVIT 1469
Iterative solver
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images. Required if SMETHOD Case

Control command is used and NSIP=-1.
EQMAP

decomposition.
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table. Only used for element based solver
methods.
CSTM
Table of coordinate system transportation matrices. Only used for

element based solver methods.
PG
Static load matrix applied to the g-set. Only used for the element based
solver methods.
YS
Matrix of enforced displacements. Only used for element based solver

methods.
KDICT
KELM dictionary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness. Only used for element based
solver methods.
EST
Element summary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
MPT
Material property table. Only used for element based solver methods.
DIT
Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Only used for element
based solver methods.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
Solution matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and

type as [ B ] .
Residual matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and

type as [ B ] , the residual [ R ] = [ B ] [ A ] [ X ] .
PC1
Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. See Remark 6.
EPSSE
1470
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
Parameters:
Input-integer-default = 0. Sign flag for [ B ] .
SIGN
ITSOPT
+ [B]
- [B]
Input-integer-default = 0. Preconditioner flag.

0
Choose optimal method based on type of problem:

ITSOPT
6
10
11
Type of problem
p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] .
complex [ [ A ] and/or [ B ] .
non p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] .
Jacobi preconditioning (default) for real, complex, symmetric and

unsymmetric A.
Incomplete Cholesky preconditioning or user-given preconditioner.
Reduced incomplete Cholesky preconditioning. preconditioner (available for

real symmetric A only).
User supplied for real, complex, symmetric A.
Incomplete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A.
Complete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A.
Complete geometric, incomplete hierarchic for real symmetric A.
10 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned real symmetric A (default

for real A).
11 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned complex symmetric A
(default for complex A).
<0 Same as above with diagonal scaling.
Main Index
ITSEPS
Input-real-default = 1.0E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon.
ITSMAX
Input-integer-default = 0. Maximum number of iterations. The default value

implies N/4 (N = dimension of [A]).
IPAD
Input-integer-default = 0 (see table below). Padding level for reduced or block

incomplete Cholesky factorization (0, 1, 2, ...). See Remarks 1 and 2.
IPAD
Method
reduced incomplete Cholesky
block incomplete Cholesky
Model
type
Type of
all
real
10,11
3-D
real
ITSOPT
[A]
SOLVIT 1471
Iterative solver
Type of
10,11
2-D or
mixed
real
10,11
all
complex
Method
ITSOPT
IEXT
[A]
Input-integer-default = 0. Extraction level in reduced or block

incomplete Cholesky factorization. See Remarks 1 and 2.
IEXT
Reduced
Block
0 solid bodies, no rigid elements.
Requires USET and SIL.
1 shells only.
Heuristic block structure. (Default)
2 mixed including rigid elements. Not applicable.
ADPTINDX
Input-integer-default=0. P-version analysis adaptivity index. See Remark 7.
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used

only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which
specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC
is not required and the values are taken from the module specification of the
values.
MSGLVL
Input-integer-default=0. Message level output.

0
minimal; i.e., UIM 6447 (default).
UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms.
PREFONLY
ITSERR
Main Index
Model
type
IPAD
Input-integer-default=0. Preface execution only. If set to -1 then SOLVIT

is terminated after the preface information is computed and printed.
Output-integer-default=0. Iterative solver return code.
1
No convergence.
Insufficent memory.
SEID
EBSOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Element-based solver option.

=-2
Determine whether element-based solver is selected for use.
=-1
Determine whether any element-based solver restrictions have been

violated.
>0
A combination of bit values used to select solver options as follows:
1472
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
Bit
Value
Option
0 Run solver with all defaults.
1 Use CASI solver.
2 Use VKI solver.
4 Reserved.
8 Reserved.
16 Reserved.
32 Reserved.
64 Use open core for solver memory.
128 Generate intermediate diagnostics.
256 Use alternate pcg method.
10
512 Reduce I/O (CASI solver only).
11
1024 Adapt PCG (CASI solver only).
12
2048 Do not use implicit elements (CASI solver only)
CVMEM
Input-integer-default=16000. CASI virtual memory. Available if heap is used.
CASPIV
Input-real-default-1.0E-10. Pivot threshold for CASI PCG factorization.
SET
Input - character, default = "H" = dof set for the input matrices. Used in identifying dof
when a problem occurs.
Remarks:
1. If ITSOPT = 3, the IPAD level is recommended to be 0, 1, or 2 (IEXT = 0) and should be increased

when IEXT is increased.
2. The amount of memory needed for ITSOPT = 3, 10, and 11 increases with the increase of the
parameters IPAD and IEXT.
3. For ITSOPT = 1 or 2, the input data blocks USET, KGG, and GM may be purged. For
ITSOPT = 3, USET must be specified. KGG and GM are necessary only if IEXT = 2.
4. If the message *** USER FATAL MESSAGE 6288 (SITDRV): UNABLE TO CONVERGE
WITH ITERATIVE METHOD is issued, then results will still be printed but may be inaccurate.
5. The system cell SYSTEM (69) is equivalent to the SOLVE keyword and controls some special
options for the module:
Main Index
SOLVIT 1473
Iterative solver
SOLVE
Action
Suppresses the user information message at each iteration.
Use alternative convergence criterion (less conservative than default).
6. If data block PC1 is specified, the CPU time will increase slightly.
7. If SOLVIT is to be used for p-element analysis and ADPTINDX>1, then XS and PC must be the
solution matrix and pre-conditioner from the previous adaptivity p-level. Also, the USET and SIL
from the previous p-level are specified for U and KGG and the USET and SIL from the current
p-level are specified for GM and SIL.
8. For frequency response analysis with ITSOPT=10 or 11 (block incomplete Cholesky), IEXT=0
is not available and IEXT=1 is used automatically.
Examples:
1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] with Jacobi pre-conditioning with convergence established at 1.E-4 and

maximum allowed iterations at 55 specified for the module parameters.
SOLVIT
A,B,,,,,,,,,/X,,//1/1.E-4////-1 $
2. Same as 1 except parameters are obtained from the SMETHOD command and ITER entry.
SOLVIT
A,B,,,,,,,,EDT,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,/X,, $
3. Same as 2 except for p-version analysis.
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
SOLVIT
Main Index
SIL0
UL0
USET0
PRECON0
= SILS
(WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
= UL
= USET
= PRECON (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
KLL,PLI,UL0,PRECON0,USET,USET0,SIL0,SILS,
EQEXINS,EDT,CASES/
UL,RUL,PRECON///////ADPTINDX/NSKIP $
1474
SSG1
Computes static load matrix
SSG1
Computes the static load matrix based on static loads, thermal loads, and enforced deformation loads or
heat transfer loads. Also the generates acceleration matrix due to inertial loads for design sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
SSG1
SLT,BGPDT,CSTM,MEDGE,EST,MPT,ETT,EDT,MGG,CASECC,
DIT,UG,DEQATN,DEQIND,GPSNT,CSTM0,SCSTM,GEOM4,ESTL,
SLTNL0,KGG,USET/
PG
, PTELEM,SLTH,SLTNL,PGRV/
AG
LUSET/NSKIP/DSENS/APP/ALTSHAPE/TABS/SEID/
COMBMETH/LGDISP/NONLNR/OGRAV $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
SLT
BGPDT
CSTM
MEDGE
EST
MPT
ETT
EDT

MGG
Mass or radiation matrix in g-set.
CASECC
DIT
UG
DEQATN
DEQIND
GPSNT
SSG1 1475
CSTM0
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual

structure.
SCSTM
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Required for
selected SPCD existence checks.
ESTL
Linear element summary table.
SLTNL0
SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.
KGG
USET0
KGG
USET
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
PG
AG
Acceleration matrix due to inertial loads in the g-set. See DSENS.
PTELEM
SLTH
Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
SLTNL
SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both

the current and last load step.
PGRV
Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.
1476
SSG1
Parameters:
LUSET

g-set
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first

DSENS
Input-integer-default=-1. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG,

accelerations due to inertial loads.
APP

Generate loads for current boundary condition only.
'BUCK'
Generate loads for first subcase only.
'NLST'
Generate loads for nonlinear static or steady state heat transfer

analysis.
'ALL'
Generate loads for all subcases.
ALTSHAPE

Product Space set.
TABS

SEID
COMBMETH
Input-integer-default=0 Combine method selection.
LGDISP
Main Index
'STATICS'
Automatic.
Single term.
Scaled column.
Multiple/add kernels.
<0
Same as above with diagnostic print.
Input-Integer-default=-1. Large displacement and follower force flag.

-1
NONLNR
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if

nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.
OGRAV
Input-integer-default=-1. PGRV output flag.

>0
Compute PGRV.
<0
Do not compute PGRV.
SSG1 1477
Remarks:
1. One static load is built for each CASECC record starting with NSKIP + 1 as long as the boundary
conditions are constant. IF SKIP 0 , it is set to zero.
2. In SLTH the heat transfer loads REFERENCING ELEMENTS (QVOL, QBDY1, QBDY2,
QBDY3 and QVECT Bulk Data entries) have been converted to applied load factors and
connected grid points.
3. SLT and BGPDT cannot be purged if external static loads or LOAD Bulk Data entries are selected
in CASECC.
4. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point or load references a coordinate system other than basic.
5. EST and MPT cannot be purged if thermal or element deformation loads are selected.
6. ETT cannot be purged if thermal loads are applied.
7. EDT cannot be purged if element deformation loads are selected.
8. MGG cannot be purged if GRAV or RFORCE loads are applied.
9. DIT cannot be purged if temperature-dependent materials are present.
10. UG may be purged, but geometric nonlinear effects will be ignored.
11. PTELEM may be purged.
12. CSTM0 and SCSTM are required to support the MB=-1 on the GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data
entries.
Main Index
1478
SSG2
Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
SSG2
Reduces the static load and enforced displacement matrices.

Format:
SSG2
USET,GM,YS,KFS,GOA,DM,PG,KGG/
QR,PO,PS,PA,PL $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
GM
YS
KFS
GOA
DM
PG
KGG
Stiffness matrix in g-set, for computation of thermal load for nonlinear

rigid elements using elimination method.
Output Data Blocks:
QR
PO
Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set.
PS
Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.
PA
Static load matrix reduced to the a-set.
PL
Static load matrix reduced to the l-set.
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The constraints are applied to the static load vectors by SSG2 (Static Solution Generator -- Phase 2) in
subDMAP SELR as follows:
Main Index
SSG2 1479
Pn
{ Pg } =
Pm
(5-53)
{ P n } = { P n } + [ G mn ] { P m }
(5-54)
Pf
{ Pn } =
Ps
(5-55)
{ P f } = { P f } [ K fs ] { Y s }
Pa
{ Pf } =
Po
(5-56)
(5-57)
{ P a } = { P a } + [ G oa ] { P o }
(5-58)
If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from [ L oo ] [ Doo ]

If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from [ L oo ] [ Doo ]
and the reduced load matrix is computed from
{ P a } = { P a } [ L ao ] [ D oo ] [ u ox ]
(5-59)
where { u ox } is obtained on a forward pass from the equation
[ L oo D oo ] { u ox } = { P o }
for PARAM,ALTRED,NO.
Remarks:
1. GM cannot be purged if the m-set is present.

2. DM cannot be purged if the r-set and l-set are present.
3. PO cannot be purged if the o-set is present.
4. PS cannot be purged if the s-set is present.
5. QR and PL may be purged.
6. If there is no m-set, s-set, o-set, or r-set. then no outputs are produced.
7. If QR or PS are computed to be null then QR or PS will be purged.
8. If there is no r-set and PL is specified then PA will be copied to PL.
Main Index
(5-60)
1480
SSG2
9. If KFS or YS is purged then the outputs will not include the effect of enforced displacements.
Main Index
SSG3 1481
Computes static solutions
SSG3
Computes the static solutions.

Format:
SSG3
LLL,UNUSED2,KLL,PL,LOO,UNUSED6,KOO,PO,LSEQ/
UL,UO,RUL,RUO,EPSSE/
NOOSET/UNUSED2/NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/S,N,EXTWORK/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
LLL
UNUSED2
KLL
Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.
PL
LOO
Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO.
UNUSED6
KOO
Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
PO
LSEQ
Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL in

DCMP.
Output Data Blocks:
UL
Displacement matrix in l-set.
UO
Displacement matrix in o-set.
RUL
Residual matrix for the l-set.
RUO
Residual matrix for the o-set.
EPSSE
Parameters:
Main Index
NOOSET
Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or

UNUSED2
Input-integer-no default. Not used but specify 0.
1482
SSG3
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC

corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
EPSI
Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the

error ratio is greater than 1.E-3.
EXTWORK
Output-real-default=0.0. External work.
SEID
Method:
The SSG3 module (Static Solution Generation -- Phase 3) solves the equation
[ K oo ] { u oo } = { P o }
(5-61)
for { u oo } , the displacements of the omitted coordinates.

SSG3 also calculates the residual vector, P o , and the residual vector error ratio, o , for the omitted
coordinates
{ P o } = [ K oo ] { u oo } { P o }
(5-62)
{ u oo } { P o }
o = -----------------------------T
{ P o } { u oo }
(5-63)
Except for round-off error, the error ratio o should be zero. Large values of these error ratios usually
indicate singularities in the stiffness matrix. The residual load vector, RUOV, may be output by use of
PARAM,IRES,1.
The quantity
T
1 2 { Po } { uo }
(5-64)
is calculated by the SSG3 module and printed under the heading External Work. This component of
strain energy includes effects of thermal loads, element deformations, and enforced displacements that
may be subtracted later in the solution process. For example, an enforced displacement that causes zero
strain will result in external work.
Remarks:
1. KLL may be purged if RUL is purged.

2. LOO, PO and UO may be purged if NOOSET<0.
3. KOO may be purged if NOOSET<0 or RUO is purged.
4. LLL or LOO may be purged.
Main Index
SSG3 1483
5. PO or PL may be purged.
6. RUL and RUO may be purged.
Main Index
1484
SSG4
Updates static loads with inertial loads
SSG4
Updates the static loads with inertial loads.

Format:
SSG4
PL,QR,PO,MR,MLR,DM,MLL,MOO,MOA,GOA,USET/
PLI,POI/
NOOSET $
Input Data Blocks:
PL
QR
PO
MR
Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).
MLR
DM
MLL
MOO
Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
MOA
Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.
GOA
USET
Output Data Blocks:
PLI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set.
POI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set.
Parameter:
NOOSET
Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or

Remarks:
1. SSG4 computes rigid body accelerations based on the reactions on the fictitious supports. The
inertia loads on the structure are proportional to these accelerations.
Main Index
SSG4 1485
2. All input and output matrices must be present if their corresponding degree-of-freedom set is
present. If PLI is purged, then PL, MLR, and MLL may be purged.
Main Index
1486
ST2DYN
Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient analysis
ST2DYN
Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient

analysis
Transforms CASECC and several IFP data blocks from the nonlinear static analysis format to nonlinear
transient response format.
Format:
ST2DYN
CASECC,MPT,DYNAMIC,GEOM3,DIT,GEOM4/
CASENT,MPTNT,DYNAMNT,GEOM3NT,DITNT/
S,N,NBNLST/S,N,NBLSEQ $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
MPT
DYNAMIC
GEOM3
DIT
GEOM4
Output Data Blocks:
CASENT
CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
MPTNT
MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
DYNAMNT
DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
GEOM3NT
GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
DITNT
DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Parameters:
Main Index
NBNLST
Output-integer-default=0. Number of nonlinear static records.
NBLSEQ
Output-integer-default=0. Number of new LSEQ entries created.
STATICS 1487
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
STATICS
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix using the iterative or direct methods for the
solution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also designed and implemented
to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked computers.
Format:
STATICS
KGG,PG,YS,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,PC,XS,EDT/
UG,PC1,RUG,QG,QMG/
STATOPT/SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSMAX/ITSEPSR/
NSKIP/NOSPC/NOQMG/EPSNUM $
Input Data Blocks:
KGG
PG
YS
RMG
CASECC
USET
EQEXIN

SIL
Scalar index list.
XS
Optional starting vector, same as PG.
PC
Optional stepwise preconditioner, same as KGG.
EDT
Table which contains ITER Bulk Data entries. Required for NSKIP=1 only.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
UG
PC1
Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix.
RUG
Residual matrix for the g-set.
QG
QMG
1488
STATICS
Parameters:
STATOPT
SIGN
Input-character-no default. Static solution method.

'DRCT'
Direct.
'ITER'
Iterative.
Input-integer-default=1. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG.

1
Positive.
-1 Negative.
ITSOPT
Input-integer-default=1. Preconditioner flag. See the SOLVIT, 1468 module.
ITSMAX

method.
ITSEPSR
Input-real-default=1.E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution

method.
NSKIP
Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and

used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which
specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then
CASECC and EDT are not required and the values are taken ITSOPT,
ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR.
NOQG
Input-integer-default=1. Single-point forces of constraint matrix creation flag.

computation.
NOQMG
Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag.

computation.
EPSNO
Input-integer-default=-1. Number of solutions to check and the quantity of

error checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the
first ten solutions (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero,
the epsilons for the first EPSNO are printed.
Remarks:
1. See the SOLVIT, 1468 module for further discussion related to the iterative method.
2. PC, XS, PC1, and RUG may be purged.
3. CASECC and EDT may be purged if NSKIP=-1.
4. ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR are ignored if NSKIP>0.
Main Index
STDCON 1489
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
STDCON
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid

points
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points.

Format:
STDCON
CASECC,EGPSF,EQEXIN,OES1,EGPSTR,ECT/
OEDS1,OGDS1,ELDCT,GPDCT/
S,N,NOEDS1/S,N,NOGDS1/S,N,NOELDCT/S,N,NOGDCT/A
PP $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EGPSF
EQEXIN

GPL
OES1
EGPSTR
Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC

module.
ECT
Output Data Blocks:
OEDS1
Table of element stress discontinuities.
OGDS1
Table of grid point stress discontinuities.
ELDCT
Table of element stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC

module.
GPDCT
Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-processing in the

DBC module.
Parameters:
Main Index
NOEDS1
Output-integer-default=-1. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is

generated.
NOGDS1
Output-integer-default=-1. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is

generated.
1490
STDCON
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
Main Index
NOELDCT
Output-integer-default=-1. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is

generated.
NOGPDCT
Output-integer-default=-1. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is

generated.
APP
Input-character-default='STATICS. Analysis type. Allowable values:

'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
STRSORT 1491
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
STRSORT
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables (e.g., stresses, strains, and forces).
Format:
STRSORT
OFPE,INDTA/
OFPES/
NUMOUT/BIGER/SRTOPT/SRTELTYP/SRTTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPE
Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
INDTA
Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPES
Filtered and sorted element data recovery table.
Parameters:
NUMOUT
Input-integer-default=-1. Output element quantity flag.

>0
Main Index
Number of element quantities per element type to be output.
Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of one or
more elements is greater than BIGER.
-1
Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
-2
Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
BIGER
Input-real-default=0.0. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output.
SRTOPT
Input-integer-default=0. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER.

0
Maximum magnitude.
Minimum magnitude.
Maximum algebraic.
Minimum algebraic.
SRTELTYP
Input-integer-default=0. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all

element types will be filtered and sorted.
SRTTYP
Input-integer-default=0. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on

item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity.
1492
STRSORT
Remarks:
1. For further discussion see the DTI,INDTA and PARAM,S1 descriptions in the <emphasis>MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
2. SRTTYP=1 is used primarily to sort slideline element output by slave grid point identification
number.
Main Index
TA1 1493
Combines element data into tables
TA1
Combines all of the element data (geometry, connection, and properties) into a table(s) convenient for
generation of the element matrices (stiffness, mass, etc.) and output quantities (stress, force, etc.).
Format:
TA1
MPT,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,SIL,ETT,CSTM,DIT,ECTA,EHT,N2M/
EST,ESTNL,GEI,GPECT,ESTL,VGFD,DITID,NFDICT,ESTNSM/
LUSET/S,N,NOESTL/S,N,NOSIMP/NOSUP/S,N,NOGENL/SEID/
LGDISP/NLAYERS/S,N,FREQDEP/PSHLDAMP/
S,N,MGEFLAG/NSMSID/xESTM/MultiPhy/LGDISPU/Texist $
Input Data Blocks:
MPT
ECT
EPT
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
ETT
CSTM
DIT
ECTA
EHT
N2M
Nastran-2-Marc element-type conversion table
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
EST
ESTNL
GEI
Table of general element data.
GPECT
ESTL
Linear element summary table.
VGFD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom

connected to frequency-dependent elements.
DITID
1494
TA1
NFDICT
Nonlinear element energy/force index table.
ESTNSM
NON-STRUCTURAL MASS ELEMENT SUMMARY TABLE
Parameters:
LUSET

g-set.
NOESTL
Output-integer-no default. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is

NOSIMP
Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of general elements.

Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.
NOSUP
Input-integer-no default. Element summary table request flag.

1
Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis).
Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).
NOGENL
Output-integer-no default. The number of general elements.

Set to -1 if there are no general elements.
SEID
LGDISP
Input-integer-default=1. Large displacement and follower force flag.

-1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.
Main Index
NLAYERS
Input-integer-default=6. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of

CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.
FREQDEP
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE

if frequency-dependent elements are present.
PSHLDAMP
Input-character-default=SAME. Structural damping default flag for MID2,

MID3, and MID4 on the PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter.
= 'SAME'
Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3, and MID4 are

assumed to be the same as MID1.
<>'SAME'
Each MIDi may have its own structural damping properties.
TA1 1495
MGEFLAG
Output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL and

PBUSH property entries. See Remark 6.
0
All PSHELL entries have uniform GE values across MIDi or the user
parameter SHLDAMP=SAME has been specified. Also all of the PBUSH
and PBUSHT entries have uniform values for Gi and TGEIDi.
CBUSH elements require special handling.
Shell elements require special handling.
Both 1 and 2.
NSMSID
Input-integer-default=0. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control

command.
XESTM
Input, logical, default=FALSE. Set to True to create ESTM instead of EST.
MultiPhy
Input, Integer, default=0. Flag for Multi-Physics
LGDISPU
Input, Integer, default=0. Large Displacement flag input by user
Texist
Input, Integer, default=0. Temperature Load flag determined by checking CASECC
Remarks:
1. MPT, ESTL, and ESTNL may be purged if NOSUP=1.

2. ECTA and EHT may be purged if p-elements or interface elements are not present.
3. GEI, ESTL, ESTNL, and DITID may be purged as long as EST is purged.
4. VGFD may be purged.
5. DITID may be purged as long as DIT is purged.
6. MGEFLAG is set on output according to the following conditions and the new value is used on
input to EMG.
a. PSHELL
If SHLDAMP= SAME, then MIDi fields on the PSHELL entry will be

searched and the referenced MATi entries will be compared. If any are
different MGEFLAG is set to 2.
b. PBUSH
Check the GE2 through GE6 values and if they are not uniform with respect
to GE1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.
c. PBUSHT
Check the TGEID2 through TGEID6 values and if they are not uniform
with respect to TGEID1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.
d. If both a. and b. or c., then set MGEFLAG to 3.
Main Index
1496
TA1M
Map bulk data to advanced nonlinear data structures
TA1M
Maps material, geometry, nodal and element information from bulk data-blocks into advanced nonlinear
data structures used for SOL400
Format:
TA1M
MPTS, EPTS , BGPDTS, ETT, CSTMS, DIT, ESTM, ECTS,

GPDM MCHK,PCOMPT,EDTS,CONTACT,ESTNL,GPECT,HRMSP/
ESTMG, GRPSTM, MTSTM, MTSTM1, MTSTM2, MTSTM3, MTSTM4,
MMTX, MMTXR, MMTX1, NLVECM, VCCTM, GCOMM, GPECTH /
LUSETS/ LGDISP0/ NLAYERX /FOLLOWK/ COMPMATT/ COUPMASS/
S,N,ICHKRESX/ S,N,XGPECT/K6ROT
$
Input Data Blocks:
MPTS
Material Property Table
EPTS
Element Property Table
BGPDTS
Basic Grid Point Data
ETT
Element Temperature Table
CSTMS
Coordinate Systems
DIT
Dynamic Table Input
ESTM
Advanced Non-Linear Element Summary Table
ECTS
Element Connectivity Table
GPDM
Grid Ponit Data for Advanced Nonlinear Elements
PCOMPT
Supplemental table for PCOMP and PCOMPG entries
EDTS
EDT Table, used to get SET3 card
CONTACT
Table of bulk data images related to contact
ESTNL
Non-Linear Element summary table
GPECT
Grid point connectivity
HRMSP
Internal grid/scalar information for Herrmann or Heat shell element (with

Linear/Quadratic) nodal temperature
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
ESTMG
Element Summary Table for Advanced Nonlinear Elements : follows ESTM
GRPSTM
Group Summary Table for Advanced Nonlinear Elements
TA1M 1497
MTSTM
ummary table contains offset data for advanced nonlinear elements and MATM
(advanced composites) data
MTSTM1,
MTSTM2,
MTSTM3,
MTSTM4
Material summary table contains pointers, sizing and control parameters for
materials associated with the advanced nonlinear elements
MMTX,
MMTX1
Element Data Tables for advanced nonlinear elements
NLVECM
Non-Linear Vector Data including nodal temperatures, coordinate systems, tables,

orientations, beam section data
VCCTM
Virtual Crack Closure Technique Data Table
GCOMM
Global Common Block Data Table
GPECTH
updated GPECT for Herrmann and Heat Shell Elements
Parameters:
LUSETS
Input-Integer. Length of the problem set vector.
LGDISP0
Input-Integer, Large Displacement Flag
NLAYERX
Input-Integer, Number of Layers for Shells
FOLLOWK
Input-Integer, follower force stiffness parameter
COMPMATT
Input-Integer, composite smear parameter
COUPMASS
Input-Integer, lumped matrix parameter
XGPECT
Output-Integer, flag to indicate updated GPECT (herrmann or heat shell)
K6ROTX
Input-Integer, rotational stiffness parameter for shells
Remarks:
1. TA1M is used in SOL 400 to map bulk data blocks into data structures for advanced nonlinear
elements. The nonlinear elements are triggered by the supplemental property cards PSLDN1,
PSHLN1, PSHLN2, PRODN1, PBARN1, PBEMN1 and PSHEARN.
Main Index
1498
TABEDIT
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
TABEDIT
Edits an existing table data block according to user-input directives. String-formatted records are
generally not acceptable. Three types of editing operations are possible:
1. Delete, add, or replace entire records. New records come from the IFP module or from user input.
2. Delete, add, or replace word strings to a specified record. New data come from user input.
3. Merge-edit two records of fixed-length word groups such as would be generated by IFP.
Format:
TABEDIT
TOLD,CONTROL,TA,TB,TC/TNEW/
MSGLVL/DUPWG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4 $
Input Data Blocks:
TOLD
Table data block to be edited. May not be purged, and in general,

contain string-formatted records.
CONTROL
Table data block containing directives that control the editing process
as described under Remarks (it will usually come from DTI input). If
CONTROL is purged, TNEW will be copied from TOLD.
TA,TB,TC
Secondary tables to be merged into TOLD. May be purged.
Output Data Block:
TNEW
Updated table data block from the edit process. May not be purged.
Parameters:
MSGLVL
Input-integer-default=0. Print activity option.

<0 Print information messages and trace editing process.
=0 Print information messages only.
>0 No print activity will occur.
DUPWG
Input-integer-default=0. Duplicate word group option and applicable only to

the Merge-Edit option.
=0 Duplicate word groups will be dropped from TOLD.
=1 Duplicate word groups will be added after TOLD version.
Main Index
TABEDIT 1499
UNUSED3
UNUSED4
Remarks:
1. The input data block CONTROL contains the directives that control the activity of the editing
process. One record of CONTROL contains one directive of the form:
dir (,parameters)
where dir is one of the directive codes from the table below and parameters represents the
parametric values that vary with the directive.
TABEDIT Directives
Directive
Main Index
Remarks
ER
End Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD to TNEW. This

directive is optional.
QR, i
Quit Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD onto TNEW

through record i and exiting.
DR, i or DR ,i ,j
Delete Record i (or records i through j) from TOLD after copying up to

record i.
IR, i
Insert Records from TOLD after copying up to record i.
CR, i, options
Correct Record i (after copying up to record i) by deleting, adding or

replacing word groups according to the options as described in Remark 2.
KRA,n
KRB,n
KRC,n
Kopy n Records from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.
SRA,n
SRB,n
SRC,n
Skip n Records forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to position secondary

data block TA, TB, or TC for a subsequent KR* operation.
MEA,i,n
MEB,i,n
MEC,i,n
Merge-Edit the next record on TA, TB, or TC into record i according to

IFP specifications for fixed-length word groups of length n.
INT
Interrogate TOLD for number of records and number of words in each

record. Also print the first three words of each record.
1500
TABEDIT
2. The CR directive requires at least one subdirective from the table below:
CR Subdirectives
Sub-Directive
Remarks
QW, i
Quit after copying Word i. Record specified by CR directive is copied

through word i and the rest of the record is ignored.
DW, i, j, n,
n words
Delete Words i through j of the record specified by the CR directive and

replace by the n words that follows on the CR directive record.
IW, i, n,
n words
Insert after Word i of the record specified by the CR directive the n words
that follow on the CR directive record.
KWA,n
KWB,n
KWC,n
Kopy n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.
SWA,n
SWB,n
SWC,n
skip n words forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to position secondary data
block TA, TB or TC for a subsequent KW* operation.
AWA,n
AWB,n
AWC,n
Append n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after copying the rest of
the record specified by the CR directive.
KRA,n
KRB,n
KRC,n
Kopy the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC
onto TNEW.
ARA
ARB
ARC
Append the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC
onto TNEW after copying the rest of the record specified by the CR
directive.
3. TABEDIT copies the name of the input data block to the output data block. Since the name is part
of record 0, it can also be changed by TABEDIT commands.
Examples:
Let GEOM1 generated by a previous run have a third record consisting of the five GRID entries.
GRID,10,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,20,0,1.0,1.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.5,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,40,0,3.0,3.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,50,0,4.0,4.0,0.0,0,3456,0
Main Index
TABEDIT 1501
A printout of GEOM1 using the TABPRT module (with OPT3=1) will show the following for record 1:
TABLE
GEOM1
RECORD NO.
1)
1)
21)
31)
41)
NAME
1
END OF
2 WORD RECORD.
GRID
H1
H2
H3
ID
CP
X1
X2
X3
CD
PS
4501
45
1120001
10
0 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
SEID
ID
CP
X1
X2
X3
CD
PS
SEID
ID
0
20
0 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
0
30
CP
X1
X2
X3
CD
PS
SEID
ID
CP
X1
0 2.00000E+00 2.50000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
0
40
0 3.00000E+00
X2
X3
CD
PS
SEID
ID
CP
X1
X2
X3
3.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
0
50
0 4.00000E+00 4.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
CD
PS
SEID
0
3456
0
END OF
43 WORD RECORD.
RECORD NO.
11)
HEADER
NAME
GEOM
RECORD NO.
2
END OF FILE
TRAILER WORD1 =
0 WORD2 =
0 WORD3 =
8 WORD4 =
0 WORD5 =
0 WORD6 =
1. Note that the GRID entry for grid point 30 has an error in the y-location coordinate, which should
be 2.0 instead of 2.5. Make this correction without going through the conventional XSORT-IFP
process by using TABEDIT. Assume GEOM1 was saved on a user tape on the previous run as
GEOM1C.
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/CONTROL,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2
/GEOM1C,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT
GEOM1C,CONTROL,,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX
GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $
END$
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CONTROL,1,CR,1,DW,23,23,1
,2.0
DTI,CONTROL,2,ER,ENDREC
ENDDATA
2. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was saved on a previous run, by using record substitution.
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
TABEDIT
XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,DR,1,ENDREC
DTI,CON,2,KRA,1,ENDREC
(all GRID entries, including the correction)
ENDDATA
3. Repeat Example 2 by using word substitution.
DTIIN
TABEDIT
EQUIVX
END $
CEND
Main Index
DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
1502
TABEDIT
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,CR,1,DW,20,26,0
,SWA,3,KWA,7
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
4. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was written onto a user file during the previous run, by
using the merge-edit feature.
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/C,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2 GEOM1OLD,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT GEOM1OLD,C,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,C,1,MEA,1,8,ENDREC
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
Main Index
TABPRT 1503
Formatted table printer
TABPRT
Formatted print of selected table data blocks.

Format 1:
TABPRT
TABLE//KEY/OPT1//OPT3 $
Format 2: (KEY=USET)
g-set
TABPRT
USET,BGPDT//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
or
TABPRT
USET,EQEXIN,SIL//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
p-set
TABPRT
USETD,EQDYN,SILD//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
ks-set
TABPRT
AEUSET,AEBGPDT//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
Format 3: (KEY=SEMAP)
TABPRT
SEMAP,ESTDATA,TIMSIZ,SGPDT//
SEMAP/OPT1/OPT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
TABLE
Table data block.
USET
EQEXIN

1504
TABPRT
SIL
Scalar index list.
BGPDT
USETD
EQDYN

SILD
Scalar index list for p-set.
AEUSET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for ks-set.
AEBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the ks-set.
ESTDATA
Table of superelement estimation data overrides.
TIMSIZ
Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters.
SGPDT
Parameters:
KEY
Input-character-default=FINDIT. Identifies the generic name of the

data block.
OPTi
Input-integer-default=0. Print control parameters.
SETSTRi
See Format 2.
Format 1:
OPT1
Input-integer-integer-default=0.
OPT1=0
No blank lines between entries.
OPT 0 One blank line between each entry.

Input-integer-default=0. Set selection flag for the row sort (OPT1=0 or 10).
There are two table print options controlled by OPT3.
If OPT3=0 (default);
TABPRT
TABLE//KEY/OPT1 $
then format statements built into TABPRT are used to print TABLE, as selected by KEY. These formats
are limited to only those values of KEY listed in the table below.
TABLE
Main Index
KEY
TABLE
KEY
TABLE
KEY
BGPDT
BDPDT
ETT
ETT
GPTT
GPTT
CSTM
CSTM
GPDT
GPDT
SEMAP
SEMAP
TABPRT 1505
If
EQDYN
EQEXIN
GPL
GPL
any
FINDIT
EQEXIN
EQEXIN
GPLD
GPLD
USET
USET
OPT3 0 ;
TABPRT
TABLE//NDDLNAME/OPT1//OPT3 $
then the printout is identical to the TABPT module printout with the addition on NDDL item name labels
appearing above each value. NDDLNAME must be any data block name listed on the DATABLK
statement in the NDDL sequence. If NDDLNAME is not found in the NDDL sequence, then the printout
will contain no item name labels.
OPT3
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. If OPT30, then the table is printed in a format similar to

the TABPT module with the following options:
1
Print with labels defined under the DATABLK statement for data block name
specified for parameter KEY.
Same as OPT3=1 and any data with an undefined format will be printed as
"???".
Same as OPT3=2 except only print records with undefined formats.
-1
Print without labels.
1506
TABPRT
Format 2: (KEY=USET):
OPT1
Controls the tabular printout of the degree of freedom sets.
Sequence
None
Internal
External
Print
USETPRT
None(default)
-1
Row sort only
Column sort only
Row and column sort
Row sort only
10
Column sort only
11
Row and column sort
12
The degrees of freedom can be listed in ascending order according to their internal
or external sequence number, but not both. The external sequence number is the grid,
scalar, or extra point identification number. The internal sequence number is the
number assigned after resequencing.
For a given sequence there are two types of tables that may be printed: row sort and
column sort. For row sort, a table is printed for each set selected by USETSEL. Here
is an example of row sort (USETPRT = 0 or 10):
U S E T
S O R T )
D E F I N I T I O N
T A B L E
A
-191=
Main Index
-2-102-1
-32-2
-4-
( I N T E R N A L
DISPLACEMENT SET
-5-6-
S E Q U E N C E ,
-7-
-8-
R O
-
TABPRT 1507
For column sort, a single table is printed for the following sets: SB, SG,
L, A, F, N, G, R, O, S, M, E. Here is an example of column sort
(USETPRT = 1 or 11):
U S E T
D E F I N I T I O N
M N
S O R T )
T A B L E
( I N T E R N A L
S E Q U E N C E ,
C O L U
EXT GP. DOF INT DOF INT GP.

SB
SG
L
A
F
N
G
R
O
S
M
E
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 - 1
11 G
1
1
1
1
- 2
22
2
2
2
- 3
31
3
3
3
- 4
42
4
4
4
- 5
53
5
5
5
- 6
64
6
6
6
OPT2
Input-integer-default = 0. Specifies the sets that will be printed in the

row sort (OPT1 = 0 or 10). In order to select specific sets to be printed,
you must sum their corresponding decimal equivalent numbers. For
example, sets A, L, and R are selected with OPT2 = 128+256+8 = 392.
OPT2
-1
All sets in the following table.
Mutually exclusive sets only, as shown in the table below.
>0
Selected sets according to the sum of their decimal equivalent numbers in the
following table.
Set
Name
Main Index
Sets printed
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
Set
Name
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
4194304
SB
1024
LM
2097152
SG
512
1048576
MR
16
524288
262144
1508
TABPRT
Set
Name
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
SA
131072
SETSTRi
Set
Name
2048
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
MP
'. Set name string for the row sort (OPT1 = 0 or
10). SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form a single string of set name(s) and is 32
characters in length. For example, SETSTR1='M R N SG' and SETSTR2='A Q'
specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets be printed.
Format 3 (KEY = 'SEMAP'
OPT1
Input-integer-default = 0.
If OPT2=0, 2, 3, or 5, OPT1 chooses a subset of record 2 for printing as follows:
OPT1 Value
Selection within Record 2
All parts (GRID list and summaries of GRID list).
Only GRID List.
Only Summaries of GRID List.
-g
GRID List for Pattern Starting with Entry GRID identification number
= G (if any).
10X+0
10X+2
Same as 0 or 2 but with Summary List.

Selection based on X.
X = 0, 1, 3, 5, or 7 -- 1st Summary (sorted by 1st GRID).
X = 0, 2, 3, 6, or 7 -- 2nd Summary (sorted by count).
X = 0, 4, 5, 6, or 7 -- 3rd Summary (sorted by superelement).
Main Index
100+X
List all point IDs for any unique connection list produced by X.
200+X
Same as 100+X except that additional pure interior points will not be
listed.
300+X
Same as 200+X except that additional nonresidual points will not be

listed.
400+X
Same as 100+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.
TABPRT 1509
OPT1 Value
Selection within Record 2
500+X
600+X
If OPT2=4, OPT1 chooses CSUPER entry as follows:
OPT1 Value
>0
0
OPT2
OPT2 Value
Meaning
Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for superelement OPT1.
Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for residual structure but give SEID = OPT1.
Integer-default = 0. Print/punch selection as follows:
Meaning of Selection
-1
No output (1, 2 and a record for each superelement).
Print contents of all records (1, 2 and a record for each superelement) of
SEMAP except last two.
Print only Record 1 contents.
Print contents of Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0) and 2 (see OPT1 for
selection options within Record 2).
Print contents of Records 1, 2 and a record for each superelement giving a

list of internal points, a list of external points, a list of elements, and
estimation data for the superelement. The third part of each superelement
record (containing the lists of primary superelement points to which a
secondary superelement is connected) is omitted.
Punch CSUPER entries according to OPT1 (see Remarks).
Print only Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0), 2 (see OPT1 for selection
options within Record 2), and estimation data for each superelement.
Remarks:
1. If OPT2 = 4, then CSUPER entries are written on the punch file according to OPT1. Field 2
(SEID) is selected by OPT1. Field 3 will be 0. All other data fields contain the sorted list of grid
points for either the selected superelement (OPT1 > 0) or the residual structure ( OPT1 0 ).
Continuation mnemonics are generated in the form +xxxxyyy where xxxx is the left-adjusted
SEID and yyy is a right-adjusted record count. Two examples are shown below.
Main Index
1510
TABPRT
TABPRT
TABPRT
1
EMAP//SEMAP/1/4 $
EMAP//SEMAP/-100/4 $
CSUPER
11
13
14
CSUPER
100
11
13
14
21
24
31
34
51
53
54
61
64
71
74
230
330
630
730
10
2. If OPT2 = 0,3 or 5 and TIMSIZ is supplied, then TABPRT will produce an estimation printout
for each superelement except the residual structure. The equations used along with the
semiempirical constants are printed as well as dominant CPU time estimates, space estimates, and
wall clock estimates. The user is cautioned that these estimates will be valid only for large
superelements and should be adjusted for anomalous characteristics.
Estimate totals are also provided at the end of the SEMAP printout. If ESTDATA is also supplied,
then the constants of the estimating equations are adjusted. This technique is described on the
Bulk Data entry DTI,ESTDATA.
3. Under Format 1, the generic data block name is used, but the actual DMAP name for the same or
equivalent information is also acceptable. For example, in the superelement solution sequence
data blocks BGPDTS, CSTMS, EQEXINS, and GPLS are created and may be printed with
TABPRT. If FINDIT (default) is specified, the KEY will be taken from the header of the data
block.
Examples:
1. Print coordinate system transformation matrix table.

TABPRT
CSTM//CSTM $
2. Print grid point list table.
TABPRT
GPL//GPL $
3. Print basic grid point definition table.
TABPRT
BGPDT// $
4. Print GEOM3X table with labels taken from DATABLK statement in the NDDL.
TABPRT
GEOM3X//GEOM3///1 $
5. Print USET list for g-set and s-set in internal order using row sort.
TABPRT
USET,BGPDT//USET/0/18 $
6. Print USET for the mutually exclusive sets in internal order using column sort.
TABPRT
USET,BGPDT//USET/1 $
7. Print all SEMAP information except the grid list and secondary superelement boundary
sequencing list.
TABPRT
Main Index
EMAP//SEMAP/2/3 $
TABPRT 1511
8. Punch CSUPER entries for the residual structure with SEID field set to 100.
TABPRT
EMAP//SEMAP/-100/4 $
9. Print only estimation data for all superelements.
TABPRT
Main Index
EMAP,,TIMSIZ//SEMAP/-99999999/5 $
1512
TABPT
Table printer
TABPT
Table printer
Prints table or matrix data blocks.

Format:
TABPT
TAB1,TAB2,TAB3,TAB4,TAB5//PRTFORM/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:
TABi
Data block name.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
PRTFORM
UNUSED
Character-input-default-'
'. Real number print precision.
LONG
SHORT
Input-logical-default=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. Each input data block is treated as a table and its contents are printed on the system output file via
a prescribed format. Each word of the table is identified by the module as to type (real, character,
integer) and an appropriate format is used (10 items per line).
2. The trailer data items for the table are also printed.
3. A warning message is issued if all TABi do not exist.
4. TABPT may be used to print matrices.
5. TABPT may occasionally misidentify real numbers or character values. The TABPRT module
with OPT3 0 will properly identify real numbers and character values.
6. The TABPRT module with OPT3
item.
0 will also print tables like TABPT with labels above each
Examples:
TABPT
TABPT
Main Index
GEOM1/ $
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4/ $
TAFF 1513
Creates tables for follower force stiffness
TAFF
Creates tables for follower force stiffness
Creates tables for follower force stiffness.

Format:
TAFF
SLT,BGPDT/
ESTF,GPECTF/
LUSET/LOADID/LOADIDP/LOADFACR/NBLOCK $
Input Data Blocks:
SLT
BGPDT
Output Data Blocks:
ESTF
Element summary table for follower force stiffness.
GPECTF
Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness.
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET

g-set.
LOADID
Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current

subcase.
LOADIDP
Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the

previous subcase.
LOADFACR
Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis.
NBLOCK
Input-integer-default=10. Number of spill blocks to form if out-ofmemory algorithm is used.
1514
TAHT
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
TAHT
Adds records to element summary and grid point element

connection table
Adds to the element summary table and the grid point element connection table appropriate records for
loads with control nodes on QVOL, QVECT, and QBDY3 Bulk Data entries.
Format:
TAHT
SLTH
,EPT,SIL,ESTNL,GPECT,DIT/
DLTH
ESTNL1,GPECT1/
LUSET/S,N,NOSIMP/LSETID/RSTIME $
Input Data Blocks:
SLTH
Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
DLTH
Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
EPT
SIL
Scalar index list.
ESTNL
GPECT
DIT
Output Data Blocks:
ESTNL1
Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis.
GPECT1
Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis.
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET

g-set.
NOSIMP
Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of

general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.
LOADID
Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current

subcase.
STIME
Input-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on

output, accumulated time used for restarts.
TAHT 1515
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
Remark:
DIT may be purged if DLTH does not reference tables in DIT.
Main Index
1516
TASNP1
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary
TASNP1
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's

boundary
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary.

Format:
TASNP1
BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS/
SNORMS $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDTS
Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.
GPECTS
Grid point element connection table for a superelement.
GEOM1S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a

superelement.
CSTMS
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a

superelement.
Output Data Block:
SNORMS
Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
TASNP1 is intended to be executed for each superelement if partitioned superelements are present.
Main Index
TASNP2 1517
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
TASNP2
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement

boundaries
Computes the grid point shell normal vectors and if superelements are present then process shell normals
at superelement boundaries.
Format Without or Ignoring Superelements:
TASNP2
BGPDT,GPECT,GEOM1,CSTM,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNT/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/-1/ /EFMFLG $
Format for Superelement:
TASNP2
BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNTS/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/SEID/QUALNAM $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDT
BGPDTS
Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.
GPECT
GPECTS
Grid point element connection table for a superelement.
GEOM1
GEOM1S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a

superelement.
CSTM
CSTMS

superelement.
SEMAP
SCSTM
SNORM*
Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
GPSNT
GPSNTS
Grid point shell normal table for a superelement.
1518
TASNP2
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
Parameters:
SNORM
Input-real-no default. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal.
If angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.
SNORMPRT
Input-integer-no default. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.

0
No print or punch
Punch
Print only
Print and punch
SEID
Input-character-no default. Superelement identification number.
QUALNAM
Input-integer-no default. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting SNORMS.
EFMFLG
Input-integer-default=0. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on

superelement boundary points.
0
Compute the average all of the shell normals
Compute the resultant of all of shell normals
Remark:
If there are partitioned superelements present then TASNP1 needs to be executed for all superelements.
Then in a separate superelement loop TASNP2 is executed for all superelements.
Main Index
TIMETEST 1519
Provide timing data
TIMETEST
Provide timing data
Provides timing data for various unit operations that may be used to compare and evaluate computer and
compiler performance.
Main Index
1520
TIMETEST
Provide timing data
Format:
TIMETEST
TIMTS,A,B,C/TOUT,/N/M/T/OPT/CASE $
Option 1: I/O timing
TIMETEST
,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
Option 2: Arithmetic timing
TIMETEST
,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
Option 3: Matrix timing
TIMETEST
TIMTS3,,,/T3OUT,/N/M/T/3 $
Option 4: Kernel timing
TIMETEST
TIMTS4,,,/T4OUT,/N/M/T/4 $
Option 5: MPYAD timing for CASE=1
TIMETEST
TIMTS5,,,/TOUT5,/N/5/1 $
MPYAD timing CASE=2 (new)
TIMETEST
TIMTS5,A,B,C/TOUT5,/N/M/T/5/2 $
Option 6: KERNBD generation
TIMETEST
T3OUT,T4OUT,T7OUT,T8OUT/TOUT6,/ / /
/6/CASE $
Option 7: Sparse kernel timing
TIMETEST
TIMTS3,,,,/TOUT7,/N/M/ /7 $
Option 8: Element timing
TIMETEST
Main Index
TIMTS8,,,/TOUT8,/ / / /8/CASE $
TIMETEST 1521
Provide timing data
Input Data Blocks:
TIMTS3
1
DTI
Table created with DTI entries as follows:

2
TIMT
S3
3
IREC
4
CASE
5
M
6
N
10
CASE = Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by
tens for convenience in making changes) IREC.
CASE = L normal case definition.

K indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing
constants.
Note:
If no case value of K is found by the time the 10th case value is read then the 10th
case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for timing
constants.)
M = Number of terms in inner loop.

N = Number of terms in outer loop.
P = Number of times kernel is called.
TIMTS4
1
DTI
2
TIMT
S4
3
IREC
CASE
ROW
S
COLS
DENS
STRL
IREC
Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by

tens for convenience in making in making changes).
CASE
A normal case definition.

B indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing
constants.
Note:
Main Index
Table created with DTI entries as follows:
If no case value of B is found by the time the 10th case value is read, then the
10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for
timing constants.
10
1522
TIMETEST
Provide timing data
ROWS
Number of rows the matrix is to have.
COLS
Number of columns the matrix is to have.
DENS
Density to be used in building the matrix.
STRL
String length to be used in building the matrix.
TIMTS5
1
DTI
(for CASE=1 only) Table created with DTI entries as follows:

2
TIMT
S5
IREC
TIMTS5
1
DTI
CASE
ROWS
COLS
DENS
TYPE
STRL
TIMT
S5
IREC
CASE
5
T
CORE
METHO
D
Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by

tens for convenience in making in making changes).
CASE
CASE normal case definition.

END indicates last case to be used.
The T, CORE, and METHOD field are not filled in when this form of the case
is used.
Value to be used.
CORE
Size of the core to be used.
METHOD
Method to be used.
TlMTS8
10
(for both cases) Table created with DTI entries as follows:
IREC
Note:
Main Index
Element generation and assembly timing.
10
TIMETEST 1523
Provide timing data
Output Data Blocks:
TOUT, TOUTi
Timing results.
Options 1 and 2: n* - Default = 50. External loop index.

Options 3, 4, and 5: Scale Factor.
Negative value means scale down.
Value 0 or 1 means do not change.
Positive value means scale up.
Options 6 and 8: Not used.
Options 1 and 2: m* - Default = 200. Internal loop index.

Options 3, 4, and 7: Size -- Contains the size of various needed arrays.
(Recommended value range: 128 to 1024).
(e.g., Workstation machines: 128.
Options 5, 6, and 8: Not used.
Options 1 and 2: Default = 2. Data item type (1 = RSP, 2 = RDP, 3 = CSP, 4 = CDP).
Options 3-8: Not used.
OPT
All Options: Type of timing data required.
CASE
Input/Output Operations. (Default) (old).
Arithmetic Operations (old)
Matrix Timing Operations. (new)
Kernel Timing Operations. (new)
MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 1 (new) (uses data in DTI file).

MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 2 (new) (uses data defined by
remaining arguments).
KERNDB Data Block Generation. (new)
Sparse Kernel Timing. (new)
Element Timing. (new)
Options 1 and 2: Default = 0. Code indicating which unit operations are to be tested.
If OPT = 1, then CASE means:
Main Index
WRITE
READ
READ BACKWARDS
BLDPK
16
INTPK
32
PACK
64
UNPACK
128
PUTSTR
1524
TIMETEST
Provide timing data
256
GETSTR
If OPT = 2, then CASE means:

1
RSP
RDP
CSP
CDP
Options 3 and 4: Not used.

Option 5: If CASE = 1, then use the DTI table.
If CASE = 2, then use the data defined by the remaining arguments.
Option 6: Number of elements.
Option 7: Not used.
Option 8: If CASE = 0, then the T8OUT data block is initialized.
If CASE = 1,then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data block. Set
CASE = 1 before executing the EMG module.
If CASE = 2, then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data block. Set
CASE = 2 after executing the EMA module.
Main Index
TOLAPP 1525
Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
TOLAPP
Appends nonlinear output time or load factor lists and Case Control for data recovery.
Format:
Format for nonlinear transient analysis (TOLAPPF=0):
TOLAPP
CASEXX,MPT,TEL/
TOL,,TOL1/
TOLAPPF/NSOUT $
Format for nonlinear statics analysis (TOLAPPF=1):
TOLAPP
CASECC,MPT,ESTNL/
OLF,CASECCR,/
TOLAPPF//S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,POUTF $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
CASEXX
Subset of CASECC for current loop.
MPT
TEL
ESTNL
Output Data Blocks:
TOL
Transient response time output list for all subcases.
OLF
Nonlinear load factors for all subcases.
TOL1
Transient response time output list for the current subcase.
CASECCR
Table of Case Control command images for data recovery.
Parameters:
TOLAPPF
Main Index
Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type:

0
Nonlinear transient.
Nonlinear statics.
1526
TOLAPP
NSOUT
Input-integer-default=0. Number of time steps to output. By default all time

steps are output.
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear

transient loop identification number.
NEWP
Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.

1
POUTF
Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate

output is not requested.
Remarks:
1. If TOLAPPF=0, TOLAPP reads the time values from TEL, takes every NSOUT-th one, and
appends these to TOL. The last time value from TEL is appended regardless of the value of
NSOUT. If NSOUT>0 then a maximum of NSOUT time values are written to TOL.
2. If TOLAPPF=1, TOLAPP reads a record from CASEXX, modifies it, and appends it to
CASECCR. If output has been requested (INTOUT field on the NLPARM Bulk Data entry) for
this load factor TOLAPP appends the current load factor from ESTNL to OLF.
Main Index
TRD1 1527
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
TRD1
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity,

and acceleration solution
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution.
Format:
TRD1
CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,SILD,USETD,
PARTVEC,PXT0,ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,RDG,PXTDV,PDXDVO/
UXT,PNL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/SETNAME/
NSOLT,NOTRLDFM/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
TRL
NLFT
DIT
KXX
BXX
MXX
PXT
Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
SILD
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset
of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD

maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
PARTVEC

KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric
decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the hset. See SETNAME parameter description below.
PXT0
PXT from a cold start run.
ROTORT
BGDD*
KCVDD*
1528
TRD1
RDG
PDXDVO
PDXDVD from a cold start run.
PXTDV
Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set combined

from two executions of TRLG: one with DVFLAG=0 and the other of
DVFLAG=1.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
UXT
PNL
TRD1 1529
Parameters:
SOLTYP
NOUE

'MODAL'
Usually for h-set matrices
'DIRECT'
Usually for d-set matrices
'IC'
Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis
Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points.

Set to -1 if there are no extra points.
NONCUP
Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests

uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are
diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms
of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored.
NCOL
Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution matrix

UXT prior to execution of TRD1.
FAC3
Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step

increment.
SETNAME

the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of
the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition
then PARTVEC must also be specified.
NSOLT
Input-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous from which

the integration in a restart run.
NOTRLDFM
Input-integer-default=0. Fatal message flag when there the loads are null. See Remark
3.
0 Issue fatal message.
>0 Do no issue fatal message.
WTMASS
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in TRD1 (Transient Response Solution). In the case of a direct
formulation the following equation is integrated over the time periods specified via the TSTEP Bulk Data
entry:
x ] { u } = { P } + { P nl }
[ M dd p 2 + B dd p + K dd
d
d
d
in order to determine the displacement velocity and acceleration response.
Main Index
(5-65)
1530
TRD1
In the case of a modal formulation
[ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = { P h } + { P hnl }
(5-66)
Solution of the Coupled Equations
The matrix
1
1
1
[ D ] = -------2- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] + --- [ K ]
2t
3
t
(5-67)
is formed and decomposed. The matrix
1
2
[ C ] = -------2- [ M ] --- [ K ]
3
t
(5-68)
is formed and saved. The matrix
1
1
1
[ E ] = -------2- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] --- [ K ]
2t
3
t
(5-69)
is formed and saved.

The solution loops then proceed until a time step change occurs. The initial conditions are brought in and
the starting equation
1 1
1
1
[ D ] { u 1 } = --- { P 1 + P 0 + P 1 } + { N 0 } + [ C ] { u 0 } + [ E ] { u 1 }
3
(5-70)
is solved for { u 1 } , where { u 0 } is the starting displacement vector;

1
{ u 1 } = { u 0 } { u 0 }t
(5-71)
{ u 0 } is the starting velocity vector;
{ P 01 } = [ K ] { u 0 } + [ B ] { u 0 }
(5-72)
{ N 0 } is the nonlinear load calculated from { u 0 } ; and
{ P 11 } = [ K ] { u 11 } + [ B ] { u 0 } = { P 01 } t [ K ] { u 0 }
Main Index
(5-73)
TRD1 1531
Note that the load computed at
u = 0 is never used but is replaced by
{ P 01 } . { u 2 } through { u n } are
now computed from the general equation:

1
[ D ] { U I + 2 } = --- { p I + p I + 1 + p I + 2 } + { N I + 1 } + [ C ] { u I + 1 } + [ E ] { u i }
3
(5-74)
If nonlinear loads are selected, they are evaluated directly at the solution points for a time step by the
following process. NOLIN1 loads are computed as
P i ( t ) = ST ( u j ( t ) )
(5-75)
where:
= the user-selected table
= the loaded solution point
= the deflecting point
uj
= the previously computed displacement or velocity at point j
NOLIN2 loads are computed as
P i ( t ) = Su j ( t )u k ( t )
where i , j ,
(5-76)
u , and k are as in NOLIN1 loads.
S { u j ( t ) }A if u j ( t ) > 0
Pi ( t ) =
0
if u j ( t ) < 0
(5-77)
S { u i ( t ) }A if u i ( t ) < 0
Pi ( t ) =
0
if u i ( t ) > 0
The NOLIN5 loads are computed as
Main Index
(5-78)
1532
TRD1
P ga ( t )
P gb ( t )
Aa
F ab ( 1 a )
A a F ab
=
F ab A b F ab ( 1 a )
Ab
E a A a ( U a + TABS )
E A ( U + TABS ) 4
b b
b
(5-79)
where A a, A b, F ab, E a, E b, a and b are from the NOLIN5 cards and
TABS
= the Stefan-Boltzmann constant

= the module parameter (to TRHT)
Ua
= the average temperature for the points at Area A
Ub
= the average temperature for the points for Area B
The load P ga is applied to all points at
A and the load P gb is applied to all points at B .
The user specifies the set of times at which data are to be saved. If the current time is an output time, the
displacement vector for time t = t i is output.
The velocity vector given by
1
{ u i } = --------- [ { u i + 1 } { u i 1 } ]
2t
(5-80)
is output.
The acceleration vector is given by
1
{ u i } = -------2- [ { u i + 1 } + { u i 1 } 2 { u i } ]
t 1
(5-81)
is output.
If the time step is scheduled to change at t i + 1 from t 1 to t 2 , the displacement for time i + 1 has been
calculated. { u i 1 } , { u i } , and { u i + 1 } are saved along with { P i + 1 } . The matrices are formed and
decomposed as in (5-67), (5-68) and (5-69) for t = t 2 .
(5-82) is used for computing { u i + 2 } ,
1
[ D ] { u i + 2 } = --- { P i1 + P i + 1 + P i + 2 } + { N i + 1 } + [ C ] { u i + 1 } + [ E ] { u i1 }
3
The vectors { P i1 } and { u i1 } in (5-82) are calculated as follows. Define
Main Index
(5-82)
TRD1 1533
1
{ u i + 1 } = -------- ( { u i + 1 } { u i } )
t 1
(5-83)
1
{ ui + 1 } = -------2- ( { u i + 1 } 2 { u i } + { u i 1 } )
t 1
(5-84)
{ u i1 } = { u i + 1 } { ui + 1 }t 2
(5-85)
then
t 22
= { u i + 1 } t 2 { u i + 1 } + -------- { ui + 1 }
2
(5-86)
{ P i1 } = [ M ] { ui + 1 } + [ B ] { u i1 } + [ K ] { u i1 }
(5-87)
{ u i1 }
If the continue mode is set, TRD1 will extract the displacement ( u n ) , velocity ( u n ) , and acceleration ( un )
from the column number specified by NOL. u 1 (the first displacement of the continued run) is computed
as follows:
1
[ D ] { u i } = --- { P 11 + P 0 + P 1 } + { P 0 } + [ C ] { u n } + [ E ] { u 11 }
3
(5-88)
where
{ P 0 } = [ K ] { u n } + [ B ] { u n } + [ M ] { un }
(5-89)
t
{ u 11 } = { u n } t { u n } + -------- { un }
2
(5-90)
{ u 11 } = { u n } { un }t
(5-91)
{ P 11 } = [ M ] { un } + [ B ] { u 11 } + { K } { u 11 }
(5-92)
Solution of Uncoupled Modal Equation

If the method of matrix formulation is modal and no transfer functions or direct input matrices are used,
the equations may be solved in a more accurate, more direct manner. The diagonal terms of MHH, BHH,
Main Index
1534
TRD1
and KHH are stored. The following data are necessary to solve the transient behavior of a modal
coordinate ( i ) .
m i = modal mass of mode (MHH)

bi
= modal damping coefficient (BHH)
ki
= modal stiffness (KHH)
oi = ( k i m i )
12
(5-93)
bi
i = -------2m i
2
(5-94)
i = oi
(5-95)
tj
= time of the j-th time step
hj
= time increment after the j-th time
f ij
= applied load on coordinate i at the j-th time
The following coefficients are generated for each distinct time increment. There are four cases ( = 10
and the subscript i is implied.)
2
1. If o > + (underdamped):
F = e
cos h + ---- sin h
1
G = ---- e sin h
(5-97)
2
2
2
-
1 h
A = ---------- e
- + h cos h + 2
-----------
---------------- h sin h ---------2
2
hk
o
2o
1 h
B = ---------- e
hk
Main Index
(5-96)
2 2
22-
- sin h + ---------cos
h
+
h
--------- ----------------2
2
2
o
o
o
(5-98)
(5-99)
TRD1 1535
o h
F' = --------- e sin h
G' = e
- sin h
cos h --
(5-100)
(5-101)
1
2
h
A' = ---------- [ e { ( + h o ) sin mh + cos h } ]
hk
(5-102)
1
h
B' = ---------- [ e ( sin h + cos h ) + ]
hk
(5-103)
2. If o + < (critically damped):
F = e
G = he
( 1 + h )
(1)
(5-104)
1 h
1
2 2
A = ------ --2- --- e ( 2 + 2h + h )
hk
(5-105)
1
h
B = --------- [ 2 + h e ( 2 + h ) ]
hk
(5-106)
( 1 + h )
F' = he
G' = e
(5-107)
(5-108)
1 h
2 2
A' = ------ [ e ( 1 + h + h ) 1 ]
hk
(5-109)
1
h
B' = ------ [ 1 e ( h + 1 ) ]
hk
(5-110)
3. If o < (over damped):
F = e
-- cosh h + sinh h
1 h
G = ---- e sinh h
Main Index
(5-111)
(5-112)
1536
TRD1
2
2
1 h +
A = ---------- e
h sinh h ---------- + h cosh h + 2
-----------
-----------------2
2
2
hk
o
o
o
1 h 2 + 2
B = ---------- e
------------------ sinh h + 2
----------- + cosh h + h 2
-----------
2
2
2
hk
o
o
o
(5-113)
(5-114)
h
F' = -----o- e sinh h
G' = e
- sinh h
cosh h --
(5-115)
(5-116)
2
h
1
A' = ---------- [ e { ( + h o ) sinh h + cosh h } ]
hk
(5-117)
h
1
B' = ---------- [ e ( sinh h + cosh h ) + ]
hk
(5-118)
4. If o = (undamped):
F = 1
(5-119)
G = H
(5-120)
A = h ( 3m )
2
(5-121)
B = h ( 6m )
(5-122)
F' = 0
(5-123)
G' = 1
(5-124)
A' = h ( 2m )
(5-125)
B' = h ( 2m )
(5-126)
The equations for each displacement, velocity, and acceleration in terms of the applied loads and previous
displacement and velocity are:
Main Index
i, j + 1 = F i i, j + G i i, j + A i f i, j + B i f i, j + 1
(5-127)
i, j + 1 = F' i i, j + G' i i, j + A' i f i, j + B' i f i, j + 1
(5-128)
TRD1 1537
P i, j + 1 b i i, j + 1 K i i, j + 1
i, j + 1 = --------------- ------------------- -------------------m1

m1
mi
(5-129)
Remarks:
1. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX.
2. NCOL>0 indicates a restart.
3. By default, if all of the following quantities are null:
a. Nonlinear loads.
b. Initial conditions.
c. Applied loads.
d. Equivalent loads due to enforced motion then UFM 3046 is issued. The fatal termination may
be avoided by specifying NOTRLDFM=1. This is needed in the relative enforced motion
formulation.
Main Index
1538
TRD2
TRD2
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity,

and acceleration solution
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution for
design optimization.
Format:
TRD2
CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,DSPT1,SILD,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXT,PNL,TOL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/TRD2OPT/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
TRL
NLFT
DIT
KXX
BXX
MXX
PXT
Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
DSPT1
SILD
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset
of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD

maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
PARTVEC

decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the hset. See SETNAME parameter description below.
TRD2 1539
Output Data Blocks:
UXT
PNL
TOL
Parameters:
SOLTYP

'MODAL'
Modal; usually for h-set matrices
'DIRECT'
Direct; usually for d-set matrices
'IC'
Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis
NOUE
Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra

points.
NONCUP
Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled

algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal.
NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX,
and MXX will be ignored.
NCOL
Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution matrix UXT

prior to execution of TRD1.
FAC3
Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step

increment.
TRD2OPT
Input-integer-default=1. TRD2 output option.
SETNAME
Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
Output based on every time step

the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of
the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition
then PARTVEC must also be specified.
Remarks:
1. TRD2 is intended for design optimization.

2. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX.
3. NCOL>0 indicates a restart.
Main Index
1540
TRLG
Generates applied loads in transient analysis
TRLG
Generates applied loads in transient analysis.

Format:
TRLG
CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,
GMD
GOD
PHDH
,
,EST,MPT,MGG,
,
,
RPX
V01P
APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PPT PST PDT PDT1 PHT
,
,
,
,
,TOL,DLTH,

PPT

PXT
YPT,YPO,TOLR/
S,N,NOSET/S,N,PDEPDO/IMETHOD/STIME/BETA/
S,N,FAC1/S,N,FAC2/S,N,FAC3/TOUT/TABS/
STIME/S,N,NCOLT/S,N,NSOLT/DVFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
USETD
DLT
SLT
BGPDT
SIL
Scalar index list.
CSTM
TRL
DIT
GMD

ne-set.
GOD

o-set by d-set.
PHDH
RPX
Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.
EST
TRLG 1541
MPT
MGG
Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.
V01P
Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.
APPLOD
ENFLODK
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness

effects
ENFLODB
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous

damping effects
ENFLODM
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass

effects
ENFMOTN
Output Data Blocks:
PPT
Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.
PST
Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.
PDT
PDT1
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps.
PHT
Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.
PXT
Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for all time
steps only when RPX is input and TOUT=2.
TOL
DLTH
Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
YPT
Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
YPO
Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the
output time steps.
TOLR
Updated TOL table for restarts requested by user parameter

STIME>0.0.
Parameters:
NOSET
Output-integer-default=-1. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if

NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-offreedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise
PDEPDO
Output-integer-default=-1. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry.
0
Skip factor is >1.
-1 Skip factor is 1.
Main Index
1542
TRLG
IMETHOD
Input-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag.

0
Linear analysis.
-1 AUTO or TSTEP method (NLTRD module).

2
ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).
STIME
Input-real-default=0.0. Accumulated time used for restarts.
BETA
Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.
FAC1
Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Square of the reciprocal of the time step

increment. Imaginary part is always zero.
FAC2
Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Reciprocal of twice the time step increment.

Imaginary part is always zero.
FAC3
Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step

increment. Imaginary part is always zero.
TOUT
Input-integer-default=-1. Processing flag.

<
1
Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry.
All time steps.
2 Same as <1 except RPX is input.

TABS

STIME
Input-real-default=0.0 Starting time step if the run is a restart. Usually input by a

user parameter.
NCOLT
Output-integer-default=0. Column number in output of previous run from which

the integration is to be continued.
NSOLT
Output-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous run that

corresponds to NCOL.
DVFLAG
Input-integer-default=0. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large mass
and direct methods of specification.
=
0
Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced accelerations

(default)
>
0
Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and velocities.
Remarks:
1. PPT, PST, PDT, PDT1, PHT, PXT, and DLTH may be purged except in the following cases:
If TOUT<2 and PST, PDT, and PDT1 are specified then PPT must be present. Also, GMD must
be present if the m-set exists and GOD must be present if the o-set exists. If PHT is specified then
PHDH must be present.
Main Index
TRLG 1543
If TOUT=2 and PXT is specified then PPT, RPX, and V01P must be present. GMD, GOD, PST,
PDT, and PDT1 may be purged.
2. MGG and MPT may be purged if there are no GRAV or RFORCE and PLOAD1 records in SLT,
respectively or SLT is purged.
3. DLTH and SLT may be purged.
4. If LSEQ entries exist, then SLT should be purged in order to avoid doubling of the LSEQ loads.
Main Index
1544
TRMCHK
Data checking for trim components
TRMCHK
Perform data checking on a trim component.

Format:
TRMCHK
EDTt, EDTS, trmfrl, ougsin, ougfin/

FRL, ougsout, ougfout/
trimid/s,n,funit/bimcor/matmap $
Input Data Block:
EDTt
EDT table of trim model
EDTs
EDT table of residual superelement model
trmfrl
FRL table of TRMC
ougsin
OUG of structure modes
ougfin
OUG of fluid modes
Output Data Block:
FRL
Master frequency list of this trim
ougsout
Filtered OUG of structure modes
ougfout
Filtered OUG of fluid modes
Parameters:
Main Index
trimid
Input /Integer, no default. Trim Component ID.

=0; Create OUGS and OUGF
>0; data checking
=-1; open OP2
=-2; Reset file name on POST
=-9; close OP2
funit
Output/Integer. Fortran unit number
bimcor
Input /Integer. Flag on BIM coordinate system

=1; physical
=2; modal
matmap
Input/Integer. MaPping Matrix(MPM) generation flag.

=1; to generate MPM.
=2; do not generate MPM.
TRMCHK 1545
Remarks:
1. TRMCHK can be used in conjunction with GETFUNIT module to open/close physical files with
different names.
Example:
To check trim component data,

TRMCHK EDTt,EDTs,trmfrl,,/FRLtr,,/
trimid/s,n,forunit/bimcor/matmap $
Main Index
1546
TRMUTIL
Utility for PEM via 'BEGIN BULK TRMC'
TRMUTIL
Perform utility functions for Poro-Elastic Material (PEM) via 'BEGIN BULK TRMC'.
Format:
TRMUTIL
CASECC,EQEXIN,SIL,idens,idena /
trmlst, PVSLD, PVFLD /
option/trimid $
Input Data Block:
CASECC
Case control table
EQEXIN
EQEXIN table for TRIMID
SIL
SIL table for TRIMID
idens
Actran matrix for st/trmc interface nodes
idena
Actran matrix for trmc/cavity interface nodes
Output Data Block:
trmlst
trim component ids for a subcase
pvsld
partition vector for solid phase of TRIMID
pvfld
partition vector for fluid phase of TRIMID
Parameters:
option
Input /Integer. No default.

=1; to generate trmlst for asubcase
=2; to generate PCxxx
trimid
Input/Integer. Trim ID if option=1. Subcase seq number if option=2.
slddr
output/Integer. Number of grids for data recovery.

-1=no data recovery for solid phase
flddr
output/Integer. Number of grids for data recovery.

-1=no data recovery for fluid phase.
Remarks:
1. To generate a trmlst which has a list of trim IDs for a subcase if trimid>0. Or, to generate a trmlst
which has all trim IDs referenced on TRIMGRP case control if trimid=0
Example: to generate trmlst for all subcases
Main Index
TRMUTIL 1547
trmutil casecc,,,, / trmlst,, / 1 / 0 $

2. To generate partition vectors for SKIN nodes of solid and/or fluid phase.
Example:
To generate pvsld/pvfld for all trim components used in SUBCASE 12

trmutil casecc,eqexin,sil,idens,idena/ ,pvsld,pvfld /
2 / 12 /s,n,slddr/s,n,flddr $
Main Index
1548
TRNSP
Matrix transpose
TRNSP
Matrix transpose
T
Computes [ X ] = [ A ] .
Format:
TRNSP
A/X $
Input Data Block:
Matrix [ A ] .
Output Data Block:
Matrix transpose of [ A ] .
X
Remarks:
1. Transposition of matrices for matrix multiplications can also be requested with the transpose
option in MPYAD and SMPYAD.
2. If [ A ] is purged,
Main Index
[ X ] will be purged.
TYPE 1549
Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
TYPE
The TYPE DMAP statement performs three different functions, depending on its format:
1. Identifies NDDL data blocks.
2. Specifies the type and authorization of NDDL parameters, qualifiers, and location parameters.
3. Specifies the type and authorization of local parameters.
The TYPE statement is a nonexecutable statement, but must appear before any NDDL data block,
parameter, qualifier, or location parameter; or any local parameter that relies on the TYPE statement to
identify its type and authorization.
The TYPE statement has the following formats:
Formats:
1. Data blocks:
TYPE DB, dblist $
2. NDDL parameters, qualifiers and location parameters:
TYPE PARM, NDDL, ptype,
3. Local parameters:
TYPE PARM,,ptype,
Main Index
N , prmlist $
Y
N , prmlist = [default] $
Y
1550
TYPE
Describers:
dblist
A list of NDDL data blocks. Each data block must be separated by a

comma or a space.
ptype
Parameter type. Possible parameter types are as follows:
Description
ptype
integer
real single precision
RS
real double precision
RD
complex single precision
CS
complex double precision
CD
character
CHARi, where i = 1-80
logical
LOGICAL
N, Y
Parameter authorization. Y allows user input of the parameter value via

the PARAM Bulk Data entry or Case Control command. N disallows
PARAM input. If neither N nor Y is specified, then authorization or
user override of the parameters contained in the prmlist are determined
at DMAP compilation time by the parameters first appearance in a
DMAP Module.
prmlist
A list of parameters. Each parameter must be separated by a comma or

a space.
default
In Format 3 only, parameters may be assigned a default value. This

value overrides the MPL default value if any. Character values must be
enclosed in single quotation marks.
NDDL
Keyword that identifies parameters or qualifiers defined in the NDDL.
Remarks:
1. Within any subDMAP, parameters are typed at first occurrence in either a TYPE statement or a
DMAP module. Parameters occurring in Assignment(=) statements must be defined in a previous
DMAP module or TYPE statement.
2. A TYPE statement is required for a parameter if it appears first in one of the following
instructions:
Main Index
TYPE 1551
CALL
MESSAGE
Assignment
Conditional (IF and DO WHILE)
DBVlEW module (WHERE clause if its not a qualifier)
3. Default values for NDDL parameters and qualifiers are specified on the PARAM and QUAL
NDDL statements and, if specified on the TYPE statement, result in a warning message.
4. With the exception of parameters declared as QUALifiers through the QUAL NDDL statement,
all NDDL parameters are stored immediately in the database on completion of a DMAP
assignment statement or the module S option.
5. As described under CALL DMAP statement, the (S,) option to save control and QUALifier
parameters is necessary to facilitate parallel and recursive processing.
6. Only the ptype is used on the TYPE PARM for parameters passed through a subDMAP argument
list. Also, default values are ignored.
7. It is recommended that all TYPE statements in a SUBDMAP appear immediately after the
SUBDMAP statement.
8. If NDDL data blocks passed through a SUBDMAP argument list are referenced on a TYPE DB
statement, then a fatal error will occur.
9. If data blocks not defined in the NDDL appear in a TYPE DB statement, then a fatal error will
occur.
10. If the parameter type and authorization specified on a TYPE statement do not match those
specified in a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur.
11. If the parameter type specified on a TYPE statement does not match the type required by a DMAP
module, then a fatal error will occur.
12. Character parameters which appear on TYPE statements and also module instructions must be
defined with ptype CHAR8. For example:
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,MAJOR,SETJ,COMP='COMP' $
MAJOR='G' $
SETJ='A' $
VEC
USET/VGACOMP1/MAJOR/SETJ/COMP $
Use of other lengths, such as CHAR4, results in fatal termination.
Examples:
The following TYPE PARM statements show how parameters are typed in a subDMAP. Note the use of
comments.
$
$ QUALS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,MODEL,SOLlD,SElD,BASE $
$ IFP PARAMETERS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,ERROR,NOTRED,ASING,MODACC,FIXEDB,
BAILOUT $
TYPE PARM,NDDL,RS,,MAXRATIO $
Main Index
1552
TYPE
$ LOCAL PARAMETERS PASSED IN OR OUT

TYPE PARM,,I,,GO,NOSSET,NOOSET,UNSYM=6,NORC,NOQSET,
DONOGO,LOOPERR,NOTSET,ERRNO,RESlD,ACON,NOASM,
NORSET,NOLSET $
$ LOCAL PARAMETERS TO THIS SUB DMAP
TYPE PARM,,I, ,NOKFF,QNOTNULL,NOKQQl $
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,APP,F=F $
$
A typical TYPE DB statement is as follows:
TYPE DB A,B,C,D,
U,V,W,X,Y,Z $
Main Index
UEIGL 1553
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems
UEIGL
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric

eigenvalue problems
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems.

Format:
UEIGL
KXX,QXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,SVEC,BP,APL,APU/
PHX,ULAMA,PHXL,XORTH,LAMMAT,CLAMMAT,LAMA/
S,N,NEIGV/SID/F1/F2/ND/EPS $
Input Data Blocks:
KXX
Stiffness matrix in any set.
QXX
Aerodynamic matrix in any set for the linear unsymmetric

eigensolution.
MXX
Mass matrix in any set for the quadratic unsymmetric eigensolution.
DYNAMIC
CASECC
SVEC
Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.
BP
Null space B matrix.
APL
Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.
APU
Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
Main Index
PHX
Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.
ULAMA
Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table.
PHXL
Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.
XORTH
Cross-orthogonality matrix.
LAMMAT
Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.
CLAMMAT
LAMA
1554
UEIGL
Parameters:
NEIGV
Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to 1 if none were found.
SID

If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the
UMETHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGUL
Bulk Data entry in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then UMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGUL entry
is selected by this parameter's value. All subsequent parameter values
(F1, F2, etc.) are ignored.
If SID<0, then both the UMETHOD command and all EIGUL entries
are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (F1, F2, etc.) will be
F1
Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency/eigenvalue bound.
F2
Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency/eigenvalue bound. The

ND
Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.
EPS
Input-real-default=0.0. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be

set to N/10000 where N is the size of KXX, etc.
Remarks:
1. In certain MSC Nastran applications the eigenvalue problem presented contains real,
unsymmetric matrices. One such application, the direct structural acoustic problem is formulated
as:
2
[ K aa + M aa ] = 0
where the stiffness and mass matrices are both real unsymmetric, containing coupled blocks of
structural and fluid matrices. Another case of unsymmetric but real eigenvalue problem is given
in the aeroelastic divergence solution posed as:
[ K ll + Q ll ] = 0
where Kll is the structural stiffness matrix, real, symmetric positive definite, however, the Q ll
divergence matrix is real, unsymmetric.
2. The left-handed solutions of the two problems presented before are:
T
( K aa + M aa ) = 0
for acoustics and
Main Index
UEIGL 1555
( K ll + Q ll ) = 0
for aeroelastic divergence.
Based on the physical principals of above problems, the eigenvectors are real and the eigenvalues
are either real (aeroelastic divergence) or pure imaginary (acoustics).
3. QXX is required if MXX is purged and vice versa.
4. XORTH, CLAMMAT, SVEC, BP, APL and, APU may be purged.
Main Index
1556
UGVADD
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield erroneous results
UGVADD
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would

yield erroneous results
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition based on small angle theory would yield erroneous
results. For old geometric nonlinear analysis only.
Format:
UGVADD
UGNI,DUGNI,SIL/
UGNT $
Input Data Blocks:
UGNI
DUGNI

steps.
SIL
Scalar index list.
Output Data Block:
UGNT
Total displacement matrix in the g-set.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. SIL may not be purged.

2. If either UGNI or DUGNI is null, the addition will be done directly.
3. UGVADD is used only in SOL 4.
Main Index
UMERGE 1557
Merges two matrices based on USET
UMERGE
Merge two matrices with the same number of columns and with the rows based on degrees-of-freedom
sets defined in the USET table into a single matrix.
A11 [ A ]
A21
Format:
UMERGE
USET,A11,A21/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2 $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from
DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).
Aij
Matrix partitions.
Output Data Block:
Assembled matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
MAJOR
Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See

Remarks.
SETi
Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names.

See Remarks.
1558
UMERGE
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions.
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
m
s
g
n
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
ne
fe
ks
js
2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the
complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank)
then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set.
3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the
degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'.
For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See
Remark 2) and not just the s-set.
4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by
a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-)
character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this
resultant set is then unioned with the m-set.
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. A11 or A21 may be purged, in which case, they are assumed to be null.
Examples:
To merge four matrices into a single matrix based on degrees-of-freedom sets.
1.
Main Index
Append PHO to PHA.

a.
UMERGE
USET,PHA,PHO/PHF/'F'/'A' $
b.
UMERGE
USET,PHO,PHA/PHF/'F'//'O' $
UMERGE 1559
2.
3.
Expand PHA to g-set size.

a.
UMERGE
USET,PHA,/PHG/'G'/'A' $
b.
UMERGE
USET,,PHA/PHG/'G'//'A' $
Expand PHRC with rows corresponding to the r and c-set to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a.
Main Index
UMERGE
USET,PHRC,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C' $
1560
UMERGE1
Merges up to four matrices based on USET
UMERGE1
Format:
UMERGE1
USET,A11,A21,A12,A22/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
Aij
Matrix partitions with rows and columns that correspond to degreesof-freedom in the USET table.
Output Data Block:
Assembled matrix.
Parameters:
MAJOR

Remarks.
SETi

See Remarks.
IOPT
Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between square and

rectangular.
IOPT = 0
A11 A12 [ A ]
A21 A22
Main Index
IOPT = 1
A11 [ A ]
A21
IOPT = 2
A11 A12 [ A ]
UMERGE1 1561
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
m
s
g
n
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
ne
fe
ks
js
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. If an input matrix is purged, then it is assumed to be null.
Examples:
1.
Main Index
Merge submatrices of KFF.

a.
UMERGE1
USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'/'A' $
b.
UMERGE1
USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'//'O' $
c.
UMERGE1
USET,KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/KFF/'F'/'O' $
1562
UMERGE1
2.
Expand PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, to PHTOM, with rows
corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a.
Main Index
UMERGE1
USET,PHRC,,,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
UPARTN 1563
Partitions a matrix based on USET
UPARTN
Partition matrix based on degrees of freedom defined in the USET table.

Format:
UPARTN
USET,A/A11,A21,A12,A22/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
Any matrix with rows or columns that correspond to

degrees-of-freedom in the USET table.
Output Data Blocks:
Aij
Matrix partitions
Parameters:
Main Index
MAJOR

Remarks.
SETi

See Remarks.
IOPT
Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between a symmetric partition

and a vector partition. A vector partition is performed if IOPT = 1 or 2.
IOPT = 0
IOPT = 1
IOPT = 2
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
[ A ] A11
A21
[ A ] A11 A12
1564
UPARTN
Remarks:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
m
s
g
n
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
ne
fe
ks
js
5. USET may not be purged.
6. A may be purged, in which case UPARTN will simply return, causing the output matrices to be
purged.
7. Any or all output data block(s) may be purged.
Examples:
1.
Main Index
Partition KFF into its submatrices.

a.
UPARTN
USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'/'A' $
b.
UPARTN
USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'//'O' $
c.
UPARTN
USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
UPARTN 1565
2.
Extract PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, from PHTOM, with
rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a.
3.
UPARTNUSET,PHTOM/PHRC,,/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
Partition [KGG] into the q-set and its complement, columns only:
[ K gg ] K gq K gcomp
a.
Main Index
UPARTN
USET,KGG/KGQ,,KGCOMP,/G/Q//2 $
1566
UREDUC
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
UREDUC
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to dand/or h-set
Reduces rectangular matrices of displacements or loads from the p-set (or g-set) to the d- and/or h-set.
Format:
XP USETD GMD GOD PHDH

,
,
,
,
/
XG USET GM GOA PHA
UREDUC
XD,XH,XS $
Input Data Blocks:
XP
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set
XG
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the g-set
USETD
USET
GMD

ne-set.
GM
GOD

o-set by d-set.
GOA
PHDH
PHA
Output Data Blocks:
XD
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set.
XH
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal).
XS
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the s-set.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. If PHDH is purged PH will not be output.
Main Index
UREDUC 1567
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
2. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and
o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist.
3. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules UPARTN,
UMERGE1, MPYAD, and MCE2.
Main Index
1568
VDR
Creates tables based on solution set output requests
VDR
Creates tables based on solution set output requests for displacements, velocities, accelerations, and
nonlinear loads.
Format:
EQDYN USETD
,
,UXY,OL,XYCDB,PNL,MODSELT/
EQEXIN
USET
CASECC,
VDR
OUXY1,OPNL1/
APP/SOLTYP/S,N,NOSORT2S/S,N,NOSOUT/S,N,NOSDR2/
FMODE/S,N,NOSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
EQDYN

EQEXIN

USETD
USET
UXY
Solution matrix from dynamic analysis (transient, frequency, normal

or complex modes) in the d- or h-set.
OL

XYCDB
PNL
MODSELT

parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then
MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control
command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and
HFREQFL.
VDR 1569
Output Data Blocks:
OUXY1
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or d-set.
OPNL1
Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or d-set.
Parameters:
APP
SOLTYP

'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'

'MODAL'
Modal.
'DIRECT'
Direct.
NOSORT2S
Output-integer-no default. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2

format or x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise.
NOSOUT
Output-integer-default=0. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any

solution set output is requested; -1 otherwise.
NOSDR2
Output-integer-no default. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any

physical set output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise.
FMODE
Input-integer-no default. The lowest mode number resulting from LMODES or

LFREQ and HFREQ.
NOSORT2
Output-integer-default=0. Physical set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2

format is requested or XYCDB is present; -1 otherwise.
Remarks:
1. PP may be purged only if UDV is purged.

2. PNL, XYCDB, OUXY1, and OPNL1 may be purged.
Main Index
1570
VEC
Creates partitioning vector based on USET
VEC
To create a partitioning vector based on degree-of-freedom sets. The vector may be used by the MERGE
and PARTN modules.
Format:
VEC
USET/CP/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/UNUSED4/SET3 $
Input Data Block:
USET
Output Data Block:
CP
Parameters:
Main Index
MAJOR

Remarks.
SETi

See Remarks.
UNUSED4
Integer-input-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
SET3
Character-input-default='
'.
VEC 1571
Remarks:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
m
s
g
n
t
ne
fe
ks
js
2. If MAJOR = 'BITID', then SET1 and SET2 are ignored and the set name specified for SET3
corresponds to the zeros in CP and MAJOR corresponds to G or P for USET and USETD,
respectively. Those degrees-of-freedom not in SET3 correspond to ones in CP.
3. If SET1 (or SET2, but not both) is set to 'COMP' (or left blank) then SET1 (or SET2) is assumed
to be the complement of SET2 (or SET1).
5. USET may not be purged.
Examples:
1. To partition
[ K ff ] into a- and o-set based matrices, use
VEC
USET/V/'F'/'O' $
PARTN
KFF,V,/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA $
Note that the same thing can be done in one step by
UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
2. Example 1 could be accomplished by
VEC
or
USET/V/'F'/'O' $
VEC
USET/V/'F'/'A' $
3. Example 1 could also be accomplished by
Main Index
1572
VEC
VEC
Main Index
USET/V/'BITID'////'A' $
VECPLOT 1573
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
VECPLOT
Performs utility functions on g-set size matrices, including computation of resultants, transformation
from one coordinate system to another, and generation of rigid body matrices.
Format:
VECPLOT
XG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,CASECC,
LAMA
,
USET
MEDGE,X66P,VGQ,RBF/
XOUT,RESMAX,HEADCNTL,X66/
S,N,GRDPNT/COORID/IOPT/TITLE1/TITLE2/TITLE3/
ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/SEID/SETNAM/RBFAIL $
Format for IOPT=11:
VECPLOT
PGRES,BGPDT,,,CASECC,,,QGRES,QMGRES/
XOUT,,,,/GRDPNT//11 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
XG
Any matrix with rows corresponding to the g-set or p-set in the global
coordinate system. An example is a displacement or load matrix.
BGPDT
SCSTM
CSTM
CASECC
LAMA
USET
MEDGE
X66P
Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when

setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in
X66.
VGQ
Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to

degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
RBF
Rigid body force matrix.
PGRES
Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when PG

is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
1574
VECPLOT
QGRES
Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when QG

is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
QMGRES
Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when

QMG is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
Output Data Block:
XOUT
Output matrix or table as described in Remark 1.
RESMAX
Resultant or maxima matrix that is printed out with IOPT=1 or 5.
HEADCNTL
List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module
under IOPT=1 or 5.
X66
Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10.
Parameters:
GRDPNT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number of the grid point

about which resultant moments will be computed. If GRDPNT = 0 or
the grid point does not exist, then the origin of the basic coordinate
system will be used and GRDPNT=-1 will be output from the module.
COORID
Input-integer-default=-1. Identification number of the coordinate

system into which XG will be transformed. The default (-1 or 0)
indicates the basic coordinate system. Used only with IOPT = 1 and 5.
IOPT
Input-integer-default=-1. Output option. See Remark 1.

IOPT=9 is intended for processing of the WEIGHTCHECK Case
Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except:
XG is a mass matrix:
1) Allows other sets.
2) Compares X66 (for non-g-set) with X66p.
IOPT=10 is intended for processing of the GROUNDCHECK Case
Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except:
XG is a stiffness matrix:
1) Allows other sets.
2) Prints UIM indicating strain energy in each rigid body direction.
TITLEi
Input-character. Title which appears above the printed output. See

Remark 1.
TITLE1 default = 'VECTOR'
TITLE2 default = 'RESULTAN'
TITLE3 default = 'T'
Main Index
VECPLOT 1575
ALTSHAPE
Input-integer-default=0. Set of displacement functions in p-element

analysis. See Parameters (p. 713) in the MSC Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
WTMASS
Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. Used

only in IOPT=7. See Parameters (p. 713) in the MSC Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
SEID
SETNAM
Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name used by

IOPT=9 and 10.
RBFAIL
Output-logical-default='false'. Set to TRUE if grounding check does

not pass strain energy threshold used by IOPT=10.
Remarks:
1. The table below describes the contents of XOUT and the printed output for each IOPT.
IOPT
<0
Contents of XOUT
Printed Output
Displacement vector file suitable for input to the

PLOT module.
None.
XG converted to the coordinate system specified by

COORID.
Resultants of the input

vectors about GRDPNT in
the basic coordinate system.
Same as IOPT=1 and for each grid point,
Same as IOPT = 1.
u' x = u' y = ' x = ' y = ' z = 0 and

2
u' z = u x + u y + u z + x + y + z ,
where u i and i are the translations and rotations of
XG.
XG is converted to the basic coordinate system.
Then the coordinate locations (x, y, z) in BGPDT
converted to a matrix and translated by XG:
x' = u x + x
3
y' = u y + y
z' = u z + z
where u x , u y , u z are the translations of XG in the

basic coordinate system. BGPDT contains the
location of each grid point in the basic coordinate
system. COORID is ignored.
Main Index
None.
1576
VECPLOT
IOPT
Contents of XOUT
Printed Output
A six rows by g-column rigid body matrix where

each row represents the motion, in the global
coordinate system, of all grid points due to the unit
motion of the grid point listed on
PARAM,GRDPNT. Grid point GRDPNT is given a
unit translation or rotation in each direction of the
basic coordinate system. XOUT represents the rigid
body modes of the structure with no mechanisms.
The motion is output in the global coordinate
system. XG and COORID are ignored.
Same as IOPT=1.
A g-row by 6-column rigid body matrix where each

column represents the motion of all grid points due
to a unit motion of an r-set degrees of freedom (see
SUPORTi Bulk Data entries).
T
None.
None.
[ XOUT ] = [ XOUT4 ] [ DRR ]

where [XOUT4] is the rigid body matrix generated
under PLOTFORM = 4, and [ DRR ] is the
partition of [ XOUT4 ] corresponding to the six
r-set degrees of freedom defined in the USET table.
There must be six and only six r-set degrees of
freedom which completely describe the six rigid
body modes. The r-set degrees of freedom may be
defined on more than one grid point. If the r-set
degrees of freedom belong to a single grid point,
then the result is the same as IOPT=4, except that the
unit motions of the grid point listed on PARAM,
GRDPNT are in its global, rather than basic
coordinate system.
7
Grid point weight generator summary table suitable

for printing by the OFP module. Same as GPWG
module.
None.
Same as IOPT=1.
Same as IOPT=1 except

output includes
contributions from each
direction.
Same as IOPT=7.
None.
Main Index
VECPLOT 1577
IOPT
Contents of XOUT
Same as IOPT=7.
10
Printed Output
User Information Message
7570, which shows
grounding check strain
energies and pass/fail report.
None.
A table suitable for processing by OFP. The table
consists of a single line for each type of force
resultants (OLOADs, SPCForces, and MPCForces)
present as well as a line that represents the total sum
of the force resultants. The results are summed about
the grid point specified in the EQUILIBRIUIM Case
Control command if specified.
11
2. If displacement coordinate systems exist, or COORID = 0, then CSTM may not be purged and
SCSTM may not be purged if partitioned superelements are present.
3. CASECC and LAMA may be purged.
4. BGPDT and XOUT may not be purged.
5. XG may be purged if IOPT=3, 4, or 6.
6. MEDGE may be purged if p-elements are not present.
7. USET may be purged except for IOPT=6, 9, and 10.
8. IOPT=11 processes, but does not require, the EQUILIBRIUM Case Control command and
requires the previous executions of VECPLOT to compute resultants of PG, QG, and QMG with
IOPT=1 or 8. It is assumed that the resultants, PGRES, QGRES, and QMGRES were computed
with the same value of GRDPNT.
Examples:
1. Convert a displacement vector in a global coordinate system that is cylindrical to the basic system,
and print it.
VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/UGBASIC/0/0/1 $
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,UGBASIC//H/G $
2. Given a free-free model with no mechanisms, compute its rigid body modes in the global and
basic coordinate systems.
VECPLOT ,,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/RBGLOBAL///4 $
TRNSP
RBGLOBAL/RBT $
VECPLOT RBT,BGPDT,,CSTM,,,,/RBBASIC///1 $
3. Convert a load matrix to the basic coordinate system, and print out the maximum load at any grid
point for each load vector.
VECPLOT
MATPRN
Main Index
PG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/PGBASIC//0/5 $
PG,PGBASIC//$
1578
VIEW
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors
VIEW
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors.

Format:
VIEW
EST,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EPT,EDT,MATPOOL/
MPOOL $
Input Data Blocks:
EST
BGPDT
EQEXIN

EPT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation.

Required only for differential stiffness generation.
MATPOOL

Output Data Block:
MPOOL
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images.
VIEWP 1579
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
VIEWP
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data

recovery
Generates geometry tables for the view mesh in p-element data recovery.
Format:
VIEWP
GEOM1,GEOM2,EST,CASECC,OINT,EDT,EPT,
PELSET,BGPDT,EQEXIN,CSTM,PVAL0/
ELEMVOL,GEOM1VU,GEOM2VU,VIEWTB/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
GEOM1
GEOM2

scalar points.
EST
CASECC
OINT
p-element output control table.
EDT

iterative solver.
EPT
PELSET
BGPDT
EQEXIN

CSTM
PVAL0
p-value table generated by the ADAPT module in a previous run or

superelement.
1580
VIEWP
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
Output Data Blocks:
ELEMVOL
Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value

dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body.
GEOM1VU
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids

added.
GEOM2VU

scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added.
VIEWTB

Parameters:
Main Index
VUGNEXT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next

view-grid.
VUENEXT
Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next

view-element.
VUGJUMP
Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-grid identification

numbers.
VUELJUMP
Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-element identification

numbers.
VUHEXA
Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA
Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUTETRA
Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUQUAD4
Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTRIA3
Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
VUBEAM
Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUEXIST
Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if

view-elements exist.
WEIGHT 1581
Calculates model's volume and/or weight
WEIGHT
Calculates the model's volume and/or weight.

Format:
WEIGHT
VELEM,EST,MPT,DIT,OPTPRM,OGPWG,DESTAB,XINIT/
WMID,WGTM/
WGTVOL/S,N,VOLS/S,N,FRMS/SEID/DOFRMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
VELEM
EST
MPT
DIT
OPTPRM
OGPWG
Grid point weight generator table in weight units.
DESTAB
XINIT
Output Data Blocks:
WMID
WGTM
Table of the 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.
Parameters:
WGTVOL
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any

retained response.
1
Weight only.
Volume only.
Weight And volume.
VOLS
Output-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.
SEID
FRMASS
Output-real-default=0.0. Fractional mass of designed structure.
1582
WEIGHT
Main Index
SEID
DOFRMASS
Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag.
XSORT 1583
Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
XSORT
Reads and sorts the Bulk Data Section.

Format:
XSORT
FORCE,BULKOLD/
BULK,UBULK/
S,N,NOGOXSRT/S,N,QUALNAM/S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBU
LK/
S,N,EQVBLK/REMCTN $
Input Data Blocks:
FORCE
Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands.
BULKOLD
Bulk table from a prior run, to be merged into BULK.
UBULK
Output Data Block:
BULK
UBULK
Parameter:
Main Index
NOGOXSRT
Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE an error is detected in

the Bulk Data.
QUALNAM
'. Keyword which appears on the
BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually
SUPER or AUXMODEL.
NEXTID
Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number which appears

on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually
indicates superelement or auxiliary model identification number.
LASTBULK
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data

Section is the last section in the input file.
1584
XSORT
EQVBLK
Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Copy/equivalence flag of

BULKOLD to BULK. If on input EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new
Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on input and output
EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be be
equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there
are any new Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output.
REMCTN
Input/logical-default=FALSE. Remove continuation markers in

BULK table if it is TRUE.
Remarks:
1. XSORT does not stop on error detection; therefore, the following statement should appear after
the module:
IF (NOGOXSRT) EXIT $
2. If BULKOLD is purged or empty, then the current Bulk Data is sorted and copied into BULK.
3. XSORT must be specified after the IFP1 module.
Examples:
1. Read the Bulk Data Section in a cold start.

XSORT
,,/IBULK/S,N,NOGOXSRT $
2. Read multiple Bulk Data Sections in a loop and cold start. Each Bulk Data Section is prefaced
with BEGIN SUPER=SEID and qualified by SEID.
DO WHILE ( NOT LASTBULK ) $
XSORT
,,/IBULK/
S,N,NOGOXSRT//S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK $
SEID=NEXTID $
ENDDO $
Main Index
XYPLOT 1585
Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)
XYPLOT
Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)
Writes plot information to the plot file (.plt).

Format:
XYPLOT
XYPLOT// $
Input Data Blocks:
XYPLOT
Table of x-y plot control values.
Output Data Block:
None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1586
XYTRAN
Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
XYTRAN
Creates a table of plot instructions for x-y plots.

Format for SDR2 Outputs:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OPG2,OQG2,OUG2,OES2,OEF2,OSTR2,OQMG2,
OVG2,OAG2,OESC2,OSTC2,OEFC2,OSRC2/
XYPLOT/
APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID/DVAFLAG $
Format for RPSEC Output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,,,,,/
XYPOLT/
RSPEC/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Format for MODEPOUT Outputs:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,
OFMPF2M OSMPF2M OPMPF2M

OFMPF2E , OSMPF2E , OPMPF2E
OLMPF2M , OGPMF2M ,,,,/XYPLOT/

OLMPF2E OGPMPF2E

MODE
RESP /PSET/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/
S,N,NOXYPLOT/S,N,TABID $
Format for VDR Outputs:
XYTRAN
Main Index
XYCDB,OUXY2,OPNL2,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
XYTRAN 1587
Format for RANDOM Outputs:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Input Data Blocks:
XYCDB
PSDF
Power spectral density table.
AUTO
Autocorrelation function table.
OVG
Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves.
OXRESP
Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.
OVG2
OAG2
OESC2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format.
OSTC2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format.
OEFC2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format.
OSRC2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format.
OUXY2
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for h-set or d-set.
OPNL2
OFMPF2M
Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OFMPF2E
Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OSMPF2M
Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.
OSMPF2E
Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OPMPF2M
Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.
OPMPF2E
Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OLMPF2M
Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.
OLMPF2E
Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OGMPF2M
Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OGMPF2E
Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
Output Data Block:
XYPLOT
Main Index
Table of x-y plot control values.
1588
XYTRAN
Parameters:
APP
Input-character-default='TRANRESP'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
'VG'
Aeroelastic V-g or V-f data.
'CONTACT'
Slideline contact.
'RAND' or
RANDOM
Process all random results excluding acoustic modal RANDOM

participation factor outputs from MODEPOUT.
RANDSDVA Process only VDR module outputs which are requested with the
SDISP, SVELO , SACCEL Case Control commands.
XYSET
Main Index
RANDOMS
Process all random results except VDR outputs.
RANDMPF
Process only MODEPOUT outputs.
'SET1'
Abscissa points are specified on SET1Bulk Data entries
'RSPEC'
Response spectra.
Input-character-default='SOL'. Degree-of-freedom set type.

'SOL'
Solution set (d-set or h-set).
'DSET'
d-set.
'HSET'
h-set.
'PSET'
p-set.
PLTNUM
UNUSED
Unused.
NOXYPLOT
Output-integer-default=1. Set to 1 if XYPLOT is created; -1 otherwise.
TABID
Input/output-integer-default=0. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than

zero, all requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for the
curve. The table identification number will start at TABID and increase by one for
each table punched.
DVAFLAG
Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained

in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1
Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2
Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2
XYTRAN 1589
Remarks:
1. OFPi2 may be element stresses, displacements, element forces, single-point forces of constraint,
applied loads, slideline contact stresses, nonlinear loads in p-set,
h-set, or d-set.
2. OFPi2 may be specified in any order.
3. If APP='RAND' then PSDF and AUTO must be specified.
4. If APP='RSPEC' then OXRESP must be specified.
5. If APP='VG' then OVG must be specified.
Examples:
1. Modal frequency response solution set (h-set) output:

XYTRAN
XYCDB,OUDVC2,,,,/XYPLTFA/'FREQ'/'HSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
2. Direct transient response physical set (p-set) output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OPP2,OQP2,OUPV2,OES2,OEF2/XYPLTT/'TRAN'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
3. Random response output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,/XYPLTR/'RAND'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLTR $
4. Response spectra output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP/S,N,TABID $
5. Aerodynamic V-g curve output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OVG,,,,/XYPLTCE/'VG'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
6. Grid point output; i.e., grid points on the abscissa:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,OEF2X/XYPLTT/'SET1'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
7. Slideline contact output:
XYTRAN
Main Index
XYCDBS,OESNLBP2,,,,/XYPLTB1/'CONT'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $
Glossary
Glossary
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Parameter Glossary
Glossary 1591
Data Block Glossary
Data Block Glossary

The Data Block Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all data blocks shown in the module
descriptions in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601. If the data block is
described in Data Block Descriptions, 66, then the generic name is also shown. Naming conventions
appear at the end of the glossary.
Chapter 4
Name
Description
Square matrix to be decomposed by DCMP, DECOMP, SOLVE, and

SOLVIT. Rectangular matrix to be processed by the DIAGONAL
and SCALAR modules. Rectangular matrix formed from partitions.
Output by MERGE, UMERGE, and UMERGE1. Rectangular
matrix to be used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product.
Rectangular matrix to be used in NORM module.
AA
Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement

(identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by
SEDR.
AAP
Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format when

KSYM=3. Output by DCMP.
ABESF*
Family of a-set size panel area matrices.
ACPT
Aerodynamic connection and property table. Output by APD.
ADBINDX
Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of

the NV instances created). Output by ADG.
ADELUF
Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.
ADELUS
Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.
ADELX
Matrix of adjoint sensitivities. Output by DSADJ.
ADJG
Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or

p-set.
ADJGT
Transposed adjoint solution matrix specified on first pass through

DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
ADJGT0
ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second

pass through DSADJ.
ADRDUG
Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DOPR3.
ADRDUTB
Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DOPR3.
AEBGPDT*
AEBGPDTI
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDT
Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables. Output by

APD.
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set
interference degrees-of-freedom.
1592

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4
Name
Description
AEBGPDTI*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set
aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degreesof-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set

AEBGPDTK
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degreesof-freedom.
AEBGPDTK*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set

AEBOX
Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as

BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AECMPOLD
Previously generated AECOMP.
AECOMP
Aerodynamic component definition table. Output by APD.
AECSTMHG
Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices

that only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems
if not null. Output by MKCNTRL.
AECTRL
Table of aerodynamic model's control definition. Output by ADG.
AEDBIDX
Index table consisting of the triples. Output by MAKAEFS.
AEDBINDX
AEDBUXV
AEDW
Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries

referenced by the AEDW entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEDWIDX
Index to the AEDW tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEECT*
GEOM2
Family of aerodynamic element connection tables. Output by APD.
AEFIDX
Index to the AEFORCE tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEFRC
Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries

referenced by the AEFORCE entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEGRID
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output
by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEIDW
Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk

Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries. Output by
MAKAEFA.
AEIPRE
Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data

entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEMONOLD
Table of HM monitor points.
Glossary 1593
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4
Name
Description
AEMONPT
Aerodynamic monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON and

MAKMON.
AEPRE
Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries

referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEPRSIDX
Index to the AEPRESS tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AERO
Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by

APD.
AEROCOMP
Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'. Output by

MAKCOMP.
AEUSET*
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
USET
Family of aerodynamic USET tables. Output by APD.
AG
Acceleration matrix in g-set.
AGD
Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
AGG
Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural panel.

Output by GP5.
AGX
Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the

central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by
SSG1.
AH
Signed global modally reduced area matrix
Aij
Matrix partitions. Output by PARTN and UPARTN.
AJJT
Aerodynamic influence matrix. Output by AMG.
AM2
Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the

negative of the time step delta
AM3
Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the

reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time
step delta, respectively.
AMLIST
List of auxiliary model identification numbers. Output by AXMPR1.
AMSPLINE
Table of aerodynamic splines for display. Converted from forces and

pressures computed on AEBGPDT grid points, (box centroidal
points) to AEGRID grid points (box corner points). Output by APD.
ANORM
Normalized matrix. Output by NORM.
APART
Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when

PNLPTV=TRUE.
APIMAT
Diagonal matrix of average power input values. Output by

SEEFMCLF.
APIMATT
Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
superelements for all bands.
1594

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4
Name
Description
APL
Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.
APPLOD
Matrix of applied load amplitudes. Output by DPD.
APU
Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.
ARVEC
Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads. Output by DOPR3.
AUG1
Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis. Output by

DSAD.
AUTO
Autocorrelation function table. Output by RANDOM.
AUXTAB

displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments for
all subcases.
AXIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydro

elastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP.
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
Output matrix from the DIAGONAL module. Right hand side of a

system of equations input to the FBS, SOLVE, and SOLVIT
modules. Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD and SMPYAD
module product.
B2DD
Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP
Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient
response analysis, B2DD may also include structural damping
effects.
B2GG
Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the

B2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
B2PP

B2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
BAA
Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
BACK
Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components.

Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only. Output by
CYCLIC1.
BANDLIST
Table of mode information for all bands. Output by SEEFMBND.
BANDPV
Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands. Output by

SEEFMBND.
BASVEC
Auxiliary displacement matrix.
BASVEC0
Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.
Glossary 1595
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
BCON0

Output by DOPR1.
BCONXI
Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design

variables. Output by DOPR1.
BCONXT
BD3X3
3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for

parallel domain decomposition. Output by GPSP.
BDD
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear
elements only.
BDIAG
Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized

differential stiffness matrix. Output by DSAH.
BDPOOL
Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format.

Output by BMG.
BDICT
KDICT
BELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
BELM
KELM
Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices. Output by

EMG.
BFEFE
Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat

capacitance matrix) for both linear and nonlinear elements in the feset.
BFHH
Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.
BGDD*
BGPDT*
BGPDT
Family of basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) qualified by

LOADID and LOADNAME and associated with PG*. Output by
EXPORTLD.
BGPDT
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table. Output by GP1.
BGPDTD
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for a downstream superelement.
BGPDTFB*
Main Index
Description
Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance

defines the grids for one given freebody subsystem. Output by
FBDODYLD.
BGPDTM
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.
Output by GP1 with GEOM1M and GEOM2M as inputs.
BGPDTN
BGPDT
New BGPDT table based on displaced grid locations. Output by

MATMOD option 11.
BGPDTS
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for a superelement. Output by GP1.
BGPDTX
BGPDT
BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or

SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.
1596

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDVB
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed

configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPDVP
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central)
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPDVX
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or

backward perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPECT
GEOM2
Boundary grid point element connection table. Output by BGP.
BGPP*
Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.
BHH
Generalized (modal) damping matrix
BHH1
Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix. Output by FA1.
BKDICT
KDICT
BKK
Main Index
Description
BKELM dictionary table.

Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components. Output by
CYCLIC3.
BLAMA
LAMA
Buckling eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ.
BLAMA*
LAMA
Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.
BMODAL
Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk

Data entry in DIT. Output by GKAM.
BNDFIL
Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order
given by extreme for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.
BP
Null space B matrix.
BPP
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear
elements only.
BRDD
Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat

capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear elements in the dset.
BTOPO
Contact regions topological information table. Output by BGP.
BTOPOCNV
Updated contact regions input information table. Output by

NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
BTOPOSTF
Updated contact regions topological information table. Output by

BULKINDX
Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices. Output by

INDXBULK.
BXX
Viscous damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or d-set in CEAD,

FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
BUG*
Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set
Glossary 1597
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
BUX
Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
BULK
Table of all Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT and RMDUPBLK.
BULK*
Family of auxiliary model or superelement Bulk Data sections.
BULKOLD
BULK table from a prior run.
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD module addition and
SMPYAD module product.
CASADJ
CASECC
Case Control table associated with adjoint method. Output by

DSAD.
CASDSN
CASECC
Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted,

excluding static aeroelastic subcases. Output by DSAD.
CASDSX
CASECC
Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted
CASE
CASECC
superelement.
CASEA
CASECC

Output by AELOOP.
CASEBK
CASECC
Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every
column in BACK. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.
Output by CYCLIC1.
CASEBUCK
CASECC
Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=BUCK. Output by MDCASE.
CASECC
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.
CASECC*
CASECC
Family of auxiliary model Case Control tables.
CASECC1
CASECC
Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to

account for the boundary shapes. Output by SHPCAS.
CASECCP
Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor. Output by

DMPCASE.
CASECCU
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images originally output by IFP1.

Used when first CASECC is replaced by one of the CASECC
outputs from a prior call to MDCASE.
CASECCBO
CASECC
Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations.

Output by BGCASO.
CASECCP
Main Index
Description
CASECC subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit. Output by

MODCASE.
1598

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
CASECCR
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images for data recovery. Output by

TOLAPP.
CASECEIG
CASECC
Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis

and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG. Output by
MDCASE.
CASEDM
CASECC
CASEDMF
CASECC
Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the
perturbed configuration for modes. Output by DSAH.
CASEDR
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images for the superelement

SEDR.
CASEDS
CASECC
Case control table for the data recovery of design responses. Output
by DOPR3 and DSTA.
CASEDSF
CASECC
Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
CASEDVRG
CASECC
Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=DIVERG. Output by MDCASE.
CASEFLUT
CASECC
Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER.

Output by MDCASE.
CASEFR
CASECC
Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution
in cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set
identification number. Output by CYCLIC1.
CASEFREQ
CASECC
Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis

and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ. Output by
MDCASE.
CASEHEAT
CASECC
Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=HEAT. Output by MDCASE.
CASEMODE
CASECC
Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=MODES. Output by MDCASE.
CASEMTRN
CASECC
Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=MTRAN. Output by MDCASE.
CASENT
CASECC
CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

Output by ST2DYN.
CASEP
CASECC
Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors.

Output by DOPR2. Case Control table with number of basis vectors
in the DESVEC as the number of Case Control records. Output by
DSAJ.
Glossary 1599
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
CASER
Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET

id=GRIDSET. Output by MATMOD option 36.
CASERS
CASECC
Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis
type.
CASES
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images for the current

superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).
Output by SEP2CT.
CASESADV
CASECC
Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or

CASEDVRG. Output by MDCASE.
CASESAER
CASECC
Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=SAERO. Output by MDCASE.
CASESMEM
CASECC
Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=ELEC. Output by MDCASE.
CASESMST
CASECC
Case Control table for structural analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=STRU. Output by MDCASE.
CASESNMB
CASECC
Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT,

CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and
CASEFLUT. Output by MDCASE.
CASESTAT
CASECC
Case Control table for static analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=STATICS. Output by MDCASE.
CASESX
CASECC
Expanded Case Control table. Output by LCGEN.
CASEUNIT
Main Index
Description
Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit displacements.

In addition, the monitor points will be expressed as various sets of
output depending on what is being monitored. Output by ILMP1.
CASEUPSE
CASECC
Case Control table for upstream superelements only. Output by

MDCASE.
CASEVEC
CASECC
Table of Case Control command images with the PARTN command

referencing all of auxiliary model's grid identification numbers.
Output by AXMPR2.
CASEXX
CASECC
Subset of CASECC for current loop. Output by CASE.
CASEYY
CASECC
Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis. Output by FA2.
CCPOS
Table of Case Control record locations. Output by AELOOP and

AEMODEL.
CCPOS1
Table of Case Control record locations. Output by AELOOP and

AEMODEL.
CDELB
Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity
CDELK
Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity
1600

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
CDELM
Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity
CFSAB
Matrix of spectral densities--weighting factors for RMS

calculations. Output by DOPRAN.
CIDATA
Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method. Output by

NLITER.
CLAMA
LAMA
Complex eigenvalue summary table. Output by CEAD.
CLAMA1
LAMA
Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis. Output by

CEAD.
CLAMA2
LAMA
Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.

Output by FA2.
CLAMMAT
Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. Output

by CEAD, LAMX, and UEIGL.
CLFMAT
Matrix of coupling loss factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
CMAT
Complex matrix.
CMBXPHG
Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate

system and row-ordered in external grid id sequence.
CMLAMA
Component modal eigenvalue summary table.
CMSEQ

Output by CMSENGY.
CMSQE
CMSTEQ

Output by CMSENGY.
CMSTQE
CNTABR
CONTAB
Table of retained constraint attributes. Output by DSAD.
CNTABRG
CONTAB
CNTABXE
CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output

by DSADX.
CNTABXM
Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2 and

DRESP3 records.
CNVTST
Convergence test matrix.
CONTABX
Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.
COELEM
Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element

responses. Output by DSAH.
COGRID
Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement

responses. Output by DSAH.
Glossary 1601
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
COLOR
Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MAT. The ith entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degreeof-freedom. belongs. Output by PRESOL.
COMP
Merged table of components. Output by MRGCOMP.
COMPi
Table of aerodynamic or structural components
CON
Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design

coordinates. Output by DOPR2.
CONS1T
Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and

independent design variables. Output by DOPR1.
CONSBL
Matrix of constant property values. Output by DOPR1.
CONSBL*
Family of matrices of constant property values. Output by DOPR1.
CONTAB
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
CONTAB
Table of constraint attributes. Output by DOPR3.
CONTACT
Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions. Output by IFP.
CONTROL
Table of editing directives for the TABEDIT module.
CONTVDIF
Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX columns).

Output by NDINTERP.
CONTVX
Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows)
CONTVXV
Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV columns)
COORD
Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or

COORDN.
COORDN
Updated (optimized) COORDO. Output by DOM11.
COORDO
Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each

design cycle. Output by DOPR2.
CP
Column partitioning vector. Output by VEC and MATMOD option

17.
CPERM
Table of column permutations under KSYM=4. Output by

DECOMP.
CPH1
Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis. Output by

CEAD.
CPH2
Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.

Output by FA2.
CPHFL
Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.
CPHP
Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
CPHFR
Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.
1602

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
CPHX
Complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output by CEAD.
CPHL
Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by CEAD.
CSNMB
CASECC
Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.
CSTM
CSTM
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices. Output by GP1.
CSTMi
CSTM
Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices; either

aerodynamic or structural.
CSTMi*
Main Index
Description
Family of CSTM tables.
CSTM0
CSTM
Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual

structure.
CSTMA
CSTM

g-set + ks-set grid points. Output by APD.
CSTMD
CSTM

downstream superelement.
CSTMM
CSTM
Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices. Output

by MKCSTMA.
CSTMS
CSTM

superelement.
CSTMX
Merged table of CSTMi. Output by MRGCSTM.
CVAL
Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.
CVALO
Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values. Output by DOM9.
CVAL
Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.
CVALR
Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.
CVALRG
CVALXE
CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records Output by

DSADX.
CVEC
Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from

boundary shape induced solutions. Output by SHPCAS.
CVECT
Load combination factor matrix. Output by PCOMB.
CYCD
Table of constraints in harmonic components. Output by CYCLIC2.
Glossary 1603
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module product.

Diagonal matrix extracted from LD. Output by MATMOD option
21.
D1JE
Real part of downwash matrix due to extra points.
D1JK
Real part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.
D2JE
D2JK
Imaginary part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.
DAR
Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the

a-set. Formed from the merge of DM and an l-set size identity matrix.
DBCOPT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DBCOPT
Design optimization history table for post-processing. Output by

DOM12.
DB
Data block.
DBi
Data block to be processed by the DBC, INPUTT2, and OUTPUT2

modules. Data blocks to be compared in the RESTART module. Data
block declared on the FILE statement. Data block to be purged by
PURGEX module. Any data block to be broadcast from the master
to the slave processors.
DBMLIB
Table of designed beam library data. Output by DOPR1.
DBNAME
Data block for 'NAME' option of PARAML module. Output by

PARAML.
DBOUTi
DBi received on the slave processor. Output by MDISUTIL.
DBP
Primary data block.
DBS
Secondary data block. Output by EQUIVX.
DBUG
Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed

(active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.
DCLDXT

Output by DOPR2.
DCPHL
Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues

extracted from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the
divergence eigenvalues. Output by CEAD.
DEFUSET
Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DELB1
Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables.
DELBSH
DELBSX
Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a

prescribed small value. Output by DOPR5.
DELCE
Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables
1604

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
DELDV
Matrix of divergence sensitivity. Output by DSDVRG.
DELF1
Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.
DELFL
Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables. Output by

DSFLTF.
DELGM
Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design variables.
DELGS
Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design variables.
DELS
Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables.
DELS1
Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables

for a single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.
DELTGM
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed

configuration. Output by DSVGP4.
DELVS
Matrix of delta volume for all design variables. Output by DSAW.
DELWS
Matrix of delta weight for all design variables. Output by DSAW.
DELX
Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables.
DELX1
Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a
single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.
DEQATN
Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DEQIND
Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.
DESELM
Table of designed elements. Output by DOPR3.
DESGID
Table of designed grid coordinate attributes. Output by DOPR2.
DESNEW
Update table of design variable attributes. Output by DOM12.
DESTAB
DESTAB
Table of design variable attributes. Output by DOPR1.
DESVCP
Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK

relations with extra columns for property/dummy variables. Output
by DOPR2.
DESVEC
Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from

DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix.
Its components are defined in the basic coordinate system.
DESVECP
Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from

DVGRID bulk data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix
its components are expressed in the global coordinate system.
DFFDNF
Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect

to natural frequencies. Output by FRLGEN.
DGEOM2
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
GEOM2

scalar points for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
Glossary 1605
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
DGEOM3
GEOM3
Description
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
DGMVPT
Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized mass for

normal modes analysis from that of the union set. Output by DSAH.
DGSVPT
Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized stiffness

for normal modes analysis from that of the union set. Output by
DSAH.
DGTAB
Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation

table of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed
configuration. Output by DOPR6.
DISTAB
Table of discrete optimization value sets. Output by DOPR1.
DIT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DIT
Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DITID
Table of identification numbers in DIT. Output by TA1.
DITNT
DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output by

ST2DYN.
DIVDAT
Table of divergence data. Output by DIVERG.
DIVTAB
DJX
Downwash matrix. Downwash at the j-point due to the x

aerodynamic extra point. Output by ADG.
DLCPHL
Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence

eigenvalues extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors
associated with the divergence eigenvalues. Output by DIVERG.
DLSTIN
List of data blocks and their paths. Output in a previous execution of

RESTART.
DLSTOUT
List of data blocks and their paths. Output by RESTART.
DLT
Table of dynamic loads. Output by DPD.
DLT1
Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis. Output by

NLCOMB and NLTRLG.
DLTH
Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis. Output by

TRLG.
DM
Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the

l-set. Output by RBMG3.
DMATCK
Table of designed material consistency check. Output by DOPR1.
DMI
Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries. Output by

IFP.
DMIi
Matrix data blocks created from DMI. Output by DMIIN.
1606

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
DMINDX
Index into DMI. Output by IFP.
DNODEL
Table of designed and non-designed locations. Output by DOPR2.
DNVVPT
Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies

for eigenvector optimization from that of the union set. Output by
DSAH.
DPHG
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with

designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.
DPLDXI
Matrix of coefficients in the property to independent design variable

relationship. Output by DOPR1.
DPLDXI*
Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent

design variable relationship. Output by DOPR1.
DPLDXT
Matrix transpose of DPLDXI.
DRDUG
Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DSAD.
DRDUGM
Modified matrix of adjoint loads. Output by ADJMOD.
DRDUTB
Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DSAD.
DRDUTBM
Modified table of adjoint load attributes. Output by ADJMOD.
DRLIST
Superelement processing list for data recovery. Output by SEP4.
DRMSVL
Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design

variables. Output by DSAMRG.
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase

for each of the response types. Output by DSAD.
DRSTBLG
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase

for each of the response types.
DRUT
Processed version of DRDUTB specified on first pass through

DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
DRUT0
DRUT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second

pass through DSADJ.
DSCM
Design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DSAL.
DSCM2
Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DOM6.
DSCMCOL
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DCSMCOL
Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient

matrix. Output by DSTAP2.
DSCMG
DSCMR
Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Output by

DSMA.
Glossary 1607
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
DSCOLL
Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity

matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA.
DSCREN
Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry. Output by

DOPR1.
DSDIV
Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.
DSEDV
Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses. Output by

DSAH.
DSEGM
Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.
DSESM
Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix - Boolean operator to

select eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling
and normal modes only). Output by DSTA.
DSGRID
Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design

model automatic superelement optimization feature. Output by
DSGRDM.
DSIDLBL
Table of design response labels. Output by DSTAP2.
DSLIST

sensitivity calculations. Output by SDSB.
DSPT1
Design sensitivity processing table. Output by DSAN and DSTA.
DSPT2
Old Design sensitivity processor table two. Output by DSTA.
DSROWL
Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix,

DSCMR. Output by DSTA.
DSTABR
Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
DSTABU
Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
DTB
Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry. Output by

DOPR1.
DTI
Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries. Output by

IFP.
DTIi
Table data blocks created from DTI. Output by DTIIN.
DTINDX
Index into DTI. Output by IFP.
DTOS2
Design variable/property cross reference table. Same as DTOS2K

except that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI
element and the corresponding design variable value. Output by
DOPR5.
DTOS2*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the
PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the
corresponding design variable value. Output by DOPR5.
1608

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
DTOS2J
Table identifying independent design variables and property values.

Output by DOPR1.
DTOS2J*
Family of tables identifying independent design variables and

property. Output by DOPR1.
DTOS2K
Same as DTOS2J except that the dvid in each entry refers to the
position of an internal design variable identification number in the
first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.
DTOS2K*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid
in each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable
identification number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by
DOPR4.
DTOS4
Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K

except that the last three words in each entry contains the product of
those in DTOS4K and the shape step size. Output by DOPR5.
DTOS4J
Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system. Output

by DOPR2.
DTOS4K
Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each fiveword entry is the position of an internal design variable identification
number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.
DUGNI

steps. Output by NLITER.
DUPV
Displacment increment at the final iteration before exit. Output by

NLSOLV.
DUX
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed

configuration. Output by ASG.
DVIDS
List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the

boundary DVGRID option. Output by DSAJ.
DVPTAB
DVPTAB
Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property

identification number order. Output by DOPR1.
DVPTAB*
DVPTAB
Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal

property identification number order. Output by DOPR1.
DVSLIS
List of design variables affected by shape variations. Output by

DSVGP4.
DXDXI
Matrix relating linked and independent design variables. Output by

DOPR1.
DXDXIT
DYNAMIC
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Output by IFP.
Glossary 1609
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
DYNAMICB
DYNAMICS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without

DAREA entry images. Output by GP1.
DYNAMIC
DYNAMNT
Chapter 3
Name
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Output by ST2DYN.
Chapter 2
Name
Description
Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module product.
ECT
GEOM2
Element connectivity table. Output by GP2.
ECT*
GEOM2
Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements.
ECTA
GEOM2
Secondary element connectivity table. Output by GP2.
EDITVEC
Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under usetop='filter'.
EDOM

optimization. Output by IFP.
EDOM*
Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.
EDOMM

optimization updated for p-element analysis. Output by OPTGP0.
EDOMS

optimization for a superelement. Output by SDSA.
EDT

iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Output by IFP.
EDT0
Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged into

EDTM.
EDTM
Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records. Output by

ILMP1.
EED
Main Index
Description
DYNAMIC
Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters. Output by DPD.
EFMASMTT
Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements
EFMMCOL
Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values. Output by

SEEFMDMP.
EFMDMP
flow modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by
SEEFMDMP.
1610

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
EFMLIST
Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow

modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by SEEFMLST.
EFMMAT
Matrix of energy factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
EGK
Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to

stiffness. Output by DSVG1P.
EGM
Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass.

Output by DSVG1P.
EGPSF
EGPSF
Table of element to grid point interpolation factors. Output by

GPSTR1.
EGPSTR
EGPSTR
Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC

module. Output by GPSTR2.
EGTX
Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the

thermal load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward
perturbed configuration. Output by DSVG2.
EGVREC
Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation. Output by

DSAH.
EGX
Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to

stiffness, mass, viscous damping or structural damping. Output by
DSVG1P.
EHT
Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
EHTA
Secondary element hierarchical table. Output by GP0.
ELDATA
Table of combined nonlinear information data. Output by

NLCOMB.
ELDCT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
ELDCT
Table of element stress discontinuities for post-processing in the

DBC module. Output by STDCON.
ELEMVOL
Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value

dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body. Output
by VIEWP.
ELSET
Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST), SETS

DEFINITION, or OUTPUT(PLOT) sections of Case Control.
Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.
EMAT
Matrix of editing parameters.
EMM
Effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
ENEMAT
Matrix of modal energy. Output by SEEFMCLF.
ENFLODB
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to

viscous damping effects. Output by DPD.
Glossary 1611
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
ENFLODK
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to

stiffness effects. Output by DPD.
ENFLODM
Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass

effects. Output by DPD.
ENFMOTN
Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes. Output by DPD.
EPSSE
Table of epsilon and external work. Output by SSG3, SOLVIT, and

DISUTIL.
EPT
EPT
EPTT

Output by IFP and IFP6.
EPT updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
EPTA
EPT
Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element

properties.
EPTC
EPT
Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent

PSHELL records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, and DSTA.
EPTN
EPT
Updated (optimized) EPT. Output by DOM11.
EPTS
EPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for a

EPTTAB
EPT
Table of designed property attributes. Output by DOPR1.
EPTTAB*
EPT
Family of tables of designed property attributes. Output by DOPR1.
EPTX
EPT
EPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO. Copy

of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent
PBEAM records. Output by IFP7. Copy of EPT except PBARL and
PBEAML records are replaced by equivalent PBAR and PBEAM
records. Output by IFP9. Copy of EPT except PACABS and
PACABR entries are updated with TABLEij references.
Output by MKMNTIFP: EPT updated to track monitor points
Output by MODGM2: Copy of EPT updated for converted
CSHEAR elements.
EQACST
Main Index
Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal

structural grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.
Output by GP5.
EQDYN
EQEXIN
Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra

point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point
data). Output by DPD.
EQEXIN
EQEXIN

identification numbers. OUTPUT by GP1.
1612

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
EQEXINS
EQEXIN
Description
identification numbers for a superelement. Output by SEP2 and
SEP2X.
EQMAP

decomposition. Output by PRESOL.
EQMAPD
Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis. Output by

PRESOL.
EQMAPD0
EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL.
ERHM
Matrix of dimensional unsplined restrained elastic hinge moment

data
ERROR0
ERROR
Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous

superelement or adaptivity loop.
ERROR1
ERROR

loop. Output by ADAPT.
EST
Element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTDATA
Table of superelement estimation data overrides. Output by DTIIN.
ESTL
Linear element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTDCN
Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints

and design variables. Output by DSAF and DSTA.
ESTDV2
Merged EST with grid and element property design variable

perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation.
Output by DSAE.
ESTDVB
Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration.

Required only if CDIF='YES'.
ESTDVM
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
EST
EST with updated material property identification numbers. Output

by DSABO.
ESTDVP
EST with element property design variable perturbations. Output by

DSABO and DSTA.
ESTDVS
EST with grid design variable perturbations. Output by DOPR6.
ESTF
Element summary table for follower force stiffness. Output by

TAFF.
ESTNL
Nonlinear element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTNL1
Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis.

Output by TAHT.
ESTNL0
Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step. Output

by NLSOLV.
Glossary 1613
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
ESTNLH
Nonlinear element summary table at converged step. Output by

NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and NLSOLV.
ESTR
EST table with reduced records. Output by MATMOD option 38.
ETT
Element temperature table. Output by GP3.
ETTDCN
Table of design variable and constraint internal identification

numbers for the effects of temperature. Output by DSAF and DSTA.
ETTDV
Element temperature table where the original element identification

numbers have been converted to new design variable identification
numbers. Output by DSAN and DSTA.
EUHM
Matrix of dimensional unsplined unrestrained elastic hinge moment

data.
EXCITEFX
Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements
EXCITF
Matrix of EFM superelement force input values. Output by

SEEFMXIT.
EXCITP
Matrix of EFM superelement power input values. Output by

SEEFMXIT.
1614

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module addition.
F2J
Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by

the K2GG Case Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier
named by DMIGFN.
FENL
Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous
load step in nonlinear matrix format.
FENL1
Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load
step in nonlinear matrix format. Output by NLITER.
FFAJ
Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.
FFGH
Follower force for OLOAD output. Output by NLITER.
FG
Element forces due to large displacements. Output by GNFM.
FGNL
Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration. Output by

NLITER.
FLUTAB
FLUTABK
Flutter summary table for K and KE methods. Output by FA2.
FLUTABP
Flutter summary table for all methods except K and KE. Output by
FA1.
FMPF
Matrix of fluid mode participation factors. Output by MODEPF.
FMV
Nonlinear element forces at m-set. Output by NLSOLV.
FMVT
Nonlinear element forces at m-set appended from each output time

step (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
FN
Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness).
FOL
FOL
Frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG.
FOL1
FOL
Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ

Case Control command. Output by MODACC.
FOLMAT
Matrix of frequencies in radian units. Output by MATMOD Option

33.
FOLR
Retained frequency response frequency output list. Output by

DSAD.
FOLT
FORCE
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
FOL
Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency

truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
OUTPUT(CARDS) section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH
field information. Output by IFP1.
Glossary 1615
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
FORE
Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components. Output

by CYCLIC1.
FREQMASS
Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses.
FRL
Frequency response list. Output by FRLGEN.
FRL1
Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed

processing is requested. Output by FRLGEN.
FRLI
Frequency response list for a single frequency. Output by FRQDRV.
FRLR
Retained frequency response list. Output by DSAD.
FRMDS

Output by DSAW.
FRQRMF
FRQRPR table for frequency response.
FRQRSP
Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response

type per frequency or time step. Output by DOPR3.
FRQRPR
Table containing the number of first level (direct) retained responses

per response type and per frequency or time step. Output by DSAD.
FRQRPRG
Table containing the number of first level (direct) retained responses

per response type and per frequency or time step.
FSAVE
Flutter storage save or answer table. Output by FA1.
1616

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GAMMAD
Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C].
GAPAR
Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local

a-set displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains
a 1 at each row that does not have a contribution from the current
processor and zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
GC
Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components

and solution set components. Output by CYCLIC3.
GDGK
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the kset to g-set. Output by GI.
GDKI
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the kset to h-set.
GDKSKS
Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal displacements. Output

by GIC2C.
GDNTAB
Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis. Output by

GP0.
GEG
Element displacement interpolation matrix. Output by MGEN.
GEI
Table of general element data. Output by TA1.
GEOM1
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry. Output by IFP.
GEOM1*
GEOM1
Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined

in separate Bulk Data sections.
GEOM1A
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to

an auxiliary model. Output by IFP.
GEOM1C
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged

from GEOM1 and GEOM1A. Output by AXMPR2.
GEOM1EX
GEOM1
GEOM1 table containing records which define an external

superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN,
and GRID Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM1M
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM1N
GEOM1
Updated (optimized) GEOM1. Output by DOM11. Modified

GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j records.
Output by SECONVRT.
GEOM1P
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for pelements and superelements. Output by MODGDN.
Glossary 1617
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GEOM1Q
GEOM1
Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been
added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed. Output by
SEQP.
GEOM1R
GEOM1
GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record. Output by MATMOD

option 36.
GEOM1S
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
GEOM1VU
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids

added. Output by VIEWP.
GEOM1W
GEOM2
GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to represent the fluid

superelement modes. Output by MODQSET.
GEOM1X
GEOM1

and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5.
acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis. Output by
MODGM2.
Output by MKMNTIFP: New GEOM1 table updated to track
monitor points
Main Index
GEOM2
GEOM2

scalar points. Output by IFP.
GEOM2*
GEOM2

GEOM2A
GEOM2
Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element

connectivity and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM2DCW GEOM2
GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements. Output by

MODGM2.
GEOM2EX
GEOM2

superelement. Specifically, it PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data
records. Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM2M
GEOM2

scalar points and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM2N
GEOM2
Updated (optimized) GEOM2. Output by DOM11. Modified

GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR, CBEAM,
CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records. Output by SECONVRT.
GEOM2R
GEOM2
GEOM2 table with reduced element record. Output by MATMOD

option 37.
1618

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GEOM2S
GEOM2

scalar points for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and
SEP2X.
GEOM2T
GEOM2
GEOM2 updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
GEOM2VU
GEOM2

scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added. Output
by VIEWP.
GEOM2W
GEOM2
GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the nonfluid superelement component modes. Output by MODQSET.
GEOM2X
GEOM2

and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5.
GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if
ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.
GEOM3
GEOM3
Output by IFP.
GEOM3B
GEOM3
with DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and
MOMENT entry images. Output by GP1.
GEOM3M
GEOM3
and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM3N
GEOM3
Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis. Output by

CYCLIC1. Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi
records converted to FORCE and MOMENT records. Output by
SECONVRT.
GEOM3NT
GEOM3
GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

Output by ST2DYN.
GEOM3S
GEOM3
for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM3T
GEOM3
GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures. Output by

MATMOD option 18.
GEOM3X
GEOM3

and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3.
GEOM4
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Output by IFP.
GEOM4*
GEOM4

GEOM4CN
GEOM4
Updated constraints for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.
Glossary 1619
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GEOM4EX
GEOM4

superelement. Specifically, ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data records.
Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM4M
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM4P
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints and updated

for the constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or
SPCD Bulk Data entries. Output by MODGM4.
GEOM4S
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current
GEOM4W
GEOM4
GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to represent the

fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for all other non-fluid
superelement component modes. Output by MODQSET.
GEOM4X
GEOM4
GEOM4 table related to axisymmetric conical shell and hydroelastic

Output by IFP3 and IFP4. GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1
and RBE2 records (because all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split
so that each one contains only one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'.
Also augmented with SEQSET1 records for ACMS='YES'. Output
by SEQP.
GETNUMPN
Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get

number of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads.
GEQMAP
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition. Output
by SEQP.
GLBRSP
Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1. Output by

SDRP.
GLBRSPDS
Global results matrix
GLBTAB
Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1. Output by

SDRP.
GLBTABDS
Global results correlation table
GLERR
Table of global error estimates from previous iteration. Output by

ADAPT.
GLERR1
Table of global error estimates for current iteration. Output by

ADAPT.
GM
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by

n-set. Output by MCE1.
1620

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
GMD
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set

by ne-set. Output by UMERGE1.
GMNE
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by ne-set.
GMS
Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by s-set.
GOA

Output by FBS.
GOD

o-set by d-set. Output by UMERGE1.
GPDCT
Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-processing in the

DBC module. Output by STDCON.
GPDT
GPDT
Grid point definition table. Output by GP1.
GPECT
Grid point element connection table. Output by TA1.
GPECT1
Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis.

Output by TAHT.
GPECTDCN
GPECT which incorporates combined constraints and design

variables. Output by DSAF.
GPECTF
Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness.

Output by TAFF.
GPFLBL
Labels for GPFMAT rows. Output by ILMPGPF.
GPFMAT
Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase

and each row is one component of the monitored forces. Output by
ILMPGPF.
GPFORCE
Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or

equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GPGK
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set.

Output by GI.
GPKH
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set.
GPIK
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set.
GPKE
Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.
GPL
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
GPL
External grid/scalar point identification number list. Output by GP1.
GPLD
External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL

appended with extra point data). Output by DPD.
GPMPF
Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors. Output by

MODEPF.
GPSETS
Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets. Output by
PLTSET and SEPLOT.
Glossary 1621
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GPSNT
Grid point shell normal table. Output by TASNP2.
GPSNTN
Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with
RSSCON elements. Output by GP4.
GPSNTS
Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement. Output by
SEP2 and TASNP2.
GPSPRT
Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when
the MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control
command and DONSET=0. Output by GPSP.
GPSPRT0
GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when

DONSET=-1.
GPTT1
Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only). Output

by NLCOMB.
GRIDFMP
Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that

will be output.
GRIDMP
Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid

grids.
GRIDSET
Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which

contains a list grid point identification numbers.
GRDRM
Permutation matrix. Output by PRESOL.
GS
Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and

solution set components. Output by CYCLIC3.
1622

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
HARM
Table of harmonic indices. Output by CYCLIC1.
HDRLBLi
Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered

at the top of each page.
HEADCNTL
List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module
under VECPLOT options IOPT=1 or 5. Output by VECPLOT.
HIS
HIS
Table of design iteration history.
HISADD
HIS
Table of design iteration history for current design cycle. Output by

DOM12.
HMKT
HOEF1
HOES1
Main Index
Description
Matrix used to compute hinge moments for each AESURF entry.

Output by ADG.
OEF
Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi

elements. Output by SDRHT.
Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear
and nonlinear elements. Output by SDRHT.
Glossary 1623
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Ii
Inputs to MATMOD and MATPCH module.
IEF
OEF
Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or

SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IES
OES
Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement

in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IFACT
Interpolation factor vector (NV rows). Output by NDINTERP.
IFD

time steps. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
IFG
Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time
steps. Output by NLTRD.
IFP
Matrix of element forces at the previous time step. Output by

NLSOLV.
IFPDB
Table data block with IFP module table attributes.
IFS
Matrix of total element forces and their rate of change. Output by

NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
IFST

time steps (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
IMAT
Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT. Output by MATMOD

option 34.
IMATG
Pesudo identity g-set matrix.
INDTA
Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides.
INVEC
Starting vector(s).
IQG
OQG
Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal

displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or
SDR3.
IUG
OUG
Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or

SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IUNITSOL
Main Index
Description
Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If

IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.
1624

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
K2DD
Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command

and reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may
also include structural damping effects.
K2GG

K2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
K2PP

K2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
K4AA
Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
K4KK
Structural damping matrix in cyclic components. Output by

CYCLIC3.
K4XX
Structural damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or

d-set in FRRD1.
KAA
Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.
KAAL
Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set.
KBDD
Tangential stiffness in d-set.
KCVDD*
KCVPP*
Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set.
KDD
Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.
KDDICT
KDICT
KDELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDELM
KELM
Table of element matrices for differential stiffness. Output by EMG.
KDICT
KDICT
KELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDICT1
KDICT
KELM1 dictionary table. Output by GNFM.
KDICTDCN
KELM dictionary table. which incorporates combined constraints

and design variables. Output by DSAF.
KDICTDS
Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES'

then this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. Output
by EMG.
KDICTNL
KDICT
KELMNL dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDICTX
KDICT
Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for

h-elements or p-elements. Output by EMG.
KELM
KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential

stiffness, or follower stiffness. Output by EMG.
KELM1
KELM
Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness. Output by

GNFM.
Glossary 1625
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
KELMDCN
KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential

stiffness, or follower stiffness which incorporates combined
constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.
KELMDS
KELM
Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then

this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. Output by
EMG.
KELMNL
KELM
KFEFE
Tangential stiffness in fe-set.
KFHH
Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.
KFRIC
Frictional stiffness for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.
KFS
KGG
KGG1
Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements. Output by SMA3.
KGGNL
Stiffness (or heat conduction) matrix in g-set for material nonlinear

elements only.
KGGNL1
Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and

updated for radiation. Output by RMG2.
KGGT
Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear

and differential matrices).
KHH
KHH1
Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix. Output by FA1.
KKK
Stiffness matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.
KLL
Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.
KLR
Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.
KMM
Stiffness matrix in m-set (partition of KGG).
KNN
Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction.
KOO
Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
KPP
Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.
KRDD
Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set.
KRFGG
Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set. Output by

EMAKFR.
KRR
Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.
KRZX
Matrix of restrained dimensional elastic derivatives.
1626

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
KSAZX
Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives that includes the

effect of splines.
KSGG
S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material

nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size.
KSS
Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.
KTPP
Tangential Stiffness of p-set.
KTTP
Sparse partial decomp update matrix.
KTTS
KTTP converted to standard matrix format. Output by MATMOD

option 46.
KUX
Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
KVAL
Table of harmonic indices for analysis. Output by CYCLIC1.
KXWAA
Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid id

KXX
Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually h-set or

d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
Glossary 1627
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Lower triangular decomposition factor. Output by MATMOD option

21.
LAJJT
LAM1DD
Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
LAMA
LAMA
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ,

LANCZOS, MODACC, and UEIGL.
LAMA*
LAMA
Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.
LAMA1
LAMA
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode

tracking. Output by MODTRK.
LAMAF
LAMA
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
LAMAM
LAMAS
Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration. Output by

DSAH.
LAMA
LAMASEL
LAMAX
Main Index
Description
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion

of the model. Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalue shifts for subspace
iteration. Output by DSAH.
LAMA table containing only those modes defined by MODSELT.
Output by GKAM.
LAMA
Modified LAMA table. Output by LAMX.
LAMMAT
Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. Output by

READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.
LAO
Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3. Output by

DCMP.
LBTAB
Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling

eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.
LCDVEC
Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same
number of columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained
in UGX1. LCDVEC is intended for partitioning of analysis results
related to inertia relief and SPCforces. Output by DSAD.
LCOLLBLi
Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified

in upper left corner of each page.
LCPHL
Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by

CEAD.
LCPHP
Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
LCPHX
Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output

by CEAD.
1628

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
LD
Lower triangular factor/diagonal. Output by DECOMP and DCMP.
LFTAB
Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal

mode eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.
LGPART
Same as SPCPART except LGPART includes grid points not

connected to any element. Output by SEQP.
LISET
Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI

table. Output by MTRXIN.
LJSET
Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by

MTRXIN.
LKSET
Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output

by MTRXIN.
LLL
LLLT
Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,

slideline, and differential stiffness effects.
LMAT
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix.

Output by LAMX.
LMTROWS
Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix.

These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP
module.
LMPF
Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors. Output by

MODEPF.
LOCVEC
Vector containing grid locations in the basic coordinate system.
LOO
Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO. Output by

DCMP.
LSCM
Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning of A.

Output by DCMP.
LSEQ
Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL.

Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
LTF
Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT. Output by

NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
LVTAB

mode eigenvector responses for all subcases. Output by DSAH.
LVTABI

mode eigenvector responses per subcase. Output by DSAH.
LXX
Lower triangular factor/diagonal of shifted stiffness matrix.
Glossary 1629
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
M2DD
Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command

and reduced to the d-set.
M2GG

M2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
M2PP

M2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
M9I
Table of the nine mass invariants. Output by ADAMSMNF.
MA
Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set. Output by EFFMAS.
MAA
Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.
MABXWGG
Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic
coordinate system, row-ordered in external grid identification
number sequence, and divided by WTMASS.
MAPS
Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate system

transformation matrix output by GENTRAN. Superelement
boundary transformation matrix for secondary superelements
(mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary resequencing and
releases output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
MAPS*

MAR
Table of virtual mass element areas. Output by MGEN.
MAT
Matrix. Output by MATGEN.
MATi
Input matrices.
MAT1
Square symmetric matrix 1 to be partitioned.
MAT1N
Local filtered matrix 1. Output by PRESOL.
MAT2
Square symmetric matrix 2 to be partitioned.
MAT2N
Local filtered matrix 2. Output by PRESOL.
MATIi
Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
MATGi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the gset. Output by MTRXIN.
MATJi
Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
MATKi
Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
MATNAMi
Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI

Bulk Data entries.
1630

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
MATPi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the pset. Output by MTRXIN.
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary,

heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
MATPOOLS
MATPOOL table for the current superelement. Output by SEP2X.
MATPOOLX
MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis. Output by IFP4.
MATS
Any matrix on slave processors.
MATM
Any matrix on master processor. Output by DISUTIL.
MBODY
Body table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MBSP
Updated mass matrix (s-set)
MCEIGCC
Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in
CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by
MDCASE.
MCHI
Matrix relating displacements to source strengths. Output by

MGEN.
MCHI2
Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths. Output

by MGEN.
MDD
Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set
MDICT
MELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
MDUGNI
Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the last

converged step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3 or for the new
CQUADR/CTRIAR elements. Output by NLITER.
MEA
Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.
MEDGE
Edge table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MEF
Matrix form of element force output table. Output by DRMH1 and

DRMS1.
MEM
Modal effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
MEMF
Modal effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.
MES
Matrix form of element stress or strain output table. Output by

DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MELM
MESH
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
KELM
Table of element mass matrices. Output by EMG.

Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 'AERO' or
'STRU'.
Glossary 1631
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MESTNL
Nonlinear element summary table at current step. Output by

MESTNL0
Initial nonlinear element summary table at each STEPcase. Output

by NLSOLV.
MEW
Modal effective weight matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
MFACE
Face table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MFEFE
Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.
MFHH
Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.
MGG
Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.
MGG*
Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.
MGGCOMB
Combined mass matrix. Output by MASSCOMB.
MHH
Generalized (modal) mass matrix
MHH1
Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix. Output by FA1.
MI
Modal mass matrix. Output by READ and LANCZOS.
Mi
Matrix data block. Output by INPUTT4 and input to MATPRN and

OUTPUT4.
MIDLIS
Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification

numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs. Output by DSABO.
MKK
Mass matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.
MKLIST
Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. Output by

GETMKL.
MKNRGY
Matrix of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.
MLAM
Matrix relating element forces to source strengths. Output by

MGEN.
MLAM2
Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths. Output

by MGEN.
MLL
MLR
MMCDB
Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications. Output by IFP1.
MMP
Mass matrix (m-set by p-set)
MNRGYMTF
Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
MOA
Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.
1632

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MODRPR
Table indicating the number of initial responses per response type

per mode. Output by DSAD.
MODRPRG
Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type

per mode.
MODRSP
Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode. Output

by DOPR3.
MODRSPR
MODRSP for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
MODSELT

parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE,
then MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case
Control command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL,
and HFREQFL. Output by GKAM.
MODSELT1
Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and

MODALKE Case Control commands. Output by MODENRGY.
MODSELTF

MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user
parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL. Output by
GKAM.
MODSELTS

parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. Output by GKAM.
MODSELV
Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT. Output by GKAM.
MOFPi
Matrix form of the i-th output table. Output by DRMH1 and

DRMS1.
MON
Merged monitor table. Output by MRGMON.
MONi
Monitor tables
MONDISP
Monitor points table for displacements. Output by MAKMON.
MONITOR
Structural monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON and

MAKMON.
MOO
Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
MP2S
Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim.
MPAER
MPAERP
Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim

due to static applied loads.
MPAERV
Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model
Glossary 1633
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MPAEUV
Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model
MPAR
MPART
Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector. Output by

MATGEN option 13.
MPARV
Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model
MPFEM
Modal participation factors for effective mass. Output by EFFMAS.
MPFMAP

Output by MODEPF.
MPJN2O
Mapping matrix to map j-set data from new order to old order.
Output by APD.
MPOOL
Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry

images. Output by VDR.
MPP
Mass matrix in the p-set
MPSER
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim

MPSERP
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static

applied loads.
MPSERV
Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSEUV
Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSIR
MPSIRV
Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSIUV
Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSR
Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim

MPSRP
MPSRV
Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model
MPT
MPT

MPTC
MPT
Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent

MAT2 records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, and DSTA.
MPTN
MPT
Updated (optimized) MPT. Output by DOM11.
MPTNT
MPT
MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output

by ST2DYN.
MPTS
MPT
current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
1634

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MPTT
MPT
MPT updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
MPTTC
MPT
MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms. Output by

NLTRD2.
MPTX
MPT
MPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO. Copy

of MPT except MATHP records are updated to include referenced
TABLES1 Bulk Data entry information. Output by IFP8.
Output by MKMNTIFP: MPT updated to track monitor points
Output by MODGM2: Copy of MPT updated for converted
CSHEAR elements.
Main Index
MQE*
Family of superelement modal mass matrices.
MQG
Matrix form of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint output table.

Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MR
Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set). Output by RBMG4.
MRR
Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.
MSNRGY
Matrix of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.
MTRAK
Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to

the new mode numbering. Output by MODTRK.
MUG
Matrix form of displacement output table. Output by DRMH1 and

DRMS1.
MUGNI
Displacement (or temperature) matrix for stiffness (or heat

conduction) update. Output by NLITER.
MULNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the dset from the previous subcase. Output by NLTRD2.
MUPN
Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for

matrix update. Output by NLSOLV.
MUX
Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors.
MXWAA
Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid id sequence

and divided by WTMASS.
MXX
Mass matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually h-set or dset in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
MZZ
Generalized mass matrix based on PHZ.
Glossary 1635
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
NAMEi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
NEWDBi
Input table in Version 69 (or greater) format. Output by MAKENEW.
NEWEPT
EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records. Output by

NSMEPT.
NFDICT
Nonlinear element energy/force index table. Output by TA1.
NLFT
Nonlinear Forcing function table. Output by DPD.
NLRSMAP
Nonlinear restart map from the restart step. Output by NLRSLOOP.
NLRSMAP0
NLRSMAP from the previous run.
NORTAB
Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural

grids which lie within the acoustic face. Output by GP5.
NSMEST
NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format. Output by TA1.
NWCASE
CASECC associated with beta response. Output by DOPR1.
NWEDOM
EDOM modified for random design variables. Output by DOPR1.
1636

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OAG
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.
OAG1VU
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by

SDRP.
OAG2
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format. Output by SDR3.
OAGATO2
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation

function. Output by RANDOM.
OAGCRM2
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross correlation

OAGNO2
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output

by RANDOM.
OAGPSD2
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

Output by RANDOM.
OAGRMS2
OUG
Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the RMS function.

Output by RANDOM.
OBJTAB
OBJTAB
Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement.

Objective attributes with retained response identification number.
Output by DOPR3.
OBJTABX
OBJTBG
Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement

with respsect to RESP12X. Output by DOPR3.
OBJTAB
OBJTBM
OBJTBR
Main Index
Description

Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3
records
OBJTAB
Table of design objective attributes with retained response

identification number. Output by DSAD.
OBTABXE
OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output by

DSADX.
OCCORF
Output table of cross-correlation functions. Output by RANDOM.
OCEIG
Complex eigenvalue extraction report. Output by CEAD.
OCPSDF
Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions. Output by

RANDOM.
OEDE1
OEE
Elemental energy loss. Output by GPFDR.
OEDS1
OES
Table of element stress discontinuities. Output by STDCON.
OEEATO2
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation

Glossary 1637
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OEECRM2
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation

OEENO2
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the NO function.

Output by RANDOM.
OEEPSD2
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

Output by RANDOM.
OEERMS2
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the RMS function.

Output by RANDOM.
OEF
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by

DDRMM.
OEF1
OEF
Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format. Output by

SDR2 or DRMH3.
OEF1A
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements

only. Output by SDR2.
OEF1AA
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite

elements only. Output by SDRCOMP.
OEF1DS
OEF
Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in

SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1VU
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements. Output

by SDRP.
OEF1X
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1

loads and intermediate station output. Output by SDRX and
SDRXD.
OEF2
OEF
OEFATO2
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation

OEFCRM2
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation

OEFD1M
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and

appended for all normal modes solutions.
OEFDSN
OEF
Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in

SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.
OEFDSNM
OEF
Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the

OEFIT
OEF
Table of composite element failure indices. Output by SDRCOMP.
OEFITDS
OEF
1638

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OEFITDSN
OEF
Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed

configuration.
OEFNL1
OEF
Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format. Output by

SDR2.
OEFNO2
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the NO function.

Output by RANDOM.
OEFPSD2
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

Output by RANDOM.
OEFRMS2
OEF
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the RMS function.

Output by RANDOM.
OEIG
Real eigenvalue extraction report. Output by READ.
OEKE1
Elemental kinetic energy. Output by GPFDR.
OELOPDSN
Table of element forces on adjacent elements.
OELOP1DS
Table of element-oriented forces for design responses.
OEP
Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2

format. Output by MDATA.
OES
OES
Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

Output by DDRMM.
OES1
OES
Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format. Output by

SDR2 or DRMH3. OES1A Table of element strain/curvatures in
SORT1 format for the composite elements only. Output by SDR2.
OES1C
OES
Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

Output by SDRCOMP.
OES1CDS
OES
Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design

responses.
OES1DS
OES
OES1M
OES
Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's

material coordinate system defined on the MAT1 entry. Output by
CURV.
OES1G
OES
Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated

from the centroidal stress table, OES1M. Output by CURV.
OES1VU
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements.

Output by SDRP.
OES1X
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1

loads and intermediate station output. Output by SDRX and
SDRXD. Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in SORT1
and linear element format. Output by MERGEOFP.
Glossary 1639
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OES2
OES
OES2GX
OES
Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format. Output by

CURVPLOT.
OESATO2
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation

OESCDSN
OES
Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the

OESCRM2
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation

OESD1M
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and

OESDSN
OES
OESDSNM
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed

configuration
Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the
perturbed configuration
OESNL1
OES
Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format. Output by

NLTRD, NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL.
OESNLB1
OES
Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format. Output

by NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL.
OESNLH
Main Index
Description
Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear elements.
OESNLXR
OES
Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended

for all subcases (OESNLX from SDRNL).
OESNO2
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.

Output by RANDOM.
OESPSD2
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

Output by RANDOM.
OESRMS2
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the RMS function.

Output by RANDOM.
OFMPF2M
Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in

SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.
OFPE
Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OFPES
Filtered and sorted element data recovery table. Output by

STRSORT.
OFPi
Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module.
OFPi1
Output table in SORT1 format usually created by, but not limited to,
the SDR2 module.
1640

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OFPi2
Output table in SORT2 format.
OFPiX
Output table in SORT2 or SORT1 format. Output by SDR3.
OGDS1
Table of grid point stress discontinuities. Output by STDCON.
OGPFB1
OGF
Table of grid point forces. Output by GPFDR.
OGPFB1DS
OGF
Table of grid point forces for design responses.
OGPFDSN
OGF
Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.
OGPKE1
Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format. Output by

SDR2.
OGPLYFI
Table of global ply failure indices. Output by SDRCOMP.
OGPLYSS
Table of global ply stresses/strains. Output by SDRCOMP.
OGPMPF2M
Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in

OGPSR
Table of global ply strength ratios. Output by SDRCOMP.
OGPWG
Grid point weight generator table in weight units. Output by GPWG

or VECPLOT (option 7).
OGPWG*
Family of superelement grid point weight generator tables
OGPWGBW
Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate

system divided by WTMASS.
OGS1
OGS
Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format. Output by

GPSTR2.
OGSTR1
OGS
Oi
Outputs of MATMOD module.
OINT
p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data

entries. Output by IFP.
OINTDS
p-element output control table for constrained elements. Output by

DOPR3.
OINTDSF
p-element output control table for the perturbed configuration.

Output by DSAH.
OL

output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by
CEAD, READ, TRLG, and FRLG.
OL1
In MODACC, OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME Case Control

command. In MODENRGY, subset of OL selected by the
MODALSE and MODALKE Case Control commands. Output by
MODACC and MODENRGY.
Glossary 1641
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OLDDBi
Output table in pre-Version 69 format. Output by MAKEOLD.
OLF
Nonlinear static load factor list.
OLMPF2M
Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2

format. Output by RANDOM.
OMAT1
MAT in OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format. Output by MATOFP.
OMCF1
Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format. Output by

MCFRAC.
OMM
Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output

by SDR2.
ONRGD1M
OEE
Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended

ONRGDSNM
OEE
Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the
ONRGY1
OEE
Table of element strain energies and energy densities. Output by

GPFDR.
ONRGYDS
OEE
Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design

responses. Output by GPFDR.
ONRGYDSN
OEE
Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1

format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OPG1
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2.
OPG2
OPG
OPG2X
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.
OPGATO2
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation

OPGCRM2
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation

OPGNO2
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output

by RANDOM.
OPGPSD2
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

Output by RANDOM.
OPGRMS2
OPG
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the RMS function.

Output by RANDOM.
OPLYSR
Table of ply strength ratios. Output by SDRCOMP.
OPMPF2M
Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in

1642

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OPNL1

Output by VDR.
OPTPRM
OPTPRM
OPTPRMG
OPTPRM
OPTNEW
Main Index
Description
Updated table of optimization parameters. Output by DOM12.
OQG
OQG
Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or

SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM.
OQG1
OQG
Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format.

Output by SDR2 or DRMH3.
OQG1DS
OQG
Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for

design responses.
OQG2
OQG
OQG2X
OQG
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format. Output

by CURVPLOT.
OQGATO2
OQG
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the

autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGCRM2
OQG

cross correlation. Output by RANDOM.
OQGDSN
OQG
Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design

responses for the perturbed configuration.
OQGNO2
OQG

NO function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGPSD2
OQG

PSD function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGRMS2
OQG

RMS function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMATO2
OQG
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the

autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMCRM2
OQG

cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMG
OQG
Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

Output by SDR2.
OQMG2
OQG
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OQMNO2
OQG
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the NO

Glossary 1643
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OQMPSD2
OQG

PSD function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMRMS2
OQG

RMS function. Output by RANDOM.
OSMPF2M
Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in

OSTR
OES
Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by

SDR2.
OSTR1CDS
OEE
Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design

responses.
OSTR1DS
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.
OSTR1G
OEE
Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format. Output by CURV.
OSTR1VU
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements. Output

by SDRP.
OSTR1X
OES

1-D elements. Output by SDRX and SDRXD.
OSTR2
OEE
OSTR2GX
OEE
Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.
OSTRCDSN
OEE
Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the

OSTRD1M
OES
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and

OSTRDSN
OEE
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed

configuration
OSTRDSNM
OES
Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the

OTMT
Main Index
Description
Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each column of the

matrix will be associated with a single ILMP (and labeled in
RLABEL). The rows will be the partition of g-set size dofs which are
contributing (CP defined). Ouptut by ILMP2.
OUG
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by

DDRMM.
OUG1
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or

DRMH3.
OUG1DS
OUG
1644

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OUG1VU
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by

SDRP.
OUG2
OUG
OUG2X
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.
OUGATO2
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation

OUGCRM2
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation

OUGD1M
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and

OUGDSN
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the

OUGDSNM
OUG
Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the perturbed

configuration.
OUGNO2
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the NO function.

Output by RANDOM.
OUGPSD2
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

Output by RANDOM.
OUGRMS2
OUG
Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the RMS function.

Output by RANDOM.
OUTVEC
OUXY1
Last vector block (Lanczos only). Output by READ.

OUG
OVG
OVG
Main Index
Description
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or

d-set. Output by VDR.
Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves. Output by
FA2.
OUG
Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.
OVG1VU
Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by

SDRP.
OVG2
OVGATO2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.

Output by RANDOM.
OVGCRM2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross correlation

OVGNO2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by

RANDOM.
Glossary 1645
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OVGPSD2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function Output by

RANDOM.
OVGRMS2
Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output

by RANDOM.
OXRESP
Table of response spectra in SORT2 format. Output by RSPEC.
1646

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
P2G

P2G Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
PA
Static load matrix reduced to the a-set. Output by SSG2.
PA*
Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set)

of all upstream superelements.
PAK
Aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.
PANSLT
Panel static load table. Output by GP5.
PARTVEC

degrees-of-freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain
decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX
represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
PBGPDT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting

CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY.
PBRMS
Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data. Output by IFP9.
PBRMSD
Table of arbitrary beam data. Output by DOPR1.
PBRMSN
Updated (optimized) PBRMSD. Output by DOM11.
PBYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the gset.
PC
Optional stepwise preconditioner in SOLVIT and STATICS, same as

A and KGG respectively.
PC1
Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. Output by SOLVIT and

STATICS.
PCDB

Output by IFP1.
PCDBS
Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for

the current superelement (identification number equal to output
value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT.
PCDBDR
Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for

the superelement (identification number equal to output value of
SEID). Output by SEDR.
PCOMPT

PCOMPTC

the PCOMP Bulk Data entry. Output by IFP6.
Glossary 1647
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PCOMPTX
PCOMPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO.
PD
Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.
PD1
Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the

a-set. Output by DDR2.
PDF
Frequency response load matrix in the d-set. Output by FRLG.
PDT
Output by TRLG and NLTRLG.
PDT1
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps. Output
by TRLG.
PECT

elements. Output by PLTHBDY.
PELSDSF
p-element set table for the perturbed configuration. Output by

DSAH.
PELSET
p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by

PLTSET.
PELSETDS
p-element set table for constrained elements. Output by DOPR3.
PFHF
Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix.
PFP
Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust

loads. Output by GUST.
PG
Static load matrix applied to the g-set. In superelement analysis and

output by SELA, PG includes the loads from upstream
superelements. Output by SSG1 and SELA.
PG*
Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and

LOADNAME. One matrix is created per EXPORTLD request.
Output by EXPORTLD.
PG1
Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual
structure. Output by PCOMB.
PGFB*
Family of PG matrices. Output by FBDODYLD.
PGG
Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output by

DISUTIL.
PGRV
Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.
Output by SSG1.
PGT
Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary
conditions. Output by SDR1.
PGUP
Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to
static loads in upstream superelements only.
1648

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PGVST
Static load vector matrix (g-set). Output by MAKAEFS.
PHA
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set. Output by READ.
PHA1
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode

PHAREF1
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for

mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
PHASH2
Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also

PHDFH
Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.
PHDH
Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal). Output by

GKAM.
PHF
Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal). Output by

FRLG.
PHF1
Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with

gust loads. Output by GUST.
PHG
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set. Output by READ and

LANCZOS.
PHG*
Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the

g-set.
PHG1
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode

PHGREF
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the

prior design cycle output of MODTRK. Output by MODTRK.
PHGREF1
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for

mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
PHIDLL
Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.
PHIDRL
Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.
PHT
Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PHX
Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output by

UEIGL.
PHXL
Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output by UEIGL.
PHZ
Generalized degree-of-freedom transformation matrix. Output by

DYNREDU.
Glossary 1649
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PIj
Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are

eigenvalues, frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of the
matrix may correspond to any degree-of-freedom set size.
PIj1
PIj truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME Case Control command.

Output by MODACC.
PJ
Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and
applied to its interior points only.
PKF
Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.
PKYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for

the g-set.
PL
Static load matrix reduced to the l-set. Output by SSG2.
PLI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set. Output
by SSG4.
PLIST2
Table of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.

Output by DOPR1.
PLIST2*
Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data

entries. Output by DOPR1.
PLMAT
Initial and final load matrices for subcase.
PLOTMSG

process. Output by PLOT.
PLSETMSG
Table of user informational messages generated during the

definition of element plot sets. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.
PLTPAR
Table of plot parameters and plot control. Output by PLTSET and

SEPLOT.
PMPF
Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode

participation factors. Output by MODEPF.
PMYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the

g-set.
PNL
Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. Output
by NLTRD, NLTRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
PNLLST
Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL

qualifier values
PNLT
Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. (for
transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
PO
Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set. Output by SSG2.
1650

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
POI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set. Output
by SSG4.
POSTCC
Table containing POST command selections. Output by

MODCASE.
POSTCC0
POSTCC computed from previous execution of MODCASE

(POSTCFLG=1)
POSTCDB
Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) section of Case

Control. Output by IFP1.
PPF
Frequency response load matrix in the p-set. Output by FRLG.
PPL
Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each

output time step. Output by NLSOLV.
PPLT
Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended appended

from each output time step (for transient analysis only). Output by
NLSOLV.
PPN
Applied load vectors for nonlinear analysis in the p-set.
PPT
Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PVPERQ
Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be

scaled by Q (=1) and those that are absolute (=0). Output by
MAKAEFS.
PPVR
Partitioning vector for random responses. Output by DOPRAN.
PRBDOFS
Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the

"inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are
connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom. Output by
MAKETR.
PROPI
Matrix of initial property values. Output by DOPR1.
PROPI*
Family of matrices of initial property values. Output by DOPR1.
PROPO
Matrix of final (optimized) property values. Output by DOM9.
PS
Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set. Output by SSG2.
PSDF
Power spectral density table. Output by RANDOM.
PSDL
Power spectral density list. Output by DPD.
PSF
Frequency response load matrix in the s-set. Output by FRLG.
PSFL
Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in nonlinear

transient analysis.
PSI
Modal partitioning factor matrix.
Glossary 1651
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PST
Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PTELEM
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system. Output by

SSG1.
PTELEM0
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior

subcase. Output by SSG1.
PTELMDCN
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which

incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by
DSAF.
PTELMDSX
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the

central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by
SSG1.
PUG
Matrix of translational displacements. Output by SDR2.
PUG*

superelements.
PUGD
Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis. Output

by SDR2.
PUGS
Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis. Output by

SDR2.
PUGX
PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or

SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.
PVAL0
P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous

superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run.
PVAL1
P-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.

Output by ADAPT.
PVEC
Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on

CYSUP Bulk Data entry. Output by CYCLIC3.
PVGRID
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following
Case Control commands: DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY,
ACCELERATION, FORCE, STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE,
MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE.
Output by OUTPRT.
PVGT
Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs.

Output by SEEFMNOR.
PVLOAD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied. Output by
OUTPRT.
1652

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PVMCFR
MCFRACTION Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVMPC
MPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVSBIT1
Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration modes.

Output by DSAH.
PVSBIT2
Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to constrained

modes. Output by DSAH.
PVSPC
SPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVT
Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry

images. Output by IFP.
PVTS
Table containing parameter values which are resolved from values

in PVT, CASECC, and, optionally, the NDDL. Output by PVT.
PX
Inertial or pseudo-load matrix. Output by DSAP.
PXA
Matrix of modally reduced static loads.
PXF
PXT
Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or

d-set. Output by TRLG.
PXTDV
Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set combined

from two executions of TRLG: one with DVFLAG=0 and the other
of DVFLAG=1.
PXT1
Reduced transient response load matrix analysis. Output by DSAR.
PZ
Reduced aerostatic loads matrix.
Glossary 1653
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
QG

Output by LANCZOS, STATICS, and SDR1.
QHH
Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set. Output by AMP.
QHHL
Aerodynamic matrix list
QHJ
Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set. Output by AMP.
QHJK
Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. Output by GUST.
QHJL
QKGUST*
Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices qualified by

reduced frequency, mach number, and gust rotation.
QKH
Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set. Output by AMP.
QKHL
Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.
QLL
Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.
QMG
Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the

g-set. Output by LANCZOS and STATICS.
QMPF
Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency

response.
QMPFM
Merged QMPF. Output by DSAD.
QNV
Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors. Output by NLITER.
QPF
Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency

response.
QPFM
Merged QPF. Output by DSAD.
QPV
Nonlinear constraint forces. Output by NLSOLV.
QR
Matrix of determinate support forces. Output by SSG2.
QXX
Aerodynamic matrix in any set.
1654

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
R
R1MAPR
Main Index
Description
Residual matrix. Output by SOLVIT.
R1MAP
Table of mapping from original first level (direct) retained

responses. Output by DSAD.
R1TAB
Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

Output by DOPR3.
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry)

attributes. Output by DSAD.
R1TABRG
R1VAL

Output by DSAD.
R1VALO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level (direct)

responses. Output by DOM9.
R1VALR
Matrix of retained type one responses. Output by DSAD.
R1VALRG
R2MAPR
Table of mapping from original second level (synthetic) retained

R2VAL
Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic)

R2VALO
Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level (synthetic)

responses. Output by DOM9.
R2VALR
Matrix of retained second level (synthetic) responses.
R2VALRG
Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic)

responses.
R2VALXE
R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by DSADX.
R3VAL
Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. Output

by DSAD.
R3VALO
Matrix of final values of the third level responses. Output by DOM9.
R3VALR
Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. Output

by DSAD.
R3VALRG
R3VALXE
R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.
RBF
Rigid body force matrix. Output by VECPLOT and MKRBVEC.
RCROSSL
Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD.
RDEST
Radiation element summary table. Output by RMG2.
Glossary 1655
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
RECM
Radiation exchange coefficient matrix. Output by RMG2.
RDG
RESMATFT
Matrix of average velocity response for all EFM superelements for

all bands.
RESMAX
Resultant or maxima matrix. Output by VECPLOT.
RESMAX0
Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure. Output by

VECPLOT.
RESP12X
RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one

superelement. Output by DOPR3.
RESP12XM
Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from all

superelements.
RESP12XR
RESP12X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
RESP3
Table of third level responses. Output by DOPR3.
RESP3R
Table of retained third level responses in RESP3. Output by DSAD.
RESP3X

Output by DOPR3.
RESP3XE
RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.
RESP3XM
Merged table of third level responses from all superelements.
RESP3XR
RESP3X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
RESP12
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
RESP12
Table of second level (synthetic) responses. Output by DOPR3.
RGG
Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set. Output by RMG2.
RHMCF
Matrix of dimensional rigid unsplined hinge moment data
RLABEL
Monitor point label for each column in OTMT. Ouptut by ILMP2.
RMAT
Matrix containing real part of CMAT. Output by MATMOD option

34.
RMATG
Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may

have an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G.
Output by MTRXIN.
RMG
Multipoint constraint equation matrix. Output by GP4.
RMG1
Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the

AUTOSPC Case Control command. Output by GPSP.
RMPTQM
Matrix of updated initial MPCforces.
RMSTAB
Table of RMS responses. Output by DOPRAN.
RMSTABR
Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB. Output by DSAD.
1656

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
RMSTBR
Table of retained RMS responses.
RMSVAL
Matrix of initial RMS values. Output by DSARME.
RMSVALR
Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL.

Output by DSAD.
RMSVLR
Matrix of retained RMS values.
ROTORT
Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis. Output by

ROTOR module.
RP
Row partitioning vector.
RPERM
Table of row permutations under KSYM=4. Output by DECOMP.
RPH
Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set.
RPV
Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before exit.
RPX
Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.
RQA
Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass indices. Output by

DSTAP2.
RQATAB
Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation. Output by DOPR3.
RQATABR
Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.
RQATABRG
Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained

eigenvalues.
RR2IDR

Output by DSAD.
RR2IDXE
RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output by

DSADX.
RSLTDATA
Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3. Output by

SDRP.
RSLTSTAT
Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2. Output by

SDRP.
RSP12R
RESP12
RSP1CT
RSP2RG
Main Index
Description
Table of retained second level (synthetic) responses in RESP12.

Output by DSAD.
Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase
in R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.
RESP12
Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
RSP2XE
RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by DSADX.
RSP2XM
Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records
RSP3RG
RSPTQS
Matrix of updated initial SPCforces.
Glossary 1657
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
RSQUERY
Table of results state query.
RSTAB
Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives generated directly

from the aerodynamic model.
RUG
Residual matrix for the g-set. Output by STATICS.
RUL
Residual matrix for the l-set. Output by SSG3.
RUO
Residual matrix for the o-set. Output by SSG3.
1658

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
SCLFMAT
Matrix of simple coupling loss factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
SCSTM
Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned

superelements. Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.
SELIST
Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in

separate Bulk Data sections. Output by SEPR1.
SEMAP
SEMAP
SEQMAP
SET
Main Index
Description
Superelement map table. Output by SEP1 or SEP1X.

Mapping matrix for resequencing. Output by SEQP.
SET
Table of combined sets. Output by NASSETS.
SETREE
Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk

Data entry.
SGPDT
Superelement basic grid point definition table. Output by SEP1X.
SGPDTS
Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current

superelement. Output by SEP2X.
SGPDTS*
Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.
SHPVEC
Matrix of basis vectors - coefficients relating designed grid

coordinates and design variables. Output by DOPR2.
SIL
Scalar index list. Output by GP1.
SIL0
SIL table from a previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set. Output by DPD.
SKJ
Integration matrix. Output by AMG.
SLIST

reduction. Output by SEP3.
SLT
Table of static loads. Output by GP3.
SLTF
Table of static loads with follower forces only. Output by DLT2SLT.
SLT1
Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis. Output by

NLCOMB.
SLTH
Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis. Output by

SSG1.
SLTNL
SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both

the current and last load step. Output by SSG1.
SLTNL0
SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.
SMPF
Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation

factors. Output by MODEPF.
SNORM*
Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries.
Glossary 1659
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
SNORMM
Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors. Output by

SEEFMNOR.
SNORMS
Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary. Output

by TASNP1.
SORTBOOL
Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column

associated with the sorted row terms. Output by MATMOD option
35.
SORTLIST
Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the

sorted terms. Output by MATMOD option 35.
SPCCOL
Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's sset degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
SPCPART
Partitioning vector for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.
SPECSEL
Response spectra input correlation table.
SPLINE
Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers. Output by MKSPLINE.
SPSEL
Table of response spectra generation correlation selections.
SRKS
Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors. Output by MONVEC.
SRKT
Matrix used to sum the forces and moments acting on the k-set
degrees-of-freedom to the reference point. Output by ADG.
STATDATA
Table of state information when system cell 297=1. Output by SDRP.
STBDER
Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase. Output

by SDP.
STBTAB
Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.
STRUCOMP
Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'. Output by

MAKCOMP.
SVEC
Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.
SYSE
Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual structure a-set.
SZR
Merged monitor matrices. Output by MRGMON.
SZRi
Associated monitor matrices
1660

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
Table information to support MATGEN module options. Diagonal

from symmetric decomposition. Output by MATMOD option 21.
TA
Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.
TAB
Table.
TABi
Tables.
TABDEQ
Table of unique design variable identification numbers. Output by

DOPR4.
TABECN
Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of

constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
Output by DSAF.
TABEVP
Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and

design variable identification numbers. Output by DSABO.
TABEVS
Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and

design variable identification numbers. Output by DOPR6.
TABEV2
Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS. Output by

DSAE.
TB
TC
TEF
Directory table for MEF. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TEL

Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
TEMF
Total effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.
TES
Directory table for MES. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TFPOOL
Table of TF Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD.
TIMSIZ
Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters. Output by

SEQP.
TKNRGY
Table of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.
TMINIT
Table of initial design variable values for topology with

manufacturing constraints. Output by DOPR1.
TMLD
Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis. Output by NLTRLG.
TNEW
Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.
TOFPi
Directory table for MOFPi. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TOL
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
TOL
Transient response time output list. Output by IFT, TOLAPP, TRD2

and TRLG.
Glossary 1661
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
TOL1
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
TOL
Description
Transient response time output list reduced by the OTIME Case
Control command or for the current nonlinear transient subcase.
Output by MODACC and TOLAPP.
TOLD
Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.
TOLR
Updated TOL in restarts requested by user parameter STIME>0.0.

Output by TRLG.
TOPELE
Element list for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
TOPMC
Topology member size control table. Output by DOPR1.
TOPMC2
Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints.

Output by DOPR1.
TOPOLE
Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology

manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.
TOPTAB
Table of topology designed properties with design variable

identification numbers. Output by DOPR1.
TOPTAB0
Table of topology designed properties. Output by IFP10.
TOUT
DRMH1 directory table in table data block or DTI format.
TPRELE
Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology
manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.
TQG
Directory table for MQG. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TR
Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the

aerodynamic reference point. Output by MAKETR.
TRANTR
Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the

URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin
rigid body degrees-of-freedom. Output by MAKETR.
TRL
Transient response list. Output by DPD.
TRX
Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic

extra points. Output by ADG.
TSNRGY
Table of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.
TUG
Directory table for MUG. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TXY
DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format. Output by

DRMH1.
1662

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
Upper triangular factor. Output by DECOMP and DCMP.
UA
Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set or solution matrix on

the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number
equal to output value of SEID).
UACCE
Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response

analysis. Output by DSAR.
UAJJT
UAM1DD
Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
UBULK
Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT.
UD
Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency

response. Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient
response.
UD1
Improved solution matrix for the d-set. Output by DDR2.
UDISP
Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response

analysis. Output by DSAR.
UE
Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points). Output by

DDR2.
UG

analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration. Output by
SDR1 and STATICS. Velocity matrix in g-set.
UGD
Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
UGDS
Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.
UGDS1
Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation. Output by

DSVG3.
UGG
Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output by

DISUTIL.
UGNI
Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set. Output by

NLITER.
UGNT
Total displacement matrix in the g-set. Output by UGVADD.
UGT
Updated temperature matrix in g-set. Output by MATMOD option

19. Transposed regular solution matrix specified on first pass
through DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
UGT0
UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second

pass through DSADJ.
UGX
Glossary 1663
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
UGX1
Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted

UH
Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-freedom). Modal

UHF
Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
UHFF
Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned

column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP.
UHFM
Merged UHF. Output by DSAD.
UHFS
Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also

UHR
Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis. Output by

INTERR.
UI
Solution matrix where the columns correspond to eigenvalues,

frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of the matrix may
correspond to any degree-of-freedom set size.
UI1
UI truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME. Case Control command.

Output by MODACC.
UL
Displacement matrix in l-set. Output by SSG3.
ULAMA
Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table. Output by UEIGL.
ULL
Upper triangular factor for the l-set from KLL.
ULLT
Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,

slideline, and differential stiffness effects.
ULNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the dset. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
UNITDISP
Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a unit

displacement at a degree-of-freedom. Only degrees-of-freedom
which participate in the union of all monitor points will contain a
unit displacement. UNITDISP has LUSET number of columns.
Output by ILMP1.
UNITPV
Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit

displacement is requested. (All 6 degrees-offreedom will be
assumed to contribute). Output by ILMP1.
UNITS
UO
Displacement matrix in o-set. Output by SSG3.
UOO
Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with

the a-set fixed (set to zero).
1664

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
UPF
UPFM
Merged UPF. Output by DSAD.
UPNL0
Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each STEPcase.

Output by NLSOLV.
UPNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis appended from each output

time step (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
UPSDT
UPSDTR
UPSDT for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
URDDIDX
An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries.

Output by MAKETR.
URDDUXV
UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that
are non-null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define
AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for
this symmetry condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for
antisymmetric analysis). Output by MAKETR.
USET
USET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. Output by GPSP.
USET0
USET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set usually prior to

Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4. USET table from a
previous adaptivity index in
p-version analysis.
USET1
USET
USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements.

Output by BNDSPC.
USETD
USET
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. Output by DPD.
USETM
USET
Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. Output

by MODUSET.
USETN
USET with updated set membership. Output by NEWUSET.
UTF
Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT. Output by

NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
UVELO
Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis.

Output by DSAR.
UX
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements. Output by ASG.
UXDAT

displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.
Output by ASG.
UXDIFV
Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF. Output by

ASG and SDP.
Glossary 1665
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
UXF
Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in

d- or h-set. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
UXR
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the

sensitivity of restrained stability derivatives. Output by DSARLP.
UXT

Output by TRD1, TRD2, and IFT.
UXT1
Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis. Output by

DSAR.
UXTRIM
UX vector at trim.
UXU
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the

sensitivity of unrestrained stability derivatives. Output by DSARLP.
UXV
Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB
UXVBRL
Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL

has NX rows and NV columns. Output by ADG.
UXVF
Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data

entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
UXVP
Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data

entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
UXVST
Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix. Output by

MAKAEFS.
UXVW
Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries.

Output by MAKAEFA.
1666

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
V01P
Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.
VA
Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement

SEDR.
VDA
Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0s at extra point dofs. May be

purged if no extra points are specified. Output by VEC.
VDXC
Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns

in KDD, BDD, and MDD.
VDXR
Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in

KDD, BDD, and MDD.
VELEM
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes. Output by ELTPRT.
VELEMDCN
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates

combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.
VELEMN
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed

configuration. Output by ELTPRT.
VFO1
VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning

vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual.
Required only for geometric domain decomp.
VG
Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter

analysis only. Velocity matrix in g-set.
VGA

VGD
Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
VGDM
Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design
response is required if SPDM=-1. Output by OUTPRT.
VGF
Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows

corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom. Output by GP1.
VGFD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to frequency-dependent elements. Output by
TA1.
VGA

VGQ
Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to

degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
VIEWTB
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
VIEWTB
View information table, contains the relationship between each pelement and its view-elements and view-grids. Output by VIEWP.
Glossary 1667
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
VIEWTBDS
VTQU
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
VIEWTB
Description
View information table, contains the relationship between each pelement and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed
model. Output by DVIEWP.
Table of flutter sensitivity data. Output by DSFLTE.
1668

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
WETFACES
Table of wetted structure element and face identification numbers

found for each individual open fluid face.
WGTM
Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix. Output by WEIGHT.
WJ
Gust matrix. Output by GUST.
WMID

Output by WEIGHT.
WRJVBRL
Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the jpoints due to the linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extrapoints and linear control surfaces. Output by ADG.
WSKJF
Weighted integration matrix.
WTCRID
Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in

rigid mass matrix. Output by DSAW.
WTDSCP
Partitioning vector for weight. Output by DSAW.
Glossary 1669
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B]. Output by FBS, SOLVE, and

SOLVIT. Matrix product. Output by MPYAD and SMPYAD. Matrix
transpose. Output by TRNSP.
X66
Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10.

Output by VECPLOT.
X66P
Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when

setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in
X66.
XAA
Reduced square matrix in a-set. Output by MATREDU.
XAA*
Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream

superelements.
XD
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set. Output by

UREDUC.
XDD
Reduced square matrix in d-set. Output by MATREDU.
XDICT
KDICT
XDICTB
Baseline element matrix dictionary table.

Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XDICTDS
KDICT
Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this

is the forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
XDICTX
KDICT
Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed

element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELM
KELM
Baseline element matrices. Output by EMG.
XELMB
Main Index
Description
Backward perturbed element matrices if CDIF='YES'
XELMDS
KELM
Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the

forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
XELMX
KELM
Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices

if CDIF='YES'.
XG
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the

g-set.
XGG
Square matrix in g-set. In superelement analysis, XGG includes

contributions from upstream superelements. Output by EMA and
SEMA.
XGGi
Square matrices in g-set. Output by EMA and SEMA.
XH
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal).

Output by UREDUC.
XINIT
Matrix of initial values of the design variables. Output by DOPR1.
1670

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
XJJ
Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied
to its interior points only.
XNENEi
Square matrix in ne-set. Output by MCE2.
XNNi
Square matrices in n-set. Output by MCE2.
XO
XORTH
Cross-orthogonality matrix. Output by CEAD and UEIGL.
XOUT
Resultant to table output. Output by VECPLOT.
XP
Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set
XPP
XPPi
XS
Optional starting vector, same type as B and PG in SOLVIT and

STATICS, respectively. Rectangular matrix of displacements or
loads in the s-set. Output by UREDUC.
XSF
S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint

constraint elimination and reduction. Output by MATREDU.
XSS
S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint

constraint elimination and reduction. Output by MATREDU.
XYCDB
Table of x-y plotting commands. Output by IFP1.
XYCDBDR
Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification

number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.
XYCDBS
Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement

SEP2CT.
XYPLOT
Table of x-y plot control values. Output by XYTRAN.
XZ
Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to

independent design variable linking relationship. Output by DOPR1.
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
YACCE
Matrix of enforced accelerations.
YGBNDR
Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric

models.
YPF
Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. Output by

FRLG.
Glossary 1671
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
YPO
Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the
output time steps. Output by TRLG.
YPT
Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. Output by

TRLG.
YS
Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures. Output by GPSP.
YS0
Matrix of enforced displacements temperatures usually prior to

Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4.
YS1
YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream

superelements. Output by BNDSPC.
YSD
Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream

superelements.
YSD1
YSD updated with enforced displacements from upstream and

current superelements to be passed to downstream superelements.
Output by BNDSPC.
YSMAT
Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.
YVELO
Matrix of enforced velocities.
1672

Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
ZETAH
Mass-normalized damping.
Z1ZX
Matrix of unrestrained dimensional elastic derivatives
ZZX
Reduced aerostatic solution matrix.
Data Block Naming Conventions

Stiffness, Damping, and Mass:
K_____
Stiffness
KD____
B_____
Viscous damping
K4____
Structural damping (See GE field on MATi entries)
__2DD
Stiffness in dynamic formulation
M____
Mass
___JJ
Stiffness, damping, and mass matrices without upstream superelement

contributions. Exception: __AJJ_ is the aerodynamic influence matrix.
L__, U__
Lower and upper triangular decomposition factors
Note:
Some of the above names may be prefixed with a "C" to indicate a complex matrix.
Superelements:
CM____
Superelement (component) modes
_____S
Assigned only to SEP2 and GP1 module outputs
__LIST
Superelement processing list; for example, SLIST, DRLIST, and DSLIST
MAPS
Superelement boundary grid map
SEMAP
Superelement map
Loads and Solutions:
Main Index
A_____
Aeroelastic or aerostatic
B_____
Buckling
Glossary 1673
Data Block Glossary
C_____
Complex modes
CY____
Cyclic symmetry
F_____
Flutter
_____F
Frequency response
_____T
Transient response
___NL_
Nonlinear static or transient response; for example, USETNL, ESTNL and

OESNLX
_____NI
Nonlinear static or transient response generated in a nonlinear loop.
___PH__
Eigensolution
PH____
Normal modes eigenvector matrix; for example, PHG (g-set) and PHA(a-set)
CPH___
Complex modes eigenvector matrix; for example, CPHD (d-set) and CPHL (l-set).
BPH___
Buckling eigenvector matrix; for example, BPHA (a-set)
Solutions:
___U___
Static and dynamics (except eigen-) solution; for example, CYUG is the cyclic
static solution g-set
___Q___
Single point forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for example, QG,
QPT, and CYQG. Also aerodynamic matrices; for example, QHH, QKHL, and
QLL
___QM__
Multipoint forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for example,

QMG, QMPT, and CYQMG
CMPH___
Component modes eigenvector matrices.
__LAMA
Eigenvalue summary table; for example, LAMA, BLAMA (buckling), CLAMA

(complex), and CMLAMA (component modes)
__UH__
Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, AUHF is the

Aeroelastic solution h-set
__OL__
Dynamic output list; for example, FOL (frequency) and TOL (transient).
___NT__
Nonlinear transient response; for example, UPNT and ULNTH
_____N
Nonlinear static solution appended for all loops; for example, UGN and QGN
Loads:
Main Index
P_____
Dynamic and static loads
Y___
PA
Static loads a-set
PJ
Static loads g-set (no upstream loads)
1674

Data Block Glossary
PG
Static loads g-set
PP____
Dynamic loads p-set
PH____
Dynamic loads h-set
__PPF_
Dynamic loads p-set, frequency response
__PPT_
Dynamic loads p-set, transient response
__UH__
Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom
__UG__
Static solution g-set; for example, UGN is the nonlinear solution at the g-set.
__UL__
Static or dynamic solution l-set; for example, ULN is the nonlinear solution at the
g-set.
__UP__
Dynamic solution p-set; for example, UPN is the nonlinear transient solution at the
p-set.
Solution Output Tables:
O__ES__
Element stresses (STRESS=n)
O__GPS__
Grid point stresses (GPSTRESS=n)
O__GPF__
Grid point forces (GPFORCE=n)
O__NRG__
Element strain energy (ESE=n)
O__EF__
Element forces (FORCE=n)
O__EE__
Element strains (STRAIN=n)
O__STR__
Element strains (STRAIN=n)
O__UG__
Static solution (DISP=n)
O__UP__
Dynamic solution (DISP=n)
O__QG__
Static spcforces (SPCF=n)
O__QMG_
Static mpcforces (MPCF=n)
O__QP__
Dynamic spcforces (SPCF=n)
O_____1
Sort 1 format
O_____2
Sort 2 format
Miscellaneous:
Main Index
__CASE__
Case Control section tables; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2 and SEDRDR
are CASECC, CASES, and CASEDR.
___CDB_
Control data blocks from the OUTPUT(XY_____), OUTPUT(PLOT), and

OUTPUT(POST) sections; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2, and SEDRDR
are POSTCDB, PCDBS, and PCDBDR.
Glossary 1675
Data Block Glossary
GEOM__
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry, connectivity, static loads,
and degree-of-freedom set membership.
USET__
Degree-of-freedom set; for example, USET0 (from GP4), USET (from GPSP),
and USETD (from DPD).
_GPDT_
Grid point definition tables; for example, BGPDT and GPDT.
CSTM_
Coordinate Systems Transformation matrix tables; for example, CSTM, CSTMS,

CSTMA
O_____
Solution output tables; for example, OCYES1 is cyclic statics, element stresses,
and Sort 1. OCPHQP1 is complex modes, SPCForces, and Sort 1. OUG2 is statics,
displacements, and Sort 2.
_EST__
Element summary table; for example, Outputs from TA1 are named EST and
ESTL. Output from NLITER and NLTRD is named ESTNL.
_DICT_
Dictionary table for element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KDICT (linear),
KDDICT (differential), KDICTNL (material nonlinear), MDICT (mass)
_ELM_
Element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KELM (linear), KDELM (differential),
MELM (mass)
_____1
MODACC module outputs. (OTIME and OFREQ); for example, ULF1, FOL1
_____1X
SDRX and SDRXD module outputs; for example, OES1X, OEF1X
Inconsistent Names:
Main Index
BUG
Buckling eigenvector matrix; should be renamed to BPHG.
GM
Transformation between m-set and n-set; should be renamed to GMN.
POS
Static loads on the o-set; should be renamed to PO.
PSS
Static loads on the s-set; should be renamed to PS.
DM
Transformation between l-set and r-set; should be renamed to DLR.
MR
Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set); should be renamed to MRR.
MRR
Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT; should be renamed to MRR1.
__V__
Obsolete designation indicating "vector"; for example, OUGV1, UGVS, UHVF.
__PHI__
Obsolete designation indicating eigensolution; for example, PHIDH (should be

PHDH)
PHDH
Transformation from d-set to h-set; should be renamed to PHD.
1676

Parameter Glossary
Parameter Glossary
The parameter Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all parameters shown in the module
descriptions in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601. Naming conventions
appear at the end of the glossary.
Name
Type and Description
AADJCOL
Integer. On input, summation of columns in DRDUG for all previously processed

superelements. On output, summation of columns in DRDUG including current
superelement. Output by ADJMOD.
ACMS
Character. Automatic Component Mode Synthesis flag. If ACMS='YES', then the

model will be automatically partitioned into superelements according to NTIPS,
TIPSCOL, AND ZCOLLCT.
ACON
Integer. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set degrees-of-freedom will be

constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.
ACOUSTIC
Integer. Fluid-structure analysis flag. Output by GP2.
0
1
2
ACOUT
Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exist

Fluid/structure coupling exists
Character. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural analysis.

'RMS'
Root-mean-square
'PEAK'
Peak
ACTFREQ
Integer. Active frequency processing flag. Output by DSAD.
ADELRF
Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in frequency response analysis. Output by

DSAL.
ADELRS
Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in static analysis. Output by DSAL.
ADJFLG
Integer. Adjoint sensitivity flag. Output by DSAD.
0
1
2
ADJMETH
Main Index
No fluid elements exist
No adjoint sensitivity
Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis
Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis
Integer. Triple matrix product method in DSADJ.
the program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1 or 2.
holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is
limited
Glossary 1677
Parameter Glossary
Name
holds only the active solution vectors
ADPCON
Real. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if
positive.
ADPTEXIT
Logical. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.
ADPTINDX
Integer. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
AECONFIG
Character. Aerodynamic configuration. Output by AEMODEL.
AEQRATIO
Real. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio. Output by AELOOP and

DSARLP.
AERTYP
Character. Aerodynamic analysis type:

'STATICS'
Aerostatic
'DYNAMICS'
Flutter and aeroelastic
'STADYN'
All aerodynamic analysis types
ALPHAD
Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [A].
ALPHAJ
Real. Real part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
ALTSHAPE
Integer. Set of displacement functions in p-element analysis.
0
1
MacNeal set
Full product space set
AMLFLG
Logical. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated. Output by AXMPR1.
APP
Character. Analysis type.

Output by FRLG. Dynamic load type.
Set to 'FREQ', if RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced.
Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 entries are referenced.
ARCLG
Real. The arc length at the last converged step. Output by NLITER.
ARCSGN
Integer. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the subcase. This is used in restarts
in the post-buckling region. Output by NLITER.
ASMUNIT
Integer. Fortran unit number for the .asm file to be generated if the ASMBULK
option is specified on the EXTSEOUT Case Control command.
ATQSET
Logical. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=YES.

FALSE
generate a fixed number of q-set DOFs for each domain
TRUE
generate a single q-set DOF for the residual structure and

the fluid superelement. Usually set indirectly by user
parameter.
In G4:
Main Index
1678

Parameter Glossary
Name

If no ASET, ASET1, QSET, and QSET1 entries are present, then all
unspecified degrees of freedom will be included in the:
a-set
if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.
o-set
if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.
In SEP1X:
Automatic q-set generation flag. If .TRUE., automatic q-set will not be
generated here but in the MODQSET module.
AUNIT
Logical. If TRUE then unit solutions are assumed.
AUNITS
Real. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units of length per
time squared.
AUTOADJ
Character. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to 'YES', then adjoint
sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropriate. Usually input via user
parameter.
AUTOMSET
Character. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent degree-of-freedom
specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will be rearranged to
avoid exclusive DOF set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter.
AUTOSE
Character. Automatic superelement optimization flag. Values are 'YES' or 'NO' as

specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM.
AUTOSPC
Character. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then singularities will be

constrained.
AUXMFL
Logical. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Output by AXMDRV. Set to FALSE
when processing the last auxiliary model.
AUXMID
Integer. Auxiliary model identification number. Output by AXMDRV.
BADMESH
Logical. Bad geometry was detected.
BAILOUT
Integer. Decomposition maximum ratio exit flag.
BC
Integer. BC Case Control command set identification number specified in the 257th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
BCFLAG
Logical. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.
BCKCOL
Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the

STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also corresponds to
the column number of static solution vector. Output by GETCOL.
BCLBL
Integer. f06 file page header control.
-1
0
1
Main Index
Clear page header

Initialize page header without page eject
Initialize page header with page eject
Glossary 1679
Parameter Glossary
Name
BEGSUP
BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first Bulk
Data section. Output by IFP1.
BETA
Complex. Integration parameter.
BETAD
Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [B].
BIGER
Real. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output.
BIGMAT
Logical. Big matrix (>65535 rows) format flag.
BITID
Integer. Bit position of a degree-of-freedom set.
BOV
Real. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency. Value calculated by

REFC/(2.*VELOCITY). Output by APD.
BOXIDF
Integer. Box corner point identification flag. Output by APD.
Points have unique identification numbers starting with the aerodynamic

component identification number.
-1
Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an overlap if

they were started with the aerodynamic component identification
numbers. No display of the corner points is possible.
BSKIP
Logical. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, the skip first subcase in
CASECC.
BTBRS
Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
BUCKCC
Logical. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one

ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in CASECC and CASEBUCK is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
BULKFGi
Integer. Bulk Data entry record existence flag. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry record
exists. Output by PARAML.
BULKNMi
Integer. Bulk Data entry name.
CARDNO
Integer. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for each line
written to the punch file and is also written into columns 73-80 of each line. Output
by XYTRAN.
CASCOMi
Character. Case Control command names.
CASEID
Integer. Subcase identification number for SOL 400. Output by CASE.
CCSET
Integer. Case Control set identification number which specifies a set of grids to be
used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option. (Reserved for possible future
implementation).
CFDFLG
Integer. Central finite difference flag.
1
-1
CDIF
Main Index
Forward
Backward
Character. Finite difference scheme.
1680

Parameter Glossary
Name

'YES'
Central
'NO'
Forward
CDOM
Integer. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the motion.(0=basic coordinate

system).
CFDIAGP
Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CFAST element deletion. Usually

CFRANDEL
Real. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are removed from the model.
Usually input by user parameter.
CHAR
Character. Character value of table element. Output by PARAML.
CHAR2
Character. Character value of table element concatenated from the values in the
WRDNUM and WRDNUM-th position. Output by PARAML.
APPEND module: Character value in the same record as CHAR1 and following
CHAR1.
CHARi
Character. Character value for PRGNAME.
CHOLSKY
Integer. Cholesky decomposition flag.
CLOSE
Real. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the OPTION='ABS' method, close
natural frequencies will be summed if the natural frequencies satisfy:
f i + 1 < CLOSE f i
CLOSEOPT
Integer. FORTIO close options.
1
2
3
Close/keep (default)
Close/delete
CMDEREQ
Integer. Component modal damping energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 means
yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMEOUT
Integer. Module processing flag.
-2
-1
0
CMERTYPE
CMETYPE
Main Index
Rewind (leaves file open, if open)
Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request

Print/punch accumulated results
Integer. Compute results tables for the current superelement.
Type of response of input matrices.
free vibrations
2
3
modal frequency
modal transient
Integer. Type of energy of input matrices.
Glossary 1681
Parameter Glossary
Name
1
2
3
kinetic energy
damping energy
CMFREREQ
Integer. Component modal forced response energy request flag. -1 means no and 0
yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMFVEREQ
Integer. Component modal free vibration energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMKEREQ
Integer. Component modal kinetic energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMPX
Complex. Complex value in the next record.
CMPXD
Complex double precision. Complex double precision value in the next record.
CMPXi
Complex. Complex value for PRGNAME.
CMSEREQ
Integer. Component modal strain energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes. Output
by CMSENGY.
CNCNT
Integer. Counter for constraints in CONTAB. Output by DOPR3.
CNVFLG
Integer. Design optimization convergence flag. Output by DOM12.
0
1
2
No convergence is achieved
Soft convergence is achieved
Hard convergence is achieved
COLADJ
Integer. Number of columns of DRDUG for the current superelement.
COLINC
Integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column between STARTCOL

and ENDCOL.
COLNAM
Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows MATGPR output.
COLNUM
Integer. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be sorted to produce
SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.
COMBMETH
Integer. Combine method selection in SSG1 module.
0
1
2
3
<0
COMPNAME
Main Index
strain energy
Automatic
Single term
Scaled column
Multiple/add kernels
Same as above with diagnostic print
Character. Name of a component defining the set of points participating in the rigid
body motion.
1682

Parameter Glossary
Name
COMPRPLC
Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from
COMP1 into COMP.
CONFAC
Integer. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of boundary grid
points and displacement coordinate systems.
CONSEC
Integer. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS
was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps which have reached
MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated. Output by NLTRD,
NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
CONT3D
Integer. 3D contact flag.
CONV
<0
No
>-1
Yes
Integer. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV,

NLTRD, and NLTRD2.
On input:
0
Initialization
On output:
Main Index
-1
Convergence has not been achieved
COORID
Integer. Coordinate system identification number.
COUPMASS
Integer. Coupled mass generation flag.

-1
Lumped
Coupled
CP
Integer. DBC module control parameter. Output by DBC.
CRTPOS
Integer. CCPOS1 creation flag.

>0
Create CCPOS1
<=0
Do not create CCPOS1
CSDIAGP
Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CWSEAM element deletion.

CSRANDEL
Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are removed from the model.
CSTRN
Integer. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
CSTRES
Integer. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
CTYPE
Character. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry. Output
by CYCLIC1.
Glossary 1683
Parameter Glossary
Name
CVTYP

'ROT'
Rotational
'AXI'
Axisymmetric
'DIH'
Dihedral
Integer. Type of convergence test.
1
2
3
Main Index
Soft convergence is to be checked

Hard convergence is to be checked
Final iteration histories are to be printed
CWDIAGP
Character. CWELD deletion diagnostic flag. YES means print. diagonistics.

CWRANDEL
Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are removed from the model.
CYCLIC
Logical or integer. Set to TRUE or -1 for cyclic symmetry models.
DATAREC
Integer. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not perform UFM 2071
checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not need in data recovery.
DBCPATH
Integer. Dummy variable parameter to allow passing of qualifiers from the

NASTRAN database to the DBC database.
DBKNT
Integer. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT. DBKNT is only computed
under ITAPE= -3 or -13. Output by INPUTT2.
DCEIGCC
Logical. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least
one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is
DEBUG
Integer. Passive column logic control flag in DCMP and DECOMP.
DECOMP
Integer. DCMP and DECOMP module error termination flag.
DEFORMED
Integer. Deformed plot request flag.

1
Plot undeformed shapes
-1
Plot deformed shapes
DEFRMID
Integer. Element deformation set identification number. Usually obtained from the
DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of
differential stiffness.
DELG
Real. Scale factor on perturbed length.
DELTAB
Real. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk
Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
DELTAD
Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [D].
DESCYCLE
Integer. Design cycle analysis counter or flag.
1684

Parameter Glossary
Name
DESGLB
Integer. DESGLB Case Control command set identification number. Output by

DOPR3 and MDCASE.
DESITER
Integer. Design optimization iteration number.
DESMAX
Integer. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.
DESOBJ
Integer. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number. Output by

DOPR3 and MDCASE.
DESOPT
Integer. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the non-composite

element forces are extracted for68m OEF1A and copied to OEF1AA.
DESPCH
Integer. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID Bulk Data entries.
See DESPCH (p. 740) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DESVAR
Integer. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to 1 if there are retained design variable perturbations. Output by SDSA.
DET
Complex. Scaled value of the determinant of a matrix. Output by DCMP and

DECOMP.
DETER
Complex. Shift value. Output by DYCNTRL.
DFREQ
Real. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f 1 and f 2 , are considered

duplicates if
f 1 f 2 < DFREQ f max f min
where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across all
FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
DFRQCC
Logical. Direct frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=DFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is
DIGITS
Integer. Number of digits for the fractional part of values written by the OUTPUT4
module.
DISCYC
Logical. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete design cycle.
DISMETH
Integer. Method of processing in DISUTIL module.
DISVAR
Logical. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to TRUE if discrete optimization

design variables are specified. Output by DOPR1.
DLOAD1
Integer. Dynamic load set identification number in the first frequency subcase.
Output by DSAD.
DMIGFN
Character. Qualifier name for F2J matrices.
DMPYIN
Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input matrices from master processor to
slave processor(s).
DMPYOUT
Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X matrix from slave processor(s) to

master processor.
Glossary 1685
Parameter Glossary
Name
DODMP
Main Index

Integer. Distributed memory parallel flag.
0
Compute in serial (default)
Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
DMRESD
Integer. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the
residual structure. Output by SDSB.
DOANALY
Integer. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DOBUCK
Integer. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.
DOCEIG
Integer. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response.
DOCSTRAT
Integer. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite stress ratio. Output
by DSPRM.
DOEIGV
Integer. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints. Output by DSPRM.
DOELOP
Integer. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses. Output by DSPRM.
DODIVG
Integer. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOESE
Integer. Static analysis retained element strain energy response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOFLUT
Integer. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DOFREQ
Integer. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOFRMASS
Integer. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass. Output by DSPRM.
DOFSPC
Integer. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any
DOGPF
Integer. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses. Output by DSPRM.
DOMODES
Integer. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by
DSPRM.
DOMTRAN
Integer. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DONSET
Integer. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC processing. Output by
GPSP.
-1
Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix (KNN).
Do not execute GPSP again.
1686

Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
DOPT
Integer. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa for the CURVPLOT
module.
DORMS
Integer. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOSAERO
Integer. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
DOSASTAT
Integer. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOSSPCF
Integer. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOSTAT
Integer. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.
DOSTCOMP
Integer. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static compliance. Output by
DSPRM.
DOTSPC
Integer. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOWGHT
Integer. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by
DSPRM.
DPEPS
Real. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model properties. See further
description in Parameters (p. 713) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DPHFLG
Integer. Flag to select Nelsons method or subspace iteration for eigenvector

sensitivities. Usually input via user parameter.
0
Nelsons method
Subspace iteration
DRATIO
Real. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by
DSGRDM.
DRESP
Integer. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are
retained design responses. Output by SDSA.
DSAPRT
Logical. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag.
DSENS
Integer. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG, accelerations due
to inertial loads.
DSFLAG
Logical. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for design sensitivity job.
DSNOKD
Real. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling design sensitivity
analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
DSVGF
Integer. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue.

0
No scaling
Scale
Glossary 1687
Parameter Glossary
Name
DSZERO
Real. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute value of the
coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will be printed.
DTMi
Integer. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If DTMi<>0, then

MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement matrix and, therefore, velocities
and accelerations will not be output to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must
have only one column per time step instead of the usual three.
DUPWG
Integer. Duplicate word group option in the TABEDIT module.
DVAFLAG
Integer. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained in separate data
blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
DVFLAG
-1
Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUGi.
Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVGi and OAGi.
Integer. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large

methods of specification.
mass and direct
=0
Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced accelerations.
>0
Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and velocities.
DVGRDN
Character. Flag for skipping basis vector components associated with all GRIDNs in
DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then components will be skipped.
DVRGCC
Logical. Aerostatic divergence analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=DIVERG command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is
EIGNFREQ
Integer. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. Output by DOPR3.
ECTYPE
EDT1FLG
Main Index
Integer. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output:

0
ECT and ELSET
GEOM2 and ELSET
ECT and PELSET
Integer. EDT1 creation flag. Output by GP5.

-1
EDT1 was created.
EDT1 was not created.
EFMDIAG
Integer. EFM diagnostic printout flag.
EFMFLG
Integer. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on superelement
boundary points.
0
Compute the average all of the shell normals
Compute the resultant of all of shell normals
1688

Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
EFMMASS
Real. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations
are to be performed. Output by SEEFMDMP.
EIGRFLD
Character. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an output if the
field value is a character string. Output by MATMOD option 23.
EIGRVALI
Integer. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by
MATMOD option 23.
EIGRVALR
Real. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by MATMOD
option 23.
ELEMSET
Integer. SET Case Control command identification number that contains a list
element point identification numbers.
ENDCOL
Integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.
EPPRT
Real. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than EPPRT will not be
printed if PRGPST='YES'.
EPS
Real. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be set to N/10000 where N is the
size of KXX, etc.
EPSBIG
Real. Large number for tuning.
EPSI
Integer. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is greater than 1.E3. Output by SSG3 and DISUTIL.
EPSLND
Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [E].
EPSMALC
Real. Small number for tuning.
EPSNO
Integer. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of error checking

output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the first ten or NEIGV
modes (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons
for the first EPSNO are printed.
EPZERO
Real. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater than EPZERO will not be
constrained.
EQVBLK
Logical. Copy/equivalence flag of BULKOLD to BULK. If on input

EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on
input and output EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be
equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there are any new
Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output. xsort.
ERR
Integer. Excessive factor diagonal ratio flag. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
ERROR
Integer. Duplicate element identification flag. Output by ELTPRT.
EXISTS
Character. Project and version status. Output by PROJVER.

'EXISTS'
If project and version exists
'DELETED'
If project and version is deleted
'NONE'
If project and version never existed
Glossary 1689
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
EXTNAME
Character. Name of the qualifier used to identify External Superelements. Note

linkage to the SEBULK data entry.
EXTRN
Integer. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the

CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
EXTWORK
Real. External work. Output by SSG3.
F1
Real. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL.
Tolerance for treating small values as zero during decomposition in DCMP and
DECOMP. Maximum value to print in MATGPR output.
F2
Real. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL. The
F6CNTR
Integer. Fortran unit loop counter.
F6SUFFIX
Character. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit physicalvnames. Output by

MODCASE.
F6UNIT
Integer. Current Fortran unit number. Output by MODCASE.
FAC1
Complex. Square of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is
always zero. Output by TRLG.
FAC2
Complex. Reciprocal of twice the time step increment. Imaginary part is always
zero. Output by TRLG.
FAC3
Complex. Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is
always zero. Output by TRLG.
FACTOR
Integer. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification number (SEQID)

in the SEQP module.
FAILI
Integer. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
FBREST
Integer. Internal restart flag.
FBTYP
Integer. Forward or backward pass selection.
FCSENS
Integer. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.
Fij
Integer. Form of output matrix partitions.
FILTERF
Real. Filter for fluid factor matrices.
FILTERS
Real. Filter for structure factor matrices.
FIRSTBA
Logical. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency is truncated.
Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
FKQRTR
Logical. Follower stiffness generation flag. If TRUE, follower stiffness will be

generated. Usually based on user parameter FOLLOWK.
FKSYMFAC
Real. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually input by user parameter.
1690

Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
FLOOP
Integer. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set to zero for initial entry and
incremented by one for each loop until the last loop then set to -1. Output by FA1.
FLUID
Logical. Fluid processing flag.

GKAM
If TRUE, then modal damping set identification number is

obtained from the SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control
command.
READ and
LANCZOS
METHOD command option (FLUID or STRUCTURE). If

FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from
METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.
FLUIDMP
Integer. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If FLUIDMP>0 then

compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes.
FLUIDSE
Integer. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value greater than zero if
ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present. Output by SEQP.
FLUTCC
Logical. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one

ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in CASECC and CASEFLUT is
specified in the output list.
FMODE
Integer. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user parameter input of
LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case
Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMODEF
Integer. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user parameter input of
LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also MODESELECT(FLUID) Case
Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMPFEPS
Real. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes.
FORM
Integer. Form of output matrix.
FORMAT
Character. Eigenvalue problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling problems are
not supported.
FOUND
Integer. Integer value search flag. Set to -1 if integer value is found by PARAML.
Output by PARAML.
FOURIER
Integer. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data entries are referenced by
the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC. Output by FRLG.
FREQ1
Integer. Frequency set identification number in the first frequency subcase. Output
by DSAD.
FREQ345
Logical. Flag indicating presence of FREQ3, FREQ4, and FREQ5 Bulk Data
entries.
FREQDEP
Logical. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE if frequency-dependent

elements are present or to be processed. Output by TA1.
FREQINDX
Integer. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency associated with UA.
FREQTYP
Character. Frequency dependent element processing mode:
Glossary 1691
Parameter Glossary
Name

'ESTF'
Compute frequency dependent stiffness
'ESTNF'
Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness
FREQVAL
Real. Frequency value for frequency dependent element generation. Output by

FRQDRV.
FREQWA
Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
FRM
Real. Fractional mass for designed structure.
FRMASS
Real. Fractional mass of designed structure.
FROMLABL
Character. The label associated with the present group set.
FRQLOOP
Integer. Frequency loop counter. On input, FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0

before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP is incremented by one and at the last
frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For example, if the fifth frequency is the last then
FRQLOOP is output as -5. Output by FRQDRV.
FSDCYC
Logical. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully stressed
design cycle.
Real. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually input by user parameter.
GAMMAD
Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C].
GDRTYP
Character. Solution type.

DIRECT
NOYSET is obtained from DYNRED Bulk Data entry
ODAL
NOYSET is estimated
GEOMU
Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes geometric
information.
GETNUMPN
Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number of panels flag
only and do not compute panel static loads.
GMAFLG
Integer. Test control flag for changes in the set identification numbers specified for
the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL commands.
GNLSTN
Integer. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user parameter.

Small strain
Green strain
GPF
Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
GPFNAM
Character. NDDL name of the OGPF1.
GPFORCE
Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or equal to zero
then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GPLABEL
Character. The label associated with the new set of subgroups.
GPSOPT
Integer. GPSTR2 output option bits numbered right to left.

Bit
Main Index
Description
1692

Parameter Glossary
Name

1
Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always be output. (This is

an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).
Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume always be output
Set device code bit in OGS1s Id record to indicate plot only for direct
stress/strain for volume
Set device code bit in OGS1s Id record to indicate plot only for principal
stress/strain for volume.
GRDPNT
Integer. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias are computed

GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic coordinate system is used.
Output by VECPLOT.
GRIDFMP
Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will be output.
GRIDMP
Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids.
GRIDSET
Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list grid
point identification numbers.
GRPSZ
Integer. The number of processors in each subgroup.
GUSTAERO
Integer. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.
GUST2ID
Integer. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.
HDRLBLi
Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of

each page.
HEATCC
Logical. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified
in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
HFREQ
Real. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.
HINDEX
Integer. Harmonic index.
HNAMEi
Character. For INPUTT2, HNAMEi is the data block name found in the header of
DBi on the Fortran unit. For OUTPUT2, HNAMEi is data block name to written into
the header for DBi on the Fortran unit. Output by INPUTT2.
HPFLAG
Integer. Element type processing flag.
1
2
IAPP
IBAND
Main Index
h-element
p-element
Integer. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response
2
3
Buckling or normal modes

Flutter or divergence
Integer. Current band identification number.
Glossary 1693
Parameter Glossary
Name
IBLK
Integer. Initial block size.
ICCOL
Integer. Column number of static solution matrix as derived from the IC(STATSUB)
Case Control command specification. Output by GETCOL.
ICOL
Integer. Column number of a matrix element.
IEXT
Integer. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the
IFRMAS
Integer. Fractional mass response type.
IFTM
Integer. Fourier transform method.

0
Constant
Piecewise linear (default)
Cubic spline
IMACHNO
Integer. Mach number (MACH) multiplied by 1000 and specified as an integer.
IMAG
Real. Imaginary part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.
IMETHOD
Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. Input and output by CASE.
IBELONG
Integer. A zero value of this parameter indicates that the processor does not belong
to any of the subgroups associated with the TOLABEL label.
INCGRP
Input. The stride from the first processor identification number of the parent group
which is included in a given subgroup, to the processor identification number of the
parent group which corresponds to he first processor identification number which is
included in the next subgroup.
INCPID
Integer. The stride from one processor identification number of the parent group that
is included in a given subgroup, to the next processor identification number of the
parent group which is included in the same group.
INDDOF
Integer. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using RBE3D code with
Ci=INDDOF
INTGR
Integer. Integer value of table element. Output by PARAML.
INTi
Integer. Integer value for PRGNAME.
INVA
Integer. Inversion flag of A. In INVA=-1 then invert A.
INVOKE
Logical. Restart deletion invocaton flag.
IOPT
Integer. LOADSET Case Control command processing flag. If IOPT=0, then the
LOADSET command is ignored and all LSEQ entries will be used to expand
CASECC. If IOPT=1, then only those LSEQ entries selected by the LOADSET
command will be used. Integer. Case Control command selection flag for the
MTRXIN module.
Integer. Normalization method.
Integer. Matrix partition or merge option.
Main Index
1694

Parameter Glossary
Name

Integer. VECPLOT module output option.
IOSTAT
Integer. FORTIO status return code. Output by FORTIO. For OPERATN='OPEN' or

'CLOSE':
0
Successful
Unsuccessful
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0
Assigned physical file exists
Assigned physical file does not exist
IP1
Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IP2
Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IPAD
Integer. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the
IPANEL
Integer. The number of records to skip to get the required data in the PANSLT table.
IROW
Integer. Row number of a matrix element. Output by PARAML.
IRTN
Integer. External program return code. Output by ISHELL.
ISENS
Integer. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed in the ASG module.
ISKIP
Integer. Counter to update penalty values in BGP; updates on first pass and no
update later.
ISOFLG
ITAPE
Integer. MACOFP module Fortran unit positioning option.

0
No action before write
-1
Rewind before write
-1
A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end
-3
Rewind at start and end
-4
Dismount old unit and mount new unit
INPUTT2/OUTPUT2 module Fortran unit positioning option.

+n
Skip forward n data blocks before reading/writing
No action before reading/writing
-1
Rewind before reading/writing
-3
Print data blocks and then rewind before reading/writing
-9
Write a final EOF (OUTPUT2 only)
INPUTT4/OUTPUT4 module Fortran unit positioning option.
Main Index
No action before reading/writing
-1
Rewind before reading/writing
Glossary 1695
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index

-2
Rewind after reading/writing
-3
Rewind before and after reading/writing
ITERID
Integer. Nonlinear analysis iteration count. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and

NLTRD2.
ITIME
Real. Time instant at which the dynamic loads are evaluated and converted to static
loads.
ITIME0
Real. Initial time step at the beginning of a current STEP case.
ITOPT
Integer. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the SOLVIT, 1468 module
description.
ITSEPS
Integer. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution
method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no convergence.
ITSEPSR
Real. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method.
ITSERR
Integer. Iterative solver return code. Output by SOLVIT.

1
No convergence
Insufficient memory
ITSMAX
Integer. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.
ITSOPT
Integer. Preconditioner flag for STATICS and SOLVIT module.
IUNIT
Integer. Fortran unit number.
IUNITi
Integer. Fortran unit number.
IUNITSOL
Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then

IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.
IVALUE
Integer. Integer value to search for in a table.
JPLOT
Integer. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by PLTSET
and SEPLOT.
K6ROT
Real. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.
KBAR
Real. Reduced frequency.
KDAMP
Integer. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then viscous modal
damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be included in the stiffness
matrix as structural damping.
KDGEN
Integer. Differential stiffness matrix generation flag. Usually the column number in
UG to use in differential stiffness matrix generation.
KEY
Character. Generic or NDDL name of a data block.
KFLAG
Integer. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update stiffness before starting bisection.
It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the last converged solution or stiffness
update. Output by NLITER.
1696

Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
KGTH
Integer. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in analysis set) have been
processed. Output by CYCLIC3.
KMATUP
Integer. Stiffness matrix update count within the increment. Output by NLITER.
KRATIO
Complex. Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment. Output by NLTRD2
and NLSOLV.
KSTEP
Integer. Frequency of solve in complex eigenvalue analysis.
KSYM
Integer. Symmetric decomposition flag. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
KTIME
Real. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining
at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the
last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time
from the last stiffness update. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and
NLTRD2.
LABL
Character. Label on the Fortran unit identified by IUNIT.
LANGLE
Integer. Large rotation calculation method:

1
Gimbal angle
Rotation vector
LASTBULK
Logical. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data section is the last section in the input
file. Output by XSORT.
LASTCC
Integer. Last auxiliary model Case Control section flag. Output by IFP1.
LASTCNMU
Real. Last converged value of the arc-length load factor. Output by NLITER.
LASTSE
Integer. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement is the last to
process. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
LASTUPD
Integer. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness
update is performed due to the CGAP element during the iteration. Output by
NLTRD and NLTRD2.
LCOLLBLi
Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in upper left

corner of each page.
LDSEQ
Integer. PG column number. On input, last column number of PG on previous SELA

execution. On output, last column number of PG on current execution. Output by
SELA.
LFREQ
Real. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.
LGDISP
Integer. Large displacement and follower force flag.

-1
Glossary 1697
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
LINC
Integer. Number of load increments for this subcase.
LISET
Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI table. Output by
MTRXIN.
LJSET
Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by MTRXIN.
LKSET
Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output by MTRXIN.
LMFACT
Real. Lagrange multiplier scale factor. Usually input by user parameter and
overrides system cell 374.
LMODES
Integer. The number of lowest modes to use in modal transformation. All outputs
will have LMODES number of columns.
LMTROWS
Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix. These rows are
excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP module.
LOAD
Integer. LOAD Case Control command set identification number specified in the
fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LOADFAC
Complex. Load factor. The real part is the load factor for the current iteration, having
a fractional value between 0 and 1. Output by NLITER.
LOADFACR
Real. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC except real).
LOADID
Integer. Load set identification number for the current subcase.
LOADIDF
Integer. Load set identification number of the newly created static load set of
follower forces. Output by DLT2SLT.
LOADIDP
Integer. Load set identification number for the previous subcase.
LOADU
Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes static load
information.
LOOPIDL
Output-integer. Last output loop identification number. Output by NLRSLOOP.
LPFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another CASEA record to process. Set to 1 for the last subcase and Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
LPRINT
Logical. Print flag for divergence analysis (DIVERG), flutter analysis (FA1), and
stability derivatives (SDP).
LSEQ
Integer. LOADSET Case Control command set identification number specified in

the 205-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LST2REC
Integer. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE to write last two records.
LSTEP
Integer. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for static solutions.
LSTRN
Integer. Laminar strain flag.

0
Compute laminar stresses
Compute laminar strains
LUMPB
Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping.
LUMPM
Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.
1698

Parameter Glossary
Name
LUSET
Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set. Output by GP1 or

PARAML.
LUSETD
Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set. Output by DPD.
LUSETS
Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set of the current superelement.

Output by GP1.
M36OPT
Integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.
MACH
Real. Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
MACH0
Real. Previously processed Mach number. Output by AMG.
MAJOR
Character. Name of the major degree-of-freedom set.
MASSQUAL
Character. Name of the qualifier used to qualify the MGG*.
MASSETID
Integer. Identification number of the MASSSET Case Control command.
MATCH
Integer. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching. Output by GP5.

0
Matching mesh
Non-matching mesh
MATCPX
Integer. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic elements.
MATIDXi
Integer. Index to the current name in the SET containing the DMIG names.
MATNAMi
Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data
entries.
MATTYPE
Character. Input matrix type flag.

Value
Input Matrix Description
MONDSP1
X1=Displacement matrix X2 thru X4 are ignored and may

be purged
MONPNT1
X1=Inertia loads matrix

X2=External Loads matrix
X3=Flexible Increments matrix
X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix
Main Index
MAXBLK
Integer. Maximum block size.
MAXLP
Integer. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and the material
subincrement processes.
MAXNUSE
Integer. Absolute maximum number of states to use for the interpolation.
MAXR
Integer. Maximum physical record size.
MAXRAT
Real. Maximum value of factor diagonal ratio. Output by DECOMP.
MAXRATIO
Real. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes termination of

decomposition.
Glossary 1699
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
MAXSET
Integer. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual value of block size
may be reduced depending on available memory and problem size.
MBCFLG
Logical. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag. Set to TRUE if multiple
boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.
MCEIGCC
Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least
one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is
MDCEQV
Integer. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1 on output then no output

truncation occurred and a subsequent EQUIVX statement may be used to
equivalence the inputs to the outputs. Output by MODACC.
MDLGDEF
Integer. Minimum number of dofs which activates special ACMS DECOMP/FBS

method in READ module for buckling problems (FORMAT<>"MODES").
MDOPT
Integer. Option selection number as described below.
MDTRKFLG
Integer. Mode tracking status flag.

0
Mode tracking was successful
Mode tracking was unsuccessful
MESH
Character. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to print summary; 'NO'
otherwise. Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 'AERO' or 'STRU'.
MESHSET
Integer. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, then combine mesh sets defined
in the MSGMESH punch file.
METH
Character. Method of real eigenvalue extraction.
METHCMRS
Integer. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID) override.

METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES.
METRIK
MINDIAG
Real. Norm of the minimum diagonal term in U. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
MFACT
Complex. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix. Output by BMG.
MFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach number to process in the
current subcase. Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase. Output by
AELOOP.
MGEFLAG
Integer. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL, PBUSH, and PBUSHT
property entries. Output by TA1 and EMG.
MINNUSE
Integer. Absolute minimum number of states to use for the interpolation.
MINVAR
Character. Type of coupling for output of nine mass invariants, M9I:

CONSTANT
1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
PARTIAL
All except 5 and 9
FULL
All
1700

Parameter Glossary
Name

NONE
None
MFRQCC
Logical. Modal frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is
MKERRCHK
Logical. MAKMON error check flag.

TRUE
Perform check
FALSE
Do not perform check
MNEWK
Integer. Matrix update flag for 3D contact. MNEWK < 0 means no and MNEWK >
0 means yes. Output by NLSOLV.
MNFOUT
Character. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass invariants, M9I:
MODE
MNF
Modal neutral file only
NINEMAI
M9I only
BOTH
Modal neutral file and M9I
Character. Boundary condition change ignore flag.

'NONLINEAR'Ignore boundary condition changes
'STATICS'Do not ignore boundary condition changes
Main Index
MODECC
Logical. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MODES command was found in CASECC and CASEMODE is
MODEPT
Logical. Analysis model element property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates
that the design model is overriding element properties in the analysis model. Output
by DOPR1.
MODETRAK
Integer. Mode tracking request flag.

0
Mode tracking was not requested.
>0
Mode tracking is requested.
MODGEOM2
Logical. Analysis model connectivity modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that
the design model is overriding connectivity in the analysis model. Output by
DOPR1.
MODGM4
Logical. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if GEOM4M is updated. Output by

MODGM4.
MODMPT
Logical. Analysis model material property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates
that the design model is overriding material properties in the analysis model. Output
by DOPR1.
MONRPLC
Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from
MON1 into MON.
MONTYPE
Character. Monitor point type.
Glossary 1701
Parameter Glossary
Name

STRUCTURAL
Structural monitor points
AERODYNAMIC
Aerodynamic monitor points
MPC
Integer. MPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the
second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
MPCF2
Integer. Multipoint constraint set identification number change flag. Set to 1 if the
current subcase contains a different multipoint constraint set from the previous
subcase. Set to -1, otherwise, or if there are no multipoint constraints in the current
subcase. Output by GP4.
MPCFLG
Integer. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by multipoint

constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX and the rigid element
entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered during resequencing.
MPCMETH
Character. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also indicates the type of

matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and 'KMM' for KMM.
MPFSORT
Integer. Sort flag. A value in the first table is added to a value in the second table.
MPNFLG
Integer. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist. Output by GP5.
MSCHG
Integer. Boundary condition change flag in. In nonlinear static analysis only. Output
by CASE.
MSGINP1
Integer. Optional integer input.
MSGINP2
Integer. Optional integer input.
MSGLVL
Integer. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only.
0
No output
Warning and fatal messages
Summary output
Detailed output on cost and convergence
More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra arithmetic to

check on orthogonality
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SEQP module.

0
No
Yes
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SOLVIT module.

0
Minimal; i.e, UIM 6447
UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the TABEDIT module.
Main Index
MSGNUM
Integer. Message number.
MSGOUT
Integer. Optional integer output. Output by MSGHAN.
1702

Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
MTRNCC
Logical. Modal transient response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MTRAN command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is
MU
Real. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement matrix. Output by NLTRD.
NAME
Character. Name of a data block. Output by PARAML.
NASOUT
Logical. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching summary.
NBCONT
Integer. Number of bisections due to slideline contact. Output by NLITER,

NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
NBIS
Integer. Current bisection counter. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
NBLOCK
Integer. Number of spill blocks to form if out of memory algorithm is used.
NBLSEQ
Integer. Number of new LSEQ entries created. Output by ST2DYN.
NBNLST
Integer. Number of nonlinear static records. Output by T2DYN.
NBRCHG
Integer. Number of negative terms on the diagonal. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
NBSORT2
Integer. Contact region output sort format flag. Output by BGCASO.

1
If SORT2 format is requested for printing
If x-y plotting is requested
NCASE
Integer.
NCNOFFST
Integer. Counter for retained constraints. The value is initialized to 1 in and is

incremented by the number of records in CNTABR. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
NCOL
Integer. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or frequencies)

desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will be converted into the
output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data records in the input table,
then the first NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored.
Output by TRD1 and TRD2. Integer. Number of columns. Output by NORM.
NCOLMNP2
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated with the MONPNT2 entries.
NCOLT
Integer. Column number in output of previous run from which the integration is to
be continued. Output by TRLG.
NCUL
Integer. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix for the residual structure.
Usually determined by the PARAML module.
ND
Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues.
ND1
Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in first complex region.
NDAMP
Real. Numerical damping.
NDDLNAME
Character. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data block.
NDDLNAMi
Character. NDDL name of the DBi-th data block.
NDES
Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is repeated, then nDes
+ m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode) solutions are found.
Glossary 1703
Parameter Glossary
Name
NDJ
Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in j-th complex region. for pre-Version
70.5 Lanczos method.
NDVTOT
Integer. Number of unique referenced design variables.
NE
Integer. Number of estimated eigenvalues. Integer. The number of estimated

eigenvalues for non-Lanczos methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the
problem size which the QL Householder method is used.
NEIG
Integer. Number of eigenvalues to keep.

0 Keep all eigenvalues
>0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues
NEIGV
Integer. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none were found. Output by
CEAD, READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.
NEWBULK
Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag. FALSE means no and

TRUE yes. Output by RMDUPBLK.
NEWCASE
Integer. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is generated. Output by

BGCASO.
NEWEPT
Integer. NEWEPT creation flag. 0 means no and -1 yes. Output by NSMEPT.
NEWGPSNT
Logical. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN table is created (shell
normal table is updated due to the interaction with RSSCON elements), then the flag
is set TRUE. Output by GP4.
NEWK
Integer. Stiffness update flag. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and

NLTRD2.
-1 Do not update stiffness.
1 Update stiffness.
2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has been reached.
NEWMSIZ
Integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned on.
NEWNAMi
Character. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g., NEWNAM3
corresponds to NEWDB3, etc.
NEWP
Integer. New subcase flag. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and TOLAPP.
1 Current subcase has been completed.
NEWS
Integer. New STEP case flag.

-1
Current STEP case has not been completed.
1 Current STEP case has been completed.
NEWSTEP
Integer. STEP case flag. Output by NLRSLOOP.

-1 Not a new STEP case
Main Index
1704

Parameter Glossary
Name

1 New STEP case
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0
NEXTID
Integer. Identification number which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the
next Bulk Data section; usually superelement or auxiliary model identification
number. Output by XSORT.
NFEXIT
Logical. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal Message 2070 and do
not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.
NFREQ
Integer. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis. Output by

CYCLIC1.
NGERR
Integer. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR is set to -1; otherwise +1.
Output by GPSP.
NGP
Integer. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure. Output by PLTSET
and SEPLOT.
NHBDY
Integer. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if none exist. Output by PLTHBDY.
Ni
Character. Continuation entry prefix.
NINPTPS
Integer. Approximate number of surrounding independent element interpolation

points to be considered when interpolating at a grid point for a given material
coordinate system.
NJ
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in j-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by

APD.
NK
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in k-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by

APD.
NKEYS
Integer. Duplicate value sort option specification.
NLAM
Integer. Number modes to create in LAMAX.
NLATYPE
Character. Type of nonlinear analysis.

NLTR Nonlinear transient
NLST Nonlinear statics
LNST Linear statics
NLAYERS
Integer. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of CQUAD4 and

CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.
NLFLAG
Integer. Output by NLITER.
NLOADS
Integer. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to the MPC and SPC
command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
NLOFLAG
Integer. Output control flag. Output by NLSOLV.

On input:
Main Index
Glossary 1705
Parameter Glossary
Name

< 0 Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the output-only
information before exiting.

> 0 Do not print the title lines for iteration message.
On output--output exit:
= 0 No
> 1 Yes
NLPACK
Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag.

<=0 Append all output time steps together in each STEPcase before processing
the output procedure

> 0 Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in each
STEPcase before output procedure

NLRIGID
Main Index
Integer. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system cell 377. Output by
MODGM2.
<0
No nonlinear rigid element exists; use linear elimination.
=0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier method is used
to obtain the solution.
>0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the elimination method is used to

obtain the solution.
NLSTRAIN
Logical. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at word 11 of OES1 takes
precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be processed.
NLTYPE
Integer. Nonlinear analysis type.

0
Statics
Transient response
NMASS
Integer.
NMAT
Integer. Number of matrices.
NMATDOM
Integer. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are divided.
NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a power of 2. The default
will be set to the number of processors.
NMK
Integer. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. Output by

GETMKL.
NNDEGV
Integer. Number of new natural frequencies related to eigenvector sensitivity.

Output by DSAH.
NNDFRQ
Integer. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon natural frequencies.
NNDGM
Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized mass. Output by

DSAH.
1706

Parameter Glossary
Name
NNDGS
Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized stiffness. Output by

DSAH.
NNEWM
Integer. The number of new m-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by GPSP.
NNEWS
Integer. The number of new s-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by GPSP.
NOA
Integer. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and
NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set. Output by
GP4 and GPSP.
NOABFL
Integer. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by
BMG.
NOASET
Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
NOASM
Integer. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly and reduction is

requested for the current superelement based on the SEKR or SEALL Case Control
commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOCSTMX
Integer. CSTMX creation flag. Output by MRGCSTM.

0
CSTMX not created
CSTMX created
NOB2
Integer. B2GG or B2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if B2GG or B2PP is generated; 1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOBGG
Integer. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT. Output by EMG.
NOBKGG
Integer. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to generate slideline

contact stiffness.
NOBSET0
Integer. Number of null columns in PHZ in front of non-null columns. Output by

DYNREDU.
NOCEAD
Integer. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if complex eigenvalue analysis

needs to be performed, otherwise, set to -1. Output by FA1.
NOCHAR
Integer. Number of character value inputs.
NOCMPX
Integer. Number of complex value inputs.
NOCOMP
Integer. Composite stress/strain flag.

-5 Forces of composites in STRAIN=sid
-2 Forces of composites in STRESS=sid
-1 Stresses for all elements (same as 0 except in DMAP)
0 Stresses for all elements
1 Stresses for non-composites only
2 Strain/curvature and forces of composites in STRESS=sid
3 Strains for all elements and MPCForces
Main Index
Glossary 1707
Parameter Glossary
Name

4 Strains for non-composites only
5 Strain/curvature of composites in STRAIN=sid
NODLT
Integer. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1
also means DLT is created. Output by DPD.
NODR
Integer. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data recovery requested
for any superelement. Output by SEDRDR and SEP4.
NOEDS1
Integer. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is generated. Output by

STDCON.
NOEED
Integer. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are processed, -1

otherwise. 1 also means EED is created. Output by DPD.
NOEGPSF
Integer. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is created.
NOEGPSTR
Integer. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is created. Output by GPSTR2.
NOELDCT
Integer. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is generated. Output by

STDCON.
NOEPT
Integer. EPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2.

0 generated
-1 not generated
Main Index
NOEST
Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 38.
NOESTL
Integer. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is generated; -1 otherwise.

Output by TA1.
NOFORT
Integer. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the SENSITY Case

Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOFREQ
Integer. Number of excitation frequencies.
NOFRL
Integer. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not generated. Output by FRLGEN.
NOGDS1
Integer. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is generated. Output by

STDCON.
NOGEOM1
NOGEOM2
NOGEOM3
Integer. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created, otherwise set to 1. Output by CYCLIC1.
NOGENL
Integer. The number of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no general elements.
NOGOIFP
Logical. IFP module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output
by IFP.
NOGOIFPi
Logical. IFPi module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output
by IFPi.
1708

Parameter Glossary
Name
NOGOMEPT
Logical. MODEPT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected.
Output by MODEPT.
NOGOMGM2
Logical. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error is found.
Output by MODGM2.
NOGONL
Integer. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to terminate. Output by

NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
NOGOXSRT
Logical. XSORT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected.
Output by XSORT.
NOGPDCT
Integer. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is generated. Output by

STDCON.
NOGRAV
Integer. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV Bulk Data entry images,
+1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOGUST
Integer. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist; otherwise set to 1. Output by
GUST.
NOINT
Integer. Number of integer value inputs for PRGNAME.
NOK2
Integer. K2GG or K2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG or K2PP is generated; 1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOK4GG
Integer. Differential stiffness or structural damping generation flag. Output by EMG.

On input:
>3
Compute geometric nonlinear effects
<3
Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects
On output:
NOKGG
If structural damping coefficient (GE) is detected on material property

Bulk Data entry records
-1
Otherwise
Integer. KELM and KDICT generation flag. Output by EMG.

On input:
0
Generate
-1
Do not generate
On output:
Main Index
Generated
-1
Not generated
NOKBFL
Integer. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by
BMG.
NOKVAL
Integer. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX (K) is not in the analysis set of harmonic
identification numbers. Output by CYCLIC3.
Glossary 1709
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NOL
Integer. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-of-freedom belong to m-set, s-set,
o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-freedom in the l-set. Output by GP4.
NOLASM
Integer. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and reduction is requested
for the current superelement based on the SELR or SEALL Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOLOAD
Integer. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static loads and SLT is not created,
+1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOLOADF
Integer. Number of load cases per excitation frequency.
NOLOOP
Integer. Looping test flag. Output by CASE.
NOM2
Integer. M2GG or M2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if M2GG or M2PP is generated;

-1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOMAT
Integer. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix generation is requested for the
current superelement based on the SEMG or SEALL Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMATi
Integer. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; 1 otherwise. Output by

MTRXIN.
NOMGEN
Integer. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the MFLUID set identification number if
MFLUID is specified in CASECC. Output by MGEN.
NOMGG
Integer. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT. Output by EMG.
NOMPF2E
Integer. Flag to generate O*MPF2E data blocks.
NOMPT
Integer. MPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2.

0
generated
-1
not generated
NOMR
Integer. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass and damping
assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the
SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMSET
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or multipoint constraint and

rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOMSGSTR
Integer. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if MSGSTRES execution is not

desired.
NONAMEi
Integer. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is generated; -1 otherwise.

Output by MTRXIN.
NONCUP
Integer. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled algorithm if

SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2,
requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will
be ignored. GKAM: If K2DD, B2DD, and M2dd are purged. then the model is
considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.
1710

Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NONLFT
Integer. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.
NONLHT
Integer. Nonlinear heat transfer flag. Set to -1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements are
detected. Output by EMG.
NONLNR
Logical. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if nonlinear solution

sequence is being executed.
NOOGS1
Integer. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created. Output by GPSTR2.
NOOPT
Integer. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no reexecution. Output by

FRLGEN.
NOOSET
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted degree-of-freedom

flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOOUT
Integer. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOP2G
Integer. P2G generation flag. Set to +1 if P2G is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by

MTRXIN.
NOPG
Integer. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no loads due to upstream
superelements. Output by SELA.
NOPGHD
Integer. Page header and eject flag.

0
Print page header in f06 and label in f04.
-1
Do not print page header in f06.
-2
Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04.
NOPLOT
Integer. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOPNLT
Integer. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements.
NOPRT
Integer. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the SENSITY Case Control
command. Output by DSTA.
NOPSDL
Integer. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are processed,

-1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.
NOPSLG
Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is requested for

the current superelement based on the SEDV or SERESP Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR.
NOQG
Integer. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests
computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.
NOQMG
Integer. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests

computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.
NOQSET
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
NOQSETF
Integer. Number of component modes in the fluid superelement.
Glossary 1711
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NOQSETT
Integer. Total number of component modes computed for all superelements

including the residual structure.
NORADMAT
Integer. Radiation flag. Output by RMG2.

-2
No radiation
-1
Initial radiation
Single band radiation with constant emissivity
Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity
Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity
NORAND
Integer. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0 otherwise. Output by

RANDOM.
NOREAL
Integer. Number of real value inputs.
NORM
Character. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or NORM='MASS'),

MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects normalization by
maximum displacement.
NORMEV
Integer. Eigenvalue normalization flag. Output by DOPR3.

0
Mass normalized
Maximum deflection normalized
NORQA
Logical. Presence flag for RQA data block. Output by DSTAP2.
NORSET
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or supported degree-of-freedom

flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOSASET
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the structure.
NOSAVE
Integer. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on the SENSITY Case
Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOSDR2
Integer. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any physical set output is
requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSE
Integer. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0

otherwise. In SEP1X only, set to number of superelements if superelements exist.
Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.
NOSECOM
Integer. Superelement Case Control command flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEALL,
SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR commands specified in CASECC. Output
by SEP3.
NOSEDV
Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the SEDV Case Control command.
Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not requested for any superelement. Output by SDSB.
NOSEPLOT
Integer. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEPLOT or

SEUPPLOT commands specified in the OUTPUT(PLOT) section. Output by SEP4.
1712

Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NOSERESP
Integer. Response sensitivity calculation flag based on the SERESP Case Control
command. Set to -1 if response sensitivities are not requested for any superelement.
Output by SDSB.
NOSET
Integer. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if

NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-offreedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise.
Output by GP4, GPSP, and TRLG.
NOSETi
Integer. Degree-of-freedom set existence flag. Set to positive integer if set i exists.
Output by PARAML.
NOSIMP
Integer. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set to -1 if there are
no simple elements. Output by TA1 and TAHT.
NOSORT1
Integer. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is not requested for current
superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOSORT2
Integer. SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested. Output by

MDATA, SDR2, and VDR.
NOSORT2S
Integer. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format or

x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSOUT
Integer. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any solution set output is
requested; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSSET
Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or single point constraint flag.

Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOSUP
Integer. Element summary table request flag.

1
Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis).
Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).
NOTEMP
Integer. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP or TEMPD Bulk Data
entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOTFL
Integer. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set to -1 if no sets are
defined. Output by DPD.
NOTIME
Integer. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further iterations but enough
time to perform data recovery. Output by NLTRD.
NOTRACK
Logical. Mode tracking success flag. Set to TRUE if mode tracking was successful.
Output by MODTRK.
NOTRL
Integer. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created. Output by DPD.
NOUDCMP
Integer. Solution matrix decomposition flag. Usually input by user parameter.

-1
Solution matrix will be decomposed.
Solution matrix will not be decomposed
Glossary 1713
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NOUE
Integer. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points. Output by
DPD or PARAML.
NOUG
Integer. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists for the current

superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOUGD
Integer. Flag for external input of auxiliary model displacement matrix. If

NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.
NOUNIT
Integer. Number of Fortran input units.
NOUP
Integer. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements

connected upstream from the current superelement. Output by SEP2DR and SEDR.
NOXGG
Integer. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not exist. Output by MATREDU.
NOXOUT
Integer. SDRX update flag. Output by SDRX and SDRXD.

0
OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated
-1
OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated
NOXPLZER
Integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros are found. Output
by MATMOD option 39.
NOXPP
Integer. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not exist. Output by MATREDU.
NOXYPLOT
Integer. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR and XYTRAN.
NOYSET
Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom with non-null columns in PHZ.
NOZSET
Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom. Also number of columns in

PHZ.
NPROC
Integer. Total number of processors.
NQMAX
Integer. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per partitioned superelement. See

NQSET.
NQSET
Integer. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-q-set). Each

superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-of-freedom.
NR1OFFST
Integer. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is
incremented by the number of records in R1TABR. Output by DSAD.
NR2OFFST
incremented by the number of records in RSP12R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
NR3OFFST
incremented by the number of records in RESP3R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
NRANVAR
Integer. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries processed. Output by DOPR1.
NROW
Integer. Number of rows. Output by NORM.
NSEG
Integer. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry.

Output by CYCLIC1.
1714

Parameter Glossary
Name
NSENQSET
Integer. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to the current

superelement.
NSKIP
Integer. Record number in CASECC with special meanings in the following

applications. Output by GP4, CASE, and BCDR. GP4, BCDR, and SDR1: The first
CASE
The first subcase of the current boundary condition

(nonlinear statics only) or current FREQ, K2PP, M2PP,
B2PP, TFL, or SDAMP condition (frequency response or
complex eigenvalue analysis).
AELOOP
Trim subcase counter.
DSARLP
Trim subcase counter.
FRRD1 and SOLVIT
Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used

only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk
Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration
parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and
the values are taken from the module specification of the
values.
GETCOL
Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for the

STATSUB subcase identification number.
GNFM
Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis (SOL 4).
READ and
LANCZOS
Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the

METHOD set identification number.
LCGEN
Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the

LOADSET set identification number.
NLCOMB,
Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
PCOMB, and SDRNL
NLITER and
TOLAPP
Main Index
On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC. On

output: Set to -2 if run is to be terminated.
NSKIPR
Output-integer. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart point. Output
by NLRSLOOP.
NSMSID
Integer. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control command.
NSOLT
Integer. Column number in solution of previous run that corresponds to NCOL.

Output by TRLG.
NSOUT
Integer. Number of time steps to output. By default all time steps are output.
NSTEP
Integer. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the
subcase. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
NSUBGP
Integer. The number of subgroups to create in the new set.
Glossary 1715
Parameter Glossary
Name
NSWELM
Integer. Current spot weld element identification number. Output by MODGM2 and
MODGM4.
NSWPPT
Integer. Current spot weld projection point identification number.
NTIPS
Integer. The number of domains (tip superelements to be created automatically when

ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of domains will be set equal to the
number of processors. Output by SEQP.
NULLMAT
Integer. Null matrix flag. Set to -1 if MAT is null.
NULLROW
Integer. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear quantities.
0 Insert null rows, which is compatible with DRMS1 output format
NUMDB
Integer. Number of data blocks to broadcast.
NUMDIV
Integer. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model which will not be
designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM.
1 Do not insert null rows, which is required for DRMH3 processing
NUMHDOF
Integer. The number of modes.
NUMOUT
Integer. Output element quantity flag.

>0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output
0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of one
or more elements is greater than BIGER.

-1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
-2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
NUNIQF6
Integer. Number of unique Fortran units requested on POST command. Output by

MODCASE.
NUMPAN
Integer. Number of panels. Output by GP5.
NVECT
Integer. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1. Output by PCOMB.
NX
Integer. Number of extra aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom. Output by ADG.
OADPMAX
Integer. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed.
OBJIN
Real. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT
Real. Final objective value. Output by DOM9.
OBJSID
Integer. Superelement identification number associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for

all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular
superelement subcase. Output by MDCASE.
OBJVAL
Real. Objective value. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
OCID
Integer. Print flag for coordinate system identification number in grid point output.
The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output requests.
1 displacements
Main Index
1716

Parameter Glossary
Name

2 applied loads
3 spcforces and mpcforces
7 eigenvectors
10 velocities
11 accelerations
Output by SDR2.
ODESMAX
Integer. Total number of design cycles performed.
OG
Integer. CURV module's grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid point
stresses or strains are computed.
OGRAV
Integer. PGRV output flag.

> 0 Compute PGRV
<=0 Do not compute PGRV.
OGSTR1
OLDDT
Real. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step to be used after
the matrix update or subcase switch. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
OLDNAMi
Character. The generic name of the corresponding output; e.g., OLDNAM3

corresponds to OLDDB3, etc.
OMEGAJ
Real. Imaginary part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
OMID
Character. Material output coordinate system flag. If OMID='YES' then stresses,

strains, and forces are output in the material coordinate system of CQUAD4,
CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements.
OPERATN
Character. FORTIO operation.
OPT
Main Index
'EXISTS'
Check for assigned physical file existence
'OPEN'
Open file
'CLOSE'
Close file
Character. DIAGONAL module processing option.

'COLUMN'
Extract diagonal to a column matrix and raise all elements

to POWER
'SQUARE'
Extract diagonal to a square matrix and raise all elements to

POWER
'WHOLE'
Raise all elements to POWER
OPTi
Integer. Print control parameters in the TABPRT module.
OPTEXIT
Integer. Design optimization termination option. See the OPTEXIT (p. 926) in the
MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Glossary 1717
Parameter Glossary
Name
OPTFLG

Integer. DSVG1P application method:
1 Statics
2 Normal modes
3 Ncceleration load
OPTION
Character. Response summation method for scaled response spectra analysis.

Possible values are:
'ABS'
Absolute
SRSS'
Square root of the sum of the squares
'NRL'
Naval Research Laboratory (new)
'NRLO'
Naval Research Laboratory (old)
ORIGDT
Real. Original delta-t for SOL 400. Output by CASE.
ORIGID
Integer. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier identification numbers. Usually
OSTEP
Integer. Restart step number.
OSWELM
Integer. Offset for spot weld element identification numbers.
OSWPPT
Integer. Offset for spot weld projection point identification numbers.
OUTFMP
Integer. Number of fluid modes to output.
OUTGS1
Character. Output control of OGS1 to modal neutral file.
OUTGSTR1
Character. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal neutral file.
OUTOPT
Integer. CURV module's output option.
OUTSMP
Integer. Number of structure modes to output.
OVRWRT
Character. DBC database overwrite flag.
PANAME
Character. The name of the panel whose coupling matrix is created. Output by
ACMG.
PANELMP
Integer. Flag to compute panel participation factors.
PARCOMi
Character. Names of user PARAMeters to be processed under the APP=COMM

option along with the CASCOMi names.
PARM
Integer. Equivalence flag on the EQUIVX module. Purge flag on the PURGEX
module.
PARMi
Logical. Output data block presence flag. Output by DMIIN and DTIIN.
PARTMETH
Integer. PRESOL partitioning method.

9 Extreme
11 MSCMLV
Main Index
1718

Parameter Glossary
Name
PARTSE
Logical. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the current superelement is a

partitioned superelement. Output by SEP2DR.
PATH
Character. Direction of cyclic transformation:

'FORE'
Forward (analysis)
'BACK' Backward (data recovery)

PBCONT
Integer. Slideline contact flag.
PCHSET
Integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written to the
punch file in Case Control command SET format.
PDEPDO
Integer. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. Output by TRLG.
0 Skip factor is >1.
-1 Skip factor is 1.
PEID
Integer. Primary superelement identification number. Output by SEP2DR and

SEDRDR.
PENFAC
Real. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.
PENFN
Real. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input by user parameter and
overrides system cell 375.
PEXIST
Logical. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.
Pi
Character. Generic name of the data block DBi to be processed by the DBC module.
Integer. Inputs to the MATGEN, MATMOD, and PARAML module. Any type.
Inputs to MESSAGE module.
PIDINI
Integer. The first processor identification number of the parent group which will be
included in the first new subgroup.
PLABEL
Character. The label associated with the parent group set.
PLSIZE
Integer. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of load matrix in the previous
subcase in order to detect boundary condition changes in the current subcase.
Boundary condition changes are not allowed in the arc-length method. Output by
NLITER.
PLTCNT
Integer. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter. Output by SEPLOT.

On input:
0 Initialization
On output:
>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command
Main Index
PLTNUM
Output. Plot frame counter. Output by PLOT, MSGSTRES, and XYTRAN.
PNLPTV
Logical. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE, then generate a

partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition the g-set size coupling
matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix.
Glossary 1719
Parameter Glossary
Name
PNQALNAM
Character. Name of qualifier for panels.
POSTCFLG
Integer. POSTCC processing flag.

1
Generate POSTCC
POSTCC is specifed as an input
POSTU
Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes data recovery
information.
POUTF
Integer. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate output is not requested.

Output by NLITER and TOLAPP.
POWER
Integer. Power of 10 to be multiplied by DET in DCMP and DECOMP. Exponent to

which the real part of each element in A is raised in the DIAGONAL module.
PREC
Integer. Precision of output matrix.

0 Machine-precision
1 Single
2 Double
Main Index
PRECOL
Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the

STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also corresponds
to the column number of static solution vector. Output by GETCOL. In
ADAMSMNF, PRECOL is the column number of preload vector in PXA and if
PREOL<=0 then there is no preload.
PREFDB
Real. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or dBA.
PREFONLY
Integer. Preface execution only flag in SOLVIT module.
PRESORT
Integer. Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted. Output by MATMOD

option 35.
PRGNAME
Character. Name of external program called by ISHELL module.
PRGPST
Character. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 'YES', then the summary is
printed.
PRNTOPT
Character. MATGPR module print options.
PRJVEROP
Character. Operation name.

'GET'
Get current project and version
'NEXT'
Get next non-deleted project and version
'SET'
Set current project and version
'LAST'
Get the last (bottom) project and version
'RESTART'
Get restart project and version
PROCID
Integer. Local processor ID.
PROGRAM
Character. DBC database format flag.
1720

Parameter Glossary
Name

'XL'
MSC.Patram
'GRASP'
MSC.Access
PROJ
Integer. Project number. Output by PROJVER.
PROPOPT
Integer. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties are defined as

design variables. Output by DSABO.
PROPTN
Integer. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if

PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and the property
to design variable relations will be produced.
PROTYP
Integer. Designed property type code. Output by DOPR1.

1 DVPRELi entries exist
2 DVCRELi entries exist
4 DVMRELi entries exist
>0 For combinations add above values
PROUT
Integer. Print control for the ELTPRT module.
PRSLOPT
Integer. PRESOL Processing option. Output by PRESOL.
PRTOPT
Specifies how the results are to be printed:

0 Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this module
before printing the results.

1 Print the results without a page header.
2 Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally only used
with a single input matrix).

PRTSWM
Logical. UWM 6991 print control flag in NORM module.
PRTUIM
Logical. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA module.
PSEQOPT
Character. p-element append flag. Specifies append (default) or insert option for pelements in the SEQP module.
PSETID
Integer. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET record. If GPSET or
ELSET is not found then it is set identification number defined in CASECC which
specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in turn DEFINE a set
of nodes and elements to MSC.Adams:
-1 All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.
0 None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and
elements will be output >0 : All grids and element plot sets present in
SET=PSETID.
PSHLDAMP
Main Index
Character. Structural damping default flag for MID2, MID3, and MID4 on the
PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter.
Glossary 1721
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index

= SAME
Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3, and MID4

are assumed to be the same as MID1.
<>SAME
Each MIDi may have its own structural damping

properties.
PVALNEW
Integer. New p-value set identification number. Output by ADAPT.
QKGUSTL
Logical. QKGUST* creation flag. Output by GUSTLDW.

TRUE
QKGUST* was created.
FALSE
QKGUST* was not created.
Real. Dynamic pressure. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
QSETID
Integer. Starting q-set identification number for QSETREC=-2.
QSETREC
Integer. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-of-freedom:

>=0
No records are written.
=-1
SENQSET record to GEOM1W
=-2
SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W
QUALNAM
Character. Name of qualifier to be varied when selecting MAPS from MAPS* in

SEMA, SELA, and SEDR modules. Character. Keyword which appears on the
BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data section; usually AUXMODEL or
SEID. Output by XSORT.
QUALNAMP
Character. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG.
QUALVAL
Integer. QUALNAM value assigned to the Main Bulk Data section.
R1CNT
Integer. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.
R2CNT
Integer. Counter for type 2 responses in data block RESP12. Output by DOPR3.
R3CNT
Integer. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table. Output by DOPR3.
RBFAIL
Logical. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not pass strain energy threshold used
by IOPT=10. Output by VEPCLOT.
RCOLLBLi
Character. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN' will be printed. Label with up to

32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper right corner of each page.
RCOLLBLi is then followed by column number.
RCONFIG
Character. Configuration name for rigid aero. Output by AELOOP.
REACT
Integer. For zero-th and first harmonic, set to -1 if no support degrees-of-freedom;

+1 if support degrees-of-freedom exist. For harmonics greater than 1, REACT is
always -1. Output by CYCLIC3.
REAL
Real. Real part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.
REALD
Real double precision. Real value in the next record.
REALi
Real. Real value for PRGNAME.
1722

Parameter Glossary
Name
RECNUM
Integer. Record number of table element. Output by PARAML.
RECVCODE
Integer. Receiving processor identification code.

= 0 All non-sending processors are receivers
< 0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver
> 0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left

REFC
Real. Output by PARAML of AERO data block.
REFi
Real. Location of point in the i-th coordinate direction of COORID about which
moments will be computed.
REPEAT
Integer. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last boundary condition; +1
otherwise. Output by GP4.
RESFLG
Integer. Residual vector eigenvalue subheading print flag to be used by the OFP
module.
RESID
Integer. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used only in SOLs 106
and 400.
RESPi
Character. Response type.
RESTYP
Integer. Optimization results flag.
RGDEXIST
Logical. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid elements that need further
processing in MODGM4.
RGSENS
Logical. Rigid element sensitivity flag. Output by DOPR5 or DSVGP4.
RIGID
Character. Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange and elimination method,
LAGR, LGEL, or LNEI. Usually input by user parameter. Output by
MODGM2.
ROWNAM
Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows in MATGPR

output.
RP1
Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RP2
Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RSEID
Integer. Repeated superelement identification number as specified on the SEBULK

Bulk Data entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
RSFLAG
Logical. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if superelements
are defined in the main Bulk Data section. Output by SEP1X.
RSSTEP
Integer. Identification number of the previously executed step.
RSSUBC
Integer. Identification number of the previously executed subcase.
RSTEP
Integer. Controlled increments counter. Output by NLITER.
RSTFLG
Integer. Restart flag.

<=0 cold start
Main Index
Glossary 1723
Parameter Glossary
Name

= 1 restart
RSTIME
Real. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment in static analysis
(or time step in transient analysis).
RUNIFPi
Logical. IFPi module execution flag. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is
required. Output by IFP.
RUNMEPT
Logical. MODEPT module execution flag. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module

execution is required. Output by IFP.
SAERCC
Logical. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one

ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is
SCNDRY
Integer. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement

is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID>0. Output by SEP2DR and
SEDRDR.
SDFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active stability derivative
response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1
indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.
SDRDENS
Integer. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of PVGRID is greater
than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data recovery.
SDRMETH
Integer. Data recovery method flag. Output by OUTPRT.
SDROVR
Character. Override for data recovery method flag.
SDRPOPT
Character. Principal stress/strain computation selection:

'SDRP'
Compute in SDRP
'OFP'
Compute in OFP
SEBULK
Logical. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if partitioned

superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first BEGIN BULK
SEDRCNTL
Character. Processing list selection.

'
'
'CURR'
Main Index
All superelements will be processed (default).

Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed.
SEDWN
Integer. Downstream superelement identification number. Output by SEP2DR and

SEDRDR.
SEFLAG
Logical. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present. Output by SEPR1.
SEID
Integer. Superelement identification number. On output from SEP3 and SEP4, SEID
is an initialization flag; i.e., if there are superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to
initialize SEP2DR and SEDRDR; otherwise 0. Output by SEP2DR, SEDRDR,
SEP3, and SEP4.
1724

Parameter Glossary
Name
SENDID
Integer. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values are 1 to the

number of processors.
SEP1XOVR
Integer. Over-ride bits for module processing.

Bit(s)
Value(s)
1-3
Description
1-5 Override Search Algorithm Selection.
8 Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar
Linkages via internal SECONCT entries.

5
16 Print RSCON old/new locations.
32 Print Boundary Search Sequence.
64 SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.
128 Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other sets
present in the Residual.

9
256 CHKRUN flag for spot welds
10
SEP2CNTL
Character. Processing selection.

'ALL'
'PSLGDV'
Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control

commands
'DSLIST'
Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case Control

commands
'SLIST'
Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, SEKR,

SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands.
'SEDWN'
All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream

superelement.
'CURR'
SEP4CNTL
512 CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds
Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed.
Integer. Processing list selection.

'ALL'
<>'ALL' Only superelements specified on SEDR Case Control command
Main Index
SEPRTN
Logical. SUPER command processing flag. Set to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.
SEQMETH
Integer. Resequencing method.
SEQOUT
Integer. SEQP module output options.
Glossary 1725
Parameter Glossary
SETi
Character. Degree-of-freedom set name.
SETKNTR
Integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means first member in set, 2 means
second member, etc. If the set is exhausted then SETKNTR is reset to -1. Output by
PARAML SET option.
SETNAM
Character. Degree-of-freedom set name used by IOPT=9 and 10.
SETNAME
Character. Degree-of-freedom set name. SOLVIT, DCMP, READ: For maximum

efficiency, the rows and columns of the input matrices must correspond to or be a
partition of the degree-of-freedom specified by SETNAME.
SEQP
SETYPE
Specifies size of MAT in SEQP module.
Character. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. Output
by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
'REPEAT'
Repeated
'MIRROR'
Mirror
'COLLTR'
Collector
'EXTRNA'
External
'PRIMARY'
Primary
SHAPEOPT
Integer. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization is activated. Output by

DSAM.
SHAPES
Logical. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must be TRUE if
DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.
SHFSCL
Real. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be greater than
0.0.
SID
Integer. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is
obtained from the METHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR,
EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMIC. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC. If
SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is
selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.)
are ignored. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only. If SID<0,
then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries are ignored
and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the
eigenvalue extraction. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only.
SIGMA
Real
SIGN
Integer. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG in STATICS or B in SOLVIT.
The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.
1Positive
Main Index
1726

Parameter Glossary
-1Negative
SIGNAB
Integer. Sign of matrix product in MPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SIGNP
Integer. Sign of matrix product in SMPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SIGNC
Integer. Sign of matrix addition in MPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SIGNF
Integer. Sign of matrix addition in SMPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SING
Integer. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then SING will be set to -1;
otherwise +1. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
SKPMTX
Integer. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 will be generated.
SMEMCC
Logical. Electromagnetic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one

ANALYSIS=ELECT command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified
in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
SMPFEPS
Real. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes.
SMSTCC
Logical. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one

ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in CASECC and CASESMST is
SNORM
Real. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal. If angle is less
than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.
SNORMPRT
Integer. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.

0No print or punch
1Punch
2Print only
3Print and punch
SOFFSET
Main Index
Real. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated for the offsets.
Glossary 1727
Parameter Glossary
SOLADJC
Integer. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with applied load vectors
> 0Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
< 0No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
Usually input via user parameter.

SOLAPP
Character. Design optimization analysis type.
SOLCUR
Integer. Nonlinear loop identification number.
SOLCURR
Integer. Identification number of the output time step at the restart point. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
SOLPREL
Integer. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case. Output by NLRSLOOP.
SOLTYP
Character. Solution method.

'MODAL'
Modal
SORTFLAG
Integer. SORT1/SORT2 format flag. Output by SDR2.
SORTNLFT
Logical. Sort flag for NLFT records. Usually set to TRUE in nonlinear solution
sequences to improve numerical conditioning.
SORTOPT
Integer. Sort option specification.

'DIRECT'
SORTP
Direct
Integer. Transpose flag for displacements, velocities and acceleration matrix inputs
and outputs.
1columns correspond to time steps
2rows correspond to time steps
SPC
Integer. SPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the third
word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SPCGEN
Integer. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then singularities identified by
this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC Bulk Data entries.
SPDM
Integer. Sparse design model flag. Output by OUTPRT. If -1, then VGDM must be
supplied.
-1Yes
0No
SPSELREC
Main Index
Output. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -1 when processing last
record. Output by RSPEC.
1728

Parameter Glossary
SRCOMPS
Character. Flag to request output of table of ply strength ratios (OESRT). Usually
SRTELTYP
Integer. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all element types will be
filtered and sorted.
SRTOPT
Integer. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER.

0Maximum magnitude
1Minimum magnitude
2Maximum algebraic
3Minimum algebraic
Main Index
SRTTYP
Integer. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on item code 1 which
is usually an integer quantity.
START
Integer. Number of the grid points at the beginning of the input sequence in the SEQP
module.
STARTCOL
Integer. Starting column number to extract from I1.
STATCC
Logical. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one

ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in CASECC and CASESTAT is
STATIC
Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one for dynamic
analysis.
STATOPT
Character. Static solution method.

'DRCT'
Direct
'ITER'
Iterative.
STATSUB
Integer. STATSUB Case Control command set identification number specified in the
256-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
STEPCUR
Integer. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
STEPCURL
Integer. Identification number of the previous STEP case from the restart point.
Output by NLRSLOOP.
STEPRR
Logical. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to TRUE if the STEP command is
allowed in the current solution sequence.
STFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active static response (DISP,
STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1
Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by
DSARLP.
Glossary 1729
Parameter Glossary
STIME
Real. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for
restarts. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
STIMER
Real. Load factor (or time) at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STIMES
Real. Start time of the current STEP case. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STOL
Real. State matching tolerance.
STPSCL
Real. Shape step size scaling factor.
STRUCTMP
Integer. Number of structure modes to use computing factors.
SUBCUR
Integer. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart point. Output by

NLRSLOOP.
SUPAERO
Character. Method for supersonic aero; 'ZONA' or 'CPM'.
SUPER
Integer. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special handling of multipoint

constraints in the SEQP module.
SUPORT
Integer. SUPORT Case Control command set identification number specified in the
255-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SWCHECK
Logical. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256 is on in CHKRUN. Output
by SEP1X.
SWEXIST
Logical. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld elements exist.
Output by MODGM2.
SYM
Integer. Symmetric partition or merge flag.

0Symmetric; i.e., CP is used for RP
<>0Asymmetric; i.e., CP and RP are distinct
SYMFLG
Complex. Scale factor.
SYMXY
Integer. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.
SYMXZ
Integer. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.
SYS66
Integer. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.
Integer. Transpose flag for first matrix input to MPYAD.

1Transpose
0Do not transpose
TABID
Main Index
Integer. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than zero, all requests for
XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for the curve. The table
identification number will start at TABID and increase by one for each table punched.
Output by XYTRAN.
1730

Parameter Glossary
TABS
Real. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying
temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.
TADJCOL
Integer. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for supporting adjoint
load method for multiple superelements. Output by DOPR3 and DSAD.
TCOLADJ
Integer. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all superelements.
TEMPSID
Integer. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained from the

TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of
differential stiffness.
TESTNEG
Integer. Load increment method flag in nonlinear static analysis. Output by CASE.
TFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim responses (TRIM
on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active
response. Output by DSARLP.
TFLID
Integer. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is ignored if IOPT=3, 4,

5, 13, 14, or 15.
THRESH
Integer. Exponent of 10 which defines the pivoting threshold for unsymmetric

decomposition.
Ti
Integer. Transpose flag for first four matrices input to SMPYAD.

1Transpose
0Do not transpose
2Perform [A][B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful
when A is complex.
3Perform [A] [B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful
when [A] is complex.

TINY
Real. Small element strain energy value. Element strain energies less than TINY will
not be printed.
TIPSCOL
Integer. The number of tip superelements upstream of each downstream collector

superelement. See ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.
TITLEi
Character. Titles for VECPLOT module printed output.
TOLABEL
Character. The label associated with the new group set.
TOLAPPF
Integer. Nonlinear analysis type:

1Nonlinear transient
0Nonlinear statics
TOLRSC
Main Index
Real. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.
Glossary 1731
Parameter Glossary
TOTALK
Integer. Total number of harmonics. Output by CYCLIC1.
TOUT
Integer. TRLG processing flag.

<1Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
1All time steps
2Same as <1 except RPX is input
TRD2OPT
Integer. TRD2 output option.

1Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
2Output based on every time step
TRL5Ti
Integer. Specifies value for the fifth word in TOFPi's trailer.
TSTART
Integer. CPU clock time at entry to FA1. Output by FA1 and FA2. On output from
FA2, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another DMAP loop.
TSTATIC
Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.
TVALUE
Integer. Trailer value. Output by PARAML and SCALAR.
TVOLFL
Integer. Total volume flag. Output by SDSA.
TWGTFL
Integer. Total weight flag. Output by SDSA.
TWODIV
Output. Nonlinear analysis divergence flag.

0No previous divergence on this load step.
1One previous divergence on this load step.
Main Index
TYPE
Integer. Type of output matrix.
UNCOUP
Logical. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse FBS which is optimal
for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)
UNITNO
Integer. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.
UNSYMF
Character. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline contact stiffness. If set to

'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for slideline contact.
UPFM
Integer. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there
are missing upstream boundary matrices.
UPSECC
Logical. Superelement analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or

SUPER>0 in CASECC. and CASEUPSE is specified in the output list. Output by
MDCASE.
USETBIT
Integer. Decimal equivalent of bit position of a degree-of-freedom set. Output by

PARAML.
1732

Parameter Glossary
Main Index
USETADD
Integer. USET length extension. Extend the size of the USET by this amount.
USETOP
Character. Name of desired operation.
VALUED
Complex double precision. Contents of element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column
in matrix [A]. Output by SCALAR.
VERS
Integer. Version number. Output by PROJVER.
VOLS
Real. Total volume of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.
VREF
Real. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
VUBEAM
Character. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUELJUMP
Integer. Delta between view-element identification numbers.
VUENEXT
Integer. Starting identification number for next view-element. Output by DVIEWP

and VIEWP.
VUEXIST
Logical. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-elements exist. Output by DVIEWP

and VIEWP.
VUGJUMP
Integer. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.
VUGNEXT
Integer. Starting identification number for next view-grid. Output by DVIEWP and
VIEWP.
VUHEXA
Character. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA
Character. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUQUAD4
Character. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTETRA
Character. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUTRIA3
Character. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
W3
Real. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous damping for transient
analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
W4
Real. Scale factor denominator for including non-uniform structural damping in

viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
WGTS
Real. Total weight of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.
WGTVOL
Integer. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
WRDNUM
Integer. Word number of table element. Output by PARAML.
WTMASS
Real. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.
Glossary 1733
Parameter Glossary
WVFLG
Integer. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC does not contain any subcases for
statics, normal modes, or buckling subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume
response specified on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM. Output by
MDCASE.
XFLAG
Integer. Strain energy method selection.

0Elemental force
1Cross displacement
XNORM
Real. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns. Output by NORM.
XNORMD
Real-double precision. Same as XNORM except in double precision.
XTYPE
Integer. Type of element matrix data:

0Stiffness
1Damping
2Mass
XYSET
XYUNIT
YOUNGM
Main Index
Character. Degree-of-freedom set type.

'SOL'
Solution set (d-set or h-set)
'DSET'
d-set
'HSET'
h-set
'PSET'
p-set
Integer. FORTRAN unit number to which the DOM12 module writes design
optimization x-y plot data.
Real. Young's modulus.
1734

Parameter Glossary
ZCOLLCT
Integer. The absolute value is the number of collectors in the last level of a
multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single final collector
will be added. Output by SEQP.
ZFREQ
Integer. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the zero frequency, if
any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
Parameter Naming Conventions
Main Index
LUSET
"Length of USET"; i.e., number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set. For example, LUSETD (d-set), LUSETS (superelement) Sometimes, and
more rightly, called NOGSET.
NO__SET
Number of degrees-of-freedom in the __-set (=-1 if none)
NORC
Set to -1 if there is no c-set and no r-set.
NO_____
"no" _____ (e.g.; no data block) exists or can be found
ALWAYS
Initialized and always assumed to be -1
NEVER
Initialized and always assumed to be 0
NP
Local usage or dummy
NOGO
Hidden parameter set by module (no "S,N,NOGO" on module call) Must be trapped
immediately.
MSC.Fatigue Quick Start Guide
Index
Arithmetic operators, 9
Character operator (&), 9
D
Data block
automatic deletion of, 38
basic definition of, 2
local, definition of, 14
permanent, definition of, 14
rules for, 38
scratch, definition of, 14
states of, 14
DATABLK NDDL statement, 575, 576
DBset, 13
DEPEN NDDL statement, 585
DMAP
general rules, 3
last time used (LTU) instruction, 38
output from previous module" rule, 37
DMAP control statements
conditional branching, 30
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 33
looping, 32
DMAP modules
basic definition, 2
description summary, by category, 592
detailed descriptions of,, see also specific
module name
list of, by category, 592
obsolete, 600
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 33
E
Errors, see also user errors
Main Index
Executive modules
description summary, 599
list of, 593
Expressions and operators
arithmetic operators, 9
character operator (&), 9
logical operators, 10
relational operators, 9
File management statements, 2

Functions, intrinsic, 19
Logical operators, 10
MATPRN DMAP module, 1121

Matrix modules
list of, 592
Matrix trailer, 12
N
NDDL (Nastran Data Definition Language)
DATABLK NDDL statement, 576
DEPEN NDDL statement, 585
PARAM NDDL statement, 587
PATH NDDL statement, 589
purpose of, 574
QUAL NDDL statement, 590
summary of statements, 574
syntax of descriptions, 575
Obsolete modules, list of, 600

OFP DMAP module, 1258
ii MSC Nastran DMAP Programmers Guide
Operators,, see also expressions and operators

OUTPUT2 DMAP module, 1269
OUTPUT4 DMAP module, 1280
PARAM NDDL statement, 587

Parameters
PATH NDDL statement, 589
Preface modules, 39
PRTPARM DMAP module, 1310
QUAL NDDL statement, 590
Relational operators, 9
S
SCRATCH data block
automatic deletion of, 38
special rules for, 38
SOLution 100, 39
Solution sequences, definition of, 2
SubDMAP
DBFETCH, 41
DBMGR, 41
DBSTORE, 41
U
Upward compatibility in Version 68,, see also
V68 DMAP changes
User errors, processing of, 40
User fatal message 1126,, see also DMAP
output from previous module" rule
Utility modules
list of, 593
Main Index

MSC - Nastran 2014 DMAP Programmer's Guide PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MSC - Nastran 2014 DMAP Programmer's Guide PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MSC Nastran DMAP Programmers Guide

MSC Nastran 2014

Europe, Middle East, Africa

MSC Software Corporation

MSC Software GmbH

MSC Software Japan Ltd.

MSC Software (S) Pte. Ltd.

About This Book, x

Table Data Blocks, 49

NDDL Summary, 574

DMAP Module and Statement List, 592

Data Block Glossary, 1591

About This Book

List of MSC Nastran Books

DMAP Programmers Guide

About This Book

List of MSC Nastran Books

DMAP Programmers Guide

Support Center (www.simcompanion.mscsoftware.com)

Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction

Direct Matrix Abstraction

The MSC Nastran DMAP Language

Output from a Previous Module Rule

Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks

Preface Modules and SOLution 100

Processing of User Errors

SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH

WHERE and CONVERT Clauses

DMAP Programmers Guide

Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction 3

The MSC Nastran DMAP Language

Scalar quantities used to control the flow of DMAP

Tables or matrices represented by a symbolic name.

Instructions Statements or modules that process parameters and/or

terminates in a comma [ , ] or a slash [ / ], or if it is missing a right parenthesis [ ) ].

names, subDMAPs, or LABEL statements. A symbolic name is composed of alphanumeric

DMAP Programmers Guide

decimal number that is a whole number and a

a pair of real numbers representing the real and

represents either TRUE or FALSE

Real single precision

Real double precision

Complex single precision

Complex double precision

The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways:

Inherent in its specification or construction

On a TYPE statement for variable parameters

In a modules parameter list for variable parameters

Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction 5

= a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

= a string of digits (0 through 9)

for single precision

for double precision

= a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

= strings of digits (0 through 9)

DMAP Programmers Guide

Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction 7

TYPEd and NDDL

TYPEd and Not NDDL

NDDL default value

TYPE statement default

Will cause UFM 439